Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


Me S84 | 


rt’ 


ate 
“ 


by heed 


saseeea 
ane 
ns 


eae 


ad 


ry 
ah 
ve 


ioe 
ate wrk 
¢ BAPr f 


tee 
: 


Ni atgcke hss 


rie iy it 
LHS) 


=e 
> 
SEs 


pet iudens 
ye pebal bp oe) 
Career 4 
Bure eartes eee 
$9 ag ones Bho het, 
+R A AaEE toes 
2 si 0 
on ret 
+ 
= 


AA £5 


4b Persad Bd 


f 


ores 
TAS 


es ie as 
abe 
ire 


Lie it) 


ett Teens 


e 


wi 


aD i * 


nie 
“Tie 


cee? 


ie. i 


ie 


A lee 


j aN 


Wee ‘9 


ivy ‘a 


aa 4 | " ‘1 


oo™ . % 
¥ SU 
{ cS . xs 
f Me } 
\ or’ 

es 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


oF 


PHILADELPHIA. 


1863. q4 


PHILADELPHIA: 
PRINTED FOR THE ACADEMY. 
1864. 


a: BB 


ee 


HOVE 


A Z aut, 10 


Le: 


i 
IS 


ILAUTAM Gee 


tenctriniay - 


SUSL 


Al nda ORO MeL (as 


TAK Bare ae nga 
wher" 


LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS, 


With reference to the several Articles contributed by each. 


Abbott, C. C. Description of a Collection of Jasper ‘‘ Lance-heads’’ found 
near Trenton, New Jersey ; and Remarks on the Locality, with 
POTULENIES LO UNGIAN MAUI WICIGS «5005 .0e desc dnoe senassctecnccodvosescausaveaysss 278 


Agassiz, A. Synopsis of the Echinoids collected by Dr. W. Stimpson on 
the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, under the command of 
Captains sRingroldtand ROdgersty.sctre.cccnsessedsocesteccsccscascseccenec cee 352 
Ashmead, Saml. See Durand. 


Brevoort, J. C. Enumeration of the Fish described and figured by 
Parra, scientifically named by Felipe Poey. Translated and edited 


Pde BEG VOOr Uy sine s «phe enbia neds daldee saute ok Soelematers . WSa Notes lease el ua seen ee 174 
Cassin, J. Notes on the Picide, with descriptions of new and little 

PMO WES PCCIOS «semper selee yee ante doRelsctsecelo cds sekeasacceotetlte a uaee eae 194, 322 
Cope, E. D. On Trachycephalus, Scaphiopus and other American 

AUER CIA shiz con esacaacwinas ar smsacasace ccewrsssetiecd ieee setettee eke tee. 43 


Descriptions of new American Squamata, in the Museum of the Smith- 
sonian Institution 


Pax dagen anlentem sine date dnatdviaeete nee URetes cacno- waeteaeeane deco oe 100 

Coues, Elliot. Additional Remarks on the North American Aigiothi....... 40 
On the Lestris Richardsonii of Swainson ; with a critical Review of the 

HabiamMbby Of estridimwesscsse steve ccdescceree cctesnsnenecess cstantecseectes 121 


Durand, E. Enumeration of the Arctic Plants collected by Dr. I. I. 
Hayes in his exploration of Smith’s Sound, between parallels 
78th and 82d, during the months of July, Aug., and beginning of 
Sept. 1861. By E. Durand, Thomas P. James, andSamuel Ashmead. 93 


Ennis, J. Additions to the catalogue of Stars which have changed their 
GLOUSaeticterccceracecn sce crs estas darecttaeccasccemeetacects oorattevusulne coeseeee 96, 159 


Gill, Theo. Catalogue of the North American Scienoid Fishes.............. 82 


lL LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. 


Systematic arrangement of the Mollusks of the family Viviparide and 


others, inhabiting the United States.............ssee00 ssacuasaeeeeee ssccees DO 
Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Insti- 

tution) ‘collected by Mri J. Nantus.........00.sesesccoiaccecesene seen eenenens 80 
Description of some new Species of Pediculati, and on the classification 

OF ‘the PLOUP... cic see cesccescssoeseeonoousecesueoss cus cates etcetera ent eeaeaamaa 85 
Descriptive enumeration of a collection of Fishes from the Western 

Coast Gf Central Am6ricass..ss<cscccce oncsccesssesccssci: ona ee-eeeseeeneeteem 162 
Description of a new species of Cherojulis from North Carolina......... 205 
On an unnamed generic type allied to Sebastes.....-.....cssecseseeeereee incense 20M 
Description of a new generic type of Ophidioids...............sseseeeeeees vese eal 
Synopsis of the Pomacentroids of the Western Coast of North and Cen- 

6A AMELIA <c.ennicicossooersensesucslosescesewieseencsaseeaeeeee teas aaetee stamens 213 
Notes on the Labroids of the Western Coast of North America............ 221 
Synopsis of the family of Lepturoids, and description of a remarkable 

DEW GENETIC LY IPG Wa saie nts cafe ownise vie od aumcleh detaeiaian Seaton ebsites nade ee keas eee 224 
Synopsis of the North American Gadoid Fishes..................esseseeweseeees 229 
Descriptions of the genera of Gadoid and Brotuloid Fishes of Western 

North: America. ..%.0- 5. 0a. siloss descedsteen vou douelten een celery ean aes eae 242 
On the Gobioids of the Eastern Coast of the United States.............-+- 267 
On. the genus Periophthalmus of Schneider...............ssecsessseeeceeemeeceee 271 
Note on the Genera of Hemiramphine...............+. Fei spinatchteidoeh is Memon oe 272 
Description of the genus Stereolepis, Ayres........ssscseececer soneeeee oe nevi 329 
Description of the genus Oxyjulis, Gill.............. Niatsos sce eeaeetenmentaeeet 330 
Notes on some recent Additions to the Ichthyological Fauna of Massa- 

CHUSEHES. Mee sets dT e sk veces docteelcescee cadne nen tbe tee ractedces ee eae Mee aaae Reeetns - 332 


Note on the species of Sebastes of the Eastern Coast of North America 333 


Gray, Asa. Enumeration of the species of*Plants collected by Dr. ©. C. 
Parry and Messrs. Elihu Hall and J. P, Harbour, during the sum- 
mer and Autumn of 1862, on and near the Rocky Mountains, in 
Colorado Territory, Wats ogo se eee sven cence sateen veesnsanhwestiaseeanens 55 

Synopsis of the Species of Hosackia...........0..secceeneeeceeees <Udeseee tanh Sate 346 


Haldeman, S. 8. On Strepomatid2 as a name for a family of fluviatile 


Mollusca, usually confounded with Melamia..........-.ssseee ceeeeeneene 273 
Hill, R. Notes ‘on the Mimidz of Jamaica......<.cco e-arc=s-a2e-seneee beeen OEE 


James, T. P. See Durand. 
Kennicott, Robt. Descriptions of four new species of Spermophilus...... 157 


Lawrence, G. N. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families 


Vironid@ and Rallidee...-.....2..n.s-c+s0ccesse cans nisepeaep ccaadamepeenasteee 106 

Lea, Isaac. Descriptions of fourteen new species of Melanide and one 
PalWaimees oo. seccscsccceascseec tes esenicmetsiscisieoacstseacsetes cda'etisisccretese yi eeeteteae 154 
Descriptions of eleven new species of Exotic Unionidz...... tal doosnnitee ee 189 


Description of new species of Unio and a Monocondyloa..........-++.++++++ 190 


LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. ul 


Descriptions of twenty-four new species of Unionide of the United 


SIUM POS os caso os con stocecancurescorereamseeaanes tacirnnets pata esioeiansrane ans joniemelennasee 191 
Lewis, Dr. F. W. Onsome New and Singular Intermediate forms of Dia- 

TROVE CES Sa pocec nas cte sSeaceengnt oo 26 cor “OSEREEY p cages unser onceoa ae Hogsetnc eS asess 336 
March, W. T. Notes'on the Birds of Jamatea, ;..:..........-5...0-00.0s08 150, 283 


Poey, F_ Descriptions des Poissons nouvelles ou pet connues................. 180 


Stimpson, Dr. Wm. Synopsis ef the Marine Invertebrates collected by 
the late Arctic Expedition, under Dr. I. [. Hayes..........s..ss-seeeeeee 13s 


Tryon, Jr.,G. W. Descriptions of two new species of Fresh Water Mollus- 

RR ARO WE Ne bre ANNE Ae ch iw omc cece caen case cian as SeomisioGesenccaeninasesuvemende) cottenaces 146 
Description ofa new Hxotic (Melania. 2.55.28. Jo. Fp Poweiset ccscseecacece. Sesee 146 
Descriptions of new species of Fresh Water Mollusca, belonging to the 

Families Amnicolide, Valvatide and Limnzide: inhabiting Cali- 


UT ORG Se SOURS eA DORE CEC uee BABA Bae OOS Be eee EE ee SSeS a Ree 1 eee ce 147 
Description of a new species of Pleurocera................:ccesseeeeeseeeeeeees 279 
Deseription of a new species of Teredo, from New Bedford, Mass.......... 280 
Descriptions of two new species of Mexican Land Shells.................... 281 
Synonymy of the species of Strepomatide, a family of Fluviatile Mollus- 

€a, inhabiting North Americas: Partilig 2.35. 0. sacacss 0-2. - Sevosekee SO 

Wilson, Dr. T. B. On a Third Kingdom of Organized Beings............++.... 118 


Winchell, Alex. Descriptions of Fossils from the Yellow Sandstone lying 
beneath the ‘‘ Burlington Limestone”’’ at Burlington, Iowa ......... 2 
Wood, Dr. H.€. Descriptions of new Species of North American Pedi- 


pe tah A io ay ena ia 
ah LO 
oe ie Be ic--ts Nee » eet eer et j 7 
i | ae Na ~daphiecee ‘ ag tre! aalievis wT saat ay 


1 nk ga ct ope iggy 


PU MAD MATIE A. whut. pel PF ay | tl” ed ‘ajo 
4 
a 4! oye fhe ry - amt eee) Aaah yi 4 wy aig , ; } 


‘Bp ‘vine 


Vit B 4 — eet aS 
9 vr] “ff = ee he ea; Loe beeit 


ert iti aban ae etn Ses 


bn anette 
an 
yi a 
“y , el 
a 456s CO Ad Operate 


Hg . 
syle, deh Lop PES why 


elo aise AE ee 
% “ a ra i? Ba adi 


sna eal 


SBI 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


Of. Parlier? & Pr ix: 


1863. 


———— 


January 6th. 
Vice-President BripGEs in the Chair. 
Fifteen members present. 


January 13th. 
Mr. JEANES in the Chair. 
Eleyen members present. 


January 20th. 
Vice-President VAUX in the Chair. 


Eleven members present. 

On motion, a vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. B. F. Saurmas| 
for a collection of mounted, native birds, presented by him this even- 
ing to the Academy. 


January 27th. 
The President, Mr. Lua, in the Chair. 


Twenty-two members present. 

On report of the Committee the following paper, read December 234d, 
1862, was ordered to be published : 
1863.] 1 


2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Descriptions of FOSSILS from the Yellow Sandstones lying beneath the 
“ Burlington Limestone,” at Burlington, Iowa. 


BY ALEXANDER WINCHELL. 


With the view of collecting facts bearing upon the determination of the 
geological age and equivalents of certain ferruginous sandstones in the lower 
peninsula of Michigan, which [ have provisionally designated the Marshall 
Group,* I visited several of the neighboring States during the past summer, 
for the purpose of examining the principal exposures of strata supposed to 
occupy nearly the same horizon. At Burlington, Mr. C. A. White accompanied 
me in all my examinations, and enabled me to procure nearly a complete suite 
of the species of that place described by Shumard and Hall, but more espe- 
cially by himself and Mr. R. P. Whitefield.; Besides the recognized species, 
J obtained from Mr. White, or by his assistance, several undescribed forms. 
Subsequently Mr. White greatly increased the number of unknown species by his 
discoveries at exposures hitherto but little explored. The whole collection of 
new species, together with his own observations thereon, has been kindly 
placed in my hands for investigation; and the following paper is the result of 
this study. ; 

The number of new species herein described is fifty-nine, and the number now 
first identified, ten. The number of species previously known from these rocks 
was sixty-six,{—a total which is now raised to one hundred and thirty-five. 

The richness of this locality in fossilspecies is well worthy of note. To 
the one hundred and thirty-five species from the yellow sandstones must 
be added three hundred and seven species from the overlying Burlington lime- 
stone, making a grand total of four hundred and forty-two species from a single 
locality. It ought not to be forgotten, that this wonderful result has been 
developed mainly through the industry and skill of a single individual,— 
Charles A. White,—who, during eight years of his residence in the locality, 
has collected the types of two hundred new species and six new genera. 

A consideration of the general conclusions deducible from the study of the 
paleontology of the rocks of the Western States supposed to occupy the 
horizon of the Marshall Group of Michigan will be hereafter presented. Suf- 
fice it to say, on the present occasion, that no one can glance over the list of 
species described here and elsewhere from these rocks without admitting that 
the exsemble bears a very close analogy with that of the ‘“ Mountaiu Limestone” 
of the Old World, and raising the inquiry how the equivalent of the old red 
sandstone can lie on the ¢op of such an assemblage of strata. 


Descriptions of New Species and G'enera. 


LEPTOPORA, n. gen. 


Etymology, Aeros, shallow and ropa, a cell. 
‘ Corallum occurring in thin discoidal masses; cells very shallow, crowded, 
polygonal, separated by a common cell-wall, which is vertically striated ; 
interior of cells filled with a finely vesicular tissue; cups polygonal, con- 
cave, elevated in the centre, and displaying numerous radial lamelle. 


* See “ First Biennial Report” of the Geological Survey of Michigan, 1860. For descriptions of 
the fossils of this group, see Silliman’s Journal, [2,] vol. xxxiii. p. 352, and Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., Sept., 1862, p. 405—430. 

¢ For White’s descriptions, see Jour. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vii., and Propeedings of same, 
yol. ix p. 28, et seq. For. White and Whitefield’s descriptions, see ‘ Proceedings,” vol. viii. 
p. 289. " 

{In this estimate I omit Chonetes Logani, Norwood and Pratten, (not Hall,) Cardiomorpha 
ovata, Hall, and Curdiomorpha parvirostris, White, for reasons which will appear in the sequel. 
Productus Shumardianus, Hall, as recognized at Burlington, appears to be P. concentricus, Hall. 
and Avicula circulus, Shumard, as recognized at Burlington, is probably Aviculopecten limeformis, 
White and Whitefield. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 


LEPTopora TYPA, n. sp.—Polypary subcircular in outline, and slightly con- 
vex on the general surface; composed (in the specimens examined) of 25-30 
rather large cells, of which the internal ones are hexagonal, and tlie peripheral 
rounded exteriorly; margins of cups strongly elevated; radial lamelle 
about 20, 

Diameter of mass -72;* diameter of the cells about -:14, and their depth 
about :07. In aspecimen whose diameter is 1:27, the diameter of the cells 
ig °22. 

Ranges from the odlitic bed No. 6 into the base of the Burlington lime- 
stone. 

This singular coral is not as well known as is desirable. Though discoid, 
it does not seem to be encrusting. No diaphragms or communicating pores 
have yet been detected. 

TREMATOPORA, Hall. 


TREMATOPORA ? VESICULISA, n. sp.—Corrallum delicate, terete, branching, 
celluliferous on all sides. Cells arranged in spiral and often longitudinal 
series; cell-mouths oval, slightly elevated on the lower margin, the longitudi- 
nal series more or less separated by a straight or flexuous, sharply-raised 
carina. Surface between the cell-mouths imperforate, but the substance of the 
corallum beneath is irreguiarly vesicular. No solid axis exists, the cells ap- 
pearing to ascend and diverge gradually from an imaginary axis. 

Diameter of stem about :05; length and breadth of cell-mouth 02 and -01; 
distance between the cell-mouths in the spiral series -01. In some specimens 
the cell-mouths are somewhat more widely separated. 

Base of the Burlington limestone and in the fine-grained sandstone of Ohio. 


TREMATOPORA ? FRAGILIS, n. sp.—Corallum delicate,branching,terete or slightly 
compressed at the bifurcations, celluliferous on all sides. Cell-mouths minute, 
oval, somewhat remote, not disposed in regular series, more approximate ina 
transverse than in a longitudinal direction. Intervening surface imperforate ; 
the substance immediately beneath minutely cellular. 

Least distance between contiguous cell-mouths about equal to their transverse 
diameter; greatest distances two or three times as great. The absolute di- 
mensions of the cell-mouths are less than in the last species. 

Base of the Burlington limestone. 

The two species above described are only provisionally referred to Trema- 
topora. They belong toa group often ranged under Millepora and Ceriopora, 
but apparently without sufficient reason. The assemblage of branching (or 
sometimes foliaceous) corals without septa or lamelle, ranging from the lower 
Silurian into the Carboniferous limestone, seems to be but imperfectly understood; 
and the generic and even more fundamental relations are in a state of very 
unsatisfactory vagueness and confusion. 


LINGULA, Bruguiére. 


LINGULA MEMBRANACEA, n. sp.—Shell flattened, quadrate-ellipitical, nearly as 
broad near the beak as at the same distance from the anterior margin; length 
nearly equal to twice the width; lateral margins slightly curved; beak 
scarcely elevated, near the posterior margin, but with a narrow belt behind it. 
Shell substance membranaceous, marked externally by very delicate, regular 
concentric lines. 

Length ‘50 (100); breadth in the middle -32 (64); breadth at one-fourth the 
shell-length from posterior end -28 (56); breadth at same distance from anterior 
end °31 (62). 

Differs from ZL. concentrica, Hall, from the Genesee slate by its subequal 


*The measurements in this paper are givenin inches. Where one number is followed by 
another in parenthesis, the latter is the relative measurement—the dimensions which is generally 
the greatest being assumed 100 


1863.] 


4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


width at the two extremities. A similar undescribed species occurs in the » 
“ fine-grained sandstone” of Obio. 


DISCINA, Lamarck. 


DISCINA PATELLARIS, n. sp.—Upper valve circular, elevated, patelliform, 
with a subcentral beak, from which the surface slopes in right lines to all 
parts of the margin, except a barely perceptible concavity down the posterior 
slope. Surface (of cast) with feeble concentric striz. 

Diameter -90 (100); height of upper valve :33 (37); The length appears to 
be a very little greater than the breadth, but the specimen is slightly defective 
posteriorly. 

This species recalls D, Alleghania, Hall, of the Chemung Group, but the apex 
is more central, and the concentric lines less lamellar and regular, and tke 
shell, so far as knuwn, is smaller. 


PRODUCTA, Sowerby. 


PropucTa? PARYULA, n. sp-—Shell very small, semi-elliptic or nearly semi- 
circular in outline, with a hinge-line equalling the greatest width, or a little 
less. Ventral valve ventricose, with regular, though slightly diminishing 
curvature from beak to anterior margin, describing an arc of about 180°; 
beak elevated above the hinge-line and incurved over it; flanks regularly 
convex, abruptly flattened and auriculate at the hinge extremities. Dorsal 
valve unknown. Surface ornamented with small, rigid, continuous, radiating 
ribs, which on the sides increase by implantation. 

Length from beak to anterior margin :38 (100); width :31 (82); depth of 
ventral valve -23 (61). The prevailing dimensions are less than the above. 

Amongst Productx of similar age the miniature size of the present species 
renders it at once distinguishable. Thespecimens look like pygmy examples of 
P. cora, arcuata or pileiformis. 


Propucta Martini, (Sow.) de Kon. (P. semireticulatus, Martin.)—In the wide 
range of characters admitted into this species, as defined by de Koninck, there 
is little doubt that the Burlington specimens would be embraced. Although 
most of the American species of Producta formerly identified with European 
types have subsequently been separated, P. Martini (or semireticulatus) is still 
admitted to exist in our coal measures; and it seems probable that its first ap- 
pearance dates considerably further back. 

Ranges from the bottom of the Yellow sandstones into the Burlington 
limestones. 


Propvcta sprcrosa, Hall, (Tenth Ann. Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 176).—Several casts 
of this Chemung species present the appearance of being inside views of very 
concave dorsal valves ; but no internal structures are visible. The beak is 
flattened, and not elevated above the hinge-line, which is somewhat shorter 
than the greatest width of the shell. The other characters also agree. 


STROPHALOSIA, King. 


STROPHALOSIA ? NUMMULARIS, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, circular, trunca- 
ted by the hinge-line. Hinge-line (generally much) shorter than the greatest 
width of the shell. Ventral valve comparatively very shallow, regularly arch- 
ing from the anterior side to the vicinity of the beak, which is obtuse, not in- 
curved and not elevated above the dorsal margin; surface depressed each side 
of the beak; area apparently present, but very narrow. Dorsal valve discoid, 
with a broad, shallow umbonal depression, which is bounded on the two sides 
by lines diverging from the beak at right angles with each other, or nearly so; 
beak depressed, furnished with a small bifid cardinal process or boss, which 
lies in the plane of the valve and projects beyond the hinge-line; each branch 
of the boss continued internally in a low vanishing ridge, which is turned out- 
wardly into the position of a socket ridge, but without the socket behind it; 


(Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 


‘median septum a lowridge appearing a short distance from the beak, and 
disappearing toward the middle of the valve; vascular imprints sectoriform 
reaching half way to the midvalve, separated from the median septum by a 
faint ridge (occlusor apophysis ?) on each side. External surface of both 
valves with numerous concentric lamellar strie and innumerable little pits 
which give the impression a finely granular appearance; pits more scattered 
and deeper toward the anterior margin. Internal surface (of dorsal valve) 
exhibiting concentric lines and innumerable raised poirts, apparently corres- 
ponding with the pits of the exterior. 

Length -82(100); width 1-06 (129); length of hinge-line 55 (67); length of 
cardinal process ‘04 (5) ; depression of dorsal valve -04 (5). Depth of ventral 
valve -15, with a length of ‘76. Another dorsal valve has a width of 1-46 and a 
hinge-line 1-22 long. ri 

This anomalous species has more the form of an Orthis or Strophalosia than 
a Producta. But there is no positive proof of the existence of spines, and the 
somewhat doubtful existence of an area in either valve furnishes only unsatis- 
factory grounds for referring it to either genus. At the same time it is difficult 
to understand how the externally projecting cardinal processes of the dorsal 
valve could be used without a fissure (and area?) in the ventral valve in which 
they could move. In view of all the facts, I venture to refer the species witha 
query to Strophalosia. Should the reference prove correct, it will be, so far as 
I know, the first identification of this genus in American rocks. 


CHONETES, Fischer. 


CHONETES MULTICOSTA, n. sp.—Shell of medium size or larger, semicircular, 
with the greatest width along the hinge-line. Ventral valve depressed-ventri- 
cose, more or less flattened toward the hinge extremities, with a barely per- 
ceptible mesial sinus reaching two-thirds the distance to the flattened incon- 
spicuous beak; spines two (possibly three) each side of the beak, nearly at 
right angles with the hinge-line, of medium length, rather stout, the first mid- 
way between the beak and cardinal extremity, the second midway between this 
and the same point; area extremely narrow. Dorsal valve shallow, concave, 
with a depressed mesial fold extending nearly to the beak; socket plates very 
divergent ; occlusor scars forming a very small elleptic pit near the beak. Hx- 
ternal surface of each valve bearing 180-200 fine, subflexuous, radiating striz, 
which increase dichotomously at all distances from the beak, and sometimes 
also by implantation. Surface of cast rather remotely punctate. 

Length of hinge-line -82 (100); length of shell -50 (61); convexity of ven- 
tral valve -12 (14). In most specimens the last measure is relatively less. 

Ranges from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Burling- 
ton limestone. Intermediate in size between C. Logani and C. Fischeri of Nor- 
wood and Pratten. It possesses a greater number of radiating strie than C. 
Lllinotensis of Worthen. 


Cuonetss Intinorsnsis, Worthen, (Trans. St. Louis Acad. Nat. Sci., i. 571 9) 
C. Locant, Hall, (lowa Rep. p.598, pl. xii. fig. 1, a~e and 2,) not C. Logani, Nor- 
wood and Pratten, (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., [2] iii., p. 30, pl. ii. fig. 12, 
a, b, ¢.) 

Some confusion seems to exist among the species of Chonetes just mentioned. 
C. Logant was described “from the middle portion of the mountain limestone 
series,” at Burlington, lowa, and characterized as having “about 30 rugose 
ribs.” The figure agrees with the description. Prof. Hall subsequently 
described a species from the Burlington limestone, of Burlington and Quincy, 
which he referred to C’. Logani, Nor. and Prat., though, among the characters, he 
assigns to it “‘ 100-120 or more fine rounded dichotomizing strie.” Still later, 
Mr. Worthen, conceiving this form to be specifically distinct, gave it the name of 
C. Lilinoiensis, remarking that it “is restricted to the crinoidal beds of the 


1863.] 


6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


mountain limestone,” being abundant at Quincy, Ill., and intimating that Nor-. 
wood and Pratten had erroneously assigned their species to the mountain lime- 
stone, in consequence of supposing all the Burlington rocks to belong to that 
series. The “middle portion of the mountain limestone series,” however— 
eyen as then understood—would be found far above the yellow sandstones at 
Burlington. Moreover, in referring C. Fischeri to these sandstones at the same 
locality, they place them “at the base of the mountain limestone.” It seems 
clear, then, that C. Logani belongs to the Burlington limestone, but that never- 
theless, the species described by Hall cannot be the same, and has been properly 
separated as C. Iilinoiensis. The latter species, however, contrary to Mr, Wor- 
then’s opinion, occurs frequently in all the beds below the Burlington limestone 
—having a range co-extensive with that of C. multicosta. ‘ 


SPIRIGERA, (d’Orbigny,) Billings. 

SPIRIGERA CORPULENTA, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, extremely ventricose, 
varying in outline from oval to orbicular-oval. Ventral valve depressed from 
the anterior margin to the summit of the greatest gibbosity, which is two- 
thirds the distance to the beak ; anterior margin rather deeply sinuate, or very 
slightly so, sinus soon disappearing in a mere flattening of the valve, or trace- 
able backwards, in a narrow shallow groove, as far as the middle of the shell ; 
umbonal region extremely inflated; beak abruptly turned toward the opposite 
valve, not produced, truncate, circularly foraminated. Dorsal valve extremely 
ventricose near the anterior margin, slightly elevated in a mesial fold traceable 
to the most gibbous region, which is less than half way to the beak; surface 
depressed between this region and the beak; beak inconspicuous, covered by 
its fellow. External surface of casts strongly marked by numerous lamellose 
wrinkles of growth. 

Length ‘80 (100); breadth -70 (87); depth of both valves ‘58 (72). Breadth 
and depth of another specimen *75 and ‘68. 

The aspect of typical specimens is exceedingly unique. The great gibbosity of 
the rostral region of the ventral valve and the anterior region of the dorsal, 
causes the line of junction of the two valves to pass diagonally from the an- 
terior to the posterior region. The lateral edges of the two valves, moreover, 
lie in the same plane, so that the sides of the shell present a regular convexity, 
like the dorsal and ventral surfaces, and the lines of growth of the two valves, 
diverging from the postero-lateral region complete the illusion of a dorsal or 
ventral surface radiately ribbed. 


SYRINGOTHYRIS, n. gen. 


Etymology, supsyZ, @ tube and Gupic, a window. y 

Shell with an elongated hinge-line. Ventral valve with a mesial sinus, a 
very broad area, and a narrow triangular fissure closed toward the apex by an 
external, convex pseudo-deltidium, beneath which, and diverging from it, is 
another transverse plate connecting the vertical dental lamellz, arched above, 
and beneath giving off a couple of median parallel lamelle, which are incurved 
so ag to nearly join their inferior edges—thus forming a slit-bearing tube, 
which projects beyond the limits of the plate from which it orginates into the 
interior of the shell. A low median ridge extends from the beak to the anterior 

art of the valve. Dorsal valve depressed, without area, with a distinct mesial 
fold. Shell structure fibrous. 

The elevated ventral and deficient dorsal area of this genus, not less than its 
external pseudo-deltidium, of one piece, ally it to Cyrtia, Dalman, and Skenidium, 
Hall. It is not known whether the arms were furnished with calcareous spiral 
supports, though the general aspect of the shell is that of a Spirifera. Theshell 
substance is impunctate in all conditions and under high powers. 

Some difficulty exists in deciding on the homology of the transverse plate 
and fissured tube which characterize this genus. Inthe ventral valve of Merista, 


(Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 


especially of the type of Camartum, Hall, an arching lamella arises from the 
basal portion of each dental plate, and the two unite in the mesial line of the 
valve, forming a structure which Prof. King, before the separation of this genus, 
had styled the shoe-lifter process,—arched in front, and attached to the bottom 
of the valve behind. In Spirifera granulifera, Hall, a horizontal transverse 
plate stretches across the middle of the beak of the ventral valve, connecting 
the dental lamellz where nearest approximated by their inward curvatures,—a 
stucture which probably represents the pseudo-deltidium of certain Spirifere, 
but not of Cyriia. Beneath this plate, the ventral medium septum assumes the 
form of a tapering cone, resting with its base filling the cavity and having the 
anterior part of the upper side marked by a longitudinal groove or slit, while 
the posterior part sends up a small vertical plate to the transverse plate just 
mentioned. In Syringothyris, the transverse plate equally connects the dental 
lamellz where most approximated, ard is somewhat arched upward, as in Me- 
rista, but it does not join the bottom of the valve asin that genus, nor is it 
connected with the median septum as in Spirifera granulifera. Nevertheless it 
would seem that the three structures are modifications of the same elements. 

But what is the element thus modified ? Prof. King suggested that the shoe-lifter 
process of Cleiothyris concentrica is a modified form of the ventral median plate; 

- but the wide separation of its points of origin from the normal position of this plate 
seems incompatible with such a conclusion ; while in Syringothyris and Spirifere 
granulifera the median plate exists independently of the apparent homologue of 
the shoe-lifter. Mr. Billings, whose observations are generally marked by ex- 
treme sagacity, regards the shoe-lifter ‘‘as an abnormal form of the pseudo- 
deltidium that occurs in some Spirifers.” This is the relationship pointed out 
above; and there seem to exist good morphological reasons for regarding the 
fistuliferous arching plate of Syringothyris as a modified pseudo-deltidium. But 
to what does the latter structure appertain? In Merista, Syringothyris and cer- 
tain Spirifere its relation to the dental plates suggests that it may be an out- 
growth of those parts. The dental plates are amongst the most heteromorphous 
structures of the ventral valye. From @ normal erect position, they become ap- 
proximated along the ventral margins in many Spirifere and other genera, while 
in Peniamerus, Orthisina and Camarophoria this approximation results in com- 
plete union, and in Zepiena in the formation of the saucer-shaped process of 
the ventral valve. They also vary excessively in longitudinal development. 
In many Spiriferx, moreover, there is an evident indication of a longitudinal fold- 
ing of the dental plates, producing on one side or the other a longitudinal lami- 
nar process, which, under an extraordinary development, may coalesce with 
some neighboring part.. While, therefore, the shoe-lifter process of Merista, and 
still more the fistuliferous diaphragm of Syringothyris, may be but modifications 
of the false inner deltidium of Spirifera granulifera, the three structures—acci- 
dental among Palliobranchs—may be but mere outgrowths of the essential and 
typical parts known as dental plates. 

The geological range of the above generic type is, as far as known, only from 
the base of the yellow sandstones at Burlington, Iowa, to the Keokuk limestone. 
The species from the latter horizon cannot at present be characterized. There 
are reasons for believing that Spirifer extenuatus, Hall, from the yellow sand- 
stones at Burlington, will yet be found to possess the same peculiarities, if it is 
not a variety of one of the following species. 


SYRINGOTHYRIS TYPA, n. sp.—Shell large, thin, externally destitute of radiating 
ribs, or showing them but faintly. Ventral valve with a broad, undefined, rather 
shallow sinus ; beak extremely elevated ; slope thence nearly straight to all parts 
of the margin; area very large, triangular, flat, forming an angle of about 30° 
with a line along the bottom of the sinus, and perforated by a rather broad tri- 
angular fissure. Dental plates diverging at an angle of 30°, continued nearly 
to the apex of the beak, and extending anteriorly beyond the middle of the 
valve. Attachments of the myary system unknown. 


1863.] 


8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The external characters of this shell resemble those of Spirifera simplex, Phil. 
(Pal. Foss. p. 71, pl. xxix. fig. 124, and pl. Ix. fig. 124), but the hinge-line is 
raore elongate. 

This species, so far as is certainly known, is restricted to the base of the 
Burlington limestone. 


Syrincorayris Hau, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, transversely elongate, 
widest along the hinge-line; greatest depth of the two valves equalling or ex- 
ceeding the greatest length. Ventral valve with a deep, defined sinus; beak 
very elevated ; surface sloping thence with but little convexity, to all parts of 
the margin,—being sometimes even concave between the apex and the cardinal 
extremities ; area large, triangular, transversely striate, flat or slightly arched, 
with a more marked incurvation just beneath the beak ; perforated by a narrow, 
or moderately wide, triangular fissure, which is grooved along its lateral bor- 
ders as if for the reception of a deltidium; dental plates rather short—in a va- 
riety, very short—diverging at an angle of 66°; mesial septum a low ridge ex- 
tending two-fifths the length of the valve; line of divaricator scars extending 
with a curve from inner end of dental plates to inner end of mesial septum. 
Dorsal valve moderately ventricose, with a convex surface, and abrupt well- 
defined mesial elevation, and a small beak which overhangs the base of the 
fissure in the area of the opposite valve,—the area being scarcely perceptible 
in the dorsal valve. Surface ornamented by 12 to 16 rounded ribs on each 
side of the mesial fold and sinus, becoming obsolete toward the lateral angles. 
Mesial fold and sinus destitute of ribs. The whole surface is further marked 
by faint, delicate lines of growth. 

Length of hinge-line 1-32 (100) ; depth from beak of ventral valve to most 
prominent point of dorsal—which is nearly at right angles to the plane of the 
yalves—70 (53); distance from hinge-line to middle of anterior margin 
-54 (41); elevation of (ventral) area -48 (36); width of fissure at base 
°28 (21). 

oe through the yellow sandstones. In bed No. lis a variety with some- 
what convex area, very narrow fissure and very short dental plates. The species 

ecurs also at Clarksville, Mo.,where the beak of the ventral valve is bent 
somewhat to the left (this beak being uppermost) in the style of a Streptorhyn- 
chus, producing a curvature of the mesial sinus and the fissure; and is further 
peculiarly marked by several distinct lamellar wrinkles of growth. 

Named in honor of Prof. James Hall, the eminent Palzontologist of Albany, 
TEN 

AVICULA, (Klein,) Bruguiére. 

AvicuLA WHIT#zI, n. sp.—Shell large, transverse, exceedingly oblique, with 
nearly terminal beaks. Hinge-line more than three times the greatest dorso- 
ventral dimension. Anterior ear pouched, not distinctly divided from the body 
of the shell. Left valve ventricose; umbonal ridge somewhat arcuate, or 
nearly straight, forming an angle of about 20°, with the hinge-line ; slope 
thence to the ventral margin very rapid—to the dorsal side rather gradual and 
symmetrical to the very hinge-line—the posterior wing not being divided from 
the body of the shell. Ventral margin, in the middle rather straight and near- 
ly parallel with the dorsal; posterior margin sigmoidal by a deep, or rather 
shallow sinus, isolating the posterior end of the cartilage plate from the body 
of the shell; posterior wing triangular, exceeding the shell. Externai surface 
marked by numerous fine, irregular strie of growth. Right valve much !ess 
ventricose, marked on the body and anterior slope by numerous sharp, regular 
raised concentric striae which become very faint posteriorly. Cardinal line in 
each valve with a long, slender, bifid lateral tooth behind the beak. 

Length of dorsal side 2-13 (100); greatest dorso-ventral dimension +70 (33) ; 
depth of left valve -22 (10). 


AVICULA ACANTHOPTERA, Hall, (Geol. Rep. 4th Dist. N. Y., p. 263),—Shell 
[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 


rather large, very oblique, becoming distinctly arcuate upwards. Left valve 
very ventricose, with a tapering, incurved beak, closely approximated to its 
fellow ; body of valve regularly arched along the umbonal slope, from which 
line it describes a rapid convexity to the anterior margin, sloping more gradu- 
ally to the ventral margin and becoming gradually flattened toward the 
posterior ventral angle. The upper boundary of the body is an abrupt 
descent to the plane of the posterior wing, and sharply divides the two; 
posterior wing sloping to the dorsal and posterior borders of the valve, 
produced above into a slender spine, nearly as long as the posterior end 
of the shell, with a deep sinuation below. Anterior ear short, saccate, less 
distinctly divided from the body of the valve. Hinge-line straight, with a long, 
posterior cartilage facet. Surface marked by irregular wrinkles of growth 
which become fine strie on the posterior wing, and sharp plications on the an- 
terior slope and auriculation. Right valve smoother and considerably less 
ventricose, with the posterior wing-surface divided from the body of the valve 
only by a slight groove. 

Length from beak to extremity of posterior wing ‘81; from beak to extremity 
of anterior wing -21; from middle of dorsal side to ventral side -70; greatest 
width of body of shell -48; same width in a larger specimen *93 ; depth of right 
valve of same specimen ‘30. 

An occasional specimen of this species, differing from the types of the above 
description only in the absence of arcuation of the body, presents a good agree- 
ment with Prof. Hall’s figure and brief diagnosis,—diverging only in the less 
forward direction of the beak, in the much larger anterior ear, and deeper 
byssal sinus beneath it.. The prevailing forms greatly resemble Avicula lunu- 
lata, Phil. sp. (Geol. Yorks, ii. pl. vi. fig. 12). It is, however, less oblique, es- 
pecially in the earlier stages of its growth, and the beak is narrower and more 
depressed. Itis also considerably broader on the antero-ventral side, and has 
a larger posterior wing. 


AVICULOPECTEN, McCoy. 


AYICULOPECTEN CAROLI, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, subcircular, ventri- 
cose. Hinge-line shorter than the shell; anterior ear of right valve shorter 
than anterior end of shell, rounded, slightly inflated, with a deep, sharply- 
rounded notch below; posterior ear acute, slightly longer than the anterior, 
with a broad, shallow notch below; shell otherwise nearly equilateral. Beak 
central, inconspicuous ; greatest convexity of valve a little above the middle. 
External surface of the body of the valve marked by about 25 nearly eqnidis- 
tant, narrow, sharply-raised, radiating ribs, with two or three fine, raised strie 
in each of the interspaces; a set of very fine, sharp, close, concentric raised 
lines cross the smaller ribs, but are intercepted by the primary ones. The 
latter, however, show a tendency, toward the pallial margin of the valve, to de- 
velope nodes, which, on the anterior and posterior slopes, become distinct spines. 
The spines sometimes oceur in the spaces between the primary ribs. The 
wings are also marked by two sets of raised lines, but on the posterior wing 
the radiating set is most prominent, while on the anterior wing the concentric 
set is strongest. The left valve is exactly like the right, except that the notch 
below the anterior ear is shallower. 

Length from beak to ventral margin 66 (100) ; length of hinge-line -55 (83) ; 
convexity of right valve -20 (30) ; antero-posterior dimension -66 (100). Num- 
ber of concentric lines in one-tenth of an inch, 16. The adult size of the 
species seems to be about one inch in length and breadth. 

Ranges from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Burling- 
ton limestone. 


AVICULOPECTEN OCCIDENTALIS, n. sp.—Shell small, appressed; hinge-line 
equal to greatest width; anterior and posterior umbonal ridges at right angles, 
and straight to the middle of the shell extremities, between which the pallial 


1863.] 


% 


10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


margin is regularly curyed. Wings distinct, the anterior slightly inflated, 
rounded at the extremity, and separated from the body of the shell by a rather 
acute notch, from which a furrow extends to the beak; posterior wing flat- 
tened, acute, subtriangular, with a shallow sinus below. Body of shell smooth ; 
wings with radiating ribs, strongest on the anterior wing and crossed by 
equally strong concentric lines; posterior wing with fine concentric lines. 

In the odlitic limestone (No. 3” of White.) 


AVICULOPECTEN TENUICOSTUS, nD. sp.—Shell small, equilateral ; pallial margin 
circularly rounded between anterior and posterior extremities, which lie mid- 
way between the beak and opposite side. Beak slightly prominent; body of 
shell bounded by a truncation from beak to each lateral margin; anterior 
truncation slightly concave. Anterior wing of left valve moderately inflated, 
as long as anterior side of shell, distinctly rounded at extremity, joining 
hinge-line by a rounded angle, and separated from body of shell by a broadly 
V-shaped sinus, rounded at the bottom. Posterior wing only very imperfectly 
seen. Surface (of left valve) ornamented by fine, rigid, nearly equidistant ribs, 
50 or 60 in number, separated by concave intervals ; similar but finer ribs or 
strie marking the anterior ear. Frequently from three to five equidistant cos- 
tate elevations appear, each of which bears two or three of the ribs. A few 
inequidistant concentric lines are seen. Right valve unknown. 

Length from beak to opposite side ‘47; antero-posterior dimension the 
same. 

It is a little singular that of seven specimens of this species all are left valves, 
showing only the anterior ear. The posterior is probably flat and thin. 


POSIDONOMYA, Brown. 


PostDONOMYA? AMBIGUA, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, rather ventricose, 
somewhat oblique. Hinge-line short, straight, not surpassed by the inconspic- 
uous beak, abruptly rounded at the extremities ; sides of shell subparallel, 
somewhat straight; ventral margin circularly curved, gaping at the antero- 
ventral angle. Cast nearly smooth, but bearing the impression of a few small, ir= 
regular wrinkles around the margin. 

Greatest dimension (from beak to ventral margin) ‘65 (100); antero-poste- 
rior dimension -58 (89); angle of umbonal slope with hinge-line 70°. 

Three left valves and one right, of an anomalous fossil are here referred 
with great uncertainty. One of the specimens is larger and relatively longer 
from beak to venter than the one described, and seems to have been everted 
around nearly the entire pallial border, producing an extensively gaping shell. 
The right valve is a smaller specimen, with the beak near the anterior extremi- 
ty of the hinge-line, and presenting the anomaly of a forward instead of a back- 
ward obliquity—in this respect resembling Streblopteria, McCoy, but without 
the anterior wing. The three valves could scarcely belong to the same species 
of any genus, but it would be folly to attempt a further discrimination at 
present. 


DEXIOBIA, n. gen. 


Etymology, deZséc, on the right side and Bsa, strength, in allusion to the greate 
ventricosity of the right valve. 

Shell thin, inequivalve, inequilateral; beaks separated by an undefined area. 
Right valve very ventricose, with a very prominent umbo, and a produced, 
incuryed beak, strongly inclined forward. Left valve much less inflated, with 
a less prominent beak, scarcely elevated above the dorsal margin. Hinge-line 
more or less extended, straight, or slightly bent, edentulous (?) furnished with a 
thickened cartilage plate bearing a linear posterior groove. Pallial line and 
muscular markings unknown. 

In his Report on the Geology of Iowa, (p. 522, pl. vii. fig. 10, a, b, c,) Prof. 
Hall has described, under the name of Cardiomorpha ovata (not C. ovata, d’Orb. 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 


= Mactra ovata, McCoy,) a common species from the yellow sandstones of Bur- 
lington. This species Messrs. Meek and Worthen supposed to be congeneric 
With their Cardiopsis radiata, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., June, 1861, p. 144). 
From the same beds, Mr. C..A. White has more recently described a similar 
species under the name of Cardiomorpha (Cardipsis?) parvirostris, (Proc. Bos. 
Soc. Nat. dist., Jan., 1862, p. 31), which has the small beak and Luciniform as- 
pect of several other species referred by authors to the same genus * It was 
some time since remarked, however, by Mr. White, that amongst all his speci- 
mens of these two species, the left valves of C. ovata and the right valves of C. 
parvirosiris, were entirely wanting. It appears also that Prof. Hall’s description 
was drawn from aright valve. The idea, however, that the two sets of valves 
might really belong to one species, would not probably have been entertained 
but for the discovery of a specimen with both valves in closely fitting juxtapo- 
sition. Onone side the specimen is C. ovata, on the other C. parvirostris ! 
The beaks of the two valves are wanting, but the ventral margins apply to each 
other with exactitude,—the number of radiating lines in a given distance being 
the same on the two sides. 

From the same exhaustless deposits of fossil remains, Mr. White’s industry 
bas brought to light some other forms which present similar characteristics. 

It is evident that these fossils cannot be referred to any known genus. It is- 
doubtful whether they fall within the limits of any recognized family assem- 
blage. Judging from their analogies, they must have been asiphonal, intecro- 
pallial Pleuroconchs, though little evidence of the possession of a byssus has- 
been detected. From the inequivalve family Aviculide (including Aucella, to 
which they are most related,) they are clearly excluded by the greater ventri- 
cosity of the right valve, and the absence of an anterior wing and byssal sinus. 
From the free inequivalve Ostreide their great gibbosity distinguishes them. 
From Dolabra, McCoy, they differ in the greater ventricosity of the right valve 
‘and less transverse shape. 

In view of the facts above recited, though some paleontologists may not re- 
gard them as sufficiently conclusive, I have ventured to publish a diagnosis of 
the supposed new genus. 


Dexiosia Wuiret, Winchell, (— Cardiomorpha ovata, Hall. + C. parvirostris, 
White. )—Shell subrotund, with a slight anterior obliquity caused by a mode- 
rate protrusion of the antero-ventral border, from which, in the right valve, a 
slight elevation extends to the beak; anterior margin rather straight above. 
Hinge-line short, regularly curved ; beaks nearly central. Surface marked by 
fine radiating ribs—becoming obsolete toward the umbo—and numerous irreg- 
ular concentric wrinkles, which are generally most conspicuous in the left 
valve. 

Height from beak to middle of ventral margin 1-26 (100); greatest antero- 
posterior dimension, nearly bisecting the first measure, 1:16 (92); convexity of 
right valve -45 (35). Height of another specimen 1:67. Height and convexity 
of a left valve 1:19 (100) and -26 (22). 


Dexiopia Haut, n. sp.—Shell small, semi-elliptic, subequilateral. Hinge-line 
straight, extended ; in some specimens as long as the greatest width of the 
shell. Right valve extremely ventricose, flattened and subalate toward the 
hinge extremities; left valve with a very smal] obtuse beak, and slender poste- 
rior cartilage plate bearing a longitudinal median furrow. Surface smooth. 

Height from beak of right valve to middle of ventral side -65 (100) ; length 
of hinge-line -76 (117); ventricosity of right valve -35 (54). 

MYTILUS, Linneus. 
Mytitus WHITFIELDIANUS, Win., (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Sept., 1862, p. 


* Compare also Lucina ? retusa, Hall, (Geol. Rep. 4th Dist., N. ¥., p. 245), and Ungulina suborbi- 
cularis, (Ib. p. 243). 


1363. ] 


12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


413.)—The small shells thus identified have heretofore been regarded as the 
young of M. occidentalis, White and Whitfield,—a species with which | formerly 
identified the Michigan types of M. Whitfieldianus,—a close comparison of speci- 
mens, however, shows IM. occidentalis to be quite destitute of the fine diverging 
strie which belong to perfect specimens of the other species. M. occidentalis, 
moreover, is more flattened between the umbonal ridge and the hinge-line, and 
does not attain more than one-fifth the length of the other. It bears conside- 
rable resemblance to Modiola lingualis, Phil., (Geol. Yorks. p. 209, pl. v. fig. 21.) 


ORTHONOTA, Conrad. 


ORTHONOTA PHASELIA, n. sp.—Shell transversely quadrangular. Beaks in- 
conspicuous, nearly terminal, not raised above the slightly-curved hinge-line. 
Ventral margin subparallel with dorsal, with a shallow sinuation in the middle. 
Posterior end truncately curved, a little the most extended toward the dorsal 
side; anterior end slightly produced below, with a deep lunette above. Shell 
inflated from the anterior end to near the posterior. Greatest thickness a little 
in front of the middle. Anterior muscular pit shallow, ovately pyriform. 
Surface with a few remote concentric lines near the border. 

Length °35 (100); height -20 (57); thickness of both valves -13 (37). 


EDMONDIA, de Koninck. 


EpMONDIA NITIDA, n. sp.—Shell small, equivalve, suborbicular, ventricose, 
slightly oblique, with a subcentral beak. Hinge-line slightly extended poste- 
riorly, obtusely rounded at the extremities ; anterior and posterior sides sub- 
parallel; ventral border circularly rounded, but a little produced in the line of 
the umbonal ridge. Beak elevated above the hinge, obtuse, slightly incurved ; 
umbonal ridge making an angle of 68° with the hinge-line; behind this ridge 
the slope is abrupt to the posterior border; middle portion of the shell very 
slightly flattened from the beak along the region anterior to the umbonal ridge. 
Surface handsomely marked by rigid, regular concentric raised striae, with a 
few remote, irregularly-distributed concentric furrows. The striation is pre- 
served in all its sharpness to the very hinge-border. 

Length ‘59 (100); height -59 (100); thickness of both valves -30 (51). 

Olosely resembles EH. unioniformis, de Kon., (Anim. Foss., pl. i. fig. 4,) but 
the latter is less finely and elegantly striated, and shows no flattening along the 
region between the beaks and the ventral border. It is much less flattened 
and less angular than Z. binwmbonata, Win., from Michigan. 


EpMONDIA NUPTIALIS, n. sp.—Shell of moderate size, transversely-suboval ; in 
adult specimens considerably inflated in the vicinity of the pallial border, 
Beaks subcentral, small, incurved, somewhat elevated above the moderately 
extended, slightly arcuate hinge-line. Ventral margin gently curved or nearly 
straight in the middle; more rapidly curved toward the rounded, subequal ex- 
tremities. Hinge structure obscure, but apparently consisting of one or more 
lateral teeth on each side of the beak. Surface unequally and interruptedly 
furrowed. Greatest thickness through the middle of the shell. 

Length -79 (100); height -62 (78); thickness of both valves *50 (63). 

This species is relatively larger than #. nitida, and is destitute of the obtuse 
angulations descending along the anterior and posterior umbonal slopes of the 
latter. An associated, if not identical, species is less ventricose, with less 
central beaks, and can scarcely be distinguished from Lucina? retusa, Hall. 


EpMONDIA STRIGILLATA, n. sp.—Shell rather small, rather gibbous, trans- 
versely oval; beaks subcentral, elevated, obtuse, somewhat strongly turned 
forward. Ventral margin gently arcuate in the middle, more rapidly curved 
toward the neatly-rounded extremities, of which the posterior is broadest. 
Hinge-line curved, furnished with a pair of rather thick lateral teeth ; cardinal 
teeth, apparently none. Surface marked by fine radiating lines, and toward 
the margin by a few irregular concentric wrinkles. 

[Jan. 


1 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. uss 


Length -80 (100); height -62 (77); thickness of both valves -40 (50). 
Resembles FZ. nuptialis in form, but it is less ventricose around the margin, 
and is further distinguished by its radiating striz. 


EDMONDIA QUIMARGINALIS, Win., (—Cardinia xquimarginalis, Win., Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Sept., 1862, p. 413.) The identification with the Michigan 
species is quite conclusive, but the better state of preservation of this fossil 
necessitates a correction of the generic reference. 


Epmonp1a (?) BICARINATA, n. sp.—Shell rather small, transverse, oblong, a 
little the widest at the posterior extremity of the straight, lengthened hinge- 
line; dorsal margin erect, not inflected ; ventral margin subparallel with the 
dorsal, having a distinct shallow sinus near the middle, which leaves a dimin- 
ishing furrow extending to the beaks; angularly rounded to the extremities, of 
which the posterior is truncate by a slightly curved line at right angles with 
the hinge-line, and another above this forming an angle of about 135° with 
the hinge-line. Beaks one-fifth the length of the shell from the anterior end, 
somewhat flattened, and incurved over a deep, distinct lunette. Greatest con- 
vexity one-third the distance from the dorsal to the ventral sides. A strong 
angular ridge extends from the beaks to the posterior ventral angle, and 
another, less conspicuous, to the angle connecting the two posterior truncated 
margins. Surface marked by fine incremental lines, parallel to the basal and 
posterior borders. 

Length -59 (100); height -27 (41); thickness of both valves :12 (20). 


EpMonpIA (?) ELLIPTICA, n. sp.—Shell rather large, appressed, transverse, 
with an elongate-elliptical outline. Beaks flat, inconspicuous, situated one- 
fifth the shell-length from the anterior end. Hinge margin elongate, slightly 
curved, abruptly elevated; a flattened area extending from the beaks back- 
ward to the posterior hinge angle. Extremities neatly rounded. Surface 
marked by numerous distinct unequal lines running parallel with the pallial 
margin. 

Length 1°36 (100); height :65 (48). 


SANGUINOLITES, McCoy. 


SANGUINOLITES AMYGDALINDUS, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, equivalve ; length 
equal to two and a half times the height; beak about one-fourth the length 
from the anterior end, scarcely elevated above the hinge, somewhat depressed, 
incurved; dorsal margins slightly concave, posteriorly inflected inwards, form- 
ing a deep escutcheon; ventral margin gradually curved along the middle, 
more rapidly so toward the extremities; posterior extremity describing nearly 
a semicircle, and joining the dorsal line by a very easy angle; anterior extrem- 
ity abruptly rounded to the deep, broad lunette, which reaches from the beak 
to the middle of the shell. Greatest protuberance one-third the distance from 
the beak to the venter, rather tumid ; an obtuse angulation extending from the 
beak to the postero-basal angle; a strong internal ridge running near to, and 
parallel with, the hinge-line. Surface marked by strong concentric wrinkles, 
which nearly disappear in the dorsoumbonal region. A shallow sinus in front 
of the mid-ventral margin, which can be traced upward toward the beak. 

Length -97 (100); height -44 (45); distance of beak from anterior end :25 
(26) ; from posterior :72 (74); thickness of both valves -36 (37). 

Somewhat resembles Allorisma Hannibalensis, Shum., but differs in the ab- 
sence of the “broad concentric ribs” of that species. It less resembles the 
Burlington fossil, usually referred to the same species. 


SANGUINOLITES CYLINDRICUS, 0. sp.—Shell small, equivalve ; length equal to 
two and a half times its height; beak about one-seventh the length from the 
anterior end, elevated above the hinge-line, flattened and enrolled; greatest 
height along the perpendicular from beak to base; dorsal margin extended, 


1862. ] 


14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


slightly concave upwards and inwards, sharply inflected inwards, forming a 
long, deep posterior escutcheon or cartilage base; ventral margin nearly 
straight, curving rapidly from a point opposite the beaks to the anterior exe 
tremity, which is abruptly rounded into the deep heart-shaped lunette ; poste- 
rior extremity truncated by a line extending from the basal to the dorsal mar- 
gin, and making with the latter an angle of 120°. Valves very ventricose, the 
greatest thickness being behind the central point on the sharp, prominent 
umbonal plication, which extends from the beak to the postero-basal angle— 
the area between this plication and the anterior region being curved subcylin- 
arically from a dorsal to aventral direction, and the area between the plication 
and the hinge-line being a triangular, twisted, somewhat concave surface, 
faintly marked by lines diverging from the beak to the posterior boundary. 
Entire surface covered with fine irregular strie parallel with the basal and 
anal margins. 

Length ‘63 (100); height -29 (46); thickness of both valves :24 (38) ; height 
of posterior end 20 (32); length of anterior end -09 (14); of posterior end 
‘54 (86). 

Rc hinnite of this fossil is its cylindrical ventricosity and the posterior 
position of its greatest distension. (Compare Owen, Geol. Rep. Wis., Min., 
&c., Tab. ILI. a, fig. 18.) 


Sancurnouires lowensis, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, equivalve, transverse ; 
height equal to nearly one-half the length; beaks elevated above the dorsum ; 
subappressed, incurved and turned forward over a deep cordate lunette; dor- 
sal line straight, reaching to near the posterior extremity of the shell; dorsal 
margin sharply inflected to form a long cartilage base; ventral border gently 
curved, posteriorly receding toward the dorsum, and forming at the extremity 
an angle of 80° with the short, truncate, nearly rectilinear hind margin; ante- 
rior extremity most projecting in the middle, from this point curving regularly 
to the ventral border and abruptly into the anterior lunette. Valves ventri- 
cose, most inflated in the middle; a sharp carina running sigmoidally from the 
beak to the postero-basal angle; another, still sharper, bounding the (poste- 
rior) escutcheon; the twisted triangular space between these being marked, on 
the cast, by three faint depressed lines, radiating also from the beak. External 
surface marked by irregular lines of growth, strongest on the anterior portion 
and faintest on the dorso-umbonal surface. In some specimens apparently not 
separable from this species, a shallow groove runs from the ventral margin 
nearly opposite the beak, over the umbo. 

Length 1:03 (100); height -52 (50); thickness of both valves 38 (37) ; length 
of anterior end :21 (20); of posterior end ‘82 (80). 

The forms last mentioned above attain a size fully once and a half as large, 

The typical specimens of this species are quite distinct, but the larger ones 
approximate to S. amygdalinus in outline and characters of the dorsal region ; 
but they differ in being larger, more ventricose, and in having a sharp umbonal 
angle and acute posterior extremity. 


SANGUINOLITES SULCIFERUS, n. sp.—Shell very small, transversely oblong, 
with nearly terminal beaks. Ventral margin broadly and rather deeply sinuate 
in the middle; anterior margin abruptly rounded below, terminating above in 
a deep lunette; posterior margin somewhat produced below, suddenly rounded 
at the basal angle, and very obliquely truncate from thence to the end of the 
second third of the dorsal side, from which point the straight hinge-line ex- 
tends to the beak. Cardinal margins inflected to form a narrow, elongate 
escutcheon. Umbo full; umbonal ridge arcuate, with the convexity upwards, 
and terminating at the posterior basal angle; space above this somewhat con- 
(aie longitudinally marked by seven or eight strong imbricating concentric 
ridges. 

Length -26 (100) ; height -14 (54); thickness of both valves -09 (35). 


*[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 


Resembles in external form Arca pinguis, de Kon., (Anim. Foss., 116, ii. 11). 
Compare also Cypricardia parvula, (pl. il. fig. 3). 

The Hamilton group of New York furnishes a fossil similar to the above; 
and the Waverly sandstone of Ohio another similar, perhaps identical, one. 


SANGUINOLITES (?) JEJUNUS, n. sp.—Shell of moderate size, equivalve, trans- 
verse; beaks small, barely elevated above the hinge, slightly inflected, one- 
third the shell-length from the anterior end; height fully half the length; 
hinge-line extended ; dorsal slope erect, marked by an internal ridge; margin 
slightly inflected, if at all, though some indication exists of a very narrow 
escutcheon; anterior lunette equally inconspicuous; ventral margin symmeiri- 
cally arcuate between the extremities, with which it connects by similar gradu- 
ally increasing curvatures; posterior end truncate for a short space near the 
termination of the hinge-line, with which it forms an angle of about 130°; 
auterior end semi-elliptically rounded. Valves somewhat appressed; greatest 
distension one-fourth the distance from the beak to the venter. Surface of 
cast marked by faint lines of growth. 

' Length -86 (100); height -48 (55); length of anterior end -31 (36); of pos- 
terior -55 (64); thickness of both valves *20 (23). 

Some specimens associated here are relatively shorter posteriorly, but not 
otherwise distinguishable. 

McCoy’s generic names and distinctions,—Sanguinolites and Leptodomus,— 
seem preferable to King’s Allorisma, inasmuch as the latter name, besides being 
subsequent in time, was originally defined under an erroneous idea, and was 
finally left to embrace shells regarded as sinupallial,—a character which does 
not seem to belong to the so-called Allorismas of the Paleozoic period. San- 
guinolites Iowensis, and probably some of the others just described, are allied in 
form to Cypricardia; but I agree with Pictet and others in believing that, 
while we have no evidence of the existence of the teeth of Cypricardia in any 
of the Paleozoic species generally referred to that genus, it is more natural to 
throw them into another association. Moreover, the sharply-inflected dorsal 
margin and broad, elongate posterior escutcheon, present in all the species of 
Celonotide, would seem to indicate real affinities, and thus withdraw the 
Allorisma type entirely from the association in which it has been placed. 
Cypricardia? rigida, White and Whitfield, from the same rocks, is a Sanguinolites. 


CARDIOMORPHA, de Koninck. 


CARDIOMORPHA TRIGONALIS, n. sp.—Shell small or of moderate size, triangular, 
rather ventricose, with elevated, incurved beaks. Ventral margin slightly con- 
vex anteriorly, slightly sinuate near the posterior angle; anterior angle regu- 
larly rounded to the subtruncate anterior side; posterior angle rather acute, 
formed by the termination of the sharp postumbonal ridge, from which the 
surface descends precipitously to the truncate posterior margin. Hinge-line 
short, rounded, edentulous. Greatest thickness a little above the middle of the 
shell. Surface marked only by faint incremental strie; younger specimens 
smooth. 

Length °82 (100) ; height -72 (88); thickness of both valves ‘50 (61). 

This species has been sometimes regarded as C. rhomboidea, Hall, but none 
of the numerous specimens of it exhibit the least trace of radiating lines. 
The outline, moreover, is subtriangular instead of subrhomboidal. (Compare 
with C? triangulata, Swallow, St. Louis Trans., i. 655.) ; 


ARCA, Linneus. 


ARCA MODESTA, n. sp.—Shell small, very ventricose, quadrate-oval, with a 
posterior alate prolongation of the hinge-line. Beaks subterminal, incurved, 
separated by a ligamental area; posterior hinge-line straight, nearly as long 
as the shell. Umbonal ridge and body of the shell inflated to the ventral mar- 


1863.] 


16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


gin; alate expansion gradually flattened ; anterior end abruptly rounded, exca- 
vated by a lunuliform area in front of the beaks; posterior end rounded below, 
truncate above. Surface covered by fine, rather regular, sharp, concentric 
strize; the alate expansion bears also faint traces of two or three furrows 
diverging from behind the beak. 

Length -31 (100); height -22 (71); thickness of right valve 10 (32); angle 
between hinge-line and umbonal ridge 35°. 

This little species closely resembles A. arguta, Phill., sp., var. de Kon., 
(Anim. Foss., pl. iii. fig. 12.) The beaks, however, are still more terminal than 
in that variety, and the lunette is not so sharply bounded. Arca arguta, var., 
is from carboniferous limestone—Visé. Though the dental characters of the 
present species have not been observed, it can scarcely prove to be anything 
but an Arca or Macrodon. 


MACRODON, Lycett. 


MAcRODON COCHLEARIS, n. sp.—Shell of moderate size, rather ventricose, 
length equal to twice the height; beaks subterminal, flattened, incurved. 
Ventral border straight, or slightly sinuate in the middle, symmetrically 
curved toward the extremities ; posterior extremity truncate from the hinge- 
line one-third its width; anterior extremity most projecting above the mid- 
dle, excavated above by a small deep lunette; dorsal line straight, nearly as 
long as the shell, not inflected ; posterior cardinal extension with feeble in- 
dications of one or more lateral teeth. Surface finely striated concen- 
trically. 

Length °88 (100); height -44 (50); length of anterior end -16 (19); of 
posterior end ‘72 (81); thickness of left valve *18 (22). 

Resembles M. parvus, White and Whitefield, but, besides its larger size, it 
is much less ventricose, especially in the posterior half, and has not the 
conspicuous muscular pits of that species. 


NUCULA, Lamarck. 


NucvLA MICRODONTA, n. sp.—Shell small, transversely oblong; height 
equal to two-thirds the length; beaks small, somewhat incurved, but little 
elevated above the hinge-line, about one-third the length from the short end. 
Ventral border rapidly curved, and regularly so to the vicinity of the long 
end, where it is slightly sinuated, from which point a shallow groove extends 
up nearly to the beak. Dental plates but little angulated between the beaks ; 
the larger bearing near its outer margin 10 or 12 minute transversely tuber- 
cular teeth, and the shorter 4 or 5. Teeth not distinguishable to the beaks, 
but no cartilage pit seems to be present. Anterior muscular pit oblong, sur- 
mounted by a large pedal scar. Shell most ventricose in the middle. No 
surface markings discernible. 

Length ‘47 (100); height 32 (68); length of short end °18 (38); of long 
end °29 (62); thickness of both valves °18 (38). 

This little species is readily distinguished from N. Jowensis, and most 
others of this age, by its very small teeth and the absence of the usual 
nuculoid outline. 

Ranges from bed No. 5 into the base of the Burlington limestone. © 


LEDA, Schumacher. 


LEDA SACCATA, n. Sp.—Shell very small, transversely elongate, rostrate at 
the longer extremity; obtuse, ventricose and saccate at the other. Beak 
abruptly, though moderately drawn out, and but slightly incurved. Ventral 
side strongly curved, becoming nearly straight toward the rostral extremity. 
Dorsal region deeply excavated for an escutcheon on the longer side of the 
beak ; hinge plates bearing each six orseventeeth. Greatest thickness of shell 
between the beaks and the middJe. Pit of adductor of short end very deep 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. LY 


on its superior border; the other pit smaller, deepest on its superior border 
Surface with fine, indistinct strie of growth. 

Length *32 (100); height *16 (50); length of short end 13 (41); of long 
end ‘19 (59); thickness of both valves °13 (41). : 


ISOCARDIA Lamarck. 


IsocaRDIA? JENN%, n. sp.—Shell of rather large size, triangular, very 
ventricose. Beak elevated above the hinge, flattened, incurved and directed 
forward, with a deep lunule in front. Hinge-line extended posteriorly ; alate 
expansion more or less flattened, posterior border truncated at right angles 
with the dorsal line, elongate ; antero-ventral margin nearly straight through- 
out the lower two-thirds of its length, forming an angle of 50° with the 
posterior border, above gradually curved to the lunette. An elevated sharp 
umbonal ridge runs sigmoidally from the beak, arching first backwards, then 
forwards, and again backwards to the posterior ventral angle; the posterior 
slope from this ridge becomes more and more steep in approaching the beak, 
at and near which it faces dorsally, and is overhung by the umbonal ridge. 
A shallow sinus appears in the middle of the antero-ventral margin, from 
which a furrow ascends toward the beak. Surface marked with faint incre- 
mental lines which, on the antero-ventral slope near the base, become dis- 
tinct, and nearer the beak rise in well marked wrinkles converging in the 
lunette. Greatest length from beak along the umbonal angle 1:27; length 
of hinge-line *81 ; length of shell posterior to the beak -65; length of posterior 
side -90. 

This species, in its essential features well marked, seems, nevertheless, to 
be quite variable. In some specimens the posterior alate portion is much 
more developed. In others it is less developed, and the umbonal ridge is 
more acute, giving the shell the appearance of being truncated through its 
thickest part. 

There is no direct evidence of the affinities of this species wlth Zsocardia, 
except the swollen umbones and enrolled beaks; and it is so referred, 
mainly, in deference to high authorities who have made similar disposition of 
such forms. (See Sandberger, Verstein., pl. xxvii. fig. 11). It has the 
posterior wing of the Aviculide, and also the ventricose left valve and 
enrolled beak of Aucella inthat family. Yet it differs from Awcella in hav- 
ing the right valve equally ventricose, and in being entirely destitute of an 
anterior wing and byssal sinus. The sharp, sigmoid umbonal angle is a fea- 
ture seen in some species usually referred to Cypricardia (See C. bipartita de 
Kon. Anim. Foss., p. 94. pl. fig. 15). 

Finally, it is worthy of mention that the peculiar angular form of this species 
is but an exaggeration of the characters of Sanguinolites cylindricus. It is 
relatively shorter, more ventricose and more flattened on the posterior cardi 
nalangle. If external form is to be the basis of family distinctions and alliances, 
(See Agassiz, Cont. to Nat. Hist. of N. A.) then Jsocardia Jenne will go with 
Sanguinolites cylindricus, Win., S. decipiens, McCoy, Cypricardia rigida, W. and 
W., C. bipartita, de Kon., Zsocardia celata, Sandb., &c., &c., into a family 
whose circumscription has not yet been marked out. : 


CARDIOPSIS, Meek and Worthen. 


CARDIOPSIS MEGAMBONATA, Win. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Sept., 1862, p. 417.) 
—The specimen here referred is many times larger than the types of the spe- 
cies, being of the size of C. crenistriata, Win., from which it differs principally 
in the coarser and more rigid ribs and more prominent beak. 

The ribs in the Burlington specimens do not increase in number with age, 
and scarcely increase in size; the intercostal spaces are flat, gradually 
widening. 

Height from beak to ventral margin *91 (100); length *85 (97); thickness 
of left valve °55 (60). 


1863.] 2 


18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


SANGUINOLARIA, Lamarck. 


SANGUINOLARIA? LEPTOGASTER, nN. sp.—Shell small, thin, subquadrangular. 
Beaks subcentral, flat, not elevated above the dorsal line. Posterior end ob- 
liquely truncated ; anterior gently rounded below, abruptly above, with a 
long deep lunette; ventral side arcuate in the middle, joining the extremities 
by a gradually increased curvature. Umbo flattened,—a low ridge extending 
obliquely to the posterior basal angle. Dorsal line straight behind the beaks, 
joining the posterior side at an angle of 125°. Surface marked hy fine 
regular strie parallel with the ventral and posterior margins. 

Length °53 (100); height 38 (71); thickness of valves *09 (17). 


BELLEROPHON, Montfort. 


BELLEROPHON cyRToLiTEs, Hall, (Thirteenth Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 107).—A 
small Bellerophon, laterally appressed, and with an acute periphery, ap- 
proaches too closely to B. cyrtolites to justify discrimination. It is known, 
however, only by its cast, which is quite smooth. Should the identification 
prove correct, this species occurs at Rockford, Ind., Marshall, Michigan, and 
Burlington, Iowa. 


PORCELLIA, Lévéille. 


PoRCELLIA RECTINODA, n. sp.—Shell small, gradually enlarging, marked by 
a series of transverse nodes, which are strongest on the dorso-lateral region, 
and gradually diminish to the middle of the side; transverse section between 
two nodes subcircular. Dorsum unknown. 

Diameter of last whorl about *59; dorso-ventral diameter of tube near the 
aperture ‘19. 

This species differs from P. crassinoda, White and Whitefield, in its circu- 
lar section and transversely elongate nodes—from P. obliquinoda, White, in the 
transverse position of the nodes—and from P. nodosa, Hall, (Geol. Surv. Ia., - 
Supplem. to vol. i. part 2, p. 92), in its much smaller size and different 
geological horizon,—the latter being found in the upper bed of the Burlington 
limestone, which has thus far furnished no species identifiable with fossils 
from the sandstones below. 


DENTALIUM, Linneus. 


DENTALIUM GRANDZYUM, n. sp.—Shell rather large, perfectly straight and 
terete, or a little compressed ; tapering ‘09 in one inch near the larger end, 
less rapidly near the small end ; surface marked by faint, irregular incremen- 
tal strie, which run obliquely around the shell, and in flattened specimens 
are most advanced along one edge. 

Length of largest specimen 2°18 ; diameter at larger end ‘21 ; at smaller end 
about 05. 

This species resembles D. venustum, Meek and Worthen, (Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci., Phila., June, 1861, p. 145), from the St. Louis and Spergen Hill lime- 
stones. The latter, however, tapers but ‘075 in one inch, and is described as 
‘‘nearly”’ straight and quite smooth, while the present species is rigidly 
straight and transversely striated. 


PLATYCERAS, Conrad. 


PLATYCERAS CORNUFORME, nN. Sp.—Shell small, describing about half a whorl, 
very rapidly enlarging, similarly curved throughout, broadly and obtusely 
carinated, when young, along the peripheral line; transverse section becoming 
subsequently nearly circular; aperture a little oblique to the whorl, with a 
somewhat sinuous peristome,—the principal sinus being just beneath the mid- 
dle of the outer lip. Surface marked only by strie of growth, which curve 
forwards on the sides, and backwards along a belt just beneath the periphery. 
The shell is nearly symmetrical and its curvature planorboid. The apex is 
blunt and not perceptibly turned to the right or left. 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ig 


Height when resting on the aperture *32; summit in this position two- 
thirds the distance from the aperture to the apex ; width of aperture °33. 


PLATYCERAS VOMERIUM, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, describing about half 
a direct whorl, very rapidly enlarging; peripheral (or dorsal) region elevated 
and surmounted by a strong, broad, rounded carina, which becomes more ob- 
tuse toward the aperture,—a shallow groove running along each side of the 
carina ; transverse section showing an angle of about 70° toward the beak, 
which enlarges to about 110° near the aperture; surface of cast destitute of 
markings. 

Distance from front of aperture in a straight line, to most projecting por- 
tion of beak °85 (100) ; height of shell when resting on the aperture °47 (55) ; 
summit when in this position three-fifths the distance from aperture to apex ; 
length of aperture 67 (79) ; width of aperture *58 (68). 

This sharp-backed species approaches P. carinatum, Hall, (Fourteenth Rep. 
N. Y. Reg., p. 5,) but differs in being equilaterally developed. It belongs to the 
Orthonychia group, which Prof. Hall has welded to the Neritoid forms under 
one generic designation. 

Believed to range from the base of the yellow sandstones into the hase of the 
Burlington limestone. 


PLEUROTOMARIA, Defrance. 


PLEUROTOMARIA? ROTA, 0. sp.—Shell small; spire depressed, convex, con- 
sisting of four or five flattened whorls; suture sharply channelled as if by the 
rabbet of ajoiner. Base of shell unknown, but a solid axis in the cast of the 
spire would indicate a deeply perforate umbilicus. No surface markings. 

While the imperfect specimens plainly indicate an undescribed species, it 
is as yet impossible to determine the generic position of the shell. 

Ranges from bed No. 5 into the base of the Burlington limestone. 


PLEUROTOMARIA TECTORIA, n. sp.—Shell small; spire trochoid, consisting of 
about four whorls, flattened between the periphery and the suture; peri- 
phery marked by a raised, somewhat bicarinate band ; a raised carina running 
along the upper margin of each whorl close to the suture; base rounded reg- 
ularly from the periphery to a small, sunken, perforate umbilicus ; aperture 
subcircular, somewhat modified by the body whorl, angulated posteriorly, 
rounded in front,—the peristome descending into the umbilicus. 


MURCHISONIA, d’Archiac. 


MUCRCHISONIA QUADRICINCTA, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, turrited; whorls 
convex, regularly enlarging to the last, with an obsoletely bicarinate band 
running along the middle, below which are four small, rigid, thread-like, ap- 
proximated carine, leaving the base of the body whorl smooth or faintly 
lined, and regularly curved into the umbilical cavity; the surface above the 
band marked only by very delicate lines of growth, which arch backwards to 
the peripheral band, below which they arch far forwards, entering the umbili- 
cal cavity half their length in advance of their place of origin at the suture. 
Suture deeply impressed. 

The only specimen showing the external markings has a defective spire, 
but it could not be completed with less than 8 or 9 whorls, giving a length of 
1°8 (100); an apical angle of 19°, a sutural angle of 66°, while the body whorl 
is +25 (14) high. 

Some internal casts—perhaps of the same species—have double the above 
dimensions, and exhibit a shallow longitudinal groove on the penultimate 
whorl near the suture, which, in the ultimate whorl, becomes a broadly con- 
cave flattening of the upper region, and a somewhat sharp angulation at tha. 
suture. In these, the outer lip is rounded, the inner somewhat excavated, 
and the aperture is angulated and slightly effuse in front. Still other casts. 
exhibit a more elevated spire, with the smooth, rounded whorls barely in con-- 


1863.] 


20 PROCEEDINGS OF. THE ACADEMY OF 


tact, the body whorl disproportionately enlarged, the aperture effuse and the 
general aspect that of Loronema; but the condition of the specimens renders 
it unsafe to undertake to decide on specific or even generic characters. 

The general appearance of this species is like that of M. bilineata, Goldf. 
(Petr. Germ. iii. 24, Taf. clxxii. 1,) but the four carine below the band 
render it easily distinguishable. The casts recall Turritella obsoleta, Sow. 
from the old red sandstone of Felindre. 


MuRcHISONIA NEGLECTA, 0. sp.—Shell of moderate size, turreted, with an 
apical angle of 12°. Suture impressed, whorls convex, slightly flattened above 
the middle, bearing a bilinear band below the middle close to the suture. 
Surface marked by faint, transverse, sinuous striz, which, on the outer por- 
tion of the body whorl, appear to assume the character of transverse wrinkles. 

Described from a defective specimen, but the bicristate band on the lower 
side of the whorls is sufficient evidence of its distinctness. It seems to have 
consisted of 8 to 10 whorls. 


MvrcutsoniA SHUMARDIANA, n. sp.—Shell small, conical, consisting of six or 
seven gradually enlarging whorls, somewhat flattened on the base and outer 
surface, so as to leave but a shallow suture ; body whorl obtusely angulated 
at the junction of the basal and lateral surfaces; aperture broadly cuneate- 
ovate, angulated behind, scarcely effuse in front ; plane of aperture parallel 
with vertical axis of shell. Surface of cast quite smooth. 

Height of shell 57 (100); height of last whorl -24 (42); diameter of base 
of shell -28 (49); length of aperture +23 (40); greatest width *17 (30); 
apical angle 34°. - 

Much resembles the young of M. proliza, W. and W. It differs in more 
rapidly enlarging whorls, larger apicial angle and the obtuse angulation limit- 
ing the basal surface. 


STRAPAROLLUS, Montfort. 


STRAPAROLLUS BARRISI, 0. sp.—Shell of medium size, depressed-turbinate ; 
whorls four or five in number, moderately impressed, rather gradually en- 
larging to the last, which enlarges somewhat rapidly ; surface generally con- 
vex, with three rounded, barely perceptible angulations.—the first near the 
somewhat channelled suture, the second along the periphery, and the third at 
the brink of the medium-sized umbilical cavity. Base of the body whorl some- 
times slightly flattened, giving an increased transverse diameter to the section, 
—a feature which is associated with a somewhat greater depression of the 
spire. 

Diameter of one of the largest specimens -96 (100) ; height 67 (69) ; height 
of body whorl -46 (48); transverse diameter of body whorl near aperture 
38 (40) ; approximate diameter of umbilicus °29 (30) ; spiral angle 100°. 

This somewhat resembles a species in the Burlington limestone, but the 
spire is somewhat more elevated, the suture deeper and the whorls are less 
rapidly enlarged. 


SrRAPAROLLUS MACROMPHALUS, n. sp.—Shell of moderate size; spire little 
elevated ; whorls barely in contact, graduallly enlarging, with a nearly circular 
section, and circumscribing a broad dish-like umbilical cavity, open to the 
apex of the spire. Surface of the whorls marked by distinct regular strie of 
growth, which arch slightly backward in descending the umbilical cavity, and 
terminate with a slight forward curvature. 

Diameter of shell *84 (100) ; transverse diameter of body whorl near aper- 
ture *25 (30). 

A close analogue of some forms cf Euomphalus levis, d’Arch. and Vern., and 
can only be distinguished by its wider umbilicus and slightly sigmoid strie on 
the base of the body whorl. Straparollus costellatus, McCoy, (Pal. Foss., 538, 
pl. 3H. fig. 3,) is a closely-related form, but differs in some of its surface 
markings and its larger number of whorls. 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 


PHANEROTINUS, J. Sowerby. 


PHANEROTINUS PARADOXUS, n. Sp.—Shell of medium size, discoid; whorls 
four, widely disjoined, rather rapidly enlarging, nearly terete; spire de- 
pressed below the level of the outer whorl, causing a slightly deeper concavity 
above than below the shell; upper side of last whorl with a scarcely percepti- 
ble undulation in the middle, and another on the slope of the umbilical de- 
pression; under side regularly curved; faint incremental lines running di- 
rectly around the whorl. 

Diameter of shell 1-0 (100); diameter of aperture at right angles with peri- 
pastel line ‘33 (33); same dimension one revolution back from the aperture 
“14 (14). 

The faint appearance of angulations on the upper side may be deceptive ; 
in which case, the greater depression of the spire on that side would indicate 
it as the base of the shell, and the whorls would be sinistral. 

The only specimen of this unique species—so far as I know, the first of the 
genus noticed in America—is in the form of a gutta-percha cast, taken from 
natural moulds in friable sandstone, of the spiral and basal sides of the same 
individual. The moulds themselves it wasimpossible to preserve. The near- 
est American analogue of this species is Huomphalus larus, Hall, (Fifteenth 
Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 54, pl. vi., fig. 2). 


HOLOPEA, Hall. 


HoLopea conica, nu. sp.—Shell very small; spire elevated, consisting of about 
three or four rounded whorls, of which the last forms about four-fifths of the 
entire length ; suture distinct; aperture lying nearly in the plane of the axis 
of the spire, ovate, acutely angulated behind, neatly rounded in front; outer 
lip thin, regularly convex; inner lip almost equally convex, slightly thickened 
by the nearly continuous peristome- Surface not satisfactorily known, but 
apparently smooth. 

Length ‘27 (100); length of body whorl -20 (74); width of body whorl 
"18 (67) ; length of aperture -12 (44); width of aperture °08 (29); spiral angle 
44° 


This little species generally resembles Holopella mira, but the apical angle 
is greater, the body whorl more developed and the aperture more angulated 
behind, with a less continuous peristome. 


HoLopea SUBCONICA, nD. sp.—Shell small, breadth equal to its height; spire 
turbinate, consisting of two or three rounded, rapidly enlarging volutions, 
bounded by a distinct suture; aperture subcircular, with a slightly inter- 
rupted peristome; outer lip thin; base gracefully rounded into the minutely- 
perforated umbilicus, which is closely bordered by the free columellar lip. 
Surface apparently smooth. 

Height about -15 (100); width of last whorl :16 (94); height of last whorl 
‘09 (56); apical angle about 80°. 

Associated with Holopea conica and Holopella mira in the calcareous bed 
SONGsige 


MACROCHILUS, Phillips. 


MACROCHILUS PINGUIS, n. sp.—Shell globoid; spire short, rapidly tapering ; 
volutions not more than five, largely overlapping; suture moderately im- 
pressed ; body whorl ventricose, broadest in the middle, somewhat flattened 
above; aperture ovate, its longer axis forming an angle of 27° with the axis 
of the shell, acute posteriorly, abruptly rounded anteriorly; inner lip flattened, 
with indications of a columellar fold. Surface marked by faint directly trans- 
verse striz of growth. 

Height of shell 1:93 (100) ; height of body whorl 1°41 (73); height of spire 
*52 (27); length of aperture 1°44 (74); width of aperture °93 (45); spiral 
angle 85°. 

This species is related to some of the globose forms from the Coal Measures. 


1863.] 


22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Its closest analogue is M. primigenius, Hall, (Io. Rep. p. 720, pl. xxix. 11.) 
= M. ponderosus, Swallow, (Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis, i. p. 202). The aper- 
ture, however, is broader, the spire less elevated and the columetlar fold ap- 
parently much less pronounced. ; 

From the lower bed of the yellow sandstones—being, until the recent de- 
scription of some specimens from the Hamilton Group of New York, (See Fif- 
teenth Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 48), the lowest known position of this section of 
the genus. 

LOXONEMA, Phillips. 

LOXONEMA OLIGOSPIRA, nN. Sp.—Shell small; whorls about six, rather rapidly 
enlarging, convex exteriorly, with traces (on the cast) of vertical ridges, which 
become most observable in the vicinity of the aperture; suture deep; body 
whorl three-fifths the length of the shell, more rapidly enlarging than the 
spire, gently convex on the outer side, more rapidly curved toward the base 
—which is somewhat umbilicately indented—rapidly increasing in diameter 
toward the aperture, which is thus rendered somewhat effuse in front. 

Height of shell -41 (100) ; height of body whorl -25 (61) ; diameter of body 
whorl :29 (71); diameter of penultimate whorl +16 (39). 


HOLOPELLA, McCoy. 


HoLopELLA MIRA, n. sp.—Shell small, turrited; whorls gradually and regu- 
larly enlarging, seven or eight in number, of which four or five are generally 
preserved,—the apical ones, in numerous specimens, uniformly wanting ; 
whorls sometimes slightly flattened on the exterior; suture distinctly but not 
deeply impressed ; body whorl regularly rounded beneath into a minute um- 
bilicus ; aperture nearly circular, obtusely angulated behind, regularly rounded 
in front; peristome complete or slightly interrupted; columellar lip without 
a fold, very slightly excavated by the aperture. 

Height of shell about ‘24 (100); height of body whorl ‘11 (46); diameter 
of body whorl -14 (58); apical angle 35°. 

This little shell occurs gregariously in calcareous layers of bed No. 3, and 
also occasionally in sandstone No. 5. The exterior seems to be destitute of 
natural ornaments, but the specimens in bed No. 3 are universally marked by 
lines like cleavage cracks, running very obliquely across the several whorls,— 
their lower extremities being nearest the aperture. 

This fossil bears a close resemblance to Turritella (Holopella) gregaria and 
conica, Sow., (Murch. Sil. Syst., pl. iii. fig. 1, f. and 8) from the old Red Sand- 
stone, but it differs from both (See McCoy, Pal. Foss., p. 303,) in apparently 
having no natural surface markings. 


NATICOPSIS, McCoy. 


NATICOPSIS DEPRESSUS, n. sp.—Shell small; spire of about four volutions, 
scarcely elevated above the body whorl; last whorl rapidly enlarging, espe- 
cially in an obliquely transverse direction ; suture very shallow, giving the 
upper side of the shell a general convexity; width of last whorl at the aper- 
ture three-fifths the transverse diameter of the shell; aperture oval, rounded 
anteriorly and posteriorly ; within, somewhat contracted on the inner side by 
the broad, flattened columella; surface marked by delicate lines of growth, 
which, toward the suture, become, on the last whorl, fine, regular, elongated - 
nodes. Highest point of shell, when resting on its base, is on the last whorl, 
near the junction of the outer lip with the penultimate whorl. 

Height of shell from antero-lateral margin of aperture obliquely to summit 
of spire *50 (100); greatest transverse diameter ‘59 (118); width of body 
whorl measured in the same direction *36 (72); altitude of shell when resting 
on its base, in a direction nearly at right angles with the last measure *30 
(60); length of aperture 37 (74); width °32 (64). 


ORTHOCERAS, Breynius. 
ORTHOCERAS WHiTEI, n. sp.—Shell annulated, very gradually tapering, with 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 


very deep concave septa, and a somewhat elliptic section. Major angle of di- 
vergence 5° in a specimen about four inches long, giving a taper of ‘09 in the 
space of one inch; ratio of axes of transverse section ‘98: 1°32 — 1°34; ratio of 
concavity of septa te greater diameter *38: 1:2 — 3-16; annulations, ten in the 
space of three inches, where the mean transverse axis is 1:27, making their 
distance a little less than one-fourth this axis, the plane of the annulations 
forming an angle of 74° with the longitudimal axis of the shell, the opening 
generally toward the extremity of the shorter diameter; the annulations hav- 
ing a broad, shallow, retral sinuosity, which in some specimens is distinctly 
marked, and in others obscure; position of the sinuosity somewhat variable ; 
space between the annulations regularly concave ; a peculiar obsolescence of 
the annuli sometimes occurs along the side marked by the sinuosity, and not 
unfrequently a partial or nearly complete obsolescence of entire annuli takes 
place along a portion of the shell. Siphon large, situated on the lenger di- 
ameter two-sevenths of the distance from the centre to the periphery. Sar- 
face (of cast) marked by feeble, rounded, encircling strie, which generally run 
parallel with the annulations, but sometimes cross them at a small angle. 

The deep concavity of the septa is a strong distinctive mark of this, amongst 
annulated species. In many specimens this is much deeper than in the large 
specimen from which the measurements have been taken. The occasional 
obsolescence of the annulations may also be noted. 


ORTHOCERAS HETEROCINCTUM, n. sp.—Sheil unequally annulated, rather 
rapidly tapering, with a nearly circular section and a subcentral siphon. Angle 
of divergence 11° ; annulations inequidistant, strong, rounded, separated by 
concave intervals, somewhat oblique and slightly sinuated retrally on one 
of the sides, very often becoming more or less obsolete, and sometimes en- 
tirely disappearing ; septa slightly oblique; siphon on the longer diameter 
less than its own diameter distant from the longitudinal axis of the shell. 
Surface marked by unequal striz running parallel with the rings. 

Resembles O. Whitei in the occasional obsolescence of the rings ; and casual 
observation would not distinguish the two. The present species, however, 
tapers more rapidly, is less compressed, has a less excentric siphon and exhibits 
a much more frequent disappearance of the annuli. 

Ranges from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Burling- 
ton limestone. 


OrtnoceRAs INDIANENSE, Hall, (Twelfth Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 10.)—Numerous 
specimens of an Orthoceras having a circular or slightly eccentric section, a 
central or subcentral siphon and an angle of divergence of about 8° fail to 
furnish any characters for distinction from the above species. If such identi- 
fication is correct, this species enjoyed considerable geographical range. 

Ranges from the bottom of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Bur- 
lington limestone, in company with crinoids regarded as characteristic of the 
latter formation. 

PHRAGMOCERAS, Broderip. 


PHRAGMOCERAS EXPANSUM, n. sp.—Shell slightly arcuate in the earlier stages 
of growth, becoming nearly straight at a later period; somewhat gradually 
enlarging at first, but afterwards expanding with great rapidity, finally under- 
going a gradually reduced rate of expansion, which, at the aperture of the 
adult, amounts to a slight constriction ; transverse section very slightly com- 
pressed laterally; position of siphon unknown ; septa transverse, moderately 
concave. Surface of cast smooth. 

In a specimen which is -70 in diameter at the small (imperfect) end, the 
same diameter increases to 21 in the space of 1°37 inches, showing an angle, 
of divergence of about 68°. 


CYRTOCERAS, Goldfuss. 
CYRTOCERAS UNICORNE, n. sp.—Shell arcuate ; angle of divergence when young 


1863.] 


24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


about 11°, rapidly increasing with the growth of the shell to 35° or 40°; 
transverse section laterally compressed, with the dorsum a little more acute 
than the venter; Jast chamber fully half the length of the shell. Septa 
transverse, regularly concave. Siphon rather large, terete, somewhat close to 
the dorsal margin. Surface apparently without ornaments ; incremental lines 
forming a variable angle with the septa. 

A specimen which is 2:23 long is *38 in dorso-ventral diameter at the small 
(imperfect) end, and 1°60 at the larger end, being septate the whole length. 
Another specimen must have been about 2°3 in dorso-ventral diameter at the 
larger end. 

PHILLIPSIA, Portlock. 


PHILLIPSIA INSIGNIS, n. sp.—Head paraboloid; border wide, broadly and 
deeply furrowed, with the margin reflected upward, and the lateral angles 
continued posteriorly in acuminate prolongations, reaching twice the length of 
the glabella from the anterior end; the margin and reflected portion of the 
test marked by fine longitudinal strie. Glabella elongate-paraboloid, tuber- 
culated. In the middle of the posterior border of the glabella is a pair of tu- 
bercles, and in front of these a second and third pair, the last resting on the 
middle of the glabella—the whole so arranged as to form two longitudinal 
rows ; opposite the first pair are the two small complementary lobes, with 
four pustules on the summit of eavh; opposite the second pair, on each side, 
a transversely elongate tubercle with a trifid crest ; opposite the first pair, a 
similar tubercle with a bifid crest; the ornaments on the posterior half of the 
glabella being consequently arranged in three transverse series, in the posterior 
of which are ten elevations, in the middle eight, and in the anterior six; the 
anterior half of the glabella is covered by pustules somewhat promiscuously 
arranged, and varying in different specimens. Eyes large, globoid, slightly 
excavated by the palpebral lobe of the fixed cheek, situated opposite the pos- 
terior third of the glabella. Occipital ring broad, with its posterior margin 
elevated nearly as high as the posterior extremity of the glabella, and orna- 
mented with a row of small, raised points turned backwards. Pygidium very 
convex, semielliptic, the axis very prominent and forming about one-third 
the width at the anterior margin ; consisting of twelve to fourteen rings, each 
bearing six small tubercles, the whole of which are arranged in six longitudi- 
nal rows; the tubercles often worn down on the exterior of the test, but 
always well defined in the cast; lateral lobes bent rather abruptly downwards, 
having ten ribs, which become indistinct and disappear toward the margin, 
and are entirely wanting over the narrow space behind the axis; the anterior 
ribs showing a faint median groove toward their vanishing extremities, and a 
afew of the posterior ones bearing feeble tuberculations toward their axial 
extremities. 

The pygidium of this species nearly resembles that of P. truncatulus, Phil- 
lips, sp. (Geol. Yorks, ii. p. 240, pl. xxii. fig. 13,) but the head is widely dif- 
ferent. 

From the base of the Burlington limestone. 


Paiturpsta Maramecensts? Shumard.—Border of head of medium width, 
regularly convex, separated from the glabella by a narrow, distinct furrow. 
Glabella oblong, slightly quadrangular, a little broader behind than before, 
convex, highest in the middle ; complementary lobes obliquely oval, protrud- 
ing a little beyond the lateral boundaries of the glabella, from which they 
are separated by shallow depressions ; a diminishing series of three feeble 
lobes in front of each complementary lobe; surface of glabella smooth to the 
naked eye, but under a lens finely granulated. Eyes opposite the last quarter 
of the glabella. 

The fragment above described is associated with the pygidium described by 
Dr. Shumard, (Mo. Rep. Part ii. p. 199, Pl. B. fig. 9,) simply in consequence 


[Jan. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 


of the granulated surface of the two, and the impossibility of proving them 
distinct. The original specimen, however, was obtained from the ‘‘Archimedes 
limestone’’ of St. Louis County, which, according to Prof. Hall, is the equiva- 
lent of the ‘‘ Keokuk limestone.”’ 

Of the foregoing species, four are not positively known to occur below the 
base of the Burlington limestone ; but they are confidently embraced in the 
fauna of the yellow sandstones, for the reason that they ascend no higher, 
and that of the 131 remaining species constituting that fauna, not less than 
40 are known to range upwards to the same horizon. 


University of Michigan, Dec. 6th, 1862. 


Pursuant to the By-Laws, an election of members of the Standing 
Jommittees for 1863 was held, as follows: 


ETHNOLOGY. 
J. A. MEtas, 


S S. HALDEMAN, 
I. I. Hayes. 


COMP. ANAT, AND GEN. ZOOLOGY. 


JOSEPH LEIpy, 
J. M. Corss, 
J. H. Stack. 


MAMMALOGY. 


J. H. Stack, 
JOHN CASSIN, 
J. L. Le Conte. 


ORNITHOLOGY. 


JOHN CASSIN, 
S. W. WoopHousE, 
J. H. SLACK. 


HERPETOLOGY § ICHTHYOLOGY. 


K. D. Coreg, 
R. BRIDGEs, 
J. C. Morris. 


CONCHOLOGY. 
T. A. Conran, 
W. G. BINNEY, 
G. W. Tryon, JR. 


ENTOMOLOGY AND CRUSTACEA. | 


R. BRIDGES, 
SamvuEL Lewis, 
EK. T. CREssSoN. 


BOTANY. 
K. DuRAND, 
JOSEPH CARSON, 
AUBREY H. SMITH. 


GEOLOGY. 
Isaac Lua, 


Cuarces E. Smitu, 
J. P. Lesney. 


MINERALOGY. 
Ww. S. Vaux, 


J. C. TRAUTWINE, 
T. D. RAND. 


PAL ZONTOLOGY. 
JOSEPH LEIpy, 

T. A. CONRAD, 
J. L. Le Conte. 


PHYSICS. - 
B. Howarp Rann, 
Wo. M. Unter, 
R. E. Rocers. 


LIBRARY. 
Wo. S. Vaux, 
JosEPH LEIDY, 
JOSEPH JEANES. 


PROCEEDINGS. 
Ropert BripGEs, 
JosEPH LEIDY, 

Wm. S. Vaux, 
JOHN CASSIN, 
THOMAS STEWARDSON. 


26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


February 3d. 


The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 


Nineteen members present. 

The following were presented for publication : 

Systematic arrangement of the Mollusks of the Family Viviparidz 
and others inhabiting the United States. By Theodore Gill. 

Enumeration of the Arctic Plants collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes, 
in his Exploration of Smith’s Sound, ete. By EH. Durand, T. P. James 
and S. Ashmead. 


Mr. Cope mentioned the occurrence in the males of certain species of tree- 
toads of the genus Trachycephalus, of a corneous thickening of the epidermis 
of the interior metatarsus during the breeding season, similar to that in the 
genus Discoglossus. Also, that in certain South American Bufones the manu- 
brium sterni is present, although, up to the present time, it has been denied 
that such is the case. 


February 10th. 


The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. 


Twenty-nine members present. 
The following was presented for publication : 
Remarks on the North American Aigiothi. By Elliott Coues, 


Mr. Lea read part of a letter from Dr. Lewis, of Mohawk, New York, in 
which he said that he was gratified with one thing which was not apparent to 
him at first. In his notes on Melania subularis, Lea, and WW. ezxilis, Hald., 
two species of his neighborhood, he finds an evident confirmation of Mr. Lea’s 
views about Trypanostoma and Goniobasis, to which two sections of Melanide 
the two species belong. The soft parts affirm the correctness of Mr. Lea’s 
generalizations from the shells. Dr. Lewis thinks the sinus in the sides of 
subularis is peculiar, and will be found in the whole group of T7rypanostoma 
and the granular sides of exilis in the whole group of Goniobasis. It becomes 
now a curious speculation what may be the characters of Anculosa, Schizos- 
toma, Lithasia, Io, &c. 

Dr. Wilcocks read an extract from M. Arago’s ‘‘ Astronomie Populaire,’’ 
vol. i. p. 459: ‘‘I have been anxious to ascertain who first noticed the ex- 
istence of blue stars. The ancients only spoke of white and red ones. In the 
latter class they placed Arcturus, Aldeboran, Pollux, Antares and Orionis, 
which are still red. To this list (and the circumstance is worthy of remark) 
they added Sirius, whose whiteness strikes all eyes. It seems, then, that 
with time certain stars change color. The first observation (known to me) 
ale of a blue star, occurs in the Treatise on Colors, by Mariotte, published 
in 1686.”’ 

Dr. Wilcocks stated that he had read the extract from M. Arago’s work as 
a preface to an observation of his own,—viz.: that the star Sirius is no longer 
white ; its present color is violet. 

If the star, instead of undergoing a single change of color in-the lapse of 
ages, should take in succession all the hues of the spectrum, it adds much to 
the interest of the subject, and will certainly give an impetus to inquiry con- 
cerning the cause of these remarkable changes. 

Mr. Ennis remarked that this announcement by Dr. Wileocks appeared to 
him deeply interesting, from the fact that for the past year he had made the 
colored, the variable, the periodic, the lost, and the temporary stars a special 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 


study. Catalogues have been made of some of these classes of stars, but no 
catalogue has yet been made of stars which have changed their color. In- 
deed, Humboldt, in writing about the red color ascribed to Sirius by the an- 
cient Greeks, says, ‘‘ Sirius, therefore, affords the only example of an histori- 
cally proved change of color, for it has at present (1850?) a perfectly white 
light.’”’ And yet, in apparent contradiction to this, he, in other pages of the 
third volume of his Cosmos, mentions other fixed stars whose colors in modern 
times have been known to change. 

_ This change of color is one of the greatest physical events. Think of our 
own intensely-lighted sun, 2,770,000 miles in circumference, as being deeply 
red, then turning to be perfectly white, then changing to purple, and then 
again to green! What mighty causes must be in operation to produce such 
grand results. This should be made a distinct section of astronomical study, 
and allied to that of the other classes of stars just mentioned ; and I therefore 
offer the following as an enumeration of stars whose colors have changed. 


CATALOGUE. 


1. The temporary star described by Tycho Brahe in 1572. ‘‘ For the first two 
or more months it was white; then it passed through yellow into red. At 
last, when very small, it again became white, but of a dull whiteness. These 
changes of color were attendant upon changes in amount of light. While 
this star was so large as to be seen with keen eyes by day, and even through 
the clouds by night, when all other stars were hidden, yet it scintillated more 
strongly than stars of the first magnitude,’’ thus indicating a constitutional as 
well as an atmospheric cause for this scintillation. 

2. Etaof Argus. This star, so wonderfully variable in the amount of its 
light, is also variable in its color. In 1843, Mr. Mackay, at Calcutta, observed 
that it was similar in color to Arcturus, and was therefore reddish-yellow. 
In Feb., 1850, Lieut. Gilliss, at Santiago, in Chili, writes of it as being ‘‘ of a 
darker color than Mars,’’ and therefore deeply red. 

3. Beta of Ursa Minor. Heis, one of the most eminent German observers, 
writing to Humboldt in May, 1850, says that ‘‘ this star is not always equally 
red ; at times it is more or less yellow, at others most decidedly red.”’ 

4. Alpha Crucis. Humboldt, in Cosmos, vol. 3d, says, ‘‘My old friend, 
Captain Berard, who is an admirable observer, wrote from rae a Cis in 
1847, that he had for some years seen this star growing red.’’ 

5. Capella. In the tenth century this star was described by an nea Oe 
astronomer as red. In 1850, Humboldt, in the third volume of his Cosmos, 
says, ‘‘it is now yellow, with scarce a tinge of red.’? In Sept., 1859, Rev. 
J. B. Kearney, in a letter to Sir J. Herschell, printed in the 20th volume, 
number one, of the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, says, 
** By the way, the color of Capella seems much less blue than it used to be.”’ 
To myself, at present its color appears to be a delicate pale blue. 

6. Sirius. In the times of the old Greek astronomers Sirius was red. In 
the Middle Ages the Arabian astronomers did not name Sirius among the red 
stars, neither did the earlier astronomers of, the west of Europe. Therefore, 
it seems probable that its color changed from red to white between the times 
of the Greek and those of the Arabian observers. Humboldt, as I have said, 
writes in 1850 of this star as being ‘‘ perfectly white.”? Two years ago, when 
another change was observed by Dr. Wilcox, a friend of his, who was accus- 
tomed to distinguish nice shades of color, pronounced the light of Sirius to be 
purple, in which opinion he concurred. Four months ago, when he made the 
announcement to me, I regarded it as blue with a decided tinge of green. At 
present it seems to myself and some friends as the most deeply-colored star 
in the sky, but as more green than blue.* 


* A 7th star, Procyon, is to be added to the above catalogue, its change of color haying been 
ascertained a night or two after the presentation of the others, 


1863.] 


28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


This is, indeed, a very short catalogue, but I hope it will prove worthy of pre- 
sentation if it shall serve for the beginning of one more extended ; for, on theo- 
retical grounds, I am strongly of the opinion that many more changes of color 
occur among the stars than have been observed and recorded. 


February 17th. 


Vice-President BripGEs in the Chair. 


Eighteen members present. 

The following was presented for publication : 

Catalogue of the N. American Scizenoids. By Theo. Gill. 

The Committee on Proceedings laid on the table the published Num- 
ber for October, November and December, 1862. 


February 24th. 


The President, Mr. Lua, in the Chair. 


Seventeen members present. ’ 
On Report of the respective Committees, the following were ordered 
to be published : 


Catalogue of the North American SCIHZNOID Fishes. 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


Since the publication of the several articles on the Scisnoids of the Eastern 
Coast of the United States,* the additional facilities which I have enjoyed 
have enabled me to detect some errors, adopted from previous laborers, in the 
nomenclature of those species, and 1 have been also led to propose some 
modifications in the arrangement of the family itself. 


A. Lower jaw received within the upper (vertebre 10 | 14 
—14+ X.) 
B. Teeth of both jaws developed; upper pharyngeal 
bones three. 
C. Lower pharyngeal bones completely separated ..... SclaZNINZ. 
* Chin smooth. 
+ Caudal lanceolate; head above very broad, 
nearly fiat between eyes; preoperculum : 
behind crest cavernous and multipartite ...... Stelliferus. 
+7 Caudal entire or sinuated ; head narrow, trans- 
versely convex; preoperculum behind crest 
flat. 
1. Body and head oblong, compressed ; anal 
under posterior half of second dorsal....... Bairdiella. 
2. Body and head elongated ; anal under middle 


Ol SOCOMG COTS al je caccecslaeassciasencen dasieeiedates Sciznops. 
** Chin with a single moderate barbel.........+- peer Menticirrhus. 
2 Chin WILE TTS TIATHOUUS .scccn scp tenee iad Uaeeeen Micropogon. 


* Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America, pp. 82, 33. (Feb. 14, 1861.) 
iaes eR oe the Genera of North American Scizninz in * Proc. Acd@. Nat. Sci., Philada.,” 
; pp. 79—89. 
On the Liostomine, op. cit., 1861, pp. 89--93. 
On the Haploidonotine, op. cit., 1861, pp. 100—105. : 
+ Note on the Scienoids of California, op. cit., 1862, pp. 16--18. 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 


CC. Lower pharyngeals firmly united in adult, with 


two oblique inferior processes beneath............++6+ HAPLOIDONOTINE. 
* Chin bearded; caudal subtruncated .......05 secceeees Pogonias. 
BB. Teeth of upper jaw only persistent .....c...seceeceseees . Liostominz. 
Body compressed, ovate...... caenocnce aiSccoR eo ereacaoncss - Liostomus. 
AA. Lower jaw even with upper or projecting. ......cse.ecseeeeee 
B. Vertebre 14 | 10........ cdeadnaes Necaauad dates nies bes maeaeaee OTOLITHINE. . 
A. Canine teeth in lower jaw ; pseudobranchiz......... Cynoscion. 
BB. Vertebre 10—11 | 14—15............. sae Dab $ daw doae LaRIMINze. 
D. X. L. 24—30.......esceeeeeee pees spony -hoc 8 Seslotadaiaas sees ude Larimus. 


Subfamily SCLENIN (Bon.) Gill. 


Genus STELLIFERUS (Stark ex Cuv.) 


Les Stelliferes Cuv., R. A., 1817, 283. 
Stelliferus Stark, El. N. H., i. 459.* 
Homoprion Holb., Ich. 8. C. 


STELLIFERUS LANCEOLATUS Gill ex Holbrook. 


Homoprion lanceolatus Holb., 168. 
Sciena lanceolata Giinther, ii. 239. 

Hab.—South Carolina. 

The poor description and figure of Holbrook did not enable me to re- 
eognize the generic identity of Homoprion lanceolatus with Stelliferus trispi- 
nosus, of which the examination of specimens has almost convinced me. A. 
lanceolatus has, however, pseudobranchie. 


Genus BAIRDIELLA Gill. 


BAIRDIELLA PUNCTATA Gill ex Linn. 


Perca punctatus Z., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, i. 482, (No. 4.) 
Bodianus argyroleucos Mitchill, Trans. L. and P. Soc. N. Y., i. 417, 
ee pallidus Mitchill, op. cit., p. 420; nec Morone pallida Mitchill, Rep., 
p. 18; nec Labrax pallidus Dekay, Storer. 
Corvina argyroleuca Cuv. et Val., v. 105. 
Homoprion xanthurus Holb., 170, pl. 24, (desc. and fig. 1, (nec 2); nec diag. 
brev.) ; nec Leiostomus xanthurus Lac., C. et V. 
Corvina argyroleuca Giinther, ii. 299. 
Sciena xanthurus Gthr., pt. (nec desc.) ii. 288. 
Bairdiella argyroleuca Gill, Cat. 33. 
Homoprion subtruncatus Gill, (quasi ex Holb.,) Cat. 33. 


The principal confusion in the nomenclature of this species is due to Dr. 
Holbrook, who considered it as ‘‘ certainly the fish for which Lacép3de esta- 
blished his genus Leiostomus’’ and never perceived its identity with the Cor- 
vina argyroleuca of the Hist. Nat. des Poissons. 

Mitchill described it in his memoir on the Fishes of New ‘York,’ in the 
‘Transactions of the Philosophical Society of New York,” as Bodianus pal- 
lidus, as well as Bodianus argyroleucos. The first name has been referred 
by all subsequent naturalists to the genus Morone on the authority of 
Mitchill himself; it is, however, evident that a diagnosis which describes the 
‘* tail even—Lateral line extending through it’’—“* Four or five holes under the 
chin ”’—‘*D. 9—23. A. 12,’ cannot he intended for a Morone, if the slightest 
confidence is reposed in the description ; on the other hand, it agrees in these 
respects, as well as others, with the Bairdiella, and is unquestionably referrible 
to that genus, Mitchill himself, to the contrary notwithstanding ; Dekay has 
Tete proper octhinecaplid of thid name lelteliferUMibughdle janis ofGaderis Ge Bl Gr 


an error originating with Bloch as to the number of branchiostegal rays (4 instead of 7), it will 
doubtless be adopted, as the other generic characters are dppropriate and peculiar, 


1863.] 


30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


remarked that he ‘‘ had the authority of Dr. Mitchill himself for the identity 
of the species” with the Labrax pallidus (= Morone americana), and adds, 
that ‘‘there are, however, several grave errors in his description, some of 
which he assured me were typographical.’? The Bodianus argyroleucos is also 
undoubtedly the same species, and was characteristically figured by Mitchill. 

Holbrook next made the nomenclature still more complicated. He has de- 
scribed and figured it under the name of Homoprion xanthurus,—strangely con- 
founding it with the Leiostomus xanthurus, and affirming that it was ‘‘ certainly 
the fish for which Lacépede established his genus Leiostomus.’? He has in his 
“‘ specific characters ”’ reproduced the diagnosis and radial formula of Lezosto- 
mus xanthurus from Cuvier and Valenciennes,* while in the full ‘‘ description ”’ 
he correctly describes the fins of Bairdiella argyroleuca.{ Misled by his ‘‘ spe- 
cific characters,’’ and neglecting to read his description of the fins, which [had 
supposed to be, like most of his others, merely a repetition in words of the 
radial formula of the diagnosis, I did not recognize its specific identity with 
Bairdiella argyroleuca, although especially alluding to its great resemblance 
to that fish in an article on the Scienoids. Shortly after the publication of 
that paper, the second editiont of Holbrook’s ‘‘ Ichthyology of South Carolina.” 
having been received at the Academy during a visit there, limmediately recog- 
nized the Bairdiella in the figure of Homoprion xanthurus, the rays being more 
distinctly represented than in the figure of the first edition, and consequently 
the small number at once arresting the attention. It was only then that I was 
led to examine the extended description of the fins. I have previously de- 
monstrated that Lacépéde’s Leiostomus xranthurus is a true Liostomus as under- 
stood by Holbrook, who retains that generic name for a type which he be- 
lieved was entirely unknown to Lacépéde, referring the only species of that 
author to a new genus ! 


Genus SCLZENOPS Gill. 


According to Giinther, the Corvina ocellata or Johnius ocellatus of American 
naturalists, belongs to a different genus from the type of Johnius. As it is 
equally distinct from Sciena, to which it has been referred by Gunther, a dis- 
tinct generic name is requisite: that of Scienops is therefore proposed ; the only 
generic character recognized by Giinther, is the weakness of the anal spine in 
comparison with that of Johnius carutta,—the Corvina carutta of Giinther. The 
diagnosis of Johnius in the ‘‘ Revision of the Genera of North American Scie- 
noids ’’ is chiefly applicable to the present genus. 


SclZNOPS OCELLATUS Gill ex Linn. 


Perca ocellata Zinn., Syst. N., 483. 
Lutjanus triangulum Lac., iv. 181, 217. 
Centropomus ocellatus Lac., iv. 257, 279. 
Sciena imberbis Mit., Traus., i. 411. 
Corvina ocellata C. and V., 134, pl. 108. 
Johnius ocellatus Girard. 

Sciena ocellata Gthr., ii. 289. 


Hab.—Caribbean Sea, Gulf of Mexico and Eastern Coast northwards to New 
York; not found in fresh waters, (contra Gthr., ii. 289.) 


*« Body above palest golden-brown; below silvery-white, without spots or bars; tail yellow. 
D. 11. 1—32. ‘P.21. V.1—5. A. 2—18. C.17.? 


+P). X0.1.21. Pid V0.5, A109. ©: 17. 


¢Dr. Holbrook, influenced by the hope of reclaiming the first edition of his work, has 
rendered the prceurement of the second edition almost impossible by his order to his publishers, 

to only exchange the one for the other. 
[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 


Genus MENTICIRRHUS Gill. 
I. Body with oblique bands. 
* Oblique bands only ; six procurrent downwards under 
dorsals. Third dorsal spine shorter than head... M. alburnus. 
** V-shaped band pointed downwards under first dorsal, 
and three oblique procurrent ones under second. 
Third dorsal spine equalling or exceeding length 
° OMDGA CE 4 cardors phaanate pokes saaseerE selec dreactcean cast. sg M. nebulosus. 
Il. Body silvery-white and immaculate ..........s+.ssseseeceeesees M. littoralis. 


1. MENTICIRRHUS ALBURNUS Gill ex Linn. 
Alburnus americanus, &c., Catesby. 
Leuciscus (12) Klein, Fase., ii. p. 67. 
Perca alburnus Z., Syst. Nat., 482. 
Centropomus alburnus Lvc., iv. 249, 257, 264. 
Umbrina alburnus Cuv., (1817,) Holb. Nec U. alburnus C. et V., Dekay, 
Storer, pp. 
Sciena alburnus Gronov. 
Hab.—Eastern Coast northwards to New Jersey. 


2. MENTICIRRHUS NEBULOstsS Gill ex Mitch. 
Sciena nebulosa Mitch., Trans., i. 408, pl. 3, f. 5. 
Umbrina alburnus pp. C. et V., v. 180. 
Hab,—Eastern Coast between Capes Cod and Hatteras. 


3. MENTICIRRHUS LITTORALIS Gill ex Holb. 


Umbrina littoralis Holb., Ich. 8. C., 142, pl. 20, f. 1. 
Hab.—South Carolina. 


Genus MICROPOGON Cuyv. 
Micropocon unpuLatus C. et V. 
Perca undulata Zinn., Syst. Nat., 483. 
Sciena croker Lac., iv. 309, 314, 316. 
Bodianus costatus, Mitch., Trans. N. S., i. 417. 
Micropogon undulatus, C. et V., v. 219. 
Micropogon costatus Dekay, 83. 

Halh.—Eastern Coast south of New York. 

In my uncertainty respecting the application of Cuvier and Valenciennes’ 
names, I will not venture further on the synonymy. I am acquainted autop- 
tically with only a single species as an inhabitant of the Eastern Coast, but 
there are, from the Gulf of Mexico, South America, &c., in the Smithsonian 
Institution’s Collection, several differing in the form and size of the head, 
squamation, anal fin, &e. 


Subfamily HAPLOIDONOTINZ Gill. 
Genus POGONIAS Lac. 
Pogonathus Lac. 
1. Pocontas rasciatvs Lac., iii. 137. 


Labrus grunniens Mitch., Trans. N. Y., i. 405, pl. 3, f. 3. 
Hab.—Rhode Island southwards. 


2. PocontaAs cHromis C. and V. ex L. 

Labrus cromis Z., Syst. N., 479. 
Sciena chromis Bl., Schn., 82; Lac.,-iv. 314. 
Pogonathus courbina Lac,, v. 121. 
Sciena gigas Mitch., Trans. N. Y., i. 412, pl. 5, f. 10. 

“¢ fusca Mitch., 1. ¢., 409. 
Pogonias chromis. 

Hab.—New York southwards. 


1863.] 


32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Subfamily LIOSTOMINZ Gill. 


Genus LIOSTOMUS Lac. 
LiosToMUS XANTHURUS Lac. 
Leiostomus xanthurus Lac., iv. 439, pl. 10, f.1; C. et V., (Gthr., in Syn. pt.) 
Homoprion xanthurus Holb., 170, (syn. et sp. ch. ; nec dese. et fig.;) nec 
: pl. 24, f. 2.* 
D. XI. 1, 32—34. A.II. 13. 
Color uniform. 
Hab.—South Carolina to New York. 


Liostomus optiquus Dekay ex Mit. 


Mugil obliquus Mitch., Trans. N. Y., i. 405. 
Sciena multifasciata Les., Journ. Ac. N. 8. Pa., ii. 225. 
Leiostomu3 humeralis C. and V., v. 141, pl. 110. i 
¢ obliquus Dekay, 69, pl. 60, f.195; Holb., 164, pl. 24, f. 2, (nec f. 1.) 
Deke leStnott. He 13. 
Obliquely multifasciate ; humeral spot. 
Jlab.— Eastern Coast northwards to Massachusetts. 


Subfamily LARIMINE Gill. 
Genus LARIMUS Cuv. et Val. 


Larimus Fasciatus Holbrook. 


Larimus fasciatus Holb., 153, pl. 22, fig. 1. 
Hab—South Carolina, in salt water, (not fresh.) 


Subfamily OTOLITHIN Gill. 


Genus CYNOSCION Gill. 
Cestreus Gironov., nec Cuv. et Val. 


I. Body slender, spotted above as well as on the fins...... ..... C. carolinensis. 
II. Body slender, with faint, oblique straight on back 

* Belly WIL ..cnexsa0espnnsceicn hy aide fdas si ieee a ee C. regalis 

AX Belly VOllOW: -ccssseeincassccommicaspa seats tgs: ae nae eee . C. thalassinus. 
TitsgBody robust, immacnlatesscs.:-sasscanesusnneer avira RE rer C. nothus. 


1. CynoscIoN CAROLINENSIS Gill ex C. V. 
Otolithus carolinensis C. V., ix., 475. 


Cestreus carolinensis Gronov., ed. Gray, 49. 
Hab.—Northwards to New York. 


2. CYNOSCION REGALIS Gill ex Bl. 
Johnius regalis Block, Schu., '75. 
Roccus comes Afitch., Rep. 
Labrus squeteagne, Mitch., Trans. N. Y., t. 396. 
Otolithus regalis C. V., v. 67. 
Hab.--Northwards to Maine. 


3. CyNoscIon THALASSINUS Gill ex Holb. 


Otolithus thalassinus Holb., 132, pl. 18, p. 2. 
Hah.—South Carolina. 


4, Crnoscion notuus Gill ex Holb. 
Otolithus nothus Holb., 134, pl. 19, f. 1. 
Hab.—South Carolina. 


a a Eee eee 


*The pl. 24, f. 2, referred to for this species by Holbrook, who has thus led Guenther into 
error, is the L. obliquus; the fig. meant to be referred to represents Bairdiella, pallida. 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 


Systematic Arrangement of the Mollusks of the Family VIVIPARIDZ, and 
others, inhabiting the United States. 


BY THEODORE GILL. 


My attention having been recently again attracted to the classification of 
the family of Viviparide by the printing of the “ Descriptive Catalogue” of my 
friend, Mr. Binney, I propose to offer the following revision of the arrangement 
of the species of North America. There are four distinct groups of species on 
the continent which some will call genera, and otherssubgenera. These have been 
formerly comprehended under the generic name of Paludina, or Viviparus ; the 
four were first recognized as distinct by Mr. G. W. Tryon, Jr., in ‘Notes on 
American Fresh-Water Shells.”* The characters which appear to be the prin- 
cipal distinctive ones have, however, remained unnoticed by Mr. Tryon and all 
his predecessors, while those assigned to the respective groups have been rather 
vague and uncertain. A species closely related to, if not identical with, the 
type of Viviparus—V. georgianus ex Lea—has been referred by the Adams and 
Chenu to the subgenus Melantho, while, on the other hand, a true Melantho— M. 
cyclostomatiformis—is placed in Viviparus; the distinctive characters of the two 
groups, as given by those gentlemen, are by no means obvious. 

It has recently been customary to consider the structure of the operculum 
as having a paramount value and indicating family distinction. On such 
grounds, the genus. Amnicola has been separated from the family to which 
Bythinia was referred, and has by some been considered as the type of 
an independent one ;} while others have referred it to the Melaniidx,} Rissoidz,¢ 
or Littorinidz,|| Moquin-Tandon, to whom we are indebted for the most perfect 
account extant of the extra-marine mollusks of any country, has considered those 
differences to which others have assigned a family value-as only subgeneric. That 
learned malacologist, in his precious work on the land and fresh-water mollusks of 
France, has combined in the genus Bythinia, the Amnicole and Bythinix of 
American and most other naturalists, giving to the former the sectional name 
of Bythinella, and to the latter, that of Elona. There can be little or no doubt 
that those groups differ generically, but they should apparently be approxima- 
ted to form a family distinct from the true Viviparide. 

I would then distinguish the two families as follows, my knowledge of the 
anatomical characters being chiefly due to M. Moquin-Tandon. But, in 
the first place, the following analytical synopsis of the families of Pectini- 
branchiates, represented in the fresh-water streams of North America, is offered : 
In this table, only the most striking and not always the most important char- 
acters are given. 


I. Teeth of lingual membrane 3 | 1 | 3.............. vaceseccsenee TNIOGLOSSA. 

A. Gills concealed. 

1. Rostrum moderately produced and entire or simply 
notched. 

a. Foot not produced beyond head: branchia uniserial. 

*Lateral jaws present. (Aperture of shell acuminate 

behind; generally chanelled at front; size 

MOGELALC ics vesasescusesncsetcacscecsass BAe Re eee MELANIID. 
**Lateral jaws obsolete. (Aperture of shell sub- 
circular, broadly rounded at front; size very 


SUral]).; kan BS. awe ibaa aerate zs. UPN ee ee ces . AMNICOLID. 
8B. Foot produced considerably beyond the head ; 
branchie triserial ......... ...sceeee aietes ogee Beehive VIVIPARID&. 
* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1862, p. 451. {+ Tryon, op. cit., supra, 1862, p. 451 
{ Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, of Philadelphia, 1862. 
2H. & A, Adams, Chenu, Binney. | Gray. 


1863.] 3 


34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


II. Rostrum produced, extending into two much elon- 
gated, subulate lobes........---+-ecssecereeereneseerereees AMPULLARUDS. 
AA. Gills pinnate, plumose and exsertile forwards........ VALYVATIDA. 
il. Teeth of lingual membrane z | 4.1.4 | z; central very 
unequal; lateral slender, hooked and very numerous... RuiprpoGiossa. 
Shell with a straight, flattened columella......... Seren NERITIDE. 


Size, in the several families above enumerated, is, asarule,correlative with 
structure. The Ampullariide are comparatively large ; the Viviparide moder- 
ate ;. the Melaniide smaller, and the Valvatide and Amnicolide generally maf be 
almost said to be minute. 


The family of Metanip# is here restricted to exclude Vaunus Montfort, 
( —=Pirena Lam.), Melanatria Bowdich, Melatoma Sw., (= Clionella Gray,) 
Melanopsis Lam., Vibex Oken and Hemisinus Sw. These appear to belong 
to a distinct family equally distinguished by the projecting foot of the 
animal and the notch of the aperture of its shell. The family may be named 
Metanopip™: The other genera or subgenera that have been proposed scarcely 
appear to exist in nature. There is, however, one form which has received no 
name; it embraces the species figured by Chenu, under the names of Melanopsis 
princeps (Lea)-and M, acicularis Ferussac. This genus is most nearly allied to 
Faunus, with which it agrees in physiognomy, but is distinguished by the ab- 
sence of a posterior sinus of the outer lip; it may be named Faunopsis.* The 
American Melaniide form a peculiar subfamily,— Ceraphasiine. 

The Amnicotipz of North America may be distributed among two subfami- 
lies,—AsnicoLina# and Byrninin&. The Amnicoline represent, apparently, 
three genera,—Amnicola ; Chilocyclust (Gill), with the circular lip reflected, 
and with a shell like Ammnicola, and Somatogyrus; (n. g.){ with the body 
whorl globose, and the aperture obliquely semicircular. The validity of Poma- 
tiopsis, as defined by Tryon, is for me very doubtful. 

The Ampullariide are represented by the genus Ampullaria Lam, 

The Valvatide are divisible among two genera— Valvata, from which Tropidina 
is apparently not separable, ane Lyogyrus, (n. g.)@ in which the last whorl is 
separated from the preceding and revolves within the normal spiral of in- 
crease. 

The families of Viviparide and Amnicolide may be further distinguished by 
the following characters, which are essentially the same as those used by M. 
Moquin-Tandon to distinguish the so-called “‘ genera” Paludina and Bythinta. 
The contrast is made simply because the genera have been confounded under 
one family, for they are really less related to each other than Bythinia is to the 
Melanians, or some other families. 


Family VIVIPARID (Gray,) Gill. 


Animal oval, entirely retractile within the shell. Foot oval, much dilated, 
passing beyond the muzzle, and provided with an anterior groove. Jaws two, 


* Faunopsis (Faunus, mythological name and O.lsc,) Melanopine.—Testa elongata, 
subulata, apertura parva rhombo-ovata, postice acut4, antice bene sinuata,labro externo 
acuto, nec sinuata. 

Type. Melanopsis princeps Lea. 

t CHILOCYCLUS (Xélaos, lip, and Kuxacs, circle.) —Test4{ conic4,anfractibus convexir, 
apertura modica, circulari, labro reflexo. 

Type. Cyclostoma cincinnatensis Lea. 

+ Somarocyrus (2@p2-oe, body and Tupes, whorl.)—Testa anfr. primo globoso, spira 
parva, apertura obliquiter semi-circulari, labro externo acuto. 

Type. Amanicola depressa Tryon. 

§ Lyocryrus (Aue, to loose and 7pes, whorl.)—Test& oblonga, anfr. convexis, anfr. 
ultimo disjuncto, apertura circulari. 

Type. Valvata pupoidea Gould. 


[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 


lateral, narrow and convex. Tentacles cylindrical, subulate, obtuse, with the 
eyes on very short peduncles towards their external inferior third. Bran- 
chiz in three rows, in the form of flattened filaments, slightly subulate, and 
scarcely dilated towards the inferior third. 

Generative organs on the right side ; verge internal, simple and contained in 
the tentacle; female orifice under the border of the mantle on the same side. 

The genus Viviparus, or the Viviparide of this synopsis, are the only mollusks 
which appear to undoubtedly belong together; of the other genera that have 
been referred by the Adams, Gray and Chenu to the family, Tanalia and Palu- 
domus are apparently rather related to the Melaniidz, and nearly agree in form 
of the shell, with Leptoxis of Raf. or Ancylotus of Say, while the structure of 
the animal, as far as described, is essentially similar to that of the true Melani- 
ans* and they agree with Viviparus only in possessing an operculum whose 
elements are concentric, but which is in other respects quite different. The 
genera Laguncula of Benson, and Rivulina of Lea, are unknown to me. 


All the known types of Vivipari are represented in the United States. 
Tulotoma Hald. 

Viviparus Zam. 

Melantho Bowd. 

Lioplax Trosch, = Haldemania Tryon. 


Family AMNICOLIDZ (Tryon,) Gill. 


Animal oval or elongated, completely retractile within its shell. Foot oval 
or rounded, generally narrow, and not continued in front of the rostrum. Jaws 
obsolete. Tentacles cylindrical setaceous, pointed, with the eyes sessile at 
their postero-external bases. Branchiz in a single row, in the form of trans- 
verse folds, somewhat dilated at the middle. Generative organs on the right 
side; verge external, behind the tentacle, bifid and with unequal branches; 
female orifice under the margin of the mantle, on the same side. 


The following types belong to this family : 

Amnicola Gld. and Hald. ; Chilocyclus Gill; Somatogyrus Gill. 

Bythinia Leach. 

The subgenus Bythinella of Moquin-Tandon corresponds to the genus 
Amnicola of Gould and Haldeman, and consequently should be so treated, al- 
though its first species apparently belong to the subgenus Pomatiopsis of Tryon; 
the materials now in my possession, or in the Smithsonian Collection, do not 
enable me to form a satisfactory opinion concerning that group : at present, I 
am disposed to doubt its distinction from Amznicola. 

In the present paper it is proposed to classify only the Viviparide. 

The family of Amnicolide has been recently proposed by Mr. Tryon for the 
genus Amnicola, but that gentleman has given no diagnosis. It is more nearly 
allied to the Melaniide than to the Viviparide, and the genus Ammnicola has 
been referred to that family by Mr. Lea. 

The material of the Smithsonian Institution, &c., being now in the hands of 
Mr. Binney, Iam unable to arrive ata satisfactory conclusion regarding the limits 
of our species, and, while expressing my opinions on the classification of our 
species by reference to those admitted by Binney, except in a single case, I feel 
somewhat disposed to dissent from him in several instances. As such a differ- 
ence of opinion would not necessitate any modification of the distribution 
among groups here proposed, I do not feel at liberty to dissent from him at the 
present time.{ I have seen specimens of almost all the species enumerated. 


* The American Melaniidz, so faras I know, have neta fringed mantle and consequent- 
ly belong to a different group. 

t The subgenus, as defined by Tryon, is alluded to; the type of that group (A. Japi- 
daria) may, however, be quite different, and a representative of the family Aciculide. 

} The identification of Paludina Elliotti Lea, with P. cyclostomatiformis, is most doubt- 
ful. I am disposed to believe that, while the latter is a true Melantho, the former is a 


1863.] 


36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The forthcoming work of Mr. Binney, some time since issued as “ proof,” how- 
ever naturalists may be disposed to differ from him, will be of considerable 
value, as the full descriptions and figures of all real, as wellas nominal species, 
are copied, and the labor and time of referring to many separate volumes, some 
of great rarity, will be thus saved. 


Family VIVIPARID (Gray,) Gill. 


Animal elongated, semicylindrical, with the spiral visceral sack contained 
in a turbinate shell, into which the rest of the body is also perfectly con- 
tractile. Mantle encircling the neck with a very thin fold, simple in front. 
Foot, distinct from the neck, moderate, extending beyond the head, arched in 
front, and obtusely extended towards its angles, rounded behind ; adapted only 
for crawling. Head moderate, with the rostrum produced, entire or nearly so 
infront above. Jaws two, lateral. Tentacles two, contractile, with the eyes on 
short tubercles on the outer sides of their bases. Lingual ribbon strong, slender 
and elongate. Teeth in seven longitudinal rows, (3 | 1 | 3) laminar, with re- 
curved apices ; lateral convergent. 

Branchie internal, and along an oblique line down the left side of the branchial 
cavity, in three regular rows, composed of flattened, slightly subulate filaments, 
scarcely dilated towards the posterior third (ia types). Respiratory orifice 
ander the collar, at the upper and hinder part of the neck. Generative organs, 
unisexual, on the right side; verge at the end of the tentacle, in which the de- 
ferent canal is contained. Female orifice on thesame side, under the margin 
of the mantle. 

Shell turbinate, conoid, covered with a thin, transparent, or rather thick, 
greenish, or olive periostraca; with the septa persistent ; the aperture subovate, 
and with a continuous peritreme. 

Operculum annular. 

The shells of the groups and genera of the family represented by American 
species are distinguished as follows : 


z. Shell subconic; lips continuous on a uniform plane........:.... VIVIPARI. 
1. Shell with revolving nodulouscarinz. Aperture slightly 
Of USC Ab ASC cee eterns dace coma octee sna neetes ccisiete cen Tulotoma. 
2. Shell with the whorlssmooth. Aperture broadly rounded 
Plt DAS CMe nes sacsleeanesauideee-eceuiacies Healt bosetadineecatniesads. Viviparus. 
8. Shell turreted. Outer lip subangulated, sinuous or incurved 
at base........ Lethe bie paespacokeety, nist “ES Aaeaschs sos ag uaa LIOPLACES. 
1. Operculum with concentric elementB..........ceceeceseeeeceeee Melantho. 
2. Operculum with a@ spiral nUCIEUS.......0..ccercrerceereeeee weeee Lioplaz. 


The groups of Vivipari and Lioplaces, among which the American Viviparide 
may be thus distributed, are decidedly distinguished by differences of den- 
tition, which are coincident with the well marked conchological characters. 
The dentition of Viviparus, Melantho and Lioplax has been examined ; although 
that of 7ulotoma is still unknown, it is not probable that it will be found to ex- 
hibit any important difference when compared with the dentition of Viviparus. 


Group VIVIPARI. 


The rachidian teeth are broad, rather wider and more or less angulated to- 
wards the base ; recurved at their superior margins, which are also denticulated 


Lioplax ; and in this opinion I am supported by Mr. Tryon. Although autoptically unac- 
quainted with P. Elliott, I judge from the figure that the form of the aperture and the 
carination of the whorls are alike in both ; the operculum of P. Elliotti is unknown; a 
knowledge of its structure will decide the doubts concerning the affinity of the species. 
I am not acquainted with the reasons influencing Mr. Binney in his union of the two 
species, The arguments in favor of a union of so dissimilar species might not be unde- 
sirable, for an examination of the figures alone would scarcely ‘‘ convince one of the iden- 
uty” of the two, but rather produce a contrary belief. 

[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 


on each side of a central lobe or tooth. The inner teeth of the pleura are also broad, 
oblong, often narrowed near the base, and with the upper margins denticula- 
ted; the median and outer rachidian teeth are narrow, with the upper margins 
subtruncated and denticulated. 


TULOTOMA Haldeman. 


Tulotoma Haldeman, Supplement to No. 1, of a ‘“‘ Monograph of the Limniades,” 
&c., of N. A., p. 2. “Qct., 1840.” 


Shell imperforate, conic, rather thin, becoming more elongated and conic in 
its progress to maturity, with the whorls little convex; whorls in adult with 
two nodulous revolving carine, the lower of which is covered by, but produces a 
ridge beneath the suture of the succeeding whorl. Aperture obliquely semi- 
cordate, slightly effuse at base; lips continuous in a uniform plane; outer lip 
thin; columellar lip straight or little concave and obtusely connected behind 
with the outer. 

Operculum corneous, with its elements entirely concentric. 

Tulotoma is represented by only one species inhabiting the streams of Georgia 
and Alabama. Itis readily distinguished from the typical Vivipari, to which 
it appears to be most nearly allied, by the form of the aperture, the nodulous 
carine of the adult shell, and also by the form of the adult shell itself. The 
adult has been described as “‘ heavy,” but it does not appear to be really much 
more so than that of Viviparus. 


Tulotoma magnificum Zryon ex Conrad. = Vivipara magnifica B. ex Conrad. 


VIVIPARUS Montfort ex Cuv. 


Vivipare Cuv., 1808, Lam., 1809. 
Viviparus, Montfort. 


Shell imperforate or rimate, conic or subconic, thin, with the whorls convex 
or rather flattened, smooth or carinated. Aperture obliquely oval and rather 
wide, broadly rounded at base. Lips continuous on a uniform plane; outer 
lip thin, columellar lip concave, closely appressed behind to the body whorl 
and forming nearly a right angle with the outer. 

Operculum corneous, with its elements wholly concentric. 

Viviparus, as here restricted, is a very natural and widely-distributed group. 
Its chief distinctive character is the form of the aperture and outer lip. The 
American species of the genus or subgenus are divisible among three sections, 
distinguished by a difference of form. 


21. 

Shell ventricose, with very convex, smooth whorls. 

Viviparus lineatus ex Val. — V. vivipara Binney, pp. 

Viviparus Wareanus ex Shuit., Binney. 

Viviparus Troostianus ex Lea, B. 

Viviparus intertextus ex Say, B. 

Viviparus coosaensis ex Lea, B. 

The V. subglobosa (Binney ex Say) is known to me only through descriptions. 
Mr. Binney is inclined to doubt its pertinence to this genus, but would rather 
refer it to the same group as Leptozis isogona, L. pallida, and L. altilis. 


@ Il. 
Shell with the whorls more or less flattened obliquely, or in the direction of 
the spire, smooth or carinated. 
Viviparus subpurpureus (Ad.) ex Say. 
@ III. 


Shell with the whorls ornamented by revolving carine, two of which are 
visible on each covered whorl. 


1863.] 


38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Viviparus multicarinatus (B.) ex Hald. 

The third section of Viviparus, or another closely related to it, perhaps in- 
cludes V. bengalensis (Ad.) ex Lam., V. borroughianus Gill ex Lea, V. bilineatus 
Gill, and other Indian species; the suspicions that might be entertained as 
to the strict affinity of species so widely separated geographically, can only be 
relieved by an examination of the mollusks themselves; the shells are very 
similar. 

The genus Viviparus is represented by a number of species in the lignite 
beds of Fort Union which have been referred by Messrs. Meek and Hayden to 
the Eocene epoch. My friends, Messrs. Meek and Hayden, have adopted the same 
conclusions as myself regarding the distinction of Viviparus and Melantho, and 
have now referred, with myself, six of the species formerly described by them, to 
Viviparus, accepting that name, and two others to Melantho. Five of those 
species are distributable among the three groups above indicated, while the 
sixth is the representative of a distinct one. The following list shows their 
affinities : 


IE 
Viviparus Leaii M. and H. ; 

3 il. 
Ut: retusus M. and H. 
4 Conradi M. and H. 

2 III. 
at trochiformis MW. and H. 
of Leidyi M. and H. 

@ IV. 


Shell rather thick, with numerous revolving lines, sometimes obsolescent. 
Viviparus Raynoldsianus Uf. and H. 


These species will be illustrated and fully described in the forthcoming work 
of Meek and Hayden on the Fossils of the Upper Missouri country. 

In the beds at Fort Washington on the banks of the Potomac River, which 
probably belong to the Post Pliocence epoch, a species of Viviparus is found in 
great numbers, which appears to be referrible to the V. subpurpureus; the latter - 
is now only known to exist in Florida and the Western States. Mr. L. E. Chit- 
tenden first obtained specimens from Fort Washington ; Mr. Binney also con- 
siders the specimens to be referrible to the V. subpurpureus. 


Group LIOPLACES. 


The rachidian teeth are broadest and angulated at the base ; narrowed above, 
and recurved, with the margins entire. The inner teeth of the pleura are ob- 
lique, oblong, recurved and entire; the median and outer pleural teeth are also 
entire, obliquely recurved, narrowed and terminating each in a point, or claw- 
shaped. 

MELANTHO Bowdich. 


Shell imperforate or rimate, turreted, thick and of very compact structure, 
never provided with colored bands, with the whorls more or less compressed 
longitudinally, smooth or rarely carinated. Aperture obliquely semi-cordi- 
form, rather narrow, broadly rounded and sinuous or retreating backwards 
at the base, the outer lip trenchant, and produced near the base ; columellar 
lip nearly straight, closely appressed to the body whorl and forming nearly a 
right angle with the outer. 

Operculum corneous, with its elements wholly concentric. 

Melartho is a type peculiar to America, I believe. It is readily recognizable 
by the peculiar physiognomy of the shell, produced by the compression of the 
whorls in a longitudinal direction, so that the sides of each are nearly parallel, 
and a turreted form is thus obtained. It may be therefore likened, as to form, 


[ Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 


to the genus Latrunculus of Gray, or Hburna of others.* The shell structure 
appears to be more compact than in the typical Vivipari, and the species gen- 
erally are more ponderous. The angulation of the outer lip and the sinus at 
the base are characteristic, and contrast strongly with the uniform plane of 
the aperture of Viviparus. 

The figure of a ‘‘deformed” V. decisa (36) published by Binney, gives an ex- 
aggerated idea of this peculiarity of form. 

The soft parts of Melantho appear to also differ from those of Vieiparus, the 
rostrum being smaller and less protractile, and the auricles behind the tenta- 
cles are likewise much smaller. 

The earliest known American species of Melantho were contemporaneous 
with the Vivipari, three species having been discovered by Dr. Hayden in the 
lignite beds of Fort Union and described by Meek and Hayden as Vivipara mul- 
tilineata (—V. nebrascensis M. and H.), V. vetusta and Melania or Lymnea multi- 
striata. These have now been referred to the genus Melantho in the manuscript 
work of Meek and Hayden. 

Melantho multilineatus. 

ne vetustus. 
“ — multistriatus. 


The following are referrible to the same genus,—Melantho: 
Melantho ponderosa Ad. ex Say = V. ponderosa B. 
if decisa Ad. ex Say == V. decisa B. 
tt coarctata Gull ex Lea = V. coarctata B. 
et cyclostomatiformis Gill ex Lea = V. cyclostomatiformis B. 


uC incrassata Ad. ex Lea = V. incrassata B. 
ts decapitata Gill ex Anth. = V. decapitata B. 
se regularis Gill ex Lea = V. regularis B. 


LIOPLAX Troschel. 


Lioplax Jroschel, Gebiss der Schnecken, p. 100, 1857. 

Haldemania Zryon, Proc. Acad. of Nat. Sciences, 1862, p. 451. 

Paludina sp. auct. 

Vivipara sp. auct. 

Shell imperforate or rimate, turreted, rather thick; of very compact struc- 
ture; unprovided with colored bands; whorls carinated and longitudinally flat- 
tened, with the sides nearly parallel. Aperture little oblique, oblong-oval, 
broadly rounded at the base, and sinuous or retreating backwards, the sharp 
outer lip being subangulated near the front; columellar lip concave appressed 
to the body whorl, forming an obtuse angle with the outer. 

Operculum corneous, with a large spiral nucleus, but with the subsequent 
accretions concentric. 

This type is evidently most nearly related to Melantho, but differs especially 
in the spiral nucleus of the operculum, as well as in the form of the aperture. 
A single species is found, which has been ascertained to inhabit some of the 
streams of Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. We are 
indebted for its subgeneric distinction to Prof. Troschel and Mr. Tryon. 

7 mes subcarinata = Haldemania subcarinata = Vivipara subcarinata B. 
ex Say. 


Norz.—I regret that I have not been able to avail myself more fully of the 
invaluable “ Gebiss der Schnecken” of Dr. Troschel. The four parts were only 
received at the Smithsonian Institution, through the kindness of Prof. Agassiz, 


* The name of Latrunculus has been recently applied by Dr. Giinther to a genus of 
Gobioid fishes, but, if no other reasons, cannot be retained on account of preoccupation 


of the name. The genus had, however, previously received the name of Aphya from 
isso. 


1863.] 


40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the day before the reception of the proof of the foregoing paper, and conse- 
quently too late to compare my views with those of the distinguished author. 
I am happy to find that the validity of the groups of Viviparide, which have 
been above defined, is confirmed by the researches of Dr, Troschel, who has 
examined the dentition of several species of true Viviparus, besides that of the 
Paludinu subcarinata of Say, for which he has proposed the name Lioplaz. The 
latter name is now substituted for Haldemania of Tryon, and is modified to form 
the name of a group containing that genus and Melantho. 


Additional Remarks on the North America EGIOTHI. 
BY ELLIOTT COUES, A.M., M.D. 


Since the publication in the Proceedings. of the Academy for November, 
1861, of my Monograph of the genus, the Smithsonian has been constantly in 
the receipt of additional specimens from all parts of North America. These 
were mostly the A. linarius; but collections from the North have usually 
contained a number of well-characterized examples of A. ezilipes. Nothing, 
however, of special importance has been elucidated, until the reception of a 
series collected in winter in the vicinity of Quebec. These specimens, as they 
throw much light on the variations of the typical species of the genus, 
A. linarius, will merit a brief notice. If the deductions I have drawn from 
these specimens are warrantable, we have in North America the forms long 
recognized in Europe as A. Holdéili and A. rufescens ; and these are both rather 
races than distinct species. . 

Selecting from the series two or three skins which differ most markedly from 
the usual style of Jinarius, and comparing them with a typical specimen of the 
latter from Philadelphia, I find the following differences : 

The bird is very decidedly larger. The difference in total length is nearly 
one inch, as near as I can judge from the dried skins. The wings and tailare — 
each about a fourth of aninch longer. The'tarsus and middle toe with its 
claw are together about two-tenths of an inch longer.* The bill and feet are 
decidedly larger and stouter, though perhaps not disproportionately so. The 
former is somewhat elongated ; its lateral outlines straight instead of a little 
concave; its culmen slightly curved. The bill is of a bright chrome-yellow, 
except just along the culmen and at the extreme tip. The gular spot seems 
rather large. In other respects, the two birds are quite identical, for, with 
these differences in size, there is an exactly proportionate increase in the bill, 
feet, wings and tail; and the colors of the two do not differ appreciably, ex- 
cept in the bill, and perhaps the larger gular spot. The specimens give the 
idea, in fact, of overgrown individuals of the common /inarius. 

But now, on examining in detail the rest of the series, I find that, from 
the one extreme, the characters of which have just beeu given, there is a com- 
plete and gradual transition,—a diminutionin size, down to specimens which 
cannot possibly be distinguished from typical linarius. There is no break in the 
series ; no dividing point where we can stop calling the specimens ‘‘ /inarius”’ 
to give them another name; in spite of the discrepancy which is so evident 
between the two extremes. 

The point of interest which attaches to these specimens, is the bearing they 
may have on the mooted question of the claims of Zgiothus Holbdlli to full 
specific rank. As was the case at the time of the preparation of my Mono- 
graph, I have never examined a specimen which professed, upon good Euro- 
pean authority, to be that species. Careful examination, however, of the 


* Tne tarsus, middle toe and claw together, of the specimens under consideration, measure 
absolutely 1:20 inches; the same parts in Hnarius are about one inch: in exilipes ‘20 of ap 


inch. 
[Feb. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 


figures and diagnoses of the various authors who have treated of this 
bird has shown that there are assigned to -4giothus Holbiélli, as dis- 
tinctive characters, exactly those differences from the linarius which exist in 
the specimens under consideration,—viz. : larger size, larger, more elongated 
and bright yellow bill, and larger gular spot. I think there can be no reason- 
able doubt that these specimens represent in North America the form long 
recognized in Europe under the name of dgiothus Holbélli. 

If this be the case, next comes the question, what rank are we to accord to 
this form. Is it to be looked upon as an accidental variation from the type,— 
as a well marked variety,—or as a distinct species? Brehm was the first to 
proclaim it as distinct, and give it a name. Temminck, Schlegel, Bonaparte, 
and other authors,—who are rather more orthodox in their ideas of a species 
than is Brehm,—have always inclined, more or less decidedly, to the opinion 
that it israther a race or subspecies of A. linarius. The fact of there being a 
complete gradation towards the Jinarius, has not escaped attention, and has 
been a powerful argument against according to it full specific rank. For my 
own part, though unable to demonstrate the point incontrovertibly, Iam in- 
clined to reiterate still more strongly the doubts expressed in my Monograph, 
as to the propriety of separating it from the linarius. 

Pursuing this question of the variations which A. linarius presents, we find 
another species, —A. rufescens,—which has never been able to fully vindicate its 
claims to specific distinction. First introduced by Vieillot, its existence was 
strenuously denied by Temminck, doubtfully regarded by Bonaparte and 
Schlegel, and admitted by Cabanis and others. I have always entertained 
strong doubts as to its validity. The characters assigned are slight enough ; 
and that they exhibit a gradation towards A. linarius, is admitted even by 
those who contend for its separation from that species. In examining two 
hundred or more specimens, I find many individuals, fully as small, in fact, 
and with as much of a reddish tinge, as specimens from Europe labelled ‘‘ ru- 
fescens’’ by good authority. 

The existence, then, in North America of these two races, or species, which- 
ever they may be, the one larger and the other smaller than the typical lina- 
rius, may be considered as exceedingly probable, if the fact be not actually 
demonstrable. As a sort of negative argument, I may remark, that one 
might naturally look for their occurrence in this country, as the typical lina- 
rius from Europe is absolutely identical with our own. 

Aegiothus rufescens and A. Holbélli, compared with A. exilipes, afford a good 
illustration of the limits between which a species may vary from its normal 
type; while another species, looking at first glance more like this type than 
do either of its extremes, is permanently distinct. 

I have no reason to change any of the views expressed with regard to three 
new species I have introduced. Additional specimens confirm the position as- 
sumed, especially regarding A. exilipes. I may here, however, correct a 
typographical error, which gives the date of the first introduction of A. fusces- 
cens as *‘ Aug., 1860,’’ instead of ‘‘ Aug., 1861.” 


March 3d. 
Mr. Jos. JEANES in the Chair. 


Twenty members present. 

The following paper was presented for publication : 

Enumeration of the plants collected by Dr. Parry, and Messrs, Hall 
and Harbour, in Colorado Territory. By Asa Gray. 


1863.] 4 


42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


March 10th. 
Vice-President Vaux in the Chair. 

Twenty members present. f 

The following paper was presented for publication : 

On Trachycephalus, Scaphiopus, &e. By E. D. Cope. 

Mr. Cope mentioned that a fish obtained by Jesse Burke, in the 
cedar swamps of New Jersey, he had determined to bea new species, | 
for which he proposed the name of Hololepis simus. 


March 17th. 
Vice-President BripaGss, in the Chair. 
Twenty-five members present. 
The Publication Committee laid on the table Part 3 of Volume V. 
of the Journal, just published. 


March 24th. 
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. 


Twenty-five members present. 

he following papers were presented for publication : 

Catalogue of the Fishes of California, Part 4. By Theodore Gill. 

Descriptions of new species of Pediculati, &. By Theodore Gill. 

Additions to the Catalogue of Stars which have changed their colors. 
By Jacob Ennis. 

Tetraolagophus, White Grouse, &e. By James A. Grant, M. D. 


Dr. Leidy directed attention to some portions of the aorta of a horse, con- 

‘taining parasitic worms, presented this evening by Dr. R. Jennings, veterinary 
surgeon. The worms belong to the species Sclerostomum armatum. A letter 
from the donor, giving an account of the case, observes : 
. “The horse appeared.generally in good condition, and was a yearling colt. 
It was taken with symptoms of prostration, and slightly hurried respiration, 
and died four hours after the attack was noticed. Patches of inflammation 
were observed in various parts of the intestines, aud several of the mesenteric 
glands were of a dark bloody appearance, and contained clusters of small 
worms. Parasites of the same character were noticed in the liver, and on the 
exterior of the kidneys. A clot of blood, the size of a goose egg, was found 
between ‘the coats of the left iliac vein, and contained a large number of the 
worms. They appeared to have perforated the internal coat of the vein, and 
thus caused the extravasation of blood. The worms were also observed in 
small clusters contained in the coats of the thoracic aorta.” 


Dr. Leidy also exhibited a specimen of sheep wool, striped alternately black 
and white, which was presented this eve.ing by Mr. Joseph P. Hazard. In a 
note the donor observes, that his brother, Mr. Rowland G. Hazard, of Peace 
Dale, R. I.. who gave him the specimen, stated that in an experience of forty 
years’ connection with the manufacture of the article, he had never before seen 
anything of the kind. | 

-Mr. Vaux exhibited an Indian axe, of native copper, from a mound near Ham- 
ilton, Ohio. 

The Committee on Proceedings, laid on the table the published number for 
January and February. 

[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 


March 31st. 
The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 


Twenty members present. 
On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were 
ordered to be published in the Proceedings : 


On TRACHYCEPHALUS, SCAPHIOPUS and other American BATRACHIA, 
BYE. D. COPE. 


TRACHYCEPHALUS, Tsch. 


In the most recent enumeration of the species of this genus (by Dr. Gtinther, 
1858,) four are recognized: one,—T. geographicus,—from Brazil, and 
three from the Antilles. Iam enabled to add four to the latter, which have 
been sent from those regions by Messrs. Wright and Weinland, and Professors 
Poey and Adams, all well known as most efficient laborers in advancing our 
knowledge of zoology in that field. 

It does not appear to have been stated that the males of certain species of this 
genus, —T. marmoratus, insulsus, ovatus,—possess, during the 
breeding season, a corneous sheath upon the tuberiferous metacarpus of the 
inner anterior digit, as occurs in Discoglossus and Scaphiopus. Specimens of 
males in which the generative organs are not enlarged, are destitute of this 
pellicle; it is, however, readily lost after saturation in fluid. Its object here, 
as elsewhere, is to assist the powers of prehension of the male. 

The following table contrasts the peculiarities of the West Indian species: 

A. Posterior margin of area of cephalic dermodssification 

continuous with the skin of the nape; 
a. Without distinct cordiform outline. 
8. Its length from end of muzzle equal to breadth of 
jaws opposite middle of orbits. 
Muzzle acuminate; tongue entire; fingers scarcely webbed insulsus. 
Muzzle rounded ; tongue cordate; fingers well webbed....... -OV.atus, 
6@. Length of casque from end of muzzle less than 
breadth of jaws opposite middle of orbits. 
Skin tuberculous; heel scarcely reaching muzzle; casque 


concave in posterior OUtline..............s.-seeseeeseecseces marmoratus, 
Skin nearly smooth; heel reaching beyond muzzle; casque 
Straight in posterior Outline...... .......s00 Faghcetae deena wrightii. 
22. Casque with posterior cordate outline complete from 
orbits ; 
Canthus rostralis nearly straight.............. GS enaahipesepecss coor SCULIQeruUsS, 


AA. Posterior margin of casque elevated, crest-like. 
Length from muzzle to border of casque much less than 


breadth of jaws at middle of orbit..........+.. UonbecnTe welichenatus. 
Length from muzzle to border of casque equal or greater than 
breadth of jaws at middle of orbit......... ee ew BD0Chlorus. 


T. insulsus Cope, sp. nov. 

Head elongate, outlines converging toward end of muzzle. Length from that 
point to posterior border of casque equal to distance across mouth at orbits. 
Top of cranium plano-concave, end of muzzle prominent, rounded in profile. 
Posterior outline of casque straight or slightly emarginate, extending nearly to 
tympanum. Canthus rostralis strongly marked, with a slight point or ridge 
one-third distant from orbit. Loreal region concave. Eyes very prominent, twice 
extent of tympanum. Vomerine teeth in transverse series. Internal nares 
equal ostia pharyngea. Tongue not emarginate. Skin of upper surfaces 


1863.] 


44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


sparsely tuberculous. Three external digits one-fourth webbed. Heel reaching 
a little beyond orbit. When the markings of the upper surfaces are not obso- 
lete, there is a brown band converging from the supercilium towards one upon 
the other side, then diverging, and becoming broken up on the iliac region. 
Lateral and posterior femoral regions marbled; extremities banded, 

Length from muzzle to posterior margin of casque 16’’;* least breadth 
between orbits 8’”.. From casque to vent 4” 5’”; anterior extremity 3” 5’”; 
posterior extremity 8/7 87/7. 

Habitat.—Cuba. From Prof. Poey. Mus. Smithsonian, Nos.6265-6. Academy 
Natural Sciences. 


T.ovatus Cope, sp. nov. 

Length from extremity of muzzle to posterior border of casque equal to 
breadth from one os maxillare to the other at orbits. Head depressed, espe- 
cially anteriorly; maxillary outlines much rounded, not acuminate. Muzzle 
rounded in profile. Canthus rostralis strong, but little concave, far within 
maxillary border; loreal region grooved. Posterior border of casque extend- 
ing nearly from tympanum to tympanum, slightly doubly-convex. Eyes very 
prominent, more than twice the extent of the tympanum. Internal nares larger. 
than ostia pharyngea. Tongue emarginate. Vomerine teeth between nares, in 
two postero-externally divergent series. Digits of anterior extremity nearly 
half-webbed. Heel reaching nearly to end of muzzle. Skin of upper surfaces 
nearly smooth. 

Length from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque.1/’ 77/7. Least 
width between orbits 7//’.. Length from casque to vent 4// 5//’; of anterior 
extremities 3/’ 6//’; of posterior extremities 8/7 5’”. 

Above deep brown, beneath immaculate ; upper faces of extremities indis- 
tinctly barred; lateral and posterior femoral regions spotted, and marbled with 
brown. 

Habitat.—Hayti, near Jeremie. Dr. Weinland’s Collection in Mus. Compara- 
tive Zoology, Cambridge. 

Perhaps this is the 7. dominicensis Gthr., which does not appear to be the 

‘species so named by Duméril and Bibron. 


T.marmoratus Dum., Bibr. 

Head short; maxillary outline broadly oval. Length from end of muzzle to 
posterior border of casque less than from one alveolar margin to the other at 
orbit. Frontal region concave, especially in old individuals. End of muzzle 
nearly vertical in profile. Casque extending from tympanum to tympanaym in 
fully developed individuals; the posterior outline openly emarginate or con- 
cave. Canthus rostralis convergent, concave, but little elevated, with a more 
or less obsolete furcation or process, one-third of its length anterior to the 
orbit. Loreal region very oblique, concave. Orbits twice the extent of tym- 
panum. Series of vomerine teeth either transverse, arcuate or oblique con- 
verging anteriorly. Posterior nares moderate.. Tongue not or scarcely emar- 
ginate. Skin of upper surfaces coarsely, usually closely, tuberculous. Two 
external digits of anterior extremity-very slightly palmate. Heel of extended 
extremity reaching from anterior to the orbit to near end of muzzle. 

Length from end of muzzle to middle of posterior margin of casque (in 9 
from New Providence) 22’’”._ Breadth between orbits 12’’’; length from casque 
to vent 5’” 6//”; of posterior extremity 11/’ 5//7.. Length of head and body 
in ¢' (from New Providence) 4// 6/’7. 

Specimens of this species in alcobol are either rufous brown, varied with 
dark brown, blackish brown, ashy, with confluent brown spots, or olivaceous, 
with close brown or black reticulations. 

Habitat.—Cuba, De La Sagra, Poey.. New Providence, Wood, Bryant. Hayti, 
Weinland, Cuming, ?Ricord. Jamaica, Gosse, Adams. Mus. Academy Nat. 


* The centimetre and millimetre are used in this paper, 


[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 


Sciences, Philada.; Boston Nat. Hist. Soc.; Compar. Zoology, Cambridge ; 
Smithsonian, Washington. 

The palmation of the fingers in this species varies between bare existence 
and an extent equal to one-fourth the length of the digits. The series of 
vomerine teeth are either arched or straight. As the peculiarities of the Hyp- 
siboas dominicensis of Tschudi, as defined by Duméril and Bibron, are exhibited 
within this range, {am induced to believe that it is but a nominal species. The 
dominicensis of Giinther, possessing a more extensive palmation of the anterior 
digits, is so far similar to the ovatus from the same island. I agree with 
that author in assigning the same name to the Jamaican animal, which is, 
according to him, the frog called Hyla brunnea by Mr. Gosse. The specimens 
labelled erroneously in Mus. Paris as having been brought from Cape North, in 
Norway, under the name Hyla septentrionalis, belong to the present species 
according to the “‘ Erpétologie Générale.” It is the oldest name, but, being but 
a museum label, must be passed over. 

Specimens from New Providence are of large size and with golden and oliva- 
eeous shades, 


T. wrightii Cope, sp. nov. 

Head short, broadly rounded; length from end of muzzle to posterior border 
of casque less than breadth of mouth opposite middle of orbits. This poste- 
rior border extends from tympanum to tympanum, and is not emarginate. Fron- 
tal region very broad, concave ; muzzle oblique in profile. Canthus rostralis 
much within maxillary border, well marked, slightly concave, angle of conver- 
gence nearly right, with a weak descending ridge nearer orbit than nares. 
Eyes not very prominent, twice extent of tympanum, which equals discs of 
anterior digits. Loreal region concave. Vomerine series not short, transverse ; 
inner nares not much larger than ostia pharyngea. Tongue very broad, slightly 
emarginate. Anterior digits scarcely palmate. Heel reaching beyond end of 
muzzle; tibia measures a little more than twice from nostril to posterior bor- 
der of casque. Skin of upper surfaces very sparsely tuberculous. 

Length ina Q, from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque, 2/7 5///, 
Least breadth of frontal region 1/’ 2/7. Length from posterior border of 
casque to vent 5” 7’; of anterior extremity 5” 5’”; of posterior extremity 
13% 2i/fc 

Above purplish brown, beneath yellowish; gular region brown-shaded ; 
sides and interior faces of femur and tibia marbled, and external faces of limbs 
banded with brown. 

Habitat.—District of Guantanamo, Southeastern Cuba. Discovered by Chas. 
Wright, to whom it is dedicated. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5174.) 


T. scutigerus Cope, sp. nov. 

Head more elongate; maxillary outline regularly rounded or slightly trun- 
cate. Length from end of muzzle to postericr border of casque less than dis- 
tance across the mouth opposite middle of orbits. Profile from occiput to 
muzzle gently arched, the latter not depressed, vertical (truncate) in profile. 
Canthus rostralis elevated, straight or convex just interior to orbit, converging 
at an acute angle, without branch-ridge. Loreal region nearly vertical, with a 
delicate groove between two patches of ossification. Cephalic dermo-ossifica- 
tion with a distinctly-defined cordate outline posteriorly; separable more or 
less distinctly into two parietals, a pentagonal frontal and two elongate conver- 
gent nasal plates; where the latter are in contact with the parietals (on the 
superciliary margin) there is often an emargination. Eyes not prominent ver- 
tically, twice the extent of tympanum. Internal nares very large. Vomerine 
teeth in two short, widely-separated, straight or slightly curved series, which 
converge anteriorly between the posterior margin of nares. Tongue scarcely 
emarginate. Anterior digits one-fourth to one-third webbed. Heel scarcely 
reaching beyond orbit. Skin very sparsely tuberculous or smooth. 


1863.] 


46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Dimensions of a female.—From end of muzzle to posterior border of casque 
2’ 4’”"; least width of frontal region 1” 5’”; greatest width of casque poste- 
riorly 2”; from casque to vent 5// 8//’; anterior extremity 4’ 6’”; posterior 
extremity 10” 8’”. Length of head and body of a ¢f' 5” 6”. Tg tt 

In spirits, brown; a blackish band or spot behind tympanum, one across 
casque behind interorbital space, one on anterior dorsal, and: some transverse 
blackish lines on scapular region. Extremital bands with pale borders; sides 
brown-spotted; a large brown, pale-bordered anal spot. 

Habitat.— Jamaica, Prof. C. B. Adams. Mus. Smithsonian, (6268.) Academy 
Nat. Sciences. Me ten 


T. lichenatus Gosse. 

Head short, broadly rounded in outline; length from end of muzzle to most 
distant point of posterior margin of casque much less than breadth of mouth at 
middle of orbits; about equal to distance from one supratympanic ridge to the 
other. Frontal region very concave; profile of muzzle nearly vertical. Can- 
thus rostralis short, very concave, forming a sharp elevated ridge posteriorly, 
with a short descending branch nearer the orbit; almost obsolete near the ex- 
ternal nares; shorter than interorbital breadth. Casque with an elevated, 
crenulate, doubly-convex posterior margin; rugose, especially upon the super- 
ciliary region. Eyes very large and prominent, three times the extent of the 
tympanum ; the latter is obliquely elliptic, contracted antero-superiorly, and 
bounded above by a crenulate arched ridge. Tongue broad, not emarginate. 
Vomerine teeth in two short, curved, well-separated series, between the poste- 
rior parts of the very large internal nares. Ostia pharyngea relatively small. 
Exterior anterior digits one-third palmate; palettes as large as tympanum. 
Heel reaching anterior border of orbit. Skin of upper surfaces roughly, medi- 
ally sparsely, tuberculous; some prominent elevations near vent, two on the 
heel, and several on the tarsus and antebrachium. 


Dimensions of 3$.—Length from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque 
3”; from latter point to vent 7” 4’”; breadth of interorbital space 1” 7”; 
length of anterior extremity 6” 2’”; of posterior, 14’ 4/”, 

Color in spirits yellowish brown, with deep brown variations, most distinctly 
on the occipital, interscapular and the superior lateral regions ; sides and gular 
region coarsely brown-spotted. Extremities, including tarsus and foot, cross- 
banded. Under surfaces yellowish. 

Hatbitat.—Jamaica, Gosse, Adams. Mus. Smithsonian ; Amherst, Mass. 

Mr. Gosse has given an interesting account of this very singular tree-frog in 
his ‘“Naturalist’s Sojourn in Jamaica,”—a work which is ever recurred to with 
pleasure. He has also described the colors as they appear during life, which 
are brilliant: they scarcely assist the student in separating the species when 
rendered unnatural by preservation in alcohol. 


T. anochlorus Gosse. 

Head elongate, maxillary outlines more accuminate than in the preceding 
species. Length from end of muzzle to most distant point of posterior margin 
of casque equal to or greater than distance from alveolar ridge to ridge at middle of 
orbits, greater than distance from one supratympanic ridge to the other. Fron- 
tal region very concave; profile of muzzle vertical. Canthus rostralis as long 
as interorbital breadth; it forms an acute elevated ridge, which has its median 
portion nearly transverse, and making nearly right angles with the anterior and 
posterior portions. Posterior outline of casque much elevated, cordiform, 
with radiating ridges. A supratympanic serrate ridge. Eyes less prominent, 
twice the extent of the oval tympanum. Internal nares very large; vomerine 
teeth in short convex series between them. Tongue a little broader than long, 
entire. External anterior digits nearly half-webbed. Heel extending to an- 
terior margin of orbit. Skin of upper surfaces sparsely tuberculous, promi- 


[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 


nent tubercles on antebrachium, heel and tarsus. Abdominal areolations rigid, 
prominent. 

Dimensions of a §'.—From end of muzzle to convexity of posterior border of 
casque 2” 9’”, Breadth of frontal region 1’’ 4’”. Length from casque to vent 
6” 5’”; of anterior extremity 5”; of posterior do. 12” 7’”. 

Color in spirits, above uniform olivaceous; lateral and internal femoral re- 
gions marbled ; extremities above banded with brown; mandibular region deli- 
cately brown-marbled. A dark anal spot. 

Habitat.—Jamaica. Drs. Gosse, Betton, Adams. Mus. Academy Natural 
Sciences ; Amherst College, Mass. 

It is altogether probable that this is the species described by Mr. Gosse, in 
his work previously mentioned, under the name adopted. His description, re- 
lating principally to coloration, is not conclusive towards any identification. 

Its affinities are altogether with the lichenatus, both being peculiar in 
the elevation of the posterior margin of the casque into a transverse crest. It 
differs in the greater elevation of this crest, the more elongate proportions of 
the cranium, the angulation of the caathus rostralis and less prominence of 
eyes, besides minor points. 


Hyzta Laur. 
Hyla miotympanum Cope, sp. noy. 

Skin of superior surfaces smooth; gular region areolate; a gular and ante- 
pectoral fold, also one across the axilla; another running from inferior ante- 
rior face of thigh obliquely upwards to the iliac region. A fold across extremity 
of forearm, above carpus. Outer fingers one-fourth, toes extensively, webbed ; 
palettes larger than tympanum ; posterior extremities slender ; the heel reaches 
the end of the muzzle. Muzzle broadly rounded; canthus rostralis short, 
loreal region oblique. Nostrils vertical. Eyes very prominent, six times the 
extent of the small tympanum. Tongue slightly emarginate. Vomerine teeth 
in two elongate fasciculi between internal nares, presenting an obtuse angle 
posteriorly. 

Length from muzzle to upper border of tympanum 17’; breadth of jaws 
opposite middle of orbit 1’”.. Length from tympanum to vent 2// 3///; of an- 
terior extremity 1/’ 9’; of posterior extremity 5’” 17/7. 

In spirits, above purplish ash, (probably green in life,) with or without a 
few lighter specks, and indistinct darker reticulations. Extremities paler, not 
barred ; alight border from heel to digits, another bounding superiorly a subanal 
spot. Under surfaces yellowish; superior labial border and lateral stripe 
bright yellow, the latter sometimes not well separated from the abdominal 
shade. 

Habitat.—Near Jalapa, Mexico. Obtained by Sr. R. Montes de Oca. Mus. 
Smithsonian, (No. 6311,) Mirador, Dr. Sartorius. 

A species to be compared with rhodopepla Géthr.. rubicundula 
R.and Z., luteola Burm., molitor Schm., but differing from all in the 
minuteness of its tympanum. In viridis the tympanum is larger, the head 
is more elongate and the hands less palmate, besides the presence of a yellow 
band on the tibia. 


Hyla palliata Cope, sp. nov. 

All the digits of posterior extremity palmate to penultimate phalanx; of the 
anterior the three external are one-third webbed. Metacarpus of inner digit 
with a large tubercle. Tympanic disc one-sixth the size of the eye. Vome- 
rine teeth in a short uninterrupted series bebind posterior margin of internal 
nares. Tongue oval, nicked. Muzzle prominent, truncate; loreal region not 
concave. From nostril to orbit equal diameter of orbit, and is less than the 
width of the interorbital space. One vocal sac. Skin smooth above, not 
granulated on the gular region. The end of the tibia reaches’ middle of orbit 
when the limb is extended. 


1863.] 


48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Length of head and body 19”; of anterior extremities 10’” ; of posterior 25””. 

Extremities, lower surfaces, loreal and labial regions grayish-brown ; upper 
surface of head and body pale ochreous, abruptly separated from the other 
color all round. , : 

Habitat——Paraguay. From Capt. Page’s Expedition. Mus. Smithsonian, 
(No. 6225;) Academy Natural Sciences. 


Hyla baudinii Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gén., viii. 564, 1841. 

The names Hyla vanovlietii, published in these “ Proceedings” for 1854, p. 61, 
and H. muricolor, 1862, 359, apply to forms of this species. It is found in 
Texas, Eastern Mexico and Honduras. Mus. Academy, Phila.; Smithsonian. 


Hyla (Hypsiboas) oxyrhina Rhdt. et Liitk., Videnskab. Meddelelser, etc. 
Kjobenhavn, 1862, p. 189. 

This species is identical with that described in these ‘‘ Proceedings,” 1862, 
p. 353, as Hypsiboas raniceps. The name of the distinguished Danish zoolo- 
gist must be retained, as the memoir in which it appeared was issued some 
months prior to ourown. The former has just come into our hands. 


Hytopes Fitz. 


Hylodes planirostris Cope, Pr. A. N.S. Philada., 1862, p. 153. 

This species, hitherto known as a native of the Bahama Islands, has been 
sent to the Mus. Smithsonian (No. 6310) from Southern Florida by Dr. Cooper. 
It is the only species of the genus found inthe United States, though Holbrook 
and Agassiz have described frogs under this name from our country. These 
belong to the genera Acris, Hyla and Pseudacris. Other reptiles common to 
the Bahamas and Florida are Anolis principalis and Spherodactylus 
notatus. 


The following species of Hylodes form a little group which I have called 
Craugastor,—Proc. A. N. S., 1862, p. 153. They can be distinguished as 
follows : 

H. pulchrigulus, 1. c., 1862, 357. 

Tympanum one-fourth extent of orbit; the latter equal distance from its 
anterior border to end of muzzle. Carpus reaching anterior border of orbit. 
Muzzle truncate. Tongue emarginate. Loreal region concave. End of tibia 
reaching the end of the muzzle. ; 
H. griseus. 

Hyla grisea, Hallow., Pr. A. N. S. Phila., 1860, p. 485. 

Tympanum obliquely elliptic, one-third the extent of the orbit; diameter of 
the latter less than the length of the rather elongate and rounded muzzle. 
Carpus and end of tibia reaching the end of the muzzle. Loreal region con- 
cave; canthus rostralis strong. Tongue emarginate; external metatarsal 
tubercle not developed. 

H. hallowelli Cope, 1. c., 1862, 153. 

Tympanum horizontally elliptic, equal one-third extent of orbit; latter equal 
in diameter to length of muzzle, which is much rounded; loreal region nearly 
plane; canthus rostralis weak. Carpus reaches end of muzzle, the tarsus only 
the orbit. Two well developed metatarsal tubercles. Tongue entire; mandi- 
bulum rounded. 

Herr Schmidt has not given the minuter peculiarities of his H. (Craug.) fit z- 
ingeriiso as to enable us to distinguish it from the above. It is most like 
the pulchrigulus. 


PHYLLOBATES Bibr. 
Phyllobates latinasus Cope, sp. nov. 


Head elongate ; front plane transversely, gently arched longitudinally, a little 
wider than from orbit toend of muzzle. The latter is prominent, broad and 
concavely truncate; external nares lateral. Loreal regions plane. Internal 


[Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 


nares widely separated. Tympanum round, equal one-fourth extent of orbit, 
whose diameter equals length of muzzle from orbit. A slight web between 
outer fingers, of which the second is shorter than the inner or first; one large 
carpal tubercle, one on metacarpus of thumb. A dermal fold ou the tarsus. 
‘Two metatarsal tubercles. The carpus reaches the end of the muzzle, and the 
heel the anterior border of the orbit. Length of head and body 37’. 

Above brown; a black band across end of muzzle and loreal region, through 
eye to. groin ; pale-bordered above on the muzzle, and interrupted by an oblique 
white line from the femur. Femur dark posteriorly, tibia cross-banded ; (color 
of limbs not well preserved.) Beneath pale, immaculate. 

Habitat.—Truando region, New Granada. Obtained by Arthur Schott, Esq., 
of the U. S. Expedition under Lieut. Michler. 


Hybap.esia Boie. 


Hylaplesia truncata. 
Phyllobates truncatus Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1860, p. 372. 


A certain serrulation of the alveolar ridge of the maxillary bone, in this and 
the following species, greatly resembles dentition, and has caused their erro- 
neous reference to Phyllobates, instead of Hylaplesia. 

This animal is most like the H.obscurus e Dum., Bibr., but has much 
shorter posterior extremities. In both the anterior extremities equal the head 
and body; in the former they are more than half the length of the posterior, in 
the latter, considerably less than half. Inthe truncatus the first and second 
fingers are equal; their expansions are one-fourth the size of the tympanum. 
The neural spines are very much dilated and thickened, especially that of the 
axis. There is a transverse bony ridge on the occiput. 


Hylaplesia aur ata. 
Phyllobates auratus Girard, U.S. Astronomical Expedition, ii. p. 209. 


In this species the muzzle is rounded, and the first finger shorter than the 
second, asinthe H.tinctoria. Ithas no occipital ridge, and the neural 
spines are only slightly thickened. Dilatations of posterior extremities one- 
fourth extent of tympanum; of anterior, one-half the same. The ground 
color is black or brown. Crown and muzzle surrounded by a golden band; 
two postscapular transverse annuli on each side, in contact on the median line ; 
a yellow annulus on each inguinal region; smaller rings on humerus and tibia. 
On pale specimens these markings are represented by refulgent bands which 
are readily destroyed or passed over; hence the imperfections of Girard’s de- 
scription. 


BUFONIDA. 


Rhebo haematiticus Cope, Pr. A. N.S., 1862, p. 357. 

The genus Rhebo is to be distinguished from Bufo by the presence of the 
manubrium sterni, in addition to the characters given, l.c.,p.358. Ihave had 
opportunity of observing it in the present species and the R. leschenau|tii. 
This character has been denied to all Bufones in Stannius’ “ Handbuch der 
Zovtomie.” I find it also in “Bufo simus Schm.,” 1. c., p. 357, which can 
hardly be placed in Rhebo. I cannot assign it to a new genus until the value 
of its peculiarities is better known. 

The genus of Bufonidz for which I have adopted, in the above quoted article, 
Fitzinger’s uame Chilophryne, is not alone characterized by the presence of a 
parietal branch or continuation of the supraorbital ridge, as there indicated ; but 
rather by the straightness of the latter, its not describing the usual arc of the 
orbit, and its angle with the postorbital ridge, when the latter is present. 
The parietal ridge sometimes exists in a rudimentary or fully developed con- 
dition in Phrynoidis. P.sternosignatuse Gthr., illustrates the first case, 
and P. d’orbignyi the last. As the latter species is the type of Chilopkryne 


1863.] 


50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Fitz., this name must become a synonyme of Phrynoidis, and the genus to which 
I first applied it be called Incilius. The species. which truly belong to it 
are lL lentiginosus, cognatus, woodhousei, americanus, ne- 
bulifer, veraguensis, coniferus, dialophus, and probably bi- 
porcatus. The species d’orbignyi, celebensisand occellata 
formerly referred to it, must be placed in Phrynoidis Fitz. 


Bufo diptychus Cope, I. ¢., 353, is the species described by Dr. Girard, as 
B. poeppigii Tsch., in Herpetology of U.S. Exploring Expedition. It is 
distinct from Tschudi’s toad. : 

CERATOPHRYDIDA. 


This family has been recognised in an indefinite way by Dr. Tschudi,* who 
gives as its distinguishing features “ kopf sehr gross, eckig, schief nach vorn 
verlingert ; Hautverlingerungen am obern Augenliede.” He includes in it the 
genera Ceratophrys, Phrynocerus, Megalophrys and Asterophrys. The unnatu- 
ral nature of this union has been demonstrated by Dr. Giinther, who places 
Asterophrys and Megalophrys in separate families, and assigns Ceratophrys with 
Phrynocerus to the Ranida. The Ranide of Giinther is, however, a hetero- 
geneous group; and I would separate under Tschudi’s name those genera of 
toad-like animals in which the manubrium sterni is wanting. These are Cera- 
tophrys, Phrynocerus and Pyxicephalus ;+ probably Calyptocephalus wil! enter 
the same series; but these I have not seen. Tschudi’s inapplicable characters 
may be replaced by the following. orm stout, bufonine ; head broad, elevated. 
Os mazillare toothed. Extremities short ; digits without terminal discs ; the posterior 
more or less webbed. Ear perfectly developed. Diapophysis of sacral vertebra cylin- 
drical. Manubrium sterni wanting. Paratoids present or absent. Iam not now 
acquainted with other peculiarities, though they doubtless exist. ; 

The System of Opisthogloss Anura proposed by Giinther, like the system of 
Ophidia of the Erpétologie Générale, is a valuable index of the subject, but not 
an exposition of the scheme of nature. I have already{ ventured the opinion 
that a primary division into forms with, and forms without dilatations upon the 
extremities of the digits cannot be maintained : this character must be sub- 
ordinated, as that of the presence or absence of teeth on the maxillary bones 
as employed by Duméril and Bibron, has been by Giinther himself. He at- 
taches greater value to the former because it ‘‘is connected with a strongly- 
marked distinction in the mode of life.” This appeal to adaptations is not 
uncommon; but we now know enough of the system, to believe that the 
relations of its parts are to be determined by homological and embryological 
considerations combined, which coincide also with chronological and geogra- 
phical. Have we not creatures of similar habits and adaptations in the most 
diverse groups? It is enough to mention to a herpetologist the arboreal 
Viperide and Crotalide ; the corresponding types of Pleodonta and Coelodonta, 
of Acrodonta and Pleurodonta; the gill-bearing Siredon and Siren, and a host 
of other such; the parallelisms of the Implacental and Placental Mammalia, 
etc. Also the supposed Neotropical Shrikes and Certhiide are Clamatores, and 
the supposed Salmonide are Characins. In comparing many of these cases, 
we observe, too, how by approximation in time, analogy becomes affinity. 

In pursuance of this view, the probability ofa distinction between the Hylodide 
and Cystignathide of Giinther has appeared to the author to vanish in great mea- 
sure. The discovery of the genus Tarsopterus of Reinhardt and Liitken, in con- 
nection with that of Plectromantis, by Wagner, has confirmed this opinion. The 
two genera are incontestably nearly allied, as urged by Reinhardt,|| though the 


* Classif. der Batrachier, 26, 

+ Stannius’ statement, “ Zootomie der Amphibien,” p.17, that Pyxicephalus possesses the manu- 
Mai relates properly to the species now called Tomopterna, which were formerly included under 

at genus. 

{ Proe. Acad. Philada., 1862, p. 351, 

|| Videnskab. Meddelelser Kjobenhavn, 1862, p. 240. 


[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 


latter only has paratoid glands. Their margined toes are but a step beyond those 
of certain Cystignathi; their digital dilatations are as distinct as those of many 
Hylodide. The family of Cystignathide, thus composed, would contain the 
types Platyplectrum Gthr., Limnodynastes Fitz., Cystignathus Wagl., Pleuro- 
dema 7'sch., ?Gomphobates R. and Z., Ischnocnema R. and Z., Liuperus D. and 
B., Tarsopterus R. & L., Plectromantis Peters, Crossodactylus Dum., Bibr., Phyl- 
lobates Bibron, Hylodes Fitz., (or the genera into which the last may be divided.) 
To this association the paratoids of Plectromantis have but little weight, as in 
Pyxicephalus in our Ceratophrydide ; and it is probable that it will again be 
found that their presence or absence is immaterial in the definition of certain 
families in the Anura, although others may be well characterized by them, as 
in Giinther’s method. The genera Pelodryas Gthr., and Scytopis Cope, with 
large paratoids wiil probably be-referred to the Hylidae, which has been defined 
as destitute of them. 


Pyxicephalus cultripes. 
Odontophrynus cultripes Rhdt. and Liitk., Videnskab. Meddelelser, etc., 
Kjobenhavn, 1862, p..159. 

If we introduce the presumed genus Odontophrynus into Duméril and Bib- 
ron’s table of genera of Raniformia, the only character which seems to separate 
it from Pyxicephalus is the concealed tympanum of the former, as distinguished 
from its visibility in the latter. This character is sometimes of very little value, 
the tympanic disc being more or less distinct in different individuals of the 
same species of many Anura, in proportion to the tenuity of the epidermis. 
This is especially seen in species of Bufo. The text relating to Pyxicephalus 
americanus, however, settles all doubts, as it says, “ Tympan imperceptible 
au travers de la peau.’ In their Latin diagnosis, Reinhardt and Lutken say 
‘“dentes** non in palato ;” but in the text, ‘To langagtige i midten ikke sam- 
menstédende Tandgrupper ere stillede paa Ganen mellem de indre Nasebor,” 
etc. As the figure represents palatine teeth, they are doubtless present. The 
species cannot, therefore, be separated from Pyxicephalus. It is very nearly 
allied to, if not identical with, the frog called Pyxicephalus? n. sp., in the 
recently-published Catalogue of the collection brought home by the United 
States Paraguay Expedition.* 


ALYTIDA. 


ScAPHIOPUS. 
The species of this genus are seven in number; they are found throughout 
the temperate regions of North America, and as far southward as the City of 
Mexico. They represent the single Alytes obstetricans of Europe, which 
differs in its want of manubrium sterni, its slightly-webbed toes, and its cunei- 
form bone forming but a tubercle; and the Helioporus albipunctatus of 
Australia, where there is a spur upon the thumb, and trihedral diapophysis of 
sacral vertebra. They may be at once separated by means of the following 
synopsis : 
I. A gland in the upper integument of tibia. 

Head short; tympanum concealed........ HAR Be: Aas sare wcorene MUltiplicatus. 
Il. No gland in upper integument of tibia. 

a. No pectoral glands. 
8. Length of tibia three times frontal breadth. 

Muzzle depressed, prominent. 

Tympanum concealed......... Bier teecenesserincceecactaness eennboc esses COUCH IN. 
Muzzle elevated, truncate in profile. 

Front plane; 
Grea h Tegiom COVEX, OUNQUE...tssccocccsacescnceresserereecses sseees varius. 


* Proc. A. N.8., Phil., 1862, 352. 


1863.] 


52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Loreal region straight, nearly vertical........scsccceeeeeeee TECtifrenis. 
Front swollen.......... Roe saetcre canst ocscdsas Fash cclittars ceased hose cee bombifrons. 
8G. Length of tibia four times frontal breadth. 
Muzzle truncate in profile ...........ssssesseeeeeeeseereeereeeeeeree DAM MON ATI. 
az. A gland on each side of thorax, near axilla. 
Tympanum one-half the extent of the eye............ inves 1 O1BEU OKA. 


S. multiplicatus Cope, sp nov. : 

Form broad, squat. Head very short; profile rapidly descending; maxillary 
outlines acuminate, oval; muzzle thick, rounded. Eyes very prominent. From 
these a strong fold passes posterior to the angle of the mouth and across the 
gular region ; tympanum covered by a portion of the paratoid gland anterior to 
this. Paratoid proper very large, extending beyond scapula, bent upon the 
side; bounded inferiorly by a strong fold, which extends from the one above 
mentioned to the groin. Below this, on the sides, are two or more others. Skin 
of upper surfaces coarsely tuberculous, that of the crown thick, of the extremi- 
ties nearly smooth. A large gland occupies most of length of tibia. Abdomen 
minutely, pubic region coarsely, rugose. Cuneiform process rather short, very 
prominent. Vomerine teeth in fasciculi opposite posterior margins of choane ; 
the latter smaller than ostia pharyngea. Tongue entire, with a narrow, free 
anterior border; on third free posteriorly. 

Dimensions of « Q.—From end of muzzle to vent 5” 1’”; muzzle to behind 
tympanum 16’”; length of anterior extremity 2” 6’”; of posterior extremity 
5” 4’, 

Color in spirits: above ashy-brown, below yellowish-ash. 

Habitat.—Valley of Mexico. Sent by Mr. Jno. Potts to the Mus, Smith- 
sonian, (No. 3694.) 

This species is very bufonine in aspect, and might be regarded as represent- 
‘ing a different genus from the type of holbrookii were it not for the exist- 
ence of couchii and bombifrons. 


S..couchii Baird, Proc. A. N. S., Phila., 1854, p. 62. Rept. U.S. and Mex. 
Bound, Surv., Reptiles, p. 28, pl. XXXV. figs. 1-6. 

Form stout; head more elongate, acuminate oval; width Jof frontal region 
greater than from lip to nares, one-third the length of the tibia. Profile gradu- 
ally descending ; front plane, muzzle projecting, rounded. Anterior border of 
tympanum scarcely distinguishable. Eyes very prominent. Vomerine teeth 
opposite middle of choane, which equal ostia pharyngea. Tongue slightly 
emarginate. Paratoid gland flat, descending on the side. Skin tuberculous, 
especially on the sides; sometimes a slight cryptiferous thickening of integu- 
ment of tibia; none on the sides of the pectoral region. A posttympanic and 
an antepectoral fold. Abdomen slightly rugose; gular region smooth. Cunei- 
form process elongate. Toes fully palmate. 

Dimensions of a §\.—From ‘end of muzzle to vent 5” 5’; from same to 
behind tympanum 2”. Anterior extremity 3” 5’”; posterior extremity 5” 6”. 

Color above yellowish, with irregular brown bands ,which converge between 
and behind the orbits; others diverge on the flanks, beginning at the orbits ; 
one from same point to lip, and one on canthus rostralis. There is a confluence 
of dorsal bands near thesacrum. A light band on outer face of tarsus and toe; 
hand yellowish. 

Habitat—Tamaulipas. Mus. Smithsonian, (3713.) Lieut. Couch. 


S. varius Cope, sp. nov. 

Outline of muzzle acuminate-oval; the end little depressed, nearly vertical 
in profile, distance from lip to nostril less than frontal breadth; the latter 
one-third tibia. Canthus rostralis obsolete, approximate; loreal region con- 
vex, very oblique in transverse section. Eyes prominent. Tympanum concealed 
or distinct, one-third extent of eye. Vomerine teeth opposite posterior border. 


[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 


of choane. Skin rather smooth, especially on the head. No posttympanic 
or antepectoral fold. No thoracic aggregation of crypt ; paratoids flat, small. 
Palmation of posterior digits extensive ; cuneiform. process prolonged longi- 
tudinally. 

Dimensions. —Total length 5/’ 3”” ; from end of muzzle to behind tympanum 
19’” ; of anterior extremity 3/’; of posterior 5/7 9//7, 

Above yellowish olive, with numerous defined brown bands and spots, which 
have a general longitudinal direction, and cover more surface than the ground 
color. A spot across each eyelid, one beneath the eye, one on the end of 
the muzzle, Extremities marbled ; beneath olivaceous yellow. 

Habitat.—Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5893 ;) 
Philada. Academy. From John Xantus, Esq. 


S. rectifrenis Cope, sp. nov. 

Outline of maxille acuminate-oval; muzzle prominent, truncate in profile, 
superior face decurved. Canthus rostralis strong; loreal region plane, nearly 
vertical. Frontal region plane, its width one-third the length of the tibia. 
Tympanum concealed. Vomerine fasciculi closely approximate, posterior to 
hinder margin of choane. Skin of head and’ body sparsely tuberculous. A 
weak antepectoral fold. Paratoids rather lateral; no thoracic crypte. 

Dimensions—From muzzle to vent 2” 8’’; from muzzle to brachium 14///; 
length of anterior extremity 15’’’; of posterior 3’. 

Coloration.— Above brown, or brownish-gray, the tubercles tipped with brown. 
A brown line extends from each eye to sacrum, converging posteriorly. Sides 
brown marbled posteriorly ; a short brown band from tympanum. Below light 
yellow or brownish. 

Habitat.—Tamaulipas, (Smithsonian, No. 3715.) Coahuila, (3714.) 


S. bombifrons Cope, sp. nov. 

Outline of maxille acuminate-oval; muzzle truncate, elevated, thickened 
transversely ; profile of vertex arched, of front concave; canthus rostralis re- 
placed by a concayity. Tympanum, concealed or scarcely visible; paratoid. 
fiat, small. No gland on tibia or pectus. Tongue entire. Vomerine teeth in 
oblique fasciculi or short series between choane ; these equal ostia pharyngea. 
Skin nearly smooth, roughest on the sides. Cuneiform process produced. 
Palmation of toes deeply repand. 

Dimensions of a 3\.—From end of muzzle to vent 4” 2’”; same to behind 
tympanum 1” 5’; length of anterior extremity 19”; of posterior 4” 6’”. 

Color in spirits: pale ashen or brown, with. numerous plumbeous vermicula- 
tions, which are aggregated into a blotch on the scapular region, which has a 
pale space below it. Limbs vermiculated; outer border of tarsus and foot 
light. A dark spot on canthus rostralis. 

Habitat—Fort Union, on Missouri River, lat. 48° N., from Mr. E. J. Denis, 
(Smithsonian, No. 3704.) On Platte River, 200 miles west of Fort Kearney, 
from W. S. Wood, of Lieut. Bryan’s: Expedition, (Smithsonian, No. 3520.) 
Liaro Estecado Texas, Capt. Pope’s Exped. Coll., (Smithsonian, No. 3703.) 

This species has the most northern range of those found west of the 
Mississippi. 

S. hammondii Baird, Report Sury. for Pac. R. R., vy. x. Lieut. Abbot's 
Rep., pt. iv., p. 12, pl. XXVIII. f. 2. 

Maxillary outline acuminate-oval ; muzzle somewhat truncate, perpendicular 
in profile. Region of canthus rostralis concave; front plane or a little concave, 
with a weak ridge on each side, which is most distinct posteriorly ; the width 
one-fourth length of tibia, and less than from.nostril to lip. Eyes prominent; 
tympanum distinct, one-fourth the extent of the former. A fold behind angle 
of mouth. Paratoids flat, small; no gland on tibia or pectus. Tongue very 
large, entire. Choane large; vomerine teeth in transverse series between them. 
Skin roughly tuberculous, especially on the sides; thick on the occiput; below 
nearly smooth. Cuneiform process produced. 


1863.] 


54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Dimensions of 3.—Length from end of muzzle to vent 4” 9’”; from muzzle 
to behind tympanum 1/’ 8//’; of anterior extremity 2’ 9’/”; of posterior 
6/7 1/7, 

Color above stone brown in alcohol, with traces of two paler dorsal bands. 
Tubercles fulvous-tipped ; extremities shaded withthe same. Below whitish, 
immaculate. 

Habitat.—California. Mus. Smithsonian, 3695. From Fort Reading, lat. 
40° 20/. 

S. holbrookii Baird, Rept. Surv. Pac. R.R., v. x. Lieut. Abbot’s Rep., pt. 
iv., p. 12, pl. XXVIII. f. 1. 
Rana holbrookz Harl., Med. and Phys Res., 1835, p. 105. 
Scaphiopus solitarius Holb., N. Am. Herp., 1836, vol. i., p. 85. pl. XII. Ibid 
(edit. alt.) 1842, iv. 109, pl. XXVH. Tschudi, Mém. Neuchatel, i., 
1838, p. 83. Dum., Bibr., Erp. Gén., 1841, viii., 473. Le Conte, Pr. A. 
N. S. Phil., 1855, 429. Giinth., Catal. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 38. 


Head large, maxillary outline rounded. Profile of front a rather steep descent 
from the swollen occiput, where the skin is thin, closely adherent and penetra- 
ted by osseous granules. Eyes prominent; tympanum distinct, half its extent 
vertically elliptic. Tongue large, elongate, emarginate. Choanz equal or 
larger than ostia pharyngea; vomerine teeth in two fasciculi between and 
opposite their posterior borders. Paratoids small, rounded, prominent; no 
gland on the tibia; one on each side of the thorax near the axilla. Skin of 
back minutely tuberculous; of sides more coarsely; below nearly smooth. 
Cuneiform process longer than in any other species of the genus, but not more 
prominent. ; 

Dimensions of 8\.—5// 8//’ from end of muzzle to vent; from same to poste- 
rior border of tympanum 2// 2//’; length of anterior extremity 3// 3//”; of 
posterior 12/7 §//7. 

Color above, in spirits, either earth-brown, fulvous-brown cr ashy-brown, 
with a pale ashy band from each orbit; these converge on the interscapular 
region, then diverge, and converge again on the coccyx. These bands are 
rarely unbroken, and are sometimes exceedingly indistinct; they sometimes 
inclose a pale area. Sides sometimes marbled with pale ash, sometimes uni- 
form. Sometimes a pale interorbital crossband, sometimes two longitudinal 
bands on muzzle. A vertical light line on end of muzzle. 

Habitat—From Massachusetts into Florida and Mississippi. 

Specimens in Mus. Smithsonian from Cambridge, Mass., are nearly unicolor, 
while Floridan forms are lightest and most variegated; the head seems to be a 
little broader and more obtuse. These forms graduate into the intermediate 
' and most common type. 


AMBLYSTOMID. 


Spelerpes chiropterus Cope, sp. nove 

Head elongate oval; muzzle prominent, truncate, as broad as length of 
antebrachium. Series of palatine teeth arched, commencing behind the choa- 
ne. Anterior limb extended forward, reaches orbit. A prominent wing-like 
rudiment only of the inner digit on both pairs of extremities. Thirteen lateral 
folds between axilla and groin; the extended posterior limb reaches the sixth, 
counting from the groin. Soles broad, smooth. Tail cylindrical, rapidly 
tapering, one-fifth longer than head and body. , 

Length from muzzle to vent 3” 1’”; from muzzle to axilla 12//’; length of 
tail 4/7, 

Color, brown above, paler medially ; dirty white below. 

Habitat.—Mirador, near Vera Cruz, Mexico. Sent by Dr. Sartorius to the 
Smithsonian Institution. 

This is the third species of Salamander known to inhabit Mexico. In its’ 
characters it approaches the genus Batrachoseps Bonap. One of Dr. Sartorius’ 
most interesting discoveries. 

[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5d 


Enumeration of the Species of PLANTS collected by Dr. C.C. Parry, and Messrs. 
Elihu Hall ani J.P. Harbour, during the Summer and Autumn of 1862, on and 
near the Rocky Mountains, in Colorado Territory, lat. 39°—41°. 


BY ASA GRAY. 


An interesting account by Dr. Parry of his first explorations of the Rocky 
Mountains in Colorado Territory, made in the summer of 1861, was published 
in the American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. 33,1862. This was fol- 
lowed by an enumeration of the plants in the choice botanical collection which 
he made, as determined by myself, Dr. Engelmann and others. . The import- 
ance of this pioneer exploration, both in a physico-geographical and a botani- 
cal point of view, decided Dr. Parry to repeat and extend it the following 
year, to undertake more full and exact observations upon the configuration of 
the district, and the altitude of the loftier peaks, and to secure a larger bo- 
tanical collection. In the latter view, Dr. Parry wasjoined by two zealous and 
enterprising botanical companions, Messrs. Hall and Harbour, of Illinois, who 
devoted their entire energies to the collection of plants. The botanical col- 
lection, accordingly, through these conjoint labors. and explorations, is full, 
excellent, and of great interest. Along with a fair proportion of species new 
to science or new to the region, it brings to light and makes accessible to bot- 
anists generally, many of the late Mr. Nuttall’s discoveries made almost thirty 
years ago, and even some of those of his first journey up the Missouri, almost 
half a century ago, authentic specimens of which hardly exist, except in the 
herbarium of. the Academy, in thatof Mr. Durand, at Philadelphia, and 
in the Hookerian herbarium at Kew. 

It is in this regard, namely, on account of the intimate association of the 
name and scientific career of Nuttall with Philadelphia, and especially with 
the Academy of Natural Sciences,—the publisher of many of his botanical 
writings, and the proprietor of his principal botanical collections,—that I have 
deemed it peculiarly proper to offer the following enumeration for publication 
in the Academy’s Proceedings. 

This enumeration is but a reconnoisance of the collection in hand. It might 
have been much extended by descriptions, remarks, and references ; and some 
of the determinations may probably have to be reconsidered. But I deem it 
best for our science to publish it at once, as it is, that it may be early in the 
hands of botanists along with the distributed sets of specimens, thus en- 
hancing the usefulness of the collection, and affording the widest opportunity 
for the prompt correction of oversights, omissions, or mistakes on my part, 
of which there may be not a few. 

It should be remarked that the general collection,although made by the three 
associates conjointly, is distributed under the tickets of Messrs. Hall and Har- 
bour,—upon whom indeed the labor of the collection more immediately de- 
volved,—and is numbered quite independently of Dr. Parry’s collection of 1861, 
thus avoiding all danger of confusion between the two. But a small separate 
collection made by Dr. Parry late in the summer, at stations visited by him- 
self alone, which supplements or helps out the general collection, bears Dr. 
Parry’s numbers of the former year, (which, being already published, are here 
mentioned only when there is some occasion for it,) or, when of plants notin 
that collection, the numbers are in continuation of it,—viz.: 398, 399, and so 
on. Reference to these additional numbers is chiefly made in foot-notes, to 
which also the characters of new species, &c., are consigned. 

The plants were numbered and distributed into sets by Messrs. Hall and 
Harbour before they were seen by me, and a full set was supplied to me for 
examination, which serves as a basis for the following list. This accounts 
for a few misplacements, and also for the occasional mixture of two species 


1863.] 


56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


under the same number ; which, under the circumstances, it was not easy 
altogether to avoid. The collectors appear to have been somewhat too fear- 
fulof distributing the same species under two or more numbers; but the op- 
posite course, in case of doubt, is preferable. Even well-marked varieties 
had better be kept separate in distributed collections. 


ENUMERATION. 


RANUNCULACE. 


1, ATRAGENE aLPina, L. 2. Cuematis Doverasi, Hook. 3. C. Lievstict- 
routa, Nutt. 4. Pursatiia Nurrauuiana, Gray, which I am now convincedis 
properly referred to P. patens, and especially by Regel to his var. Wolfgangi- 
ana. Some of the specimens are very largeand fine. 5. ANEMONE MULTIFIDA, 
DC., both red and white-flowered. 6. A. Caroniniana, Walt.; on the plains. 
7. A. NARCISSIFLORA, L., from the alpine region; not before known this side 
of Russian America; fine specimens, with the flowers only three, two, or one 
to the involucre. 8. THALIcTRUM FENDLERI, Engelm.; the diagnosis noted in 
the Enum. Pl. Parry, p. 12, and now the species itself is obtained, “on low 
mountains.”? 9. T. SPARSIFLORUM, Turez.,* in fruit, ‘‘the whole plant witha 
very heavy narcotic odor,”’ according to Dr. Parry. 10. T. atpinum, L., large 
specimens. 11. Ranuncotus Cympararia, Pursh. 12. R. uypersorevs, Rottb. 
var. natans,C. A. Mey. ‘‘ In water orin swamps, at middle elevations in the . 
mountains, or subalpine ;’’ from the station and from the size of the plants 
so much approaching the small and emersed form of R.. Purshii var. repens, 
Hook., (R. Gmelini, DC., of which a few specimens were also collected, ) that 
it might belong to that species except for the want of astyle; mature fruit not 
collected. 13. R. (CyrtorruyncHa) Norra, the very rare Cyrtorrhyncha ranun- 
culina, Nutt. in Torr. and Gray Fl., which is rightly determined by Bentham 
and Hooker to have the ovule erect, and therefore to be a Ranunculus, not- 
withstanding the nervoseachenia.{ 14. R. Escuscno.ran, Schlecht., Hook.; same 
as the broader-leaved specimens of Parry’s No. 80; has glabrous peduncles, 
smaller flowers, and shorter styles than R. nivalis, but Greenland specimens 
of Vahl’s collection approach it. 15. R. arrinis, R. Br. var. /eiocarpus, 
Trautv.: the same as narrow-leaved specimens mixed last year with Dr. 
Parry’s No. 80 (vide Sill. Jour., 33, p. 404); may be a form of &. auricomus if 
that ever has glabrous achenia, but they compose a rather oblong or cylin- 
draceous head. 16. R. arrinis, var. cardiophyllus. (R. cardiophyllus, Hook.) 
The flowering specimens, with their cordate-rotund radical leaves; villous pu- 
bescence and large flowers (the corolla a full inch in diameter) perfectly ac- 
cord with Hooker’s figure, except that thestatureis dwarf, and the young carpels 
show arather long style, as figured; but accompanying fruiting specimens wholly 
accord with R. affinis. 17. R. aponEvs, n. sp.,f No. 81, of last year’s collection’ 
of Dr. Parry, who has now supplied the fruit; and the species proves to be a 
new and peculiar, handsome and strictly alpine one.§ 18. R. rrammuna, L., 


*Dr. Regel’s note under this species, in his elaborate revision of Thalictrum, is founded on a 
misreading of my foot-note in Pl. Wright, 2, p. 8, where to 7. sparsiflorum is referred T. clava- 
tum, Hook., non DC. The Candollean species is wholly different, and a native only of the moun-, 
tains of Carolina. 

+ RANUNCULUS (CYRTORRHYNCHA: petala supra basim: callosa: stylus tncurvus, stigma apicu- 
latum: achenia turgida multinervosa) NUrTALLIT: glaber, semipedalis ; radice fasciculata; foliis radi- 
calibus. hiternatisectis, segmentis 3-5-partitis, lobis oblongis linearibusve nunc 2-3-fidis ; ramris fo- 
lio paryo subtensis paucifloris; petalis spathulatis sepala latiora etiam flava paullo superantibus ; 
stylo longo gracili; acheniis majusculis subpaucisin capitulum globosum collectis. Eastern side of 
the Rocky Mountains; Independence Kock on the Sweet Water of the’ Platte. Nuttall, 

+ Mixed in some sets, I fear, with a little of R. Escholtzii or of the real 2. nivilts, 

2 RANUNCULUS ADONEUS, (sp. nov.,: humilis, villo parco deciduo glabratus; radice Tasciculato-fi- 
brosa ; caulibus basi ramentaceis superne 1-3-foliatis nunc erectis simplicissimis unifloris nunc 
garmentoso-decumbentibus 2-3-floris; foliis bipedato-partitis segmentis anguste linearibus; 
petiolis basi searioso-dilatatis; pedunculo brevi; corolla aurea eximia (plerumque ultra pollicem 
diametro ;) petalis flabelliformibus sepalis ovalibus subvillosis duplo longioribus, squamula ba- 


[Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 


var. reptans. 19, R. An ambiguous little plant from the alpine region, which 
might be mistaken for a smaller form of Parry’s 79.* 20. MyosuRus  mInNtI- 
mus, L., from South Park, with somewhat more of a beak to the achenia than 
in Eastern or European specimens. 21. CaurHA LEprosEPALA, DC. 22. 
TROLLIUS LAxus, Salisb. var. alb/florus, Gray, in Sill. Jour. 33; well-developed 
specimens. Divisions of the leaves less deeply incised than in the Eastern 
U.5. plant. 23. Aqui~ecra vuLGARis, var. brevistyla, 24. A. caRULEA, Torr., 
equally beautiful with the specimens of last year. 25. DELPHINIUM ELATUM, 
L., var., Parry’s No. 84. 26. D.scopvtorum, Gray. 27. A high alpine form 
of the last. 28. D. Menzrestr, DC.; but if collected east of the Mississippi 
might be taken for VD. tricorne. 29. Aconitum NAsUTUM, Fisch. ; white and 
blue, as in Parry’s 86, 


BERBERIDACEZ. 


30. Berseris (Manonta) Aquirouium, Pursh, var. repens. 


FUMARIACE.t 


31. Corypauis AuREA, Willd., var. curvisiniqua (C. curvisiliqua, Engelm.), 
the same as Wright’s No. 1309. 


CRUCIFERAE. 


32. Nasturtium optusum, Nutt. 33. CarpAmIne uirsuta, L. 34. C. corpt- 
Fotis, Gray.{ 35. STREPTANTHUS ANGUsTIFoLIUs, Nutt.; probably a form of 
S. sacirratus, Nutt. 36. Turriris patuLA, Graham. 37. SIsyMBRIUM VIRGATUM, 
Nutt., but from the silique rather an Erysimum. 38. ERystMUM CHEIRANTHOIDES, 
L. 39. E. pominum, Nutt., (which I suppose is also EL. lanceolatum, R. Br., of 
the Uld World,) as to the fruiting alpine specimens, along with forms of HE. 
ASPERUM, DC., with large flowers (#. Arkansanum). The collectors think 
these are all forms of one species. 40. SysmmBrivum Sopuia, L. (including S. 
canescens, Nutt.), both asmoothish form, with short pedicels and short pods, 
(S. brachycarpum, Richards.), and also with slender pods, and the whole 
herbage viscid with glandular pubescence,—one of the forms of S. incisum, 
Engelm. 41. DrasBa craAssiFoLiA, Graham; which, in Parry’s former collec- 
tion, No. 93, [named Draba Johannis, but it proves to have yellow flowers.§ 
With it is mixed a very little D. stellata, var. hebecarpa, as the species are 


silari parva adnata; acheniis in capitulum ovale digestis levibus turgidis, rostro longiusculo en- 
siformi utrinque scarioso-alato! In the high alpine region, close to the snow, Dr. Parry’s speci- 
meus of 1862, collected later in the seasou,—with some mature fruit, and with some of the stems 
becoming procumbent or runner-like, and producing a flowering shoot from the axils of the cau- 
line leaves,—enable me to characterize this remarkable species. In the early state it bears some 
resemblance to Adonis vernalis. ‘he scarious wings of the style are sometimes decurrent on the 
acheuium, which. again, often has a delicate hyaline wing round the base. Notwithstanding the 
yellow flowers, the affinity of the species is probably with FR. glacialis, the carpel and style of 
which is said to be wing-margined. The corolla is equally large and full. 

* This, from better specimens collected this year, confirms Mr. Black’s opinion that it isa Qwarf 
R. alismxfolius ; but the uppermost leaf is often three-parted, and the achenia have a small 
short beak. and are puberulent; the three-parted leaf, the puberulent achenia and too large flower 
separate it from R. #'lummula var. reptans ; and the mostly entire and narrow leaves, the globular 
head of carpels aud the depauperate size (2 or 3 inches) from #&. ufinis, of which it has the 
achenia. 1 have seen only a single specimen. 

+ PAPAVER ALPINUM, L., was again collected by Dr. Parry, No. 147. 

{ ‘Lhis species—which holds its characters well—when described, was compared with our C. rhom- 
boidea and rotundifolia on the one hand, and on the other, with the European C, asarifolia, which, 
so far as recorded. inhabits only central Europe. But Ihave just received from Kew a specimen 
collected by Dr. Lyall on the banks of tne Ashtnoda River, in the Cascade Mountains of N. W. 
America. at about lat. 49°, which, so far as my means uf comparison extend, appears to belong to 
C. asarvfolia. The interesting bearing upon questions of geographical distribution is obvious,— 
viz.: as w the probable affiliation of C asarifolia, angulata, cordifolia, rhomboidea and rotundi- 

olia. 
7 ? Specimens of this were sent by me to Dr. Hooker, to ask his opinion. He replies: “It is Dra- 
ba Johannis of Europe, according to Mr. Ball, except that the flower is yellow. It is certainly also 
D. crassifolia, Graham, from Rocky Mountains, Drummond, and evidently the same as D. Fiad- 
nitzensis, Walp., and D. lucteu, Adams, D. pygmea, 'Yurcz., and a host of others.” 


1863. ] 5 


58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


\ 


regarded by Regel, i.e., D. muricella, Vahl., with pubescent silicles, and a 
smooth form of D.:nemoralis. 42. D. nemoratis, L., two pubescent forms. 
44. D. aurea, Vahl. 45. D. streprocarpa, Gray, Enum. Pl. Parry, p. 13, No. 
96, with some reduced, high alpine forms, in which the silicle does not always 
twist. 43. SmeLowsKra caztycina, C. A. Meyer, (Hutchinsia, Desy.) High alpine. 
46. THLASPI COCHLEARIFORME, DC. Common atail heights. 47. PuysaRiaA pipy- 
MOCARPA, Gray, var.? The sameas Parry’s 101, but more hoary, and with a 
longer slender style. Mature fruit and seeds being still wanting, it yet re- 
mains as doubtful as before whether this is a form of Hooker’s species. 48. 
Vesicarta LupovictANa, DC. 49. VEsICARTA MONTANA, n.sp.,* from the middle 
mountains; also collected last year at Eureka by Mr. Howard, but without 
fruit. 50. STANLEYA INTEGRIFOLIA, James, 51. THELYpopium (PAcHYPODIUM, 
Nutt.) mrecriroticm, Torr. and Gray. : 


CAPPARIDACEZ. 
52. CLEOME INTEGRIFOLIA, Torr. & Gray. 53. CLEOMELLA TENUIFOLIA, Torr. 


VIOLACEA. 


54. VioLA BIFLORA, L. 55. V. Nurrauyu, Pursh. 56. V. MonLEenBerci, 
var. pubescens, same as 108 of Parry. 57. Ionipium tinzare, Torr. 


PARNASSIEZ. 


575. PARNASSIA PARVIFLORA, DC., Hook. Two forms of the species, into 
which P. Kotzebuet, Cham., probably passes. It is No. 427 of Dr. Parry. 
578. P. rimpriata, Banks; a small form of the species ; the flowers only half 


the size of those of the ordinary state. It is No. 428 of Parry’s separate col- 
lection. 


HYPERICACE. 
58. Hypericum Scovtert, Hook., which apparently is also H. jormosum, HBK. 
ELATINACEZE. 
59. ELatinE Americana, Arn. Onthe Platte River. (60. See Primulacee.) 
CARYOPHYLLACEA. 


61. StueNE Scovuert, Hook: 62.8. Drummonpu, Hook. 63. LYCHNIS APETALA, 
L. vars., same as 132 and 133 of Parry. 64. Smexe Menxztesu, Hook. 65. 
SILENE ACAULIS, L. 

66. PARONYCHIA PULVINATA, n.sp.,} the same as Parry’s 297, of which he 
also has collected very fine specimens this year. 67. P. Jamzsu, Torr. and 
Gray. 68. Saciva Linnz1, Presl. 69. Arenwanra (AtsinE) Rossi, R. Br., the 
taller stems 3-5-flowered, pretty clearly a mere arctic-alpine form of 4. 


* VESICARIA MONTANA (sp. nov.): argenteo-incana; canlibus e radice perenni diffusis foliosis; 
foliis spathulatis, radicalibus subovatis peticlatis nune 1-2-dentatis; racemo fractifero elongato ; 
silicula ovali seu ellipsvidea cano-pubescente stylo gracili longiore pedicello patente sursum cur- 
vato paullo breviore. Habitof V. Ludoviciana,argyrxa, and argentea: well-marked by the oval 
or oblong silicle (which is, in some specimens, 3 lines in length. but of searcely half that breadrh, 
while in others itis shorter and broader, barely eval in outline,) hoary. with a fine stellular pu- 
bescence, one-third longer than the style. commonly one-third or one-half longer than the pedicel, 
nearly terete; the valves of the same rather firm texture as those of V. Ludowieiana, more convex 
than those of V. alpina. Seeds four or six in each cell, wingless. Petals spatulate, light yellow. 
F.lunents filiform. 

J PARONYCHIA PULVINATA (sp. nov. ): depressa,e candice lignescente pulvinato-csespitosa, fere gla- 
bra; stipulis argenteis ovatis integris muticis folia oblonga obtusa margine ciliolato-seabra sub- 
gequantibus cum iis ramos breves usque ad florem terminalem sessilem dense vestientibus: calycis 
segmentis ovalibus late scariosis sub apice cucuilato aristulatis, aristula cueulium vix superante. 
In the high alpine region, quite common, Forming dense, cushion-like tufts, apparently like 
those of Silene acaulis, denser than those of P. sessiliflora, Nutt. Stipules 2 lines long, broadly 
ovate and obtuse, or the uppermost somewhat taper-pointed or acute, but muticous. Leaves 23 
or 3 lines long, about a line wide, bright green, flat, thick, very obtuse and muticous, nerveless. 
Flower solitary and immersed among the leaves. Staminodia 5, similar to the fertile filaments. 
Ovary glabrous, tapering into the rather short style. 

[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 


uliginosa, Schleich, (Alsine stricta, Wahl.) 77. A. arctica, Stev., the same 
form as Parry’s 141; and with it specimens of A. biflora, Wall., var. carnit- 
fosa, Fenzl., with flaccid procumbent stems, and longer, lax, falcate leaves, 
If forms of the same, then A. arctica and bifloru are properly united by Dr. 
Hooker. 79. A. Fexpuert, Gray. 

70. STELLARIA UMBELLATA, Turez.? Anambiguous form, ‘of the alpine region, 
with the capsules, seeds, and scarious bracts of S. longifolia, but with oblong, 
flaccid leaves, and petals wanting.* 73. From middle elevations, is a form of 
the same, without fruit. S. alpestris, var. paniculata, Fries, Herb. Norm., is 
perhaps the same, or a form connecting it with S. longifolia, but his S. alpestris 
var. aliflora is S. borealis. 71 and 76. S. tonarpEs, Goldie. 72. S. BOREALIS, 
Bigel., except the depauperate young specimens intermixed, which are the 
same as70. 78. S. JAmest, Torr. 74. Maurincia LATERIFLORA, Fenzl. 75. 
Cerastium ARVENSE, L., mixed with C. vulgatum? var. Behringianum, or a/pi- 
num, just as was Parry’s No. 138 last year. (80. See under Scrophulariace#. ) 


PORTULACACE. 

81. Tarinum PARVIFLORUM, Nutt., or perhaps teretifolium, as the Specimens 
are only in fruit. 82. Cuayronra Virernica, L., from the alpine region. 9&3. 
C. arctica? var. megarhiza, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry (C. megarrhiza, Parry) ; 
specimens smaller than last year. 84. Cruayronta CHamissonis, Esch. (C. 
aquatica, Nutt.); more luxuriant than the plant of Unalaschka, but other- 
wise similar: petalsrose-color. (Dr. Parry again collected T ALINUM PYGMZUM, 
Gray, his No. 143.) ; 
MALVACE. 

85. Smpatcea canpipa, Gray. Cold springs, &c., on Blue River.j 66. Maz- 
VASTRUM COCCINEDM, Gray. 

LINACEZ. 

87. Linum PERENNE, L. 

GERANIACE ZA. 


Peuiitinm Ricwarpsoni, F. & M., the same as 112 of Parry. 689. G. 
evel Torr., var. Parryi, Engelm., ” the same as Parry’s 113, the fruiting 
pedicels divaricate ! 

RHAMNACEZ. 


90. Ceanoruus Fenptegi, Gray. 91. C. ovatus, Desf. 


CELASTRACEA, 
92. Pacuystima Myrsmyites, Raf. 


SAPINDACE® (ACERACEZ.) 
93. AcER GLABRUM, Torr., the ordinary form of the species. 


LEGUMINOS /&. 


94. Lupinus Pusitus, Pursh. 95..L. ornarus, Dougl.: ‘‘abundant at low 
and middle elevations.’? Very ornamental. 96. L. caxsprrosus, Nutt., pro- 
bably a ferm of LZ. aridus, Dougl. The keel is slightly ciliate. It was found 
‘‘on Blue River, west of the range.”? 97. TriroLium DASyPHYLLUM, Torr. and 
Gr. Still finer and larger specimens than last year. 98. T. Parrys, Gray, 
Enum. Pl. Parry.t 99. T. nanum, Torr. 100. Datea LAxirtora, Pursh. 


* Dr. Parry also separately collected it, in fine fruiting specimens, in subalpine woods,on Mad 
Creek, &e., No. 431, 

7 This rare species was separately collected in Middle Park, by Dr. Parry. It is his No. 429. 

SIDALCEA MALVZFLORA, Gray, (S: Neo-Mexicana, Gray,) Parry’ 3 430, was collected with the last. 

TLRIFOLIUM LONGIPss, Natt. Sparingly collected by Dr. Parry in Middle Paz ‘k, and distributed 
as his No. 434.- 


1863.] 


60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


101. PsoRALEA LANCEOLATA, Pursh. 102. P. rnorrpunpa, Nutt. 103. P. arco- 
PHYLLA, Pursh. 104. DaLEA ALOPEcUROIDES, Willd. 105. PETALOSTEMON MACRO- 
stacuyvs, Torr. 106, Asrracatus KentropHyta (Kentrophyta montana, Nutt.) 
107. THERMOPSIS RHOMBIFOLIA, Nutt. (the smaller plant and the fruit), and ap- 
parently T. FABACEA, var. montana, Gray (7. montana, Nutt.): the latter should 
be known by its taller stems, larger leaflets, and narrow, linear, pubescent, erect 
legumes. 108. Hosackra Pursutana, Benth. 109. Laruyrusornatus, Nutt., 
and a pubescent variety. 110. L. rinzaris, Nutt. 111. L. potymorpuus, 
Nutt. 112. L. patusrris, var. myrtifolius? a small portion, and mainly 
Vicra AmeRIcANA, Muhl. 113. Asrracantus RAcEMosus, Pursh. 114. A. 
(Puaca, Hook.) sisuncatus, Gray ; in fruit. 130. Same in flower. 115. A. 
(Puaca, Hook.) nicresceys, Gray. 116. A. (Paaca, Hook.) GLABRIUSCULUS, 
var. major, foliolis anguste oblongis. Very likely, as Hooker conjectured, 
aform of A. aboriginum. A narrow, membranous, rudimentary false septum 
is borne on the dorsal suture, in the manner of A, Robbinsii and A. alpinus, to 
which, indeed, the species is related. It was collected in the mountains, 
‘¢at middle elevation ; not common.’’? 117. A. orosomEs, Hornem. (Phaca 
elegans, Hook.) ‘‘ Along the bank ofstreams, at middle elevations, and subal- 
pine.’? Very fine specimens, both in flower and in fruit; the former with 
linear leaflets, like the original P. elegans ; the latter with broader and glabrate 
leaflets, just like Bourgeau’s specimens from the Saskatchawan. 118. A. 
FLExvosus, Dougl. (Phace flexuosaand P, elongata, Hook.) Legumes straight or 
slightly curved. ‘ Low mountains and plains; common.’’ 119, A. GRAcILIs, 
Nutt. With the last. 121. A. near Phaca debilis, Nutt., but larger in allits 
parts. To be determined hereafter in a general revision of the species.* 122. 
A. Mouuisstmus, Torr., of which the stipules were wrongly described, a form 
with silvery instead of yellowish pubescence. Fine specimens, same as Par- 
ry’s 184, doubtfully compared with A. glareosus, still without fruit. ‘‘On 
the plains ; scarce.’? 123. A. Parry, Gray ; now collected with ripe legumes, 
which are so obcompressed and sulcate both sides that the sutures meet. 
‘‘Common both on the low mountains and subalpine.’? 124. A. Drummoypm, 
Hook. 125. A. atpinvs, L. ‘‘ From middle elevations totruly alpine.’’ 126. 
A. cyAneus, Gray, Pl. Fendl. Specimens more luxuriant than Fendler’s ; the 
leaflets oval, half to two-thirds of an inch long, and young pods nearly two 
inches long. This is likely to be A. Shortianus, Nutt., of which I have seen 
no specimens; but the flowers are deep blue. ‘‘ Low mountains, and rarely 
subalpine; a fine species.’”? 127. A. Missourrensis, Nutt. 128. A. sparst- 
FLORUS, n. sp., to be elsewhere characterized in a revision of the North Amer- 
ican species. ‘*‘On low mountains; rare.’? 129. Perhaps a variety of the 
last, with more numerous flowers and larger legumes. 141. A. (PHaca) Pau- 
cirLorus, Hook.? A glabrate, slender form, the same as Phaca pauciflora, 
Nutt. ‘South Park, common, apparently a good forage plant.’’? (lendler’s, 
No. 144 is the same.) 130. A. (Puaca) BisuLcAtTus, Gray, in flower. 131. A. 
(PHAcA) LotiFLoRUS, Hook., very fine specimens in flowerand fruit. 132. (fruit) 
& 133. (fl.) A. carvocarpus, Ker. 134. A.(PHaca, Hook.,) pectinarus, Gray. 
136. A. srrtatus, Nutt.! 137. A. (PHaca, L.) FRicIDUS, with perfectly glabrous 
legumes, aS in other American specimens. ‘‘Subalpine, in wet pine-woods.”’ 
138. A. (PHaca) Fitiroius, Gray, in Pacif. R. R. Exped. Phaca longifolia, Nutt. 
139. A. Hypoeortis, L. 145. A. (ORoPHACA) SERICOLEUCUS, Gray (Phaca seri- 
cea, Nutt.) ; charming specimens of an interesting plant. 142. Homanosus 
DECUMBENS, Nutt. Also 435 of Parry, very sparingly collected. Its name as 
an Astragalus can be settled only upon a revision of the species. 120. (and 
433 of Parry,) OxyTROPIS DEFLEXA, DC. 135. O. sprenpENs, Dougl.; worthy 
ofthe name. 140. O. Lamperti, Pursh, with purple or blue, and with white 


*The name Astragalus debil’s could properly be retained for Phaca debilis of Nuttall. For 
there is no A. debilis of Douglas; that so given in Walp. Repert. J, p. 710, being an accidental error 
for A. miser, Dougl. 

[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 


flowers ; ‘“‘very ornamental and very variable.”? 143. O. arctica, R. Br. 
‘High alpine.’ 144. O. moxticers, Nutt. in Torr. and Gray, Fl. (Physo- 
calyx multiceps, Nutt. in herb. Acad.) ‘* Subalpine and lower.’’ This is Dr. 
Parry’s No. 191, which I wrongly referred to O. nana, Nutt. The plant is 
more dwarf and the leaflets much smaller than in Nuttall’s specimens, which 
are in fruit only, while ours, last year in blossom only, now show the young 
fruit in the bladdery calyx. It is a very pretty plant. 146. SopHora sERICEA, 
Pursh. 147. Guycyrraiza Lepmora, Nutt. 


ROSACE. 


148. Prunus (Cerasvs) Pennsynvanica, L. 149. Sprr#a pumosa, Nutt. 
150. S. opunrronra, L., var. parvifolia. 151. Sispanpra PRocumBENS, L. 152. 
Geum (SrevERSIA) TRIFLORUM, Pursh. 156. G. (Sreversia) Rossu, Ser. 153. 
Dryas ocTopeTaLa, L. 154. Porenrinua FissA, Nutt. 155. P. rruricosa, L. 
157. P. concinna, R. Br. 158. P. Peynsyntvanica, L., var. Hippiana, Torr, 
and Gray. 159. P. rasticiata, Nutt. ? which specimens of Parry’s, in 1861, 
(with 217) ally to large states of P. nivea. (A glabrate specimen intermixed, 
is the same as Parry’s 218, P. Drummondii, &c., Lehm,) 160. P. nives, L., a 
form with the leaflets more deeply incised than in 215 of Parry. 161.P. Prat- 
TENsSIS, Nutt. ? the leaves more dissected, so as to be almost bipinnately parted ; 
the same as a plant of Bourgeau’s collection, from the Saskatchawan. ‘‘Com- 
mon in wet ground; spreading.’? 162: P. Pennsyivanica, L., var. strigosa, 
Pursh, with some of the coarser No. 158, perhaps accidentally mixed. 163. 
Rusvus DeEuiciosus, James; the same as Parry’s 210, with large white petals. 
This will be very ornamental in cultivation. 164, Rupus TrirLorvs, Richards., 
in fruit. 165, CeRcocarPus PARviFoLIus, Nutt.* 462. CHAM#RHODOS ERECTA, 
Bunge. 

ONAGRACEA. 


166. Epmosium patvstreE, L. 167. E. atprnum, L. 168. E. PANICULATUM, 
Nutt. 169. E. ratirouium, L. 170. E. ancustironium, L. 171. Gayopuytum 
RACEMOsUM, Torr. and Gray, with a specimen of 168 intermixed in my set. 
172. G. RAMosisstmum, Torr. and Gray; the var. deflecum, Hook., in Lond. 
Jour. Bot., 6, p. 224, where the names of the two varieties are transposed. 
173. GinorHERA MaARGINATA, Nutt. 174. G&. Missovriensis, Sims. 175. CE. 
TRILoBA, Nutt. 176. Gi. Nurrariu, Torr. and Gray, (Zarazxia longiflora and 
breviflora, Nutt., the specimens belonging to the latter form), South Park. 
177. GE. pinnatiripa, Nutt. (see Parry, Enum., p. 40 (333), the hirsute speci- 
men, which is just Parry’s 116, and a canescently puberulent specimen, 
which, from its obcordate petals, should also be of this species, but notin fruit. 
178. GH. cononopiroia, Torr. and Gray, exactly No. 222 of Fendler’s collection. 
179. GE. serrunata, Nutt. 180 (and 436 of Parry). GauRA PARVIFLORA, Doug]. 
181. Gaura coccinEa, Nutt. 182. Hippuris vutearis, L. 


LOASACEA. 

569. Menrzeria (BARTONIA) NuDA, Torr. & Gray. 570. M. (BARToNIA) MUL- 
TIFLORA, Nutt.; the form with cylindrical capsules. 571. M. ALBICAULIS, 
Dougl., (Parry’s 126,) and some M. oxicosperma, Nutt. 

CACTACEA. 


183. Opuntia Missovriensis, DC., with a red flower also in my set, proba- 
bly of O. ruta, Nutt. 


GROSSULARIACEA. 


184. R. uacusrrr, Poir, var. (R. setosum, Dougl.) 185. R. LEpranTHum, 
Gray, Pl. Fendl. 186. R. cereum, Dougl. 187. R. uirntettum, Michx. 188. 
R. AureumM, Pursh. 


* PURSHIA TRIDENTATA, DC., is No. 482 of Dr. Parry's separate collection, from Middle Park. 


1863.] 


62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


CRASSULACE. 


189. Sepum RmopANTHUM, Gray, Enum. Pl. Parry. In fruit; the inflores- 
cence a dense spike-like thyrsus, oblong. 190. 8. stENopeTALuM, Pursh. 
191. 8. Raoprona, L. (192. See Borraginacez.) 


SAXIFRAGACE. 


193, SAXIFRAGA NIVALIS, var.? An undeveloped specimen of this, in Parry’s 
collection of 1851, was referred to S. hieracifolia? But the well-developed 
specimens appear to pass into the large state of the next. The limits between 
S. nivalis, Virginiensis and integrifolia are not obvious. 194. S. nrvauts, L., 
one form the same as Parry’s 169; the other has a scape nine inches high, 
bearing several peduncled erect flower-elusters in a racemose manner, just as 
jn 193, from which it differs in its shorter and smaller, more-toothed leaves. 
195. S. cernva, L. 196. S. conrroversa, Sternb., referred by several authors 
to 8. adscendens, L. Alpine region ; before found in America only by Bourgean, 
in the Rocky Mountains further north; known in Northern Asia. 197. S. 
BRoNCcHIALIS, L. 198, S. pepruis, Engelm. n. sp.* ‘Alpine.”? 199. 5. suR- 
PYLLIFOLIA, Pursh; but probably only a high alpine, very dwarf and tufted - 
variety of S. Hirculus, L., this being the view taken of it in the Enumeration 
of Parry’s collection of 1861, No. 164. The characters hold out in the present 
collection. 201. 8. Hrrcuuvus, L., in the ordinary form, as different from 199 
as possible. ‘South Park, in wet or swampy places.” 200. S. PLAGELLARIS, 
Willd. (202. See under Primulacer.) 203. 8. Jamusi, Torr., from the origi- 
nal stations. A most rare and peculiar species. 207. S. punevara, L. (S. 
estivalis, Fisch.) 204. Hevcnzra parvirouia, Nutt., the large form,—viz.: 
Parry’s 174,—with some specimens passing to Parry’s 173, the small form. 
205. HEucHERA BRACTEATA,} Seringe (Ziarella? bracteata, Torr.,) the same as 
Parry’s 172, mixed with a large-flowered, apparently new species, H. Hauu.t 
Rocks, on mountains of medium elevation. 206. LirHopHRAGMA PARVIFOLIA, 
Nutt. 208. Mirerna penranprA, Hook.; in fruit. 576. CHurysosPLENIUM 
ALTERNIFOLIUM, L. 568. Jamesia Americana, Torr. & Gray. (209. See Eu- 
phorbiacez. ) a 


UMBELLIFER A. 


210. CymorTERvs GLomERATUS, DC. A plant rarely collected, but said to 
be very common on the plains, along withthenext. 211. C. montanus, Nutt. 
213, C. auvpinus, Gray, Enum. Pl. Parry, p. 19 (408,) No. 158; with good 
fruit as well as flowers. 212. PrucepDANum NuDICAULE, Nutt.? at least the 
plant so named in Hayden’s collection on the Mauvaises Terres of Nebraska ; 
but the plant is minutely pruinose-pubescent, not glabrous, nor is the frnit 
truly that of a Pewcedanum, the marginal wings being double, nor from the 
description can it be the original Smyrnium nudieaule of Pursh. It must re- 


* This was mixed with No. 167 (S. cerNvA, L.) of Dr. Parry’s collection in 1861, but very spa- 
ringly distributed. It has a granulate root, so called, and the foliage much as in S. Sibirica, but 
is perfectly glabrous throughout, and with the obeonical tube of the calyx wholly adnate to the 
ovary. As it is manifestly related to S, rivularis (though quite distinet), I suppose it may be the 
«8. Cymbalaria, vel. n. sp.,” or the species compared with Sibirica, of Chamisso in Linnea, 6, p. 
555, which in the Flora Rossica are doubtfully referred to S. rivularis. In which ease Il know of 
no name to take precedence of this proposed by Dr. Engelmann. 

7 HieUCHERA BRACTEATA (Seringe): glabella, minutissime pruinoso-glandulosa; thyrso denso 
spiciformi multifloro: bracteis seepe flores flavido-virescentes subzequantibus; calyce oblongo fere 
ad medium 5-fido, lobis spathulato-oblongis; petalis attenuatis acutis filamentis vix latioribus; 
staminibus stylisque dein exsertis, Scape froma span to nearly a foot in height, often foliose 
bracteate. Thyrsus commonly more or less secund. Flowers barely two lines in length. Teeth 
of the leaves usually setaceously mucronate. 

{ Hevcnpra Hau (sp. nov.) : hirsutula; thyrso racemiformi sublaxo 16-30-floro; bracteis pedi- 
cellos vix superantibus; floribus albidis (nunc roseo tinctis?); calyce lato-eampanulato 5-lobo, lobis 
lato-ovatis; petalis spathulatis obtusis exsertis; staminibus stylisque inclusis. Scapes usually a 
span high. Flowers about three lines long, hut the calyx twice the breadth of that of H. bracteata, 
and very different in shape. Pedicels, when fully developed, sometimes nearly as long as the fio wer. 
Leaves as in the preceding species, considerably variable, 

[Mar 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 


main uncertain until the order is revised. A solitary fruiting specimen in 
Dr. Parry’s collection of 1861 was very carelessly named Leptotwenia dissecta, 
which is quite a different plant. 214. Musenium TRAcHYSPERMUM, Nutt.; near 
WM. divaricatum, but the young fruit much shorter as well as more scabrous. 
215. THASPIUM TRACHYPLEURUM, 2. sp.,* in fruit, the same as 159 of Parry in 
1861, of which the fruit was too young. It proves to be quite different from 
that of 7’? montanum, var. tenuifolium. The genus is uncertain; but it can 
hardly be well separated from Thaspium. 217. T. Monranum, Gray, Pl. 
Fendl., in flower and in fruit, the latter with the three dorsal wings some- 
times barely salient, sometimes as much developed as the marginal ones. 
216. Conroserinum Fiscuert, Wimm.; ‘‘alpine and subalpine.’’? 218. C. 
Canapense, Torr. and Gray, probably a larger and coarser form of 216; 
‘‘on low mountains.’? 219. ArcuancenIicA GmeLini, DC. 220. ArcuEMora 
Frenpuert, Gray, Pl. Fendl.; fine, large specimens with good fruit,‘tin sub- 
alpine woods.’’ It is 155 of Parry’s 1861 collection, which I carelessly named 
Berula angustifolia. 221. An acaulescent Umbellifer, undeterminable for the 
want of fruit. 222. Cymoprervs? ANISATUS, Nn. sp., called ‘* C. terchinthinus, 
var. fevriculaceus’’ in Parry’s 1861 collection (No. 157); but it can hardly be 
either of Nuttall’s species under those nanes, on account of the very long and 
subulate leaflets of the involucel as well as calyx-teeth, yet apparently rela- 
ted to them; the foliage, &c., very similar. Mature fruit not collected ; some 
of the present collection pretty well formed has the wings abortive, while in 
younger fruits of 1861 these are obvious and somewhat undulate. This dubi- 
ous plant inhabits ‘‘dry hills in the middle mountains, and is a very aroma- 
tic herb.”? The foliage of the dried specimens and the fruit have a pleasant 
anisate flavor,—characters unknown in the polymorphous genus Cymopterus, 
and rendering the genus of this plant yet more doubtful. 


ARALIACE.E. 
223. ApoxA MoscuaTetuna, L. ‘‘Subalpine; common.”’ 


CORNACE Zi. 

Cornus CAanaApEnsis, L. In the mountains Dr. Parry gathered one or two 
specimens of the ordinary form of thisspecies ; and in the alpine region also 
a depauperate form of it, some specimens of which, having a pair of leaves 
lower down on the stem, and those from the upper axils small, might readily 
be mistaken for C. Suecica. They are distributed as No. 437 of Parry. 


CAPRIFOLIACE &. 


224, LinN®A BOREALIS, Gronoy. 225, SympHoRIcARPUS MoNTANUS, HBK. 
227. S. occiwentauis, R. Br. 226. Lonicera rnvyotucrata, Banks. 228. Vi- 
BURNUM PAUCIFLORUM, Pylaie. 


RUBIACEA. 


229. GAtium BOREALE, L. 230. G. triripum, L., the reduced, northern form, 
near G. palustre. 


VALERIANACEA. 
231. VaterIana piorca, L., var. V. sylvatica, Richards. 


* THASPIUM TRACHYPLEURUM (sp. nov.): glabrum; caule (pedali) striato 1-3-foliato umbellas 2-5 
longiuscule pedunculatas gerente: foliis ternato-decompositis, segmentis filiformibus mucronula- 
tis, peticlis basi dilatatis haud scarioso-marginatis; involucro et involucello e foliolis 1-3 subulat’s 
parvis; floribus fiavis; fructu didymo-ovato lateraliter compresso, mericarpiis sectione transversal 
fere orbiculatis, jugis alisve 5 conformibus crassis suberosis obtusissimis scabris cum uno commis- 
surali a carpophoro demum libero, valleculis omnibus grosse univittatis. On the mountains, at 
middle and lower elevations. Leaves more decompound than in the 7. montanum var. tenuifolium, 
with which I had confounded it, the segments shorter and more rigid; the fruit shorter, 1} to 2 
lines long, the mericarps not at all flattened dorsally, in shape and scent like those of Thaspiwm, 
and the short wings remarkably thick and corky, scabrous-roughened. A similar ecorky mass at 
the commissure in the section simulates another wing or rib, except that it is partly divided by a 
groove, which receives the carpophore, 


1863.] 


64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


COMPOSITZ. 


232. Ericrron acre, L. 233. Dietopappus ERtcores, Torr. andGray. 234, 
EricEeron compositum, Pursh. 235. E., a species wholly doubtful to me, with 
deep purple or blue rays,—except in this respect the same as the white-rayed 
specimens of Parry’s No. 3, which I had confounded with those of E. uniflo- 
rum, with which it was mixed. I dare not now venture to describe it as anew 
species. 236. E. GLABELLUM, var. pubescens, Hook. Bourgeau collected the 
same form in the Rocky Mountains. 237. E. piverceEns, Torr. and Gr. 238. 
E. cranpirtorvm, Hook., var. elatius, Gray, Enum. Pl. Parry, No. 1: astill 
more luxuriant plant ; stems more than a foot high, leafy to the summit, 
bearing two to four heads, with the same very woolly involucre. 243. E. uNI- 
FLoRUM, L., both the same as Parry’s No. 8, and large and tall forms 6 to 9 
inches high, with light-colored long wool to the involucre, as in the foregoing. 
‘‘Common in the high alpine region.’? 239. E. Guabettum, Nutt. ? var. molle. 
This is recorded as a common species at all heights. But I have never before 
seen such a form, except one of Bourgeau’s, the largest specimens distribu- 
ted under ‘‘ /. canescens,’’ and that has white rays. From the shape of the 
leaves, and their size and abundance up to the summit of the stem, this 
should rather be referred to L. macranthum ; but the pubescence is strange for 
that species. 240. E. GuaBeLtum, Nutt.  Parry’s No. 4 (collected again) isa 
dwarfer form of the same, and belongs rather to glabellum than to E. macran- 
thum. (241, 242. See below, under Aster. 243. Seeabove.) 244. E. cmsprro- 
sum, Nutt. ; a strict form, near the var. grandiflorum,—of which E. canum, 
Gray, Pl. Fendl., is evidently a form. ‘‘Common on low mountains.’? 245. 
E. pomiium, Nutt. 246. E. Benumrastrum, Nutt. 

247. Sonipaco LANcEouaTA, L. 248. S. nemorauis, L.; a dwarf, subalpine 
form, passing to S. nana, Nutt. 249. 8. Missouniensis, Nutt.; a dwarf form. 
250. §. Virea-AuREA, L.; two forms. 251. 8. Virga-aureA, var. multi- 
radiata, Torr. and Gray. Dr. Parry collected one specimen of S. humilis 
on Clear Creek. 

241. ASTER SALsuGINosus, Richards. ‘‘Subalpine.’’ This is also 403 of Dr. 
Parry’s separate collection. 242. A. anactAuis, Nutt. ‘‘In the high alpine 
region.’? 252. A. apscenpEns, Lindl., var. ciliatifolius, Torr. and Gray, 
(which is also 419 of Parry,*) and the var. Fremontii, Torr. & Gray, Fl. Suppl. 
253. Various forms of the last, ‘‘ alpine and subalpine, in low grounds,’ the 
larger ones (same as Parry’s 417) passing towards A. integrifolius, Nutt., but 
the involucre not manifestly glandular. All the peculiar Asters of the 
Rocky Mountains and westward require complete re-elaboration.. 254. (also 
418 of Parry,) A., near the smooth form of ERIcompEs, L., and probably a va- 
riety of it, but with laxer and narrower scales to the involucre. The rays 
are pinkish, as they sometimes are in the eastern plant. ‘‘ Inthe mountains, 
at middle elevations.”’ 

255. APLOPAPPUS INULOIDES, Torr. and Gray. Subalpine, in the South Park. 
256. A. (Stenorus) pyemazus, Gray, Enum., Pl. Parry, mixed with specimens 
of an equally dwarf new species, which Dr. Lyall collected, in 1860, on the 
summits of the eastern side of the Cascade Mountains, at 7500 hundred feet 
above the sea. It should therefore be named A. Lyauu.f Both high alpine. 


* ASTER (ORTHOMERIS) GLAUCUS, Torr. and Gray, not in the general collection, is again in Parry’s 
separate collection (No. 13). in the finest state. 

A. FENDLERI, Gray, Pl. Fendl. (perhaps a hispid form of A. Nuttallii,) was sparingly collected on 
sand hills, on the plains, but not distributed. 

7 ApLopappus LyaLut (sp. nov.): nanus, undique pruinoso-glandulosus; caulibus 2-3-pollicari- 
hus foliosis monocephalis; foliis integerrimis submembranaceis seepius mucronatis, radicalibus in- 
ferioribusque oblongo-spathulatis seu oblanceolatis basi attenuatis, summis lanceolatis; involucri 
squamis laxe imbricatis subtriseriatis lanceolatis subeequilongis glanduloso-puberis; ligulis 16-20 
Jinearibus longiuseulis; acheniis linearibus fere glaberrimis; pappi albi setis rigidulis corollam 
disci equantibus. Forma a. (LYALLI); invoiucri squamis omnibus lanceolatis sensim acuminatis, 


[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 6d 


257. A. (Pyrrocoma) crocevs, n. sp.* Subalpine, in the Middle Park, &c., 
west of the Rocky Mountain range. 258. A. (PyrrocomMa) FRemonmTII. Pyrro- 
coma fvliosa, Gray in Jour. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc., 5, 1843. Low mountains, 
lat. 39°. There is a Chilian A. foliosus; wherefore, in suppressing Pyrrocoma 
as a genus, the name of this most rare and well-marked species may very 
properly commemorate the discoverer. 259. A. (PyRRocoMA) PaRRyI, Gray, 
Enum. Pl. Parry. 260. Carysopsis vintosa, Nutt., with the dwarf variety, 
C. hispida. ; 

261. Iva axmnarts, Pursh; a broad-leaved form. 262. I. cmara, Willd. 
263. EvpHrosyne (CYCLACHENA) XANTHIIFOLIA, Gray. 264. FRANSERIA TOMEN- 
TOSA, Gray, Pl. Fendl. 265. F. Hookeriana, Nutt. 

266. Lepacuys corumnaris, Torr. & Gr. 267. GamuarpriA arisTaTa, Pursh. 
268. He“IANTHELLA uniFLorA, Torr. andGr. Fine specimens. The acheniaare 
ciliate with very long hairs; the awns are long, slender and persistent. 
269. Hewrantaus pumitus, Nutt.? Parry’s No. 50. 270. H. prrionaris, Nutt. 
271. (& 420 of Parry.) Hettomeris murtirtorA, Nutt. ; the broader-leaved form. 
272. Heventum Hoopssir, n. sp., a most striking species, seeds of which were 
collected near Pike’s Peak in the autumn of 1859, by Mr. Thomas Hoopes, 
from which plants were raised by Mr. Halliday Jackson, of Westchester, Pa.} 
273. AcTINELLA GRANDIFLORA, Torr. and Gr.; equally fine specimens as those of 
last year. 274. ActivenLA Ricwarpsont, Torr. and Gr. 275. A.scaposa, Nutt. 
var. (A. glabra, Nutt.) 276, 277. A. acauuis, Nutt., in different forms. 278. 
Banta oppositiFouia, Torr. and Gr, 279. THELESPERMA '(CoSMIDIUM) GRACILE, 
Gray. 280. T. Frurrotium, Gray. 281. VinLANoVA CHRYSANTHEMOIDES, Gray. 
282. Hymenoparpus TENUIFOoLIUS, Pursh. 283. CHMNACTIS ACHILLEZFOLIA, 
Hook. Arn.; alow form from the alpine region. 284. C. ACHILLEMFOLIA, Var. 


exterioribus paullo brevioribus; foliis parvulis, caulinis superioribus gradatim minoribus (6-3 
lin. longis) acutioribus. 8. Hutt: involucri squamis plerisque latioribus, extimis oblongo-line- 
aribus discum adzquantibus ; foliis etiam caulinis magis spathulatis, summis pollicaribus capi- 
tulum adequantibus, radicalibus bipollicaribus. Head half an inch long and wide. Ligules ex- 
serted, 3 or 4 lines long. Appendages of the style in the disk-flowers oblong-lanceolate. Ovaries 
in Hall and Harbour’s plant sparsely beset with a few slender hairs; in Dr. Lyall’s glabrous. 

* APLOPAPPUS (PYRROCOMA) CROCEUS (sp. nov.): caule ultrapedali parce foliato monocephalo 
primum lanoso ; foliis coriaceis glabris integerrimis haud eximie reticulatis, radicalibus oblongo- 
lanceolatis (cum petiolo pedalibus), caulinis lanceolatis oblongisye basi semi-amplexicaulibus; 
capitulo nudo maximo; involucri hemispherici squamis ovalibus obtusissimis muticis, interioribus 
margine subscarioso-erosis; ligulis 50 et ultra longe exsertis supra croceis; ovariils breviusculis 
glaberrimis; pappo albido corollam disci adaequante. Allied to Pyrrocoma radiata, Nutt.,which, 
however, is probably not distinct from Aplopappus (Pyrrocoma, Hook.) carthamoides. But the 
leaves are less coriaceous and reticulated ; the head naked, peduncled, and I believe nodding; invo- 
lucre an inch in diameter; the long exserted rays nearly an inch in length; the ovaries far 
shorter, and the pappus white. But I have this only in flower, and P. radiata in fruit. 

7 The following, apparently quite distinct, new species of this genus, was sparingly collected by 
Dr. Parry in Middle Park, near the foot of Pike’s Peak. I have also received a specimen from Mr. 
Hall. Itis distinguished by its small leaves and heads, thin and scarious chaff, and the awnless 
achenia crowned with hyaline squamelle, which are resolved into a villous fringe that equals the 
proper tube of the corolla in length. 

HELIANTHELLA PaRRYI (sp. nov,): pedalis, hirsuta; foliis triplinerviis lanceolatis vel radicalibus 
spathulatis, caulinis superioribus sublinearibus 1-2-pollicaribus; capitulis 2-3 parvulis brevissime 
pedunculatis; receptaculi paleis tenui-scariosis apice truncato barbulatis; ovariis oblongis (exteri- 
oribus seepius promisse, interioribus superne parce villoso-ciliatis) exaristatis ; paleis pappi cire. 4 
latis tenuissime hyalinis in villum tubum proprium corolle adequantem solutis. Involucre only 
half an inch long; disk half an inch in breadth; ligules7 to 9 lines long. 

{ Hetentum Hoopestt (sp. nov.): caule valido tomentuloso sesqui-bipedali oligocephalo; foliis 
glauco-pallidis crassiusculis punctatis mox glabratis subnervatis integerrimis, radicalibus lanceo- 
lato-spathulatis in petiolum brevem alatum angustatis, caulinis oblongo-lanceolatis semi-amplexi- 
caulibus ; pedunculis sursum incrassatis; capitulis progenere maximis; involucri squamis lanceo- 
latis seu linearibus ; receptaculo subgloboso; ligulis 20-25 lineari-cuneatis (pollicaribus) cum 
disco aurantiacis; pappi paleis lanceolato-subulatis enerviis corolla disci paullo brevioribus 
achenium sericeo-villosum squantibus. ‘“ South Park and west of Pike’s Peak.” Radical leaves 
6 to 11 inches long, tapering into a petiole-like base or flat and winged petiole; the cauline ones 
successively shorter and more dilated at the base, the uppermost 14 to 2 inches long. Disk in the 
wild specimens an inch in diameter, and the numerous orange-yellow rays aninch long. Palee 
of the pappus tapering to a sharp point, but not awned. ‘This species is one of those which go to 
fill the interval between Helenium and <Actinella, but is clearly of the former genus. 


1863.] 


66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Douglasii, (C. Douglasii, Hook. and Arn.) 352. PaAtAroxta HooxerianA, Torr. 
and Gray, with smaller heads. p 

285. MAcH®RANTHERA TANACETIFOLIA, Nees, (Dieteria coronopifolia, Nutt.) 
286. GRINDELIA squaRRosA, Dunal, with larger and with smaller heads. 287. 
(and 425 of Parry,) APLOPAPPUS RUBIGINOsUS, Torr. and Gr. 288. A. SPINULOSUS, 
DC. 289. TownsEnDIA GRANDIFLORA, Nutt. 290. T. sericea, Hook. 

291. Aster (OxyrRipolium) aNeustvs, Torr. and Gr. (Tripolium angustum and 
T. frondosum, Nutt.) 292. Lrnosyris (CHRYSOTHAMNUS) GRAVEOLENS, Torr. and 
Gr.; the form with small heads, and acute and viscid scales of the involucre. 
It occurs, much better developed, in Parry’s separate eollection, No. 415.* 
293 (and 413 of Parry,) L. (CorysotHamNvs) Parryi,n.sp.t <A very distinct 
species, which is said to abound in the Middle Park, South Park, and all 
that district; the wonder is that it has not been detected before. The spici- 
form or racemose and leafy inflorescence, and the large heads with lax and 
taper-pointed scales, are characteristic. 295. L. (CuRysoTHAMNUS) VISCIDI- 
FLORA, Torr. and Gr. ; the variety with broadish and hispidulous-ciliate leaves 
(LZ. serrulata, Torr.) ; again collected also by Dr. Parry, under his number 49. 
294 (and 426 of Parry,) Gurrinrezia Evrnamra, Torr.& Gr. 296. Mackonrma 
pIscoIDEA, Nutt. ‘Blue River, west of the Rocky Mountain range.’”? An 
interesting rediscovery of a very rare plant. 

297. Pscris (Precrivorsis, DC.) aneusrironia, Torr. Gravelly banks of 
streams. ’ 

298. Artemisia ARotIcA, Less. (A. Norvegica, Fries); a more hairy form, 
—the same as Parry’s 42, which I wrongly considered as a variety of A. 
Richardsoniana, ‘* Strictly alpine.’? 299. A. scopuLoruM, n. sp.,f a ‘‘ strictly 
alpine’’ species, allied to A. Janata, and to be compared with A. heterophylla, 
Bess., which, however, is placed in the section Abrotanum, while this plant has 
the woolly hairs of the receptacle as long as the flowers themselves, in which 
respect it also differs from the very similar A. Richardsoniana. 300. A. CANA- 
DENSIS, Michx. 301. A glabrous form of the last, with small heads, too near 
A. caudata aud some forms of the next. 302. A. pRAcuNcULOIDES, Pursh, var. 
brevifolia, and specimens with trifid leaves passing into 301. 303, 305, (also 
411 and 412 of Parry). A. Lupoyicrana, a form with small leaves, and also the 
var. gnaphalioides. 304, A. FRigiDA, Willd. 306. A. TRIpENTATA, Nutt.§ 
‘On the Blue River, west of the Rocky Mountain range.” 307. A. FILIFoLIA, 
Torr. (308. See Chenopodiacez.) 


* No. 414 of Parry’s separate collection is a glabrate form of the same common species, of which 
only traces of the close and white down remain, and the leaves and heads are larger. 

+ Linosyris (CHRYSOTHAMNUS) \PARRYI (sp. noy.): fruticosa; ramis virgatis Janoso-dealbatis 5 
foliis linearibus fere glabris subviscosis, floralibus conformibus capitula in thyrsum angustum 
congesta longe superantibus; involuero 10-15-floro cylindraceo pauciseriali, squamis sublaxe 
imbricatis albidis lanceolatis, omnibus (exterioribus seepius folioso-interioribus scarioso-) attenuato- 
acuminatis ; corolle tubo hirsutulo; acheniis linearibus cano-pubescentibus. Leaves 2 to 3 
inches lung, 3-nerved, acute, plane, the larger ones 2 lines wide and tapering to the base. Thyrsus 
narrow, vften almost simply racemose or spiciform, sometimes more compound and branchy. Heads 
about two-thirds of an inch long, foliose-bracteate; the bracts passing into the exterior and leafy- 
tipped ee of the involucre. Receptacle, styles, viscidity, aroma, &c.,as in Chrysothamnus 
generally. 

{ Also No. 41 of Dr. Parry’s separate collection of 1862 (not of 1861, which is A. borealis, a very 
different species.) : 

ARTEMISIA (ABSINTHIUM) SCOPULORUM (sp. nov.): ceespitosa: rhizomate repente; caulibus sim- 
plicissimis spithameis; foliis albido-sericeis plerisque pinnati-3-5-sectis, segmentis preesertim 
radicalinm tripartitis, lobis cum foliis summis linearibus angustis; capitulis pluribus vel paucis 
simpliciter racemoso-spicatis breviter pedicellatis erectis (lin. 2-3 latis), involucro hemispheerico, 
squamis ovalibus extus dorso villosis margine lato searioso atro-fusco cinctis; lana receptaculi 
copiosa corollas superne longe pilosas adeequante. ° Var. MONOCEPHALA ; caule 2-3-pollicari capitulo 
solitario majori terminato; foliis etiam radicalibus simpliciter tripartitis vel partim 5-partitis par- 
lim integerrimis linearibus, Stems sericeous-pubescent, sometimes glabrate below. Floral leaves 
or bracts filiform, linear, entire, the lower surpassing the head. Pedicels a line or a line anda 
half long, strietly erect. Flowers 30 or more, tipped with purplish. 

¢ This is 410 of Parry’s separate collection, from Middle Park; and his 409, associated with the 
above, is A. cANA, Pursh; these two being the Wild Sage of Lewis and Clarke. 

[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 


309. AnrennARIA Carpatuica, var. pulcherrima, Hook. A remarkable and 
leafy-stemmed form.* 310. A. piotca, Gertn., and A. anprna (female, 1-3- 
cephalous), mixed. Good specimens of A. alpina were separately collected on 
Mount Flora by Dr. Parry, No. 422. 311. GNApPuALium srRictum, Gray in Bot. 
Whippl., Exped. Pacif. R. R. Surv. 4, p. (54) 110; a less strict and many- 
stemmed form. ‘‘ Wet places in the mountains.” 312. G. pecurREns, Ives. 
‘*Subalpine ; rare.’’ 

313 (and 423 of Parry). BrickenniA GRANDIFLORA, Nutt., var. minor: foliis 
profundius cordatis capitulisque minoribus ; involucri squamis acutioribus. 
314. Narposmria sacirraTa, Hook., var. with very obtuse leaves, connecting 
with WV. frigida. ‘‘ Near Pike’s Peak.’? 315, Liarris puncrata, Hook. 

316. Senecio LucENS, Richards., a typical form, and others belonging to S. 
fastigiatus and S. exaltatus, Nutt., but dwarf. ‘‘Acommon and variable 
species, at all heights and in all situations, flowering from June to September.’’ 
326. A dwarf form of the same, nearly Parry’s 21, and just Fendler’s 477. 
325. S. tucENs, the downy state, same as Parry’s 23, one of the forms of S. 
exaltatus, Nutt. 317. S. ampLecrens, Gray, Enum. Pl. Parry, p. 11, No. 56, 
a species which, considering the various forms under which it now occurs, was 
not very well named. A new specific character is appended.{ It is a sub- 
alpine and alpine species. 

318. S. inrEGERRIMUS, Nutt. <A low form; ‘‘alpine.’? 319. S. Sonpa- 
NELLA, n. sp.{ ‘‘High alpine, among rocks; heads generally single.’’ They 
are solitary in all the specimens Ihave seen.§ 320.5. cernuus, Gray, Enum. 
Pl. Parry, No. 52. ‘‘ A common species at middle and subalpine elevations.”’ 
321. 8. Bicenown, var. Hallii.|| ‘‘ Subalpine; heads very drooping, rayless.’’ 
322. S. Fremont, Torr. and Gr. “ Alpine;’’ a well-marked species. Recently 
collected by Dr. Lyall on the summit of the Rocky Mountains, in lat. 49°. 
523. 5. TRIANGULARIS, Hook., with shorter and finer teeth to the leaves, the 


* ANTENNARIA MARGARITACEA, R. Br., var. swbalpina: caule spithamseo ad subpedalem simpli- 
cissimo, corymbo congesto fere capitato. A singular, nearly alpine form, collected only by Dr. 
Parry, No. 421. 

+ Senecio AmpLecTENs (Gray, l. c.): lana fioccosa mox decidua glabratus; caule semi-sesquipedali 
e radice perenni apice nudo 1-3-cephalo; foliis membranaceis oblongis lingulatisve aut repando 
aut argutissime dentatis nune sublaciniatis, imis basi angustatis vel in petiolum alatum attenuatis, 
superioribus sessilibus basi (nunc lata) semi-amplexicaulibus; capitulis in pedunculo gracili 
nutantibus; involucro calyculato laxo; ligulis linearibus elongatis (1-2-pollicaribus) aureis ; 
acheniis glaberrimis. 

Var. TARAXACoIDES (8. Fremontit, var.? Gray, Pl. Parry, p.9, No. 28): vere alpinus, 4-5-polli- 
earis, monocephalus; capitulo minori minus nutante (ligulis semi-subpollicaribus); foliis omnibus 
basi attenuatis pl. m. laciniatis. Inthe high and barealpine region. This, judging from interme- 
diate forms in Hall and Harbour’s collection, must be regarded as a depauperate, alpine variety of 
S. amplectens. Dr. Parry gathered only two or three specimens, like those of the former year. 

t Senecio SoLDANELLA (sp. nov.): subcaulescens, nanus, glaberrimus, subglaucus, fere semper 
monocephalus; radice fasciculato-fibrosa; foliis crassis subtus purpureo tinctis, radicalibus imisque 
orbiculatis nunc subreniformibus nunc basi trinervata in petiolum longum seu longissimum pla- 
num contractis sepius denticulatis (circiter pollicem diametro), superioribus 1-2 minoribus 
oblongis spathulatisve petiolo brevi dilatato; capitulo magno (8-9 lin. longo et lato); involucro e 
squamis lanceolatis scarioso-marginatis 16-20 cum exterioribus 7-9 angustioribus immarginatis 
laxioribus vel paullo vel dimidio brevioribus; ligulis oblongis 16-18 (flavis cireiter 4 lin. longis) 
discum vix superantibus; acheniis glaberrimis. ‘On Gray’s Peak,” Dr. Parry,—who complimented 
the describer by naming this handsome and most distinct species, S. Grayi; but the S. Grey?, 
Hook., f. of New Zealand forbids this. 

é Jn Middle Park, Dr. Parry gathered one or two specimens of what appears to be S. hydro- 
philus, Nutt. 

|| Senecio BigeLown, (Gray in Bot. Whippl. Exped. Pacif. R. R. Surv. 4, p. (55) 111), var. Halli: 
foliis fere omnibus lanceolatis cum caule pilis articulatis pubescentibus(demum glabratis), caulinis 
omnibus sessilibus imisve in petiolum alatum contractis. S. megacephalus, Nutt., thus far found 
only by Nuttall, has a similar pubescence, but more of it,and also on the involucre; the scales 
of the latter are narrower, the heads are radiate and erect, and the plant is dwarf. 

{ Senecio Fremonru, (Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 445): totus glaber; caule simplici vel corymboso- 
ramoso usque ad apicem folioso (5-15-pollicari); fuliis oblongis vel obovato-spathulatis carnosu- 
lis plerisque laciniato-dentatis omnibus sessilibus, superioribus pollicaribus vel sesqui-pollicaribus, 
inferioribus decrescentibus, capitulis solitariis paucisve brevissime pedunculatis erectis; involucro 
campanulato (semipollicari) parce bracteato; ligulis 10-16 luteis; acheniis puberulis. 


1863.] 


68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


var. 6, Torr. and Gr. Fl., verging towards the next. 324. S. anpinus, Nutt. ? 
from the locality (but the heads resemble those of the last, and are of equal 
size), or an undescribed species, if Nuttall’s S. andinus is Hooker’s S. serra; 
intermediate between the latter and S. triangularis. Fremont collected a 
single specimen of it in his second expedition. 327.8. EREMopuitus, Richards. 
328. S. noncitopus, Benth., from the plains, with pinnately-parted leaves 
(Parry’s No. 407) ; with a mountain form, having the leaves all entire and the 
heads narrow. The latter is the same as Parry’s No. 406. The variations of 
S. filifolius, longilobus, spartioides and Riddellii, are now wholly inextricable. | 
330. S. canus, Hook., a form with large heads and the leaves all entire, the 
same as Parry’s No. 20; ‘alpine and subalpine.’? 229. 8. aureus var. al- 
pinus, Gray, Enum. Pl. Parry, No. 63. This holds its character ; but the heads 
are sometimes as many asthree in acorymb. Different from S. aureus as it 
appears, it is inseparably connected with it through the var. borealis. 313. 
S. aurgvus, var. alpinus, werneriefolius,*—very peculiar, truly alpine form, 
which would almost anywhere be regarded as a very distinct new species; 
but I think it runs into the last and into Wright’s 403, &. These forms all 
teach that S. subundus, DC., and S. resedijolius, Less., will also pass into S. 
aureus. Indeed, I know not where the species willstop. 332. 5. Aurrus, L.? 
var. croceus. Middle Park, &c. Both Dr. Parry (who has it as No. 405) and 
Mr. Hall note this as a form of the common S. aureus with copper-colored or 
saffron-colored flowers, and I cannot gainsay it, after reviewing a suite of speci- 
mens. Some of Hall and Harbour’s specimens, except in the anomalous 
color of the flowers, very much resemble S. aquaticus of the Old World. One 
form is discoid. 333. S. AurEus, var. borealis and var. Balsamite, Torr. and 
Gr.; glabrate or woolly, in various forms. ‘‘A common and very variable spe- 
cies, at all localities and heights, except strictly alpine. Some of the speci- 
mens are passing to S. Fendleri, Gray. 

334. Arnica ANGusTIFoLIA, Vahl.; broad-leaved forms of A. alpina, Lest. 
‘¢ A variable species, from the low middle to the alpine region, flowering early 
and late.’? 335. A. motuis, Hook.; ‘‘alpine and subalpine.’’ 336. A. coR- 
pIFoLIA, Hook., mixed with some A. LAtiFoLIA, Bongard, (which Dr. Parry 
abundantly gathered in Berthoud’s Pass; No. 408 of his collection); the lat- 
ter known by the sessile cauline leaves, the narrower heads, and the almost 
glabrous achenia. 337. A. CHAmissonis, Less. South Park, &. Passes into 
leafy forms of A. angustifolia. 338. A. ANGUSTIFOLIA ? var. eradiata, or per- 
haps adistinct species. This is Parry’s No. 10, resembling some rough-hirsute 
forms of A. angustifolia, approaching A. mollis, but the cauline leaves de- 
creasing upwards; and the rayless character holds in the numerous specimens 
gathered in 1862: the achenia are glabrate, although the ovaries are pu- 
bescent. It can hardly be a form of the Californian A. discoidea ; but it needs 
farther comparison with that species.* 

339. Cirsium ACAULE, All., var. Americanum. ‘ Subalpine ; common in wet 


* SENECIO AUREUS, L., var. (ALPINUS) WERNERIZFOLIUS: multicipiti-caespitosus, primum arach- 
noideus; foliis radicalibus confertis spathulato-oblanceolatis seu spathulato-linearibus basi attenu- 
atis erectis coriaceis rigidis aveniis integerrimis marginibus szepissime revolutis mox glabratis 
(cum petiolo 2-4-poll. longis 2-3 lin. latis); scapo aphyllo, (3-5-pollicari) bracteis paucis subulato- 
setaceis lana obvolutis instructo corymboso-3-5-cephalo; capitulis, ete., S. auwrei. The leayes 
may be likened to those of Wernerta or of Culcitium longtfolium or nivale. 

The following might be thought to be a form of this, or of Wright’s 403; but, besides the small 
leaves, the achenia are papillose-hirsute, instead of perfectly glabrous. 

SENECIO THURBERI (sp. nov.); cespitosus, cano-tomentulosus mox glabrescens; foliis plerisque 
radicalibus confertis angustissime linearibus basi sensim attenuatis (cum petiolo circiter pollicem 
longis) rigidulis integerrimis vel obsolete 2-3-dentatis marginibus quandoque revolutis; seapo 
spithameo 3-5-cephalo foliis perpaucis subulatis bracteisve instructo; capitulis fere S. awrez,sed 
acheniis crebre papilloso-hirtellis! S. canus, var. pygmeus, Gray, in Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 103. 
Santa Rita del Cobre, New Mexico, Prof. Thurber, Dr. J. M. Bigelow. 

+ TETRADYMIA CANESCENS, DC., the form with rather smaller headsand shorter leaves (7. iners 
mis, Nutt.), was collected in the Middle Park by Dr. Parry, No. 416. 

[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 


grounds.’’? Stemlessand polycephalous ; at least my specimen has four heads 
nearly sessile on the crown, of equal size with those of the European plant, 
with which the specimens very well agree, except that the exterior scales of 
the involucre are all tipped with a manifest spine. Some of the leaves are 
barely sinuate, as in the common Siberian variety; others are nearly as 
deeply pinnatifid as in the European plant. 340. C. epune, Nutt.? so named 
in Parry’s former collection ; but very probably not that species. Inthe lack 
of certain original materials, and of a complete re-examination, I could not 
pretend to name the Thistles of the Rocky Mountains, Oregon, &c., and am not 
disposed to add to the existing confusion. 341. C. ‘‘a white-flowered spe- 
cies,’”’ between the last and C. foliosum, (Hook.) DC., if Bourgeau’s plant 
from the Saskatchawan is rightly named.* 

343. C. Drummonpi, Torr. and Gr. Caulescent and leafy-stemmed, the ex- 
terior flowers having a sparingly plumose pappus: certainly very near C. 
pumilum. 342. Ecuinats cARLINoIDES, Cass., var. nutans, DC. ‘‘ Mountains, 
at middle elevations, and subalpine; and in fertile, open valleys of Middle 
Park, where it is very common, and certainly indigenous.’’ Ihave a specimen 
of this collected by Mr. Samuels in California, which I had thought probably 
an introduced plant. But it would appear to be truly American as well as 
Asiatic. The specimens accord with Schrank’s and with DeCandolle’s figures 
of the Caucasian and Himalayan plant, although, perhaps, the appendages 
of the involucral scales are a little more dilated. 

344. MoicEpium putcHettum, Nutt. 345. Lycopesmi1a guncea, Don. 346. 
STEPHANOMERIA RuNCINATA, Nutt. 347. LyGopEsmIA guNncEA, var. ? rostrata.t 
‘On the plains; Sept. ; rare.’? 348. Crepis runcINATA, Torr, and Gr. 349. 
Hreracium triste, Willd. 350. H. arpirtorum, Hook, ‘‘Subalpine, west of 
the range; rare.’’*{ 351. Napatus RAceMosus, Hook. ‘South Park; rare ;’’ 
alowform. 352. See above, p. 66. 355. Crepis occipenTaLis, Nutt. The 
same as Parry’s70, omitted accidentally. 354. Troximum cuiaucum, Nuit., 
var. foliis dilatatis laciniato-pinnatifidis, segmentis lanceolato-attenuatis. Evi- 
dently a form of Parry’s 65. Mr. Hall notes that it ‘‘ flowers in May and the 
early part of June, on low mountains,’’ and must be different from the next, 
which flowerstwo months later in the same localities. 355. Macroruyncuus 
TRoximoipEs, Torr, and Gr. (7roximon aurantiacum, Hook.) ; in a great variety 
of forms, large and small, from a foot and a half to as many inches in 
height, with entire, toothed, or laciniate-pannatifid leaves ; the size of the 
heads equally variable, and with yellow, orange, chocolate-colored or purple 
corollas. ‘‘ Very variable at all heights, even alpine; flowers in July and 
August.’’? The full suit of specimens show that to this clearly belongs Tror- 
imon parviflorum and T. roseum, Nutt., and Macrorhynchus purpureus, Gray, Pl. 
Fendl. The fruit, when well developed, is rostrate, with a beak of about 
equal length with the body of the the achenium. 356. Troximon eLavcum, 
Nutt., var. dasycephalum, Torr. and Gr. (7. tararacifolium, Nutt.) ‘High 
alpine ; seemingly different from any of the above.” It is also 424 of Parry’s 
separate collection, from Berthoud’s Pass. 357. Taraxacum monranvuy, 


* CIRSIUM ERIOCEPHALUM, Sp. nov., will be the most appropriate name for the high-alpine Thistle 
which I mentioned in the Enumeration of Parry’s collection, 1861, p. 9, as C. foliosum, Hook, ? 
It was again collected in 1862, nearly insingle specimens, both by Mr. Hall and Dr. Parry. It is 
remarkable for the heads of yellow flowers being crowded into a capitate cluster, as large as a man’s 
fist, foliuse-involucrate with very spinose bracts, and clothed with long and very soft, implexed, 
perhaps deciduous wool; the stem a foot or two in height, very leafy ; the leaves linear, canescent 
beneath, pinnatifid, the lobes very short and crowded, armed with sleuder spines. 

f Lygopesmis JunceA, Don., var. RosTRATA: acheniis apice rostrato-attenuatis ; capitulis szepe 
8-9-floris; foliis angustissime linearibus elongatis (in hisce specim. 3-4-pollicaribus). Heads 
rather larger than is usualin Z. juncea ; achenia halfan inch long. the tapering apex directly con- 
tradicting the generic character * not contracted at the apex,” as here they may be said to be beaked. 
Dr. Hayden collected the same form on the Laramie Mountains. The species all need to be de- 
fined anew. 

{ To this belongs Parry’s No. 71 of the 1862 evilection. 


1863.] 


70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Nutt., a form of 7. palustre, DC. ‘‘In the mountains, at middle elevations, 
in wet ground ; different from 7. Dens-leonis, which was also met with, truly 
indigenous.’’ (In the high alpine region were collected a few specimens of 
another form,—viz.: of a very depauperate Z’. levigatum, DC.) 


CAMPANULACEA. 

358. CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA, L., anordinary form. 359. C. LANG@sporRF- 
FIANA, Fischer; excellent specimens of Parry’s 266, exhibiting the same 
characters. It is said to be ‘‘ very common in the subalpine region and lower, 
in wet ground.’”? 360. C. unrrnorA, L. ‘‘ Pike’s Peak; high alpine.’’? 361. 
C. APARINOIDES, Pursh, a depauperate form. 


ERICACE. 


362. Vaccinium mMyrtitius, L. ‘‘ Alpine and subalpine;’’ in flower and 
fruit, connecting the small-leaved form with the ordinary European plant. 
363, V. cmsprrosum, Michx. 364. Arcrosrapuyntos Uva-Ursi, Spreng. 360. 
GAULTHERIA MyrsiniTrEs, Hook, 366. Pyrota secunpa,L. 367. P. RorunDI- 
Four, L., var. uliginosa, Gray. 368. P. CHLORANTHA, Swartz; a small form. 
369. P. (MonEses) uniFnora, L. 370. Kaztmia couauca, L., the very dwarf 
form from the ‘‘high alpine’’ region. 371. PrrrosrporaA ANDROMEDEA, Nutt. 


PLANTAGINACE A. 


372. PLANTAGO ERIOPODA, Torr, (For the synonymy, see Proceed. Amer. _ 


Acad., 6, p. 55, note.) 373. Apparently the same species, with hardly any wool 
at the crown,—which happens in other species. ‘‘ High alpine, near perpetual 
snow.”? 374. P. Paraconica, Lam., var. gnaphalioides, Gray. 


PRIMULACEA. 


375. ANDROSACE FILIFORMIS, Retz. ‘‘Subalpine; notrare.’’* 376. A. sEP- 
TENTRIONALIS, L. ‘‘ Below the subalpine region and also alpine.”’{ 377. A. 
OCCIDENTALIS, Nutt. ‘‘ On the plains.’’ 202, A. Coamasasme, L. (A. carinata, 
Torr.) High alpine on Pike’s Peak, where Dr. James collected it. 378. Pri- 
MULA FARINOSA, L., var. foliis sessilibus ; umbella capitata ; calyce cylindraceo 
tubum corolle subequante. PP. dealbata, Engelm. in litt. But it exactly 
accords with the left-hand figure of P. farinosa, var. Magellanica of Hooker’s 
Flora Antarctica (P. decipiens, Duby), and with my Antarctic specimens, ex- 
cept that the calyx is perhaps a little longer, and the corolla bluish-purple. 
Mr. Burke collected the same form on the Rocky Mountains farther north, but 
with the tube of the corolla a little exserted. Bourgeau collected specimens 
in the Saskatchawan district, having this elongated calyx-tube along with pedi- 
cels of ordinary length. It is interesting thus to connect the Antarctic with 
the northern forms, by specimens from the Rocky Mountains in about lat. 40°. 
379. P. Parryl, Gray, Enum. Pl. Parry, No. 311. ‘‘Alpine and subalpine ; 
common.’’ This holds its characters, except that the specimens of 1862 are 
generally less luxuriant, and the divisions of the corolla less bifid; indeed, in 
some of those of Dr. Parry’s later collection they are barely emarginate ; and 
in a few of them the calyx is very little glandular, and its lobes are ovate- 
lanceolate. ‘The longer pedicels of the umbel are 14 to 2 inches, or in fruit 
even 32 inches, in length. Capsule short-ovid, half an inch long, slightly 
shorter than the calyx-lobes. The thick root is said by Dr. Parry to be very 


* Androsace fulliformis, Retz., a Siberian species, of which beautiful specimens are in the collec- 
tion, is now first recorded as of the American flora. It has, however, long since been cullected in 
the Rocky Mountains by Fremont, in his first expedition (in whose report it was wrongly 
named A. occidentalis, Nutt.); by Burke (ex. Llerb. Hovk.); and more recently by LI. Engelmann, 
in whose collection it was mistaken for A. septentrionulis. From the latter, beyoud the characters 
assigued by authors, it is well distinguished by its almost hemispherical calyx, scarcely. if at all 
angled, and with short and flat, not foliaceous teeth. 

7 Dr. Parry’s 313 @ of 1862, is the high alpine form of this. 


[ Mar. 


. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 


fragrant. Seeds of this handsome Primrose were copiously collected, from 
which we may hope to have the plant in cultivation. 380. P. ANGUSTIFOLIA, 
Torr. 381. DopecarHEon Meapra, L., the same form as Parry’s 312. 382. 
Lysmacara cinraTa, L. ‘* Mountains at medium height.’’ 60 and 577. Guaux 
MARITIMA, Ly in flower and in fruit. 


LENTIBULARIACEA. 
580. UrricuLARIaA vuLGARts, L.? Without flowers. In a subalpine lake. 


OROBANCHACEA. 
383. APHYLLON FASCICULATUM, Torr. and Gray. 


SCROPHULARIACEA. 


384. PsanTsTEMON GLABER, Pursh; same as Parry’s 260. 385. P. acumr- 
nAtus, Dougl., agreeing with Bentham’s character ‘‘ filamento sterili glabro,’’ 
which is very rarely the case, but a very narrow-leaved variety, just P. 
secundiflorus, Benth., excepting the glabrous sterile filament. ‘‘ Mountains at 
low and middle elevations.’’ 386, P. acumryatus, Dougl., the ordinary form 
of the region (P. nitidus, Dougl., P. Fendleri, Gray), Parry’s 258. 390. P. 
ACUMINATUS, Dougl., in some sets the common broad-leaved form, in others a 
variety with still narrower leaves than Parry’s 264, i. e., a form almost ex- 
actly passing into P. cwruleus, Nutt., the name which may probably have to 
be adopted for the combined species. ‘‘Plains; May.’’? 587. P. HumMitis, 
Nuitt., taller than Parry’s 257, much larger than Nuttall’s specimen. ‘‘ Low 
mountains, an early and pretty species.’’ Dr. Lyall has recently collected it 
in lat. 49°, at the elevation of 7000 feet. 388. P. Harum, n. sp., described 
in ‘‘Revision of Genus Pentstemon,’’ in Proceed. Amer. Acad. 6, p. 70,—which 
memoir see for remarks on most of these Pentstemons. This is a most beau- 
tiful dwarf species, ‘‘not uncommon in the alpine region, descending into the 
subatpine,’’ the rich blue purple flowers large for the size of the plant. Dr. 
Parry must have overlooked it in 1861 by confounding it with his 259 (P. 
glaber, var. alpinus,) which, externally, it much resembles, but its affinities, 
are with a different group. 389. P. ausipus, Nutt. ‘‘ Plains; flowers white.”’ 
391. P. conrertus, Dougl., var. purpureo-ceruleus, Gray, Rev. Penst. (P. pro- 
cerus, Dougl.) <A taller form of this, with large radical leaves, was sparingly 
gathered by Dr. Parry in the Middle Park. 392. P. araucus, Graham? var. 
stenosepalus, Gray, Rev. Penst. p. 70; the No. 262 of Parry. ‘‘South Park 


‘and Pike’s Peak; alpine and subalpine.” 393. P. c#sprrosus, Nutt., Gray, 


Rey. l.c., p. 66. ‘‘South Park, at middle elevations.’’ ‘‘ Near the Upper 
Platte, first found by Mr. J. Harbour.’”? Parry. A neat and very dwarf spe- 
cies, named by Nuttall, but unpublished, having been confounded with P. 
pumilus. 394. P. pupescens, Soland., var. gracilis, Gray, l.c. P. gracilis, 
Nutt. 395. P. parsatus, Nutt., var. Torreyi, Gray. 396. P. Harpourn, 
n. sp., Gray, Rev. Penst. p. 71. ‘*Mount Breckenridge on Blue River, west 
of the main range, in the high alpine region near perpetual snow.’’ <A very 
distinct and dwarf species, named after its discoverer. 397. Cu10NOPHILA 
Jamesu, Benth. High alpine, Pike’s Peak, &c. Ripe seed having been 
collected, we may hope that this most rare and interesting plant may become 
known in cultivation. 

398. Mimunus turevs, L.* 399. M. Jamesi, Torr., var. Fremontii, Benth.; 
apparently a form of M. glabratus, HBK. 400. M. Fiorisunpvs, Dougl. 
401. M. rusrtius, Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 116: but the limb of the 
corolla apparently yellow. ‘‘Subalpine; scarce.”? The same plant occurs 
in Dr. Lyall’s collection on our northwestern boundary, from the Cascade 


* M. Lureus, L. var. ALPINUS; caulibus 3-pollicaribus e basi decumbente vel repente 1- 3-floris; 
filiis plerisque sessilibas subintegerrimis. Alpine region, 135a@ coll. Parry, 1862. Very glab- 
ruus. Farther north, Dr. Lyall collected a similar, but puberulent and smuller-leaved yariety. 


1863.] 


72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Mountains, 402. ConninstA PARVIFOLRA, Nutt. 80. Limosrrna aquatica, L. 
Apparently just the European plant. ‘‘Low mountains.’’ (403, 404. See 
Polemoniacez. ) 

405. SyNrHYRIS PLANTAGINEA, Benth. Parry’s 254, with a little P. anprna, 
Gray, Parry’s 255.* 406. VeRoNIcCA SERPYLLIFOLIA, L., an elgngated form. 
407. V. atpina, L. 408. V. Americana, Schweinitz. 

409. CAsTILLEIA BREVIFLORA, Gray, Enum, Pl. Parry, No. 243, and p. (338) 
45. Euchroma, Nutt. ‘High alpine.’? 410. C. inrecra, Gray. 411. C. pat- 
LIDA, var. miniata, Kunth., Gray, 1. ¢., (often with laciniate leaves,) with a 
dwarf form of C. pallida having purple bracts, Parry’s 239 t 412. C. pat- 
LIpA, the C. septentrionalis, Lindl. 413. OrrnHocarpus Lureus, Nutt. 414. 
PEDICULARIS RACEMOSA, Benth. ‘‘Subalpine; common in pine woods,”’ 
415. P. crenunata, Benth., in DC. Prodr. ‘‘ Subalpine and alpine, South 
Park.’? This species was known only from very poor specimens col- 
lected by Fremont. These are good ones, but of a more dwarf and alpine 
form; stems only 6 to 9 inches high, glabrate, except some decurrent 
lines of pubescence; the leaves smaller and narrower. Corolla in the dried 
specimens of a deep violet-purple. 416. P. Canapensis, L. ‘‘In the moun- 
tains of middle elevation ;’’ not before known in this region. 417, P. BRac- 
TEOSA, Benth. 418. P. procera, Gray, Enum. Pl. Parry, No. 252. 419. P. 
Granianpica, Retz. P. surrecta, Benth., varying trom 4 to 16 inches high, 
and also in the leneth of the beak. 420. P. Parry, Gray, Pl. Parry, No. 251. 
421. P. Suprrica, Willd. var. Like the specimens of the preceding year; 
and Dr. Parry also collected a more dwarf state. ‘* Flowers red.’? 422. 
RHINANTHUS CRisTA-GALLI, L., var. minor. 


LABIATA. 


423. HEDEOMA HIsPIpA, Pursh. 424. H. Drummonpn, Benth. 425. MentHa 
CanavEnsis, L., var. glabrata. 426. Sanvia TRICHOSTEMOIDES, Pursh. Proba- 
bly a form of S. lanceolata, for which Bentham takes it. 427. S. PircHert, 
Torr. 428. Monarpa aristaTa, Nutt. 429. Lopaanruus Anisatus, Benth. 
430. DracocrePHALUM PARVIFLORUM, Nutt. 431. ScurELLARIA RESINOSA, Torr. : 
pubescent and glabrate forms. 432. S. GALERicuLaTa, L, 


BORRAGINAC ZA. 


433. EcuinospermMuM Repowsku, Lehm., and a depauperate, diffuse or pro- 
cumbent form of Erirricutum Cauirornicum, DC. 434. ErirricHiuM CRASSI- - 
SEPALUM, Torr, and Gr.; the specimens hispid with rough, spreading hairs, 
and the achenia granulate, and also a more upright and narrower-leaved 
species, with pointed and smooth achenia, the same as Fendler’s 635, named, 
by Torrey £. micranthum, sp. noy., and atterwards in my herbarium referred 
to £. angustifolium, Vorr., which it hardly is. I think it is also Cryptanthus’ 
hispidus, Nutt., ined. 435. E. Jamesm, Torr. Very well marked ‘by. the 
smooth and acute-angled achenia, the section of each just a quadrant of a 
circle. 436. Hetiornopium (Eupioca, Nutt.,) CoNVoLVULACEUM, Gray. 192. 
H. Curassavicum, L. Doubtless indigenous., 437. EcHinosPERMUM FLORI- 
BuxpuM, Lehm. 438. Eritricuium cLomeRratumM, DC. ; a fine virgate form, like 
Parry’s 288, and a form with shorter and more branched inflorescence. 
(439, see Hydrophyllacee.) 440. E. arrriorEs, DC. Beautiful specimens, 
like those of Parry’s 278 in 1861; some of them Aretia-like, and only an 
inch high; others with elongated flowering stems two inches high. While 


* The latter, again copiously collected by Dr. Parry, in the high alpine region, holds its charac- 
ters. (‘The leayes are sometimes rotund-ovate and manifestly cordate.) But a suite uf specimens 


supplied by Mr. Hall shows gradations between the two. 
+ Parry’s 240. again sparingly collected in the alpine region, is a similar form of (. pallida, with 
a short galea and bright red bracts, occasionally parti-cclored with white: his 242 a dwarf, pale, 


alpine form, C. vecidentulis, Yorr. 
[Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ca 


the scanty remains of the fruit of the former collection were analogous to that 
of FE. nanum var. Terglovense, DC., well-formed fruit of the present collec- 
tion is nearly as EL. villosum is described and figured, having an inflexed mar- 
gin with ciliate-spinulose teeth, thus lending confirmation to Dr. Hooker’s 
view. And the back is almost as concave as in an Omphalodes. It will thus 
apparently take the name of E. villosum var. aretioides. 441. LirnospermMum 
Pitosum, Nutt. ; same as 295 of Parry. 442. Merrensia Sisrrica, Don., non 
DC. Small form, exactly the Pulmonaria ciliata, Torr. Dr. Parry, as be- 
fore (285), collected large forms, and now some with the leaves more glau- 
cescent beneath. 443. Mertensia aupiya, Don. Pulmonaria alpina, Torr. 
Barely aspan high. 444, A very dwarf and hirsute form of the last, the sepals 
Strikingly ciliate with long hirsute hairs, from South Park. These two num- 
bers, and additional still dwarfer specimens of Parry’s No. 286, induce me 
now to refer the latter (along with MZ. Drummondii) to M. alpina. 445. M. 
ALPINA, Don., var.; the loosely paniculate, small-flowered form, Dr. Parry’s 
284, mixed in my set with M. Fenpuert, Gray, Rev. Mertens., in Suppl. Enum. 
Pl. Parry, p. 46 (339) ; the latter, perhaps, runs into the former, but it is 
readily known by the barely 5-cleft calyx ; the Jobes only equalling or shorter 
than the tube. 


HYDROPHYLLACEZ. 


439. PHACELIA cIRCINATA, Jacq. 446. P. Poper, Torr. and Gray. ‘Flowers 
white.”’ 447. P. (Evtoca) sericea, Gray. 


POLEMONIACE. 


448. PoLemonium cuRuLEuM, L. A very viscid-pubescent and glandular va- 
riety ; same as Parry’s 275, and, (except that the stem is very leafy to the 
top,) Geyer’s 530, and Fendler’s 645. ‘‘ Low and middle elevations.’’ 449. 
P. c#rvutevm, L., answering to the plant of the Old World; except that the 
seeds are more or less wing-margined at each end; soitis the var.? ptero- 
sperma, Benth. in DC. ‘‘Subalpine, in swampy places.’? 450, 451. P. 
CONFERTUM, n. sp.* P. pulcherr mum in Enum. Pl. Parry, No. 274, but not of 
Hook. ‘High alpine, and at lower elevations.”” 452. P. puncHELium, 
Bunge ; just the Altai plant; and also accords with some of Hooker’s speci- 


* POLEM) SfUM CONFSRTUM (sp. nov.): hunile (3-3-pollicare) pl. m. viscoso glandulosum, odorem 
moschatuin relolens; fuliclis numevosissimis parvis (17-5 lin. longis) ovalibus seu lineari-oblongis 
plerisque irregulariter verticillato seu fasciculato-confertlis (nempe singulis 2-8-sectis); floribus ad 
apicem caulis simplicis capitato-confertis nutantibus; calycis segmentis lanceolatis acutis tubo ob- 
longo brevioribus: corolla infundibuliformi (seepius poilicari) calyeem bis terve superante, lobis 
rotundatis tub» 2-5-plo brevioribus. Var. a. (P. pulcherrimum, Gray, Enum. Pl. Parry, non 
Hook.): capitulo florum denso, fructif“ro arcte spicat»; coroile lete cerules limbo amplo. . Hall 
anil Harbour coll. 450; strictly alpine Var. 8. MsLiiium: floribus ia spicam laxiorem foliosum 
digestis nunc subpaniculatis odorem mellis spirantidbus; corolla aut czerulea aut sepius ochroleuca, 
lobis minoribus tubo productiore “-4-plo brevioribus. In crevices of rocks, wholly below the 
alpine region. Leaves exaling the musky odor of var. a; the flowers with a delicious, honey- . 
like fragrance. Hall and Harbonr, coll. 451, In the present condition of the species of Polemonium, 
I could not venture to add another to the list, if the present were not shown, by the fine suite of 
specimens now collected, to be a most distinct one It is probably (at least in the var. a) the very 
handsomest of the genus; and, as ripe seeds were collected, it may be brought into cultivation. I 
cannot doubt that the two varieties are ofone species. The ampler limb of the corolla of var. a (when 
fully expaniel sometimes ten or eleven lines in diameter,) often renders the funnel-form tube lesg 
conspicuous; but this form passes by gradations into those of var. B, in which the narrow tube of the 
corolla (9 or 10 lines long) three or four times exceeds the smaller lobes. Indeed, this connects Po- 
lemonium as closely with Ipomopsis as the latter is connected with true Gilia. A high alpine form of 
var.a was collected by Dr. Lyall inthe Rocky Mountains farther north, lat. 49°, at the height of 
8000 feet, having the verticillate leaflets of the species, but a less exserted corolla. It was taken 
for P. viscosum, Nutt.; but the minute leaflets of the latter are not verticillate or fascicled, 
although much crowded, and its calyx and jcorolla are quite different, allying it to P. pulchellum. 
I make small account of the ovules, finding them to vary widely in number in Viffercut iowers 
of the same inflorescence; but in var. a, Lhave countel a dozen in each cell, in var. 8, usually 
only 4to 6. The anthers are more oblong thanin P, ceruleum. Beware of the change of shape 
which the effete anthers undergo: when dry, they are short-oval, when soaked they become 
elongated-oblong, as P. Richardsonit is figurelin Bot. Mag. In like manner those of P. ceruleum 
change from rotund to short-oblong. 


1863.] 6 


74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


mens of P. pulcherrimum; both of which, with P. capitatum, etc., do seem to 
pass into Arctic forms of P. ceruleum. 453. Putox Dovenasu, Hook. 454. 
P. numiuis, Dougl.? 455. P. Hoopm, Richardson. 403. CoLLomIA GRACILIS, 
Dougl. 404. C. uinzaris, Nutt. 456. Gimia pinnatiripa, Nutt. ined. 457. 
G. inconspicua, Dougl. 458. G. tonairtora, Benth. (Cantua longiflora, Torr.) 
459. G. acGREGATA, Spreng. (G. pulchella, Dougl.) With white as well as red 
flowers. 460. G. spicata, Nutt., in Pl. Gamb. The same as 271 of Parry’s 
collection. 461. G. concesta, Hook, var.? with the leaves mostly entire. 
“Alpine.” (462. Chamerhodos erecta. See Rosacee.) 463. Gitta (LEPTO- 
DACTYLON) PUNGENS, Benth., from which G. Hookeri scarcely if at all differs. 


CONVOLVULACEZ. 


464. Cuscura ARVENSIS, Beyrich, var. pentagona, Engelm., a form with a 
small calyx. 579. EvoLVULUS ARGENTEUS, Pursh. 


SOLANACEAs. 


465. SoLANUM ROSTRATUM, Dun. 466. PHysaAtis LoBATA, Torr., a form with 
the leaves little lobed; the corolla purple or blue. 467. SoLbANUM TRIFLORUM, 
Nutt. 


GENTIANACEA, 


468, 469. GenTIANA AFFINIS, Griseb.;* the former a more condensed form ; 
the latter is 439 of Parry’s separate collection. ‘*‘Common in the subalpine 
region.’’ 470. G. Parryi, Engelm.;, a form with narrower leaves than Dr. 
Parry’s specimens of the preceding year. ‘‘Subalpine.’? 471. G. pEronsa, 
Griseb., which Dr. Engelmann, with reason, reduces to a variety of G. crinita.} 
472. G. rricipa, Henke, var. algida, Griseb.: most beautiful specimens of 
Parry’s 305, so new to this country. 473. G. acura, Michx.; in various 
forms; perhaps in some sets with a little of the too nearly related G. tenuis.§_ 
474. G. numILis,Stev. 475. G. prostRavA, var. Americana, Engelm. 476. SwEeR- 
TIA PERENNIS, L. 477. PLEUROGYNE ROTATA, Griseb.|| ‘‘South Park, sub- 
alpine.”? 553. FRASERA SPECIOSA, Dougl. 


ASCLEPIADE. 


478. ASCLEPIAS BRACHYSTEPHANA, Torr.; a dwarf form of this rare species, 
collected on the plains. 479. A. speciosa, Torr. (A. Douglasii, Hook.) 


* GENTIANA AFFINIS, Gris. genuina; caule virescente; bracteis calycem fere eequantibus; calycis 
lobis inzequalibus tubum longiorem integrum seu varius spathaceo-fissum subequantibus; corolla 
anguste clavata pallide coerulescente. 

GENTIANA AFFINIS, var. brachycalyx: caule purpurascente; bracteis florum superiorum brevis- 
simis; calycis tubo abbreviato truncato seu brevissime dentato lobatove; corolla majore subyen- 
tricosa azurea. 

This form has the appearance of a distinct species, but the characters taken from the calyx 
are variable; besides, Dr. Parry has sent specimens of it with a more distinctly lobed calyx. 
Other specimens collected by Mr. H. Engelmann, on Sweet-Water River, have either an entire or 
a semispathaceous calyx, with lobes of different proportions; his specimens show many ascending 
stems growing from a large root, with numerous yellowish fleshy fibres.—G. Engelmann. 

7 GENTIANA Parryi, Eng., a narrow-leaved form. Dr. Parry informs me that the narrow-leaved 
varieties are often one-flowered. and their stems single, while the broader-leaved form (coll. Parry, 
1861,No. 304) usually occurs in bunches; the boat-shaped bracts, the small calyx lobes, and the bifid 
folds of the corolla are never wanting, and distinguish it readily from the allied G. calycosa.—G. E. 

¢ GENTIANA BARBELLATA, Engelm. in Trans. Acad. St. Louis, 2, t. 11 (ined.), is Dr. Parry’s 440, a 
truly alpine, dwarf and very beautiful species, closely related to G. crinita, ciliata, &e. 

@ On examination of a series of specimens, Dr. Engelmann is inclined to view G. tenuis, Griseb. 
as an extreme form of G. acuta, and also to adopt the conclusions of those who regard the latter 
as specifically identical with G. Amarella of the Old World. He adds the following note. 

GENTIANA AcUTA, Michx. Undoubtedly an American subspecies of G. Amarella. Messrs. Hall 
and Harbour have sent a large suite of specimens, which, together with Dr. Parry’s (1861, Nos, 307 
and 309), show an extreme variability in size, manner of branching and arrangement of flowers, 
shape and size of leaves, proportion of calyx, size and color of corolla and size of seeds.—G. Engel- 
mann. 

|| Dr. Engelmann remarks upon this, Ist. That the ovules cover the whole surface of the oya- 
rian cavity; 2d. That the structure of the corolla is that of Swertia, the nectarian glands at the 
base of the segments of the corolla being surrounded by a petaloid funnel with fringed edges; 80 
that the curious lateral stigma principally separates the genus from Swertia. 

[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 
s 


‘On low mountains.”? 480. A. ovaLirouiA, Decaisne, Gray, Man., 1862, var. 
481. A. verticinuaTa, L., a common dwarf variety of the region, only three or 
four inches high. 

NYCTAGINACEA. 


482. OxyYBAPHUS ANGUSTIFOLIUS, Sweet; the same as Fendler’s 745. 483. 
O. NYCTAGINEUS, Sweet, with the upper leaves nearly sessile; both glabrous 
and hirsute forms. 572. ABRONIA FRAGRANS, Nutt. 573. A. cycLopTERA, Gray. 


CHENOPODIACE, 
484. OBIONE ARGENTEA, Mog. The same as 574 of Wright, and 708 of Fend- 
ler. 485. Cuenopopium HyBRipum, L. ‘‘ Low mountains; rare.’’ 486. Mon- 


ovePis Nurranniana, Mog. (487. See Amarantacee.) 488. CHENOPODINA 
DEPRESSA, perhaps also C, prostrata, Mog. ‘*South Park, and on the plains.”’ 
The root is annual. 489, C. maririmA, var. erecta, Mog. 308. OBIONE CANES- 
cENS, Mog. 

AMARANTACEZ. 


487. Frewicnuia (OpLorHeca, Nutt.) Froripana, Mog. ‘‘Sand hills, on the 
plains.’’* 


POLYGONACEZ. 


490. Pouyconum Bistorta, L., var. oblongifolium, Meisn. 491. P. vivi- 
parum, L. 492. P. renvE, Michx., in several varieties, one of them (Parry’s. 
No. 322a of 1862) from the alpine region, only two or three inches high, with 
oblong or oblong-lanceolate leaves, appears to be to P. tenue what P. aviculare, 
var. nanum, Boiss., is to the ordinary P. aviculare.t 493. P. coaRcTATUM, 
Dougl., var. minus, Meisn.; a depauperate form? ‘‘Blue River, on the 
western slope of the Rocky Mountains.”? 494. Oxyria picgyna, R. Br. 495. 
RuMex veENosus, Pursh. 496, 498. R. sauicironius, Weinm. 497. R. 
MARiItIMUS, L. ‘*Subalpine, and on the plains of Nebraska.’’ 499. R. 
LONGIFOLIUS, DC, (R. Hippolapathum and R. domesticus, Fries. Extends into 
the mountains; very common. 500. Eriogonum aAuatum, Torr. 501. E. 
AnnuuM, Nutt. 502. E. errusum, Nutt., with rose-colored flowers. 503. E. 
cERNUUM, Nutt. 504, E. umpeniatum, Torr., both with straw-colored (Parry’s 
318,) and with deep yellow flowers (Parry’s 315). 505. E. ruavum, Nutt., a 
low form from the alpine region, and a large variety (var. crassifolium, Benth.) 
from a less elevated region. 


EL/EAGNACEA, 
506. SHEPHERDIA CANADENSIS, Nutt. ‘‘Subalpine pine woods.”’ 


SANTALACEZ. 


507, CoMANDRA PALLIDA, Var. angustifolia, A. DC. C. angustifolia, Nutt., 
ined. 
LORANTHACEZ. 


574, ARCEUTHOBIUM CAMPYLOPoDUM, Engelm. Probably only A. Americanum, 
Nutt. 
EUPHORBIACEZ. 


508. EvPHORBIA MARGINATA, Pursh. 509, (also 438 of Parry) E. montana, 
Engelm. 510. E. picryospermA, Fisch. and Mey, 511. E. nexacona, Nutt. 


* On the plains, in similar situations, Mr. Hall collected Amblogyne (Sarratia) Torreyi, Gray, in 
Proceed. Amer. Acad., 5, p. 169, the narrow form, noted in H, Engelmann’s collection. Parry’s No. 
323, referred doubtfully to Montelia, is probably the male of this. 

+ Dr. Engelmann, ina letter, referring all the forms of No. 492 to P. tenue, arranges them as 
follows:—“ Var. a. COMMUNE: majus; nucibus majoribus (sesquilineam longis). 8. MICROSPERMUM: 
minus, gracilius; nucibus vix lineam longis. y. LATIFoLIUM; humile; foliis oblongis; spicis coarc- 
tatis; bracteis superioribus (aristo destitutis) muticis. Meisner, in the Prodromus, is wrong in 
saying that the nuts are subopaque or rough on the edge; they are perfectly smooth and shining 
with concave sides and an acumination.” 


1863.] 


76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


512. E. peraLorpEA, Engelm., with the small-flowered form named F. polyclada 
by Boissier. 513. E. Fenpuert, Torr. and Gray; the inappendiculate form. 
514. Croron (HENDECANDRA) MuRicaTuM, Nutt. 309. Tracra rAmosa, Torr. 


CUPULIFER A. 

515. Quercus Dovenasu, var. Neo-Mexicana, A. DC. 516. Coryius Ros- 
TRATA, Ait. 

BETULACEA. 

517. Brruta GLANDULOSA, Michx. ‘‘Subalpine.’? 518. B. PApYRACEA, 
Michx., var., called B. alba, var. glutinosa in Parry’s Enumeration. 519. Auyus 
vinipis, Ait. 

SALICACEA. 


520. Saurx arctica, R. Br. 521. S. rericunata, L. This and the last are 
high alpine species. 522. S. rostrata, Richards. (S. vagans, Anders.) 
23. S. enauca, L. ‘*Subalpine.’? 524.8. corpara, Muhl., or virenuina, L. 
525, PoruLus ANGUSTIFOLIA, Torr. ‘‘ Foot of the mountains.’’ 526. P. BAL- 
samiFera, L,, var. candicans. ‘‘Subalpine; rather rare.’ 527. P. TREMU- 
LoipEs, Michx. 
' CONIFER A. 

522. Pinus ponpErosaA, Dougl.; Engelm. in Enum. Pl. Parry, Suppl., p. 
(39) 332. 529. P. rnexinis, James ; Engelm.,l.c. 530. P. arisrata, Engelm. 
lc. 531. P.contorta, Dougl.; Engelm.,l.c. 532. P. epumis, Engelm. 533. 
Asigs Menzirsn, Lindl. 534. A. Dovenasu, Lindl. 


ORCHIDACEA. 


535. PLATANTHERA HYPERBOREA, Lindl. 536. P. optusata, Lindl. 537. 
CALYPso BOREALIS, Salisb. 538. CypRIPEDIUM PARVIFLORUM, Salish. 539. 
SPIRANTHES GEMMIPARA, Lindl., from South Park, in the Rocky Mountains, 
(and one or two specimens were collected by Dr. Parry on South Clear Creek, 
July, No. 441) ;—quite resembling the Irish plant in aspect and in the label- 
lum, etc., but the sepals rather narrower and less blunt,—mixed (in my set) 
with taller specimens, from the plains, of a narrow-leaved form of S. cernua, 
having very large nipple-shaped calli on the base of the labellum. The la- 
bellum of the former, when flattened out, is in outline ovate or ovate-oblong, 
with a narrowed subapical portion below the cordate-rotund erose-crisped 
summit. The forms of S. cernua, or the species allied to it, are thus far quite 
inextricable. The present Rocky Mountain specimens are exceedingly inter- 
esting, whether absolutely identical or not with the much-vexed and isolated 
S. gemmipara. They have not the long-acuminate bracts of S. Roman- 
zoviana, of which my specimens are too young to allow a comparison of the 
flowers. 

ALISMACEZ, 

540. TRiGLOCHIN PALUSTRE, L. 541. T. manitimum, L. Both from the moun- 
tains. 

IRIDACEA. 

542. Iris TENAX, Dougl.? ‘‘ Subalpine, and at lower elevations ; common.’’ 
This, now collected in flower, we had in fruit, collected on the Laramie Moun- 
tains by Dr. Hayden, and at Bridger’s Pass by Mr. H. Engelmann. The spathe 
js more scarious and the capsules larger than in J. tenaz, 


LILIACEA, incl. Smirace#, MELANTHACE®, etc. 


543. SrREPToPUS AMPLEXxiFoLIUS, DC. 544. Sminacina stEenLATA, Desf. 
545. Anuium sTeELLATUM, Fraser. 546. A. Scua@noprasum, L. 547. A. cER- 
yuum, Roth. 548. Levcocrinum montanum, Nutt. 549. CaLocHorTUs VENUS- 


(Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 


rus, Benth. ex Torr. 550. ZycGapENvs eLavucus, Nutt. 551. Amranrnium 
Norraun, Gray. 552. Luoypra sERotina, Reich. ‘‘Pike’s Peak, in the 
alpine region.’’ (553. See Gentianacez. ) 


JUNCACEA. 


554. Luzuna spicata, DC., var. near L. Peruviana; the same as 392 of Dr. 
Parry. 555. L. parvirtora, DC. 556. L. comosa, E. Meyer (with a little 
Z. campestris). 557. Juncus Trictumis, L. 558. J. arricunatus, L., var. 
pelocarpus, Gray, Man. 559. J. Burontus, L. ‘‘Subalpine.’? 560. J. cas- 
TANEUS, Sm., an alpine form, the sameas Parry’s 358. 561, 562. J. arcricus, 
Willd., var. gracilis, Hook.? Alpine and subalpine. The same as Parry’s 
360. It appears like adepauperate and attenuated form of J. arcticus; but 
as most of the cauline sheaths are leaf-bearing, it is probably of a distinct 
species, so far as I know, yet undescribed. Dr. Lyall collected it, as well as 
the true J. arcticus, in the Cascade Mountains, farther north. 563. J. arc- 
ticus, Willd., proper, with leafless sheaths and more less attenuated stems. 
564. J. xrpuioipes, E. Meyer. Well marked by its flattened stems as well as 
leaves. It was also collected in this region by Fendler (858), H. Engelmann, 
and in the Rocky Mountains, farther north, by Bourgeau. 565. J. ENSIFOLIUS, 
Wikstr. This has ‘‘ terete flaccid culms.’’ 566. J. Menzizsu, R. Br.; the 
same as Parry’s 361 so named, Fendler’s 857, Wright’s 1924, and Coulter’s 
808, the var. Californicus, Hook. and Arn. Probably an unpublished species. 
567. J. Bauricus, Willd. 

568—580. Various Dicotyledonous plants, enumerated above under their 
respective orders. 


CYPERACEZ. 


581. Fimpristytis LAxA, Vahl. 582. Scirpus pavcirtorus, Lightf., which 
Drummond had formerly collected in the Rocky Mountains, and which has 
been detected at several points along the northern frontier of the United 
States. 583. S. cmsprtosus, L. Also subalpine. 584. Cyperus ScHWwEINITZzII, 
Torr. ‘‘ Low mountains, lat. 39°.”’ 

+ 585—620. Carices here given from the determination and notes of Dr. 
oott :— 

585. CAREX ATRATA, L. (OVATA): spicis 3 oblongis (inferioribus pedunculatis 
parce masculis) atro-purpureis ; perigyniis floriferis glauco-viridibus. 586. C. 
ATRATA: Spicis contiguis ovatis crassis, inferiori subsessili; perigyniis flori- 
feris margine viridibus squamis atropurpureis demum ferrugineis subequi- 
longis. Vide Parry, 389. 577. C. aTratA (NIGRA) : spicis subrotundis con- 
gestis vel infima discreta sessilibus ; perigyniis ovalibus vel ellipticis cylin- 
drico-rostratis superne precipue ad margines rostri dentatis; stig. 2-3. Gra- 
cilior, altior quam pl. Helvetica rostroque longiore, perigyniis pallidis. 
Eadem ac Parry, 383. 588. C. arrata, L. and C. ricipa, Good., mixed. 
589. Carex Festiva, Dewey. 590. C. Festiva, Dewey ; young. 

591. Carex BonpLanpil, Kunth. ? var. minor: perigyniis rarissime ad mar- 
gines scabris. See Couthouy’s specimens from the Andes of Quito. 

592. Carex muricaTA, L.? with smaller perigynia, like Fendler’s No. 884, 
inpart. 593. C. siccara, Dewey. 594. C. pisticHa, Huds. (C. Sariwellii, 
Dewey.) 595. C. Gayana, Desv., Boott, Ill., t. 411. 596. C. Dewryana 
Schw. 597. C. stenopHytia, Wahl. 

598, 599. Kopresia scrrrina, Willd., or perhaps with .some K. caRicina, 
Willd. 

600. Carex Doverasi, Boott. Here, as in all other collections, in flower 
only. 601. C. Tengtua, Schk. 602. C. canescens, L. 603. C. PoLyTRI- 
cHOIDEs, Muhl. 

604, Carex FILiFoLIA, Nutt., var. culmo validiori; perigyniis plano-trique- 
tris glabrig margine serrulatis ; «quamis minus late scariosis ; rhacheola ut in 


1863.] 
8 


78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


forma typica. 605. C. rmironia, Nutt.; the ordinary form. [Parry’s 442 is 
a high alpine form of the same species. ] 

606. Carex optusaTa, Lil. 607. C. pavcirtora, Lightf. 608. C. Pyrenatca, 
Wahl. 609. C. nigricans, C. A. Meyer. 610. C. scrrporpEa, Michx. 611. 
C. Geyert, Boott. 612. C. Back, Boott. 613. C. capimzaris, L. 

614. Carex LonarRostRis, Torr., var. minor ; culmo brevi; spicis abbrevi- 
atis; rostro breviore. 615. C. Ampunnacea, L. (utrieulata, Boott.) 616. C. 
Jamesu, Torr. and C. ancustata, Boott, mixed. 617. C. Parryana, Dewey. 
Some specimens have two spikes, the terminal masculine ; others have either 
one or two spikes, both wholiy feminine. 618. C. aupina, Sm. (Vahlii, 
Schk.) 619. C. Buxpavmu, Wahl. 620. C. Rossi, Boott. 


GRAMINEA.* 


621. An ambiguous and undetermined Grass, between Festuea and Melica. 
622. DantHoniA seRIcEA, Nutt. [D. unispicata, Munro, ined., is a reduced form 
of this, to which belongs Geyer’s No. 189.] 623. Avena striata, Michx. 
624. CALAMAGROSTIS SyLVATICA, DO. 625. TRISETUM SUBSPICATUM, Beauv., 
with a remarkable open-panicled form. 626. Stipa viripuLA, Trin., the S. 
parviflora, Nutt. 627, Arra cmspirosa, L., two forms; the smaller and more 
alpine of which is the var. arctica (Deschampsia brevifolia, R. Br.) ; the larger is 
intermediate between that and the ordinary form of the species. Parry’s 367 
of 1862 connects the two. 

628. HieROCcHLOA BOREALIS, R.andS. 629. GuyceRIaA aquatica, Smith. 
630. G. (HELEOCHLOA) atRoIpEs, Thurb., the Poa airoides, Nutt. 

631. VILFA TRICHOLEPIS, Torr.; a remarkable species, which it may be 
necessary upon further study to remove from the genus. 632. MUHLENBER- 
_GIA PUNGENS, n. sp.f 633. Eriocoma cuspipata, Nutt. 634. Oryzopsis 
MICRANTHA ; Urachne micrantha, Trin. A very distinct species, differing from 
O. Canadensis, Torr., in its elongated panicle, smaller spikelets, glabrous 
palez, and much longer awn. 635. GRAPHEPHORUM? FLEXUOSUM, Nn. sp.f 
636. BourELOUA oLIgosTacHYA Torr. 637. BUCHL@ DACTYLOIDES, Engelm. 
leria, Nutt.); the staminate plant only. 638. MuNROA sQquarRRosa, Torr. 
639. SpaRTINA GRACILIS, Trin.; the name wrongly attributed to Hooker by 
Steudel; it is S. suncirormis, Engelm. and Gray, Pl. Lindl. 1, No. 207. 
640. Brizopyrum spicatum, Hook, var. strictum. 

641. Sporogotus AsprErRtrotius, Nees and Meyen. 642. MUHLENBERGIA 
GRACILLIMA, Torr. 643. SporoBpoLtus RAmMULOSUS, HBK. 644. LeprocHioa 
FASCICULARIS, Gray ; a remarkable and large form ; which has been by seve- 


*By Prof. George Thurber. On account of illness, Prof. Thurber has been prevented from study- 
ing these Grasses as thoroughly as could be wished. A more critical account of some of them may 
be expected hereafter. 

+ MUHLENBERGIA PUNGENS (Thurber, sp. nov.): culmo e rhizomate repente 1-13-pedali foliisque 
rigidis convolutis pungentibus patentibus (1-1; poll. longis haud lineam Jatis) minute pubescenti- 
bus, ligula brevi ciliata; paniculee 3-4-pollicaris radiis solitariis dissitis basi nudis faseienlatim ramo- 
sis; pedicellis capillaribus scabris spiculis (cum arista 2} lin. longis) pluries longioribus; glumis 
fere zequalibus acuminatis vel seta apiculatis flore dimidio brevioribus; callo nudo rudimento mini- 
mo predito; palea inferiori scabra acuta in aristam asperam semi-vel sublineam longam pro- 
ducta, superiori subequilonga, neryis excurrentibus bisetiferis; staminibus 3.—A striking spe- 
cies, with very pale green foliage, and a purplish panicle. Collected also by Mr. H. Engelmann in 
Nebraska, and by Dr. J. 8. Newberry in Ives’ Colorado Expedition. 

{GRAPHEPHORUM? FLEXUOSUM (Thurber, sp. noy.); culmo tripedali levi; vaginis internodia 
superantibus annulo pilorum pro ligula instructis; foliis sesquipedalibus 2 lin. latis setaceo- 
acuminatis; panicula laxiflora, radiis sparsis (infimis distantibus circ. 4 poll. longis) inferne nudis 
in ramulos pancos eapillares solutis; pedicellis spiculis ovatis compressis 3-6-floris) 22-3 lin. longis) 
duplo vel quadruplo longioribus; glumis membranaceis uninerviis acutis spicula dimidio brevi- 
oribus; palea inferiori carinata trinervi (nervis lateralibus prominentibus) seabro-pubescente apice 
eroso-denticulata cum mucrone basi villifera, superiori subequilonga eximie bicarinata bidentata. 
Stam. 3. Ovarium stipitatum. Squamule 2, oblique truncate. Caryopsis libera. Dr. J. M. Bigo- 
low collected this Grass several years ago on the Canadian River. It is doubtfully referred to Gra- 
phephorum as that genus is defined by Dr. Gray in the Proceedings of the Botanical Society of 
Canada. But the joints of the rhachis are very short, and the tuft of hairs seems rather to belong 


to the palea, 
[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 


ral western collectors, but I am unable to distinguish it specifically from the 
plant of the Atlantic States. 645. Tricuspis puRPUREA, Gray. 646. Stipa 
Moneouica, Turez. (Ptilagrostis Mongolica, Griseb. in Ledeb., Fl. Ross.) I have 
no specimen by which to confirm this determination, but it accords so well 
with the description, except as to size, as to leave little doubt.* This makes 
the third species with a plumose awn found in our territory. 

647. Sporopotus arrores, Torr. 648. S. crypranprus, Gray, same as 945 
of Fendler. 649. CALAMAGROSTIS sTRICTA, Trin., with some C. SYLVATICA 
intermixed. 650. Ka@LeriA cRISTATA, Pers., a very attenuated form. 651. 
ANDROPOGON ARGENTEUS, DC. (A. Jamesii and A. glaucus, Torr.) 652. ARIs- 
TIDA PURPUREA, Nutt.; the form called A. Fendleriana by Steudel. 653. Pas- 
PALUM SHBTACEUM, Michx. 

654. ELyMus near cONDENSATUS, Presl. and apparently H. TRITICOIDES, 
Nutt., mixed. 655. Triticum REPENS, L., var. [656. T. caninum, L. var,, 
the same as Parry’s 381, named 7’. xgilopoides in the coll. of 1861, but wrongly ; 
along with attenuated T. reruns, L. 657. T. moainoporpEs, Turcz., A. gropy- 
rum divergens, Nees. | 

658. BeECKMANNIA ERUCHFORMIS, Host. 659. Sporopotus arrorpEs, Torr. 
660. VILFA DEPAUPERATA, Torr. This was described from an extremely re- 
duced form of a very variable species, of which V. witlis, Torr., is an attenu- 
ated state. 661. V. cusprpavA, Torr. Like others of the genus, this presents 
great differences in the relative length of the glumes and palee. 

662. GLYCERIA PAUCIFLORA, Presl. 663. CATABROSA AQUATICA, Beauv. 
664. MUHLENBERGIA GRACILIS, Trin. 665. Festuca ovina, L., var. duriuscula, 
Gray. 666. F. rupRa, L.; very young. 667. F.scaprenua, Torr.? Perhaps 
a very narrow-leaved form of this species, of which specimens collected by 
Dr. Bigelow in New Mexico are the opposite extreme. 

668. Poa near P. nemorauis, L. It is 375 of Parry. 669. P. anprva, Nutt. 
in herb. Acad. The Poas of this collection, including some undistributed 
specimens, present several puzzling forms, which can be accurately deter- 
mined only by a much more thorough study than can be given them at pre- 
sent. 670. P. arctica, R. Br., (Parry’s 376,) mixed with some of P. alpina. 

671. AcrostTis vARIANS, Trin. Agrees well with Hooker’s No. 217, quoted 
by Trinius, but some specimens have a strong awn. 672. PoA SEROTINA, 
Ehrh. 673. AGRosTis near RUPESTRIS. 674. Poa aupina, L., mixed with one 
which may be avarietyofit. [675. Poa, near 669and 677.] 676. P. ARCTICA, 
R. Br.? 677. P. anpina, Nutt. 678. Poa, undetermined species. 

679. SIraANIoN ELYMoIDES, Raf. Two forms of this variable grass, which 
will probably be reduced to Elymus. 680. Tririctum caninum, L., var.same as 
381 of Parry. 681. HorpEUM suBaAtTuM, L. 682. ALOPECURUS PRATENSIS, var. 
ALPESTRIS, Wahl. (A. glaucus, Less.) ex Gray. 683. A. GENICULATUS, var. 
ARISTULATUS, Michx. 686. Leprans PANICULATUS, Nutt. 685. Vasnya 
COMATA, n. gen.and sp. This remarkable grass, which really appears to 
form a new genus, intermediate between the Arundinacee and the Agrostidee, 
is dedicated (by the collectors’ desire, seconded by Dr. Gray) to Dr. George 
Vasey, of Ringwood, Illinois, one of the most zealous of our Western botanists. 
The following are its principal characters: 


VASEYA, nov. gen. 


Panicula coarctata. Spicule uniflore, herbaceo-membranacex. Glume 
uninerves florem adzequantes. Callus obliquus, comam pilorum paleis equi- 
longam gerens. Palea inferior trinervis in aristam gracilem attenuata; supe- 
rior equilonga, acuminata. Stamina 3. Ovarium stipitatum. Styli ultra 
medium pilis stigmaticis longis simplicissimis instructi. Squamule ... 
Caryopris . .. . V. comata, a native of the plains of Nebraska; isa 


* A comparison with an authentic but imperfect Mongolian specimen confirms Prof. Thurber’s 
determination.—A. G, 


1863.] 


80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


perennial grass, with the aspect of a Mulenbergia or of a Polypogon, but with 
a coma of silky hairs around the flower, as in a Calamagrostis. Culm a foot 
and a half high, from a creeping rhizoma, retrorsely pubescent at the nodes. 
Sheaths scabrous, equalling the internodes; ligule short, fringed; leaves 3 
or 4 inches long, dull green, rough on both sides. Panicle lead-colored, 
about 3 inches long; the branches solitary, appressed, densely many-flowered. 
Spikelets very short-pedicelled, compressed, pubescent, a line and a half 
long. Glumes narrow, very acute, serrulate on the keel, the lower a little 
the longer. Awn rough and flexuose, purplish, three or four lines long.—G. 
Thurber. 
FILICES. 

687. Asprpium Finix-mas, Swartz. ; apparently identical with the European 
plant. 688. CRYPTOGRAMME ACROSTICHOIDES, R. Br., by Sir Wm. Hooker re- 
garded as a variety of Allosorus crispus. 689. ASPLENIUM SEPTENTRIONALE, L. 
This was collected by C. Wright farther south; and these two stations are 
the only known American ones. 690. CysTopTERIS FRAGILIS, Bemh., mixed 
with a Woopsta, the same as Parry’s 394, formerly named W. obtusa; but 
it is of a different species. 691. CHEILANTHES FENDLERI, Hook. 692. ASPLE- 
nium TricHomanes, L, 693, NorHocHL#NA FENDLERI, Kunze, Filices, 2, p. 87, 
t. 136; the same as Parry’s 396. A species recently distinguished from WV. 
dealbata. 694. PotypopiuM vuLGARE, L. 695. P. Dryoprernis, L. 


Catalogue of the FISHES of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution, 
Collected by Mr. J. Xantus. 


BY THEODORE GILL. 
PART IV. 


Subfamily SERRANIN4 (Swainson.) 

Nine genera of this subfamily are now known to be represented by species 
along the western coast of America and the Gallapagos Islands. They may 
be thus distinguished :— 

I. Caudal with the lobes acuminate. 

Lateral line before superior, deflected behind.......... .-... Pronotogrammus. 

Lateral liné normal............... Sang cnsectioe Seenanestiossc seeeeee Brachyrhinus. 
II. Caudal not forked. 

A. Canine teeth developed. 

B. Dorsal spines XI. 


C Nostrils in a vertical row............ peeeeee peecereren . Mycteroperca. 
CC. Nostrils in a longitudinal row. 
Body oblong; smooth above lateral line............ Labroperca. 
Body oval, with ctenoid scales.............. BAsdassnscs Epinephelus. 
BB. Dorsal emarginated; spines X. 
C. Head with profile decurved, scaly above.............. Paralabrax. 
CC. Head conic; naked between eyes. 
Spinous dorsal rounded............s.0.6 shh sausavste dens AtlACtoperca. 
Spinous dorsal, incurved behind the third elon- 
PALCORSPUMCS aniscte scseceicacesciscleeeressaeneaeninsses pet claes Gonioperca. 
AA. Canine teeth entirely obsolete ..............0cces0 seeeeee Dermatolepis. 


The preceding table gives only the more striking characters; those are 
accompanied by others, which appear to amply authorize their generic dis- 
tinction. In the table, the genera do not follow each other in a strictly 
natural order. 

Genus PRONOTOGRAMMUS Gill. 
This genus has the form of Brachyrhinus. The body is covered by moderate, 


[Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 


ctenoid scales. The lateral line runs high on the sides for the greater part of 
its length, but is abruptly deflected behind, and thence continued along the 
middle of the caudal peduncle. The head most resembles that of Brachyrhinus. 
The preoperculum is serrated on its posterior margin, and has a strong com- 
pressed spine at its angle. The operculum has three acute angles, the middle 
continued from an internal rib. The teeth are like those of Serranus, &c.; two 
large ones exist on each side of the front, in the margin of the upper jaw, 
and one on each side, near the symphysis in the lower; while there are also 
two on the sides. The vomer and palatine bones have villiform teeth. There 
are, apparently, only six branchiostegal rays. The dorsal is undulated, and 
has ten spines. The anal has three strong spines, the second of which is 
largest. The lobes of the caudal are acute; the pectorals acutely rounded ; 
and the ventrals angulated. 


PRONOTOGRAMMUS MULTIFASCIATUS Gill. 


The greatest height equals or slightly exceeds a quarter of the length from the 
snout to the end of the median caudal rays. The head equals a third of that length, 
and contains the diameter of the eye,—which is oval,—three times. The 
snout is less than half the diameter of the eye. The spines of the dorsal 
rapidly increase to the fourth, which nearly equals a seventh of the length, 
and thence decrease to the last, which equals about an eleventh of the same. 
The longest ray about equals the longest spine. The second anal spine is 
more than twice as long as the first, equals the fourth dorsal one, and is con- 
siderably longer than the third anal one. The median caudal rays enter 6% 
times in the total length, while the longest exceed the greatest height. The 
pectoral fin commences little before the end of the first third of the length, 
(-32,) and equals a quarter of that length. The ventral is inserted consider- 
ably in advance of the pectoral, (-28,) and is rather shorter than it. 


1 
Weeks Lbs As ML 6H Pols TA. Vends.Ds.  O..105. 3.85.7. b8, 
1 
3-5 
Scales 314-2112 — — 
dy 
The latter is deflected on two scales. The color is tawny yellow, with 
numerous (:20) rufous bands descending nearly to the middle, and rather 
wider than the tawny intervals. 
Only one specimen, whose extreme length was little more than two inches, 
was obtained. 


Family CHILODIPTEROID & Bleeker. 
Genus AMIA Gronovius. 


The Monoprion of Poey is perfectly congeneric with the type of the genus 
Amia; the genus Apogonichthys of Bleeker appears to be at least very closely 
related to it, while both genera include forms that do not appear to bestrictly 
allied, but more distinct from the types of the respective genera than the 
latter are from each other. The species of the old genus may be divided as 
follows: 


I. Preoperculum serrated. 
Anal II. 7—9 (—10). 


pe 
DCa ee Oe eR eee ees idiccstesdencedsen, AIA: 
5—8 


Seales 33—36 (Apogon kalosoma, BIKr.)...............+.. Lepidamia. 
Anal II. 12—17 (Apogon Bleekeri, Gthr.)..........s00000.. Archamia. 


1863.] 


82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


II. Preoperculum entire. 
PCAles 20— 26 wurnovavndivaancstanascnas LiadesneOadnaunides parol Preteen ais 
5 


Scales 40 — (Apogon aprion, Rich.)......... soossceseceeese Glossamia. 
13 


As there is no gradation from one type to the other among the great num- 
ber of species already known, the characteristics above given appear to be the 


indices of distinct genera. Amia and Apogonichthys are probably the most 
closely allied groups. 


Family SPAROID (Cuv.) 
Subfamily YENICHTHYIN Gill. 
XENICHTHYS Gill. 


Body moderately elongated and subfusiform, compressed, and with the 
caudal peduncle also compressed and robust. Scales deciduous, rather 
small, high and. ctenoid. Lateral line tubular, in more conspicuous scales. 
Head compressed, conic, longer than high, with the occipito-rostral outline 
rectilinear. Upper surface of head to the nostrils covered with small scales. 
Occipital crest prominent. Eyes circular, large, and mostly in the anterior 
half of the head. Preorbital bones rather narrow and oblique. Operculum 
with two spines. Preoperculum pectinated behind, the teeth higher up pro- 
gressively directed upwards. 

Mouth rather small, with the lateral cleft very oblique, and not con- 
tinued to eye; supramaxillary bones broad, enlarged in front below the 
intermaxillary, and behind the latter covered by a cutaneous flap from it. 
Lower jaw shorter than upper, but with the chin projecting beyond it, and 
with a pore on each side of the symphysis. Lower lip continuous and free at 
symphysis; plicated behind, where it is received under the upper jaw. 

Teeth small, recurved, and in rather narrow bands on each jaw. Vomer 
with its projecting front provided with a villiform rhomboid patch; palatine 
bones and tongue edentulous. 

Nostrils above anterior, and in a line with upper margin of orbit, near each 
other ; the anterior circular: the posterior cleft transversely. Branchiostegal 
rays seven on each side. 

Pseudobranchiz present. 

Dorsal fins connected by a low membrane at the’ base; the first with ten 
rather slender but perfectly rigid spines ; the third, fourth and fifth of which 
are longest, (with no recumbent spine in front); the membrane has a fibrous 
appearance. Second dorsal lower than the first, and elongated. Anal fin 
about as long as second dorsal, but rather farther back, with three small, 
regularly increasing spines. Caudal fin emarginated, with rounded lobes. - 

Pectoral fins small, with the upper angle produced, but apparently rounded. 
Ventral fins inserted close behind the pectoral; each with a spine and five 
branched rays, and a pointed axillar scale. 

As there might be some doubt as to the affinities of this genus, on account 
of the few palatal teeth and the number of branchiostegal rays, an extended 
description of its generic characters has been given. The spinous dorsal be- 
ing received in a groove, the upper jaw closing under the preorbital bones 
and axillar ventral scales existing, it belongs to the family of Sparoids, as 
now modified. It cannot be referred to the Scienoids, as its skull is smooth. 
The nearest allied genus appears then to be Moronopsis, (Dules marginatus 
C. V.*) That genus differs in its more compressed body, the scales and the 
similarity of those of the lateral line to the others, the stouter dorsal spines, 


* The Dules auriga and D. flaviventris are, of course, not regarded as allied to D. marginatus» 


&c. Iam unable to perceive any affinity between them, and they have been united only in accord- 
ance with an artificial system. 
[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 


between which the membrane is acutely notched, the scaleless crown and 
little development of the occipital crest, the dentition and the number of 
branchiostegal rays, and, finally, the absence of axillar scales. With any 
other form it is unnecessary to compare the genus, as its natural affinities 
appear to be more intimate with Moronopsis* than any other. Naturalists can 
decide from the above enumeration of the differential characters, in compari- 
son with Moronopsis, if there is any other group to which it could be more 
naturally approximated. If it is stated that the physiognomy of the two 
genera is quite similar, the chief difference being caused by the procurrence 
of the occipital crest and the rectilinear profile, as well as the character of 
the scales, the ichthyologist can appreciate the aspect of the newly-described 
form. 
XENICHTHYS xanTI Gill. 


The greatest height equals three-tenths of the length (exclusive of the caudal). 
The head forms a third of thesame. The diameter of the eye equals a third 
of the head’s length, is about a third greater than the interorbital area, and 
nearly a third greater than the length of the snout. The fourth or longest 
dorsal spine equals nearly a fifth of the total length, and is nearly five times 
longer than the tenth. The third or longest anal spine is scarcely more than 
a twelfth of the length. The pectoral fin at least exceeds a seventh of the 
length, while the ventral equals a seventh. 

Peele ACE, bee i EBs TOs Be te ber? Kathssb: 

Scales, lat. line 50. 

The color is light; on each side of the back are two indistinct, purple, 
longitudinal bands; and before the dorsal fin is another. The color below is 
silvery. At the base of the caudal there is an indistinct spot. The tip of the 
spinous dorsal fin is dark. 

This most interesting and even remarkable type is dedicated to Mr. John 
Xantus, to whom we are indebted for the noble collection of fishes and other 
animals of Lower California, and who has, more than any other single man, 
contributed to our knowledge of the natural history of the Western coast. 


Family CARANGOID. 
Genus ARGYRIOSUS Lac. 


Two representatives of this genus are found on the Atlantic coast of the 
United States: they are the A. vomer, of Linnzus, and the A. capillaris, Dekay, 
the A. unimaculatus of Batchelder and Storer, and the form which has been 
considered by Ginther as the young of A. vomer or a new species,—appears to 
me to be the young of Vomer setipinnis, and at least belongs to the same genus. 
The Argyriosus Spizii of Castelnau is the unfortunate Selene argentea of Lacé- 
péde, first well made known by Mr. Brevoort, but which has received a num- 
ber of names from different writers. 


Arayriosus Brevoorti Gill. 


The greatest height in an oblique direction nearly equals nine-tenths (-87) 
of the length in a straight line, from the vertical of the snout to the end of the 
median caudal rays. The head forms less than a third of that length. The 
profile is oblique, and slightly incurved below the angular crown; its distance 
from the vertical of the snout equals an eleventh of the total length, and be- 
fore the eyes, two-thirds of the preceding. The diameter of the orbit equals 
an eleventh of the length, and its distance from the profile equals two-thirds 
of the diameter. The height of the preorbital is twice as great as the diame- 
ter of the orbit. The base of the arched portion of the lateral line equals 
three-tenths of the total length, and its elevation above the horizon equals a 


*The Datnia? ambigua of Richardson, which has been referred by Giinther to the genus Dules 
differs from Moronopsis by the shorter convex anal fin, the large second anal spine, the small eyes 
and the entire physiognomy. It may be called Plectroplites ambiguus. 


1863.] 


84 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


third of the base; the straight portion equals a third of the total length. The 
second dorsal spine is very long; the third little longer than the base of 
its fin. The caudal lobes diverge at nearly a right angle; the length of 
the lower nearly equals three-tenths of the total. The pectoral fin equals a 
quarter, and the ventral two-fifths of the total length. 


DV TEL a. 225 eA: ITs. 


The coloris silvery, punctulated, with black near the edge of the back, and 
with a black bar on the head above the eye, parallel with the forehead. The fila- 
mentous dorsal spines and the elongated dorsal and anal rays are blackish. 
The ventrals have the terminal half blackish, and the other whitish, with 
a median black band. 

This species is distinguished by its proportions, oblique profile, lateral line 
and color. It may be further remarked that the branch of the lateral line ascend- 
ing from the scapula divides into two branches, diverging at less than a right 
angle; the anterior branch appears to be a groove. 

I have dedicated this species to my excellent friend, Mr. Brevoort, who has 
paid much attention to the group of fishes of which the present is a member, 


Genus HALATRACTUS Gill. 
HALATRACTUS DORSALIS Gill. 


The greatest height equals a quarter of the length to the end of the median 
caudal rays. .The head enters more than three times and a half (-28) in that 
length. The diameter of the eye equals a quarter of the head’s length, and is 
shorter than the length of the snout (=-09). The median caudal rays forms 
an eleventh of the length, and the longest equal a fifth. The pectoral fin 
nearly equals a seventh (13), and the ventral nearly a sixth (‘16) of the 
length. 


D. VIL 1.37. A. ID. T, 21. -P. 2.19. 


The color is brassy, purplish on the back, and with ten indistinct darker 
bands, twice as wide as their intervals; the second between the second and 
fifth dorsal spines. The dorsal and anal fins are nearly black; the anterior 
angle of the latter lighter. The ventrals dusky, with the rays externally 
white. 

This species is most nearly related to Halatractus zonatus Gill, and H. caro- 
liniensis, Gill, of the Eastern American coast; but readily distinguished by the 
color and proportions. 


Genus TRACHYNOTUS Lacépéde. 
TracHynotus Caro.inus Gill. 


This species is extremely variable, as are also the other well-known repre- 
sentatives of the genus. In extreme youth, the jaws and palate are dentigerous, 
and the angle of the preoperculum armed with three radiating spines! while the 
spinous dorsal and anal are elevated, and the angles of the soft fins scarcely 
produced. Later, the preopercular spines become obsolete; then the palatal 
teeth are lost; the spines of the fins meanwhile become abbreviated, and, 
finally, in old age, the teeth have entirely dropped out, the spines become 
much shortened, and the angle of the fins considerably produced. Half- 
grown specimens answer to the genus Doliodon, of Girard; nearly mature 
ones, with teeth in the jaws, Trachynotws, C.V.; and old ones, without teeth, to 
Bothrolemus, Holbrook. Relying on the correctness of my predecessors, who 
had certainly the opportunities, if they had availed themselves of them, to 
avoid such errors, I adopted the several genera proposed by Holbrook and 
Girard in my Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast; Giinther first 
corrected the synonymy as lately given, and, under the other North American 
species, has brought together nine of Cuvier’s species and two of other 


authors |} 
[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 


The radial formula is also variable. Small specimens between one and two 
inches long exhibit the following variations : 


dy) V i311. 265) Aa, Peed, 

DVI To 96:9 a ay ead 
2 0. VI. 26. AvYeoe es 
aD: Vi) 26 A a ee 
Ds DoW) 42°, 2685 ATED SH Ta 
2) DENISE hr 8bo (Ac TE LT see. 
PDW Ts 10004) bok. Ti Bech. 
Ter DAVEH 1.5930 CAL iret 12k 


TRACHYNOTUS RHODOPUS Gill. 


The greatest height equals a third of the length from the snout to the end 
of the median caudal rays. The head forms scarcely more than a quarter of 
the length. The diameter of the eye exceeds a third of the head’s length, and 
is a third greater than the length of the snout. The latter is as high as long, 
and truncated. The lower jaw is not received within the upper. The spinous 
dorsal from the third spine arched, and highest at its fifth spine, which equals 
an eighth of the length. The first two spines are short. The second anal 
spine equals a tenth of the total length. The median caudal rays form nearly 
a sixth of the length, and nearly equal two-thirds of the longest ones, or of 
the head. The pectoral fin is contained about five times and a half in the 
length. 


BW Us rf dr20e.,- As Dest \Tp 18,19. 


The color is bluish-silvery ; the spinous portions of the dorsal and anal 
fins punctulated with black; the ventrals rose-colored ; the other fins yellow- 
ish and mostly immaculate. 

Numerous specimens of this species were obtained by Mr. Xantus; but all 
of them are young, (between one and two inches long,) and have the three 
radiating spines, &c., of the preoperculum. It must be remembered that the 
portion of the description referring to the spinous and soft dorsal and anal 
fins, is only applicable to the young; the adult doubtless resembles Zrachy- 
notus Carolinus. * The present species is allied to the latter, but at once 
distinguished by the small number of dorsal and anal rays. The radial formula 
equally distinguishes it from all previously known species having the same 
form. The young of TZrachynotus ovatus, Gthr., does not essentially differ in 
form from the adult. 


TRACHYNOTUS NaAsuTuws Gill. 


The greatest height equals two-fifths of the length from the snout to the 
end of the median caudal rays. The head forms three-tenths or more of the 
length ; the snout is produced and subconic, and equals the diameter of the 
eye, and scarcely less than a tenth of the head’s length. The lower jaw is 
received within the upper. The spinous dorsal is highest at the fifth spine, 
which equals an eighth of the length, or nearly a third of the height of the 
body beneath. The second anal spine is as long or longer than the fifth 
dorsal one. The median caudal rays form an eighth or more of the total 
length, while the external rays only equal a sixth of the same. The pectoral 
fin is contained five times and a half in the length. 


D. VI. 4+ 1.20. A. IL + 1.19. 
The color is silvery; the spinous portions of the dorsal and anal fins 


thickly punctulated with black; the ventrals white. 
This species is very readily distinguished from 7. rhodopus by the conoid 


te The descriptions of Trachynotus marginatus, C.V. and T. cayennensis, C.V., must be accepted with 
similar reserve. The statement of the height of the fins of the two new species here described 
has been retained in order to show how great is the difference between the young and old. 


1863.] 


86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


produced snout and the reception of the lower jaw within the upper, as well 
as by the shorter and less emarginated caudal fin, greater height, &c. Several 
specimens were obtained, mostly under an inch long. The description of the 
dorsal and anal fins, as in Trachynotus rhodopus, refer only to the young. 


TRACHYNOTUS FAsciATUS Gill. 


This species is closely related to the Trachynotus glaucus of the Atlantic and 
Caribbean Sea, but is distinguished by the scarcely gibbous snout and the 
distribution of the vertical bands: the first commencing close in front of the 
first (erect) dorsal spine; the second between the fourth and fifth, and the 
third under the fourth and fifth rays. A black spot also appears to exist on 
the lateral line below the seventeenth dorsal ray, and a black blotch behind 
the dorsal fin. The produced dorsal and anal lobes are nearly coterminal 
with the caudal lobes. 

A single dried specimen, nearly eight inches long, was given to the Smith- 
sonian Institution by Capt. John M. Dow. The snout is doubtless always less 
gibbous than, or rather not vertical as in, 7. glaucus. It cannot be the more 
mature form of 7. rhodopus or T. nasutus, as the snout, when it does change, 
becomes more elevated with age. The colorsare also quite different, and pro- 
bably undergo no essential change with age. 


Family SPHYR@NOIDZ Ag. 
SPHYRZENA LUCASANA Gill. 


The greatest height equals a tenth of the length, and is a quarter the thick- 
ness, The head forms about three-tenths of the length. The snout enters 
23 times in the head, and is more than twice as long as the diameter of the 
orbit (053). The maxillary bone ceases at a vertical, whose distance from 
the orbit equals the diameter of the pupil. The tip of the lower jaw has a 
square, thick flap. 

The first dorsal fin commences more than four-tenths (42) of the length 
from the lower jaw; its second spine rather exceeds the width of the body 
(08) ; the second dorsal commences more than six-tenths (:62) from the jaw, 
and is rather lower than the first (073). The caudal enters 63 times in the 
whole length. 

The pectoral fin extends for about two-thirds of the distance between its: 
base and the ventral, and is less than of the length (:073). The ventral is 
rather longer than the pectoral, and is inserted under the anterior margin of 
the first dorsal. 

The first dorsal commences about over the thirty-fifth scale of the lateral 
line, and the second over the ninetieth. 

DTV. 1. Sn, engl 

Scales 134. 


The color is reddish-brown above the lateral line, and silvery below, with 
darker blotches along the line. 


Family BERYCOIDZ Lowe. 
HOLOCENTRUM SUBORBITALE Gill. 


The greatest height does not equal a third (-31) of the total length; the 
tail behind the vertical fins nearly equals a ninth of the total length, and 
nearly the length of the base of the rays; its least height is rather less than 
a twelfth (-08) of the same. The head, from the snout to the opercular 
margin, forms more than a fourth (-26) of the length ; the opercular spine is 
long, and nearly equals a third of the diameter of the eye (-03). The preo- 
percular spine extends to the vertical from the base of the opercular one. 
The diameter of the eye equals a tenth of the total length, and is a third 
greater than the length of the snout (=:07). The preorbital has six or seven 
moderate teeth, directed backwards. 

[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 


The spinous dorsal commences above the posterior margin of the scapular 
bone; its first spine equals the eye’s diameter (-10), and the third is a half 
longer (15). The second dorsal at its longest rays rather exceeds an eighth 
(="13) of the total length ; it ends over the twenty-fifth scale of the lateral 
line. The anal fin is somewhat larger than the second dorsal; the third 
spine ig very large, its length entering nearly five times and a half (-18) in the 
total. The caudal fin forms more than a fifth (-21) of the length, while the 
median rays only equal a tenth. 

The pectoral and ventral fins are equally long, and rather less than a fifth 
(19) of length. 

Drexel, AS EAPO CARIN 9: 

3 

Scales 35 — 

- 7 


The color is steel, thickly sprinkled with dark dots, which become less nu- 
merous downwards. The fins are dark; the dorsal lighter at the anterior 


half at the base between the spines. The suborbital chain is bright silvery 
and immaculate, | 


Genus MYRIOPRISTIS Cuyv. 
MYRIOPRISTIS OCCIDENTALIS Gill. 

The height of the body equals 28-100 of the extreme length, while the 
head forms 3-10 of the same. The snout is much decurved, and, from the 
apex to the eye, equals nearly half the diameter of the orbit and a fifth of the 
head’s length. The pectoral fin equals a sixth of the extreme length, and the 
ventral enters 74 times in the same. The caudal forms a fifth of the whole 
length. 


Dike 1ewoAs IV 11e 
3 
Scales 35—36— 
7 


Color on the upper half reddish-purple merging into silvery below, punctu- 
lated with blackish, especially where the longitudinal rows overlap each other. 
The fins are immaculate, except a linear border which sometimes margins 
the spinous dorsal. 


Numerous specimens were obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas. 


RHAMPHOBERYX Gill. 
This genus is very closely related to Rhinoberyz, but has considerably small- 
3 


er scales (34-36—) and entire rostro-frontal carinz, the spine at the angle of 
| 


the preoperculum is not essentially enlarged, but simply forms the angle at 
the preoperculum. 


RHAMPHOBERYX P«cILoPus Gill. 

The height of the body equals nearly three-tenths (-29) of the extreme 
length, and the head forms 27-100 of the same. The snout is blunt, but con- 
siderably produced and forms about a fifth of the head’s length ; the diameter 
of the orbit is contained three times in the head. The pectoral and ventral 
fins are equally long, rather exceed a sixth of the extreme length, and nearly 
equal the caudal fin. 

eX ho 14 As Leaks 

3 
Scales 35—36— 


The color above the lateral line is olive green, golden green below, and 


1863.] 


88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


cupreous in the opercula. The spinous dorsal is dark green in front of each 
spine, but light behind as well as above and below; the margin is also very 
dark. The ventral fins have each a broad blackish terminal band. The base 
of the caudal fin is punctulated with dark spots. 

The specimens 13—24 inches long. 


RHAMPHOBERYX LEUCOPUS Gill. ‘ 


This species is very closely related to the preceding and has almost pre- 
cisely the same proportions, but the snout is perceptibly less produced, and 
the spinous dorsal and ventral fins almost immaculate, the former having only 
a linear darker border, and the ventrals sometimes tipped with darker. 

Deeps da Ae Ve 2s . 

3 


Scales 34—35— 
7 


Cape St. Lucas, (2 specimens.) 
Family HCHENEID OID. 
Genus REMORA (A. Dum.) Gill. 


The Echeneis osteochir of Cuvier and the L. brachypterus of Lowe should both 
be removed from this genus and accepted as the types of as many distinct 
ones. The &. osteochir is distinguished by the rhombic form of the pectoral 
fins and the ossification of the rays. I have therefore named the specimens 
in the Smithsonian Institution Rhombochirus osteochir. The L. brachypterus is 
distinguished by the shorter anal fin and angular upper jaw. It may be 
called Remoropsis brachypterus. ~ 

Remora Jacopa@a Gill. 
Echeneis remora Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., 
Vol. ii. p. 378. 


A specimen of Remora obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas is pro- 
visionally referred, as by Dr. Giinther, to the old Hcheneis remora of Linneus. 


Descriptions of some new species of PEDICULATI, and on the classification of 
the group. 


BY THEODORE GILL. 


The group called by Cuvier Acanthoptérygiens a pectorales pédiculées and 
estimated as a family,is a very natural one, distinguished by the incom- 
plete ossification of the skeleton, the prolongation of the carpal bones te 
form “pedicles” for the pectoral fins, and, finally, by the abnormal position of 
the very small branchial apertures. While these characters are not sufficient 
to entitle the group to ordinal distinction, they seem to be of much more than 
family value; it may be called a suborder, for which the name Pediculati may 
be retained. The genus Batrachus, referred to the Pediculati by Cuvier, has 
really little affinity to the true representatives of the group, and has been, by 
general consent, separated from them by all the more modern systematists. 

In the suborder, four very distinct types distinguished by difference of form 
and structure are comprised. Those types must therefore be regarded as rep- 
resentative of as many families. Dr. Bleeker has attempted to distribute the 
several genera among families, which have not been characterized, but which 
were evidently separated on account of superficial differences of form. This 
is apparent on an examination of his system. 


Phalanx 1, Herpetoichthyes seu Pediculati, Cuv. 


Ordo 15, Antennarii. 
[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 


Familia 41, Cheironecteoidei — Chironectide Swns. 
Gen. Antennarius Comm. Brachionichthys Blkr., Chaunax Lowe, Ceratias 
Kroyer. 
Familia 42, Maltheoidei. 
Gen. Malthea Cuv. 
Familia 43, Lophioidei = Lofidi Raf. 
Gen. Lophius Z., Halieutiea Val. 
The following synoposis is an expression of my views of the relations of the 
various members of the suborder. 


I. Branchial apertures above in the axilla of the pectoral 
fins. Mouth subterminal or inferior, the lower jaw 
being received within the upper....sssseeseeerssreerereneess MALTHRHOIDA. 
II. Branchial apertures below, in or behind the inferior 
axille of the pectoral fins. Lower jaw projecting be- 
yond or closing in front of upper. 
1. Head very large and flattened. Mouth transverse 
HORIZON lav ORCL CHE CHa. tects dye devteddadats vac nieeeeceaens LopHIoIpm. 
2. Head compressed or cuboid. Mouth vertical or r very 
oblique. Pyloric ceca none. Dorsal fin oblong. Ven- 
trals dev eloped FECEASEG J Socr i SOE CEC ese OcecUpOOU CEQ aUuGURCDEDEOG ANTENNARIOIDA. 
2. Head compressed. Mouth with cleft subvertical. Py- 
loric ceca two. Dorsal fin very short, like anal. Ven- 
Gal ifinis OHSOLeLe. socssdsw-setaecacisccvasceserese<esceareacuaetcls CERATIOID A. 


The following is an enumeration and synopsis of the representatives of 
the several families. As Dr. Bleeker was the first to name one of the fami- 
lies, I have credited it to him, although he neither defined it nor re- 
stricted it inthe same manner as is here done. As it is, however, only ne- 
cessary that the type which the author considered as the representative of any 
group should be known in order to necessitate the retention of a name, 
Bleeker’s must be retained. The generic name of Perca, for example, is cred- 
ited to Linnewus, but, under that name, representatives of different families 
were confounded by the author, and the name is now accepted in an entirely 
different sense. The mame alone is adopted, and not the idea or definition 
connected with it by Linneus. 


Family MALTIL£OID-E (Blkr.) Gill. 
I. Disk cordiform, produced from the snout; body ro- 


[OIE sode0. coo odsa aes AnooronesecusedADeneaane isenaspidsevancdaroate cleat NUM DE MUN. 
Malthe. 
If. Disk orbicular, obtuse in front; body slender........... HALIEUTEIN AY 
1. Mouth small. Rostral tentacle obsolete...............008 Halieutichthys. 


2. Mouth large. Rostral tentacle developed.........,...... Halieutza 
Subfamily MALTHEIN Gill. 
Genus MALTHE Cuy. 
Temperate and Tropical Eastern America. 
Subfamily HALIBZUTAINE Gill. 
Genus HALIEUTICHTHYS Poey. 
Caribbean Sea, representing Halieuteca. 


' Genus. HALIRUT.EA Val. 
Astrocanthus Swainson, ii. 331 + 
Eastern Asia, 
Family LOPHIOIDE (Raf.) Gill. 
Genus LOPHIUS (Linn.) Cuy. 
1863.] 


90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Family ANTENNARIOID& Gill. 


Chironecteoidei pt. Blkr. 

As Dr. Bleeker’s family appellation is a modification ofa generic name that 
cannot be retained for a representative of this’ family, it having been pre- 
viously taken for a valid genus of Marsupial mammals, I do not deem it 


advisable to retain it. 
I. Head cuboid. A rostral spine or tentacle only devel- 


OPEAseeriaresacdtsccancnccusststarreueneucssbenioedanerneasuaes a CHAUNACIN”. 
: Chaunax. 
Il. Headmuch compressed. The rostral spine or tentacle 
as well as two other robust spines developed.......... ANTENNARIINA. 


1, Second spine not connected with third. Body short 
with tumid abdomen. Palate armed with teeth. 
* First and second spines disconnected. 
2. D.12.A.7. Body smooth or scarcely granular. 
Mouth small. Wrist and pectoral slender. Ven- 
trals elongated. Anal extended downwards.. Pterophryne. 
8. ©. 12. A, T—8. Body with spines, generally 
forked. Mouth moderate. Wrist-and pectoral 


widened. Ventrals short. Anal oblong...... Antennarius. 
st SL Dp Ase Gt OMe SURO OUM te wcertesecmasuecalecerases Histiophryne. 
** First and second spines connected...............0+ ‘.. Saccarius. 


2. Second and third spines well connected by mem- 
brane, and forming afin, but distinct from first. Body 


ODON ONT alate eM armed cecccpeos wecaecceadseceacee dcr ecck> BRACHIONICHTHYINA. 
Brachionichthys. 


Subfamily CHAUNACIN4 Gill. 


Genus CHAUNAX Lowe. 


Maderia. f 
Subfamily ANTENNARHN Gill. 


Genus PTHEROPHRYNE Gill. 
-Type Cheironectes levigatus Cuv. 
Genus ANTENNARIUS Comm. 


Cheironectes Cuv. nec Illiger. 
Type Antennarius princeps Comm. 


Genus HISTIOPHRYNE Gill. 
Type Cheironectes Bougainvillii Cuv. 
Genus SACCARIUS Gthr. 


Coasts of New Zealand. 
Subfamily BRACHIONICHTHYINE Gill. 


Genus BRACHIONICHTHYS Blkr. 
Joasts of Van Diemen’s Land, &c. 
Family CERATIOIDZ Gill. 
Genus CERATIAS Kroyer. 


Family MALTHZ#OID & (Blkr.) Gill. 


Genus HALIEUTICHTHYS Poey. 
Disk suborbicular or ovate-orbicular, about as long as the rest of the body 
and caudal fin combined. Forehead with a transverse bony ridge, beneath 
which is a cavity destitute ofa tentacle. Eyes dorsal, oblique, nearly equally 


[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 


remote from each other and the edge of the disk. Mouth rather small, infe- 
rior, with the lower jaw nearly semi-circular. 

Teeth fine, on the jaws and palate. 

Dorsal fin nearly behind the disk, much higher than long, with about four 
rays. Anal behind the second dorsal, and also provided with about four rays. 
Caudal rather long and subtruncated.- Pectoral fins on peduncles, which are 
attached to the hody by the membrane. 

This most interesting new generic type was discovered last year by Prof. 
Poey at the Island of Cuba. That gentleman has kindly sent the only speci- 
men obtained to the Smithsonian Institution. He has recognized its generic 
distinction from Halieuta, distinguishing it by the absence of a barbel in the 
frontal cavity and the dentition. It is still further distinguished from the 
Asiatic genus by the much smaller mouth, and also by the attachment of the 
carpal bones to the body. 


HALIEUTICHTHYS RETICULATUS Poey. 


The disk is longer than wide, and somewhat oval, being narrower before 
than behind. The ridges alone are covered with simple spines; jive spines 
form a pentagon before the interorbital area; one over each orbit, and four are 
on a ridge proceeding backwards from the posterior angle of each orbit, which 
converges in a curve towards the opposite one; the last form the anterior 
angles of a transverse pentagon on the nape. A transverse ridge behind the eyes, 
which intersects the longitudinal ones, and has at the angles the second spines 
from the eyes, provided near each lateral end with another spine, and a swell- 
ing at the end itself. Five bicuspid spines arm each lateral margin of the 
disk, and between them are smaller simple ones. 

D.4. <A. 4. 

The color is gray, reticulated with blackish. The caudal is crossed by three 
blackish bands. 

The principal proportions are exhibited in the following table : 

Extreme length es) 100. 


Disk—Greatest length 51; greatest width 45. 

Dorsal (spinous)—Distance from snout 56. 

Anal—Distance from snout 60. 

Caudal—Leneth 14. 
Pectoral—Distance from snout at upper axilla 47; length 14. 


Family ANTENNARIOID& Gill. 
Genus ANTENNARIUS Comm. 
ANTENNARIUS SANGUINEUS Gill. 


The anterior dorsal spine is very slender and enters 2} times in the length 
of the caudal fin; it terminates in a flap extended on each side laciniated 
outwards. The second spine is rough, robust and curved strongly backwards 
at its end; the third is not free, but apparent as a hump pointed backwards, 
and extending two-thirds of the distance from its insertion to that of the 
dorsal fin. Skin covered with small bifid spines, whose prongs diverge con- 
siderably and are acute. 

The color is blood-red, except on the abdomen, both with several more or 
less distinct black spots under the origin of the dorsal fin and on the sides. 
The abdomen is light or yellowish-brown, spotted with black. The intervals 
between the caudal and anal rays are also marked with black. The floor of 
the mouth behind the tongue has two lateral black bands converging towards 
the front, while the posterior margin of the tongue itself is also sometimes 
lined with black. 

Two specimens were obtained at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. Xantus. 


ANTENNARIUS ANNULATUS Gill. 
The first dorsal spine is very slender, straight and nearly equals the length 


1863.] 


“< 


92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


of the caudal fin; it terminates in two simple tentacles, while a third longer 
one arises from front near its end; the second spine is curved at the middle 
and extends to the base of the third; the membrane is slight; the third 
spine is curved at the middle and partly free, but attached by the skin and 
only partially erectile; it reaches more than half way to the dorsal fin. The 
skin is covered with bifid spines. 

The body and fins are fawn-colored, lighter on the abdomen, with a few 
seattered ocellated dots, more abundant on the internal face of the pectoral 
fin as well as ventral ; the abdomen has darker fawn spots. There are larger 
ocelli,—black, edged with white,—on the marginal half of the dorsal and anal 
fins, and on the caudal; on fhe latter, three larger ocelli form a tri- 
angle. A still larger ocellus is on the back at the base of the ninth dorsal 
ray, and another between the fourth and fifth anal rays. A pink spot exists at 
each corner of the mouth ; the second dorsal spine and streaks on each side of its 
groove are colored likewise, and in front of the dorsal is a pink triangular 
saddle, sending from each anterior angle a fawn streak margined with whitish 
to a pinkish area before the pectoral, above which it merges ina marbled 
fawn area. A broad pink ring encircles the base of the caudal fin, which it- 
self, as well as the posterior half of the dorsal and anal fin, have a submargi- 
nal pink band. 

A single specimen was obtained by Lt. Wright, U. S. A., at Garden Key, 
Florida, and is in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. 


ANTENNARIUS PLEUROPHTHALMUS Gill. 


The anterior dorsal equals about a third of the length of the caudal fin, and 
has at its end a laciniated or fringed lobe extending upwards; the second is 
moderate, slightly curved, and rather longer than the first, and with a mem- 
brane extending nearly to the base of the third spine; the latter is free, ex- 
tends backward nearly to the fin, and almost connected with it by the mem- 
brane. The skin is covered with minute bifurcated spines. 

The color is brown, marbled with lighter, especially before and behind the 
dorsals, and above the pectorals ; distant black dots are also scattered over 
the body. Three large ocelli or black spots, margined with light-brown, are on 
each side; one at the middle of the basal half of the dorsal; a second below, 
intermediate between it and the anus, and a third in the middle of the caudal 
fin. The floor of the mouth behind the tongue is black, with whitish-yellow 
radiating lines, while the tongue itself is light-brown, with darker radiating 
bands or spots. 

A single specimen of this species is in the collection of the Smithsonian In- 
stitution, and was probably obtained at Key West. 


ANTENNARIUS STRIGATUS Gill. 


The anterior dorsal spine is very slender and filiform, without appendages ; 
the second is straight and moderate ; the third concealed and only developed 
as ahump, obtuse behind. Mhe spines which cover the body are small and 
mostly bifid. 

The back and front of the dorsal fin are reddish ; the rest light-brown, with 
hlack stripes which diverge downwards above the pectorals, those in front 
being parallel with the profile, and at right angles with those behind. Around 
the pectoral fins and on the flanks, the streaks are generally blended to form 
a continuous black area. <A black dorsal saddle is in front of the dorsal fin, 
and a black band covers the posterior half of the caudal fin. The abdomen 
is broadly reticulated with black, and the brown intervals themselves are fre- 
quently striated with the same color. The interior of the mouth is immacu- 
Jate. 

Cape St. Lucas, (J. Xantus.) Two specimens. 


[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 


Enum2ration of the ARCTIC PLANTS collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes in his 
Exploration of Smith’s Sound, betweon parallels 78th and 821, during the 
months of July, August and beginning of September, 1861. 


BY E. DURAND, THOS. P. JAMES AND SAML. ASHMEAD. 


Although the following enumeration does not contain any new plants, it is, 
nevertheless, sufficiently interesting in other respects not to be passed un- 
noticed. In a geographical point of view, it exhibits the peculiar regetation 
of the most northern portion of the globe as yet visited by civilized man, and 
illustrates several facts which are not devoid of interest. 

In his Arctic exploration, Dr. Hayes has been very active in collecting 
specimens in the different branches of Natural History, which he has liberally 
presented to the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. His botanical 
collection, which was placed in my hands, was not so numerous in species as 
that of his predecessor and former Arctic companion, Dr. Kane ; but the latter 
had collected along the whole western coast of Greenland, from 65° upwards, 
whilst Dr. Hayes’ collections have been confined to the limits of the 78th and 
521 parallels, where, naturally, a greater scarcity of species was to be ex- 

ected. 

f From those extreme Arctic latitudes, in which the thermometer of Fahren- 
heit scarcely ever reaches 55°, with the ground continually frozen and mostly 
covered with snow, Dr. Hayes brought seeds, apparently in a perfect state of 
maturity; and also some living roots, imbedded in their own rich soil, and 
carefully packed in boxes. Among those roots, with their somewhat withered 
stems, could be recognized Salix Arctica and S. herbacea, Toficldia palustris, 
and Ranunculus nivalis, large tufts of Andromeda tetragona, Armeria Labradorica, 
Silene acaulis, &c. All these, at their arrival in Philadelphia, in the beginning 
of January, 1862, were entrusted to the care of our fellow-member, Mr. Kil- 
vington, a skilful horticulturist, who resorted to every means his experience 
and ingenuity could suggest, to insure their vegetation. 

Some of the seeds, those of the Crucifvre especially, germinated well and 
put forth the primordial leaves; the roots began early to show signs of vegeta- 
tion ; the buds of the willows enlarged, but never arrived at expansion. An- 
dromeda gave some hope of success, and Lycopodium annotinum and a species 
of Hypnum resisted the longest. But as soon as the plants ceased being 
supplied with ice and snow, they began to droop and die, the one after the 
other, and, by the middle of April, not one of those Arctic denizens, except 
Hypnum, remained to enjoy the sweets of our Philadelphia spring. 

Another remarkable fact: The Arctic soil, in appearance so rich, in which 
the roots were imported, had been found to contain numerous seeds that had 
given expectations of a good harvest of hyperboreal plants. Mr. Kilvington 
carefully watched them, early in the spring. They were seen, gradually, to 
swell and burst, but no sign whatever of germination took place in them. 
Nor in the whole course of the summer and autumn to this day, has that 
ground produced a single plant germinated from the seeds that must inevitably 
have been disseminated over it from the neighboring plants in the garden. 

Incited by the apparent richness of that Arctic soil, Mr. Kilvington planted 
in 1t some species of Erica; but they, also, soon languished and would have 
died had they not been removed to a more genial ground. Evidently, that 
Arctic soil had become perfectly unproductive out of its ever-frozen zone ! 


E. D: 
1863. ] 


O4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


PH NOGAMOUS PLANTS. 


BY E. DURAND. 


Ranunculus nivalis, Linn. Gale Point, July 29. 


it 
2. Papaver nudicaule, Linn. P. alpinum, Linn. Every Station, July and Aug. 
3. Hesperis Pallasii, Torr.and Gr. H. pygmed, \ neti (Alte 04a 
Hook. : 
4. Draba Alpina, DC. var. glabra, Port Foulke, July. 
ae ws “6 yar, hispida, R. Br. US a 
6. “ corymbosa, R. Br. Netlik, Aug. 4. 
he “ rupestris, &. Br. 4s e 
8. Vesicaria arctica, Richards. “ “ 
9. Cochlearia officinalis, Linn. Cape Isabella, July 28. 
10. Alsine (Arenaria) rubella, var. hirta, Vahl. Netlik, Aug. 4, 
11. Stellaria humifusa, Rott. as “ 
12. Oo stricta, Rickards. “ “ 
13: i a J. var. Fischerianum, \ Port Foulke, July 15. 
14. Silene acaulis, Linn. Nethik, Aug. 4. 
15 Lychnis apetala, Linn. i “ 
16. « pauciflora, Fisch, “ “ 
17. Dryas octopetala, Linn. “ 
18. “ integrifolia, VYahl.* cs "e 
19. Potentilla nivea, var. pulchella. P. Pu * Port Foulke, July. 
chella, Hook. ? 
20. Shara nivea, var. hirsuta. P. hirsuta, \ Netlik, July ‘and Aug: 
21. Alchemilla vulgaris, Linn. a July 12. 
22. Saxifraga oppositifolia, Linn. Gale Point, &c.,July and Aug. 
23. “ _ flagellaris, Willd. ue be 
24, a cespitosa, Linn. var. uniflora. 28 
25. cm rivularis, Linn. Netlik, Aug. 4. 
26. a tricuspidata, Reiz. Port Foulke, July 15. 
27. ut cernua, Linn. us te 
28. us nivalis, Lin. “ “ 
29. Leontodon palustre, Linn, Netlik, Aug. 4. 
30. yap ae rotundifolia, Zinn., var. lini- 1 Tessuissak, Sept 4 
? : y 
31. Vaccinium uliginosum, Linn. Netlik, Aug. 4. 
32. Andromeda tetragona, Linn. Port Foulke, July and Aug. 
po yo) Iver Tre ] ¢ ; . , 
Boe He eine Sane Radd. P. Grenlandica, \ Tassuisdak aSepre 
34, Bartsia alpina, Linn. &“ A“ 
35. Pedicularis hirsuta, Linn. Port Foulke, July and Aug. 


' 

* T have no doubt of the correctness of Chamiso and Schlechtendal’s view, “that Dryas integri- 
folia isthe more Arctic form of D. octopetala of Linneeus.” Almost all the specimens of Dr. Hayes 
were with narrow, entire leaves, but some éxhibited the intermediary forms of both varieties, and a 
single one was a perfect specimen of Dryas octcpetala. te 


+ Dr. Jos. D. Hooker, in his * Outlines of the Distribution of Arctic Plants,” (Trans. Linn. Soc. 
Lond., Vol. xxiii, p. 2.) is perfectly right in suspecting Pyrola chlorantha of my Plante Kaneane to 
be P. grandiflora, Raddi. This 1 have ascertained to be the fact, on the better specimens bronght. 
by Dr. Hayes. 

t Pedicularis hirsuta, L. Was fairly represented both in Dr. Kane’s and Dr. Hayes’ collections. 
It appears to be much more common, in those hyperboreal regions, than either P. Langsdorfii or 
my P. Kanei. of which Dr. Kane brought only a single specimen, that has been submitted to Prof. 
Asa Gray. In his Enumeration of Dr. C. C. Parry’s Plants of the Rocky Mountains, (Am. Jour. Sc., 
Vol. xxxiv, 2d ser. p, 251,) Dr. Gray expresses himself in the following words, with regard to some , 


[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 


36. Armeria vulgaris, Willd. var. A. habrader-\ wotiil eet a hie 
iea, Vahl, f Bar ieee 
37. Polygonum yiviparum, Linn. i 
38. Oxyria digyna, Campd. Every Station, July and Aug. 
39. Empetrum rubrum, Willd. Spec. Pl. 4, p. ‘ 
713. (A variety of E. nigrum ?) * \ Tessnissak, Pent 4: 


40. Betula nana, Linn. Port Foulke, July 15. 
41. Salix arctica, Linn. Every Station, July and Are- 
42. “ herbacea, Linn. Port Foulke, July 15. 
43. Tofieldia palustris, Linn, T- borealis, Vahl. Ue i 
44. Luzula campestris, var. congesta, Wahl. ) cea 

L.. hyperborea, of Danish authors.. f BS es) ha i 
45. Carex rigida, Good. Netlik, Aug. 4. 
46. Eriophorum vaginatum, Linn. Gale Point, July 27- 
47. Alopecurus alpinus, Zann. Port Foulke, &c., July. 
48. Glyceria arctica, Hook. Be IN 
49. Poa arctica, R. Br. es Vee) ural 
50. Poa Vahliana, Bot. Dan.? (Too young.) ie Eee 
51. Hierochloa borealis, Roem. and Schl. Tessuissak, Sept. 4 
52. Festuca ovina, Linn. Ce 2 

CRYPTOGAMOUS PLANTS. 
LYCOPODIACEA. 

53. Lycopodium annotinum, Linn. Tessuissak, Sept. & 


Musci and Lichenes were placed in the hands of Mr. Thos. P. James; 
the excellent cryptogamist, who has returned them with the following note: 
“T return the Musci and Lichenes from Dr. Hayes’ Arctic expedition. I have 
named them as best I could, from their imperfect condition ,—not a single 
fruiting specimen was to be found in the entire collection! This fact rendered 
their determination the more difficult. Several, which I could not determine, 
may be new species, but they were not in a state clearly to be analyzed.” 


MUSCTI. 61. Aulacomium turgidum, Schw.. 
Oy he ee 62. Bryam Duvallii, Vort. 
63. “purpurascens, 2 
54. Andreea petrophila, Hhrh.? 64, “ —arcticum, Brid. § Sch. 
55. Barbula ruralis, Hedw. 65. “rutilans, Brid. § Sch. 
56. Orthotrichum affine, Schr. 66. ‘“  eyclophyllum, Brid. § Sch. 
57. Grimmia spiralis, Hook. § Tayl. 67.  erudum, Schr. ? 
58. Racomitrium lanuginosum, Brid. | 68. “nutans, Schr. 
59. Pogonatum alpinum, Brid. 69. ‘¢ palustre, Linn. 
60. Polytrichum juniperinum, Hedw. | 70. “ eneum, Blyitt. 


Arctic Greenland species of Pedicularis: “‘ P. Kanei of Durand does not belong to P. Sudetica, as 
Dr. Hooker supposed, but to P. anata, Willd.; which again, contrary to Bentham and Hooker, I 
must regard with Bunge as clearly different from hirsuta of Linnzeus; it is much nearer another 
species which Dr. Hooker refers to Sudetica,—viz : Langsdorfiz, with which it has been confused ; 
but it is perfectly edentulate. The teeth of the latter, however, are inflexed, and so may escape 
observation. All these species are well discriminated by Bunge, in Ledebour’s Flora Rossica. 

* Drupe red, stems apparently smaller and more decumbent than in EF. nigrum, from which it 
does not otherwise differ. Dr. Kane’s specimens belonged probably to the same form; but having 
no fruit on, I referred them, naturally, in my Plante Kaneane, to Empetrum nigrum. 

It is a remarkable fact of geographical botany, that this red-fruited species, originally found on 
the shores of the Strait of Magellan, should appear again at the opposite extremity ot the American 
continent. Messrs. La Pylaieand Tuckerman met with it in Newfoundland, and, quite lately, Abbé 
Ferland, a Catholic missionary of the Laval Umiversity of Quebec, found it likewise on the coast ef 
Labrador, together with Hmpelrum nigrum. 


1863.] 


96 PROCEEDINGS OF TILE ACADEMY OF 
71. Mnium affine, var.rugicum, Bland. ; 97. Cladonia pyxidata, (Linn.) Fries. 
12. rostratum, Schw. 98. H furcata, var. racemosa, 
73. Meersia Albrotinii, Hoff. 
74. Bartramia, aff., calcaree. 99. Cladonia ignota ? 
75. Conostomum boreale, Swartz. 100. Lecidea geographica? Hoff. 
76. Splachnum Wormskioldii, Brid. |101. Umbilicaria hypexp naa Hoff. 
UG ts vasculosum, Linn. 102, Ignota 
78. aan uncinatum, Hedw. 103. Verrucaria popularis, Floerk. 
i: aduncum, Linn. 104. 2 ‘maura, var. striatula, 
80. a oligorrhizon, Brid. § Sch. Hoff. 
81. ‘ nova species? ae 
ALG. 
LICHENES. 
BY SAML. ASHMEAD. 
ar coverieees ipa 105. Fucus vesiculosus, Linn 
; F . pa ] : 
And submitted to Ezra Michener, M.D.) 196. Alaria esculenta, Grey. 
82. Alectoria bicolor,(Hhrh.) Nylander.|107. Ulva latissima, Linn. 
83. i suleata? (Lev.) Nyl. 108. Laminaria phyllitis, Lam. 
84. fs ochroleuca, (Hhrh.) Nyl.| 109 ut longicruris, Pylaie. 
85. Lecanora ventosa, Ach. 110. Laminaria fascia, Ag. 
86. Neuropogon Taylori, Hook., Nyl. |111 as saccharina? Zam. 
87. Platysma cucullata, Hoff. 112. Rhodymenia interrupta, Grev. 
88. a nivalis, Ach. 113. Enteromorpha compressa, Grev. 
89. Plocadium elegans, (Ach.), Nyl. 114. Soliera chordalis, Ag. 
90. Parmelia saxatilis, (Linn.) Ach. |115. Cladophora arcta, Dill. 
91 ft Borreri, Z’urner. 116. Bryopsis plumosus, Ag. 
92 a stygia, (Linn.) .4ch. 117. Desmarestia aculeata, Lam. 
93 a conspersa? (Hhrh.) Ach.| 118. Chetomorpha littorea, Haw. 
94. Dactylina Arctica, (Rich.) MNyl. |119. Ectocarpus? 
95. Stereocaulon denudatum, Mloerk. | 120. Ignota. 
96 a condensatum, off. 


Additions to the Catalogue of Stars which have Changed their Colors. 
BY JACOB ENNIS. 


I beg leave to add the following continuation to the Catalogue of six stars 
which have changed their colors,recently presented as.a verbal communication : 

7. Procyon. In:1850 Humboldt classed Precyon among the yellow stars : 
Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 182. Ina verbal communication to this Academy, Feb. 
17th, 1863, I announced that this star is now very decidedly blue; and inthis 
all to whom I have referred the color agree without the least hesitation. 

8. Rigel. This star is classed among the white stars by Donati, in aMemoir 
dated August, 1860, and published in the Annals of the Museum at Florence 
in 1862. It is now decidedly blue. During the past two months it has been 
observed by myself and some friends to be one of the most deeply-colored of 
all the stars now visible in this latitude. 

9. Alpha Lyre, or Vega. Donati, in the Memoir jmst named, classes Vega 
among the white stars. Humboldt, in 1850,—Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 183,—says, 
‘‘the light of Alpha Lyre is bluish.”? To myself it now appears pale blue, 
very much like Capella. 

10. Castor. Donati, in 1860, classed Castor among the yellow stars. Hum- 
boldt, in 1850, says, ‘‘ Castor is a greenish star.’’—Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 177. 
It appears to me greenish now,— March, 1863. 


There is a close cluster of more than a hundred stars, known as Kappa 


[ Mar. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 


Crucis, in the Southern hemisphere, and when seen through a telescope, the 
very varied colors of its indivdual stars give it, according to Sir John Herschel, 
“the effect of a superb piece of fancy jewelry.’’ During his residence at the 
Cape of Good Hope, he made a drawing or map of this group, and stated eare- 
fully the colors of eight of its most conspicuously-colored stars. Just a quarter 
of a century later, F. Abbot, Esq., in a communication tothe Royal Astronomi- 
cal Society in England, dated, Private Observatory, Hobart Town, May, 1862, 
describes how this piece of jewelry has changed. Sixof these eight stars have 
now different colors. The changes, according to him, are as follows: 

11. Gamma kappa crucis: Changed from greenish white to bluish purple. 
There is an error in Mr. Abbot’s communication, as printed in the Monthly 
Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. The name of this star is there 
printed nu, instead of Gamma. Sir John’s list has no nu. 

12. Delta kappa crucis: has changed from green to pale cobalt. 

13. Epsilon kappa crucis: has changed from red to Indian red. 

14. Zeta kappa crucis : has changed from green to ultra-marine. 

15. Phi kappa crucis: has changed from blue green to emerald green. 

16. Alpha2 kappa crucis: has changed from ruddy to the similar color of 
all the small stars of that magnitude. ‘‘The smaller stars, from the 10th to 
the 14th magnitude, are generalized, and all partake of nearly the same color, 
—Prussian blue,—some with a little more or less tint of red or green mixed 
with the blue.’’ 

Arago says that certain of the double stars designated by Sir William Her- 
schel as having a yellow color, are at present, according to Struve, orange and 
red. Others, which according to Herschel shone with a perfectly white light, 
exhibit, according to recent observations, a golden-yellow, red, and even green- 
ish-blue. These will be added to this catalogue in due time. 

Sirius, Procyon, Capella. The Memoir of Donati brings down the former 
colors of these stars to a much later date than any authority I had found 
previous to my communications of Feb. 10th and 17th, In August, 1860, he 
still classes the two former among the white stars. A very few months after- 
wards, Sirius was observed by Dr. Wilcocks to be changed. At the same 
date, also, Donati classes Capella among the yellow stars, but, by the authority 
quoted in the Proceedings of Feb. 10th, it was blue in September, 1859! and 
had been so I know not how long. After making due allowances for this dis- 
crepancy, if such it be, these are strikingly sudden changes, but not more 
impressive than those in the cluster Kappa Crucis, where six out of eight 
stars had changed their colors in a quarter of a century. Beta Ursa Minoris 
has often vibrated between yellow and red. The very reliable German observer, 
Heis, wrote: ‘‘I have had frequent opportunities of convincing myself that 
the color of this star is not always equally red; at times it is more or less 
yellow, at others most decidedly red.’’? Captain Berard ‘‘ had for some years 
seen Alpha Crucis growing red.’’ The temporary star of 1572 in a few months 
passed through the colors white, yellow, red, another shade of red, and again 
a duller white. The suddenness and the variety of the changes a star may 
undergo, are no reasons against their reality. But all this shows the need of 
caution on the part of the observer, and how a writer should not publish the 
color of a star as existing at any date, which color may depend altogether 
on observations of some prior date. Discrepancies must in this way occur, 
and in this way we may perhaps account for a discrepancy in Humboldt’s 
Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 181, where, apparently using an old catalogue, he classes 
Vega among the white stars, but on p. 183, where he individualizes to prove 
the existence of blue stars, he says, ‘‘ the light of Alpha Lyrzis bluish.’’ The 
discrepancy just shown between Kearney and Donati may, perhaps, be similarly 
explained. A discrepancy of a different kind appears in the Proceedings of 
the 10th of February of this Academy. Dr. Wilcocks, in announcing the 
change of Sirius, gave the present color as violet, but previous to the next - 


1863.) 8 


98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


meeting, Feb. 17th, he convinced himself that his impression was wrong, 
and that the present real color of Sirius is green; and he obtained consent 
that the Minutes, when printed, should be altered accordingly ; but by some 
oversight this alteration was not made. In denominating Sirius purple in 
October last, I dissented, for it appeared to me plainly green. The three 
successive, undisputed colors of Sirius therefore are red, white and green. 
There is special need of attending to discrepancies in the beginning of this 
catalogue, both as to color and to dates. This is the only way to insure pro- 
gress. 

It is to me an impressive fact that so many conspicuous stars now nightly 
appear blue or green; especially as the first blue stars were mentioned by 
Mariotte, so lately as in 1686 ;—before him, no departure from white was 
named but red, with the exception of the yellow in the temporary star of 1572. 
Capella, Bellatrix, Rigel, Procyon, Vega, Beta Libre are blue; all deeply so 
except Capella and Vega. Sirius is conspicuously green, and Castor slightly 
green, though I sometimes doubt the greenness of the latter. When a star 
is not of the first magnitude, or when its departure from white is not very de- 
cided, a long fixedness of the eye upon it is necessary, and a careful exclusion 
of artificial lights. At least, this is my experience. It has occurred to myself, 
and been suggested by others, that perhaps this blueness of so many large 
stars now in view, and greenness, which is a modification of blue, may be 
owing to some special atmospheric cause. For many months the air has been 
unusually damp. But this cannot be the cause of these colors, for Aldebaran 
Betelguese and the planet Mars are in the midst or near vicinity of some of 
these blue and green stars, and preserve their ordirary redness. Pollux, how- 
ever, in the same general neighborhood, seems hardly entitled to be called a 
red star. From the fact that it was classed among the six decidedly red stars 
by the ancients, I regard it as changed, but desire further time before announc- 
ing the change in the catalogue. Humboldt calls it merely ‘‘ reddish.”’ 

I would not be premature in speculating on the laws or causes of these 
changes, but must remark that the change of Sirius, from its ancient red to 
white, and now to green, is all in the same direction, namely: a relative 
diminution of the red. The three primary colors, red, yellow and blue, with 
an excess of red, will give a red star; take away the excess of red and the 
star will be white ; take away still more of the red and it will be green, —that 
is, a combination of the remaining yellow and blue. The three colors of 
Sirius, therefore, the ancient red, the modern white and the recent green, may 
possibly be due to the operation of a single cause, 


Communication, March 24th. 


Mr. Cassin read the following interesting extracts from a letter to Prof. R, 
Dunglison, of this city, from Dr. James A. Grant, of Ottowa city, Canada. 
dated Feb, 10th, 1863, relating to the Willow Grouse, or Ptarmigan, Lagopus 
albus : ‘‘ During the present winter, the Ptarmigan or White Grouse has been 
observed in large numbers at the head waters of the Gatineau river, (a tribu- 
tary of the Ottowa river, ) distant from Ottowa city about 120 miles. In that 
locality, lumberers are constantly engaged, who have, this season, procured 
these birds in considerable numbers, a very unusual circumstance, as years 
frequently elapse without one being observed. This bird seems to be guided 
in its migration by peculiarities of climate, and is only seen in this particular 
locality when the season is very cold. Since the year 1844 it has not been 
observed by the lumberers until the present season, and it seems that noth- 
ing short of excessive arctic cold will bring it from its more northern abode.”’ 

‘‘It is stated by Buffon that the Ptarmigan avoids the solar heat, and pre- 
fers the biting frost on the tops of mountains. These peculiarities I have 
also observed here. This bird appears to enjoy the soft snow on the hill sides, 


[April, 


5 
, 
i 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 


and frequently makes holes in it and thus shelters itself during the night. 
In this position it is occasionally found frozen in by a superficial crust of ice 
which formed during the night, caused by the fall of rain, and owing toa 
sudden change of temperature, which is not an unusual circumstance even in 
these northern localities.’’ 

‘* Owing to their absence in a great measure from the inhabited northern 
localities, these birds do not possess that degree of fear which is observed 
in other members of the Grouse family, in consequence of which they are 
easily shot or caught in snares. They are said to pair at the same time as 
the red Grouse. The female lays 10 to 12 eggs, which are white and marked 
with brown spots, and which are deposited on the ground, no nest being pro- 
vided. Having examined carefully the digestive organs of this bird, I found 
the principal contents to be small twigs and buds of the Birch tree, mixed 
with small particles of sand. These twigs were nicely divided into pieces, 
varying from one-eighth to one-quarter of an inch in length, and in examin- 
ing the beak it will be observed that it possesses considerable strength, and 
from its peculiar formation is beautifully adapted to the division of these 
small shoots or twigs, from which this bird appears to derive the greater part 
of its nourishment. Ihave much pleasure in sending to you specimens of 
both sexes for the Academy of Natural Sciences.”’ 


April Tth. 
The President, Mr: LEA, in the Chair. 


Twenty members present. 
_ The following were offered for publication : 
Descriptions of new Squamata. By E. D. Cope. 
Descriptions of new species of Vireonidz, &e. By Geo. N. Lawrence. 
Descriptions of new species of Pedipalpi. By Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr. 


April 14th. 
The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 
Twenty-seven members present. 


April 21st. 
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. 


Twenty-two members present. 


April 28th. 
The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 


Nineteen members present. 
On the report of the respective Committees, the following were 
ordered to be published in the Proceedings: 


1863.] 


100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF’ 


Descriptions of new American SQUAMATA, in the Museum of the Smithsonian 
Institution, Washington. 


BY E. D. COPE. 


Tantilla miniator Cope, sp. nov. 
Tail one-fifth the total length. Postnasal equal to second superior labial, 


and largely in contact with the preocular; which is hexagonal, and as long as” 


high. Two post-oculars; seven superior labials, eye over third and fourth ; 
fifth very narrow. First inferior labial not separating symphyseal and genei- 
als. Temporals two large, two small. Occipitals rather large; vertical, 
scarcely longer than broad, more acute angled posteriorly, the frontal, super- 
ciliary and occipital sutures equal. Muzzle subtruncate. Scales in thirteen 
rows. Length of head and body 30”, of tail 7/7. 


Above blackish brown, on the nape blackish; a yellow collar two scales’ 


wide, touching tips of occipitals; head above blackish, except two large yel- 
lowish spots on the superior labials, one below the nares, and one behind the 
eye. Under surfaces salmon-colored, palest anteriorly. 

Habitat.—Mirador, near VeraCruz. From Dr. Charles Sartorius’ collection 
made for the Smithsonian Institution. (No. 13.) 

A species allied to coronata Bd. Grd., (which Jan confounds with the 
melanoce phala), but differing in the broader and more obtuse head, and 
darker coloration. Thereticulata has a much longer tail. 


Tropidodipsas sartorii Cope, sp. nov. 

Rather stout ; tail one-sixth of the totel length. Head swollen at the tem- 
ples, muzzle broad, thick; eyes medium. Rostral not prominent, as high as 
broad. Nasals two, large; loreal nearly square, in contact with orbit; one 
very small preocular above it, widely separated from vertical ; two postoculars. 
Top of head arched, a little swollen behind. Postfrontals very large; vertical 
broader than long, five-sided; superciliaries small. Occipitals with a concave 
outer border. Five temporals, one in contact with postoculars, little longer 
than fifth superior labial. Six superior labials, eye over fourth, but touching 
third. Nine inferior labials, fifth largest; two pairs of very small geneials 
behind the moderate anterior pair. Scales in seventeen longitudinal series, the 
three median slightly keeled. Gastrosteges rounded, slightly bent upwards on 
the sides. Length of head and body 47”, of tail 9”. 

Black, with fifteen yellowish (? red) rings three scales wide, each scale black 
tipped. Last ring including tips of occipitals, last superior labial, and chin, 
except inferior labials; five light rings on tail. 

Habitat.—Mirador, Vera Cruz. Discovered by Dr. Charles Sartorius, (Coll. 
No. 20,) to whom the species is dedicated. This gentleman has also obtained 
at the same place, among other species, Niniacollaris (Streptophorus sebz, 
collaris Jan.) Drymobius margaritiferus, Lampropeltis micropholis, 
Boa eques. 


Rhadinega poecilopogon Cope, sp. nov. 

Slender; head distinct elongate; convex; muzzle elongate, narrowly 
rounded. Scales narrow, in seventeen longitudinal rows. Tail more than one 
fourth of the total length. Superior head-plates normal, elongate, especially 
the vertical, which has straight outlines. Loreal nearly equilateral, encroach- 
ing on the single preocular, which does not reach the vertical. Two postocu- 
lars, superior larger ; one temporal between fifth and sixth superior labials and 
occipital. Seven superior labials, eye cover third and fourth; postgeneials 
longer than pregeneials; nine inferior labials, fifth largest. Total length 
3927’, tail 103”. 

Above olivaceous brown, each scale of the vertebral series with a black 
centre. End of gastrosteges and lateral scales to the edge of the fourth row, 
dark slate ; a streak across the rostral plate through loreal and temporal re- 


[ April, 


ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 


gion, and spreading in the posterior lower labials of the same color, 
yellow bordered above. Labials, mental and gular regions yellow, with 
blackish spots and vermiculations. A blackish spot on each end of every 
gastrostege anteriorly ; posteriorly they become confluent with those of the 
sides. Abdomen yellow, immaculate. 

Habitat—Paysondu, Uraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, from Mr. H. W. Kennedy. 

The genus here called Rhadinza, has afforded me considerable perplexity, 
standing as it does in near relationship with Coniophanes, Coronella, Lygophis, 
and Diadophis. Its type is the Teniophis vermiculaticeps, which I 
indicated in 1861* as belonging to an unnamed genus. Coronelladecorata 
Gthr., is a second species. This I formerly placed provisionally in Diadopbis, 
partly on account of its two preocular plates. A specimen from Vera Cruz, 
has, however, but one, and the dentititiou is not isodont, but syncranterian, as 
Giinther describes, though of a weak type. The same arrangement is exhibited 
by the vermiculaticepsand poecilopogon. The tail of the deco- 
ratus is relatively much longer than that of the vermiculaticeps; the 
p oecilopogon is rather intermediate in this respect. The dentition dis- 
tinguishes this genus from Coniophanes ; the pattern of coloration is the same, 
and the scale pores are equally wanting. The general form is rather more 
slender. If we ignore the difference in dentition, these serpents might be re- 
ferred to Lygophis, where some species are of similar scutellation, proportion, 
and coloration. The closest accordance with Coronella in structural charac- 
teristics exists, but the species are much more slender, and the headis more dis- 
tinct. If we unite them with that genus, Coniophanes, its closest ally (through 
C. imperialis) must follow, and if so, then Lygophis and Liophis, whose 
connection with Dromicus is well known. Coronellaanomala is probably 
Lygophis rutilus, with abnormal scutellation, and the dentition described. 
as syncranterian; it seems to be diacranterian in the specimens described 
under the last name; other specimens have or have not the interval anterior 
to the last long tooth. Whether this species is a Lygophis or a Rhadinza, or 
whether it renders the two inseparable, must be left at present to future in- 
vestigation. Its form is more slender than Coronella. 

If Coronella, as Giinther left it in his “‘ Catalogue,” could be defined tren- 
chantly from genera leading to such distant connections, it would be well to 
accept it; but to me it is a union of natural groups, which, as being the most , 
definable, may be called genera. They are Coronella proper, Macroprotodont, 
Coniophanes, Rhadinza, Lampropeltis, and perhaps others. 

In the system of the Erpetologie Générale, the species of Rhadinza would 
enter the section of Leptophis, characterized by smooth scales. 


Rhadineza obtusa, Cope, sp. nov. 

Muzzle broadly rounded, ratker short. Head small. Tail one-fourth the 
total length. Head plates shorter than inthe poe cilopo gon; outlines of ver- 
tical slightly concave. Hight superior labials, loreal nearly square, encroach- 
ing on the single preocular, which does not reach the vertical. Two postocu- 
lars touching one temporal. Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows. Total length 
41-25//, the tail 8-75.” 

Above olive brown; ends of gastrosteges and sides, including border of 
fifth row of scales, blackish ; a median dorsal band embracing one and two 
half rows of scales, which disappearon the tail. Beneath saffron yellow; a 
blackish dot on the end of each gastrostege anteriorly. Chin and labial regions 
immaculate. 

Habitat.—Paysondu, Uraguay. Dr. Kennedy’s collection furnished also that 
rare species Tomodon ocellatus. This serpent looks much like a Tachy- 


* Proc, A. N.S., p. 74. 


tIt would prove interesting if the Coronella brevis Gthr., should be found to possess 
the elongate anterior mandibular teeth of Macroprotodon. 


1863.] 


102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


menis, and resembles that figured by Seba, pl 68, no. 6, on which Klein (Ten- 
tamen, p. 39.) founded his Coluber exetra, aquaticus. There were also 
in the collection Lygophis anomalus, Heterodon d’orbignyi (ground 
color of abdomen and tail red!). Philodryas schottii, Oxyrhopus spadi- 
ceus, plumbeus, Opheomorphus doliatus. 


Gonatodes gillii Cope, sp. nov. 

Premaxillary teeth eleven. inferior labials four; symphyseal thrice as large 
as the anterior labial, longer than broad, each of its two posterior sutures 
shorter than its lateral, and joining at an obtuse angle. Six scales in the 
first transverse mental row, two median in contact with symphyseal; behind 
these about four rows of hexagonal scales, becoming smaller and more circu- 
lar. Superior labials five. Internasals separated by one row of scales. 
Frontal scales larger than gular, much larger than dorsal, which equal occipi- 
tal. Scales of abdomen and anterior faces of limbs larger, rounded, imbricate; 
of tail large, hexagonal; a row of plates beneath. Length from muzzle to 
vent 3”. 

Lateral regions bluish grey, sides of abdomen much darker. Dorsal region 
nearly black, with a median yellow vitta extending from the end of the muzzle. 

Habitat.—Trinidad. From the collection of the well-known zoologist, Prof. 
Theodore Gill, whose name I take much pleasure in attaching to this very 
pretty species. 

I have employed Fitzinger’s name for this genus, instead of Goniodactylus 
of Kuhl, which should be applied to that called Cyrtodactylus by Gray. 


Gonatodes ferrugineus Cope sp. nov. 

Premaxillary teeth eleven. Inferior labials five; superior six or seven. 
Symphyseal as broad as long, twice as large as anterior labial. Two large 
scales in first mental row, five in the second, five rows behind these gradually 
diminisbing in size. About thirteen longitudinal rows of scales on the thorax. 
Scales of the upper surfaces very small, those of the front large. Length from 
muzzle to vent 3”. 

Color cinnamon ; the thorax and abdomen dirty white, the gular region mot- 
tled with the same. 

Habitat.—Trinidad. Prof. Gill’s Collection. 

The head of this species is rather narrower than that of the gillii, and the 
squamation of the superior surfaces more minute. 


Diplodactylus unectus Cope, sp. nov. 

Scales rounded, flat in about 36 rows on the dorsal region; those of the 
muzzle smaller than dorsal, little larger than those on the occiput. Interna- 
sals in contact. Seven superior labials, including that under the pupil; six 
inferior, to the same point,—the last two very small, the first larger than the 
second, extensively in contact with the first pair of mental plates, which bound 
the symphyseal posteriorly. Each of the former is bounded by three smaller, 
and these are succeeded by a fewrows which diminish in size. Terminal discs 
with straight outlines. Tail without tubercles. Anal scales similar to the 
abdominal. Auricular opening as long as pupil. Premaxillary teeth five. 
Length from end of muzzle to auricular meatus 12’, from the same point to 
vent 4:5”. 

Above grey, shining, with five broad, blackish, centrally-pale cross-bands, 
from base of tail to interscapular region. A dark band from the muzzle 
through the eye, a cross band on occiput, and various irregular spots on the top 
of head and labial regions. 

Habitat.—Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Sent to the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution by John Xantus, Esq. (No. 5304.) 


Phyllodactylus x anti Cope, sp. nov. 
Dorsal tubercles rather small, not trihedral, in very irregular, broken, lon- 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 


gitudinal series. Those on the occiput small, numerous, smaller than the 
scales of the front and region of the canthus rostralis, which are swollen, and 
as large as those of the abdomen. Gular scales minute. Symphyseal acute- 
angled posteriorly, bounded by the two oval, large mentals; each of these 
bounded by three posteriorly. Five inferior labials opposite the middle ot 
the orbit; first and second equal. Seven superior labials to the same point. 
Internasals in contact. Preanals like abdominals. Transverse series of keeled 
ovate tubercles on the tail, which are in contact or separated by one row of 
scales. A row of broad plates beneath. 

Length from muzzle to angle of ramus mandibuli 1-4’’, to vent 5’. From 
vent to end of tail 4”. 

In spirits gray, with five blackish cross-bands, the median line pale, con- 
tinuous. A narrow streak through loreal and temporal regions, a cross streak 
on occiput, and a few longitudinal lines on the head. Tail with seven blackish 
rings. 

Habitat—Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Obtained by John Xantus, Esq., 
to whom it is dedicated. 


Pantedactylus bivittatus Cope, sp. nov. 

Internasal pentagonal, as broad as long. Anterior supraorbital largest, not 
equal to the two others combined; the latter are as large as the fronto- 
parietals. Interoccipital larger than occipital, bounded behind bya small post- 
interoccipital and two larger postoccipitals; one or two large temporals. 
Nasal subtriangular, nostril on the middle. Loreal much higher than long ; 
seven superior labials, eye over fourth. Four narrow inferior labials. One 
postsymphyseal, four infralabials, the two anterior pairs in contact. The 
anterior pair of gulars in contact, the four succeeding separated by from one 
to three plates, the following six in contact, transverse, the posterior form- 
ing the edge of acollar. Four rows of abdominal plates, as broad as long, 
two of ovate, smooth laterals, eighteen of elongate sharply-keeled dorsals. 
The extended posterior extremity reaches the elbow of the appressed anterior. 
Five femoral pores, four large anals, the posterior twice as long as the ante- 
rior. Tail more than twice the length of the head and body. Total length 
11-7///, tail 8-2. 

Above olive brown; two yellowish brown bands from the temporal region, 
bounded with darker above and below; in one specimen a median blackish 
line. Below olivaceous yellow, olive spotted under the tail. 

Habitat.—Paysondu, Uraguay, whence Mr. H. W. Kennedy has sent it to 
the Smithsonian Institution, Washington. This species possesses a transparent 
inferior palpebra like that of the concolor. (vid. Tschudi, “ Die Familie 
der Ecpleopoda”), while in the orbignyi it is squamous. 


Cnemidophorus hy perythrus Cope, sp. nov. 

External nares in the nasal plate. Brachium with four series of plates, 
three on the antebrachium, the superior largest. Head rather narrow, 
muzzle long. Hind foottwo-fifths the length of the head and body. Three 
rows of scales on the gular fold, the anterior row median, short, scales of the 
posterior largest. Posterior gular scales small, abruptly separated from the 
anterior, which are large—the median twice the size of those surrounding. 
Supraocular plates four, rarely three. Abdominals in eight series—some- 
times additional small externalplates. Frontoparietals united. Three larger 
anals. 

From end of muzzle to collar, 1/’ 8’’’; from collar to vent 4’’; vent to end 
of tail 14/7. 

Above brown or blackish ; two (?) yellow bands on each side, which extend 
some distance on the tail, one from the superciliary margin, one from in- 
ferior border of orbit; the last bordered with blackish beneath, and extend- 
ing on the posterior extremity tothe foot; the caudal portion continued from a 


1863.) 


104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


similar band on the posterior face of the limb. A median light stripe be- 
tween these two. Two paler median dorsal bands which diverge on the nape, 
and are frequently united for most of their length. Beneath iridescent rose- 
color, deeper posteriorly, becoming brownish vermillion on the under surface 
of the tail. 

Habitat—Cape St. Lucas. From coll. of Jno. Xantus, Esq., (No. 5290). 
A species allied to the deppei Wiegm. in scutellation ; the latter has two 
frontoparietals three supraoculars, is stonter, and more numerously banded. 


Cnemidophorus maximus Cope, sp. nov. 

Plates of the collar graduating in the posterior gular, the marginal largest, 
the series concave anteriorly in the middle. Anterior gulars abruptly larger, 
their median largest. Nostril in naso-rostral; supraorbitals four, fronto- 
parietals separated. Interoccipital (in adult) nearly as broad as long; oc- 
cipitals large. Preanals in four transverse series, the posterior two containing 
six. Tibials four, femorals seven, abdominals eight, antebrachials (often an 
unreliable character) four, brachials seven rowed. Dorsal scales minute. 

Length from end of muzzle to gular fold 4’” ; from gular fold to vent 8/7 ; 
from vent to end of tail 2277. 

Above olive brown, with three brown bands oneach side, which are as wide 
as the intervals between them, and are so broken by spots of the ground- 
color asto resemble series of confluent brown variations. Posterior extremities 
coarsely reticulate with the same color. Superior surface of tail, and gular 
region, blackish, varied; abdominal shields black tipped. Under surface of 
tail and hinder extremities yellow. 

Habitat—Cape St. Lucas. Jno. Xantus. (Smith. Mus., No. 5297). 

Differs from the C. grahamii, its nearest ally, in its smailer and more 
numerous preanal plates, much smaller dorsal scales, and broader light 
bands. 


Cnemidophorus melanostethus Cope, sp. nov. 

Plates of the collar small, the marginal not the largest; posterior gulars 
graduating into the anterior, not abruptly separated from them; the median 
of the latter not abruptly larger than those around them. Nostril in the 
frontonasal plate, as in allother North American species. Four supraorbitals, 
two frontoparietals ; interparietal elongate. Sides of neck with many folds. 
Scales of the back flat, rather large. Five large anals, two of which are mar- 
ginal. Hind foot entering length of head and body three times; extended, 
reaching angle of the mouth. Hight series of abdominal scales. Length 
from muzzle to collar 3/’; collar to vent 6/7, 3’”’; vent to end of tail 27/7. 

Above olive brown, with numerous whitish spots arranged closely in 
irregular transverse series, producing a reticulate aspect. Thorax and ter- 
minal two-thirds of tail, black; abdomen slightly, gular region strongly 
shaded with the same. 

Hlabitat.—Region of the Colorado of California. Mus. Smithsonian, 
(3064 a); obtained by Mr. H. B. Méllhausen, of Lieut. J. C. Ives’ expedition 
which explored that river. 

This species has a shorter hind foot than the gracilis, (where it enters 
the length of the head and body two and a half times,) and does not exhibit 
that abrupt transition from the small posterior to the large anterior gular 
plates. The latter character separates it from tesselatus and tigris. 
In the former of these the dorsal scales are larger; in the last, the coloration 
is very different. 


Uta thalassina Cope, sp. noy. 

Form much depressed. Median dorsal scales larger, smooth, graduating 
into the lateral, smaller than those of the abdomen, not separated by median 
smaller ones. Abdominal scales nearly rectangular, in transverse series. 
Brachial scales a little larger, more imbricate, keeled, Occipital plate large, 


(April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 


longer than broad, triangular, with rounded angles, separated by two plates 
from those bounding supraorbital region. One series of interorbitals. Su- 
praoculars in three series, five in the interior largest. Internasals, two series 
of four, each followed by two pairs. Scales of the collar but little larger than 
those anterior; gular scales equal, Anarrowentiresuborbital. Eight supe- 
rior labials, bounded above by two series of similar plates. Eight oblong 
inferior labials. Symphyseal larger, followed by.two trapezoid infralabials. 
A scapuloinguinal dermal fold on each side. Extended posterior extremity 
reaching anterior border of ear orifice. Tail broad and depressed at base, 
slender and slightly compressed, less than twice the length of the head and 
body. Total length, 21’ 4’/’; tail 13’” 6’/; body 5’’ 5’’”; from collar to 
end of muzzle, 2/7 3/7’. 

Color above sea-green; a narrow black cross-band separates the nuchal 
from the dorsal region ; a broader black band, which presents a convexity 
anteriorly, crosses the latter anterior to its middle. Between these, some in- 
distinct undulatory bands, three similar on the posterior dorsal region, fol- 
lowed by numerous caudal annuli, which become very broad. Beneath, 
bluish green, darkest on the gular region; tail and femora beneath yellow. 

Habitat—Cape St. Lucas. From Mr. Xantus’ valuable collections. Smith- 
sonian, No. 5302. § 


Sceloporus zosteromus Cope, sp. noy. 

Scales large, strongly keeled, slightly denticulate, in ten longitudinal rows 
on rump and nape, and eighteen to twenty transverse between those points. 
Lateral scales larger than abdominal, not granular above and before shoul- 
der. Auricular scales much longer than those adjacent. Cephalic shields 
smooth ; prefrontal longer than broad, single; supraoculars in one series, 
transverse, posteriorly in immediate contact with superciliary series. Ab- 
dominal scales emarginate, accumulated on the posterior gular region, where 
many are tricuspid. Hind limb extended, reaching orbit. 

Length from muzzle to vent, 9’” 7//”; from muzzle to axilla, 4/” 3’/”; hind 
foot, 3/7. 

o Above bright olivaceous, with a reddish longitudinal dorsolateral band 
on each side, crossed medially by numerous indistinct brown bars,—often 
obsolete. Under surface and sides of tail yellowish. Anterior face of femur, 
groin, a large spot anterior to brachium, a broad band connecting the latter 
with the former, and the latter of each side, across posterior gular region, 
black, which shade into blue on the sides and throat. Chin light-green. 
Brachium black in front. In younger specimens the prebrachial spot often 
does not connect with the lateral abdominal band. 

Habitat—Cape St. Lucas. From the collection of Jno. Xantus, Esq. 

A species to be compared with the S. clarkii, which is found in Texas 
and Arizona. The latter has a shorter prefrontal plate, greater size, and dif- 
ferent coloration. ° 


Cyclura (Ctenosaura) hemilop,ha Cope, sp.nov. 
Ctenosaura sp., Baird, Proc. A. N. S., 1859, p. 300. 

Breadth just anterior to orbits equal to length from line connecting those 
points to end of muzzle. Rostral plate twice as broad as high, upper outline 
anare. Seven premaxillary teeth ; maxillaries (in one specimen) 21, of which 
six are conic, the third longest, and very few of the remainder more than tri- 
cuspid. Crest highest on the nape, where it is composed of high compressed 
processes; on the anterior fourth of the back they become reduced to a me- 
dian series of compressed scales, which are undistinguishable behind the 
middle of the back. Dorsal scales flat; tibials and antebrachials slightly 
keeled. Tail cylindrical, the whorls with very strong spines, separated by 
one series of scales. Foot short, sole not spinous. Length from end of 
muzzle to gular fold, 6’” 5’”’; from mastoid to mastoid, 3’”; from edge of 


1863.] 


106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


fold to vent, 17’ 5’/’; vent to end of tail, 33’” ; posterior extremity, 1377 4/77. 
Above, light-greyish olive, with or without some transverse yellowish 
shades. Three or four black blotches cross the crest, the anterior smallest, 
the second also only a spot, but larger, the third transverse, the last largest, 
extending behind the axillar round the thorax, which, with the gular region 
and anterior extremities, is also black. A black line on each side the nape. 
Posteriorly pale, vermiculated and speckled with black, the hinder extremi- 
ties coarsely. Abdomen olivaceous grey or yellow, sparsely speckled. Tail 
yellowish-brown, with broad brown annuli posteriorly. 

Habitat—Cape St. Lucas. One of the most interesting discoveries of Mr. 
Xantus, (Xantus Col., No, 789.) This very distinct species belongs to the 
same section as C. teres and CO. pectinata. Its remarkably short crest 
and peculiar coloration are distinguishing features which immediately strike 
the eye. 


Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families VIREONIDE and 
RALLIDE. 


BY GEO. N. LAWRENCE, 


Fam. VIREONID &. 


1. VIREOSYLVIA ATRIPENNIS. 

First primary absent, third and fourth equal and longest, fifth nearly as 
long, second and sixth shorter and equal. 

Upper plumage olive-green, brownish on the crown of the head; a broad 
line of greyish-olive runs from the bill over and beyond the eye; under this 
line is a blackish mark, occupying the lores and a space behind the eye, in- 
cluding the eyelids ; cheeks greyish-olive, bordered by a well-defined blackish 
line, running from the lower mandible down the side of the neck ; tail greyish- 
black, broadly margined on the outer webs above with olive-green, and with 
the inner webs underneath edged with pale yellowish-white ; quills black, 
edged with olive-green; under wing coverts pale yellowish white, inner mar- 
gins of quills greyish-white ; throat greyish-white ; breast and abdomen pale 
yellowish-white, olivaceous on the sides; under tail coverts pale yellowish- 
white ; upper mandible dark horn-color, the under paler ; tarsi and feet black. 
Length of skin 63 in. ; wing 3 58. ; tail 25; bill $; tarsi 4. 

Habitat.—Sombrero Island, W. I. 

It somewhat resembles V. altiloqua, but is apparently a stouter species, the 
bill is rather larger and stronger, although not so broad at the base, the throat 
is grey instead of white, but the most distinguishing character is the black 
quill feathers. ; 

This species was the only land bird in a small collection put in my hands 
for examination by Prof. C. A. Joy, of Columbia College, N. Y. These birds 
were collected by Mr. Alexis A. Julien, on the Guano Island of Sombrero, one 
of the easternmost of the group, known as the Virgin Isles. I expect to re- 
ceive from him a more extended series of the birds inhabiting that island, and 
to give a catalogue of them, should they prove of sufficient interest. 


Fam. RALLIDA. 


2. CoRETHRURA GAUTEMALENSIS. 

Adult.—Upper plumage brownish-rufous, brighter on the wings, and more 
brown on the head; tail dark rufous-brown ; quills dark liver-brown, with 
faint edgings of rufous; the under plumage is of a deeper and brighter brown- 
ish-rufous, lighter on the chin; sides dusky ; under wing coverts dusky-brown ; 
bill dark horn-color, pale at the end; the legs appear to have been flesh-color. 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 


A younger specimen has the plumage above not quite so bright, and the 

under of a lighter brown, ashy on the middle of the abdomen and on the throat. 
Length to end of tail about 8 in.; wing 48; tail 2; bill 1; tarsi 1}. 
Habitat.—Guatemala. 


3. ARAMIDES AXILLARIS. 

Chin and throat white, entire head besides, neck, ‘breast and abdomen, of a 
bright chestnut-red, lighter on the sides of the head ; lower part of abdomen 
and thighs dark greyish-cinereous ; upper part of back bluish-cinereous, mid- 
dle of back olive-green ; ramp deep chocolate-brown, deepening to brownish 
black on the tail coverts ; tail deep brownish-black ; primaries bright cinnamon- 
red, slightly dusky at their ends; the secondaries are liver-brown on their 
inner webs, and on the outer greenish olive-brown; the tertials and wing 
coverts are of the same color as the back; under wing coverts and axillaries 
black, narrowly banded with white; sides under the wings and under tail 
eoverts brownish-black ; bill dusky-olive on the sides for two-thirds its length, 
the remainder yellowish white ; legs and feet clear vermilion, of a rather light 
color, and in the specimen before me translucent. 

Length about 13 in. ; wing 63; tail 23; bill 18; tarsi 23. 

Habitat.—Barranquilla, New Granada, collected by Geo. Crowther, Esq. 

The toes of this species are short, and together with the tarsi, quite slender. 
It does not appear to resemble any of the described species that I have exa- 
mined. 


Description of New Species of NORTH AMERICAN PEDIPALPI. 
BY DR. H. C. WOOD, JR. 


ScoRPIUS ALLENII. 


5. saturate brunneo-castaneus, levis, venuste politus; cephalothorace antico 
distincte emarginato ; palpi modicis; manibus magnis, subquadrangulatis, 
latis, vix crenatis, sparse punctatis; digitis robustis, modice brevibus, fere 
rude punctatis, curvatis ; oculis lateralibus fere equalibus ; cauda breve, valde 
crenulata ; spiculo brevissimo, subuncinato, sine spinulo basali; pectinis 
dentibus fere 7. 


The dorsum is beautifully polished, and not at all tuberculate. The palpi 
are of medium size. The second joint has all of its borders, except the postero- 
inferior, crenulate. The third has only its supero-anterior crenate. Its anterior 
face is complanate ; its posterior convex. The hands are rather thin, some- 
what cordate, subquadrangular, and faintly marked with divisions between 
eight facets. The anterior border is thin and convex. The fingers are very 
robust, almost rudely punctate, rather short, and ornamented with a few long 
hairs. Their opposing margins are minutely denticulate. The tail is short ; in 
the female not so long as the body. The first joint is broader than long. It has 
both the superior and the supero-lateral crests crenulate. The third and fourth 
have also the infero-lateral distinctly crenate. The inferior crests are crenulate 
on the fourth. The penultimate joint is elongate; its lower surface is tuber- 
culate ; its single median inferior and infero-lateral crests strongly dentate. 
The terminal joint is elongate; its superior surface is complanate and triangu- 
lar ; its inferior convex, and marked with a dark median stripe. The sternal 
plate is pentangular. It affords me great pleasure to dedicate this species to 
my friend and co-laborer, Dr. H. Allen, U.S. A. 

Length of body, 3 6 lines, 2 9 lines: of tail, G8 lines, 2 8 lines. 
Hab.—Lower California. Smithsonian Museum. J. Xantus de Vesey. 


BuTHUS EXILICAUDA. 


B. dilute aurantiaco-brunneus, interdum obscure maculatus ; dorso tuber- 
culis parvis asperato; cephalothorace antico late sed haud profunde emargi- 


1863.] 


108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


nato; palpi nonnihil gracilibus, subelongatis ; manibus parvissimis ; digi- 
tis valde elongatis, gracilibus, curvatis; cauda gracile, nonnihil elongata; 


spiculo modice longo, valde curvato, sine spinulo basili; pectinis dentibus 
fere 18. 


The cephalothorax is medianly canaliculate, and anteriorly broadly but 
very shallowly emarginate. The lateral eyes are arranged ina straight or 
nearly straight series. The palpi have their surface quite rough, and are 
somewhat elongate and slender. The second article has four minutely crenu- 
late crests, besides minute tubercles on its anterior face. The third has five 
ridges, besides larger tubercles on its front surface. The anterior aspect of the 
hand is very convex. The posterior border is ornamented by an obsoletely 
crenulate ridge. The opposing margins of the fingers are armed with obliquely 
longitudinal imbricated rows of minute teeth, with a series of distant larger 
ones on either side. The caudal surface is rough. The first joint has very 
minutely denticulate superior, supero-, median, infero-lateral, and inferior 
ridges. The next three articles have the same crests, excepting the median 
lateral. There are generally no distinct ridges on the penultimate segment. 
The last joint is short, and very narrow, but quite thick. Its superior aspect 
is not complanate ; its inferior is strongly convex. The lower surface of the 
tail is generally marked with a median longitudinal stripe. The sternal plate 
_is triangular, with its apex truncate. 

Length of body, 7 lines, Q 8 lines: of tail, J‘ 13 lines, 2 12 lines. 
Hab.—Lower California. Smithsonian Museum. 


B. HIRSUTUS. 


B. brunneus; palpi, pedibus caudaque dilute aurantiacis, longe pilosis ; 
cephalothorace lato, margine antico non solum haud emarginato sed etiam 
convexo ; oculis lateralibus in serie valde curvata dispositis ; palpibus crassi- 
bus, marginibus nonnihil crenulatis ; manibus modice tumidis, obsolete sep- 
templicatis, marginibus posticis anticisque tuberculatis ; digitis valde elongatis, 
robustis, curvatis, obsoletissime plicatis ; pectinis dentibus 25—30 ; abdomine 
nonnihil leve, haud carinato ; spiculo sine spinulo basali. 


The common tint of the dorsum is a very dark reddish-brown, but it varies 
greatly, in some specimens being as light as the legs, in others even olive. In 
the typical pattern, whilst the penultimate caudal segment is of the same 
reddish-brown as the body, the terminal is very light. The cephalothorax is 
broad, and has its,surface minutely granulate. The median furrow is strongly 
pronounced, and is intersected by three transverse crosses. The most anterior of 
these crosses is at the position of the median ocelli; the most posterior just in 
front of the hinder margin. Rarely these are somewhat obsolete, and some- 
times tbey are slightly oblique. The opposing edges of the fingers are armed 
with obliquely longitudinal imbricated rows of small teeth, with a series of 
larger distant ones on each side. The surfaces: of the abdominal scuta are 
quite smooth, but their posterior borders are tuberculate. Anteriorly they 
are impressed with two crescentic linear furrows. The legs are compressed and 
hairy ; their edges are more or less crenulate. The tail is long, massive, 
rough and very hairy. At the proximal end of each of the first four joints, 
there is a pair of broad, thin, minutely denticulate articular processes. On 
the distal extremity of the fourth there is a nondenticulate pair. The su- 
perior, supero and median lateral crests of the first four articles are strongly 
but irregularly crenate. The median is evanescent, on each, anteriorly. The 
inferior and infero-lateral ridges are smooth on the two anterior joints, on the 
third they are slightly, on the fourth distinctly crenate. The supero and me- 
dian lateral crests of the penultimate segment are strongly crenulate; the 
infero lateral and median inferior strongly denticulate. The last joint is short, 
swollen and very hairy. Its articular processes are large, but not dentate. 
Its superior surface is triangular, smooth and complanate, or even depressed ; 
its inferior is tuberculate, and traversed by two grooves on each side. 


[April, 


| 


——= eee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 


Length of body, 1 5-8 inches: of tail, 2 5-8 inches. 
Hab.—Lower California. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum. 


B, EMARGINATICEPS. 


B. olivaceo-fulvus; palpi, pedibus caudaque longe pilosis; cephalo- 
thorace antico late et profundissime emarginato, sed alibi, B. hirsuti illo 
simillimo; palpibus crassibus ; marginibus nonnihil crenulatis; manibus 
modice tumidis, obsolete septemplicatis, marginibus anticis posticisque tuber- 
culatis ; pectinis dentibus 30; abdomine nonnihil levi, medio haud carinato ; 
spiculo sine spinulo basali. 


The color of our single specimen is an olive-yellow tint, with a very dark 
crescentic blotch at the position of the median eyes. But in this pattern it 
does not differ from some individuals of the preceding species. The cephala- 
thorax differs from that of B. hirsutus only in one character: In its anterior 
border is a very large emairgination, which reaches about one-third of the dis- 
tance to the median eyes. The abdomen is precisely like the preceding 
species. The tail is perhaps a little less massive. But it also so closely re- 
sembles that of B. hirsutus the description of one will answer for the other. 

Length of body, 1 5-8 inches: of tail, 2 5-8 inches. 

Lower California. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum. 


B. EUSTHENURA. 


B. aurantiaco-brunneus ; dorso tuberculis minimis asperato ; cephalotho- 
race haud emarginato, medio canaliculato ; oculis lateralibus utrinque in serie 
curvata dispositis; palpi gracilibus longis, longe sparse pilosis; manibus 
parvis, haud tumidis, subcylindraceis ; cauda modice longa, percrassa; spi- 
culo brevissimo, valde curvato, sine spinulo basali; pectinis dentibus fere 17. 

The surface of the cephalothorax is rough and uneven. The hands are 
very small and smooth, with some traces of the eight facets so distinct in B. 
puncetipalpi. The fingers are about as long as the hand, rather slender, with 
their opposing margins armed with a row of very sharp, minute teeth, and 
much larger ones placed at intervals on one side of their distal portion. The 
legs are somewhat compressed ; very long and slender. The tail, when com- 
pared with the body, is very heavy. On the first four joints the superior and 
supero lateral crests are alone serrulate. The superior terminates in a spine, 
feebly pronounced on the fourth article. The inferior and infero lateral crests 
are distinct, but not crenulate. The penultimate segment has well-marked, 
but not crenate, supero and infero lateral ridges, besides a single median infe- 
rior and median lateral on their proximal portion. The terminal joint resembles 
that of B. punctipalpi, but is much larger and thicker, and not so prolonged 
posteriorly. Sternal plate pentangular. 

Length of body, $7 lines: of tail, 9 13 lines. 

Hab.—Cape St. Lucas. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum. 


B. PUNCTIPALPI. 


B. aurantiaco-brunneus ; dorso tuberculis minimis asperato ; cephalothorace 
medio canaliculato, antico nonnibil emarginato; palpi dense minutissime 
punctatis, nonnihil robustis; manibus magnis, tumidis, octo faciebus indis- 
tincte instructis; cauda modice longa et crasse ; articulo penultimo longo, 
ultimo parvo, supra complanato ; spiculo gracillimo, valde elongato, gradatim 
curvato, sine spinulo basali; pectinis dentibus fere 20. 


All of our specimens are immaculate ; some of them shade off in color to- 
wards an olive. The lateral eyes, three in number, are generally arranged in 
a slightly, but occasionally in a strongly curved line. The cephalothorax, 
and, indeed, the whole dorsum is roughened by very numerous minute tuber- 
cles. The senta are more or less distinctly medianly keeled. The joints of 
the palpi are irregularly parallelopipedst, with their margins mostly well- 


1863.) 


110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


defined and crenulate. The second joint has on its anterior face one or two 
crenate ridges; its posterior margin is rounded off. The hands are large, and 
have only their superior and inferior edges distinctly crenate. The fingers are 
robust and moderately long, with their opposing margins armed with a single 
row of teeth, with larger ones at regular intervals on one side of their distal 
portion. The feet are compressed. The tail is rather robust. The first 
three joints have their superior and supero lateral ridges sharply serrate, and 
terminating posteriorly in a spine. In the fourth they are the same, except 
that the terminal spinule of the supero-lateral crest is wanting. The first 
four joints have infero lateral and inferior crests, the former mostly distinctly, 
the latter indistinctly (excepting on the posterior segment) serrulate. The 
penultimate articulation is long, and armed with distinctly serrulate supero- 
lateral, infero-lateral crests, as well as a single median inferior; and on its an- 
terior half, central lateral ridges. Its form is that of a parallelopipedon 
thinned at its two extremities. The superior surface of the last joint is trian- 
gular and complanate ; the inferior is convex. The sting is very long, slender, 
and gracefully curved. The sternal plate is pentangular. 

Length of body, o' 10 lines, 9 12 lines: of tail, ¢‘ 16 lines, 9 14 lines. 

Hab.—Cape St. Lucas. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum. 


B. SPINIGERUS. 


B. dilute olivaceo-fulvus, fusco vitatus ; cephalothorace antico haud emargi- 
nato, medio canaliculato; oculis lateralibus in serie curvata positis ; palpi 
modice robustis, marginibus valde crenulatis; manibus nonnihil tumidis, 
lineis elevatis obsoletis; digitis nonnihil elongatis, modice curvatis, margini- 
bus opponentibus et dentatis et crenulatis; abdominibus mediis nonnihil 
carinatis ; cauda modice breve, robustissima, lineis elevatis denticulatis ; spi- 
culo sine spinulo basali; pectinis dentibus 20—25. 


The color of this species varies; generally each abdominal plate has a dark 
brown v or w shaped marking, forming a continuous stripe on each side. This 
is obsolete on the cephalothorax. But this distinctness of pattern is often 
lost, and the whole body involved in an olive-brown tint. The palpi closely 
resemble those of B. boreus, but have the hand not so large, and the facets 
and elevated lines not so strongly pronounced. The opposing margins of the 
fingers resemble those of that species in their armature, but want the wavy 
outline. On each side of the abdominal median line are numerous small black 
tubercles, so arranged as to form more or less prominent ridges. There is 
also a series of these on the posterior border of each of the abdominal scuta. 
The legs and tail are of a dirty yellow color. The anterior four caudal joints 
are short and very robust, the breadth of the first three often equalling their 
length, These four joints are provided with denticulate superior and supero- 
lateral crests. In the anterior three these are of nearly the same length, and 
terminate distally in a small spine. In the fourth, the dorsal is only two- 
thirds the length of the other raised line, and the joint is then scooped out to 
the level of the latter, which does not end in a spine. On the first four 
articulations the middle lateral crests are almost entirely obsolete. On the 
fifth they are more strongly pronounced. This joint is much more elongate 
than the others. Its supero-lateral crests are not so strongly denticulate 
as those of the others, and have no spine at their distal extremity. “The in- 
fero-lateral and inferior crest exist on the first four joints as four black, oc- 
casionally somewhat obsolete, ridges, but are not crenulate. On the fifth 
both the inferior-lateral and the single median-inferior crests are denticulate. 
The sixth caudal joint is somewhat ovate, flattened above, and without ridges. 
On the lower surface there exists a faint mesial groove. The sting is slender 


and strongly curved. 
Length of body, ¢' 9 one inch; of tail, 2 one inch, two lines ; 3’ one 


inch, four lines. 
Hab.—Texas. Smithsonian Museum. 


[April, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111 


CENTRURUS PHAIODACTYLUS. 


C. brunneo-fulvus; cephalothorace sparse puactato, medio leviter canaliculato, 
antico et abbreviato et rotundato et nonnihil emarginato, postico transverse 
suleato; manibus caudaque venuste politis et pedibus nonnihil pilosis; 
palpi robustis, angulis vel valde crenulatis vel denticulatis, articuli tertii 
superficie antica spinulo unico (interdum duobus); manibus vaidissime 
tumidis, longis, indistincte octoplicatis; digitis latis, robustissimis, modice 
brevibus, curvatis, marginibus opponentibus acute denticulatis ; pedibus flavis ; 
abdomine leve; cauda breve, cristis superioribus obsoletis, superficie superi- 
ore nonnihil minute granulata; articulo quarto haud carinato; articulo 
ultimo maximo, spiculo parvo sine spinulo basali; pectinis dentibus 7-9. 


The cephalothorax is not produced as far anteriorly as is commonly the 
case. It is impressed with a faint transverse groove at the position of the 
median ocelli, and with another, more distinctly defined, on its posterior 
third. These channels separate three pairs of slightly pronounced elevations, 
which successively decrease in size from the first. The first joint of the palpi 
has all of its margins armed with distinct obtuse denticules, excepting only 
the postero-inferior, which is rounded and concave, and crenate only.on its 
proximal third. The third article is much larger than the second, and has 
only its anterior margins crenate. Its posterior surface, as well as that of the 
hand, is sparsely and irregularly punctate. The anterior aspect of the hand 
is minutely tuberculate. The first joint of the mandibles is very long, almost 
always extending as far forward as the cephalothorax, and often much beyond 
it. The distal portion of these organs, with the ‘‘pincers,’’ is black. The 
median eyes are placed upon a single black elevation in the middle third of 
the cephalothorax. The first two lateral ocelli are somewhat smaller 
than the median; the third is much smaller; the fourth is at right angles to 
the third, and is still less. The three anterior joints of the tail are short and 
rather broad. Their superior crests are entirely, and their supero-lateral al- 
most, obsolete ; their inferior and infero-lateral are well-marked and broadly 
crenate. All of the ridges of the fourth segment are obsolete. The penulti- 
mate joint is elongate and slender. Its lower surface is rough, and has two 
strongly, but obtusely denticulate infero-lateral, and a single, median-inferior 
crest. The last segment is immensely swollen. Its distal portion is sud- 
denly and very strongly contracted, and then inflated slightly again, so as 
to form a knob, as it were, on the base of the sting. 

Length of body, 1} inches; of tail, 13 inches. 

‘Hab.—Utah Territory. Smithsonian Museum. M. McCarthy, Esq. 


PHRYNUS ASPERATIPES. 


P. dilute aurantiacus saturate rubido-brunneo maculatus; cephalothorace 
lato, reniforme, abdomineque tuberculis parvis sparsis et granulatis minutis 
numerosis asperatis; palpi magnis latis, nonnihil semi-cylindriaceis; arti- 
culi secundi superficie antica et spinulis parvis numerosis et uno vel duobus 
majoribus armata; articuli tertii margine superiore spinis 4, inferiore spinis 
5; articuli tertio quartique superficiebus posticis tuberculis parvis spinosis in 
seriebus rectis dispositis armatis; illius margine superiore ulterius spinis 
maximis 3 et 2-3 modicis instructo; margine inferiore spinis magnis 2 et 
2-3 parvis armato ; articulo quinto spina maxima unica et spinulis modicis 
duobus instructo; femoribus tuberculis spinosis numerosis asperatis. 


The color of our single specimen is a very light orange. The cephalothorax 
has a median longitudinal sulcus distinct anteriorly, but evanescent posteri- 
orly. A short distance behind the centre of the cephalothorax is a well-defined 
transverse groove, extending nearly across one-third of its breadth. Posterior 
to this, and connected with it by the median sulcus (here very well marked), 
is a transverse furrow similar to the other, but only about one-third its length. 


1863.] 


112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The three sulciare of a dark-brown tint. Besides these, there are on each side 
of the cephalathorax four dark, but more or less obsolete grooves. At the posi- 
tion of the lateral eyes on each side there exists a dark-brown spot, and between 
them and the anterior transverse groove is a pair of similarly colored round de- 
pressions. The maxillary palpi are of a more decided orange than the body. The 
second joint has its anterior face armed with eight or ten very small spines or 
spinous tubercles, and one or two larger ones. The spines on the lower margin of 
the third joint are longer than those on the upper. On each, the two nearest the 
body are much larger and more closely approximated than the others. Between 
the margins are a few very small spinules. The spinous tubercles on the upper 
portion of the posterior surface are more numerous than those on the lower. 
The fourth joint is dilated superiorly in its distal portion: where on the upper 
margin are placed three very long acute spines, with two or three much 
smaller ones. The lower margin has five spines, three of them being much 
smaller than the other two. The moveable finger is very long and acute, The 
upper surface of the abdomen has along the mesial line a double row of dark- 
brown spots, and on either side a series of blotches of the same color,—one on 
each scutum. The legs and sides of the abdomen are very rough. The under 


surface of the abdomen is smooth. 
Hab.—Lower California. Smithsonian Museum. J. Xantus de Vesy. 


May 5th. 
The President, Mr. L&A, in the Chair. 


Twenty members present. 
The following paper was presented for publication : 
On the Lestris Richardsoni, ete. By Elliott Coues, M. D. 


May 12th. 
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. 


Sixteen members present. 
The following papers were presented for publication : 
Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata collected by the late Arctic 


Expedition under Dr. I. I. Hayes. By Wm. Stimpson. 
Descriptions of the soft parts and embryonic forms of one hundred 
and forty-three species of Unionide of the United States. By 


Isaac Lea. 
New Exotic Unionide. By Isaac Lea. 


May 19th. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Twenty members present. 
The Secretary announced the death on the 3d inst., of Col. 


Mark W. Collet, M. D., aged 36, late a member of the Academy. 
The following papers were presented for publication : 
Contributions towards a Monography of the Pholadacea, ete., No. 2 


By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 
[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 


Descriptions of new species of Fresh Water Mollusca, from Panama. 
By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 

Description of anew Exotic Melania, By G. W. Tryon, Jr. 

Descriptions of new species of fresh water Mollusca, &c. By Geo. 
W. Tryon, Jr. 

Notes on the Birds of Jamaica. By W. T. March, with remarks, 
by S. F. Baird. 

On a third kingdom of organized bodies. By T. B. Wilson, M.D., 
and John Cassin. 

Descriptions of fourteen new species of Melanidee and one Paludina. 
By Isaac Lea. : 


May 26th. 
The President, Mr Lea, in the Chair. 


Nineteen members present. 

On Report of the respective committees, the two papers of Mr. Lea, 
read May 12th, were ordered to be published in the Journal, and the 
following were ordered to be published in the Proceedings: 


On a Third Kingdom of Organized Beings. 
BY THOMAS B. WILSON, M. D., AND JOHN CASSIN. 


The classification of the lower forms of organized beings, on the assumption 
that they ought to be assigned to either the animal or the vegetable kingdom, 
has presented difficulties to naturalists which have proved insurmountable. 
The position of entire groups remains, apparently, as uncertain and undeter- 
mined in this respect as it ever was, and the conclusions and opinions of 
authors are so various that it is palpable that no considerable approach has 
been made to the solution of the questions involved, notwithstanding much 
very careful and accurate investigation and patient research. The difficulty 
probably originates in the first assumption, that all organized or living beings 
are referable to two great groups only, an assumption and presupposition of 
almost universal prevalence, but in which men of science seem to have been 
contented to adopt popular belief and to accept the usual and popular appli- 
cation of language. There are, very probably, three kingdoms or great pri- 
mary groups of organized beings, as distinct from each other as any subordi- 
nate groups and as readily defined by valid and recognizable characters. 

Whatever may be the solution, ultimately, of the very important questions 
relating to the primary, and at present unknown, principles under which the 
normal and inherent forces of Nature first assume that mysterious tension or 
condition, of which life is the immediate result, it is evident and unmistaka- 
ble that this extraordinary tension manifests itself and operates under such 
controlling laws that its results are determinate and uniform. Taking on 
themselves isolation from the great mass of inorganic Nature, though tempo- 
rarily only, these forces assume developments which are circumscribed and 
specific, though evidently progressive and modified under circumstances coin- 
cident with and dependent upon the laws or conditions of existence of organic 
life in any geologic period. It has hitherto been assumed, apparently, that 
from a point of the first manifestation of life, its progress of evolution or de- 
velopment is into two series or great classes of existences,—animal and vege- 
table,—or perhaps into one series only, according to the hypotheses of the 
older authors, regarded as the chain of being, from the lowest vegetable to 


1863.] 9 


114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the highest animal. In our opinion it may be demonstrable, that the first 
assumption of life manifests itself in objects constituting a primary great 
class or kingdom of more simple organization than either the animal or vege- 
table kingdom, and possessing also an equally characteristic specialization in 
its structure and functions. 

The consideration of the question of determinable characters on the assump- 
tion of the existence of two primary divisions or kingdoms only may now 
safely be regarded as exhausted, without conclusive result or an approxima- 
tion to such, sufficient even to obtain general adoption temporarily as a pro- 
bable antecedent hypothesis, awaiting demonstration. Much has been at- 
tempted and numerous propositions and theoretical definitions have been 
thoroughly canvassed, to the end only of showing their insufficiency. Volun- 
tary motion and permanent fixedness, the presence or absence of nitrogen, 
internal or external stimuli, the differences in the method and substances of 
nutrition, and many other problems have, in their attempted solution, failed 
to give the desired fdrmula, and there are those who may be presumed to be 
well acquainted with all the researches touching questions here alluded to, | 
who infer summarily that there is no difference radically, or in the lowest 
forms of organization in the two kingdoms Animalia and Vegetabilia, as al- 
most universally supposed to be constituted. As an example, we cite the 
distinguished botanist Professor Lindley, of London, who says, in the Intro- 
duction to his standard and well known work on the Natural System of Bo- 
tany, ‘‘ Plants are not separable from animals by any absolute character, the 
simplest individuals of either kingdom not being distinguishable by our 
senses,’’ (p. 15, New York, 1831). Of a somewhat similar tenor, but with 
an implication more in accordance with our views on this hitherto intricate 
subject, is an observation by Professor Owen, of the British Museum: ‘*‘ No- 
thing seems easier than to distinguish a plant from an animal, and in common 
practice, as regards the more obvious members of both kingdoms, no distinc- 
tion is easier; yet, as the knowledge of their nature has advanced, the diffi- 
culty of defining them has increased, and seems now to be insuperable.”’ 
(Hunterian Lectures, p. 2, London, 1855.) 

Inthe higher developments of the animal and vegetable kingdoms there is 
truly the utmost possible readiness of distinction,and this great facility seems 
to have led to an inference that the same readiness and facility ought to pre- 
vail throughout the two supposed kingdoms. “‘ At first sight,’’? says Professor 
Van der Hoeven, ‘‘it seems easy to distinguish an animal from a plant, and 
even the most unskilled person thinks he has a clear notion of the difference. 
Yet it is just his want of knowledge that causes the difference to appear so 
prominent, whilst he overlooks the intermediate links, and thinks, for in- 
stance, of a dog and a pear tree,’’ (Handbook of Zoology, i. p. 4, Cambridge, 
1856). Wedo by no means admit, however, that the principle here implied 
and apparently involved, which seems to be that the higher groups of any 
grade, whether kingdoms or other, are more easily recognizable and definable 
than the lower, is correct. The truth is, very probably, that the lower forms 
in all groups, are, at least, as readily to be assigned to their proper positions 
in the natural system as the higher; possibly more so, in some instances. 
In the two kingdoms, Animalia and Vegetabilia, there is no difficulty with 
forms properly belonging to either of them, and of either high or low grade 
of development. The difficulty and, in fact, impossibility hitherto has 
been with organizations inferior to both, and properly belonging to neither. 
Though in an early zoological epoch the corals and other groups may have 
been regarded as of doubtful status, there is at present no group in either the 
animal or vegetable kingdom, rightly defined, which, in our opinion, presents 
any doubt or difficulty in its being assigned to either one or the other, and, 
probably, very generally, nearly correctly according to its actual or relative 
characters and its affinities. 

[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 


There are clearly recognizable characters distinguishing the two primary 
divisions, or first duality of natural productions, organic and inorganic bodies, 
or, as Linneus judiciously terms them, corpora organisata and corpora con- 
gesta, and all the subordinate groups and species of either, necessarily possess 
characters in common, though exhibiting themselves in degrees of modifica- 
tions vastly diversified and numerous. In the former, or great organic di- 
vision, the definition of the common characters are of course implied in the 
term organic, and on the degrees and modifications of organization, whether 
indicating what may be termed higher or lower development ; whether clearly 
marking or only obscurely indicating inferior groups of whatever grade or 
value; or whether presenting very prominent or very obscure modifications, 
with or without apparent object or relations—on these degrees or modifica- 
tions of organization or structure rest all classification, and all the great pri- 
mary facts of independent existences, as presented to the human faculties, 
whether of observation or reason. We hold it to be altogether probable, and 
perhaps demonstrable, that all groups, of whatever grade or position, possess 
positive or relative characters dependent on, and exponating their degree of 
organization, and which characters absolutely establish and advertise their 
status in Nature. We hold, too, that all such groups admit of description, 
and equally absolute or relative definition in language. Such is, and has 
always been, the practical faith of naturalists, whatever their theories, the 
accuracy of their observations, the extent and precision of their knowledge, 
or their deficiencies in either, and this faith is very probably quite truthful, 
and immutably founded on one important aspect of the relations of the ex- 
ternal universe to the human mind, mutually questioning and responding, 
calling to each other and answering gladly, as it were, likean echo. All the 
processes of naturalists, systematic or descriptive, are based on the assump- 
tion of the practicability of definition, and of groups, and of species alike. 
Any other course, or any other assumption, would be assuredly unreasonable 
and illogical, and destructive to the advancement of knowledge and of science. 
“We must trust the perfection of the Creation so far,’’ says a distinguished 
author, ‘‘as to believe that whatever curiosity the order of things has awak- 
ened in our minds, the order of things can satisfy.”? (Nature, an Essay, by 
R. W. Emerson.) 

The organization ofall beings, of which life is the essential character, seems to 
present three very distinct grades or specializations of development, and ap- 
parently indicates a classification based on such specialized development or 
the characteristic organs and functions of each grade. In our opinion the 
specialized organs and functions in each of these grades of development 
present sufficient and exclusive characters, admitting of being defined 
and applied readily as the real characteristics of three great primary di- 
visions or kingdoms of Nature. The term, specialized, has been used by 
Professor Owen with reference to the two kingdoms, Animal and Vegetable, 
and in nearly the same sense that it is used by us. He says, most truly: 
“But the two divisions of organisms, called ‘plants’ and ‘animals,’ are 
specialized members of the great natural group of living things.’”’ (Paleon- 
tology, p. 4.) The three great groups which we hold to be the primary di- 
visions or kingdoms of organic life, present, essentially as characters or spe- 
cializations of development, the prominence, or dominant prevalence of the 
Reproductive System, the Nutritive System and the Nervous System and their 
functions. 

The organs and corresponding functions which seem to characterize these 
three kingdoms, and to become specialized and dominant in the organization 
of each, are as follows: 

1. Organs for the continuation of the species, the function of which is Re- 
production, 


1863.) 


. 


116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


2. Organs for the preservation of the individual, the function of which is 
Nutrition. ! 

3. Organs for external relations and self-consciousness, the function of 
which is Sensation. 

The Reproductive and Nutritive functions are common to all organized 
beings, and so, probably, also is the Sentient function, though manifesting 
itself only in an incipient or rudimentary manner. The Reproductive func- 
tion, however, beginning with mere cellular conjugation, becomes specialized 
first in a great group of organized beings of more simple structure than either 
Vegetables or Animals, which we regard as eminently and demonstrably a 
primary division or kingdom, and apply to it the name Primalia. In this 
kingdom organs of Reproduction are temporarily formed, and no other. In 
the Vegetabilia, those organs become of greatly increased importance, though 
not permanent, and in the Animalia they present a still higher organization, 
and in the higher sub-kingdoms attain permanency of structure. 

The Nutritive function, beginning also in the cellular structure of our king- 
dom Primalia, is in that group quite rudimentary, so far as relates to spe- 
cialization of organs, but in the kingdom Vegetabilia, this function and the 
organs performing it, especially the organs of respiration and circulation, be- 
come specialized and. assume an extraordinary degree of development. As- 
cending to the kingdom Animalia, the organs of Nutrition become more 
numerous and more highly organized in their structure, but the organs of 
Respiration are not developed to such extent as inthe Vegctabilia. 

That the Sentient function is also common to all organized bodies is pre- 
sumable, or to be inferred only, from the fact that it is manifested in greater 
or less degree in the two first kingdoms, Primalia and Vegetabilia, in sensi- 
bility to light, to thermal or to meteorological influences, and occasionally to 
other external influences. It is, however, generally held by Anatomists, but 
not without exception, that no organs of sensation are demonstrable in either 
our group, Primalia, or inthe Vegetabilia. Inthe kingdom Animalia, and in 
that kingdom only, these organs are palpably most highly developed and 
specialized in the Nervous System. We recapitulate our views in the form 
of a corollary : 

1. The Reproductive organs are first specialized in the kingdom Primalia. 

2. The Nutritive organs are first specialized in the kingdom Vegetabilia. 

3. The Sentient organs are first specialized in the kingdom Animalia. 

The possession of an organization exclusively providing for Nutrition and 
Reproduction characterizes the first and most simple forms of life. This or- 
ganization for Nutrition and Reproduction, and these functions only, is the 
especial character of the first of the three primary divisions or kingdoms of 
organized beings, the kingdom which we have named Primalia. In that 
group there are no other organs than those performing the function of Re- 
production, and the structure is exclusively cellular without vascularity ; or, 
perhaps it may be more properly stated to consist of mere unicellular ag- 
gregation. The possession of organs for, and the first development of the 
function of Reproduction is the specialization of this kingdom. 

The next great division or kingdom is marked by the high development of 
the organs performing the functions of Nutrition and the superposition or 
superaddition of organs providing for the co-operative or identical functions 
of Respiration and Circulation. The possession of organs providing for Nu- 
trition and Reproduction, Respiration and Circulation, and these only, char- 
acterizes the great group of Vegetables or kingdom Vegetabilia. Inthis group 
the vascular structure appears for the first time and continues to characterize 
it in all its modifications. The possession of organs for performance of the 

function of Nutrition in its highest development is the specialization of the 
kingdom Vegetabilia. 

The last or most highly organized kingdom presents an exclusive and pecu- 


[May, 


se el Secon = ne ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ly 


liar character in the nervous system and its sphere of functions, embracing all 
the operations and relations of the senses and of the muscular system, super- 
added to the organs and the functions of the two preceding groups. The pos- 
session of organs for Nutrition and Reproduction, Circulation and Respiration, 
and for Sentiency, Voluntary motion, and all other functions and relations of the 
Nervous System, characterizes the great kingdom Animalia. Its specializa- 
tions is the possession of and the high development of the Nervous System. 

In imitation of the Linnzan formula these three kingdoms may be charac- 
terized as follows: 

ANIMALIA, corpora organisita, generantia, spirantia et sentientia. 

VEGETABILIA, corpora organisita, generantia, spirantia, non sentientia, 

PRIMALIA, corpora organisita, generantia, non spirantia, nec sentientia. 

As above intimated, the difficulty in the hitherto attempted definitions and 
in the systematic arrangement of the kingdoms Animalia and Vegetabilia, on 
the antecedent supposition that these two kingdoms ought to include all or- 
ganisms that now exist, or have ever existed, has arisen from the impossibility 
of incorporating indisputably into either, many of those belonging to our 
third kingdom, Primalia. It is composed of orders and classes of existences, 
of which some have been very generally assigned to the Animal, and others 
to the Vegetable kingdom; and others again which have been variously and 
doubtfully regarded as belonging to one or the other. Allorganisms included 
in this kingdom are of cellular structure only, and possess the functions of 
Nutrition and Reproduction, as above defined, and no other; and all the groups 
properly of this kingdom are, in our opinion, readily demonstrable, as having 
a greater degree of relationship to each other than to any groups whatever 
in the other two kingdoms. This circumstance is held, very properly, as of 
the first importance in all classifications. With this first, but quite inde- 
pendent great group recognized and understood, there is, very probably, no 
difficulty whatever in readily defining not only the three great groups of or- 
ganized beings, existing in Nature, but all subordinate groups belonging to 
either. We regard our third group as a Kingdom, and of the same rank or 
grade in classification as the two great groups which are universally admitted 
by naturalists under that designation. 

It is now a matter of common information to men of science that all organ- 
ized existences are composed of, and resolvable ultimately, by anatomical and 
microscopical analysis, into cells, and that the cellular structure prevails as a 
primary form or basis of organization alike in the most simple and in the 
most complicated organisms. Those cells seem to be the very first forms of 
organization and life, and possess a singularly independent vitality and 
power of increase or reproduction, whether isolated, or nearly so, or existing 
in any amount or form of aggregation in the higher vegetables or animals. 
They seem to be even capable of assuming, or re-assuming, individual and inde- 
pendent existence after having been previously and originally merged or ag- 
gregated in the vascular structure of the two higher kingdoms, Vegetabilia 
and Animalia, as well as in the lower non-vascular kingdom, Primalia. This 
seems to be the case in what are termed animal and vegetable infusions. 

The organisms constituting the kingdom Primalia are essentially to be re- 
garded as aggregations of cells entirely capable of nutrition and propagation, 
or increase, but without any part of their structure being traceable as vascu- 
lar in any degree. These organisms are the primary forms of life and organ- 
ization, and have not the distinctive characters or ‘‘super-additions,’’ as termed 
by Professor Owen, of London, of either plants oranimals. ‘* Whena certain 
number of characters concur in tte same organism,’’ says that learned gen- 
tleman, ‘‘its title to be regarded as a ‘ plant,’ or an ‘ animal,’ may be readily 
and indubitably recognized ; but there are very numerous living beings, es- 
pecially those that retain the form of nucleated cells, which manifest the 
common organic characters, but without the distinctive superadditions of either 


1863.] 


118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


kingdom. Such organisms are the Diatomacee, Desmidee, Protococei, Volvo- 
cine, Vibriones, Astasiee, Thalassicole and Spongie, all of which retain the 
character of the organized fundamental cell, with comparatively little change 
or superaddition. ”—(Hunterian Lectures, p. 8, London, 1855.) 

It is, in our opinion, quite expedient and reasonable to inquire whether 
either of the groups here mentioned, or any other, can possibly belong to the 
Animal or Vegetable Kingdom, without possessing “ the distinctive superad- 
ditions of either.’? The indication in our opinion, is quite clear that these 
groups really do not belong to either, but to a third kingdom, not possessing, 
and definable without, those superadditions, and which we have above desig- 
nated. In his ‘‘ Paleontology,’’ a work of later date than that just quoted, 
Professor Owen seems to have finally concluded that the forms mentioned 
in the above citation do not belong to either of the kingdoms Animalia or 
Vegetabilia, and consequently he groups them into a kingdom for which he 
adopts the name Protozoa, (from Professor Goldfuss, Handbuch der Zool- 
ogie I. p. xi. Nurnberg, 1820,) and says, ‘‘ But the two divisions of organisms 
called ‘plants,’ and ‘ animals,’ are specialized members of the great natural 
group of living things, and there are numerous beings, mostly of minute size, 
and retaining the forms of nucleated cells, which manifest the common or- 
ganic character, but without the distinctive superadditions of true plants or 
animals. Such organisms are called ‘ Protozoa,’ and include the Sponges 
or Amorphozoa, the Foraminifera or Rhizopods, Polycystinee, the Diatomacee, 
Desmidia, Gregarine, and most of the so-called Polygastria, of Ehrenberg, or 
infusorial animalcules of older authors.’’—(Palxontology, p. 4, and Index, p.v.) 

The very appropriate term Protozoa is admissible for the group designated 
by Professor Owen, though the group or kingdom is very much restricted by 
him, and different from the group defined by Professor Goldfuss, and of en- 
tirely different grade or value. The latter learned naturalist divides all or- 
ganized beings into two sections, which he does not name, but which are the 
same as the divisions now well known as the Vertebrata and Jnvertebrata of 
Cuvier. He arranges the whole into eleven classes, of which Protozoa is the 
first, and Mammalia the eleventh class. The division of the class Protozoa 
is into four orders, Infusoria, Phytozoa, Lithozoa and Medusine, which embrace 
sixteen families, or four families each, and include in the aggregate what 
must now be regarded as a very heterogeneous group, properly to be dis- 
tributed into all three of the organized kingdoms. The Protozoa are regarded 
by Professor Goldfuss as true animals. Professor Owen adopts the name for 
his group as restricted, quite properly, acccording to the usages of naturalists, 
the whole of it having been previously included in his class Protozoa by Pro- 
fessor Goldfuss. 

We have been thus particular in alluding to the term Protozoa, admitting 
its excellence, and willing to express freely our regret that we do not consider 
it proper to adopt it as the name of our first kingdom, on account of its having 
been applied originally to a group very different in all particulars. The king- 
dom now proposed by us, and which, in our opinion, is a natural and primary 
division, is composed of the following inferior groups: 

1. Kingdom Primalia. 
1. Sub- Kingdom Alge. 


2. Lichenes. 
3. cc Fungi. 

4, rs Spongie. 
5. ne Conjugata. 


All of these groups are composed of: organisms which are non-vascular and 
without organs of Respiration or Circulation ; and the kingdom Primalia con- 
tains all such organisms known to exist in Nature. But a comparatively small 
number of those belonging to our group Primalia are arranged by Professor 
Goldfuss in his Class Protozoa, but we regard it as containing the whole of the 


[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 


Kingdom Protozoa of Professor Owen, and other large groups, as above desig- 
nated. 

The evident and insurmountable difficulty in arranging well known groups of 
inferior organization on the preconceived idea of the existence of two king- 
doms only, and that tho<e inferior groups must belong to one or the other, 
has led» several naturalists into suggestions and propositions relating to a 
third kingdom, or other group of high grade. Usually, and, in fact, in nearly 
all instances, those suggestions take the form of mere intimations, or rather 
doubtfully expressed opinions that a third groupis possible, and in the large 
majority of cases the intimation relates to the supposed existence of forms 
aud groups intermediate between animals and vegetables. Occasionally doubts 
are clearly stated as to the propriety of regarding some specified forms as be- 
longing to either of the two great groups commonly received, and in a few 
cases the division of organized nature into three great primary groups, or 
kingdoms, has been proposed and presented in detail. 

The proposition of M. Bory de Saint Vincent is one of the most clearly de- 
fined. That distinguished naturalist, in ‘‘ Dictionnaire Classique D’Histoire 
Naturelle,” (vol. viii. p. 246,)* establishes an additional intermediate king- 
dom which he denominates ‘‘ Regne Psychodiaire,’’ and gives his conclusions 
on the existence of this third, but intermediate, kingdom in a very lucid and 
satisfactory manner, and with entirely judicious and proper minuteness of detail 
on such an important proposition. His views are mainly based on the fact that 
some organisms assume, at periods or stages of their existence, characters of 
both animals and vegetables, or, as he expresses himself, even of animals 
and minerals. Hesays: ‘‘Tous ces étres quisont a la fois, des Animaux, 
des Plantes ou des Minéraux, et qui ne peuvent consequemment rentrer d’une 
maniére exclusive dans l'un des trois regnes adoptés jusqu’ici, ne doivent-ils 
pas former un régne nouveau dont plusieurz naturalistes ont déja réclamé 
létablissement, et que nous avons le premier proposé de fonder sous le nom 
de Psychodiaire.”? In volume xiv. of the same work, (Dictionnaire Clas- 
sique,) M. de Saint Vincent fully defines and expresses his conclusions in re- 
lation to his proposed new kingdom, (p. 329). He divides it into three classes, 
to which he applies the names ‘‘les Jchnozoaires, les Phytozoaires et les Litho- 
zoartes,’’ the first of which groups embraces ‘‘ les Polypes nus de Cuvier,”’ 
and the second and third, the groups of organisms previously known as 
Zoophytes and Lithophytes as his proposed names indicate. Mainly the king- 
dom Psychodiaire of M. de Saint Vincent is identical with the Class Protozoa, 
of Prof. Goldfuss and subsequent authors, the difference being essentially that 
the former regards his proposed kingdom as a great group, equal in grade to 
the kingdoms Animalia and Vegetabilia, and intermediate between the two, 
while the latter regards his group only as a class of the Animal kingdom, and 
the first and least complex in organization of his eleven divisions of the 
grade of classes. 

This is, so far as our knowledge extends, the first arrangement or classifi- 
casion in Natural History in which three primary groups of organized beings 
are distinctly proposed. M. de Saint Vincent also proposes an additional in- 
organic kingdom, which he names the ‘‘ Regne Etheré.”’ 

In an article in the ‘‘ Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal,” vol. xii. new 
series (p. 216,) ‘‘On the distinctions of a Plant and an Animal, and on a 
fourth kingdom of Nature,’’ by Mr. John Hogg, a British Naturalist, who has 
devoted much attention to the lower organisms, that gentleman proposes the 
name ‘‘ Primigenum’’ for the group established by Professor Owen, under the 
name ‘‘ Protozoa.’’ He does not, however, propose any change in the classes, 


*The date on the title page of this volume is 1825, but it is quoted and referred to by M. de Saint 
Vincent himself in Encyclopedia Methodique, supplementary volume on “ THlist. Nat. des 
Zoophytes,” which is dated 1824 (p. 657). His views are most fully expressed, subsequently, iu 
Dict. Class., vol. xiv. p. 329 (1828), 


1863.] 


120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


or other constituent groups of the ‘‘Kingdom Protozoa,’’ as defined by Pro- 
fessor Owen. He says: ‘‘The word Protozoa, i. e. first or early animals, 
which was formed by a foreign naturalist, can alone include those that are ad- 
mitted by all to be animals, or zoa, which are already members of and in- 
cluded in the kingdom Animalia, and not those concerning which it is doubtful 
whether they be not rather plants, or phyta.’? The ‘‘ Reguum Primigenum,”? 
according to Mr. Hogg, contains ‘‘all the lower creatures, or the primary or- 
ganic beings—‘ Protoctista’—both Protophyta, or those considered now by 
many as lower or primary beings, having more the nature of plants, and Pro- 
tozoa, or such as are esteemed as lower or primary beings, having rather the 
nature of animals.’’ He alludes, however, exclusively to the groups men- 
tioned by Professor Owen, previously cited in this paper as constituting his 
‘Kingdom Protozoa.”’ 

The idea of intermediate groups partaking of the nature of both animals 
and plants has been very extensively entertained, and from it seems to have 
originated such terms as Zoophyta, Phytozoa, and others of similar meaning, 
adopted from ancient authors. Generally, however, in the older authors the 
allusion is mainly to forms only as intermediate, but there are numerous ex- 
pressions in the works of naturalists of all times, which show a suspicion that 
organisms exist which are not to be regarded properly as either animal or 
vegetable in their structure and nature. The well known expression of Pliny 
is to this purpose: ‘‘ Equidem et his inesse sensum abitror, que neque ani- 
malium, neque fructicum, sed tertium quamdam ex utroqne naturam habent: 
urticis dico et spongiis.’? (Nat. Hist., Book ix. chap. 68.) This paragraph 
has attracted much attention. 

The great descriptive and literary naturalist, Buffon, frequently expresses 
opinions on this subject, from which are the following : 

“‘Mais, comme nous l’avons déja dis plus d’une fois, ces lignes de sépara- 
tion n’existent point dans la Nature, il y a des étres qui ne sont ni animaux, 
ni végétaux, ni minéraux, et qu’on tenteroit vainement de rapporter aux 
uns ou aux autres;’”? . . . . ‘*comme on veut absolument que tout étre 
vivant soit un animal ou une plante, on croiroit n’avoir pas bien connu un 
étre organise si on ne le rapportoit pas a l’un ou a Vauire de ces noms gener- 
aux, tandis qu’il doit y avoir, et qu’en effet il y a une grande quantité d’étres 
organises qui ne sont ni ’un nil’autre.’’? (Vol. iv. p. 252, Paris, 1776.) 

This celebrated author previously had expressed himself in a manner gen- 
erally coinciding and consistent with the preceding paragraph. We cite ear- 
lier passages from the same volume, not only for our present purpose, but in- 
cidentally, as singularly illustrative of the very small progress on this subject 
from that time to the present: 

‘‘ Cet examen nous conduit a reconnoitre évidemment qu’il n’y a aucune dif- 
frence absolument essentielle & générale entre les animaux & les vegétaux, 
mais que la Nature descend par degrés & par nuances imperceptibles d’un qui 
nous paroit le plus parfait 4 celui qui l’estle moins, & de celui-ciau végétal.”’ 
(Vol. iv. p. 8.) 

“¢On peut donc assurer avec plus de fondement encore, que les animaux & 
les végétaux sont des ¢tres du méme ordre, & que la Nature semble avoir 
passé des uns aux autres par des nuances insensibles, puisqu’ils ont entr’eux 
des ressemblances essentielles & générales, & qu’ils n’ont aucune différence 
qu’on puisse regarder comme telle.’’ (Vol. iv. p. 9.) } 

The learned Daubenton also has occasional or incidental observatious of a 
similar purport, the following of which is one of the most remarkable : 

‘Les polypes, V’acetabule, les animaux des infusions n’ont-ils pas une or- 
ganisation assez différente de celle de la plupart des animaux pour avoir un 
autre nom? Les conserves, les champignons, les moisissures, les lichens 
sont-ils de vraies plantes? Je pourrois rapporter ici beaucoup d’autres obser- 
vations qui tendent a prouver qu’il y a une tres-grande quantité d’étres organ- 


[ May, 


; 
ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 121 


ises que ne sont ni de vraies plantes, ni de vrais animaux. Ce n’est qu’d 
force d’observations et de méditations que l’on pourra distinguer clairement 
les vraies plantes et les vrais animaux des autres étres organises qui en difftrent 
assez pour avoir une autre détermination et un autre rang dans la division 
méthodique des productions de la nature.’? (Seances des Ecoles Normales, 
tome v. ‘p. 277.) 

We cite these authors only for the general purpose of illustrating the usual 
style of the suggestions and opinions frequently to be met with. Purposely, 
at present, we do not extend extracts of this description, nor give any such 
from living authors. 


On the LESTRIS RICHARDSONI of Swainson; with a Critical Review of the 
Subfamily LESTRIDINE. , 


BY ELLIOTT COUES, M.D., U.S.A. 


In the year 1831, a Jiiger was described and figured in the Fauna Boreali- 
Americana, under the name of ‘‘ Lestris Richardsoni Swains.’’ This bird has 
been generally supposed to be the true parasitica of Brunnich, in the now 
well known fusco-wnicolor state of plumage which all the species of Stercora- 
rius pass through in arriving at maturity. Consequently, the name ‘‘Richard- 
soni’? has been employed for the common Jiger, especially by American 
writers, to the exclusion of the prior name ‘‘ parasitica,’ of Briinnich. 

Examination of the works of Temminck, who, at the time in which he 
wrote, probably knew more about Jigers than almost any author, will show 
how this misapplication of a name became general. 

In his edition of 1820, he is acquainted with but a single species of Lestris, 
(besides catarractes and pomarinus,) which he calls ‘‘ parasitica Briinn.’? His 
description of the latter is made up of a mixture of the characters of parasitica 
and Buffoni; and the synonyms of the two are indiscriminately adduced. 

In his edition of 1840, he recognizes the distinctions between the two 
species parasitica and Buffoni ; but, unfortunately, he calls the true parasitica 
*¢ Richardsoni,’’? adducing the proper synonyms of the species under that 
name; while he describes the true buffont under the name of ‘‘ parasitica.” 
He is thus fully aware of his mistake of 1820; for (page 498) he makes the 
following ‘‘ Remarque : Comme notre article du stercoraire parasite ou labbe 
du manuel p. 796, renferme, ainsi qu’il vient d’étre dit, les synonymes de deux 
especes distinctes, (le stercoraire a filets subulés courts, et le stercoraire a 
longs filets, ) il est necessaire de refaire en totalité toutes les indications sur ces 
deux espéces.”’ 

But, believing Swainson’s bird to be the same as the parasitica, he says 
(page 492), in defence of the nomenclature adopted: ‘‘Shortly after the 
publication of the second edition of the Manual, of 1820, we became aware of 
the error in our article on Lestris parasitica, where the description and 
synonymy of two distinct species are confounded. Guided by Boie’s observa- 
tions, we had applied the name parasitica to the small Jager with short tail 
feathers, proposing to adopt for the one with long tail feathers (the labbe a 
longe queue of Buffon,) the name Buffon; but since some English authors, * 
led into error by our article, have thought that they have discovered in our 
parasitica a new species, which they call ‘‘ Richardsoni,’? we are obliged to 
adopt their mistake, sanctioned as it is by several naturalists, and in many 
collections. Being, then, confident that Lestris Richardson is really the same 
with our LZ. parasitica, with short tail feathers, . . . we adopt here the 
first of these names for the short-tailed Jiger, leaving to the long-tailed species 


* j, e., Swainson, and others. 
? 2 


1863.] 


122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the appellation of parasitica ; for we take it, names and priority of discovery 
are not of the last importance; all that is necessary is to be understood when 
we talk of species; and for this purpose, a name sanctioned by. usage, and 
which does not cause confusion, is far better than one which has nothing to 
recommend it but its priority of date.” 

It was by this somewhat heterodox reasoning on the subject of nomenclature, 
that Temminck adopted for the common Jiger the name of ‘‘ Richardsoni,”” 
and turned over the name ‘‘ parasitica” to the long-tailed species. His ex- 
ample has been very generally followed, as will be seen by consulting the 
synonyms given inthis paper. Iam inclined to the opinion, however, that 
Swainson’s bird may be a distinct species from the old parasitica of Briinnich, 
upon the following grounds: 

In the very extensive series of Jiigers in the Museum of the Smithsonian 
Institution, there are several specimens which agree among themselves in the 
possession of some characters which differ considerably from those of the 
typical parasitica. The whole bird is considerably larger,—the difference in 
the wing from the flexure amounting to nearly or quite an inch, and propor- 
tionate discrepancies existing in the tarsi and toes. The bill is longer, (though 
not stouter ;) its nail longer compared with the ceral portion, and its convex- 
ity more gradual. The most marked features, however, lie in the tail. While 
the relative proportions of the lateral feathers to the central pair are much as 
in parasitica, the whole tail is longer, more graduated, and the individual 
feathers somewhat broader. From the insertion to the tips of the pair of 
feathers next the central, measures in parasitica about 54 inches ; in ‘‘ Rich- 
ardsoni’? about 64. A proportionate difference exists in the absolute total 
length of the central pair; though their relative lengths do not differ appre- 
ciably. The tail of the specimens under consideration is more graduated,— 
the amount of graduation being nearly an inch, instead of about half an inch, 
as in parasitica. The central pair seem broader than in parasitica, and 
somewhat ofa different shape; and the same may be said, though less mark- 
edly, of the lateral feathers. Comparing some of these specimens which are 
in the dusky stage with the corresponding state of plumage of parasitica, I 
find the dusky to be much darker,—in fact, quite of a blackish rather than of 
a fuliginous hue. No other differences are appreciable. 

These specimens agree minutely with the plate and description of what 
Swainson called ‘‘ Richardsoni,”? so that there cannot be the slightest doubt 
of the propriety of referring them to that species. The only question is, are 
the differences above detailed sufficient to constitute specific distinctions ? ; 

Bonaparte, in his Conspectus, ii. page 209, gives a form or variety of 
parasitica thus: ‘‘a. L. coprotheres Brinn. ; Richardsoni Swains. . . ex 
bor. Eur. et Am. Omni tempore et ztate obscuré unicolor.’’? Swainson’s figure 
also represents the bird in this fusco-wnicolor stage; he perhaps thinking that 
this feature formed a distinctive character. This, however, cannot be the 
case; and I wish to be distinctly understood as throwing this out of considera- 
tion altogether in discussing the claims of the bird to specific distinction, 
since it is now certain that this dusky stage is merely an evidence of immatur- 
ity ; and that the bird, when adult, will have the white neck all round, and 
white underparts, exactly as in parasitica. If it is to be separated at all, this 
is to be done upon the grounds of the differences in size and proportion above 
detailed,—without the least reference to the dusky stage of plumage in which 
it is figured by Swainson. 

While Iam not thoroughly satisfied of the entire propriety of so doing, I 
shall, in the following Review of the subfamily, separate it specifically from 
the parasitica; desiring to call attention to it, as at least a well-marked form, 
not a dist inct species. 

[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 


General Considerations. 


Before proceeding to speak in detail of the individual species of the Lestri- 
din, I desire to make a few remarks on the points which at the present day 
must be taken more especially into consideration, in carrying on an investi- 
gation of this subfamily of birds. 

Although the contrary was formerly the case, yet at the present time the 
species of Jiigers are pretty definitely ascertained,—being better known, in 
fact, than the species either of Zarine or Sternine. This arises partly from 
the fact of the small number of existing species, and partly because most of 
the species present really very marked differences, which can hardly be over- 
looked by any one examining specimens with an ordinary degree of mental 
acumen. With the amount of knowledge which we possess at present, it 
would be quite impossible to mistake Buffoni for parasiticus, etc., in 
whatever stages of plumage they may be found; and therefore, except 
in one or two instances, I have thought it quite unnecessary to present 
any lengthy description or specific characters, for the purpose of separat- 
ing one species from another. In a paper like the present, such points seem 
quite uncalled for. 

At the same time, there is a point concerning which authors are even now 
at variance, and which seems to have need of all the light that can be thrown 
upon it. LIrefer to the remarkable changes of plumage which the species of 
one of the genera of this subfamily,—Stercorarius,—undergo in arriving at 
maturity, and more particularly that perplexing state in which the bird is 
uniformly dusky. From the time when Brunnich, in 1764, institutes a 
Catharacta “ coprotheres, corpore toto fusco,’’ etc., and then adds: ‘‘ An a 
precedenti sexu vel specie diversa? A quibusdam hee pro foemina, illa §127 
(parasitica) pro mare habetur,’’—the question has been an open one. Some 
authors have made a distinct species of this stage; others have given it as a 
variety ; others still have considered. this plumage indicative of age, or of 
season, or of sex. Modern opinions have generally agreed in considering it 
as simply an evidence of immaturity, and not a variety, much less a distinct 
species. I hope I shall be able to show in the following pages, that this latter 
opinion is the correct one, even if I cannot prove exactly what age the dusky 
stage is characteristic of, or whether more than one sex participates in it. To 
this end, I have gone into detail regarding the various ages of two of the 
species,—pomarinus and parasiticus. 

But there is still another point in the study of the Jigers, which, being a 
matter of more than ordinary difficulty, demands our most patient and 
careful investigation. This is the bibliography of the subfamily. Many of the 
species were known to the very earliest,—even pre-Linnean,—writers on 
ornithology ; and, as a natural consequence, the synonymy of the various 
species is as intricate, and in as puzzling a state of complication, as perhaps 
that of any other group of birds, rendering it a peculiarly difficult task to 
unravel the various knotty points which present themselves for our considera- 
tion. Fortunately, however, the synonymy of most of the species is rather 
intricate, than doubtful; rendering it possible, perhaps, to present a tolerably 
accurate list of references, by careful and patient study. To this part of the 
subject in hand I have paid special attention, and it is believed that the lists 
of synonyms given are pretty full, and include ali the important references. 
Others must judge of the accuracy of the citations, each according to his own 
views of the subject. 

If I seem to have made any uncalled for innovations in nomenclature, I 
can only offer as an apology, that it is impossible to conduct an investigation 
into the bibliography of the subfamily without seeing that many of the names 
in common employ must be superseded, provided we are to pay any attention 
to recognized laws of nomenclature. 


1863.] 


124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Family LARIDA. 


Subfamily LESTRIDIN A, 


Of this, the first subfamily of the Laride, there are at present known to 
exist eight species, belonging to two genera. Of these, five inhabit the 
northern, and three the southern hemisphere. The five northern species are 
all represented in North America. The following analytical table will represent 
the characters of the species and genera sufliciently well for our present 
purposes. The diagnoses are purposely made as brief as possible, only the 
most prominent features being noticed. 


§ Analytical Table of the Genera and Species of the Lestridine. 


I. Statura maximi, et form4 robustissimi. Pedes et rostrum 
validi. Tarsus brevior quam digitus medius cum ungue. 
Rectrices mediz late vix ultra ceteras porrecte........Genus BUPHAGUS. 
a. Rostri longitudo poll. 2, et ultra; altitudo ‘75. Ad 
anguli oris 3:00 poll. Ex maria arctica............ seeeee B. skua. 
b. Rostrum brevius, crassius. Ex maria antarctica........ B. antarcticus. 
II. Statur&i minores, et forma graciliores. Pedes et rostrum 
graciles. Tarsus non brevior quam digitus medius cum 
ungue. Cauda longior, et rectrices mediz valdé ultra ceteras 
PONTECHH ssi snen vip desanlt Unes piso sbep heh peane dine sealddabanpetnacd«« Genus STERCORARIUS. 
1. Tarsi posticé asperxrimi. Rectrices mediz late in 
apices ipsas. 
a. Rectrices medi ceteris 4 pollices longiores............ S. pomarinus. 
2. Tarsi posticé subasperi. Rectrices medie longz, rigi- . 
de, acuminate. 


a. Rectrices medize ceteris 4 poll. longiores......... ..... S. parasiticus. 
b. Similis S. parasitico ; sed major, cauda tota longiore, 
AUIS -MOLUMM ADA, «baauichc>-4a¥Erbbesabtiod -asere- -xeava Bee aberns S.Richardsoni. 


ce. Similis S. pirasitico ; sed minor, rostro magis com- 
presso, rectricibus mediis elongatis, apicibis rotun- 
GGHISE OB Pi) hs apetiteeGla on ob holes Hovsamncwanie pias cen sb leeiabteida S. Hardyi. 
d. Similis S. par asitico. Sed etiam minor S. Buffono ; 
rectricibus mediis lineari-acutis, rachide denudata 
rigida, pollice et ultra ceteras superantibus (Bp.)...... S. spinicauda. 
3. Tarsi postice subasperis. Rectrices mediz longissime, 
flexibiles, filiformes. 
a. Rectrices medie ceteris 8 ad 10 pollices longiores.....S. Buffont. 


Genus BUPHAGUS Moehring. 


Buphagus, Moehring, Genera Avium, 1752, page 66, No. 71. Typus Larus 
catarractes, Linn. 

Stercorarius, ‘* Brisson,’’ Vieillot, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., 1817, 153. Typus 
idem. (Sed non verus Stercorarius, Briss. cujus typus Larus parasi- 
ticus, L. est.) Gray, Genera of Birds, 1849, 651. Degland, Ornith. 
Europ, 1849, ii. 287. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, 1856, 206. Law- 
rence, Gen. Rep. Birds N. A. 1858, 838; et aliorum auctorum. 

Catharacta, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, 32. Typus Cath. skua Brinn.  Bona- 
parte, Comparative List, 1838. 

Larus, (partim) Linneus, Systema Nature, 1766. Gmelin, Systema, Natu- 
re, 1788. Latham, Index Ornithologicus, 1790. Meyer et Wolf, Tassch- 
enbuch deutsch. 1810. 

Catarractes, Pallas, Zoog. Rosso-As. 1811, ii. 808. Typus C. skua. Steph- 
ens, Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. 1825, 214. 

Lestris, ‘‘Mlliger,’? Temminck, Man. Orn. 1820—40. Typus ZL. catarractes. 
(Sed non verus Lestris Ill. cujus typus LZ. parasitica L. est.) Faber, 


[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 


Prodromus Isl. Orn. 1822. . Lesson, Traité d’Ornith. 1831. Keyserling 
et Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ. 1840; et auctorum aliorum. 

Megalestris, Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, 1856, p. 206. Typus Larus catar- 
ractes, Linn. 


1. BueHacus skua Coues ex Bruinnich. 


** Skua-Hojeri, Ray, Synopsis Avium, 128.’’ 

Larus fuscus, Brisson, Ornithologie, vi. 1760, p. 165. ‘‘Scopoli, Bemerk. Natur- 
Gesch. 1770, 90.” 

Catharacta skua, Briinnich, Ornithologia Borealis, 1764, 33. No. 125. 

Catarracta skua, Retzius, Fauna Suecica, 1800, 161, No. 123. Bonaparte, 
Cat. Met. Ucc. Europ. 1842, 79. Bonaparte, Rev, Crit. Degland’s 
Ornith. Europ. 1850, 202. 

Catarractes skua, Pallas, Zoographia Rosso-Asie, ii. 1811, 309. Stephens, 
Shaw’s Gen. Zool. 1825, xiii. 215. 

Cataractes skua, Macgillivray, Man. Orn. ii. 1842, 255. 

Catarractes vulgaris, Fleming. (fide Bp.) 

Catarractes fusca, Leach. (fide Bp.) 

Lestris skua, Brehm. (fide Bp.) 

Larus catarractes, Linneus, Systema Nature, i.1776. Gmelin, Systema Na- 
ture, i. 1788, 603. Latham, Index Ornithologicus, ii. 1790, 818. 

Larus keeask, Latham, Index Ornithologicus, ii, 1790, 818. 

Lestris catarractes, Wliger, Prodromus, 1811, 273. Faber, Prodromus Island. 
Ornith. 1822, 102. Temminck, Manuel d’Ornith. ii. 1820, 792. Tem- 
minck, Manuel d’Ornith. iv. 1840,494. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1826, No. 
304. Nuttall, Man. Ornith. ii. 1834, 312, Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Ois. Eur. 
1844, 84. 

Lestris catharactes, Brehm, Naturg. Europ. Vég. 1823, 739. 

Lestris catharractes, Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 387. 

Lestris catarrhactes, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Europ. Thierw. 1829, 64. Keyserling et 
Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ. 1840, i. 239. 

Stercorarius catarrhactes, Vieillot, Nouv. Dict. d’H. N. 1817, xxxii. 154. 
Vieillot, Fauna Frang. 1828, 385. Degland, Orn. Europ. 1849, ii. 
289. Gray, Genera Avium, iii. 1849, 652. > 

Stercorarius catarractes, Bonaparte, Consp. Avium, 1836, ii. 206. Lawrence, 
General Report Birds N. A. 1858, 838. 

Stercorarius cataractes, Selys-Longchamps, Fauna Belg. 1842, 155. 

Stercorarius catharractes, Des Murs, Traité d’Ool. Ornith. 1860, 551. 

Stercorarius pomarinus, Vieillot, Galerie d’Ois. ii. 1834, 220; sed non Temm. 
nec auctorum ! 


Sp. ch.—Above blackish brown, more or less variegated with chestnut and 
whitish ; each feather being dark-colored, with a spot of chestnut towards its ex- 
tremity, which in turn fades into whitish along the shaft towards the tip of 
each feather. On the latero-nuchal region, and across the throat, the chest- 
nut lightens into a decided reddish yellow, the white being as a well-defined, 
narrow, longitudinal streak on each feather. The crown, post-ocular and 
mental region have but little whitish. Inferiorly, the plumage is of a blended 
fusco-rufous, lighter than on the dorsum, with a peculiar indefinite plumbeous 
nuance. The wings and tail are blackish ; their rhachides white, except towards 
the apices ; the remiges and rectrices white for some distance from the bases. 
This white on the tail is entirely concealed by the long tail-coverts, but ap- 
pears on the outer primaries as a conspicuous spot. The bill and claws are 
blackish horn ; the feet pure black. 

Bill from base to tip 2°10; to end of cere 1:20; gape 3:00; height at base 
"75 ; width a little less ; rami 1°60; gonys 50; wing 16°00; tail6-00; tarsus 
2°70; middle toe and claw 3°10. 


1863.] 


126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Habitat.—Seas and sea coasts of the northern hemisphere ; more particularly 
in higher latitudes. 

It is quite unnecessary here to go into any details regarding the specific 
characters of so long and well known a species, and one which is so very dis- 
tinct both in form and colors from any other of our continent. 

I am well aware that the adoption of the name under which I present this 
species, may be looked upon by many ornithologists as an unnecessary, or at 
least as an uncalled for innovation. In defence of the nomenclature adopted, 
I beg leave to offer the following considerations, which, it is hoped, will ex- 
onerate me from the charge of needlessly changing names, by proving that if 
we are to pay any attention to recognized rules of nomenclature, such a pro- 
cedure is unavoidable in the present instance, and that no other name than 
the one adopted can be used : 

In the first place, Moehring’s genus Buphagus is certainly based upon a bird 
which was afterwards the Larus catarractes of Linneus. His diagnosis (vide in- 
fra*) unmistakably refers to one of the Lestridine, while the species is fortu- 
nately exactly fixed by his reference to ‘‘ Hojeri’”’ and ‘‘cataractes.”’ Perhaps 
no one of his diagnosesis more definite than this one. This being the case, 
the only question is, are his genera to be adopted and used in ornithology ? 

I believe that the rule generally followed regarding Moehring’s genera, is 
that they are to be adopted when they can be certainly identified, provided 
that they do not conflict with subsequent Linnean appellations. Upon this 
principle, many of Moehring’s old genera have been revived and adopted by 
Gray, and his example has been followed by Baird, and other ornithological 
writers. Itis thus that such genera as Philomachus, Collyrio, Trogon, Uria, 
Catarractes, etc., have taken the precedence over more modern appellations, 
to which their priority entitles them. The rule, however, does not appear to 
have been so strictly carried out as it should be, if adhered to at all. Gray, 
for example, adopts Stercorarius of Brisson for the Jager, remarking ‘‘that it 
is supposed to be Buphagus of Moehring.’’ His procedure in this case is a 
little remarkable, since Buphagus is certainly identifiable ; and there is no 
Linnean genus with which it can conflict,—Linneus ranging all the Jagers 
known to him with the gulls, under Larus. With this restriction, which, it 
must be confessed, is rather a compliment to Linnzus, than strict justice to 
other writers, the genera of Moehring are to be adopted when identifiable. 
The fact of that author not being a binomalist,—in fact, not dealing at all 
with species,—does not appear to be a valid reason why his genera should be 
neglected any more than those of Brisson for example. Iam decidedly in 
favor of the adoption for any genus of the first appellation that is proposed for it 
after the date of the first published works of Linnzus, provided there be no 
conflict between them: considering the introduction of a definite form of 
nomenclature as beginning with that illustrious writer. 

Now, supposing that we do reject Moehring’s Buphagus, let us see what will 
be the consequence. ‘‘ Stercorarius Brisson 1760”’ is the name which of late 
has been most generally applied to the genus in question. But the type of 
Brisson’s genus is not the catarrhactes,{ but the true parasitica, as is evident 
by his elaborate description, although no specific name is given; and hence, 
if it is to be used at all, it must be for the genus of which parasitica is typical. 
But Brisson was a polynomalist; and if we refuse to adopt Moehring’s names 
on this score, Brisson’s genera must also be rejected: to which procedure, of 
course, no naturalist would assent. 

Catharacta of Briinnich of 1764 comes next in order, and has as its type 


* Moehring. Genera Avium, 1752, page 66, No.71. “ Rostrum postice rectum, membrana callosa 
ad nares usque tectum, versus apicem incurvum, Jateribus compressis. Femora extra abdomen. 
Digiti antici tres membrana intermedia toti cohezrentes, posticus liber.” 

+ Brisson, on page 165 of vol. vi. of his Ornithologie, ranges this species under Larus, calling it 


“ Le Goelaud brun, Larus fuscus.” 
[May, 


eT 


ee ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 


/ 


C. skua, which is the true catarrhactes. But here he is anticipated by 
Moehring, who had previously applied the name Cataractes* to a genus of 
Guillemots, of which Uria troile is the type. This genus has been adopted 
for the latter birds, by Cassin, Bryant, and others; and, unless we admit the 
different spellings of the same word as distinct genera, which would seem 
quite unwarrantable, Briinnich’s name must be superseded. 

Lestris of Illiger (1811) being based upon the parasitica, I am aware of no 
other genera than the above, which were founded on the Larus catarrhactes 
down to 1856, when Bonaparte, in his Conspectus, proposed the name 
Megalestris. The choice then lies between Moehring’s Buphagus and Bona- 
parte’s Megalestris ; and of the two, I prefer to take the former, especially as 
by so doing we shall be enabled to retain Stercorarius of Brisson for the other 
species of the subfamily. 

Regarding the adoption of the specific name skuva, I will merely remark that 
as Brinnich was as strict a binomalist as Linnzeus himself, there is no reason 
why his specific names should not be employed in all cases when they are 
identifiable. The date of Briinnich’s ‘‘skua’’ is 1764; that of Linneus’ 
‘* catarractes *’ is 1766. 

It is a little surprising that Brisson, after instituting the genus Stercorarius 
for the Jiigers, should be so far at fault regarding the proper aflinities of the 
present species as to place it among the Gulls, under the name of Larus fuscus. 
His descriptions of all the Jiigers are remarkably accurate, and so full and 
complete as to admit of the positive identification of all his names. In this 
‘case, and in numberless other instances, there is cause for exceeding regret 
that he was a polynomalist; for, had he been a strict binomalist, so that we 
could adopt his specific names, we should be saved a vast deal of uncertainty 
and profitless discussion as to the proper specific appellations to be employed. 

The Larus keeask of Latham is certainly the present species. That author 
gives 22 inches as the total length, and 3 inches as the length of the bill,— 
dimensions which will apply to no species of Stercorarius; and there is no 
other Buphagus than the present inhabiting the northern hemisphere. His 
bird ‘‘ habitat in America ad sinum Hudsonis.”’ 

The plate which Vieillot gives in his Galerie des Oiseaux, (1854) of his 
Stercorarius pomarinus, represents undoubtedly the present species; and is, so 
far as I am aware, the only instance of the application of the name pomarinus 
to any other species than that to which it rightfully belongs. This error seems 
the more surprising, since Vieillot, in 1817 and in 1828 (vide synon.), gives 
the species as Stercorarius catarrhactes. 

The other synonyms of the species do not require special notice. I have 
endeavored to preserve the various spellings of the word catarrhactes by the 
different authors cited. I quote Catarractes.fusca Leach, and vulgaris Fleming, 
and Lestris skua Brehm, on the authority of Bonaparte. 


2. BupHaAGcus ANTARCTICUS Coues ex Lesson. 


Lestris catarractes, Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. Uranie, Ois. p. 38. Nec anct. 
Lestris antarcticus, Lesson, Traité d’Orn. 1831, p. 606. 
Stercorarius antarcticus, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. 1856, p. 207. 


Drac.—B. Buph. skue similis ; sed rostro crassiore et breviore. 
Habitat.—Antarctic Ocean. 


* This word affords a good illustration of the very various cacography we often find in the 
names of the old authors. Thus, we have cataracta, cataractes, catharacta, catarracta, catarractes, 
catarrhactes, &c. The orthography of the word will be evident if we regard its etymology. It is 
from x4AT2, and enypvupas, whence xT AppanTns, “Aa robber or despoiler;” the latinization of 
whichis catarrhactes,—the h being derived from the rough aspirate over the second ?. Briinnich’s 
spelling of the word might perhaps lead us to suppose it derived from 22021000, “to cleanse or 
purify ;” but this isevidently not the case,—the latinization of the word formed from the latter 
root giving us cathartes, Illiger’s genus of American vultures. 


1863.] 


128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


This species is very closely related to the preceding, if it be really distinct 
from it. The fine series in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, pro- 
cured by the United States Exploring Expedition under Com. Wilkes, all 
differ from the skua of Europe and America in the possession of shorter, and 
comparatively stouter and deeper bills, with more obtuse tips. These are the 
only points of discrepancy I have been able to detect in the examination of 
the series ; but they appear to be quite constant. 

Among the series is a specimen much larger than the rest, and ‘than the 
skua from Europe. The bill is nearly two and a third inches long, and very 
stout ; the wings an inch, and the tarsus a third of an inch longer than the 
average of European skins. It is evidently a very old individual, and the 
chestnut and whitish have almost entirely disappeared from both the upper 
and under parts, leaving the whole bird deep blackish-brown above, and a 
somewhat lighter brown, or fuliginous, below. The specimen is referred to 
in Cassin’s List of the Birds of the Exploring Expedition, as ‘‘ Lestris gn? 
Although the general appearance of the bird is really different from that of 
the rest of the series, Ido not think that the differences presented are any- 
thing more than indicative of the great age of the specimen. A collection of 
American and European Jiigers, obligingly furnished by Mr. D. G. Elliott for 
examination, contains a specimen of the true skua from the Atlantic Ocean, 
which presents a very similar condition of things. The size is greater than 
that of any other of the series of specimens, and the colors are nearly as 
uniform as in the antarctic specimen referred to. I think it more than probable 


that the birds of this genus continue to grow in size and proportions with ° 


increasing age, and that the colors have a tendency to become darker and 
more uniform under the same circumstances. 


Genus STERCORARIUS Brisson. 


Stercorarius, Brisson, Ornithologia, 1760, vi. (Typus Zarus parasiticus, Linn.) 
et auctorum pleriq. 

Catharacta (partim), Briinnich, Ornith. Borealis, 1764. 

Larus (partim), Linpeus, Systema Nature, 1766. Gmelin, Systema Nature, 
1788. Latham, Index Ornithologicus, 1790. Meyer et Wolf, Taschenb. 
Deutsch, 1810. 

Lestris, Iiger, Prodromus, 1811, p. 272. (Typus Larus parasiticus, Linn.) 
Et auctorum. 

Predatriz, Vieillot, Analyse, 1816, p. 62. 

Labbus, Rafinesque, 1816, fide Bp. 

Coprotheres, Reichenbach, 1850. 


A single genus cannot, without great latitude and looseness of definition, be 
made to include all the species of this subfamily. The differences between 
Buphagus skua (with its southern representative antarcticus) and the other 
known species, are very great, and strongly pronounced, if we regard stature, 
proportions, character of central tail feathers, changes of plumage, &. The 
differences fully warrant the distribution of the species of the subfamily into 
two genera, which may be thus defined : 


Burnacus.—Bill shorter thanthe middle toe without the claw ; exceedingly 
robust ; width at base about equal to the height, which is a third of the length 
of culmen. Strie and sulci numerous and well marked. Encroachment of 
feathers on bill moderate; and nearly the same on both mandibles. Occiput 
scarcely crested. Wings only moderately long for this subfamily,—the pri- 
maries very broad, and rounded at their tips. Tail very short, broad, nearly 
even, the feathers truncated; central pair projecting but little, and broad to 
their very tips, which arealso truncated. Feet large and stout ; tarsi shorterthan 
the middle toe and claw. Size large; form robust and heavy; general 
organization very powerful. Colors much the same over the whole body ; 


[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 


not subject to any great variations with age, sex, or season. Species, B. skua 
(type) and B. antarcticus. 

STERCORARIUS.—Bill equalto middle toe without the claw, moderately robust, 
height at base more than a third of culmen; strie and sulci fewer and more 
slightly marked. Encroachment of feathers on bill very great, especially on 
the upper mandible, where it greatly exceeds that on the lower, and is of a 
different outline from that of Buphagus. Occiput decidedly subcrested. Wings 
exceedingly long, the primaries narrow, tapering, with quite acute tips. Tail 
long ; the lateral feathers more or less graduated ; the central pair considera- 
bly, sometimes excessively, elongated, tapering and filamentous. Feet rather 
slender, the tarsi equal to, or slightly longer than the middle toe and claw. 
Size moderate or small. Form less robust, general organization much less 
powerful. Nearly bicolor when adult; passing through very various states 
of plumage before arriving at maturity. Species, S. pomarinus, parasiticus, 
(type) Richardsoni, Hardyi, spinicauda, Buffoni. 

Of these, the five last are very strictly congeneric in every particular. 
Pomarinus, by its larger size, somewhat more powerful form, shorter and 
broader central tail feathers, &c., shows a slight aberration towards Buphagus. 
But in all other features the essential characters of Stercorarius are so strongly 
pronounced, that it cannot afford a link by which the two genera may be 
united. 


? STERCORARIUS POMARINUS Vieill. ex Temm. 


Larus parasiticus, Meyer et Wolf, Tasch. Deutsch. ii. 1810, 490. (Sed non 
Linn. nec auct.) 

Larus crepidatus, Gmelin, Systema Nature, i. 1788, 602. Latham, Index Or- 
nithologicus, 1790, ii. 819. (Citat Sterc. striatum, Briss.) 

Stercorarius striatus, Brisson, Ornith. vi. 1760, 152, pl. 13, fig. 2. (Juvenis.) 

Lestris striatus, Eyton, British Birds, 18—, 53. 

Lestris pomarinus, Temminck, Man. Orn. ii. 1820, 793. Temminck, Man. 
Orn, iv. 1840, 495. Faber, Prodromus Island. Ornith. 1822, 104. 
Brehm, Naturg. Europ. Vogel, 1823, 741. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1826, 
No. 305. Lesson, Manuel Ornith. 1828, ii.388.- Kaup, Sk. Ent. Europ. 
Theirw. 1829, 64. Swainson et Richardson, F. B. A. 1831, ii. 429. 
Nuttall, Manual Ornith. ii. 1834, 315. Audubon, Ornith. Biograph. 
1839, iii. p. 396. Audubon, Synopsis, 1839, 332. Audubon, Birds 
America, 1844, vii. 186, pl. 451. Keyserling et Blasius, Wirbelth. 
Europ. 1840, i. 240. Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840,i. 388. Schlegel, 
Rey. Crit. Ois, Europ. 1844, 84. Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Ucc. Eur. 1842, 
80. Bonaparte, Rev. Crit. Degland’s Orn. Eur, 1850, 202. Thompson, 
Nat. Hist. Ireland, iii. 1851, 392. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, ii, 
1856. 207. Des Murs, Traité d’Oologie Ornith. 1860, 551. 

Stercorarius pomarinus, Vieillot, Nouv, Dict. d’H. N. xxxii. 1819, 158. Vieillot, 
Fauna Frang. 1828, 387. Selys-longchamps, Fauna Belg. 1842, 155. 
Degland, Ornith. Europ. 1849, ii. 291. Gray, Genera Birds, 1849, iii. 
652. Lawrence, General Report Birds N. A. 1858, 838. Coues, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sc., Philada., 1861, p. 243. 

Cataractes pomarinus, Stephens, Shaw’s Gen. Zool. 1825, xiii. 216, pl. 24. 
Macgillivray, Man. Brit. Orn., ii. 1842, 256. 

Coprotheres pomarinus, Reichenbach, Syst. Av. 1850, 52, pl. 328-9. 

Catarractes parasita, var. camtschatica, Pallas, Zoograph. Rosso-Asiz, 1811, 
ii. 312. . 

Habitat.—Seas and sea coasts of Europe, Asia and North America. Interior 
of Arctic America. 

I will notice the stages of plumage of this species, from that of the fully 
adult to that of the young of the year. Having a very extensive series at 
command, I have endeavored to trace one stage from another, and point out 


1863.] 10 


130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


exactly how the great changes of plumage to which the bird is subject, are 
produced. 

Adult.—Bill horn, deepening into black; feet black. Pileum and occipital 
crest brownish-black ; this color extending much below the eyes, and occupy- 
ing the feathers on the ramus of the inferior maxilla. Acuminate feathers of 
the neck light yellow. Back, wings, tail, upper wing coverts, under tail 
coverts as far as the flanks, deep blackish-brown. Under parts, from chin to 
ue and neck all round, (except the yellow acuminate feathers, ) pure 
white. 

The above is the plumage of the fully adult bird, and is comparatively not 
often met with. A more usual state of plumage (described by Lawrence and 
figured by Audubon* as ‘‘ fully adult,’’) is as follows: 

Nearly adult. —Generally as in the preceding, but with a row of brown spots 
across the breast; the sides under the wings transversely barred with white 
and brown ; the purity of the dark color of the abdomen interrupted by some 
touches of white. The legs still wholly black, and the tail feathers projecting 
as much as in the fully adult. 

: Now, as a somewhat younger stage than the preceding, we have the fol- 
owing 

Intermediate stage, (No. 1275.)—The band of dark spots across the breast 
has widened and enlarged, so that the whole breast appears brown, mottled 
with white; the sides under the wings are conspicuously barred with white 
and brown; the white of the under parts is continued down over the abdomen 
to the under tail coverts ; the pure brown of these parts which obtains in the 
adult, now only appearing as transverse bars among the white. The upper 
tail coverts and some of the wing coverts are barred with white. The bases 
of the primaries are inferiorly white. The central tail feathers now only 
project an inch. The tarsi are quite changed in color; they are now irregularly 
blotched with chrome yellow,—the hind toe and nail being of this color. 

The above changes are very gradual, and readily identifiable; the quo modo 
of their production may be thus summed up: In the adult the white and 
brown occupy distinct and well-marked regions; and the two colors are 
separated by trenchant lines of division. The younger the bird, the more 
this distinctness of definition of colors is lost,—the white invading and barring 
the brown, and the brown invading and mottling the white, wherever the 
two join. Then also the feet lose their black, and are variegated with yellow. 

Besides the above, we find a state characterizable thus : 

Dusky stage.—The bird is very nearly unicolor: biackish-brown all over; 
this color deepening into quite black on the pileum ; lightening into fuliginous 
brown on the abdomen, with a slight gilding of the black on the sides of the 
neck. The whitish bases of the primaries exist. The feet are in the chromo- 
variegated condition. The central tail feathers scarcely project half an inch. 

In the last edition of the Manuel d’Ornithologie, Temminck corrects various 
errors committed in previous editions, and gives, as his mature opinion, four 
‘¢ varieties’’ of this species. By examining his diagnoses, it will be seen at a 
glance that his ‘‘ variety C”’ is the fully adult plumage above characterized ; 
of which he says truly that it is ‘‘ assez rare.’’ His ‘‘B’’ is our second stage ; 
his ‘‘ A’? is about our third stage ; while his ‘‘ D’’ is the fusco-unicolor stage 
just given. In his earlier editions he maintains that this dusky stage is 
absolutely independent of sex ; but latterly he says that it is possible that the 
dusky birds are females; the white-bellied ones males. Ornithologists main- 
tain very diverse views on this subject ; but I believe it is generally supposed 
that this state of plumage is not indicative of either sex, but simply of imma- 
turity. 

Now I think that the four plumages which Temminck describes as adults 


* I have Audubon’s original specimen before me. It agrees minutely with his plate; and is alas 
the specimen from which Lawrence’s description in the General Roport was taken. 
[May, 


ie 


ee eee = 


Ecccong 


Pe 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 


(varieties A, &c.) are really the progressive stages of the same individuals. 
Ido not think that even the dusky stage constitutes a distinct ‘‘ variety,”’ 
(1.¢., the birds remaining in that state all through their lives ;) much less the 
other stages. I am ofopinion that every Jager, before arriving at full maturity, 
passes through each of these states: beginning with a rufo-rayed plumage— 
to be presently described—passing from that next into the dusky; and then 
assuming successively the other stages above characterized. The only ques- 
tion is this: What age, sex, or season is this dusky stage characteristic of ? 
I think that it comes in next after the very young rufo-rayed plumage, for 
this reason. We find these dusky birds to be generally less robust than the 
others; with weaker bills, less elongated central tail feathers, and parti- 
colored tarsi. Now it is well known, that the younger the bird, the smaller 
it is, the shorter are the central tail feathers, and the more yellow the tarsi. 
Another argument, by analogy, is that the S. parasiticus is found in exactly 
the same unicolor state ; and from a great number of species it can be proved, 
I think, that in that species it supervenes directly from the rufo-rayed plu- 
mage. [See remarks under ZL. parasitica.] 

The following is the plumage of birds of the year: 

Young of Year.—Bill much smaller and weaker than in the adult, light 
colored to beyond the nostrils, when it becomes brownish-black. Feet and 
toes mostly bright yellow, the terminal portions of the latter black. The 
whole body is everywhere transversely waved with dull rufous. On the head, 
neck and under parts this rufous forms the predominating color; and the 
bands are exceedingly numerous, of about the same width as the intervening 
dark color. On the flanks and under tail coverts the bars become wider, and 
almost white in color. On the back and wing coverts the brownish black is 
the predominating color; and if any rufous is present, it is merely as a nar- 
row edging tothe feathers. The under wing coverts have irregularly-angular 
transverse waves of brownish black and white. The remiges and rectrices are 
brownish black, darker at their tips; fading into whitish towards the bases of 
their inner vanes. On the head and neck the light rufous decidedly predomi- 
nates, and seems indistinctly but thickly nebulated with dusky; this dusky 
forming a conspicuous spot just at the anterior canthus of the eye. (In this 
plumage the bird is the Stercorarius striatus of Brisson and the Larus crepi- 
datus of Gmelin and Latham.) 

There can be no doubt that the Stercorarius striatus of Brisson, and the 
Larus crepidatus of Gmelin and Latham, refer to this species in the very im- 
mature state of plumage just described; when the bird is considerably 
smaller than when adult, and is wholly rayed with rufous and dusky, with 
white spaces at the bases of the wing and tail feathers. The Stercorarius 
crepidatus of Vieillot, (1817,) however, is the true parasitica, as is also the 
Lestris crepidata, of Degland, 1838, and of Schinz, 1840. The Lestris crepi- 
data of Brehm (1823) is the young of the Buffoni. (Vide synonyms of 
these species. ) 

Latham in his Index, page 819, gives a ‘‘ Larus crepidatus var. 8,’? which 
is of course also to be referred to the young pomarinus. 

The Larus parasiticus of Meyer and Wolf is, I believe, the only instance of 
the application of that specific name to this species. The other synonyms of 
the species do not require any special notice, as they are quite plain and 
uncomplicated. 

By most authors the Catharacta cepphus of Briinnich is considered as refer- 
ring to the long-tailed species. I must confess, however, that I can hardly 
discover grounds for such an identification of this name; and am rather 
inclined to the opinion that his cepphus is based upon the young pomarinus ; 
as are the crepidata of Gmelin and Latham, and the striatus of Brisson. Let 
us look at the description fora moment. It is evident, from almost every 
paragraph of it, that he had in view a young bird of the year,—in the state 


1863.] 


132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


when they are transversely rayed with dusky and rufous,—paler on the ab- 
domen, and have the bases of the quills and rectrices white. The only pointis 
to determine of what species itis the young. Regarding its size, Briinnich 
compares it with his Catharacta skua, saying, that it is much smaller than 
that species, and ‘‘ Magnitudo parasitice.’’ The young of the year of poma- 
rinus is more nearly of the size of an adult of parasitica, than is the young 
of the year of the long-tailed species. The description of the colors, form, 
&c., which follows, agrees precisely with those of the young pomarinus ; and 
when we remember that at that date the differences between the common 
and long-tailed Jigers were not recognized, the two species being confounded 
together by authors generally, (except Brisson ;) it does not appear by any 
means certain that Briinnich bad the Jong-tailed species in view in drawing 
up the description of ‘‘cepphus.’”? Had that been the case, he would pro- 
bably have compared it with parasitica rather than with skua. Moreover, 
Latham, in his description of his Larus crepidatus, which is the young poma- 
rinus, gives “ cepphus, Briinn.’’ as a synonym of that species. 

Upon the whole, therefore, while I by no means insist upon the reference 
of the name under consideration to the pomarinus, I merely wish to show 
that it very possibly belongs to it: and that [the description is too vague 
and uncertain to justify the use of the name for either of the species. It is 
for this reason that I have adopted Boie’s name ‘‘ Buffoni”’ for the long-tailed 
Jager. 

Having always professed a rigid adherence to the great law of priority in 
questions of nomenclature, I am, perhaps, in the present instance, rendering 
myself liable to be taken to task for not employing the name “ crepidatus”’ 
of Gmelin and Latham (1788-90) for this species instead of pomarinus of 
Temminck, since the former name is in all probability based upon this 
species. The description is, however, short and unsatisfactory, and is, 
moreover, based upon the young bird of the year; and, though there cannot 
really be much doubt as to the species which these authors had in their 
minds in preparing their descriptions, still I think in view of the above 
considerations, that it will hardly be expedient to supersede so definite, long- 
known and universally employed a name as pomarinus. At the same time, 
should any one else see fit to do so, I would in future writings unhesitatingly 
follow his example. 


4, SrERCORARIUS PARASITICUS Gray ex Briinn. 


2 Sterna rectricibus duabus internis longissimis, Linn., Fn. Suec., No. 129. 

?Larus rectricibus duabus internis longissimis, Linn., 8S. N., 1748. 

Catharacta parasitica, Brinnich, Ornith. Borealis, 1764, 37. 

Larus parasiticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat., 1766, i. 226. Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 
1788, i. 601. (Num Lath.? qui me judice potius ad longicaudatum 
Briss spectat.) 

Cataracta parasitica, Retzius,* Fauna Suecica, 1800, 160. 

Catarractes parasita, Pallas, Zoog. Rosso-Asiz, ii. 1811, 310. 

Lestris parasita, Keyserling ‘et Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ., 1840, i. 240. 
Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Ois. Eur., 1844, 85. Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Ucc. 
Europ., 1842, 80. Des Murs, Traité d’Oologie Ornith., 1860, 551. Bona- 
parte, Rev. Crit. Degland’s Orn. Eur., 1850, 202. 


* It is difficult, perhaps impossible, to say whether the citations of the authors before 1800 
really refer to this species, or tothe long-tailed Jager. I have, however, placed them under the 
head of parasitica, for this reason: Retzius in his edition of the Fauna Suecica (of 1800) gives 
them as synonyms of his parasitica, of which his description is, ‘‘ Rectrices 6, 6, (i.e., the central 
pair) eseteris 4 poll. longiores;” thus clearly referring to the true parasitica. Descriptions of 
previous authors had mostly been merely “ Rectrictbus mediis longissimis,” whence the uncer- 
tainty. Retzius, however, is in error in adducing Stercorarius longicaudatus, Briss., as a synonym 


of parasitica. 
[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 


Lestris parasitica, Iliger, Prodromus, 1811, 273. Temminck,* Man. Ornith., 
1820, ii. 796, (duw species confuse sunt.) Faber, Prodromus Island. 
Orn., 1822, 105, (Nonne duz species confuse ?) Brehm, Naturg. Europ. 

 Vég., 1823, 744. Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 47. Lesson, 
Traite d’Ornith., 1831. 616. Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 390. Bona- 
parte, Conspectus Avium., 1856, ii. 208. 

Lestris Richardsonii, (‘‘ Swains.’’) Temminck, Man. Orn., iv. 1840, 499. 
(Sed non Swains. que potius species distincta.) Nuttall, Man. Ornith., 
ii. 1834, 319. Audubon, Ornith. Biograph., iii. p. 503; Audubon, 
Synopsis, 1839, 332. Audubon, Birds America, 1544, vii. 190, pl. 452. 
Giraud, Birds L. I., 1844, 367. Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 392. 
Thompson, Nat. Hist. Ireland, 1851, iii. 394. 

Cataractes Richardsoni, Macgillivray, Man. Orn., ii. 1842, 257. 

Catharacta coprotheres, Briimnich, Orn. Borealis, 1764, 38, No. 138. In etate 
fusco-wnicolore.) 

Lestris coprotheres, Des Murs, Traité d’Oologie Ornith., 1860, 551. 

Lestris parasitica var. coprotheres, Bonaparte, Consp. Av., 1856, ii. 209. 

Stercorarius , Brisson, Ornith., vi. 1760, (nomen specificum nullum.) 

Stercorarius crepidatus, Vieillot, Nouv. Dict. d’?H. N., xxxii. 1819, 155. (Sed 
non Larus crepidatus, Gmel., Lath., qui potius juvenis Lestris pomarinus, 
Temm.) 

Stercorarius cepphus, (‘‘Leach,’?) Swains. et Richardson, F. B. A., ii. 1831, 
p. 432. Stephens, Shaw’s Gen. Zool., 1825, xiii. 211, pl. 23. Degland, 
Ornith. Europ., 1849, ii. 295, (mec auct.) 

Stercorarius parasiticus, Selys-Longchamps, Fauna Belg., 1842, 155. Gray, 
Genera Birds, iii. 1849, 652. Lawrence, Gen. Rep. Birds N. A., 1858, 
839. Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1861, p. 243. 

Lestris crepidata, Degland, ‘‘Mem. Soc. Roy. de Lille, 1838, 108.” Juvenis. 
Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 390, Juvenis. 


Habitat.—Coast of America and Europe, more particularly in higher lati- 
tudes. Interior of Arctic America. 

Pursuing the question of the general ‘‘theory of variation’’ in this genus, 
it may be well to examine closely the various stages of this its typical spe- 
cies. The exceedingly rich series in the Smithsonian collection enables me 
to trace it through all its variations. 

Young of the Year in August.—Size considerably less than that of the 
adult, form every way more delicate. Wings more than an inch shorter ; 
bill and feet much slenderer and weaker. Bill in some specimens light bluish 
horn, in others greenish olive, the terminal portion brownish black. Tarsi 
and greater partof the toes yellow. The bird is every where rayed and 
barred with rufous and brownish black. On the head and neck the rufous is 
of a very light ochraceous tinge, and is by far the predominating color; the 
dark only appearing as a delicate line along the shaft of each feather. There 
is an aggregation of the brown into a spot at the anterior canthus of the eye. 
Proceeding down the neck to the back, the longitudinal lines become larger, 
and gradually spread wider and wider, until between the shoulders they 
occupy the whole of each feather, except a narrow border of rufous; which 
latter is of a deeper tint than on the head. Passing down the throat to the 
breast, the rufous becomes decidedly lighter,—almost whitish,—while the 
brown, which on the throat exists only as a light longitudinal line, changes 
on each feather to transverse bars of about equal width with the light rufou, 
bars with which it alternates. This pattern prevails over the whole unde, 


* This is a combination of parasitica and Buffoni,as shown by the description and indescrimi- 
nate citation of synonyms. This error Temminck corrects in his edition of 1840, (pp. 495, 499, 
500,) where he recognizes the two species and describes them accurately: but unfortunately calls 
the parasitica, “ Richardsoni,” and the Buffont, “ parasitica.” 


1863.] 


134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


parts,—the transverse bands being broadest on the flanks and under tail and 
wing coverts, narrowest in the middle of the belly. The primaries are 
brownish black, narrowly tipped with rufous, their shafts yellowish, their 
inner webs fading basally into white. The tail has the same coloration as 
the wings. The central feathers project about three-fourths of an inch. 

As the bird above described grows older, the bill and feet become stouter, 
the cere better developed; while the rufous everywhere gives way to the 
darker color. No special stage can be characterized, however, until the 
rufous is far outweighed by the dusky. Then we have— 

(No. 18652).—Size and general proportions nearly those of the ‘adult. Bill 
and cere perfectly formed; feet mostly black, but with some yellow blotches. 
The upper parts are unadulterated with any rufous bars; the deep brownish- 
black pileum has appeared, and the sides of the neck have obtained their 
yellow nuance, which contrasts conspicuously with the fuliginous background. 
Evidences of immaturity, however, are found on the under parts, where the 
dark color is mixed with illy-defined transverse bars of ochraceous. Rufous 
is also found at the bend of the wing, and on the under wing and tail coverts. 
The primaries are still whitish baso-externally, as are also the rectrices. The 
central rectrices project 24 inches, and have the tapering form of those of the 
adults. 

By the disappearance of the little rufous mentioned above, we have arrived 
at a very marked and decided stage,—viz : 

(No. 20362).—With the size and proportions of the adult. Wholly deep 
dusky ; darker and more plumbeous superiorly ; lighter, and with a fuliginous 
tinge inferiorly ; the pileum quite black; the latero-nuchal yellow, well 
pronounced ; the remiges and rectrices quite black; feet black. 

Having reached this perfect dusky stage, we will go back again to the 
young plumage first characterized, and show how specimens occasionally 
seem to proceed at once towards the adult condition with the white under 
parts. For example— 

(No. 2754).—The juvenility of the specimen is attested by its small size, 
delicate bill and feet, little projection of the central rectrices, general molli- 
pilose condition of plumage, &c. The rufous of the very young bird, instead 
of giving way everywhere to dusky, yields to this color only on the upper 
parts and crown; on the sides of the head, neck, and the whole under parts, 
whitish being the predominating color,—the continuity of this last being 
interrupted by indistinctly marked dusky bars. The yellow of the sides of 
the neck has not yet appeared. There is the same white space on the bases 
of the wings and tail as exists on the very young. The central tail feathers 
only project about 13 inches. 

By an attentive consideration of the preceding facts, it will be evident that 
we have found the same very young plumage to change gradually through 
one series of specimens into the fusco-unicolor state; through another series 
into a stage which tends to pass directly into the normal plumage of the fully 
adult bird, without going through this dusky epoch. What can we deduce 
from this perplexing fact? Does one sez assume this dusky plumage at a 
certain age, and the other not? Does this dusky state constitute the normal 
adult plumage of one sex? Is it a seasonal feature, which both sexes return 
to at certain periods in each year ?—or, finally, does it constitute a purely 
accidental, but constant variety? Authors of weight are divided on each of 
these points. 

I reject entirely the last hypothesis,—viz: that some birds attain to this 
dusky stage and retain it during their lives, though they may have sprung 
from normally colored parents, and have normally colored progeny. What- 
ever age or season, or whichever sex this state of plumage indicates, I think 
there can be no reasonable doubt that it is a normal and constant stage which 
every individual of one (or both?) sexes passes through or attains to, in its 


(May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 


progress towards maturity. The only question is, what age is to be assigned 
to this dusky state, and whether one or both sexes participate in it. 

Leaving now speculation for facts, we have yet to notice the mature bird. 
Taking either the dusky state (No. 20362,) or No. 2754, we find that both tend 
to produce the following plumage : 

Nearly mature, (No. 20144.)—Size and form of the adult. Pileum and 
latero-nuchal region, and whole upper parts, asin the adult. The under parts 
white (as in the adult), but clouded everywhere with dusky patches, most 
marked across the breast, on the sides, the flanks, and under tail coverts, and 
leaving the middle of the belly and throat nearly pure. Varying degrees of 
this dusky nubilation approach in some specimens nearly to the uniform dusky 
above characterized ; in others fade almost into the pure white of the adult, 
—connecting the two ages perfectly and uninterruptedly. The tarsi of those 
specimens most dusky have small yellow blotches; the others not. 

Now, by the complete obliteration of these dusky cloudings on the throat, 
breast and belly, and its increased intensity on the under tail coverts and 
abdomen as far as the flanks, we arrive at last at the 

Adult, perfect plumage, (No. 16802).—Bill a little shorter than the head or 
tarsus, about equal to middle toe without the claw; stout, about as high as 
broad at the base. Cere longer than the nail. Culmen broad and flattened, 
with a longitudinal groove on each side. Nostrils as in the other species. 
Curvature of culmen and tomia very gradual. Gonys short, about straight ; 
rami very long, a little concave; eminentia symphysis little marked. Strie 
and sulci as in the other species. Tarsi about as long as the middle toe and 
claw, moderately stout, somewhat roughened supero-posteriorly, but not 
nearly as much so as in pomarinus. Scutellation and reticulation of tarsi, toes, 
and interdigital membranes as in the other species. Tail moderately long, 
slightly graduated, the lateral feathers broad quite to their apices, which are 
somewhat truncated, the shaft slightly protruding as a small mucro; the central 
pair projecting three to four inches; rigid; not losing much of their breadth 
until about four inches from their ends, when they commence to converge 
regularly to a quite acute apex. They have nothing of the filamentous char- 
acter of those of Buffoni. Wings long, powerful, their rhachides rigid, their 
apices somewhat acute. Pileum, occipital crest, whole upper parts, deep 
brownish black, with a somewhat slaty tinge, and a slight but appreciable 
metallic nuance; this color deepening into quite black on the wings and tail. 
Rhachides of primaries and rectrices whitish, except at their tips; the inner 
vanes albescent baso-internally. Chin, throat, sides of head, neck all round 
and under parts to the vent, pure white; the feathers of the latero-nuchal 
region rigid, acuminate, with disconnected fibrille, light yellow. Under tail 
coverts like the upper parts, but somewhat of a fuliginous tint; the line of 
demarcation from the white of the abdomen very trenchant. 

Dimensions of fully adult.—Bill above 1-40 inches; height or width at base, 
about -50. Wing, from flexure, 13°00: tarsus, or middle toe and claw, 1-80; 
tail 54, its centre feathers nearly 9-00. 

Dimensions of young of year.—Bill above 1:30; height or width at base -40; 
wing 12:00; tarsi, or middle toe and claw, 1:70; tail 5-00; central tail 
feathers not quite 6°00. 


STERCORARIUS RICHARDSONI Coues ex Swainson. 


Lestris Richardsoni, Swainson, Fauna Boreali-America, 1831, ii. p. 433, pl. 
lxxiii. sed non auctorum. 
Habitat.—Interior of Arctic America. 
Diaa.—sS. Stercorario parasitico similis; sed major, rostro, tarsis, alisque 
longioribus ; caud& magis producta et rotundata, rectricibus latioribus. 
This species is treated of at length in the beginning of the present paper. 


1863.] 


136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


6. StpeRcorarius Harpyi Coues ex Bonap. 
Lestris Hardyi, Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sciences, 1856, p. 20. Tab. 
Longip. species 5.. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium., ii. 1856, 210. ~ 

Drac.— Similis Lestrido parasitice ; sed minor, et rostro magis compresso ; 
rectricibus elongatis mediis apice rotundatis.”—(Bp.) 

Habitat.—Southern oceans, between Philippine and Sandwich islands. 

Iam only acquainted with this species through the notices of Bonaparte, 
above cited. The diagnosis is copied from the Conspectus Avium. The 
species is evidently very closely related to the parasitica, if it be really dis- 
tinct from it. 


7. STERCORARIUS SPINICAUDA Coues ex Hardy. 


Lestris spinicauda, “ Hardy.” Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus Ac. Sciences, 1855. 
Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, 1856, ii. 210. 


Drag.—‘ Similis L. Hardyi et parasitico; sed etiam minor Lestrido ceppho ; 


cauda truncata; rectricibus mediis lineari-acutis, rachide denudata, rigida, 


pollice et ultra ceeteras superantibus ; rostro brevi, robusto.’””—(Bp.) 
Habitat.—Coast of Africa, near St. Helena. 
A species with which, like the S. Hardyi, am autoptically unacquainted. 
If, however, the above characters really obtain, they would seem abundantly 
sufficient to distinguish it. The diagnosis is copied from Bonaparte. 


8. Stercorarius Burronrt Coues ex Boie. 


Stercorarius longicaudatus, Brisson, Ornith., 1760, vi. 155. Vieillot, Nouv. 
Dict. dH. N. 1819, xxxii. 157. Degland, Ornith. Hurop., 1849, ii. 298. 
Selys-Longchamps, Fauna Belg., 1842, 156. 

Leslris longicaudatus, Thompson, N. H. Ireland, iii. 1851, 399. 

Cataractes longecauda, Macgillivray, Man. Orn., ii. 1842, 258. 

22Catharacta cepphus, Brannich, Orn. Bor., 1764, 36. 

Cataractes parasitica, Macgillivray, Brit. Birds, v. 

Lestris cephus, Keyserling et Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ., i. 1840, 240. Bona- 
parte, Cat. Met. Ucc. Eur., 1842, 80. Bonaparte, Rev. Crit. Degland’s 
Orn. Eur., 1850, 202. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium., 1856, ii. 209. 
Des Murs, Traité d’Oologie Ornith., 1860, 551. 

Stercorartus cepphus, Gray, Genera Birds, iii. 1849, 652. Lawrence, Gen. 
Rep. Birds N. A., 1858, 840. Coues, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 
1861, p. 243. 

?Larus parasiticus, Latham, Index Ornithologicus, ii. 1790, 819. 

Lestris parasitica, Temminck, Man. Orn., iv. 1840, 501. (Sed non Larus para- 
siticus, Linn., Gmel. et auct.) Lesson, Man. Orn., 1828, ii. 388. Swain- 
son and Richardson, F. B. A. 1831, ii. 430. Nuttall, ‘Van. Orn., 1834, 
ii, Audubon, Orn. Biog., 1839, iii. 410. Audubon, Synopsis, 1839, 333. 
Audubon, Birds Amer., 1844, vii. 192, pl. 452. Giraud, Birds Long Island, 
1844, 364, 

Lestris Bujfoni, ‘‘Boie, in Meyers’ Taschenb., 1810, iii. 212.” Boie, Isis, 1822, 
562 et 576. Bonaparte, Synop. Birds N. A. 1826, No. 306. Lesson, 
Traité d’Ornith., 1831, 616. Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 47. 
Schinz, Europ, Fauna, 1840, i. 391. Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Ois. Eur., 
1844, 85. ; 

Lestris Lessoni, Degland, ‘ Mem. Acad. Roy. de Lille,.1838.” Juvenis. Schinz, 
Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 392. Juvenis. 

Lestris crepidata, Brehm, Naturg. Eur. Vég., 1823, 747. Nec Gm., nec Lath., 
nec Vieillot, 

Adult, breeding plumage.—Bill dusky, its nail almost black. Tarsi deep 
leaden blue; tibizw, phalanges, interdigital membranes and claws black. 
Occiput subcrested, more decidedly than in any other species, forming @ 
calotte of brownish black; which color extends downwards on the cheeks, 


[May, 


a 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 


the feathersbefore and below the eye, and on the sides of the bill, being of 
this color. Neck all round, but especially the sides of the head and the 
peculiarly formed feathers on the latero-nuchal region, light straw yellow. 
Whole upper parts, with upper wing and tail coverts deep slate; which, on 
the primaries, secondaries, lateral tail feathers and distal half of central 
pair, deepens into a pure lustrous brownish black. Under surface of wings 
and tail deeper slate than the back, but not so deep as the upper surfaces. 
Chin, throat and upper breast white; gradually becoming obscured with 
dusky plumbeous, which deepens posteriorly, so that the abdomen and under 
tail coverts are nearly as dark as the back. Rhachides of first two or three 
primaries pure white, deepening into brownish black at their extreme apices; 
of the other primaries, and of the tail feathers (including the central pair) 
brown, except just at the base, deepening into quite black terminally. The in- 
ferior surfaces of all the rhachides are white for nearly their whole length. 

Length of culmen 1:15 inches; gape 1:70; cere -60; unguis about the 
same; gonys *30; from feathers on sides of bill to tip -90; wing 12°50; tail 
6:25; central pair 14:00 to 16:00; the projection 8-00 to 10-00 inches; tibiae 
bare -75; tarsus 1:60; middle toe without claw 1:40. 

Habitat—Sea coasts of America and Europe, particularly in the higher 
latitudes. Interior of Arctic America.—(Kennicott.) 

The changes of plumage of this species are strictly homologous with those 
of S. parasiticus ; and it is therefore quite unnecessary to present them in this 
connexion. 

As before remarked under head of parasitica, it is exceedingly difficult, if 
not quite impossible, to determine positively to what species the “ parasitica” 
and ‘‘cepphus” of the older authors refer. This confusion is occasioned 
partly by the brief and vague diagnoses given, and partly by the fact that the 
two species were really confounded by authors (except Brisson) until com- 
paratively quite a late period. Even so late as 1820 Temminck does not 
separate the two: his description applies to either, andthe synonyms of both 
are indiscriminately adduced. From which state of things it results that 
nearly all the older names and citations may be without difficulty referred to 
either species. This in effect has been really done; some authors, for ex- 
ample, considering Briinnich’s or Linneus’ parasitica to be the long-tailed 
species, and others holding a contrary opinion, until the identification of 
these names has become almost a matter of choice, or rather of tacit agree- 
ment among ornithologists. This is the more to be regretted since on it de- 
pends the question whether the common or the long-tailed Jiiger is to be called 
parasiticus. A glance at the synonymy of the species will show that authors 
have been about equally divided on these points. Before the introduction of 
‘¢ Richardson’ by: Swainson, the common Jiger was usually called “para- 
sitica ;” but after the adoption of this name “ Richardson’ by Temminck, for 
the common Jager, the name parasitica was for some years almost univer- 
sally applied to the long-tailed species. In the year 1819, or thereabouts, 
the name of Buffont was proposed by Boie for the long-tailed species, and 
was adopted by many writers; while others had recourse to Brisson’s old 
name “ longicaudatus.” Within the last few years, however, the name ‘ para- 
sitica” has again reverted to the common Jiger, while the other species has 
been usually called “ cepphus,” after Brtinnich. This identification of Briin- 
nich’s name is adopted by Gray, Bonaparte, and other writers. Our reasons 
for rather referring it to the Stercorarius pomarinus will be found under the 
head of the latter. 

Granting, as itis undoubtedly wisest to do, that the parasitica of Briinnich, 
Linneus and Gmelin, is really the common short-tailed_Jiger, it still remains 
an open question to which species we are to refer the Larus parasiticus of 
Latham. TI incline to the opinion that it is based upon the long-tailed spe- 
cies, for the following reason: Although the diagnosis is brief and unsatis- 


1863. 


138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


factory, and although the synonyms of the two species are indiscriminately 
adduced, (thus, e. g., Larus parasitica, Linn. and Catharacia parasitica, Briinn., 
with Stercorarius longicaudatus, Briss., &c.,) yet in his further description he 
says of it, “21 pollices longus.” The common Jiger never attains to this 
dimension. 

Latham commits the error of giving Stercorarius longicaudatus, Briss., as 
the male,and Stercorarius , Briss., (without a specific name,) as the 
female of his species; whereas, these two citations really refer to the two 
distinct species. 

The specific name “longicaudata” of Brisson (1760) being untenable for 
obvious reasons,— cepphus” of Briinnich (1764) being too indefinite to 
warrant its employment,— parasitica” of Briinnich (1764) being used for 
the common Jiger,—the first definite distinctive name for the long-tailed 
species appears to be “ Buffoni” of Boie, (1819.) This specific 6s Aci 
we accordingly adopt. 


Notr.—The present paper completes a series of brief reviews of the 
three most important of the four subfamilies of the Laride,—viz.: the La- 
rine, Sternine and Lestridine. In conducting an investigation into the 
characters and the bibliography of these groups, with special reference to 
North American forms, it has been thought expedient to issue in advance a 
brief prodromus, so to speak, of each subfamily as soon as its examination 
was completed. Combining the results arrived atin the investigation of each 
of these groups, and making whatever additions or modifications future re- 
search may dictate, the writer hopes before long to present a more complete 
and elaborate Monograph of the North American forms of the Laride. It is 
contemplated to present the anatomical as well as the external characters, 
both of the higher groups and ofthe more marked species; the changes of 
plumage, dependent upon either age, season, sex, or pure accident, which 
examination of very extensive series may show; together with the biblio- 
graphy of each species, and a discussion of doubtful points of nomencla- 
ture and relationship. The Monograph will be illustrated by colored plates 
of the bills, wings, feet, &c. of most of the species, showing exactly wherein 
one differs from another; and no pains will be spared to render it a complete 
exposition of the present state of our knowledge of this family of birds. 


Synopsis of the MARINE INVERTEBRATA collected by the late Arctic 
Expedition, under Dr. I. I. Hayes. 


BY WM. STIMPSON, M. D. 


The collections of Dr. Hayes, as might be expected from the thorough search 
to which the Arctic regions have lately been subjected, and the characteristic 
paucity of forms existing there, embrace few novelties. They possess, however, 
great interest, from having been found in great part at localities much nearer 
the Pole than any previous expeditions have succeeded in reaching on the 
American side of the Arctic circle. They include some species hitherto 
found only on the European side. And, we may add, the number of species 
collected by Dr. Hayes is greater than that brought back by any single ex- 
pedition which has yet visited those seas, as far as can be judged by published 
accounts. 


Of the localities mentioned below, Port Foulke and Littleton J. are on the 
eastern or Greenland shore of Smith’s Straits, in lat. 784°. Cape Waraday is on 
the west shore of the same Straits, in lat. 799 45’. Godhavn is at the southern 
end of Disco Island, in lat. 69° nearly. 

[May, 


———— ee ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 


CRUSTACEA. 


1. Evpagurus pusescens Brandt. Pagurus pubescens Kroyer, Naturhist. 
Tidsskrift, ii., 251; Voy. de la Recherche, Crust. pl. ii., f. 1. Godhavn. 


2. Cranaon Bornas J. C. Fabr. Cancer boreas Phipps, Voy. towards the North 
Pole, 190, pl. xii., f. 1; 1773. Cancer homaroides O. Fabr., Fauna Groenlandica, 
p. 241. Godhavn; Port Foulke ; Littleton I. 


3. Hippotyts Garmmaroi M. Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust,ii.,378. Kroyer, Mon- 
ografisk Fremstilling af Slaegten Hippolytés Nordiske Arter, p. 74, pl.i. f. 21-2 
Port Foulke. 


4, Hipponyts Giepa Kroyer, Monog. 80, pl. i., f. 30, 31, et pl. ii. f, 32, 37. 
H. Belchert Bell, in Belcher’s Arctic Voyage, ii. o 402, pl. mXMve te Pe Port 
Foulke. 


5. Hippotyte turGipa Kroyer, Monog. 100, pl. ii., f. 57, 58, et pl. iii., f. 59- 
63. Godhayn; Port Foulke. 


6. Hippotyte Psippsu Kroyer, Monog. 106, pl. iii., f. 64-68. Port Foulke. 


7. Hippotyte poutaris Owen, Appendix to Ross’ Voyage, p. 85. Kroyer, 
Monog. 116, pl. iii., f. 78-81, et pl. iv., f. 82. Alpheus polaris Sabine, App. to 
Parry’s Voyage, p. 238; pl. ii., f. 5-7. Port Foulke; Littleton I. 


8. HippoLyTz BorwaLis Owen, Appendix to Ross’ Voyage, p. 84, pl.i., f. 3. 
Kroyer, Monog. pl. 122, pl. iii., f. 74-77. Littleton I. 


9. HippotyTe acungara M. Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust., ii., 380. Kroyer, Monog., 
126, pl. iv., f. 83-98, et pl. v., f. 99-104. Cancer aculeatus O. Fabr., Fauna 
Groenl. p. 239. Alpheus aculeatus Sabine, Appendix to Parry’s Voyage, p. 237, 
pl. ii., f. 9. Godhavyn. 


10. Mysts ocutara Kroyer, Groenlands Amfipoder, p. 88. Cancer oculatus O. 
Fabr., Fauna Groenl., p. 245. Port Foulke. 


11. Anonyx AMPULLA Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, Anden Raekke, i., 578. 
Voyage de la Recherche, pl. xiii., f. 2. Cancer ampulla Phipp’s Voyage towards 
the North Pole, 1773, p. 191, pl. xii., f. 2. Gammarus ampulla Sabine. Anonyz 
lagena et A. appendiculosus Kroyer, Groeni. Amph., pl. 1. Dr. Hayes’ speci- 
mens were obtained at ‘‘ Gale Point,” which I am unable to find on the chart. 
They differ somewhat from authentic specimens of the species, received from 
the Scandinavian Naturalists, in being larger, and in having the upper lobe of 
the eye broader. 


12. PHERUSA TRICUSPIS nov. sp. Near P. bicuspis (Amphitoe bicuspis Kroyer, 
Groenland’s Amfipoder, p. 45, pl. ii., f. 10) but has a dorsal spine, of lesser size, 
On the last thoracic segment, as well as on the first and second abdominal ones. 
The gnathopoda are slender and weak, the hands being no broader than the 
preceding joints. The antenne are very slender and nearly as long as the 
body. The latero-posterior margin of the third abdominal segment is armed 
with two‘small teeth, one situated at the inferior angle, (which is a right angle,) 
the other at some little distance above and hook- shaped, the point curving up- 
ward. The tipper pair of uropoda or caudal stylets is shorter co] the other 
two pairs: Length nearly one inch, Littleton Island. ( Pate 


13 Gammarus Locusta J.C. Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii.; 516. Kroyer, Groenl. 
Amfip., 27. Bate and. Westwood, Hist. of Brifish sessile-eyed Crustacea, i. 378, 
wood-cut.- Cancer locusta Linn: Fauna Suecica, 2d ed} 497.  Oniscus pulex 0. 
Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 254. Gammarus pulex' Stimpson, Mar. Invert. of Grand 
Manan, p. 55.° Port Foulke. * 


14, THEMmsTo JaTeCTICA Kroyer, Groenland’s AmBpoddk p. 63, pl. iv. £.16,/() 
In stomach: of seal taken at Cape Faraday. 


1862.] 


140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


15. Bopyrus aippotytes Kroyer, Groenl. Amfip. p. 78, pl. iv. f. 22. Voy. de 
la Recherche, pl. xxviii. f. 2. Port Foulke. 

16. Apus exactauis Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, 2 R. ii. 431. Fresh 
waters of Greenland. . 


17. Brancuipus paLuposus Miill. Cancer stagnalis O. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p, 
247. With the last. 


18. Lern#opopa eLoneAta Grant, Edinburg Journal of Science, 1827, No.12. 
Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, i, p. 259. Steenstrup and Liitken, Danske Vid. 
Selsk. Skrifter, 5te Raekke, Nat. Math. Afd. 5te Bind, 1861, p. 422, pl. xv. f.37. 
Port Foulke. 


19. HHMOBAPHES CYCLOPTERINA, Steenstrup & Lutken, Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrif- 
ter, etc., 5te Bind, 1861, p. 405, pl. xiii., f. 30. Lernea cyclopterina O. Fabr., Fauna 
Groenl. p. 337, This very curious Lerogwan, which has its ovigerous tubes 
arranged in two regular and closely-twisted spires, was found attached to the 
gills of a Gymnelis viridis taken at Littleton Island. 


20. BaLaNnus porcatus Costa. JLepas balanus O. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 423. 
West coast of Greenland. 

21. Bauanus BALANoIDES Darwin. Lepas balanoides O. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 
422. Port Foulke. 

22. CoronuLa piapEMA Blainville, Dict. des Sc. Nat. 1824, tab. 117, f. 4. Le- 
pas diadema Lin. Lepas balenaris QO. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 425. On Whales, 
Baffin’s Bay. 

ANNELIDA. 

23. LepiponoTs cirrata Oersted, Groenland’s Annulata Dorsibranchiata, p. 
14, figs. 1, 5, 6, 11, 14,15.  Aphrodita cirrata O. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 308. 
Port Foulke. 

24, LepmponoTe PuncraTa Oersted, l.c. p. 16. Aphrodita punctata O. Fabr., 
Fauna Groenl. p. 312. Port Foulke and Littleton Island. 


25. ONUPHIS CONCHILEGA Sars, Beskr. og Jagttagelser, etc., p. 61. O. Esch- 
richtti Oersted, 1. c. p. 20, f. 33-41, 45. Godhava. 


26. Nereis peLacioa Lin., Oersted, . c. p. 23, figs. 52, 53,55,58,59. WN. 
verrucosa O. Fabr. Godhavn. 


27. NepaTays caca Oersted, 1. c., p. 41, figs. 73, etc. Nereis ceca O. Fabr. 
Godhavn. 


28. PHYLLODOCE GROENLANDICA Oersted, !. c., p. 40, figs. 19, 20, etc. Port 
Foulke. 

29. ScoLopLos quapRicuspipa Oersted, 1. c., p. 48, figs. 106-110. Mais guad- 
ricuspida O. Fabr. Godhavn. 

30. CIRRATULUS BOREALIS Lam’k, Oersted, l. c., p. 54, figs. 98, 102. Lum- 
bricus cirratus O. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 281. Godhava; Littleton I. 


31. AmMMorryPANE Limacina Rathke, Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens, p. 202, 
pl. x.f. 4-8. Godhayn. 


32. SipHonostomum pLumMosum Rathke. Amphitrite plumosa O. Fabr., Fauna 
Groenl. p. 288. An. Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodr. No. 2521? Port Foulke. Dr. 
Hayes’ specimen has a much rougher surface than occurs in the Norwegian 
examples, if we may judge of the latter by Rathke’s figures. \ 


33. TECTURELLA FLACCIDA Stimpson, Mar. Invert. of Gr. Manan, p. 32. 
Siphonostomum vaginiferum Rathke, Beitrige zur Fauna Norwegeas, 211, pl. xi., 
f. 3-10? Port Foulke. 


34. BRADA INHABILIS. Stphonostomum inhabile Rathke, Beitriige zor Fauna 


[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 


Norwegens, in Nov. Act. Acad. Ces. Leop. Carol. Nat. Curiosorum, Vol. xx. 
p- 218, pl. xi.,f. 13. Gale Point. We cannot be quite certain that the Green- 
land specimens, which are somewhat imperfect, are specifically identical with 
those of Norway. But they agree in size and all characters which can be 
cleariy made out from the specimens received. Rathke’s Siphonostomum inha- 
bile evidently belongs to our genus Brada, Mar. Invert. of Gr. Manan, p. 32. 


35. TEREBELLA CINCINNATA Reinhardt. Amphitrite cincinnata O. Fabr., F.G., 
p. 286. Godhavn, 


36. TEREBELLA CIRRATA Cuy., Rathke, l.c., p. 230. Amphitrite cirrata Mill., 
O. Fabr., F. G. p. 285. ‘Godhavn. 


37, Peorrnarta Escuricuti Rathke, |. ¢., p. 219. Amphitrite auricoma Miill., 
O. Fabr., F. G., p. 289. Peetinaria groenlandica Grabe, Familien der Anneli- 
den, p. 82. Godhayn ; Port Foulke. 


38. SPIRORBIS NAUTILOIDES Lam,, An. s. vert., v. 613. Serpula spirobis Lin. 
O. Fabr., F. G., p. 337. Port Foulke. 


39. papasta caupaTus Lam. Holothuria priapus O. Fabr., F. G., p. 355. 
Port Foulke. Found in the stomach of a walrus. 


40. COSMOCEPHALA ANGULATA. Planaria angulata Mill., O. Fabr., F. G., p. 323. 
Godhavn. 
MOLLUSCA. 
41. Cuione timacina Phipps. Clio retusa Miill.; O. Fabr., F. G., p. 334. Clio 
borealis Brug. Port Foulke. 
42. BuccINUM SCALARIFORME Beck, in MOller’s Index Molluscorum Groenlan- 
diz, p. 11. Godhava. 


43, Buccinum cyangeum Beck, in Mdller’s Index Moll. Groenl. p. 11. Port 
Foulke. 


44. TRoPHON CLATHRATUM Moller, Index Moll. Groenl., 14. Murex clathratus 
Lin. Fusus bamfius Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 289, f. 198. West coast of Green- 
land. 


45. TROPHON CRATICULATUM Moerch. JTritoniuwm craticulatum O. Fabr. Tro- 
phon Fabricii Beck. N. W. coast of Greenland. 


46. Natica cLAUSA Sow. N. W. coast of Greenland. 


47. MARGaRITA CINEREA Conthouy, Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 252. N. W. coast of 
Greenland. 


48. MarGariTa HELICINA Moller, Index Moll. Groenl., p.3. Turbo helicinus 
QO. Fabr., F. G., p.393. Margarita arctica Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 255, f. 173. 
The specimens brought home by Dr. Hayes from the N. W. coast of Greenland 
are of a much larger size than those found on the coast of New England. One 
of them measured 0.57 inch in diameter. 


49, Mya truncata Lin. Port Foulke, very abundant. Nearly all the spe- 
cimens are of the short, broadly and obliquely truncated form, with the beak 
near the posterior end, called Uddevallensis by Forbes, which is characteristic 
of the glacial deposits of Europe and America, and is now found living, for 
the most part, only in high northern latitudes. The siphons of this bivalve 
were found in great numbers in the stomach of a walrus. 


50. Saxrcava arcTicA Desh. Mya arctica Lin., O. Fabr. Mya byssifera O. 
Fabr. Sazicava rugosa Lam. Sazicava distorta Gould non Say. Port Foulke, 
large and very abundant. Among Dr. Hayes’ specimens, the form arctica appears 
in much greater numbers than that called rugosa or pholadis. The siphons of this 
species also were found in a walrus’ stomach. 


51. Macoma saBuLosa Moerch, in Rink’s Greenland, App. p, 90. TZellina sabu- 


1868.] 


142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


losa Spengler. JZ. prozima Brown. Sanguinolaria sordida Gould, Inv. Mass. p. 
67. N. W. coast of Greenland. ' 

52. ASTARTE ELLIPTICA Macgillivray,+Moll. Aberd. 259.  Crassina elliptica 
Brown, Illust. Conch. G. B., pl. xviii., f. 3. N. W. coast of Greenland. 


53. ASTARTE PLANA J. Sow., Min. Conch. pl.clxvix., f. 2, 1817. Venus borealis 
Chemn. (non Lin.) Crassina corrugata Brown. Astarte lactea Brod. & Sow., 
Gray, App. to Beechey’s Voy., Zool., 152, pl. xliv., f. 19. Port Foulke. 

54. ASTARTE STRIATA Gray, Beechey’s Voy., Zool., p. 152, pl. xliv. f. 9. Mi- 
cama striata Leach, West coast of Greenland. 


55. Carpium (SERRIPES) GROENLANDICUM Chemn. West coast of Greenland. 


56. Carpium Hayesi, nov. sp. Near C. islandicum. Shell rather thick,.ele- 
vated ; beaks prominent; ribs acute, 33 to 35. Within yellowish; teeth strong ; 
ligamenta! fulcrum short, so that the little notch indicating its posterior extrem- 
ity is situated about the middle of the distance between the cardinal and the 
posterior lateral teeth. Inner margin strongly crenated throughout, as well on 
the posterior margin as on the inferior and anterior ones. 

In this short description we have given only the characters which distinguish 
the species from its nearest allies, all of which inhabit the same seas. C. 
islandicum has more numerous ribs, a thinner shell, less prominent beaks, and 
a weaker hinge. C. areticum Sow, has less numerous ribs. C. Dawsoni iz more 
oblique, with a much thinner shell and weaker teeth. Cardium interruptum 
of the English crag is less tumid, less oblique, and more pointed behind. C. 
Hayesii also differs from all these species in the shortness of the ligamental ful- 
crum. 

Of this shell two specimens were taken by Dr. Hayes at Disco Island. One 
measures 0.88 inch in heigbt by 0.9 inch in length; the other 1.6 x 1.75. 
With age it shows a tendency to become more compressed and expanded 
about the margins. I have received the same shell from Nova Scotia. 


57. Lepa minuta MOll. Arca minuta, Mull., QO. Fabr., etc. West coast of 
Greenland. 


58. Mopiouaria L&@vieata Lovén. Modiola levigata Gray, App. to Parry’s lst 
Voy., p. 244. Mytilus discors O. Fabr., non. L. West coast of Greenland. 


59. CrRENELLAFABA. Mytilus faba QO. Fabr., F. G., p. 419. Modiola pectinula 
Gould. N. W. coast of Greenland. 


60. Myrtinus epuutis Lin. Godhayn. 


61, Prcren 1sLAnpicus Mull. West coast of Greenland. 
ECHINODERMATA. 

62. Penracta FronposA. AHolothuria frondosa Gunner. Godhayn. 

63. CuiripoTa LAEVE Grube. Holothurialevis O. Fabr. Godhayn. 


64. Myriotrocuus Rinku, Steenstrup, Vidensk. Meddel. fra den Naturh. For- 
ening, 1851, 55, tab. ii., f. 7-10. Port Foulke. 


65. ASTERIAS GROENLANDICA. Asteracanthion groenlandicus Steenstrup. Port 
Foulke. 


66. ASTERIAS ALBULA. Asteracanthion albulus. Stimpson Asteracanthion pro- 
blema Steenstrup. Port Foulke, Godhavn. 


67. OPHIOGLYPHA SQUAMOSA. Ophiura squamosa Liit. Port Foulke, Godhavn. 
68. OpHIOPHOLIS AcULEATA Liitken. Ophiura aculeata Mull. Godhavn. 


ACALEPHA. 


69. LuceRNARIA AURICULA O. Fabr., Fauna Groenl., p. 341. Godhavn. 
Besides the above, Dr. Hayes brought home a considerable number of Nudi- 
branchiata, Actinia, etc., which are very difficult to determine from alcoholic 


specimens. 
[May, 


— 


ee 


ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 148 


Contributions towards a Monography of the order of PHOLADACEA, with 
Descriptions of new Species.—No. 2. 


BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 


Additions to Bibliography. 


Deshayes, G. P. Letter in Zeit. fiir Malak. p. 44, March, 1845. 

Dufo, M. H. “ Observations sur les mollusques marins, terrestres et fluviatiles 
des iles Séchelles et des Amirantes.” Ann. des Sc. Nat. p. 221, 1840. 

Fischer, P. Note surl’animal du Jouannetia Cumingi, suive de la description 
de deux espéces nouvelles du méme genre. Journ. de Conchyl. p. 371, 
Oct., 1862. 

Jonas, J. H. Bemerkungen iiber einige der von Lamarck in seiner Hist. Natur. 
des Anim. s. Vertebr. aufgefiihrten Conchylien Arten, mit besonderer 
Ricksicht auf die Zusitze des Hernn, Deshayes. Zeit. fiir Malak. p. 135, 
Sept., 1844. 

Conebyliologische Notizen. Zeit. fiir Malak. p. 182., Nov., 1845. 

Stimpson, Wm. On the genus Diplothyra, Am. Jour. Science, p. 445, May, 
1863. 


Descriptions of Species. 
RocELLARIA DENTIFERA, Dufo. 

Gastrochxna dentifera, Dufo. Ann. des Sc. Nat. p. 221, 1840. 

Shell smooth and very thin, having an apophysis in the anterior part of each 
valve, and having also in each valve, but at the posterior extremity, a rounded 
and soldered piece. 

Hab.—Madrepores, Seychelles and Admiral Islands. Very rare. 


JOUANNETIA Ducuassarnai, Deshayes. : 
Jouannetia Duchassaingi, Deshayes, Fischer, Journ. Concbyl. p. 375, t. 15, f, 3, 
Oct., 1862. 

“ Testa globosa, solidissima, alba, valvis antice callo solido, longitudinaliter 
striato, munitis ; area antica longitudinaliter costata, transversim dense striata; 
area postica subtile et oblique striata; appendiculo postico valve dextrz elon- 
gato, lato, rotundato, intus, levi; impressionibus muscularibus latis, crassis, 
lamelias promimentes formantibus. 

Diam. anter. post. 50 mill. 

Alt. 4] 

Hab.—Panama. (Coll. Deshayes.) 

Obs.—This fine species, which surpasses in its size the Jowan. pectinata, be- 
longs to the group of Jouan. Cuminigi; its specific characters are entirely dif- 
ferent, so that it is impossible to confound it with that species.” 


JOUANNETIA ViGnonl, Fischer. 

Jouannetia Vignont, Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl. p. 376, t. 15, f. 4, Oct., 1862. 

“Testa rotundato-ovata globosa, solidiuscula, valvis antice callo inflato 
munitis; area antica radiatim costata, transversim et valide striata; area 
postica late sulcata (in valva dextra,) dense et transversim striata (in valva 
sinistra;) appendiculo valve dextre elongato, rostrato, ad margines serrato ; 
impressionibus muscularibus posticis planis. 

Diam. antér. post. 10 millim. 

Alt. mehr 

Hab.—West Coast of Africa. (Captain Vignon.) 

Obs.—This curious species approaches to the group of J. globosa and pec- 
tinata. It is remarkable for the development of the posterior appendage of 
the left valve, the inflation of the callous portion, &c. 


1863.] 


144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The above two species are interesting additions to a genus which has 
hitherto been quite limited in species. The discovery of two (possibly three) 
new species of Pholadacea inhabiting the West Coast of North America, occur- 
ring within a few months, proves the truth of the remarks I made on this subject 
in the Proc. A. N. 8., 1862, that, ‘greatly as the number of species have been 
increased by modern research, it is evident, from the general diffusion of the 
Order throughout the world, and from the incompleteness of our researches in 
those regions, which appear most to abound in them,... that the number at 
present known must be indeed a very small proportion of those which future 
investigation will probably reveal to us.” 


ZirPHHZA Gasser, Tryon, plate 1, fig. 1. 

Shell large, transverse, obliquely divided by a deep furrow proceeding from 
the umbonal apex to the basal margin and forming a corresponding rib on the 
internal surface of the valve. Posteriorly to the furrow the shell is marked 
only by growth lines which, in crossing it, are elevated into sharp ribs, in which 
character they are continued to the anterior margin. The portion of the shell 
anterior to the radiating furrow is ornamented with numerous longitudinal ribs, 
approximating in pairs and rendered acutely scabrous at the intersection of 
the rib-like growth lines. 

Ventral anterior margin emarginate. Dorsal anterior margin reflected and 
closely appressed over the beaks. Posterior dorsal margin declining somewhat 
to the quadrately rounded posterior lateral end. Color white. 

Dimensions.—Length 1} inch; breadth 24 inch. Breadth anterior to furrow 
9-10 inch ; posterior to furrow 14 inch. 

Hab.—Coast of Japan ?—W. M. Gabb. My cabinet. 

Observations.—This species is very closely allied to Z. crispata of our Atlantic 
coast, but may be distinguished by its more numerous and more scabrous ribs, 
by its greater proportionate width and the very disproportionate size of its an- 
terior and posterior areas. 

Can this be the species which Dr. Carpenter, in his Catalogue of our West 
Coast Mollusca, refers with doubt to Z. crispata? In the exchanges of com- 
merce it may have been brought there, or, (no strange distribution in this 
family) it may even exist on both shores of the Pacific. 

Treceived asingle valve, somewhat mutilated, from our fellow member, Mr. Wm. 
M. Gabb, now of San Francisco, Cal., and name it after him, in recognition of 
the active service he is rendering to the science of Conchology in his adopted 
State. 


XyLoTRYA SETACEA, Tryon, plate 1, fig. 2, 3. 

Shell large, of nearly equal length and breadth. Beaks high, narrow, in- 
curved, and thickened, the apex lower than the auricle, which is long, moderately 
wide, extending more than half the length of the valve and joining the medial 
portion by arounded obtuse angle. Anterior area obliquely triangular, not more 
than half the length of the auricle, its upper edge protected by a rib culmina- 
ting dorsally in a sort of knob. The anterior margin of the medial portion of 
the valve is straight, forming an acute angle with the triangular area; the 
posterior margin is oblique and somewhat convex. The junction of the auricle 
is marked externally by a depression of the surface, and internally by a pro- 
jecting ledge. Apophysis short, oblique, broad. Base of valve tuberculate 
internally. 

The valve is white, tinged with pink anteriorly and slightly glossy. The 
anterior area, which is separated from the body by a deep, narrow, sulcation, is 
sculptured by about thirty sharply cut, prominent, transverse ribs. The body 
is marked, first, by a narrow longitudinal area which is closely striate; then by 
‘a narrow double rounded rib, the surface of which is triangularly striate; then 
by a depressed space equally wide, with its sides accurately defined, and trans- 
versely sculptured. The whole surface of the body and auricle posteriorly is 


(May, 


a 2 es 


Prov. AN S. Philada. 1863. Plate 1. 


3. 


esis 


1. Zirphaea Cabbit. 2,3. Lylotrya setacea. 4,5.Planorbes Fieldii. 6. Amnicola Panamensis. 
7 Melania Helenae. 89.Amicola Rowella. 10. Pomatiopsis Binneyt. 11 Valvata virens. 
12. Limnaca Adelinae. 12 Limnaea Traskii. 4 Physa Gabba. 15 Anoylus fragilis. 


oe 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 


unmarked, except by growth lines, and the depression of surface at the com- 
mencement of the latter. 

Pallet large ; the jointed portion about the same length as the stalk, rather 
wide, with lateral extremities acuminate and inclining upwards. Sides of the 
joints fringed. These joints number about sixteen or eighteen. Stalk very 
slender and rounded. 

Dimensions.—Length and breadth of valves about 4 inch. Length of pallets 
lL inch. Breadth of upper portion of pallets about % inch. 

Hab.—Bay of San Francisco, Cal.—Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabinet 
of Mr. Rowell. 

Observations.—The valves of this species bear a very strong resemblance in 
size aad form to 7. megotara, Hanley. From X. bipennata, Turton, it is dis- 
tinguished by the basal margins of the auricle and anterior area not being on 
the same transverse line, and by its broader, more closely jointed and shorter 
pallets. 

From YX. cucullata, Norman, it is distinguished by its different surface mark- 
ings and the sharp angle of the anterior area with the body. _ 

A. jimbriata has a shorter pallet and much smaller and differently formed 
valve; the same may be said of X. minima. X. Stutchburyi has very fine striz 
on the anterior area, and the pallets also differ. The latter, in the present 
species, are somewhat like those of XY. palmulata, Lam., but are longer than in 

thay species, and differ in the relative length and diameter of the stalks, and 
also by their fringed joints. 

Our fellow member, Dr, A. L. Heermann, informed me some time since, of the 
existence of ashipworm at San Francisco, which, at the period of his visit there, 
(seyeral years ago,) was committing great ravages in the destruction of the 
wharves of that city. It appears since to have become rare, and it was only 
after diligent inquiry that my friend, Mr. Gabb, found specimens in the collec- 
tion of Rey. J. Rowell, who kindly sent me one. 


Note on Dizlothyra. 


in Am. Journ. Science and Arts, May, 1863, p. 455, is a note by Dr. Stimp- 
gon on my genus Diplothyra, in which he asserts its identity with Martesia upon 
the ground that the additional dorsal valve is not a generic character, being 
sometimes developed by Martesia cuneiformis. Although many of the speci- 
mens of Diplothyra Smith do not exhibit the double dorsal valve, I attribute 
it to the suppression or abortion of that appendage, and regard the double valve 
as the normal condition of the genus and species. The shells which possess it 
are generally the largest and best examples, and its non-appearance in others 
is not surprising when we consider the character of the substance in which 
they reside, and the evident compression and distortion of many of the speci- 
mens. The species of the family Pholadidx are very liable to distortion and to 
the suppression or division of their dorsal plates; for instance, in Dactylina 
dactylus they are frequently not developed at all; in Martesia striata several 
specimens before me exhibit incipient stages of a division of the umbonal plate 
into three, but I certainly would not on this account doubt the generic distinct- 
ness of Penitella, which is characterized by having three valves. 

If Dr. Stimpson’s M. cuneiformis, when perfect specimens are selected, exhibit 
dorsal valves corresponding with my figure of D. Smithii, then either Mf. cunet- 
formis must be a Diplothyra, or else the specimens alluded to are not veritable 
cuneiformis. I have very closely examined many specimens of cuneiformis, striata, 
obtecta, etc., but have not detected a second proper umbonal valve upon them. 

Mr. 8. P. Woodward, some years since, regarded the differences in the um- 
honal plates as expressing speciic value only, but his theory has since found 
no supporters. I have closely re-examined all the Pholades in my collection, 
snd weighed anew the value of the specific and generic characters, and the 


1863.] 11 


146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


result is a renewed conviction that D. Smithii is a very distinct species and that 
Diplothyra possesses in its umbonal plates a good generic character. 


Note on Penicilline. 


In a review of my work on Pholadacea, published in the American Journal 
of Science, Prof. Gill suggests that Penicilline be elevated into a family, 
distinct from Gastrochenide, on account of the development of tentacles on 
the mantle-margin of the animal of the former. I have reviewed the subject 
and find no reason to alter the conclusions to which I originally arrived, 
namely, to regard this difference in the animal, in connection with differences 
in the shell, as possessing the value of a subfamily. Indeed, Prof. Gill has 
himself separated, as a subfamily only, (Ceriphasine) our American Melanians, 
which differ from the exotic species in having a mantle with a plain instead of 
fringed or tentaculate margin. 


Descriptions of two new Species of Fresh Water Mollusca, from Panama. 


BY GEO. W. TRYON, JR. 


1. Puanorsig Fiznpu, Tryon, plate 1, fig. 4, 5. 

Description.—Shell small, moderately thick, polished, unmarked except by 
growth lines. Whorls three, almost equally convex above and below, and 
rapidly enlarging. Spire not much depressed, umbilical region of moderate 
width and not deep.. Outer lip regularly rounded and almost equally expanded 
above and below the plane of the volutions. The aperture is slightly oblique. 

Dimensions.—Diam. maj. 6, min. 43 millim. Alt. 25 millim. 

Hab.—Panama. Capt. Field, U.S. N. Coll. A. N. S.; my coll. 

Observations.—This species resembles some varieties of Pl. deflectus, Say, in 
which the whorl is not deflected at the aperture; butit differs in the sides being 
regularly rounded instead of carinate, as in that species, and also in the dila- 
tion of the aperture above and below the plane of the shell, in this respect re- 
sembling somewhat Pl. corpulentus, Say. : 

Pl. Panamensis, Dunker, is a very different shell from Fveldi, being more de- 
pressed, differently sculptured, etc. 

Capt. Field presented to the Academy about a dozen specimens of this 
species, together with a new Amnicola (herein described,) and a few specimens 
of Succinea rectsa, Morelet, all collected by himself at Panama, 


2. AMNICOLA PANAMENSIS, Tryon, plate 1, f. 6 ; 

Description.—Shell conical, smooth and shining, consisting of four rapidly 
increasing, very convex whorls. Sutures deeply impressed ; spire prominent, 
apex acute. Aperture rounded; umbilical region slightly perforate. 

Dimensions.—Length 44 millim. Diameter 3 millim. 

Hab.—Panama. Capt. Field, U.S. N.; coll. A. N.S. 

Odservations.—This shell is very like A. decisa, Hald., in form, but the whorls 
are more convex and the aperture nearly rotund. It also resembles A. Cincin- 
natiensis, Anth., which is, however, a moreslender species. The shell is smaller 
than either of the above. 

I think this is the first species of Amnicola found upon the Isthmus. 


Description of a new Exotic Melania. 
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 


MBLANIA HeLens#, Tryon, t. 1, f. 7. 
Desccription.—Shell turgited, whorls eight or nine, angulated in the middle, 


[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 


rather flattened above, convex below, sutures deeply impressed. Surface 
spirally nodulously ridged, the nodules running into waved longitudinal ribs. 
Aperture narrow, a little produced in front, contracted behind. Outer lip 
sinuous, angulated in the middle. 

Dimensions.—Length 20 mill. Diam. 8 mill. 

Hab.—Philippine Islands. My cabinet. 

Observations.—This shell is allied to Melania perfecta, Mousson, from Java, but 
differs in being angulated, and in having a longer, narrower aperture; it is also 
a little smaller and the apicial whorls are sculptured, not smooth. Since the 
above description was written, I have observed in the collection at the Academy 
fine specimens of Melania Mauiensis, Lea, the sculpturing of which somewhat 
resembles this species, but they are much stouter, more obtuse shells, with the 
periphery not angulated. 


Descriptions of new Species of Fresh Water Mollusca, belonging to the 
Families AMNICOLIDZ, VALVATIDZ and LIMNEIDZ; inhabiting Cali- 
fornia. ° 

BY GEO. W. TRYON, JR. 


The following species of Shells sent to me by my friend Mr. Wm. M. Gabb, 
were principally collected by Rev.J.Rowell, of San Francisco,—a gentleman who 
has devoted much time to the study of the Mollusca of the State of California. 

It is not without considerable hesitation that I propose new species in genera 
wherein the variations of form, due to climatal and other influences, are so 
great, and where the geographical distribution is frequently so extended ; and 
it is only after very extensive comparisons with the related species which have’ 
already been characterized, that I select for description those among the suite 
sent to me which appear to be most distinct, leaving others unnamed, until a 
more extended exploration of the State shall give us a more perfect knowledge 
of the extent and relations of the Molluscous fauna inhabiting its waters. 

A considerable number of shells belonging to the above families, appear to 
inhabit the entire breadth of the continent; adding to these the forms ascer- 
tained to be peculiar to Oregon and California, we find already decided indica- 
tions that these States form the metropolis of the fresh-water Pulmono- 
branchiates of North America. 

I have added to the descriptions of new species, a list of those already 
described, which have been sent to me by Mr. Gabb, because, in most cases, 
the localities are new and interesting. 


AMNICOLID&, Tryon, 


1. Amnicota Rowe.uu, Tryon, t. 1, f. 8, 9. 

Description.—Shell depressed, wider than high, consisting of three and a 
half whorls, which are regularly convex and rapidly enlarging; spire small, 
but little elevated, apex acute, sutures well marked; base convex, except that 
the region surrounding the umbilicus is flattened and inclining towards the 
axis, its outer boundary, consequently, is marked by an angle; umbilicus small 
but very distinct ; aperture half ovate, the labrum well rounded and thin, the 
labium but slightly rounded, thickened, elevated from the body-whorl, forming 
an acute angle with the labrum above, and not impinging on the umbilicus. 
Surface marked with close, regular, minute strie, which become enlarged in 
the flattened umbilical region into sharp crowded lines visible without a glass. 

Color light horn or yellowish, operculum darker. Operculum paucispiral, 
the lines of accretion very distinct and regular. 

Dimensions.—Length 2°5 mill. Diam. maj. 4. mill.,.min. 3 mill. Length of 
apert. 2 mill., breadth 13 mill. 

Hab.—Clear Lake, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabinet of 
Mr. Rowell. . 


1863.) 


148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 
* 


Obdservations.—This species cannot be compared with any other hitherto 
described, being much more depressed, and widely distinct in the form of the 
umbilical region. 

It may possibly form a species of the genus Somatogyrus, recently proposed by 
my friend, Mr. Theo. Gill, for a small Mollusc from Iowa, which I described in 
the Proceedings of the Academy for September, 1862. 


2. Pomariopsis Bixneyt, Tryon, t. 1, f. 10. 

Description.—Shell minute, elongated, consisting of four to five very convex 
whorls ; apex somewhat obtuse; aperture ovate or nearly suborbicular, both 
lips rounded ; umbilicus very small. Color light-horn. 

Dimensions.—Length 3 mill. Diam. 1-6 millim. Length apert. 1-25 mill., 
breadth 1 mill. 

Hab.—Bolinas, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabinet of Mr. 
Rowell. 

Observations.—Seven specimens of this very small and exceedingly fragile 
epecies were sent to me; they exhibit, however, all the stages of growth from 
the very young to adult form. None of them retained the operculum. 

It is much smaller than any other species of Pomatiopsis, and is not likely to 
be confounded with any of them. It approaches nearest in form to two Huro- 
pean species of Bythinia, B. acuta and B. viridis: the former, however, has a 
more lengthened, acute spire, and the latter is a more robust and ventricose 
shell. 


AMNICOLA PRoTEA, Gould, from Colorado Desert, described in Proc. Bost. Soc. 

N. Hist. v. 129, Oct., 1855, (read Dec. 20, 1854,)is the same as Melania exigua, 

‘Conrad, from same locality. Described in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. p. 269, Feb., 

1855. (Read Feb. 13th, 1855.) The shell belongs to a new genus of the family 

Amnicolida. Some small fossil shells sent to me by my friend, Dr. F. B. Meek, 

appear to belong to the same genus. Of course Mr. Conrad’s specific name will 
take precedence over that of Dr. Gould. 


VALVATID. 


3. VALVATA VIRENS, Tryon, t. 1, f. 11. 

Description.—Shell turbiniform, consisting of four well rounded whorls, spire 
elevated, apex acute, sutures deeply indented ; periphery almost angulated ; 
umbilicus very wide; aperture oval or nearly round, the peristome merely 
touching the body-above. Surface closely striate. Color varying from brilli- 
ant to dark green. 

Dimensions —Height 5 mill. Diam. maj. 5 mill., min. 4 mill. Length, 
apert. 2°5 mill., breadth 2 mill. 

Hab.—Clear Lake, California. Wm. M. Gabb. My cabinet and cabinet of 
Mr. Gabb. 

Observations.—A number of specimens of this species are before me, most of 
them being about two-thirds grown. It has no American analogue. 


LIMN AIDA. 


4, Linnma ApDELINe», Tryon,'t. 1, f. 12. 

Description.—Shell thin, semi-transparent, body whorl large, wide, eonvex ; 
spire small, consisting of five convex volutions, attenuating rapidly to an acute 
apex, sutures impressed; inner lip thin, reflected, but not covering the umbili- 
cal fissure, which is narrow; columella twisted ; color light-horn, polished 
within the aperture, outer lip tinged with red within. 

Dimensions.—Length 14 mill. Diam. maj. 8-5 mill. Length of aperture 9 
millim., width 5 millim. 

Hab.—San Francisco, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabinet 
of Mr. Rowell. 


[May, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 


Observations.—This shell is nearly allied to L. catascopium, Say, and perhaps 
more nearly to L. intermedia, Mich., of Europe. From the former it may be dis- 
tinguished by being more fragile, more transverse, with a smaller, more 
rapidly attenuating spire, but principally by the preseuce of an umbilical fis- 
sure, which in catascopium is entirely concealed by the appression of the la- 
bium. In this and other respects it is very near to L. intermedia, which, how- 
ever, has a shorter spire, of fewer volutions. I name this species after my sister, 
Miss Adeline S. Tryon, who has evinced much interest in conchological pursuits. 


5. Limnaa TraAsxu, Tryon, t. 1, f. 13. 

Description.—Shell elongated, the spire drawn out and apex acute. Whorls 
six, convex, almost shouldered, sutures deeply impressed. Aperture small, 
oval, labrum well rounded, labium slightly rounded, not appressed below, nor 
covering the umbilicus, which, though small, is very distinct. Colorlight-horn 
or cinereous. 

Dimensions.—Length 16 mill., diam. 8 mill. Length of aperture 7 mill. ; 
breadth 5 mill. 

Hab.—Mountain Lake, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabinet 
of Mr. Rowell. 

Observations.—At first I was disposed to regard this shell as a variety of L. 
proxima, Lea, but a comparison with the type specimens of that species shows 
the following differences: the volutions are not so oblique, and are more 
rounded, the aperture is also more rounded and the shell is umbilicated. 

Named in honor of Dr. J. B. Trask, one of the pioneers of Californian 
Conchology. 


LIMN&A CAPERATA, Say. San Francisco. Oakland. 
LimN#A FRAGILIS, Linn. San Francisco. Mountain Lake. 
LiMN#A UMBROSA, Say. San Francisco. Mountain Lake. 
LIMNRA REFLEXA, Say. Mountain Lake. 


6. Paysa Gaxsit, Tryon, t. 1, f. 14. 

Description.—Shell large, thin, closely striated by the lines of growth ; body 
whorl inflated, its upper half flattened so that the labrum appears angulated in 
the middle; spire moderate, apex acute, whorls six, convex, with distinct 
sutures. 

Color light corneous, very much polished within ; lip margined with red. 

Dimensions.—Length 25 mill., diam. 13 mill., length of aperture 15 mill., 
breadth 8 mill. 

Hab.—Mountain Lake, California; Rev. J. Rowell. Santa Ana River, Los 
Angelos Co., California; Wm. M. Gabb. My cabinet and cabinets of Mr. 
Rowell and Mr. Gabb. 

Observations.—Several specimens of this fine large species were communicated 
to me by my friend Mr.Wm. M. Gabb, after whom I take great pleasure in nam- 
ing it. It is a much larger, thinner species than Ph. heterostropha, Say, and is at 
once distinguished by the peculiar flattening of the superior portion of the 
body whorl. The same character will also distinguish it from Ph. bwilata, 
Gould, in which species the aperture moreover is proportionately longer, 


Puysa ayrina, Say. Mountain Lake. 

Puysa costara, Newcomb. Clear Lake. (Original loc.) 
Paysa HuMERosA, Gould. Colorado Desert. (Orignal loc.) 
Paysa virgata, Gould. Santa Ana River, Los Angelos Co. 


Puysa HETEROSTROPHA, Say. Dry Creek, Butte Co. Clear Lake, Centerville, 
Oakland. 


7. ANOYLUS FRAGILIS, Tryon, t. 1, f. 15. 

Description.—Shell very small and fragile, sides nearly parallel or slightly in- 
curved in the middle, but diverging anteriorly; ends rounded. Apex elevated, 
acute, curved backwards, with about two-thirds of the sheli anterior to it. 


1863.} 


150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Dimensions.—Size of the largest specimen. Length 4 mill., breadth 1:15 
mill., heigth 1 mill. Most of the specimens do not exceed two-thirds of these 
dimensions. 

Hab.—Laguna Honda, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabi- 
net of Mr. Rowell. 

Observations.—This species is smaller, thinner, and wants the convex lateral 
margins of our Anc. rivularis, Say. It agrees with that shell, however, in the 
greater width of its anterior end, while in the shape of its lateral margins it 
resembles Anc. parallelus, Hald. It is much the smallest of our species. 


PLANORBIS AMMON, Gould. Pajaro River, Monterey Co. 
PLANORBIS TRIVOLVIS, Say. Mountain Lake. 

PLANORBIS GRACILENTUS, Gould. Mountain Lake. 
PLANORBIS VEMICULARIS, Gould. Mountain Lake. 
PLANORBIS ORERCULARIS, Gould. Mountain Lake. 
Pianorsis NewBerRy!, Lea. Clear Lake. 


(Communicated by the Smithsonian Institution.) 
Notes on the BIRDS of Jamaica. 
BY W. T. MARCH. 


With remarks, 
BY S. F. BAIRD.* 
IL 


VULTURID&. 


1. CarTHARTES AvRA.—The Johu Crow Vulture is the scavenger of tropical 
towns and villages, and so highly are his services in this respect appreciated, 
that he is, in some of the islands, considered entitled to legislative protection. 
An ordinance of the corporation of the city of Kingston imposed a penalty on 
any person destroying one of them within the precincts of the city. The oc- 
currences related by Mr. Gosse, in ‘‘ Birds of Jamaica,’’ would seem to lead 
to the inference that the two senses of seeing and smelling, sometimes singly, 
and at other times unitedly, give to the aura the facility with which he traces 
his food; but they are not conclusive. Is his sense of smelling so acute as 
to enable the John Crow to distinguish, at a distance, the stench of a putrid 
carcass from the atmosphere of offensive effluvia emanating from, and float- 
ing about, his own vile body ? With the knowledge that, in the tropics, a 
dead carcass, or dying animal, and often even fresh garbage, is quickly sur- 
rounded and covered by swarms of flies, hovering, and buzzing above and 
about it, or the place in which it is deposited, may we not be equally led to 
the conclusion, that the Vulture is directed by the flies, and that sight alone 
is the sense by which he finds his necessary food? By whatever sense he is 
led, he certainly traces his food from a far distance. When a dead carcass 
has been discovered by some, numbers of other Vultures are directed by the 
motion of those gathering together, and soaring at a great height, sweeping 
round and round in irregular circles. Shortly after the commencement of 
the Rebellion of 1831, and long after its suppression, the Aura Vulture was a 
rare object in the landscape of the midland and eastern parishes ; they had 
all departed for the scene of carnage in’ the West, where they remained for 
many months. 

The Cathartes aura breeds in solitary pairs. I have never seen them, or 


*Specimens ot most of the birds, and of the eggs described, have been presented by Mr. March 
to the Smitksonian Institution, under the numbers which they bear in his communication. (B.) 


[ May, 


ae] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 


heard of their associating during the season of incubation. Inthe hills they 
select a spot sheltered by overhanging rocks, or trees, for their breeding place. 
At Walton, in the Moneague district of Saint Ann, a pair breeds annually on 
a rock known as the John Crow Rock, the young birds never remaining ; 
one pair alone retaining possession of the homestead. In the plains or val- 
leys, they generally take the base of some large tree for their resting-place. 
I have often seen eggs and young birds found on the limestone hills, in the 
neighborhood of Spanish town, as well as from the Port Hudson, and Health- 
shire ranges and the adjoining woodlands. In 1834, I found a pair of young 
John Crows, under a Fustic tree, im a wide belt of Pinguins, not 500 yards 
from the residence of Heartsease Penn, three miles from Spanish Town. In 
1842, I found two eggs in a thick bush, under the shade of an Inga Saman, 
on the river bank at Rodons Penn, a mile and a half from town ; andin 1861, 
a pair of young birds were found under a large spreading Cashaw tree, a few 
feet from a path leading to a cottage on a Penn, near the race-course. On 
every occasion of the finding of eggs, or young birds, there have been only 
two, and these have always been discovered on the bare ground, without the 
slightest apology for a nest, save any decaying leaves or other vegetable sub- 
stance fortuitously on the spot. The eggs are oval, and measure 2? by 2 
inches, or nearly so; the ground color is cream, or creamy, or clayish white, 
with dashes and spots, and some irregularly formed blotches of umber brown, 
intermixed with grey slaty cloudings beneath; the ground coloring and 
markings of some are dark, whilst in others they are much lighter. 


186. CATHARTES ATRATUS.*—The black, or Carrion Crow Vulture, if we are 
correct in the identity, is a recent settler in Jamaica. The first pair observed 
were captured at Port Henderson, I think, in 1847, for Mr. Justice Macdougal, 
who sent them to the late Earl of Derby. Individuals of the species are still ob- 
served about Port Henderson and the Healthshire Hills, and occasionally over 
Spanish Town. In 1861, a specimen, apparently a male, was caught in my 
garden in the Town, but from the carelessness of a lad it escaped before it 
was examined, previous to its being prepared. On two occasions, whilst trav- 
elling to Saint Anns, I have observed them ; the first time there were two: 
the second, three—passing rapidly up the mountain gorge, near Miss King- 
ston’s tavern, on the Walks Road, through which the Rio Cobre flows, from 
St. Thomas, in the valé, to the lowlands, on its onward course to the sea; 
and Mr. Hill informs me’that he has, on several occasions this year, seen 
them about the same place. The species is yet too rare to justify any spe- 
culation as to their becoming domiciled in any number, or what their gen- 
eral habits may be when they become permanent settlers. Their flight is in 
angles or straight lines, rarely in circles, like that of the Aura, and then the 
circles are more circumscribed. 


187. CATHARTES ?—In the autumn of 1828, I obtained from Great Salt 
Pond aspecimen of ablack Vulture, mottled with white spots, about the size of 
Pandion carolinensis. It was so obese, with deep falvous fat, that [had much 
difficulty in preserving it in part. I sent the specimen to the Royal Dublin 
Society, but have received no information of its having been identified with 
any described species. I did not take the dimensions. 


FALCONIDA. 


2. Burgeo BOREALIS.—The Chicken Hawk is distributed generally throughout 
the island, but is not more common than tne Pigeon Hawk; though from his 
habits he is more frequently observed. He prefers an open country, with 
some lofty trees about. He was formerly often seen, and heard by himself, 
or with his mate, soaring in circles, and his peculiar ury, ping-ye-e, heard 
overhead in Spanish Town; but of late years, since the pastures in the vi- 


* Not mentioned by Gosse. 


1863.] 


152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


cinity of the town have been allowed to grow up into bush and brush, he is 
seldom seen or heard near the Town. He now resorts to those places where 
the grounds and commons are more open and unencumbered by low or tan- 
gled growth of underwood. The Chicken Hawks do not confine themselves 
to any particular mode or place of breeding ; comparative height appearing 
to be the chief object. They generally select the loftiest tree in the locality, 
without reference to its being inaccessible or otherwise, where they construct 
their nest at the highest available point. In the lowlands, the silk cotton 
tree is generally selected for the purpose, but the Cashaw or Hogg Plum is as 
often used. I have sometimes met with a nest in a Cashaw tree, not more 
than 20 feet from the ground, quite accessible, and near a frequent path. 
Several pairs of young birds have been at different times taken from the roof 
of the turret of the belfry of the Spanish Town Cathedral Church. The last 
pair I saw was taken in 1852. The nest is a platform of dry sticks more than 
a foot across, and two or three inches thick; the bed of the nest is about six 
inches across and two inches deep, of grass, inner bark and leaves; it usually 
contains 4 or 5 eggs, nearly spherical, 24 by 1% inches, of a dirty or clayish 
white, dashed with blotches and spots of vandyke, and umber brown, often 
running with a lighter shade into the ground color. 


3. Fauco ANATuM.—The great-footed, or Duck Hawk, is an annual visitor, 
following the flocks of migratory ducks, which resort here in the autumn and 
early winter months, and sometimes on their return, passing over in the spring. 
I have obtained specimens in October and the intervening months until Jan- 
uary, and again in April. It is of larger dimenzions than the Peregrine 
Falzon, and I have not seen it here in the light plumage of the lattter. 

I obtained a specimen of the true Peregrine Falcon at the same time with 
the black and white Vulture. It was evidently a trained bird, as it was very 
docile, and had the leathern collar, or gorget, on its neck. It was shot at 
Great Salt Pond, following a flock of Teal. The wing was broken near the 
shoulder joint ; it lived for a fortnight, when it died from mortification of the 
wound. This specimen I also sent to Dublin. 


188. Tixnuncutus ——?—A small brown Hawk,* known as the Sparrow 
Hawk, and which I take to be of this genus, is often met with in the moun- 
tains. Ihave several times seen it sweeping past in rapid flight, but have 
not yet obtained a specimen, or gleaned any information of its habits. 


4. HyporriorcHis COLUMBARIUS.—The Pigeon Hawk is a permanent resident 
more frequently found in the hills than the plains. Sometimes he is seen 
perched on a lofty tree, but seems to prefer lurking in low bushes or trees, 
from whence he swoops suddenly and directly on his prey. The nest is gen- 
erally constructed on some lofty tree, often screened by thick foliage, and is a 
slight platform of sticks and grass, matted with some softer material, as grass, 
inner bark or leaves ; the only one I have ever collected contained four round oval 
or spherical eggs, measuring 13 by 1} inches, of a dull or clayish white, marked 
with sepia and burnt umber, confluent dashes and splashes irregularly dis- 
tributed, principally about the middle and larger end. Some few years ago, 
I saw four eggs taken from a nest, described as above, in the lower St. John’s 
Mountain; the eggs were oblong oval, about the same size as the last, and 
nearly covered with chocolate and umber blotches; probably they belonged 
to two distinct species. 


6. Panpion CAROLINENSIS.—The Fish Hawk: is regular in his autumnal visits, 
confined, however, to the coast. An intelligent and observant sportsman, 
then residing at Pert Henderson, told Mr. Hill and myself, many years ago, 


* This may be a Tinnunculus, or asmall Accipiter; perhaps fringilloides: or, more unlikely 


Fuscus. (B.) 
[May, 


—_—soe a 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 


that he once founda nest of this Hawk, on a large dead tree in Dawkin’s Salt 
Pond, near Port Henderson. 


7. NavcLeRvs FuRCATUS.—I have never met with a specimen of this Hawk, 
but Mr. Hill has. It is a rare visitor. 


5. MorPanvvus vRvBUTINGA.—This is also a rare visitor. I saw a large 
bird answering the description at Heartsease Penn, where I resided in 1835. 
It came to a lofty fustic tree daily, about three o’clock in the afternoon, for 
some three weeks, and then disappeared. I made several attempts to shoot 
it, but it was too wary. 

In 1858 I obtained near Spanish Town a red shouldered Hawk, which I also 
sent to Dublin, at the time believing it to be an immature specimen of Buteo 
borealis, but I am now inclined to think it was another species. 


STRIGIDA. 


9. Srrrx pRaTINcoLA.—The Barn Owl is very common in all parts of the 
island. It breeds in caves, hollow trees, and old buildings. It is often found 
beneath the roofs and ceilings of inhabited houses and plantation buildings, 
where it finds a way of ingress. Eggs and young birds were often taken from 
the interior of the belfry turret of the Spanish Town Cathedral Church, until 
the loops by which they entered were blocked up. This Owl makes no nest, 
but deposits 4 or 5 eggs on any trifling collection of debris or rough materials 
found on the spot. The eggs are generally in different stages of incubation. 
They are chalky white, and measure 1? by 14 inches, some a little more or 
less. 


8. EPHIALTES GRAMMICUS.—Though not uncommon, and his cry of whoo- 
whoo-hoo, is often heard in some districts, yet from the obscure color, and 
stealthy, noiseless flight at dusk, or at night, the Eared Owl escapes observa- 
tion. The only specimens I have obtained during many years were two ; one 
was knocked down at Government Penn, in broad day, from an old blooming 
cherry tree, clothed with a mass of trailers of convolvuli; the other was shot 
one evening at Great Salt Pond Penn, in the same neighborhood. On obtain- 
ing the first specimen, I examined the tree and found two young, half-fledged 
birds on a matting of leaves, in a decayed hollow at the top of the tree. If 
have been informed that eggs and young birds have been taken from old pi- 
geon cotes at Great Salt Pond and Hoghole Penn’s, but I have never seen the 
eggs, unless the two next referred to belong to it. I have lately a fine speci- 
men of a female from the Saint Catherine’s Hills. 


225. My sons found this year (1862), at Reid’s Penn, in the vicinity of 
Great Salt Pond, two eggs, in a deep cup, roughly constructed of dried sticks 
and lined with twigs, grass and leaves, in the topmost branch, and concealed by 
the thick foliage of a tall Genep tree (Mellicocea bijuga). I know of no bird 
in that district to which these eggs can be assigned, unless they belong to 
Piaya pluvialis, or to Ephialtes grammicus, as they are much too large for the 
small brown owl; and the Patoo, as 1am infomed, lays a very different egg 
on the ground. The eggs referred to are chalky white, and vary in size; one 
is 1} by 1 inch, the other 1? by a trifle more than 1 inch. 

195. In 1857 I obtained two specimens of a small brown owl, from Great 
Salt Pond Penn, but know nothing of the character or habits of the species. 
It is probable the small wood owl of Sloane. It is the owl referred to by Mr. 
Hill, in “* Notes of the Year,’’ and quoted by Mr. Gosse, page 22. 


SCANSORES-CUCULID &. 
89. CroropHaga Ant.—The Savanna blackbird is one of the common inci- 


“® This may be a Tinnunculus, or asmall Accipiter; perhaps fringilloides: or, more unlikely 
Suscus. (B.) ; 


1863.] 12 


156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


ultimo impresso; aperturi rhombicd, intus albid&; labro acuto, expanso, valde 
sinuoso ; columell’ incrassata, inflecté et valdé contort’, 

Hab.--Powell’s River, near Cumberland Gap, East Tennessee, Capt. Lyon, 
U. S. Army. 


AmnIcoLa CurripRiANA.—Testa levi, suborbiculari, tenui, luteo-corned ; spird 
depress; suturis impressis; anfractibus quaternis, superné geniculata ; aper- 
tura subconstricta, semi-lunata, intus diaphana; labro acuto, expanso, re- 
trorso; columella incrassatd, lat&é et impressa. 

Hab.—Huntsville, Alabama, W. H. DeCamp, M. D. 


Patoupina Mitesi1.—Testa levi, subpyramidata, subcrass4, imperforata ; spira 
exserti ; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus senis, subinflatis ; apertura parvi- 
usculd, subovata ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columelli superné et inferne 
parum incrassata. 

Hab.—Branch Lake, Antrim County, Michigan, M. Miles. 


June 2d. 


The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 

Twenty-three members present. 

Mr. Vaux announced the death, on the 26th of May, of Mr. John 
McCanless, and on the 29th, of Dr. John Y. Clark, late members; and 
Mr. Lesley announced the death of Prof. 0. G. C. Reinhardt, of Leyden, 
late a correspondent. 

The following was presented for publication: 

Descriptions of two new species of Spermophilus. By Robert 
Kennicott. 


June 9th. 


The President, Mr. Lua, in the Chair. 

Nineteen members present. 

Mr. Cassin announced the death, on the 8th inst., of Edward 
Harris, of Moorestown, N. J., aged 64, late a member. 
4 Dr Slack exhibited a living specimen of Capromys pilorides, from 

uba 

The following was presented for publication : 

Does the Moon influence the temperature of the Karth’s atmosphere ? 
By James Lewis, M. D. 


June 16th. 


The President, Mr. Lua, in the Chair. 


Fifteen members present. 

The following were presented for publication : 

Descriptions of eleven new species of Exotic Unionida, and descrip- 
tions of twenty-four species of Unionids of the United States. By 
Isaac Lea. 

[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 


June 23d. 


The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 


Eighteen members present. 

The following were presented for publication: 

Additions to a Catalogue of Stars which have changed their colors. 
By Jacob Ennis. 

Descriptive enumeration of a collection of Fishes from the western 
coast of Central America. By Theodore Gill. 

Enumeration of the Fish described and figured by Parra, scientifically 
named by Felipe Poey. Translated and edited by J. C. Brevoort. 
s Descriptions des Poissons nouvelles ou peu connues. Par M. Felipe 

oey. 


June 30th. 


The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 


Twelve members present. 

The Committee on Proceedings presented the published No. for 
April and May, 1863. 

On report of the respective committees, the following papers were 
ordered to be published in the Proceedings : 


Descriptions of four new species of SPERMOPHILUS, in the collections 
' of the Smithsonian Institution. 


BY ROBERT KENNICOTT. 


SPERMOPHILUS MOLLIS. 

Length about 6:50 inches, vertebrae of tail 1:70 inches; tail to end of hairs 
2°60 inches. Form rather stout, withthe head small and the muzzle short and 
compressed. Ears rudimentary, the auricle only about one-twentieth of an 
inch high, and scarcely distinguishable in dried specimens. Feet rather large, 
with the claws very weak, much compressed and considerably curved. Tail 
much flattened, the central hairs above and below short and closely appressed, 
the outer ones longer and distended laterally. The hair clothing the body is 
remarkably fine and soft. The upper parts are finely variegated silvery-gray, 
light yellowish-brown, and black; these colors intimately and uniformly mixed 
throughout, without any indication of spots whatever. Under parts silvery- 
gray, with aslight wash of dirty creamy yellow. Tail above yellowish-brown, 
slightly mixed with black, with a distinct and prominent border and tip of 
white ; beneath reddish-brown within the white border. 

Though very different in coloration, this species is nearly related to S. 
townsendit and the Asiatic S. guttatus. 

Camp Floyd and Rocky Mountains, Utah, C. Drexler and C. S. McCarthy. 


SPERMOPHILUS OBSOLETUS. 

Length of head and body about 6 inches ; vertebre of tail one-third as long ; 
tail with hairs usually less than one-half as long. Form that of Sp. spilosoma, 
except that the head is much narrower, the nose longer and less pointed, and 
the tail shorter. Ears very small; auricle scarcely one-tenth of an inch in 
height. Upper parts dull sandy-gray, slightly grizzled with white and with 
indications posteriorly of indistinct light spots, the black posterior borders of 
which form prominent transverse black spots; the light spots more distinct 


1863.] 


158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and prominent in the young, the black borders most so in the adult. No in- 
dication of a longitudinal arrangement into lines of the spots. Crown nearly 
of the ground-color of the back; stripe under the eye tinged with reddish-brown, 
and the edges of ears and top of nose light reddish-brown in strong contrast 
with the other parts. Under parts generally dirty whitish, sometimes tinged 
with light sandy-brown. Tail above near its base, the color of the back, 
largely mixed with black posteriorly, and bordered and tipped with whitish ; 
no distinct subterminal bar of black. The superior and lateral hairs with a 
single annulation of black. The under surface light reddish-brown, bordered 
and tipped by whitish, and with an indistinct subterminal border of black, 
mostly concealed by the overlaying unannulated hairs of the under side of 
the tail. 

Closely related to S. spilosoma of which it is a northern representative. Is, 
however, readily distinguishable by the different coloration and much narrower 
skull. 

Nabraska, Dr. Suckley, Dr. Cooper, Dr. Hayden. 


SPERMOPHILUS ELEGANS. 

Length of head and body about 7 inches; tail with hairs less than three- 
sevenths as long. Body moderately slender, but stouter than in S. richard- 
sonii; head narrower and more tapering, though less so than in S. 13-dineatus. 
Ears rounded, distinct, a quarter of an inch inheight.. Feet moderately large, 
with the claws elongated, slender and curved. Tail about one-fourth shorter 
than in S. richardsonii, and twice as wide, much flattened; the central hairs 
above and below closely appressed, those on the sides widely distended. Color 
above pale dusky-gray, with aslight brownish wash and indistinct dark-brown 
mottlings along the middle of the back, without distinct spots. Under parts 
grayish-white, tinged with pale yellowish-brown or pale brownish cream-color, 
this deepest along the middle of the belly on the buttocks and outside of thighs, 
and arms; the chin, throat and inside of thighs and arms nearly pure white. 
Tail above of the color of the back, but more tinged with yellowish-brown, and 
with a subterminal narrow border, and broad bar of black widely edged and 
tipped with whitish ; beneath clear yellowish-brown,—the central hairs without 
dark annulations,—with an indistinct subterminal border and indistinct bar of 
black, broadly edged by whitish. : 

This species is most nearly related to S. richardsonii. 

Fort Bridger, Utah, C. Drexler. 


SPERMOPHILUS ARMATUS. 

Length 74 to 8 inches, vertebre of tail a little over 2 inches; tail with hairs 
about two-fifths the length of head and body. Form stout, as much so as in 
S. franklinii ; head broad, ears large and distinct as in S. franklinit, the auricle 
one-third of an inch in height. Feet rather large, fore claws considerably 
arched and very strong. Tail short, but full, as bushy as in S. franklinii, 
though with shorter hairs. Hair of the back dense and soft. Color above, 
including crown, finely-mixed dark-gray and black, with a slight wash of dark- 
brown along the middle of the back; the colors uniformly and intimately 
mixed, and without any tendency to form spots or lines. Lars, shoulders, out- 
side of thighs, and the buttocks ochry-brown, in strong contrast with the 
general color. Tail both above and below mixed gray and black,—all the 
hairs beings annulated,—with a subterminal border and tip of black edged ex- 
ternally with gray. 

In its heavy body, strong claws, and rather bushy tail, this somewhat re- 
sembles S. frankliniti. The size, coloration, etc., at once distinguish it, how- 
ever, from that species, 

Fort Bridger, Utah, C. Drexler. 


[June, 


a 


i 


a 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 


Additions to the Catalogue of STARS which have changed their colors.* 
BY JACOB ENNIS. 


17. Spica. This star was described by Humboldt in 1850, as being “ decidedly 
white.”” Cosmos, vol. iii. p. 181, Donati also arranges Spica among the white 
stars. Itis now conspicuously blue, and has been observed of this color by 
myself and several friends since earlyin March. Inadvertently, in my commu- 
nication of March in these Proceedings, I mentioned this star as Beta Libre, 
which is in the near vicinity, but without speaking of a change of color. 


18. Altair. Humboldt, in 1850, classes this star along with three others 
which he says ‘“‘ have a more or less decidedly yellow light.” Donati also ar- 
ranges it among the yellow stars. Altair is now, June, 1863, plainly blue. 


19. Deneb, or Alpha Cygni. ‘Decidedly white,” are the words employed 
by Humboldt to register this star in 1850. At presentit is decidedly blue, and 
it has been of this color since early in May. 

Vega. This star is placed in No.9 of this Catalogue. Humboldt, in 1850, 
described it as bluish ; Donati, in 1860, as white, on the authority of Schmidt. 
During February and March of this year, I often compared Vega and Capella 
together when they were at the same altitude in the Northern sky, and they 
seemed of the same tint, ‘‘a delicate pale blue.” An observer in this city, in 
the middle of May, was very decided in saying to me that Vega was much 
bluer than Capella. On a reobservation of Vega, and from my recollection 
of Capella, I assented to this opinion freely. This star, I believed, had deepened 
its blue. Immediately there recurred to my mind the sentence of Kearny, 
about Capella, in a letter to Herschell, in 1859: ‘‘ By the way, the color of Ca- 
pella seems less blue than it used to be.” Thus both these stars had changed 
their blue, though in opposite directions. On the 8th or 9th of June, I re- 
quested a friend who is not at all a star observer, to tell me of what color he 
regarded that star, pointing to Vega. After looking carefully a sufficient time 
he said it was green. I again looked myself, and was surprised to see that it 
appeared really green. Every night since then I have anxiously watched its 
appearance, and in very clear nights it seems green, but when the air is vapoury 
or hazy, it seems blue. I have referred it to some halfa dozen individuals, 
and they, when the nights have been clear, have also pronounced it of a green 
color. Last winter, in clear moonlight nights, I ofted remarked that the green 
color of Sirius was obscured by the intermingling rays of the moon, reflected 
from the atmosphere. Now also Vega scarcely appears green by moonlight. 
There is reason to think that this change in the color of stars from blue to 
green ig not uncommon. Humboldt says, ‘‘ when forced to compare together 
the colors of double stars, as reported by several astronomers, it is particularly 
striking to observe how frequently the companion ofa red or orange-colored 
star is reported by some observers as blue, and by others as green.” Cosmos, 
vol. ili. p. 284, note. 

Donati, in the memoir referred to in my communication of March, gives 
Humboldt in Cosmos, and Schmidt in Ast. Nach., as the authorities for his 
classification of the colors of the stars. Therefore I was misled in the dates 
for the color of his stars, for they cannot be as late as that of his memoir. 
Hence, also, the supposed discrepancy between him and Kearny disappears. 
Moreover, whenever he departs from the earlier of his authorities, Humboldt 
in 1850, I suppose it must be in favor of the latter, Schmidt. If this supposi- 
tion be correct, then it would indicate that between the observations of Hum- 
boldt, and those of Schmidt, several changes of color among the stars had oc- 
curred. Humboldt gives Procyon as a yellow star, Donati as white. Humboldt 


* See pages 26 and 96 of this volume. 
1863.] 


160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


speaks of Castor as greenish, Donati as yeliow. I have not access just now to the 
volumes of the Ast. Nach. containing Schmidt’s observations. 


STARS OF THE FIRST MAGNITUDE. 


Of the seventeen first magnitude stars, the changes of the colors when tabu- 
lated, stand as follows; the changes having been in the order they are here 
placed, the last named being their present colors, The numerals refer to the 
authorities below: 


1. Visible in this latitude, the 40th degree, whose colors have changed. 
Sirius: red,1 white,4, 6 violet-blue,7 green.7,8 
Capella: red,1, 2,3 yellow, 4, 6 deep blue,5 pale blue.§, 8 
Vega: bluish,4 white,® pale blue,8 deep blue,’ green.’ 
Procyon: yellow,4 white,® blue.8 
Altair: yellow,4,6 blue.8 
Rigel: white, blue.8 
Spica: whiie,4, 6blue.8 


2. Visible in this latitude whose colors have not been known to change. 


Aldebaran: red. 7 f «3 
Betelgeuze: red. All these along with Sirius and Pol- 


Mantdieatt poll: ny were Cone’ fiery red by 
Arcturus: orange yellow. ; 


3. Invisible in this latitude whose colors have changed, 


Alpha Crucis: growing red.9 , 
Eta Argus: orange yellow,!1 deep red.10 


4. Invisible in this latitude. 
Canopus. ? 
Alpha Eridani. ? 
Beta Centauri. ? 
Alpba Centauri. This is a double star, about the colors of the two com- 
panions Sir John Herschell says, “ Both of a light ruddy or orange color, 
though that of the smaller is of a somewhat more sombre and brownish cast. 


Authorities. —1. The ancients; Seneca, Ptolemy, &c. 2. Hl Fergani. 
3. Riccioli. 4. Humboldt. 5. Kearny. 6. Donati, quoting Schmidt. 
7. Wilcocks. 8. Ennis. 9. Berard. 10 Gilliss. 11. Mackay. Besides these 
authorities for first magnitude stars, there are the elder Herschell and Struve 
for double stars not yet added to this catalogue, the younger Herschell and 
Abbott for the six stars in Kappa Crucis, Heis for Beta Urse Minoris, and 
Tycho Brahe for the star of 1575; for the green of Castor Mr. Humboldt 
quotes Midler in 1849, and Miss Maria Michell describes the same star as yel- 
low in 1863: making in all nineteen authorities, and of a character that cannot 


be doubted. 


Among the eleven stars of the first magnitude visible in this latitude, seven, 
according to these evidences, have undergone changes of color, and some of 
them more changes than one. Among the six stars of the first magnitude in 
the southen hemisphere, not visible here, two have changed their colors, and 
of the remainder I can say nothing. And nearly all these changes have been 
sudden, transpiring in short periods. Moreover, none of the eleven first mag- 
nitude stars visible here are white,—all are either red, yellow, green, or blue. 
I look with a great deal of surprise on this tabular statement. Why has it 
not been made long ago? Probably, in great part, because changes in the 
colors of stars could not be accounted for by any prevailing scientific theory. 
It has been rationally assumed that the stars are similar in constitution to the 
sun, and the sun has been encircled with @ theory which affords not the least 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 


clue to any changes of color. This theory is most singularly complicated and 
unfortunate. It surrounds the sun, said to be dark, with an apparatus con- 
sisting of five distinct atmospheric envelopes, all regularly arranged one above 
the other: first, a transparent envelope touching the opaque body of the sun; 
secondly, a fiery luminous envelope; thirdly, another transparent envelope ; 
fourthly, another fiery luminous envelope ; fifthly, a transparent envelope sur- 
rounding all the others. Among such a number of imaginary things, there 
seems to be no room to imagine how changes of color could occur. Hence 
the mention of a change of color in a star has been regarded as anomalous, as 
an inconvenient fact, having no relation to any popular theories, and no appro- 
priate place in the ordinary systems. Hence observations on the colors, and 
on the changes of colors, have not been stimulated, but rather repressed by this 
complex theory of the sun. 

Another cause for the delay in this department of Astronomy, is the difficulty 
of deciding on the real colors of the stars. The reason why I did not myself 
first notice the greenness of Vega, was because I had been accustomed to re- 
gard it as blue. I relied unknowingly more on my belief than on my vision. 
This is the same as when in twilight, or less often in broad day, we think we 
see an object very distinctly, and on a more careful view it turns out to be 
really something totally different in all its parts. We see partly with our 
judgment, and partly with our eyes, and it often happens that our judgments 
warp and change the impressions on the eye. The discoverer of the change of 
Sirius from its former white, had been so long accustomed to regard that star 
as of a purple or violet blue, that it was some time after I had said it was 
green, before he convinced himself of its green color. Then as we all had the 
vague idea, though entirely baseless, that a great star millions of miles in cir- 
cumference could not change so soon, he thought he must have been mistaken 
about the violet color. And so did I; but since my recent observations of 
Vega, I do not think so. Sirius and Vega seem both alike to have changed 
quite recently and suddenly from blue to green. Hundreds of observers 
had seen Sirius through a telescope, and yet Clark, of Boston, was the 
first to notice that it had a companion, although that companion had been 
plainly enough in the field of view of all their telescopes. Since then, 
Goldschmidt, of Paris, has announeed, that with a far inferior instrument, 
he has observed five more companions of Sirius, all shining in its near 
vicinity. Previous observers did not see them, although they must have 
received the impressions on their retinas. Direct attention was required to 
those special objects. In a clear night we seem to see, by an optical illusion, 
ten thousand stars. The whole heavens swarm with them, and all, on account 
of their minuteness, appear to the naked eye to shine with a white light. The 
milky way deepens this general impression of whiteness. Probably less than 
fifty stars on any night, at once, are large enough to give the impression of 
colors to the naked eye. Thus the great mass appearing white, we assume 
that all are white, and by this means, the judgment being wrong, the colors 
strike the retina, but are not noticed. 

While the telescopeis necessary to distinguish the colors of the smaller stars, 
I have a suspicion that the naked eye is best for stars of the first magnitude, 
and perhaps for the second. These can be seen sufficiently well by the un- 
aided eye, and no delicate tints are absorbed or added, as may possibly be done 
by the glasses and specula of instruments. The disturbing effects of the at- 
mosphere, of moonlight, and of artificial lights, may be avoided by repeating 
the observations at different times. 

In connection with the fact that all the stars of the first magnitude visible in 
this latitude, and at least 3 of the 6 not here visible, are colored, it may be 
well tostate my opinion, that colored stars of all magnitudes, are far more nu- 
merous than they are generally supposed, even by Astronomers. Of 600 of the 
brighter double stars in the great catalogue of Struve, published in 1837, more 


1863.] 


162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


than one half are reported as colored, either in one or in both the companions. 
A catalogue of 36 stars are reported in the forthcoming number of the Ameri- 
can Journal of Science and Art, for July, by Maria MircuEtt, and selected for 
the measurements of distances and angles of position; 30 of these are colored 
in both the companions, 5 were observed in weather unfavorable for obser- 
vations of color, and of the remaining one nothing is said. There is a rich 
mine of information in observations on the colors and on the changes of colors 
in the stars. ‘ 


Descriptive Enumeration of a collection of FISHES from the Western Coast 
of Central America, Presented to the Smithsonian Institution, by Capt. 
John M. Dow. 


BY THEODORE GILL. 


Captain John M. Dow having recently forwarded a small collection of Fishes 
and other animals to the Smithsonian Institution, attention was arrested by 
the interesting nature of some of the species, and it has been deemed advis- 
able to publish descriptions of them as well as all the other new species. 
Only five had been previously described; twenty-two of them are new and 
several represent new generic types. Many of the species are closely related 
to West Indian species. 


Family GERROIDA/ Bleeker. 
Genus DIAPTERUS Ranz., Gill. 
Eucinostomus Baird and Girard. 


Diaptervs Down Gill. 


The greatest height is contained 3} times in the extreme length; the head 
4; times; the diameter of the eye 23 in the head; the snout equals 4-5ths of 
the eye. The profile is rectilinear and the interorbital space nearly flat, but con- 
vex above the eyes, and nearly as wide as the eye. The maxillary groove is 
linear and extends backwards to a vertical midways between the front of the 
orbit and pupil, while the scales on each side extends to the vertical from the 
front of the orbits. The exposed surface of the supramaxillary bones is at first 
triangular and thence oblong, the whole 23 times as long as wide. 

The height of the constricted portion of the caudal peduncle equals two- 
thirds of its length and the diameter of the eye. The lateral line is scarcely 
bent behind. The second and third dorsal spines are slender, and nearly equal 
half the height of the body beneath ; the last is little more than half as long as 
the first branched ray. The third anal spine is as long as the snout and 
longer, but more slender, than the second. 

DTK L0y. Ae, Oe aase tail, 32 Pi 1k 


5 
Scales 47— 
10 
The color is silvery; the spinous dorsal blackish at margin; the axilla of 
pectoral blackish. 
Three specimens were obtained along the coast. I dedicate the species to 
the excellent collector, Capt. Dow. 


Family CHATODONTOIDZ (Cuv.) 
Genus POMACANTHODES Gill. 


PoMACANTHODES ZONIPECTUS Gill. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pa., 1862, p. 244. 
A single specimen in the collection, between three and four inches long, ex- 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 


hibits a pattern of coloration analogous to that stage of the Chetodon paru 
called Pomacanthus quinguecinctus. The dorsal filament is rudimentary. 


Family PERCOIDZ (Cuv.) 
Genus CENTROPOMUS Lac. 


CENTROPOMUS ARMATUS Gill. 
The greatest height is contained 3% times in the length to the fork of the 


caudal fin. The head enters 2;*; times in the same, and twice in the length to 
the vertical behind dorsal and anal fins. The distance from the subopercular 
flap to the preoperculum equals that of the latter from the hinder nostril. The 
diameter of the eye nearly equals a sixth of the head’s length. The dorsal 
spines are very robust, and the second rather exceeds half the height of the 
body. The second anal spine is exceedingly developed, reaches to the vertical 
from the base of the caudal fin, and equals the interval between the snout and 
hinder preopercular spines. The first dorsal, pectoral and ventral fins when 
depressed terminate at nearly the same vertical, and slightly in advance of 
the anus. 
Peowii ls 5.6.0." AT. 65 Cy WIL. 8). IolVe) Pali, V.1 5. 
7 


Scales 51— 
14 

The color is yellowish-brown above, tinged with silvery beneath. The 
dorsal fins are more or less blackish; the soft rays yellowish. The other fins 
are also yellowish; the anal blackish between the second and third spines, 
and with the second reddish. The lateral line is brownish. 

A very distinct species. Compared with the species of Cuba and the West 
Indies, most nearly the C. ensiferus of Poey. Thesingle specimen described is 
about eleven inches long. 


. Genus EPINEPHELUS (Bloch) Gill. 


EPINEPHELUS ANALOGUS Gill. 


The height is contained 33 times in the total length, of which the head forms 
athird. The preoperculum is delicately pectinated behind, and towards the 
angle armed with three stronger teeth, The diameter of the eye equals a sixth 
of the head’s length, and equals the interorbital space as well as the snout be- 
hind the intermaxillars. The third, fourth and fifth spines are equal, and con- 
tained twice in the head in front of the upper preopercular angle; the tenth is 
contained 2} times. The caudal fin enters 5} times in the length; the height 
of the dorsal 23 in the head; the anal is deeper; its third spine is longest, 
and enters 44 times in the head’s length; the pectoral is half as long as the 
head ; the ventral shorter, but coterminal with it. There are about 96 rows 
of scales inclining more or less forwards and downwards; above the lateral 
line in front are about fourteen longitudinal rows. 

Pee uk Mies Os Os. Be te Sey, ReGen ae Os 

The color is purplish-gray, with numerous dark spots about as large as the 
pupil; those of the pectoral and caudal fins are smaller and more crowded; 
of the dorsal, anal and ventral, more like those of the body, The pectorals 
have a narrow white margin. 

One specimen, nearly fourteen inches long, is in the collection. 


Subfamily RHYPTICIN Gill. 


Of this subfamily, three genera are now known and are represented by nine 
species. 
1. Rhypticus saponaceus C. and J. iii. 63. 
2 “ . arenatus C. and J. iii. 65, pl. xlv. 


1863.] 


164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


3. Rhypticus subbifrenatus Gill, Proc. A. N. S. 1861, 53. 
4, 


fH xanti Gill, op. ¢., 1862, 250. s 
5. ni maculatus Gill, op. c., 1862, 251. 
6. Promicropterus maculatus —. R. maculatus Holb., S. C., 39, pl. vi. f. 2. 
7. a nigripinnis — R. nigripinnis Gill, Proc A. N. S. 1861, 53. 
8 us decoratus Gill, 1863. 


9. Smecticus bicolor Val., Venus, Poissons, p. 307 (pl. ii. f. 2.) 


Genus PROMICROPTERUS Gill. 


This genus is distinguished from Rhypticus by the presence of only two 
dorsal spines. 


PRoOMICROPTERUS DECORATUS Gill. 


The greatest height of the body is rather less than a quarter of the total 


length ; the head, inclusive of the membranous prolongation of the operculum, 
forms a third of the length to the base of caudal, while the latter equals the 
area of the head behind the eye. The diameter of the eye is contained 53 
times in the head’s length, and equals the snout. The interorbital region is 
convex and equals half the eye’s diameter. The height of the caudal peduncle 
equals the interval between the chin (front of the lower jaw) and eye, and the 
length that between preorbital and eye. The band of palatine teeth is quite 
broad. The dorsal and anal fins extend backwards as far as the base of caudal; 
the pectoral equals the distance of the opercular spine from the eye, and is 
twice as long as the ventral. 

D. II. 26. A. 16. 

The color is brownish, irregularly maculated with white spots about as large 
as the pupil, and generally with a blackish centre; the spots are sometimes 
confluent, and most numerous on the side of the body and the opercula. 

This species is closely related to P. nigripinnis, but differs slightly ia propor- 
tions and color, and the greater width of the palatine bands of teeth. 

A single specimen, eight inches long, is in the collection. 


Family SCLLNOID (Cuv.) Ginther. 


Genus BAIRDIELLA Gill, 1861. 
BAIRDIELLA ARMATA Gill. 


The height equals a fourth of the total length, of which the head forms a 
fourth. The caudal fin equals the head behind the front margin of the eye. 
The diameter of the eye enters 44 times in the head’s length, somewhat éxceeds 
the interorbital area, which is scarcely convex, and equals the snout. The fourth 
dorsal spine is longest and nearly equals half the head’s length; all are stout 
and robust. The second dorsal commences nearly above the 20th scale of 
lateral line, or tip of pectoral. The second anal spine is very strong, longer 
than the first ray and nearly equals the interval between the front of orbit and 
opercular flap ; the soft fin behind is incurved. The pectoral equals the in- 
terval between the middle of the pupil, and the opercular flap and the ventral, 
that between the front of the pupil and the same. 

AAAS.” ATT 8. OT 1, Be tet. UP ed So. ON ee 

ee ¥ 
Scales 51— - 
10 4 

The color is hoary above, silvery below; the fins yellowish; the vertical, 
especially the first dorsal, clouded with darker. 

One specimen, about eight inches long: notwithstanding the development of 
the anal spine and form of the fin, it appears to be a true Bairdiella. 


Genus OPHIOSCION Gill. 
This genus is distinguished from Bairdiella, by the form of the head, which 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 


is oblong, constricted at the nape, thick and tumid, and with a high projecting 
tumid snout. The mouth is small and entirely inferior, the periphery semi- 
oval, and the supramaxillary almost entirely concealed. The preoperculum is 
armed with small spines radiating from the angle, and with none directed verti- 
cally downwards. 

From Rhinoscion, it is additionally distinguished by the large scales. 

A more distinct idea of the physiognomy of the genus may be obtained, if it 
is stated that I was immediately reminded on seeing it of the Siluroid genus 
Bagrichthys of Bleeker. 


OpHioscion Typicus Gill, 


The height equals a quarter of the total length. The head enters rather 
more than 4} times in the same. The caudal equals the interval between the 
posterior nostril and opercular flap (?) and is rhomboid. The snout equals the 
diameter of the eye, and enters 43 times in the head’s length ; the interorbital 
region is little convex, and is held 34 times inthe same. The supramaxillary 
bone scarcely extends to the vertical from the centre of the eye, and when re- 
tracted, only the inferior projection of the angle is visible. The third dorsal 
Spine is the longest, and equals half the distance between the snout and the 
middle of the base of the pectoral. The second anal spine is very robust, but 
not longer than the third dorsal; the margin of the fin behind is convex, The 
pectoral fin equals the interval between the snout and the upper angle of the 
preoperculum ; the ventral is somewhat longer, the outer branch of the first 
ray being prolonged. 


ee ee, A ee TO UV. G Poa sees ea ke Le Be EG, 
5 


Scales 49— 
10 
The lateral line is subangulated at about the twentieth scale and above the 
great anal spine. 
Tke color is greenish-gray above, yellowish-silvery below. The fins are 
yellowish ; the unpaired one more or less clouded with grayish. 
One specimen, eight inches long, is in the collection. 


Genus AMBLYSCION Gill. 


This genus differs from Darimus by the nearly rectilinear profile, slightly 
depressed between the eyes, the almost or quite vertical cleft of the mouth, and 
the uniserial teeth of the jaws. The symphysis of the upper jaw is edentulous 
and emarginated ; the lower jawis deeper atthe symphysis. The other external 
characters are those of Larimus. 


AMBLYSCION ARGENTEUS Gill. 

The greatest height enters 3% times in the total length; the head equal the 
height. The caudal enters 64 times in the same. The snout is rather less than the 
eye; the latter enters 5 times in the length of the head. The interorbital area 
equals the eye’s diameter. The height of the caudal peduncle is a half greater 
than the eye. The pectoral fins extend to the vertical from the third articu- 
lated ray of the second dorsal. The anal fin begins under the twentieth and 
ends under the sixteenth rays of the second dorsal. . 

B.X.0 2950As ee CTRL & hh Ee Pi has, Ve 105: 

The color is silvery, hoary above. 

One specimen, about thirteen inches long. 


Family CARANGOIDZ. 


Genus CARANX (Comm.) Gill. 
Gnathanodon Bleeker. 
1863.] 


166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE “ACADEMY OF 


CARANX PANAMENSIS Gill. 


The height scarcely exceeds a third of the total length. The head enters 44 
times in the same. The diameter of the eye, within the membrane, equals a 
fifth of the head’s length and half ofthe snout. The jawsare even; the supra- 
maxillar extends to the vertical from the front of the pupil. The second dorsal 
spine is longest, and scarcely exceeds a third of the head’s length. The pec- 
toral is rather longer than the head, and extends to the vertical of the sixth or 
seventh anal ray. The ventral enters 23 times in the head. 

D. VILE M9. As Ed 26.) Poll gee 

Plates 1. 1. 18. 

The color is silvery, with six moderately broad brown bands, between which 
intervene six narrower ones. The first passes over the eye. In the adult 
they are obsolete. The fins are yellowish; the pectoral with a black axillar 
Spot. 

One specimen nearly ten inches long was sent; another is in a former col- 
lection of Capt. Dow. The species is extremely nearly allied to the C. speciosus 
_Lac., of the Eastern Seas. 


Genus CARANGOIDES Bleeker. 
CARANGOIDES DORSALIS Gill. 


The body is angulated at the origin of the second dorsal and anal fins, where 
the height equals a half of the length to the fork of the caudal. The eye’s diameter 
enters 34 times in the length of the head, and the snout 23 times. The supra- 
maxillary reaches to the vertical from the front of the pupil. The height of 
the suborbitar, above the middle of the cleft of the mouth, equals about a quar- 
ter of the head’s length. The first articulated rays of the second dorsal and 
anal fins are exceedingly long, equalling the interval between the snout and the 
root of the caudal. The pectoral fin reaches to the root of the second dorsal. 
The ventral equals the snout. 

D. Vil. (toi. 18.) AL EG Pa ae. Pa o, 

Plates 44 p. m. 

The color is silvery, steel-blue above. The fins are yellowish; the dorsal 
clouded with black between the last rays. 

Two specimens. 


Genus CARANGUS (Girard) Gill. 
Caranx Bleeker. 
CARANGUS MARGINATUS Gill. 

The height enters about 3 times in the length to the fork of the caudal, and 3% 
times in the total; the head forms a fourth of the length. The lower jaw is 
even with the profile. The supramaxillar terminates at the vertical from between 
the pupil and hinder border of orbit. The eye has a thin membranous eyelid 
behind, extending nearly to the pupil; the diameter enters 33 times in the 
head’s length and equals the snout. The breast is scaly. The pectoral is 
longer than the head. The ventral extends half way to the interval between 
its base, andthe first soft anal ray. The lateral line is bent under the seventh 
ray of the second dorsal, and thence armed with moderate shields. 

Dov ite t, Fo. ; Ac lts 1, to, bak, dees ow. bo. 

Plates 29. 

The color above is greenish-yellow, and below silvery~yellow. There is a 
black scapular spot, and the second dorsal and caudal are margined with 
black. The other fins are yellowish. 

One specimen, about ten inches long, was received. 


Genus OLIGOPLITES Gill. 

OLIGOPLITES INORNATUS Gill. 
The height enters 4% times in the total length; the length of the head 5 
[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 


times. The upper maxillary reaches nearly to the vertical from the hinder 
margin of the orbit; the intermazillary enters 24 times in the head’s length. 
The snout is a little longer than the diameter of the eye; the latter equals a 
quarter of the head’s length. The infraorbital bones do not extend to the 
preoperculum ; the one above the maxillary bones is wider than the one above 
itself and as wide as that behind the eye. The opercular apparatus is vertical 
in front of the pectoral and for an equal space above. The preoperculum is 
nearly vertical and its angle obliquely rounded. The width of the operculum 
and suboperculum in front of the lower axilla of the pectoral equals the diam- 
eter of the eye and the interval between suboperculum and axil. The pectoral 
equa!s the interval between its axis and the hinder border of the pupil; the 
ventral is rather shorter but its end almost or quite reaches to the anus. 

Be Veh 20. (= 9-11.) As 11. 20) (= 1242 8:) C. 5.1. 8.101. 4° By. 
Vale V.A15: 

The color is uniform, tinged with blue above. 

One adult specimen is in the collection. It is very closely related to the 
O. occidentalis, (Chorinemus occidentalis C. & V.) of the Caribbean Sea but the 
intermaxillar is shorter, the suboperculum wider and more convex below, the 
opercular apparatus more truncated behind, and the anus and anal fin placed 
farther forwards. 

The Western fishes referred to the genus Chorinemus by Cuvier and Valen- 
ciennes Go not appear to be congeneric with the Eastern and African species, 
but rather constitute a peculiar genus distinguished by the fewer (4—5) dorsal 
spines. The names of Scomberoides Lac., Orcynus Raf., Chorinemus Cuvy. and 
Porthmeus ©. et V., (young) have been applied primarily or wholly to the extra- 
American species and cannot be retained for the American type. The Chori- 
nemus occidentalis, C., guaribira C. et V., C. saliens C. et V. and C. palometa Cuv. 
et Val., are the known species. 


Family ELXYOCG@TOIDZ Bon. 
Genus EXOCCGTUS Art. 
Exocetus Down Gill. 


The greatest height is contained 54 times in the length to the fork of the 
caudal, while the head forms little more than a fifth of the same length. The 
width of the forehead equals 3 of the head’s length; the diameter of the eye a 
third. The scale in the middle of the forehead is transversely oblong and the 
distance between its sides and the orbits about half as greatas its width. The 
four granulated areas in front are of small size; the one behind larger and with 
a smaller one on each adjoining lateral scale. The preoperculum is rectangu- 
lar. The pectoral fin extends to the base of the caudal; the ventral fin is in- 
serted nearly midways between the operculum and base of caudal and extends 
about as far as the last anal ray bent backwards. 

Dy U2. Ay let Capt pled Os sSay Les Os 

9 

Scales 50— 

2 

The dorsal commences over the twenty-eighth scale from the scapular region 
and ends over the thirty-ninth. 

The pectoral fins are fuliginous, with light inferior border continued on 
the lower rays. The ventrals are fuliginous, except on the base, inner ray 
and distal margin. The caudal also fuliginous. The dorsal and anal are 
colorless. ; 

One specimen nearly thirteen inches long is in the collection. 

Dedicated to the naturalist-collector, Captain Dow. 


EXoC@TUS ALBIDACTYLUS Gill. 
The greatest height is contained nearly 6 times in the length to the fork of 
1863.] 


168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the caudal. The head enters 4} times in the length. The width of the fore- 
head exceeds a third of the head’s length, while the diameter of the eye is less 
than athird. The scale in the centre of the forehead is nearly square and 
nearly equal to the distance between its sides and the orbits. The four granu- 
lated areas in front are of considerable extent and behind the area is trans- 
verse and confluent. The preoperculum is slightly produced at its angle. The 
pectoral fin extends nearly to the base of the caudal; the ventral is inserted 
midways between the operculum and the axilla of the anal fin, and extends to 
about the middle of the base of the latter. 
D.14 Av 10:...B., 16. 
9 


Scales 45— 
2 

The dorsal commences over the twenty-fifth scale from the scapular region 
and ends over the thirty-eighth. 

The color of the pectoral fins is deep blue, with the uppermost branch of each 
ray white. The ventral is immaculate, except at the axil and a faint spot about 
its centre. The caudal is deep blue. The dorsal is also blue between its fifth 
or sixth and last rays; the anal immaculate. 

One specimen eleven inches long is in the collection. 


Family MULLOID. 
Genus UPENEUS (Cuv.) Bleeker. 
UPENEUS GRANDISQUAMIS Gill. 


The greatest height is contained 4 times in the length to the end of the median 
caudal rays, and 4% times in the total. The head equals the height, and is 
itself longer than high; the profile in front of the eyes rapidly declines down- 
wards, and is nearly rectilinear. The diameter of the eye enters 3} times in 
the head’s length, and the height of the preorbitar 23 times. The supra- 
maxillar ends at the vertical from the front of the eye. The teeth in front of 
the upper jaw are biserial; below uniserial. The first dorsal fin is highest at 
the third spine, and there equals the head in front of the preopercular mar- 
gin; the first is exceedingly short, and the second and fourth nearly equal and 
little shorter than the third ; all the spines are very slender towards the ends. 
The distance of the second from the first dorsal enters 14 times in the base of 
the former and in that interval are three scales; its length is less than that of 
the first. The ventral equals the distance of the hinder margin of the orbit 
from the snout. ; 

The tubes of the lateral line have slender branches diverging from them, 
generally directed obliquely upwards. The larger scales have six radiating 
strie. 


1 1 
D. VIL Iv. A Lb CC. V.147. 811% Bilol. D4. -aVidad. 
1 l 

Scales 29 (+ 2); transverse line $ 2 | 1 | 5. 

The color is light greenish-brown above, with an indistinct silvery spot at 
the centre of each scale. Below the lateral line, especially between it and the 
anal fin, the color is rose. The dorsal fins covered with spots of the color of the 
back. The others are immaculate. , 

’Two specimens, the longest of which is seven inches and a half long, are in 
the collection. 


Family POLYNEMATOIDZ Bleeker. 
Genus TRICHIDION (Klein). 
TRICHIDION OPERCULARIS Gill. 
The greatest height equals a fourth of the length to the fork of the caudal 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 


fin, and more than a fifth of the extreme, while the head enters 4} times in the 
latter. The outline from the dorsal to the snout is nearly rectilinear and little 
declined. The distance of the anal from the outer axil of the ventral equals 
that of the posterior nostril from the margin of operculum. The first dorsal, 
when bent backwards, rests on the fourth scale, in front of the second. The 
second commences nearly above the twentieth scale of the lateral line. 
The pectoral is as long as the head behind the pupil. There are eight 
pectoral filaments, the longest of which extends rather beyond the front of the 
second dorsal. 


wooo BS ge Ut I OR ale gd tl a 


8 
Scales 69—70— 
14 
The color is greenish-brown above and yellowish-green below. The oper- 
culum is blackish. The first dorsal and the pectorals, except below, are 
also blackish, as is likewise the margin of the caudal. The anal is tinged 
with orange. 
A single specimen, eleven inches long, is in the collection. 


TRICHIDION APPROXIMANS Gill ex. L. and B. 
One specimen. 
Family MUGILOIDZ. 
Genus MUGIL (Linn). 


From this genus, I would exclude the Mugil proboscideus of Giinther and the 
M. corsula of H. Buchanan. The former is the type of a genus which may be 
called Chenomugil, and distinguished by the longitudinal cleft of the mouth, 
the narrow and pointed lower jaw and the thick and angular upper lip. Two 
species are known to me. To the Mugil corsula can be given the new generic 
designation of Rhinomugil corsula; it is distinguished by the projecting rounded 
snout and the lateral position of the nostrils. 


Mua, Guentaerit Gill. 


The height enters 54 times in the total length; the head 5 times; the caudal 
4}, and its median rays 7%. The interorbital space and snout are little convex 
transversely ; the eye has a posterior membrane covering the iris and hind part 
of pupil, and an anterior covering the iris; the diameter equals a fifth of the 
head’s length, and is less than the snout. The lips are rather thin. A deep 
groove is in front of the vomer. The upper labial teeth are very conspicuous. 
The snout, which is longer than the eye, does not project beyond the mouth. 
The preorbital is narrowed and obliquely rounded behind, leaving a narrow 
line of the maxillary exposed. The dorsal fins are nearly equal in height, 
and contained twice in the head’s length; the second as long as high; 
the origin of the first is nearer the snout than the base of the caudal fin, 
and above the twelfth scale; the second above the twenty-fourth scale of the 
lateral line. The pectoral fin is contained 14 times in the length of the head 
and extends to the eleventh scale of the lateral line. The tip of the ventral is 
half way between its base and the anus. The anal is longer and higher than . 
the second dorsal and longer than high; it commences in advance of the second 
dorsal. All the fins are scaleless. 

Viele, Sa) a Ass ULL Oe 

Scales 1.1.38. Longitudinal rows 13. 

The base of the pectoral is blackish. One specimen about ten inches long. 

To Dr. Giinther we are indebted for the better elucidation of the numerous 
species of Mugil. 


1863.] 13 


170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Family BATRACHOID Sw. 


Genus BATRACHOIDES Lac. 


The family of Batrachoids is capable of the following division : 
A. Dorsal spines three ; opercular spines two. 


1. Body naked. Palatal teeth uniserial.............+.+.+ ... Batrachus. 

2. Body naked. Palatal teeth villiform............++ woe. « Halophryne* 

3. Body scaly. Palatal teeth uniserial..........ssssseeeeeeoe Batrachoides.t 
B. Dorsal with two spines ; operculum with one. 

1. Canine teeth none.........se.eseeeeee Rfcispe cate hbase bseaaea .». Thalassophryne. 

2. Canine teeth on vomer........... pRSASEASABBRSO RSE Sericonatee 2 .. Porichthys. 


BATRACHOIDES PACIFIC! Gill. 


Batrachus pacifici Giinther, iii. 173. 

One specimen is in the collection, and differs from those described by 
Giinther in the uniform coloration and the larger number of rays. (D. III. 27. 
A. 23.) 


Family GOBIOID (Cuv.) 
Genus DORMITATOR Gill. * 


DuRMITATOR MICROPHTHALMUS Gill. 


The greatest height is contained 33 times in the total length and equals the 
length of the head. The eye is small,—the diameter equalling only a quarter 
of the interorbital area, and little more than an eighth of the head’s length. 
The maxillary ceases in front of the vertical of the eye. There are three 
preopercular pores. The caudal is little longer than the interval between the 
front of the orbit and the opercular lobe. The dorsal bent backwards reaches 
to the base of the caudal. The pectoral is little shorter than the caudal. 
There are thirteen rows of scales between the origins of the second dorsal and 
anal fins. 

DATVIL. LS. ASS. APA 1s. 

Scales of lateral line 33. 

The color is blackish, with light spots at the junctions of the scales, especially 
on the caudal portion. On the shoulder is a diffused black spot. A black 
band extends from the eye to the angle of the mouth. The dorsal fins are 
transversely spotted with darker, and the others clouded, the pectorals above 
being clear. 

A single specimen, nearly a foot long, is in the collection. 

The Eleotris latifrons of Richardson, from the Pacific, is referred, after autopsy, 
to Dormitator maculatus, (Eleotris maculata Giinther ex Bloch) by Giinther, 
which has only “nine or ten series of scales between the origin of the second 
dorsal and the anal,” the diameter of the eye ‘ not quite one-third of the in- 
tenorbital space,” and a less elevated body. 


Genus LEPTARIUS Gill. 


This new generic type is established for a representative of the Aru of 
Bleeker, having six fleshy barbels, the band of teeth on the palate, behind the 
maxillary band, quadripartite; the head granulated and without lateral font- 
anelles, the teeth of the dorsal spine before and behind directed downwards ; 
with five branchiostegal rays, a slender body, and a very slender caudal peduncle, 
the anal jin rather low and oblong, the thin, adipose fin extending behind the anal, 
and the fins little developed. 

This genus is closely related to Hexanematichthys (Bleeker), but is distin- 
guished by the characters italicized in the foregoing diagnosis. 


* Type, Halophryne Diemensis = Batrachoides Diemensis Les. 
+ Batrachoides Surinamesis ex Bloch. 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 


Among the Ari, with six barbels, there are apparently, thirteen generic 
types,— Galeichthys Val., Hexanematichthys Bleeker, Leptarius Gill, Guiritinga 
Bleeker, Cephalocassis Bleeker, Hemiarius Bleeker, Ariopsis Gill, Notarius ‘Gill, 
(—Arius Bleeker, 1862, nec 1858), Netuma Bleeker, Ariodes M. T., Sciades M. Te, 
Arius Val. , Bleeker, 1859 (Pseudarius Bleeker, 1862,) and Genidens Cast. 

Bleeker, i in his first systematic revision of the Siluroids, restricted the name 
Arius to the genus of which the Arius arius Val. is the type, and, although it 
might have been advisable to have retained it for the first group, as he subse- 
quently did, it must now be preserved with the limits assigned in 1859. His genus 
Arius, of 1862, comprises two distinct types, one with the buckler oblong, re- 
presented by the Arius grandicassis, which may be called Notarius, and the 
other with the buckler transverse, already named Ariopsis. 


Leprarius Down Gill. 
PRPPEME LENS COT MICHES \ovcavscewecevescss'ssonesscaun-ccsesevescesevepccs 100 


Body.—Greatest height............. Rolatteatsceseaeseos pees acioue Beccuase need 10 
Height at ventrals....... Relacgueeee ce sadaaeeatacecteaeacedes Bebo Bes 
Height of tail behind anal fin........ Socasoncsace 02505 -sccceerenp ii 
Least height of tail........05 eee eseeeee Sdn sde> ew ceva deans eteens sleeen 5 
When thvot tailiecccseteecereeectevcu sone! octec<cbe eclcseswlanesecscddces Lt 
Head:-—Greatest lemp thin sce cso bc neces ten sas coe ren cece cbcacccenewccceebeee 19 
Distance from snout tO Nape........csicececstesccscecssees sdieubcss 
Greatest width............... SucvovecbeCooetecessttas seeosddes oss 13} 
Width of interorbitalareast2ce.c0s08 en eee nls ah 53 
Leng thiof snontia:.dceciscetsvststscctsdestsb 5.2 saececlens sees Secon lO 
Length of maxillary parbels LER ceeCaseuriscoe Gesu aneomabeiversasee - 30 
Length of outer chin barbels...........0....:2csscesseccees saeteect 10, 
Length of inner chin barbels..............cscseceecceeceees svesees dQ 
Orbit. —Diameter....... aabecemateuk eeaee Seicead eons Panecde ae idtdaa eaennaa ce se 34 
Dorsal.—Distance from snout ....... s.-seeeesseeeree aaodeee Soc0ce ee srecot 25 
Mongth Of SPMG-n. 2a seecsscct nace apteidetcass ancabnses ate sacceeat-a! | Se 
Greatest Nelo tponeensssc-anearanewncrsccnecice sia sphach x “tens To. 
Hen pthvof Mbasessct.c222.2c6sceates 5 Sentiesteehcees <eBhieebensiaceS oct be 
Anal.—Distant from snout,..............0006 Be cseehodsns @ as 35 detteece bs sesegt) 
GONE Ll. -asasecieacancorcjosh ses bass ft onthdes «Ste ond at Bete» SaececsntocedecliS 
Height atolongestiray...cci..cscse-.dcesceees dase sasuene eee ak stats 
Wad al ——Wen ote coo cc sacnacescien sadeeaasso ates) joxecse/enescsas sseanandse ees 13 
Lengtlniofomiddle tray Si. 0att Lott) 2.5 2dicesneldeesnaceess aes 6 
Poctoral.— Lengthy. 225.2. 1. eo. s2v2sd estan ts ce caslete nee s Seanad Tach dectseas 113 
henge thy Otaspines..cccsss\scceeenepssesead tae dessdesasicak. cbescidss 10 
Ventral.—Distance from snout,...... set oeee Seiene sada octta eaeebiaisn = Se Uiat ae 42 
Thenpth 82.5858. oS £05 odd coos ce debts hick otaedeSte tee dae 7 


Genus SCIADES Miill. and Troschel. 


Scrapes TroscuHexu Gill. 


The greatest height is contained about 43 times in the length to the base of 
the caudal fin, and 54 times in the total. The caudal peduncle, behind the 
anal, equals the interval between the snout and the eye, and its least height 
that between the centre of the anterior nostril and eye. The head in front and 
on the sides is smooth, and a smooth, oblong triangular area extends nearly to 
the vertical from the upper angle of the preoperculum; a triangular area on 
each side is incurved externally to the narrow anterior extremity, and covered 
with white pisiform granulations. The dorsal buckler is a pentagon, with a 
semi-circular excavation behind and with itssurface rugose. The head enters 
three times in the length before the end of the anal fin and more than four 
times in the total; its width equals the interval between the snout and upper 
angle of preoperculum, and the interocular area equals half the head’s length. 


1863.] 


172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The eye is elliptical, and its diameter is contained 6} times in the head’s 
length. The distance of the posterior nostril from it equals a diameter. The 
maxillary barbels extend to about the middle of the pectoral ; the outer mental 
to its base, and the inner mental are two-thirds as long as the outer. 

There are three villiform patches on the palate which are almost contiguous, 
and together describe arch in front ; the median patch is small, rather trans- 
verse and widest towards the front; the outer are oblong, subtriangular. The 
band of the upper jaw is nearly uniform and quite wide; the lower, iaterrupted 
at the symphysis, is nearly half as wide as the upper, and is narrowed towards 
its ends. 

The dorsal spine enters 14 times in the head’s length, has in front, first, minute 
teeth pointed downwards, and then a row of small pisiform tubercles; teeth 
pointed downwards on its hinder border. The first ray is little higher than 
the spine. The anal commencesata distance from the snout 32 times as great 
as that from the base of the caudal fin; its length enters 6% in the length, ex- 
clusive of the caudal, and when bent back, it reaches to the supernumerary 
caudal rays; the greatest height nearly equals the length. The pectoral fins 
extend rather beyond the base of the dorsal and exceed a fifth of the length, 
exclusive of the caudal; the spine equals that of the dorsal. The ventrals are 
inserted midways between the base of the pectoral spines and the axil of the 
anal, and extend to the origin of the anal. 

Dits7., JAC! Coaplh ete Pai. 

The fins are almost blackish. 

A single specimen is in the collection. 


Genus AELURICHTHYS B. and G. 
Pimelodus Bleeker, nec Cuv. et al ex Lac. 
AELURICHTHYS PANAMENSIS Gill. 


The greatest height is contained 5 times in the length to the base of the 
eaudal fin, and 6} times in the total. The height of the caudal peduncle equals 
half the interorbital area, and is half its length behind the anal fin. The 
smooth head enters 4 times in the length to the middle of the central caudal 
rays, and nearly 5 times in the total. 

The width of the head enters 14 times in its length, and the width of the 
interorbital area 1%. The eye is elliptical ; its diameter equals a fourth of the 
head’s length, and the distance from the anterior nostril is equal toit. The 
maxillary barbels extend backwards nearly to the anus, and the mental to the 
bases of the pectoral fins. 

The dorsal buckler is rather longer than wide, with its anterior margin con- 
cealed and its lateral and posterior very conspicuous, rounded towards the 
posterior angles and emarginated bebind ; the sides slope and form a rectangle, 
and the surface is filled with deep oblong pits. 

The anal fin is situated midways between, or scarcely in advance of, the cen- 
tral point between the bases of the pectoral and caudal fins ; it is oblong and 
equals or nearly equals the width of the head. The pectoral filaments extend 
about to the middle of the anal fin; the ventrals are inserted midways between 
the lower jaw and base of caudal, and extend backwards to the anus, entering 
23 times in the head’s length. 

Dwlnie eAwele pg CrloceicOs Llze evs. a VenGe 

The color above is plumbeous ; the pectorals thickly dotted with black on 
their inner faces ; and the anal less so. 

One specimen eight inches long is in the collection. 


Family LEPIDOSTEOIDZ. 
Genus ATRACTOSTEUS Girard ex Raf. 
ATRACTOSTEUS TROPICUS Gill. 
The height is contained 8} times in the extreme length, and is nearly a half 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173 


greater than the thickness. The head forms scarcely less than a fourth of the 
same. The snout equals the distance of the margin of the fifth scale of the 
lateral line from the front of the eye. The breadth of the head at the occiput 
equals half the length of the snout; at the eyes, little more than a third and 
behind the nostrils, it enters 5} times in the same. The diameter of the eye 
equals a sixth of the snout’slength. The operculum is nearly as high aslong, 
subangulated behind, convex below at the anterior third, and thence advanc- 
ing upwards towards the posterior margin. The ventral fins are nearer the 
snout than the margin of the caudal, the latter extending about a third of 
its own length beyond. 
D. (IU.) 7. A. (IIL) 8. C. (1X2) 6+6. (IX2) P.(1.) 13. V. (III) 6. 
8 


Scales 52-+(at ventral between median dorsal and abdominal rows.) 


12 

The scales are nearly smooth; in front deeper than long and obliquely con- 
vex below; behind oblong rhombic and with rectilinear margins. Forty-five 
scales precede the dorsal fin; the ventrals are behind the sixteenth oblique 
row ; the anal behind the thirty-fifth and ending with the forty-first. Seven 
rows of scales intervene between the lateral line and ventral fins. 

The color is glaucous above the lateral line and yellowish beneath. A spot 
in front of the caudal above the lateral line; others are on the forty-fifth and 
forty-seventh rows of scales below the lateral line, and obscure ones on the 
base of the caudal. 

This species is, for American Zoologists and Palzontologists, the most inter- 
esting fish of Capt. Dow’s fine collection. Itis by far the most southern conti- 
nental representative of the family that has been yet made known,—the “ Lepisos- 
teus robolo” of Lacépéde, founded on the Hsoz chilensis of Molina, not belonging to 
this family. The only other species hitherto discovered beyond the boundaries 
of the United States or Northern Mexico is a Cuban species of the same genus, 
the Atractosteus tristechus, Esoz tristechus of Schneider and Lepidosteus manjuart 
of Poey. The present species is distinguished by the form of the operculum, its 
proportions and the large size of the scales. A single specimen, nearly sixteen 
inches long, was obtained by Capt. Dow. 


Family TRYGONOID. 


Genus UROTRYGON Gill. 


URoTRYGON MUNDUS Gill. 


The disk is orbicular with a slight linguiform projection in front and with 
the pectoral fins behind broadly rounded. The distance of the snout from the 
hinder margin of the pectorals equals the width of the disk. The tail (behind 
the anus) is rather longer than the body (in front). The spine is inserted be- 
hind the middle of the tail, and is about as long as the distance between the 
snout and the nostrils. The ventral fins extend outwards, the rectilinear an- 
terior margin tending little backwards, and the external margins are on a line 
with and complete the outline of the disk. The posterior margin in the male 
is nearly rectilinear, while in the female it is slightly convex, especially to- 
wards the inner angles. The upper velum is very sinuous and fimbriated. The 
teeth are pointed and pyramidal. The spiracles are oval, interrupted at the 
intero-anterior angle by the eyes, and the margins are entire and well defined. 
The skin is beset with numerous small stelliform tubercles, larger on the 
dorsal region. The color is a uniform dark-brown above. 

Two small specimens, male and female, are in the collection. 

The present species would, by many zoologists, be referred to the genus 
Urolophus of Miller and Henle, but it would appear that it and the U. torpedinus 


1863.] 


174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


should be separated from that genus and referred toa distinct one, distin- 
guished by the rounded and not angular outline, the longer tail and posterior 
insertion of the spine, and especially the acute teeth. 


Enumeration of the Fish described and figured by Parra, scientifically named 
by Felipe Poey. 


Antonio Parra was born in Portugal, and I believe resided in Havana for a 
long time, where he was probably naturalized, for he dedicates his work to the 
King of Spain, and sent the objects he described to the Museum of Natural 
History of Madrid. He printed in this last city, in 1799, at the printing office 
of the Viuda de Ibarra, a pamphlet in 8vo. entitled: Discurso sobre los medios de 
connaturalizar y propagar en Espana los Cedros de la Habana y otros arboles, 
asi de construccion como de Maderas curiosas y frutales. At page 21 is “an account 
of the different trees of the Island of Cuba, which contains 267 species and 20 
Palms,” and at page 30 a ‘notice of some kinds of hard wood which are in the 
Island, their colors, the localities where they are found and their uses.’? The 
author describes them in popular terms only. 

The first important work of Parra is the one printed at Havana in 1787, at 
the printing office of the Capitania General, in square 8vo.,under the title Deserip- 
cion de diferentes piezas de Historia Natural, las mas del ramo maritimo, representa- 
das en setentay cinco laminas. This number of plates includes two of ornamental 
stands and two of a negro suffering from a greatly developed hernia. In some 
copies there is a second title, engraved, containing the words Peces y Crusta- 
ceos de la Isla de Cuba.* It contains 40 plates of Fishes, representing 71 species, of 
which 3 belong to Florida; there are 17 plates of crustacea, the rest represent- 
ing turtles, zoophytes and minerals. 

The figures were probably drawn by the son of Antonio Parra; he also en- 
graved them and colored some of the copies. The edition has long since been ex- 
hausted. One copy is in the library of the Economic Society, another is owned 
by M. Domingo de Arozarena, and M. Leonardo del Monte has the third. All 
the objects figured, including the negro with the hernia, are deposited in the 
Museum of Madrid, and have been of help in settling some serious doubts by 
the assistance of the present director of the Museum, M. Mariano de la Paz 
Graells.} 

The work cites no authors, contains no classification, no scientific terms, and 
the names are all popular ones. It is easily seen that Parra has studied no 
books except the great book of nature; by his own natural gifts he has succeed- 
ed in describing and figuriug objects as correctly as his cotemporaries, and even 
surpasses Bloch in the exactness of his figures. Cuvier says, ‘it is one of the 
most useful works in the study of the fishes of the Gulf of Mexico, not only 
on account of the text, but also on account of the very exact figures represent- 
ing them,” 

Parra does not omit describing the teeth of the jaws, the asperities of the 
scales, nor even the spinous rays of the dorsal fin and the furrow in which they 
can be hidden. He dwells more especially on the number and the peculiari- 
ties of the fins, and he cannot be reproached for omitting in his descriptions de- 
tails that are shown in his figures. He observed, very properly, that the colors 
are less important than the rest of the organism, for he only treats of them 
last. To be sure he neglects the palatine teeth, the spines of the operculum, 
the denticulations of the preoperculum, the exact number of the spinous and 
soft rays, but this is not surprising in one who preceded Cuvier and Valenciennes, 


*My copy has an engraved frontispiece representing two tritons raising a net full of fish near a 
rock, with a label inscribed, Labore, et Constantia.—J. C. BREVOORT. 

{ In the United States, copies are known to be in the libraries of the Boston Society of Natural 
History, in the late Dr. DeKay’s, in the Astor Library and in my own,—this last a colored one.—J.C.B. 


[June, 


RP ett, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175 


and who probably was not acquainted with the works of Artedi, Linnzus or 
Gronovius. 

He often gives the size of the fish, but he may be found fault with for having 
Sometimes given measurements of parts without that of the whole. 

Whatever may be the merits and defects of Parra, it is not the less true that 
his work has become indispensable, for Bloch has established several species 
on the sole authority of his figures, and because Cuvier and Valenciennes have 
often quoted him, as well as M. Hollard. 

I propose to put scientific names to Parra’s figures, with some necessary re- 
marks, and shall use the labors of my predecessors while often correcting them. 
The chief writers who have cited Parra, are Bloch, Cornide, Cuvier, Valen- 
ciennes, Guichenot, Miller and Henle, and Hollard. 

Bloch has named almost all the figures of Parra in his posthumous work en- 
titled Systema Ichthyologix iconibus CX.. illustratum, published by Schneider in 
1801. When the species appeared to be a new one he kept the vulgar name of the 
author, even in doubtful cases. He was often mistaken, and was corrected by 
Cuvier and Valenciennes, to whom he repeatedly serves as a guide. 

Cornide, author of an Ensayo de una historia de los Peces y otras producciones 
marinas de la costa de Galicia, 1788, names Parra’s fish in a confidential letter 
addressed to Mf. Casimiro Gomez Ortega, Director of the Botanical Garden in 
Madrid; which letter is published in the first volume of his work, printed at 
Paris in 1818, under the title of Coleccion de Papeles cientificos, historicos y politi- 
cos sobre la isla de Cuba. Cornide was not very successful in his determina- 
tions; he constantly refers the American species to others he had observed in 
Europe. He recognized but four Linngan species, and these the most striking 
ones, namely, a Fistularia, a Diodon, and two Squali. He did not even notice 
the Balistes vetula, nor the Lophius vespertilio. He often gives only the genus, 
and not always correctly, so far as to confound a Chaetodon with a Sparus 
and a Serranus with a Labrus. 

Cuvier, in his notes to the Régne Animal, second edition, tom. 2, 1817, hasnamed 
several of Parra’s figures, and also in his Histoire générale et particuliére des Pois- 
sons, which began to appear in 1828, with the assistance of Valenciennes, and stop- 
ped in 1849 with the 22d volume, at the end of the Abdominal Malacopterygians. 
The opinion of these celebrated ichthyolgists is of the greatest weight, from 
their known scientific attainments, and because they had at their disposal al- 
most all the fish described in the work of Parra; some having been given by 
myself, together with my own drawings; the others by M. Desmarest, who re- 
ceived them from M. Fournier. 

M. Guichenot undertook the part relating to Fish in the Mistoire politique, 
physique et naturelle of M. Ramon de la Sagra. He has not omitted to quote 
Parra’s work, but he seems to have taken small pains while doing so, and to 
have relied on Cuvier and Valenciennes, whose correct determinations and 
whose errors he reproduces. In the families not treated of by these naturalists 
he generally determines his species from Hollard. 

M. Saco has corrected the nomenclature of Cornide, with the assistance of 
M. Guichenot’s work, and without studying Parra’s work. This distinguished 
author, having no knowledge of Ichthyology, and not being familiar with what 
is known as Synonymy, has not made the best use of his model. 

Parra is quoted in Miiller and Henle’s work on Plagiostomes, in the Mono- 
graph of the Gymnodonts of Hollard, in the Fishes of New York, by Dr. DeKay, 
and by Dr. Bleeker in several of his articles. 

As for myself, it will be seen on examination how much I have added to and 
corrected all that has hitherto been done. The opinion of authors has not 
been given without care. I have compared their descriptions with those of 
Parra, and with actual specimens, having the advantage of workingin Havana, 
and of knowing the fish by their popular names. My authority is therefore of 
some weight, even where my names are the same as those given by others; in 


1863.] 


176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


which case it may be looked upon as a confirmation rather than a repetition. 
If I did not believe it to be so, I should not have taken the pains to write. 

The reader must understand that my object is not to give a complete 
synonymy of the fishes figured by Parra, but to name them in the best possible 
manner, quoting authors who have quoted Parra, so that each may get his 
due. Thus I shall quote Bloch, Cuvier, Valenciennes, and Hollard. As for 
M. Guichenot, I shall often quote him, because he had Parra’s work under 
his eyes, and in some cases his opinion is well founded. If not quoted in all 
cases, itis for reasons above given. It is useless to notice Cornide and M. 
Saco. 

In my nomenclature, I practise the aphorism which I thus enunciate: 
nomen auctoris ad speciem perpetuam refertur nec ad variabile genus. 


Nomenclature. 


N, B.—The first figure after the name refers to the page of Parra’s work, the 
second to the plate, and the third to the figure. 


1. Pescapor. (1, 1.) Antennarius ocellatus Bl. 

Named by Bloch 142, Lophius histrio L., var. ocellatus, upon the simple in- 
spection of Parra’s figure. By Val. 12, 419, Chironectes ocellatus. By Guich. 
Chir. biocellatus, C. V., erroneously. 


2. Surrana. (2, 2,sup.) ques lanceolatus L. 

Quoted by Cuvier, 5,165, Hg. balieatus, as asynonym of Chxtodon lanceolatus, 
L. Linnzus has the priority. The vulgar name isnow Vagueta, which is, 
however, but little used, and is also applied to the next species. 


3. Serrana. (2, 2, inf.) ques punctatus Bl. 
Quoted by Bloch, 106, upon the inspection of Parra’s figure. He confounds 
it, like Parra, with the preceding species. 


4, PERRO COLORADO. (3, 3, 1.) Cossyphus Bodianus Bl. 

Quoted by Bloch, 329, Lutianus Perro, being the same which he had named 
in his large work, tab. 255, Lutjanus Verres, and tab. 223, Bodianus Bodianus. 
Quoted by Val., 13, 103. 

5. Perro. (4, 3, 2.) Lachnolaimus caninus Cuv. 

Quoted by Cuvier, Reégne An. 257, Lachnolaimus. 


6. Drasto. (5, 4.) Malthe vespertilio L. 

Quoted by Val., 12, 440. 

7. GuaTiverE. (7, 5,1.) Serranus Guativere Val. 

Quoted by Bloch, 336, Bodianus Guativere, which he confounds with the next 
species of Val.,, 2, 283. 

8. GUATIVERE. (8,5,2.) Serranus Outalibi Val. 

Quoted by Val., 2, 381. 

9. CurriviTa. (9, 6,1.) Chetodon Paru Bl. 

Bloch, 217, confounds it with the next species. Pomacanthus Paru Cuv., 7, 
205. Following Mr. Gill, I suppress the genus Pomacanthus of Cuvier, and 
adopt Sarothrodus Gill, instead of Chetodon Cuv. The popular name is now 
Chiriwvica. 

10. Currivita. (10,6, 2.) Chetodon aureus Bl. 

Pomacanthus aureus Cuv., 7, 202. 


11. IsapeniTa. (11, 7,1.) Holacanthus ciliaris L. 
Quoted by Bloch, 335, under the name of Chxtodon Parrex ; but it is the same 
as the C. ciliaris L., to which Cuv. 7, 154, refers it. 


12. Caratinera. (12, 7, 2,) Holacanthus tricolor Bl. 
Chetodon tricolor, Bl. 219 ; Cuv. 7, 162. 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. BW | 


13. Basonapo. (13, 8,1). Pagellus Bajonado Bl. 
Cited by Bl., 284, Sparus Bajonado, doubtful species ; by Guich. P. Penna, 
C.V., with doubt. 


14. Caxis. (14, 8, 2.) Mesoprion cazxis Bl. 

Cited by Bl. 284, Sparus cazis, doubtful species. It is the Mesoprion griseus 
Cuy. 2, 469. The letter x being pronounced 7 in the old Spanish, it should 
be written now Cajis, or rather Caji. 


15. Cocuino. (15, 9). Balistes vetula L. 
Cited by Bl. 470; by Holl. and Guich. 


16. Sopaco. (17, 10). Balistes macrops Poey. 

Cited by Bl., 465, as a variety of Bal. maculatus L., and by Holl. under the 
name of Balistes longissimus Holl. Mr. Guichenot, who has followed for the 
Balistides the unpublished monograph of Holl., calls it also B. longissimus 
without naming the author. It appears that he has forgotten to name Hol- 
lard ; he refers, also, the species to Bl. Syst. 464, n. 2, which is the B. hispidus 
L., probably by a misprint, instead of, n. 3, cited by Blkr., Balistes maculatus L. 
See Poey, Mem. 2, 326. 


17. GataraTE. (18, 11, 1). Balisies piceus Poey, (1). 
Cited B. ringens L. by Bl., 473, Holl., Guich. Blkr. The vulgar name Gala- 
fate is a corruption of Calafate, which means Calfateur, (calker). 


18. Cucoyo. (19, 11, 2). Balistes cicatricosus Poey, (2). 

Cited by B1., 475, B. Brasiliensis var.; by Holl. and Guich., B. calolepis Holl. 
Later Hollard referred it to his B. lineo-punctatus, which appears to be the 
same as the B. curassavicus Gm. It is now written Cocuyo. 


19. CataLura. (20, 12, 1). Priacanthus catalufa Poey, (3.) 

Cited by Bl., 304, Anthias macrophthalmus, a species of the East Indies; by 
Cuv., 397, Priac. macrophthalmus, the maleof which, says he, is the Pr. cepe- 
dianus Desm., in which he is mistaken. 


20. QuiEBRA-ACHA. (21, 12, 2). Chorinemus quiebra Cuv. 
Cited by Cuv. 8, 396; by BL., 25, Scomber aculeatus var. 


21. MaTEJUELO BLANCO. (22, 13, 1). Malacanthus Plumieri Bl. 
Cited by Bl. Sparus oblongus, p. 283; but it is the same as his Ooryphena 
Plumieri, p. 298; cited by Cuv., R. An. p. 264; by Val. 13, 319. 


22. MATEJUELO COLORADO. (23, 13, 2). Holocentrum Matejuelo Bl. 

Cited by B1., 206, Amphiprion Matejuelo, doubtful species; by Cuv., 3, 186, 
Hol. longipinne, a species very nearly allied, if it is not the same; in any case 
Bloch has the priority. 


23. MorcietaGo. (25, 14). Dactylopterus volitans L. 
Cited by Cuy., 4,117. This vulgar name, so written, is a corruption of the 
Spanish word Murcielago (Bat.) 


24. Vouapor. (28, 15). Hxocetus mesogaster Bl. 
Cited by Bl. 430; by Val. 19, 120. 


25. BonacI CARDENAL. (29, 16, 1). Serranus cardinalis Val. 

Cited by Val. 2,379. BI. 77, has confounded, under the name of Johnius 
guttatus, this species with the following ; his name should not be preserved, 
because it had been previously employed by Linneus. 


26. Bonact ARARA. (30, 16, 2). Serranus Bonaci Poey. 

Cited by Poey, Mem. 2, 129, 352, instead of Ser. Arara Val. 2, 377 ; Johnius 
guttatus var. 
27. Cuapin®. (31,17, 1). Ostracion, (4) 

Cited by Bl., 499, Ostr. bicaudalis L., as well as by Holl. 


1863.] 


178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


28. Cuapin Q. (31, 17, 2,). Ostracion, (4 a.) 
Cited erroneously by Bl., 499, 583, Osir. quadricornis L., as well as by Guich 


29. Rascacto. (34, 18, 1). Scorpena Rascacio Poey. 
Bl., 192, refers it to Se. Scrofa L.; and Cuv. to Sc. Bufo, 4, 306. See Poey 
Mem. 2, 169. 


30. Lacarto. (36, 18, 2). Synodus. 
Cited Saurus myops by Val., 22, 485 ; referred to the Salmo fetens L. by Bl. 
404. It is to me a new or very doubtful species. 


31. TampBorin. (37, 19,). Zetrodon levigatus L. 
Cited by BI., 503, Tetr. lagocephalus L.; by Guich., Tetraodon Lisse, and in 
the synonymy Zetr. levigatus L. 


32. Raprrrvusia. (42, 20, 1). Mesoprion chrysurus Bl. 

Cited by Bl., 309, Anthias Rabirrubia ; but it is the same as his Sparus chry- 
surus Bl., Ichth. tab. 262. Cited by Cuv. 2,459. It should be written in 
Spanish Rabirubia. 


33. RABIRRUBIA DE LO ALTO. (43, 20, 2). Serranus creolus Val. 
Cited by Val. 2,265. Bl. makes a doubtful variety of the preceding species, 
Syst. p. 309. 


34. RABIRRUBIA GENIZARA. (44, 21, 1). Clepticus genizarra Val. 
Cited by Val., 13, 260. The word Genézaro, in the feminine gentzara, means 
Janissary. Has M. Val. correctly latinized it ? 


35. Barpero. (45, 21, 2). Acanthurus phlebotomus C.V. 
Cited by C. V., 10,176. Bl. refers it to his Ac. ceruleus, p. 214. 


36. LisA TRoMPA. (46, 22, 21, 1). Alutera picturata Poey (5). 
Cited erroneously Monacanthus longirostris by Holl., as well as by Guich. 


37. Lisa BARBUDA. (48, 22, 2). Alutera Giintheriana Poey (6). 

Cited with doubt by Bl., 462, as Balistes monoceros L. Cited by Guich. Mo- 
nacanthus anginosus Holl.; and by Holl. Aluterus anginosus. It is by a mis- 
print that Guich. has written Lija trompa. 


38. Lisa conorapA. (49, 22, 23). Monacanthus Parraianus Poey (7). 
Cited Mon. macrocerus Holl. by Guichenot. 


39. Cumrna. (50, 24, 1). Serranus striatus Bl. 
Cited by Bl., 310, with doubt, Anthias Cherna, but it is the same as his Anth. 
striatus. Cited by Cuv. R. An. 141, and by Val. 2, 288. 


40. JABONSILLO. (51, 24, 2). Rhypticus saponaceus Bl. 
Cited by Bl., 310, Anthias saponaceus. Cited by Cuv. 3, 60, Rypticus. 


41. CaBALLEROTE. (52, 25, 1). Mesoprion caballerote Bl. (8). 
Cited by Bl., 310, Anthias caballerote 2? Cuv., 2,465, Mesoprion cynodon Cuv., 
a distinct species. 


42. Jocu. (53, 25, 2). Mesoprion Jocu Bl. 
Cited by Bl., 410, Anthias Jocu; by Cuv. 2, 466. 


43. GuacaMAyA. (54, 26). Scarus Guacamaia Cuv. 

Cited by Cuv., R. An. 265. Val. describes under this name another species, 
which I name in my Mem., 2, 393, Sc. Plecanus. 
44, Loro. (57, 27, 1). Scarus ceruleus Bl. 

Cited by BL, 288, Sc. Loro, which is the same as the following; by Val. 14 
186. 
45. Trompa. (57, 27, 2). Scarus ce@ruleus Bl. 

Cited by Val. 14, 186; the preceding species. 

[June, 


te 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179 


46. Virsa. (58, 28, 1). Scarus superbus Poey. 
Cited erroneously by Bl., 289, Sc. vetula L., as well as by Cuv., R. An. 266, 
and by Val., 14,193. See Poey, Mem. 2, 218. 


47, Vinga. (58, 28, 2). Scarus Abildgaardii Bl. \ 
Cited by BL, 289, Se. coccineus, doubtful species, but it is the same which 
he names Se. Abildgaardii in his Ichthyologie, pl. 259. 


48. Vinsa. (59, 28, 3). Scarus Chloris Bl. 

Cited by BI., 289, doubtful species; by Cuv. R. An. 266; by Val., 14, 203, Se. 
vivens. 
49, Vigsa. (59, 28, 4). Scarus flavescens Bl. 

Cited by Bl., 290, doubtful species ; by Val., 14, 289, Callyodon flavescens. 
It is not a Calliodon. 


50. Erizo. (60, 29, 1). Diodon Atinga L. 
Cited by Guich Diodon Hystrix L. 


51. GuANABANA. (62, 29, 3). Diodon. 
Cited by Bl., 512, D. Hystrix L., variety ; by Guich., D. orbicularis Bl. 


52. TromMpPETERO. (63, 30,1). Solenostomus tabacarius L. 
Cited by Bl., 114, Fistularia tabacaria L., as well as by Guich. 


53. TRoMPETERO COLORADO. (65, 30, 2). Aulostoma coloratum M. and Tr. 
Cited by Guich. Aul. Chinense Lac. (Fistularia Chinensis L.) 


54, Rano. (66, 30, 3). Murena fasciata Thunb. 

Cited by Bl., 529, Gymnothorax fasciatus, which he refers to Mur. fasciata 
Thunb. 
55. Bacre. (68, 31, 1). Galeichthys marinus Mitch. 

Bl., 378, cites it, referring it to the Silurus Bagrus L. Cited by Val., 15, 
33, Gal. Parre. The species is from Florida, as Parra indicates. 


56. Broruza. (70, 31, 2). Brotula barbata Bl. 
Cited by BL, 152, Enchelyopus barbatus ; by Cuv. R. An. 335. 


57. Cornupa. (71, 32). Sphyrna Zygena L. 
Cited by M. H.; by Guich. Zyg. malleus Val. ; by Blkr. Zyg. malleus Risso. 


58. Pez pE ESPADA. (75, 33). Pristis antiquorum Lath. 

Cited by BI., 352, Pr. granulosa, on the simple inspection of Parra ; cited by 
M. H. The popular name is Pez-Sierra. Its saw has 27 pairs of teeth, in 
which respect it is rather related to the Pristis cuspidata Latham. 


59. Gatiupo. (84, 34, 1). Acanthias. 
Cited by Guich. Acanthias vulgaris Risso. 


60. Gara. (86, 34, 2). Ginglymostoma cirratum Gm. 
Cited by BL., 134, Squalus punctatus, which is the same; by M. H. and Guich. 


61. Macasr. (88, 35, 1). Conorhynchus macrophthalmus Lac. 
Cited by Cuv., R. An. 325, under the genus Butirinus; by Val., 19, 339, 
Albula Parre. It is probable that the two species are identical. 


62. Pricupa. (90, 35, 2). Sphyrena Picuda Poey. (9). 

Cited by Bl., 110, under the name of Sp. Picuda, which he gives as a va- 
riety of Esor sphyrena L. Cuv., 3, 340, refers it erroneously to the Sph. Be- 
cuna Lac. 

63. Caprinna. (93, 36, 1). Serranus lunulatus, Bl. 
Cited by Bl., 329, under the genus Lutianus ; by Val. 2, 379. 


64. Pecapor. (94, 36, 2). Echeneis Guaican Poey. 
Cited by Guich. Ech. naucrates L. See Poey, Mem. 2, 248. 


1863.) 


180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


65. Doncetia. (95, 37, 1). Julis paxatus Val. 
Cited Julis crotaphus by Cuv., R. an. 258; Julis Principis by Val., 13, 402; 
Julis patatus Val., by Guichenot. den 


66. Innominapo. (96, 37, 2). Ophisurus Havanensis Bl. 
Cited by Bl., 491, under the genus Murena. 


67. Rupio voLapor. (98, 38). Prionotus punctatus Bl. 
4 Bloch, 13, doubtfully refers it to the Trigla Carolinensis L. Cited by Cuv. 
93 
aoe 


68. Guavina. (105, 39, 1). Philypnus dormitator Bl. 
Cited erroneously by Val., 12, 223, under the name of Eleotris Guavina. 


69. Estorion. (106, 39, 2). Acipenser. 
This species is from Florida; I leave its identification to the Ichthyologists 
of the United States. 


70. Curis. (109, 40, 1). Lepidosteus osseus L. 
Cited by Bl. in the genus Esoz, p. 392; cited by Guich. Lep. gavialis Lac. 
This species is from Florida. 


71. Mansvart. (111, 40, 2). Lepidosteus tristechus Bl. 
Cited by Bl., 395, under the genus Hsox; by Guich. Lep. spatula Lac.; by 
Poey, Mem., Lep. Manjuari. 


Descriptions des POISSONS nouvelles ou peu connues. 
PAR M. FELIPE POEY. 
1. Bauistes piceus Poey. 


Longueur totale de l’individu décrit, 250 millimétres ; hauteur sur la pointe 
pelvienne, 140. La téte depuis l’ouverture branchiale, est contenue 4 fois 
dans la longueur du poisson, sans compter les pointes de la caudale. Le pro- 
fil antérieur est courbe. L’ceil est haut, 42 un diamétre du front. Le sillon 
préorbitaire est du diamétre de l’ceil, lequel est contenu 4 fois dans la distance 
qui sépare V’orbite de l’extremité du museau. L’ouverture des narines est prés 
de l’eil. La bouche est petite, et porte en haut et en bas de chaque cdté 4 dents 
incisives, dont la le plus large, surtout a la mAchoire inférieure ot les dents 
ont un talon en arriére; on voit 4 la machoire supérieure, en dedans, 3 dents 
latérales. L’épine dorsale fait un peu plus quele quart de la hauteur du tronc; 
elle est forte, le sommet tronqué et hérissé d’épines, granuleuse sur le devant ; 
le sillon de sa membrane a beaucoup d’étendue. la 2¢ dorsale est un peu 
plus en avant que la moitié du corps; l’anale est sous son 9¢ rayon, et finit 
au-dessous de la dorsale ou un peu plus en arriére: ces deux nageoires ont a- 
peu-prés la méme hauteur, qui répond en avant 4 la hauteur de l’épine dor- 
sale; elles diminuent en arriére environ de moitié. La caudale est taillée 
carrément, et porte aux deux extrémités une pointe qui forme la moitié de la 
nageoire nue. La pectorale est arrondie, trés courte ; sa hauteur égale deux 
fois sa longueur. Les deux premiers rayons des nageoires moyennes sont plus 
courts, et ne paraissent pas branchus. D. 3, 34; A. 32; P.17; C.12. Les 
squames forment des rhombes plus hauts que larges, et deviennent horizon- 
tales A la région pelvienne: elles sont couvertes de nombreux petit grains ; 
mais le limbe restant nu, permet de compter nettement les séries ; les granu- 
lations des joues sont un peu plus relevées, et les squames conservent a-peu- 
prés la méme forme, un peu plus petites sous les yeux, trés petites le long des 
nageoires moyennes, ainsi que sur la base de la caudale et de la pectorale. 
L’écusson huméral se compose de trois grandes squames radiées. La pointe 
pelvienne est médiocre et apre; les bords de la membrane abhdominale qui 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 


remonte vers l’anus, offre des rugosités bien prononcées. La partie posté- 
rieure du tronc, au-dessus de l’anale est parcourue par sept ou neuf lignes lon- 
gitudinales, formées par des tubercules saillants, au milieu de chaque squame ; 
le tubercule antérieur developpé en pointe épineuse tournée en ayant. La 
couleur est noire comme du poix; mais la base des nageoires moyennes porte 
une bandelette d’un bleu clair, n’ayant pas deux millimétres de large. Quand 
Vanimal est vivant, la couleur générale est d’un bleu de Prusse foncé. Les 
lignes dénudées de granulations, qui séparent entre elles les squames de la 
partie antérieure du trone portent 4 l’angle obtus une tache plus foncée, qui 
produit des traits longitudinaux, lesquels disparaissent presque entiérement 
sur la peau desséchée. Vulgo Calafate, mal nommé par d’autres Galafate. 

La figure de Bloch, pl. 152, présente sous le nom de Balistes ringens L. 
l’épine dorsale d’un tiers plus longue, et pointue, trés dentée sur son bord 
antérieur; la bande blanch&tre de la base des nageoires moyennes est trés 
large: il le fait venir de la Chine. Le Dr. Bleeker, Enumeratio Piscium, le dit 
de Sumatra. M. Hollard, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 4e série, tome i. p. 317, le donne 
comme appartenant al’ Amérique du Sud, & l’Océan Pacifique et aux Antilles; 
mais sa description ne peut pas étre rapportée 4 l’espéce de la Havane. En 
effet, il dit que l’on remarque sur les jones, supérieurement, quatre rangées hori- 
zontales de squames subrectangulaires ; que les squames du tronc portent des 
tubercules disposés en séries antéro-postérieures, avec tendance a un déve- 
loppement prédominant des tubercules de la série médiane; que la couleur 
est uniformément foncée, avec des nuances plus obscures au dos. Ce caractére 
des joues n’existe pas dans mon espéce ; les tubercules n’existent que sur les 
lignes assez courtes qui partent du tronc caudal; il n’y a point de nuances 
plus obscures sur le dos. Ces différences, jointes aux considérations que 
fournit la loi de distribution géographique, portent 4 admettre deux espéces 
voisines: celle des Ind. Orient. et celle des Antilles. Je regrette de n’avoir 
par sous les yeux le Mus. Ad. Fr. de Linné, pour savoir laquelle de ces deux 
espéces a été décrite par Villustre auteur Suédois: si c’est l’espéce actuelle, je 
propose le nom actuel pour l’espéce Indienne. 


2. BALISTES CICATRICOSUS Poey. 


J’ai décrit cette espéce dans mes Mémoires, tome 2, p. 327. J’ajoute ici 
que l’épine dorsale est épineuse a sa troncature. 

Tout en rapportant le Cucuyo de Parra a son Balistes lineo-punciatus, M. Hol- 
lard, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 4e série, tome 4, p. 25, laisse entrevoir que ce pour- 
rait étre le B. Curassavicus Gm.; nom sous lequel M. Kaup a réuni, dit-il, 
quatre espéces distinctes, savoir les Balistes gutturosus, calolepis, lineo-punctatus, 
et elongatus. Voila biendes doutes survenus depuis la publication de mes Mé- 
moires : je ne me trouve pas en état de les résoudre. Heureux ceux qui peu- 
vent visiter les collections du Musée Britannique, de Paris, de Berlin! Is 
poursuivent la science sur une route aisée. L’espéce de Gmelin a été etablie 
sur la déscription de Gronovius, Zooph. Balistes 196; dont les nombres sont 
D. 2, 27; A. 26 (j’ai de ma part D. 2,31; A. 28) ; deux on trois séries d’écailles 
longitudinales sur la joue. Si les espéces nommées ci-dessus sont distinctes, 
A laquelle faut-il rapporter le B. Curassavicus de Gmelin? En attendant je 
compare avec le B. dineo-punctatus de Hollard, loco citato, tome ler p. 65, (et 
renferme entre parentheses les différences que présente mon B. cicatricosus.) 
Ile de Bourbon. 

Aux joues trois séries disjointes de squames quadrilatéres (deux) ; des 
lignes noires longitudinales sur le tronc, dégénérant en arriére et sur le ventre 
en séries de taches punctiformes (des taches punctiformes sur tout le trone 
entre les écailles, formant des points violets cerclés de blanc); D. M. 28; A. 
25 (D. M. 31; A. 28); aux joues se trouvent de bas en haut trois séries en 
gradation de longueur, dont la supérieure s’arréte & la région sous-pectorale 
(cet espace est occupé par un systéme irrégulier de petites squames). Il est 


1863.] 


182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


parlé de la zone en forme de croissant qui termine la caudale, mais non pas 
de la bande* qui borde cette nageoire en dessus et en dessous ; ni du liseré 
jaune des nageoires moyennes: l’individu bourré de M. Hollard était cepen- 
dant en bon état de conservation. 


3. PRIACANTHUS CATALUFA, Poey. 


Le male décrit est long de 360 mill. Sa hauteur est comprise 4 fois moins 
un cinquigme dans la longueur totale. La téte égale cette hauteur, si lon 
mesure depuis l’extrémité de la bouche entre-ouverte. L’cil a les deux 
cinquiémes de la distance qui sépare l’opercule du bout supérieur du mu- 
seau. Les narines sont prés de l’eil, qui est assez haut; l’ouverture pos- 
térieure est allongée, oblique, étroite proportionnellement & ce que l’on re- 
marque dans d’autres espéces, et elliptique; l’antérieure trés petite, presque 
contigue. L’intermaxillaire est étroit et court; le maxillaire large, atteig- 
nant au compas le devant de la pupille: la machoire inférieure est plus 
avancée que l’autre. Les dents sont en velours aux deux machoires, au 
vomer et aux palatins. Le préopercule est finement denté; ila son angle 
terminé en une pointe courte et oblique. L/’opercule aune pointe plate qui 
ne fait pas saillie. Un os de l’épaule se montre au-dessous de la ligne laté- 
rale, un autre au-dessus du trow branchial. Le ler sous-orbitaire est dentelé. 
Les ouies sont bien fendues. La dorsale commence au-dessus de l’os supé- 
rieur de l’épaule; elle s’éléve graduellement en arriére, et se termine par un 
angle arrondi; il en est de méme pour l’anale: le premier rayon de ces deux 
nageoires, vus @ la loupe, a quelques Apretés, qui ne sont pas dues aux écailles ; 
les autres sont lisses. La caudale est un peu échancrée, la pointe supérieure 
tant soit peu plus longue que linférieure. La pectorale est médiocre. La 
yentrale est logée dans une cavité de l’abdomen; elle est plus avancée que la 
pectorale; son rayon épineux est allongé, le 2¢ rayon mou est filamenteux, 
le dernier adhérent au tronc par une membrane; la pointe de cette nageoire 
atteint au 2e rayon de l’anale. D.10, 14; A. 3,15; P.19; V. 1,5; C. 16. 
Les écailles ne sont pas ciliées; mais elles ont une certaine dpreté qui est 
due a une relief de leur partie centrale: on en compte environ 95 sous la 
ligne latérale. Celle ci remonte en arc en sortant de l’épaule, et descend 
ensuite insensiblement. Les écailles sont plus petites sur le dos; la téte en 
porte de plus petites partout, excepté sur les lévres ; il n’y en a pas aux nageo- 
ires. La peau et les écailles du ventre en-dessous sont trés dures. La cou- 
leur est d’un rouge uniforme; les pectorales plus pales; extrémité des ven- 
trales bleudtre; peu ou point de traits aux nageoires. Iris rouge, pupille peu 
foncée. Les poissons de ce genre ont, suivant Cuvier, moins de 7 rayons aux 
ouies; j’ai vu dans une espéce voisine l’intestin & deux replis, la langue 
Apre, 12 coecums, organes génitaux triangulaires, vertébres 9 4+ 13. La base 
du crane présente dans l’espéce actuelle un caractére remarquable: c’est un 
trou fort grand entre la grande aile et la base du sphénoide postérieur; ce 
trou n’a pas de communication avec l’intérieur du crane; il ne se retrouve 
pas dans les autres espéces. Les plus grands individus sont d’un pied de 
long. 

La femelle différe du male en ce que son corps est un peu plus court; ce 
qui parait étre du 4 la moindre distance qu’il y a entre la base des ventrales 
et l’anus; et c’est ce qui fait q’ayant ces nageoires plus courtes et non pro- 
longées en filament, elles atteignent au méme point. 

L’espéce la plus commune est sans doute l’Anthias macrophthalmus de Bloch 
pl. 319 (le mile) ; qu’il dit étre du Japon ; et dans son ouvrage posthume, du 
Tranquebar. Cuvier, considérant que auteur se trompe trés souvent sur 
Vorigine des poissons, le dit du Brésil, de la Martinique et de Cuba; mais 
l’autorité du Dr. Bleeker prouve assez qu’il est des Indes Orientales. Lacé- 


(* D’un brun rougeatre.) 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 


pede en fait son Lutjan macrophthalme. J’ignore pourquoi Bleeker a mis ce 
nom dans la synonymie de son Pr. Blochii, car Bloch a la priorité. Le grand 
nombre d’espéces contenues dans le genre Priacanthe, me fait croire qu’en 
bonne distribution géographique, les individus de la Havane ne sont pas les 
mémes que ceux des Indes Orientales. Ou pourrait méme croire que ceux 
qui ont été décrits par Cuvier sont différents; car il décrit le crane sans 
accuser le trou de sa base; sa hauteur est plus grande (le tiers de la lon- 
gueur), l’eil est plus grand (prés de la moitié de la téte); les rayons mous 
de la dorsale et de l’anale sont Apres, ce qui en meme temps permet de sup- 
poser que le premier rayon épineux est lisse. I] dit que, selon Plée, il arrive 
au poids de 8410 livres; on n’en trouve jamais 4 la Havane du poids de 
deux livres. 

Nous avons 4 Cuba deux autres espéces différentes: elles n’ont pas la base 
du crane percée, les épines de la dorsale et de l’anale sont trés Apres dans 
les deux sexes, la hauteur est le tiers de la longueur totale, ouverture pos- 
térieure des narines est plus courte, plus ouverte, plus verticale, la caudale 
coupée carrément, l’angle du préopercule plus long et dirigé en arriére; 
D. 10,13; A. 3, 14; les nageoires verticales marquées de bandes brunes. 
Ces deux espéces différent par les couleurs: l’une a le corps rouge, c’est le 
Pr. boops, Forst., Cepedianus, Desm., que Cuvier a pris pour le male du ma- 
crophthalmus; VYautre a le corps couvert de grandes taches arrondies, les 
unes d’un rouge clair, les autres d’un brun rougeAtre, c’est le Pr. cruentatus, 
Lac. Le Catalufa de Parra, pl. 22, f. 1, représente une femelle, qui peut étre 
rapportée au Pr. boops, et encore mieux & l’espéce que je décris. 


4, Cuapin; Parra. Tab. 17, fig. 1. 


Cette espéce ne saurait étre l’ O. bicaudale, puisque la caudale est carrée, 
le trone caudal porte une plaque antérieure sur son bord supérieure, le corps 
est d’une couleur uniforme, ainsi que la nageoire caudale. M. Graells 
m’écrit que l’exemplaire déposé au Muséum de Madrid est d’une couleur jauna- 
tre et sans taches; 4 plaques caudales, dont une antérieure, une autre pos- 
térieure et deux latérales, separées, vers le milieu. Parra ne signale qu’une 
seule plaque dans le texte et sur la figure. Est-ce que l’exemplaire de 
Madrid ne serait pas loriginal? Je n’en ai pas encore trouvé un semblable. 


4a. Cuapin, Parra. Tab. 1%, fig 2. 


J’attends sur cette espéce de nouveaux renseignements demandés 4 M. 
Graells. Ce savant Directeur du Musée de Madrid m’a écrit que l’exemplaire 
déposé a les squames bordées de noir. Ainsi lon pourrait avec doute rap- 
porter la figure de Parra a4 1’ O. guadricornis, L. M. Graells ajoute qu’on y voit 
de plus des lignes onduleuses brunes; il ne dit pas ot; et que les plaques 
caudales sont contigues au tronc, ce qui indique peut-étre qu’elles font partie 
du trone; car Parra dit qu’il n’y a pas de plaques. 


5. ALUTERA PICTURATA, Poey. 


Individu décrit, 650 mill. Corps trés prolongé: sa hauteur, prise 4 la 
région pelvienne, est contenue 3 fois et trois quarts dans la longueur totale ; 
dont la téte, depuis le bout de la machoire inférieure jusqu’ 4 l’angle inféri- 
eure de l’ouverture branchiale, forme la 5e partie: la caudale en est le quart. 
Le profil de la téte formé une courbe rentrante en haut et en bas; ce qui 
constitue un museau aigu, qui termine par un avyancement remarquable de 
la machoire inférieure, comme un menton arrondi qui dépasse de beaucoup les 
dents. L’ouverture branchiale est oblique; et vers le dessus de son angle 
supérieure s’éléve l’ceil, qui est haut, séparé six fois son diamétre de l’extrémité 
de la machoire supérieure. L’ouverture des narines est prés de l’ceil. L’os 
pelvien caché sous la peau, est courbe; il ne présente vers la pointe aucune 
saillie, ni aucune aspérité dans son étendue; le fanon abdominal remonte 


1863.] 


184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


vers l’anus par une pente peu rapide et graduelle. La machoire supérieure 
porte de chaque cété trois dents incisives, qui augmentent en largeur de haut 
en bas; ily aen dedans deux dents plates latérales. La machoire inféri- 
eure en a aussi trois, l’antérieure plus large, les deux premiéres échancrées. 
Le rayon unique dont est formée la premitre dorsale, est situé au-dessus des 
deux tiers postérieur de l’orbite; il est gréle, légerement tourné en arriére ; 
il a la moitié de la hauteur du corps au-dessous de lui; son Apreté est im- 
perceptible, sa membrane et son sillon trés-courts. La 2e dorsale commence 
& une distance égale a une fois et deux tiers cette longueur, et s’étend davan- 
tage. L’anale est un peu plus longue et un peu plus en arriére ; voyez ci-dessous 
pour la hauteur. La caudale est plus longue que haute, a bord postérieur 
arrondi. La pectorale est courte et ronde. Les rayons mous excepté ceux 
de la caudale, sont simples, plats, articulés vers leur extrémité; ceux des 
nageoires moyennes ont leur base logée dans deux prolongements de la peau. 
L’extrémité de la caudale est plus longue et plus aigue dans le jeune 4ge. 
D.1-+ 45; A. 47; C.12; P.14 ou 15. La peau n’offre au toucher qu’un 
velours trés-ras: vue 4 la loupe, ou y distingue de petits grains, qui 4 un 
plus grand grossissement montrent une pointe épineuse. Il n’y a pas de 
brosse caudale, pas méme dans le male. La couleur est d’un brun d’olive 
médiocrement foncé. Les nageoires sont jaunatres, excepté la caudale qui 
est bleudtre. Iris jaune. Les contours de la bouche sont roses. L’estomac 
est continu avec l’intestin, la rate est arrondie. Vertébres 7 +14. On 
écorche ce poisson pour le manger: sa chair est trés blanche et succulen te. 

La figure de Parra (pl. 22, f. 1, Lya-trompa), que je rapporte 4 cette espéce, 
a induit en erreur M. Hollard, qui en a fait un Monacanthe. En effet, Parra 
lui donne un developpement pelvien excessif. M. Graells m’a écrit que cela 
se voit ainsi sur l’original conservé 4 Madrid; mais il est possible que cet 
original mal bourré ait servi de modéle au dessinateur. Ce qui le prouverait, 
c’est que Parra lui-méme, en décrivant le Monacanthe nommé par lui Jija- 
colorada, dit ‘que le ventre forme un angle saillant, en quot id différe de la 
Lija-trompa.” Parra ajoute que la caudale est beaucoup plus large que longue ; 
c’est le seul caractére qui me déroute. 

L’espéce la plus voisine est le Balistes levis de Bloch, qu’il dit se trouver en 
Europe, Asie et Amérique: ses couleurs offrent quelques différences. Quant 
& la patrie, nous sommes maintenant certains que c’est un poisson de l’Archi- 
pel Indien, d’aprés le témoignage de l’infatigable et savant ichthyologiste Dr. 
P. Bleeker. M. Hollard le fait venir de l’Océanie, de Bahia et de la Caroline 
du Sud. La description que M. Hollard fait de l’Alutera levis, dans les Ann. 
des Sc. Nat., 4e série, tome 4, p. 15, n’est pas d’accord avec la mienne: j’en 
donne ici un extrait, et je renferme les différences entre parenthéses. ‘‘ Rayons 
de lanale 49 (47). La hauteur de l’épine dorsale dépasse un peu le quart de 
la hauteur du corps (elle dépasse le tiers et méme les deux cinquiémes). La 
dorsale molle et ’anale atteignent la méme hauteur que l’épine (la moitié ; 
car elle n’est pas le quart de la hauteur du corps): elles s’abaissent notable- 
ment dans leur moitié posterieure (presque pas). Long. 470 mill. caudale 
150, région céphalique 120 (long. 650, caud. 170, rég. céph. 130 au moins; ce 
qui rend ces deux parties plus courtes).” La différence de la queue peut 
dépendre de l’4ge, comme lindique un individu de ma collection long de 530 
mill,; mais il n’en est pas ainsi de la rég. céph. qui est de 98 mill. comprise 
cing fois et demie dans la longueur totale. Ignorant la patrie de l’individu 
décrit par M. Hollard, et ayant égard aux travaux antérieurs du Dr. Bleeker, 
je laisse le nom de A. levis & l’espéce de l’Archipel. Indien. 


’ 


6. ALUTERA GUNTHERIANA, Poey. 


Individu décrit, 510 mill. Ilse distingue au premier coup-d’ceil par une 
protubérance, qui appartient plutdt au gosier qu’au menton ; sa région pelvi- 
enne forme une courbe qui fait suite réguliérement & la peau de l’abdomen. 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 


Le corps est trés comprimé. La bouche est petite, le museau obtus. Sa hau- 
teur est le tiers de la longueur totale. La téte, prise depuis l’angle interne 
de l’ouverture branchiale, y est comprise un peu plus de cing fois. L’cil est 
séparé trois fois son diamétre de la ligne médiane dorsale, et six fois de l’ex- 
trémité du museau. La fente branchiale est trés oblique, et sa moitié antéri- 
eure dévance l’orbite. Les narines ont deux ouvertures rapprochées, placées 
Vune devant l’autre; assez prés de l’w@il. D’aprés ce que mon dessin, de profil, 
permet de croire, les dents seraient comme dans l’espéce précédente. L’épine 
dorsale est gréle, non dentée, terminant en pointe déliée, presque droite, 
tournée en arriére; son sillon est court; sa hauteur fait les deux tiers de la 
hauteur du corps au-dessous d’elle, c’est presque les deux tiers de la plus 
grande hauteur du corps; son point d’attache est au-dessus ou un peu en 
avant du bord antérieur de l’eil. La ligne du dos remonte un peu en ligne 
droit, dés ce point. La 2e dors. est aussi éloignée de l’épine, que celle-ci l’est 
du bout du museau. L’anale est presque aussi avancée, et tant soit peu plus 
étendue. Ces deux nageoires sont peu relevées sur le devant (une fois et trois 
quarts le diamétre de l’eil), et décroissent graduellement en arriére, ou elles 
n’offrent que le tiers ou le quart de la hauteur antérieure. La pecto- 
rale est arrondie. La caudale est au moins deux fois aussi haute que longue: 
elle est coupée verticalement, de maniére 4 présenter son bord postérieur 
sinué, c’est-a-dire, convexe au milieu, et terminée en deux pointes courtes 
qui avancent un peu moins que la convexité.* D.1-+ 48; A. 51; P.14; 
C.12. Je n’ai pas la peau sous les yeux; mais mon dessin représente les 
squames formées de plusieurs grains microscopiques, qui n’ont pas été vus 
présentément 4 la loupe: ils sont doux au toucher. La couleur est plombée ; 
mais le gosier et le dessous du ventre sont blanchatres. Ily a sur la nuque 
et le long du dos de petites taches brunes. Les flancs sont ornés de traits 
bien différents, tantot circulaires, tantdt allongés. Ces traits disparaissent 
promptement; c’est pourquoi Parra ne les a pas représentés dans sa Lija- 
barbuda, pl. 22, f. 1, qui est VYespéce actuelle. L’ceil est doré, avec quelques 
ondes obscures. Les nageoires sont orangées, excepté la caudale, qui est 
d’une couleur de plomb bien foncée. 

Ce ne saurait étre l’Aluterus anginosus de M. Hollard, qui l’a yu en nom- 
breux exemplaires au Musée de Paris, tous des Indes Orientales. Je ne le 
trouve pas cité dans l’)Hnumeratio Piscium du Dr. Bleeker. Les individus 
décrits par M. Hollard, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 4e série, vol. 4, p. 11, ont l’épine 
dorsale courte, et la caudale arrondie. D.49; A. 53. 


7. MonacaANTHUS PARRAIANUS, Poey. 


C’est le Iija-colorada, Parra, p.49,tab. 23. Il ne différe du M. stratus, Poey 
(Mém., v. ii.p. 239) qu’en ce que: 1° il n’a que deux paires de grosses €pines 
sur le trone caudal; 2°iln’a pas de brosse au-devant dela queue; 3°il n’a pas 
le dessin en forme de selle indiqué par le nom de stratus. D. 13, A. 31. Ces diffé- 
rences appartiendraient-elles ausexe feminin? L’individu de ma collectiona 
de long. 330 mill. Lacouleur uniforme d’un brun jaunftre, sans taches blan- 
chatres arrondies, le distingue du M. macrocerus, Holl., dont j’ai une femelle 
de 360 mill. 

8. MEsopRionN cynopon, Cuy. 


Cuvier, Histoire de Poissons, vol. 2, p. 465. 

Vulg. Cubera. 

J’ai cru longtemps que le poisson nommé a la Havane Caballerote, répon-- 
dait au jeune Age de celui qui est connu sous le nom de Cubera; mais je me 
suis détrompé en comparant deux individus du méme 4ge, dont je vais donner: 
une description minutieuse. Je croyais également que la figure produite par- 


* La nature des rayons est comme dans l’espéce antérieure. 


1863.] 14 


186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Parra sous le nom de Caballerote appartenait au Cubera, & cause de son mu- 
seau court et du maxillaire allongé; je l’ai méme ainsi témoigné dans le 
Conspectus de mes Mémoires. J’ai changé d’opinion; 1° parce que j’ai su de 
M. Graells que l’original déposé au Musée de Madrid, n’a que 380 mill. de 
long; 2° parce que le nom de Caballerote, donné par Parra, doit étre pris en 
considération ; 3° parce qu’on doit croire que la figure de Parra est inexacte, 
lorsqu’on voit la méme inexactitude reproduit sur la fig. du Mésoprion Jocu, 
qui a le museau prolongé et le maxillaire court. 

Individu décrit, 350 mill. Le profil de la téte n’est pas aigu; la ligne du 
front est courbe. La hauteur est comprise 3 fois et 5-6 dans la longueur 
totale; la téte y est 3 fois et 1-5. L’ceil est haut, il fait le 16¢ de la longueur 
totale ; il est contenu 5 fois et } dans la téte; et de son centre & l’extrémite 
de l’opercule, il y a 3 fois son diamétre. Les deux ouvertures de la narine 
sont aussi rapprochées entre elles que l’ouverture postérieure l’est de l’orbite ; 
Vouverture antérieure plus petite que l’autre, est au tiers de la distance qui 
sépare l’ceil du bout du museau. Ces mesures changent avec l’Age, en sui- 
vant les changements de l’eil. Le préopercule est sinueux, 4 cause d'une 
échancrure située au-dessus de son angle, qui est obtus; sa branche mon- 
tante est trés finement dentelée, les denticulations de l’angle sont plus mar- 
quées. La bouche est grande, car le maxillaire pris au compas et reporté 
sur l’ceil, atteint le milieu de la pupille ; et mesuré sur le dessin, c’est 4 dire 
avec la diminution qu’exige la perspective, il est contenu sept fois dans la 
longueur du poisson. Les dents sont sur deux rangées: l’externe de la 
mAchoire supérieure composée de chaque céte de 12 dents aigués, écartées, la 
le médiocre, la 2e grande et forte, comme une canine, les autres petites, dé- 
croissant en longueur; l’interne forme une bande triangulaire en velours, 
étroite en arriére, et finissant au milieu de la m&choire. Les dents externes 
de la machoire inférieure commencent par une canine médiocre, vient aprés 
un espace libre pour loger la canine supérieure, puis dix dents dont les cing 
premitres médiocres, aigues, écartées, les dernitres trés petites; en dedans il 
y a une bande étroite en velours, aussi courte que celle d’en haut. La 1e 
dorsale commence au-dessus de la pointe operculaire; sa partie épineuse est 
plus étendue que l’autre; le 3¢ rayon est le plus haut, le ler n’a que la moitié 
de cette hauteur, le 2e garde un terme moyen; les autres décroissent gra- 
duellement jusqu’au dernier, qui est aussi long que le précédent et se rappro- 
che de la partie molle. Les rayons articulés sont médiocrement branchés, 
surtout 4 la dorsale. L’anale commence au-dessous du 3e rayon articulé de 
la dorsale; ses rayons épineux sont d’une longueur et d’une force médiocres: 
ces deux nageoires sont médiocrement hautes, et se terminent en angle arrondi, 
la dorsale un peu plus en arriére. Les pectorales et les ventrales sont larges, 
& pointe peu aigue; les pectorales font la moitié de la longueur de la téte. 
La caudale est taillée en croissant. D. 10,14; A.3,8; P.17; V.1,5. La 
ligne latérale n’a pas de courbure bien notable ; elle est surmontée en ayant 
par l’os scapulaire, qui forme une écaillure. Les écailles sont aussi hautes que 
longues, trés finement ciliées et pcnctuées ; leur éventail commence sur les 
cotés et prend tout le bord radical, montrant environ 40 brins ou stries 
courtes; elles sont assez grandes, et quoique je ne les ai pas comptées, je les 
crois égales 4 celles de l’éspéce qui suit, 45 sur une ligne longit., 14 en travers 
au-dessous de la ligne latérale, 5 au-dessus. La téte n’a des écailles qu’ & 
Vopercule, aux joues et sur une partie des tempes ; il n’y en a pas sur l’inter- 
opercule, ni au limbe du préopercule; mon dessin n’en présente pas entre 
les rayons mous des nageoires moyennes; il serait possible qu’il n’y en eut 
pas, d’autant plus que la partie du corps ou est attachée l’anale, ne présente 
aucune saillie; ce que j’aurais de la peine 4 expliquer par l’inexactitude du 
dessinateur, car ce serait avoir une trop mauvaise opinion de moi-méme. I] 
est d’un brun un peu violet, avec des reflets dorés sur une partie de l’écaille ; 
nageoires vineuses, iris brun. Le crane est comprimé, la créte occipitale 


[June, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 


basse, l’occipito-pariétale haute et rapprochée de la ligne moyenne; sa base 
est de 68 mill. Les vertébres sont 10 + 14, les six premiéres abdominales sans 
apophyses latérales, les quatre suivantes en portent de grandes formant l’an- 
neau excepté sur l’antérieure. Intestin 4 deux replis, foie court, vésicule du fiel 
allongée, 5 coecums dont deux plus longs, vessie aérienne fibreuse, résistante. 
Ce poisson a bon got; on en prend beaucoup 4 Matanzas; on en voit rare- 
ment & la Havane, parce qu’on le croit malfaisant. Il atteint le poids de 120 
livres et davantage; sa voracité est trés grande. Il apparait 4 Cienfuegos 
abondamment en Juin, Juillet, et Aowit quelques jours aprés la nouvelle lune. 
On a tort de croire (Voyez mes Mém., p. 388) qu’il a une grosse canine de 
plus que le Caballerote: il ne faut pas se laisser tromper par les dents de re- 
change. Schomburgh l’a trouvé 4 la Barbade. L’espéce décrite par Cuvier 
a 9 rayons mous & l’anale: elle est de St. Domingue, et il a cru la recon- 
naitre dans le Caballerote de Parra. 


9. Mesoprion CaBALLEROTE, Bloch. 
Anthias Caballerote, Bl. Schn., p. 310. 
Caballerote, Parra, tab. 25, f. 1. 
Vulg. Caballerote. 

Je vais suivre la description antérieure, et je n’exprimerai que les diffé- 
rences; les autres caractéres sont les mémes. L’individu décrit a également 
350 mill. Le profil de la téte est aigu, la ligne du front presque droite. La 
hauteur est comprise 3 fois $ dans la longueur totale. L’cil n’est pas aussi 
haut que dans l’espéce antérieure; il est contenu 5 fois dans la téte, et de son 
centre 4 la partie antérieure de la pupille, il y a3 fois son diamétre. Les deux 
ouvertures de la narine sont plus rapprochées entre elles, que louverture 
postérieure ne l’est de lorbite ; ouverture antérieure est au milieu de la dis- 
tance qui sépare l’ceil de la partie postérieure de l’os intermaxillaire abstrac- 
tion faite de V’apophyse montante. Le maxillaire atteint au bord postérieur 
de l’orbite, contenu 8 fois et demie dans la longueur du poisson. La ler dor- 
sale commence un peu en arriére de la pointe operculaire; son 4¢ rayon est 
le plus grand; le ler n’est que le quart, le 2e les deux tiers, le 3e les # (Je ne 
les vois pas toujours ainsi dans tous mes dessins.) Les pectorales font les 
3-5 de la téte. Il y a quelques écailles sur l’interoperculaire ; il y en a entre 
les rayons mous de la dorsale et de l’anale, surtout 4 l’anale qui est attachée 
& une saillie arrondie du corps. La téte est rose, d’un brun rougeatre en 
dessus; le trone est brundtre en dessus, rougedtre sur les flancs, ce qui est 
du & la couleur centrale des écailles; le ventre est rose. La dorsale et la 
caudale sont violacées; les rayons de la dorsale molle sont rougeatres ; les 
autres nageoires tirent sur le rouge. L’ceil est d’un brun jaunatre. La base 
du crine a 76 mill. de long, ce qui tient au prolongement de la partie préor- 
bitaire; les apophyses articulaires du frontal antérieur obéissent 4& cette 
direction, et deviennent plus obliques. Je n’ai pas sous les yeux les verte- 
bres mais je sais que les six premiers sont comme dans le WM. cynodon. 

Ce poisson est trés commun au poids d’une ou deux livres; son plus 
grand poid est de 8 livres. On voit sous le méme nom des variétés qui, mieux 
étudiées formeraient peut-étre des espéces distinctes: les unes ont une ligne 
sous-orbitaire de points bleus, comme nos Mésoprions Jocu et Caji; d’autres 
ont les séries d’écailles sinueuses au-dessus de la ligne latérale vers la queue; 
d’autres ont des bandes transverses, ce que je n’ai vu qu’une seule fois sur un 
poisson vivant. Les Caji (Mes. griseus, flavescens, linea) et le Jocu ont le 
museau plus prolongé. 


10. Spuyr=na Picupa, Poey. 


J’enléve le nom spécifique & Bloch par les raisons suivantes; 1° parce 
que lenom n’est pas entiérement de Bloch, puisque c’est le nom vulgaire 
donné par Parra; 2° parce que Bloch n’en fait qu’une variété de I’ soz Sphy- 


1863.] 


188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


rena, L., et c’est moi qui réellement ai nommé l’espéce; 3° parce qu’il n’est 
pas permis de donner des noms propres aux variétés, et l’on ne doit pas en 
sanctionner l’usage; 4° parce que c’est moi qui ai fait reconnaitre cette 
espéce, en la comparant avec les Sph. Becuna, Barracuda, Guaguanche, Picu- 
dilla, dans mes Mém. sur l’Hist. Nat. de Cuba, vol. 2. Bloch n’a rien ajouté 
& Parra, dont il a copié la figure. 


May 5.—Mr. Lea read part of a letter from T, Rupert Jones, F. R.S., 
Prof. of Mineralogy and Geology in the Royal Military College at Sandhurst, 
England, in which he informs Mr. Lea that he has been engaged many years in 
the examination of fossil Hstherix, and was about to publish a monograph in 
which he recognises the species described by Mr. Lea, as Posidonia ovata, from 
Phenixville, Pa., and those near ‘Richmond, Va., in the “ Estherian shales” 
(Trias) of these localities, and states that ‘‘ Hstheria ovata, Lea, is as important 
in the paleontology of North America as H. minuta is in Europe,” but that its 
exact geological place is not defined without difficulty. 

Prof. Jones also communicates to Mr. Lea, a very important observation in 
recognizing Cypricardia Leidyi, Lea, published in our Proceedings in 1855. 
Some specimens of this “ enigmatical fossil” were found in the carboniferous 
strata in England, 26 years ago, andit is also almost as rare there as it is here. 
The specimen described by Mr. Lea was found by Dr. Leidy, and is the only 
one which has been found in this great mass of red shale, (Formation No. xi. 
of the Penn. Survey.), There was always a doubt in Mr. Lea’s mind, whether 
this species belonged to Cypricardia, but in the absence of observation as to’ 
the teeth, it was impossible to decide with certainty. Professor Jones finds 
two varieties of the same species in the Coal Measures near Manchester and in 
Fifeshire, and considering that they do not belong to the genus Cypricardia, 
proposes to form them into a new genus, and in his paper to be published by 
the Paleontological Society, he will give diagnoses and illustrations of the 
American species and European varieties, under the name of Leaia Leidyi. 
That from Lancashire he calls variety Williamsoniana, and that from Fifeshire, 
as variety Salteriana. 


duly 7th. 


The President, Mr. Lua, in the Chair. 
Twelve members present. 


July 14th. 
The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 


Eleven members present. 


July 21st. 
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. 


Thirteen members present. 
Mr. Kilvington presented to the notice of the Academy specimens * 
of Rhus Cestricus, Darl., a plant first detected by him. 
The following papers were presented for publication : 
[July, 


— 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189 


Description of a new genus of Cherojulis from North Carolina. By 
Theo. Gill. 

On an unnamed generic type allied to Sebastes. By Theo. Gill. 

Notes on the Picide, with descriptions of new and little known 
species. By John Cassin. 

Description of a new species of Unio and a Monocondylea from 
Siam. By Isaac Lea. 


July 28th. 
Mr. CAssIn in the Chair. é 


Nine members present. 
On report of the respective committees, the following papers were 
ordered to be published: 


Description of Eleven New Species of EXOTIC UNIONIDZ. 
BY ISAAC LEA. 


Unio pexicaTus.—Testd levi, ellipticd, subinflata, inequilaterali; valvulis 
subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis et granulatis ; epidermide 
stramined, eradiati; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis, crenulatis, in 
utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis rectisque ; mar- 
garita albida et iridescente. 

Hab.—River Orontes, Syria. OC. M. Wheatley. 


Unic Bourguienatianus.—Testa levi, obliquai, inflaté, inequilaterali, ad 
latere parum planulat&é; valvulis percassis, antice crassioribus; natibus 
prominentibus, tumidis; epidermide, stramined, eradiata; dentibus cardinali- 
bus magnis, erectis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus, subcompressis, corrugatis 
crenulatisque ; lateralibus prelongis, crassis, corrugatis subcurvisque; mar- 
garita alba et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Tigris River at Mosul, Asia Minor. C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio pienatus.—Testa levi, valdé obliqu4, inflaté, ad apices turmida, valdé 
inequilaterali, ad latere parum planulata ; valvulis percrassis, anticé crassiori- 
bus ; natibus prominentibus, tumidis, incurvis, terminalibus, ad apices parum 
granulatis; epidermide vel luteo vel luteo-fuscd, micante, eradiata; dentibus 
cardinalibus erectis, compressis et crenulatis; lateralibus prelongis, lamellatis 
subcurvisque ; margarita argentea et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—River Tigris at Bagdad. OC. M. Wheatley. 


Unio rasus.—Testa levi, lata, inflata, valdé inzequilaterali; valvulis crassis, 
anticé crassioribus; natibus prominentibus, ad apices parum undulatis; epi- 
dermide rasa, diluté straminea, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus compressis, 
corrugatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus prelongis, 
corrugatis subrectisque; margarita argented et parum iridescente. 

Hab.—Assyria. OC. M. Wheatley. 


Unio Syriacus.—Testa sulcata, subellipticd, inflata, valdé inzequilaterali ; 
valvulis subtenuibus, anticé incrassatis; natibus prominentibus, tumidis ; 
epidermide tenebroso-olivacea, eradiati; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, 
acuminatis, subcompressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus parvius- 
culis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita albid4 et iridescente. 

Hab.—River Orontes, Syria, OC, M. Wheatley. 


1863.] 


190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Unio Damascensis.—Testd levi, quadrata, compressa, valdé inzquilaterali ; 
valvulis crassiusculis, anticé crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices 
crebré et obliqué undulatis; epidermide luteo-viridi et obsoleté radiata ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo- 
duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita argentea et 
iridescente. 

Hab.—River Barado, Damascus, Asia Minor. C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio OnonTEesensis.—Test& levi, quadrata, inflata, valdé inequilaterali; val- 
vulis parum crassis, anticé crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices cre- 
bre et minuté undulatis; epidermide rufo-fusci, obsoleté radiata ; dentibus 
cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, acuminatis, crenulatis, in utroque val- 
vulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel aibida 
vel diluté purpurea et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—River Orontes, Syria. C.M. Wheatley. 


Unto Mosuensis.—Testa levi, ellipticé, subinflata, valdé inzquilaterali; val- 
vulis crassiusculis, anticé crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices minuté 
undulatis; epidermide straminei, micante, eradiati; dentibus cardinalibus 
parviusculis, corrugatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus 
longis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—River Tigris at Mosul. C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio TRipartitus.—Testa sulcata, subelliptic’, subinflaté, subequilaterali ; 
valvulis crassis, anticé crassioribus; natibus prominentibus, solidis, parum 
undulatis; epidermide virido-lutedi, obsoleté radiaté, micante; dentibus 
cardinalibus crassis, valdé corrugatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; laterali- 
bus curvatis, percrassis, corrugatis et in valvulo sinistro tripartitibus ; margari- 
ti diluté salmonia et elegantissimé iridescente. 

Hab.—Jillingee River, India. Dr. Burrough. 


MonoconDyYL@A comPREssA.—Testa levi, transversa, valdé inzquilaterali, 
valdé compressa, ad latere planulatd, posticé angulata, anticé rotundatd ; val- 
vulis pertenuibus; natibus vix prominentibus, ad apices undulatis; epider- 
mide micante, olivaced, obsoleté radiat&i; dente cardinali, in dextra valvula 
solum et minimus; margarita albida et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Siam, C.M. Wheatley. 


Ayoponta Datiastana.—Testd levi, subellipticd, subinflati, inzquilaterali, 
posticé obtusé angulataé, anticé rotundatai; valvulis tenuibus, subdiaphinis ; 
natibus subelevatis, ad apices granulatis; epidermide luteo-viridi et tene- 
brosa, eradiata; margarita czruleo-alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Winnepeg, at the mouth of the Saskatchewan River. R. Kennicott. 


Description of a new species of UNIO and a MONOCONDYLGA. 
BY ISAAC LEA. 


Unio Laosrnsis.—Test& levi, arcuatd, in medio compressé, valdé ine#qui- 
laterali, anticd et posticd rotundatd; valvulis subcrassis; natibus prominulis, 
subcompressis ; epidermide tenebroso-fuscai vel rufo-fusca, posticé obsolete 
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, striatis, lobatis; lateralibus longis, cor- 
rugatis subrectisque; margarita alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Laos Mountains, Cambodia, Siam. Monsieur Mouhot, per H. Cuming, 
Esq. 

MownoconpyL@a Movnotn.—Testa levi, ovata, compressa, valde insequilate- 
rali, antic rotund4, posticé, subbiangulata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus promi- 
nulis; epidermide luteo-fusca, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvissimis, 
lobatis; margarita albida et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—Ulaos Mountains, Cambodia, Siam. Monsieur Mouhot, per H. Cuming, 


Esq. 
(July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 


Descriptions of twenty-four New Species of UNIONIDZ of the United States. 
BY ISAAC LEA. 


Unio RALEIGHENSIS.—Testa levi, inflata, valdé inzquilaterali, posticé ob- 
tusé biangulata, anticé rotundati; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus; nati- 
bus subprominentibus; epidermide luteo-fusca vel-fusc4, valdé radiata ; dentibus 
cardinalibus parviusculis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis, 
lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita alb& vel purpurea et iridescente. 

Pe ha River, six miles east of Raleigh, N. Carolina, HE. Emmons, 

5 ADE 


Unio CHaRrLoTTensis.—Testa levi, elliptici, sudcompressa, ineequilaterali, ad 
latere parum planulataé; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé crassioribus; natibus vix 
prominentibus; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd, eradiati; dentibus cardinalibus 
parvissimis, compressis, valdé obliquis; lateralibus parviusculis, lamellatis et 
acuminatis ; margarita albidA et iridescente. 

Hab.—Near Charlotte, Mecklenberg County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unio MECKLENBERGENSIS.—Test& levi, elliptici, subcompressa, inzquilaterali, 
ad latere parum planulata, posticé biangulata, anticé rotundata ; valvulis crassis, 
anticé crassioribus; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, obsoleté ra- 
diata ; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, striatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus 
longis, lamellatis corrugatisque; margarita albidd4 vel purpurea et valdé iri- 
descente. 

Hab.—Near Charlotte, Mecklenberg County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unio GasTonensis.—Testa levi, subelliptica, valdé inzquilaterali, ad latere 
planulata, posticé vix biangulaté, anticé rotund’; valvulis crassiusculis, an- 
ticé crassioribus; natibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-fusci, eradiata ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, in valvulo sinistro tripartitibus ; lateralibus 
longis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita purpurescente et iridescente. 

Hab.— Mine Creek, Gaston County, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio WELponensis.—Testa levi, elliptica, subinflata, sublenticulari, posticé 
subbiangulata, anticé rotunda ; valvulis subcrasssis, anticé parum crassioribus ; 
natibus subprominentibus ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca vel virido-fusci, radi- 
ati; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplici- 
bus; lateralibus, prelongis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarita alb& vel pur- 
purea et iridescente. 

Hab.—Roanoke River, at Weldon, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unio aABERRANS.—Test4 levi, oblonga, subinflata, valdé inwquilaterali, ad 
latere planulata, posticé obtusé biangulata, anticé rotundata ; valvulis crassi- 
usculis, anticé crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide luteo- 
fusca, valdé radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; 
lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque; magarit& ceruleo-alb& vel purpu- 
rea et iridescente. 

Hab.—Neuse River, six miles east of Raleigh, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, 
M. D. 


Unio CHAaTHaMENsIS.—Testa, levi, lato-elliptici, subcompressi, valde inequi- 
laterali, posticé obtusé biangulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus, an- 
ticé parum crassioribus; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca vel 
tenebrosa, viridi, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, crenulatis, in utroque 
valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarité alba 
vel purpurea et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—Rocky River, Chatham County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.; and 
James River, near Richmond, Major Le Conte. 


Unio meprocris.—Testa levi, lato-elliptici, subinflata, valdé inequilaterali’ 


1863.] 


192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


posticé subbiangulata, anticé rotundati; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé parum 

crassioribus; natibus prominulis; epidermide luteo-fusca, valdé radiata ; denti- 

bus cardinalibus parvis, striatis, crenulatis; lateralibus longis, lamellatis 

subrectisque ; margarit&é albida vel purpurea et valdé iridescente. 
Hab.—Neuse River, Raleigh, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unto squatipus.—Testé levi, subinflata, valdé inzequilaterali, posticé subbi- 
angulata, anticé rotundaté; valvulis subcrassis, anticé parum crassioribus ; 
natibus prominentibus; epidermide furva, squalid’, imbricatdé, eradiata ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parvulis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; late- 
ralibus sublongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margariti czruleo-alba vel purpu- 
rea et iridescente. 

Har.—Neuse River, near Raleigh; Roanoke, near Weldon; and Deep River, 
N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unio Livinesronensis.—Test4 levi, oblongd, subinflatd, fere alata, valdé in- 
zquilaterali,posticé obtusé biangulata, anticé rotundata; valvulis subtenuibus ; 
natibus subprominentibus; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, eradiata vel obsoleté 
radiati; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, lobatis ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis sub- 
rectisque; margarita cwruleo-alb& vel purpurea vel salmoniaé et valde iride- 
scente. 

Hab,—Livingston’s Creek, Brunswick County, North Carolina, E. Emmons. 
M. D. 


UNIO QUADRILATERUS.—Testa levi, oblongd, subinflata, ad latere planulata, 
inequilaterali, posticé biangulat& et truncatéi; valvulis crassiusculis ; 
natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, 
eradiata vel obtuse radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, tuberculatis, 
in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque ; 
magarité albida vel purpurea vel salmoniad et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Abbeville District, South Carolina, Dr Barratt. Neuse River, Ra- 
leigh and Catawba River, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley. 


Unio Lucipus.—Testa levi, elliptica, inflati, valdé inequilaterali, postic® 
subbiangulata, anticé rotunda; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis; epi- 
dermide rufo-fusc& vel fusco-virente, radiata, ad latere micante; dentibus car- 
dinalibus parvis, obtuso-conicis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lat- 
eralibus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margariti ceruleo-alb& et valdé 
iridescente. 

Hab.—Livingston’s Creek, Brunswick County, North Carolina, E. Emmons, 
M. D. 


Unio nasutipus.—Testa levi, valdé transversi, compressd, ad latere planulata, 
valde inequilaterali, posticé acuté acuminata, anticé obliqué rotundata ; valvulis 
subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis, feré terminalibus; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, 
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvissimis, acuminatis, in utroque valvulo 
duplicibus; lateralibus prelongis, tenuibus rectisque; margarita’ subsalmonia 
et valde iridescente. 

Hab.—Livingston’s Creek, Brunswick County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unio INDEFINILUS.—Testa levi, oblonga, inflat&, ad latere planulata, valdé 
inzequilaterali, posticé biangulata, anticé rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis, anticé 
parum crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide fusco-nigricante ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, tuberculatis, striatis; lateralibus longis, 
lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita alba, aliquanto purpurea et iridescente. 

Hab.—Long Creek, Mecklenberg County, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley ; and 
Neuse River, near Raleigh, E. Emmons, M. D. 


UNIo CISTELLEFORMIS.—Testa levi, oblongé, valdé inflata, ad latere plann- 
lata, ineequilaterali, posticé obtusé biangulataé, anticé rotunda; valvulis cras- 
siusculis; natibus prominulis; epidermide fusco-nigricante, eradiata; denti- 


[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193 


bus cardinalibus parvis, tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; laterali- 
bus sublongis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita*alba et iridescente. 
Hab.—Neuse River, near Raleigh, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unio WaccamMaweEnsis.—Testa levi, triangulari, inflati, ad latere planulata, 
valdé inzequilaterali, postict subbiangulata, anticé rotundata; valvulis tenuibus ; 
natibus prominentibus ; epidermide fusco-virente vel olivacea, obsoleté radiata ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parvissimis, compressis, obliquis, in utroque valvulo du- 
plicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita ceruleo-alba et iride- 
scente. 

Hab.—Waccamaw Lake, North Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unio PaRTEeNvIs.—Testa levi, obovata, inflata, sublenticulari, inequilaterali, 
posticé obtusé biangulari, anticé rotundatd ; valvulis pertenuibus, anticé parum 
crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices rugoso-undulatis ; epider- 
mide virente et radiis indutis; dentibus cardinalibus parvissimis, compres- 
sis, obliquis; lateralibus acicularis rectisque; margarita ceruleo-alba et valdé 
iridescente. 

Hab.—Neuse River, near Raleigh N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 

Unio peRLUCENS.—Testa levi, elliptica, snbinflaté, valdé inequilaterali ; val- 
vulis subtenuibus, anticé parum crassioribus; natibus prominulis; epidermide 
luteo-virente, perlutescens et radiis indutis; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, 
compressis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamel- 
latis subrectisque; margarita ceruleo-alba et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Six Runs, Sampson County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unio perLatus.—Testa levi, perlata, valdé compressa, ad latere planulata, 
valdé inzquilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus, anticé parum crassioribus; natibus 
prominulis, ad apices undulatis; epidermide fusco-virente, obsoleté radiata ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parvissimis, tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; 
lateralibus prelongis, acicularis rectisque ; margarita ceruleo-alba et valdé iri- 
descente. 

Hab.— Black Rock Landing, Cape Fear River, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, 


M. D. 


Unio viripuLus.—Testa levi, transversa, subcompressa, ad latere planulata, 
valdé inequilaterali ; valvalis tenuibus, anticé ad marginem parum crassioribus ; 
natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide virente, obsoleté radiata, 
valdé polita ; dentibus cardinalibus parvissimis, tuberculatis ; lateralibus longis, 
acicularis subrectisque; margarita ceruleo-alba et iridescente. 

Hab.—Neuse River, near Raleigh, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D. 


Unio asLatus.—Testa levi, oblonga, subinflata, ad latere parum planulata, 
inzquilaterali, posticé biangulata; valvulis crassiusculis, auticé crassioribus ; 
natibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-castanea, eradiata, polité ; dentibus, 
cardinalibus parviusculis, tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; laterali- 
bus, longis, lamellatis rectisque; margarita salmonia, aliquantd albida& et 
valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Long Creek, Gaston County, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley ; N. Caroli- 
na, J. G. Anthony. 


Unio curatus.—Testa levi, elliptica, subinflata, ad latere parum planulata, 
inzquilaterali, posticé biangulata; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus; nati- 
bus prominulis ; epidermide crocea, eradiata, miscante; dentibus cardinalibus 
parviusculis, striatis, acuminatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus lon- 
gis, lamellatis subrectisque; magarita salmonia et valdé iridescente. 

Hab.—Sugar Creek, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley. 


ANODONTA DOLEARIS.—Testd levi, oblonga, valdé inflati, subequilaterali, 
posticée obdtusé biangulaté, anticé obiiqué rotundata; valvulis crassis; natibus 


1863.] 


194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


prominentibus et valdé inflatis; epidermide luteo-virente, valdé radiata et mi- 
cante; margarita diluté carnea et valde iridescente. 
Hab.—Stewart’s Milldam, Union County, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley. 


Anoponta Beatei.—Testa levi, ovato-oblonga, subinflata, inequilaterali, pos- 
ticé subbiangulata, anticé rotundata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus subprominenti- 
bus, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide olivaced, polita, obsoleté radiata ; marga- 
rita ceruleo-alb& et iridescente. 

Hab.—Leon County, Texas, Lieut. Beale. 


Notes on the PICIDZ, with descriptions of new and little known species, 
BY JOHN CASSIN. 


1. PICIDA. 


Since the completion of M. Malherbe’s great work on the Woodpeckers, ‘‘ Mo- 
nographie des Picidées,’’ the study of the birds of this family, so faras relates 
to a very large majority of the species, is a matter of the utmost facility. In 
the course of an examination of the species of this group in the Academy Mu- 
seum, I have been constantly impressed with the extraordinary research ex- 
hibited by M. Malherbe in this elaborate and complete Monograph. It must 
be regarded as one of the most important and valuable contributions ever 
made to Ornithological science, and is, assuredly, in comprehensive informa- 
tion and accuracy of detail, rarely to be equalled in the present age or any 
other. It is a model and paragon of Monographs, and a monument of pa- 
tient research, accurate knowledge and sound judgment. 

The collection of Woodpeckers, in the Academy Museum, at present embra- 
ces about three-fourths of the species given by M. Malherbe, and I have iden- 
tified all the specimens of every species in the collection except those described 
as new in this paper. The careful and usually very accurate figures of 
females and young birds given by him, have been of great service, and I have 
never before, in the investigation of any group, been able to thoroughly work 
up all specimens in however obscure or incomplete plumage. The following 
statement shows the number of species in M. Malherbe’s Monograph and the 
number in the Academy Museum, under his generic designations : 


Malh. Acad. 
Genera. Mon. Mus. 
Megapicus, Malh......... 14 ...... 13 (Wanting UZ. Sclateri, Malh.) 
DryOpicus, Mal eccncaesa lL ge suas 11 


( (Wanting P. mandarinus, Luciani, as- 

similis, atratus, undosus, uralensis, 

Pious, Linn accies nies OB.can 464 SUiBeue, , Wieglrayy teapeleeteaaamses 
eucurus, Felieie, auritus, canicapil- 

lus, meniscus, gymnophthalmus, kisuki, 


pygmeus.) 
Sphryapicus, Baird.... 3 3 4 
Picoides, Lacépéde...... 9 ..... 6 f Sy hockins: P. cayennensis, undulatus, un- 
Micropicus, Malh......... 3 histhsdee 3 
Dendropicus, Malh...... = I ep sh 8 (Wanting D. schoensis, Hemprichii.) 
Phaiopicus, Malh....... teense. 7 (Wanting P. sordidus, jugularis.) 


(Wanting C. Fraseri, multifasciatus, 
Celeopicus, Malh......... 20 ...... 13 ochraceus, flavicollis, semicinnamo- 
meus, smaragdinicollis, pyrrhotis.) 
: (Wanting M. tenionotus, murinus, nigri- 
Mesopicus, AYU Uercarpeen 25 Ooesee 204 ceps, Kirkii, sanguinolentus.) 4 


[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 


: Wanting J. De L tii, philippi 
Indopicus, Malh......... dh epaen af' Garon FSAPR ORTH ta ARPA 
Brahmapicus, Malh,.... 3 .... 3 
Chloropicoides, Malh... 6 ...... 5 (Wanting C. Grantia.) 

Chloropicus, Malh....... D4. o-dupn 22 (Wanting C. karelini, leucolemus.) 

: (Wanting C. maculosus, Caillaudi, capri- 
Chrysopicus, Malh...... 25 dese aif none : 

: (Wanting M. melanocephalus, Hermi- 
Melampicus, Malh...0. 13 sss. 104 Ae, eee ees , 
Xenopicus, Baird........ Us ecoer 1 ' ye ye 
Zebrapicus, Malh ...n... 15 ...-.- a eaontinn SOARES A ad a 

capillus.) 
Geopicus, Malh ......... BAG. 12 
(Wanting P. ocellatus, Castelnauii, squa- 
Picumnus, Zemm......... A eres 7 mulatus, Lafresnayti, rufoventris, Buf- 
fonii, Verreauzia.) 
Picumnoides, Malh...... So Bae. 2 (P. lachrymosus, Malh. wanting.) 
NEL PPA ie coceacasceec Beare 4 (Y. equatorialis, Rupp. wanting. 
295 233 


This statement is, however, to be regarded as founded strictly on the views 
of M. Malherbe, in a few particulars of which I have the misfortune to differ 
from him. Making deductions for species given by him as valid, which are 
very probably identical with others, (such as Picus Martine, Aud., Phillipsii, 
Aud. and some others) and additions for species recently described and not 
included by M. Malherbe, and also a few species given by him as synonyms, 
but which appear to me to be properly regarded as distinct, I have deter- 
mined 236 species of Woodpeckers in the Academy Museum. 


2. Picus scauanis, Wagler. 

Of the birds regarded as this species or varieties of it, or near allies, there 
seem to me to be several species, quite distinct from each other and probably 
inhabiting separate regions of North America. 


1. Picus Norra, Gambel. 

Malh. Mon. pl. xxiv. figs. 5, 6, 7. Baird, B. of N. A. pl. xli. fig. 1. 
Hab.—California. Spec. in Mus. Acad. Philada. 

In this species there is in the adult male a wide frontal and coronal space 
which is frequently clear black, but generally with the feathers having long 
narrow spots of white at their tips. Immediately succeeding the scarlet of 
the occiput is a narrow band of white and then a wide band of black. The 
back is very distinctly banded with black and white—the black bands being the 
wider. The two black stripes from the base of the lower mandible and from 
behind the eye unite and form a large black space on the side of the neck. 

This is a readily defined and easily recognized species and the largest of this 
group. It appears to be restricted to California. 

2. Picus scaLARIs, Wagler. 

Malh. Mon. pl. xxvii. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 
Hab.—Southern Mexico? Spec. in Mus. Acad. Philada. 

Plumage of the head above tipped with scarlet and with small medial or 
subterminal spots of white. Back with the transverse bands of black and 
white clearly defined but narrower and more numerous than in the preceding, 
but with the black bands the wider. Smaller than the above and easily distin- 
guished from that species. 

3. Picus LUCASANUS, Xantus. 

Picus lucasanus, Xantus, Proc. Acad. Philada., 1859, pp. 298, 302, (not 
figured), 


1863.] 


196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Hab.—Lower California. Spec. in Mus. Acad. Philada. 

Much resembling P. scalaris, but with the bill and feet stouter and the bill 
longer, white spots on the head larger and the black stripes on the back ra- 
ther narrower. 

Scarcely distinguishable from P. scalaris and hardly a species, but presents 
differences which may be constant as stated above. This bird has only been 
found in Lower California. 


4, Picus Barrpu, Sclater. 
Picus Bairdii, Sclater. Malh., Mon. i. p. 118. 
Malh. Mon. pl. xxvii. figs. 7, 8. Baird, B. of N. A. pl. xli. fig. 2. 
Hab.—New Mexico, Northern Mexico. Spec. in Mus. Acad. Philada. 
Generally similar to the last two species but with the white bands on the 
back wider than the black bands. Total length about 7 inches, wing 44, tail 24 
inches. 
All specimens from New Mexico and Northern Mexico appear to be this 
species, and it is that which has heretofore been regarded by the ornitholo- 
gists of this country as P. scalaris. 


5. Picus OrizaBzx, nobis. 

Picus scalaris, var. d’Orizaba, Malh. Mon. pl. xxvii. fig. 6. 
Hab.—Jalapa, Mexico, Eastern Mexico? Spec. in Mus. Acad. Philada. 

Similar to P. Bairdii but smaller, the brownish white stripe immediately 
below the scarlet of the head, extending over the eye and wider behind the 
eye than in P. Bairdii. White bands of the back wider than the black bands. 
Total length 63 inches, wing 4, tail 24 inches. 

Brought from Jalapa commonly, by M. D’Oca and seems to be the represen- 
tative of this group in Eastern Mexico. There are synonyms usually referred 
to P. scalaris which may be applicable to one or the other of these birds, but 
I cannot identify them. 


6. Picus vAGatus, nobis. 

Much smaller than either of the preceding, though belonging to the same 
group and especially resembling the two last described above. Male. Head 
above scarlet, all the feathers being black at base, with smal? white spots, 
which are more numerous on the front and vertex, stripes from the base of 
the lower mandible and behind the eye black, from the base of the upper man- 
dible and another over and behind the eye sordid or brownish white. Back 
and exposed surface of quills banded transversely with black and white, which 
on the back are about equal in width. Wing coverts black, with circular and 
oblong spots of white, upper tail coverts black. Under parts brownish white, 
with circular and irregular spots of black more numerous on the breast and 
sides and forming transverse bands on the flanks. Tail feathers black, two 
outer feathers on each side with white bands. Quills brownish black, with 
quadrangular or irregular spots of white on their outer webs, and large circu- 
lar spots of white on their inner webs. Bill and feet dark, short feathers on 
the nares fuliginous. 

Total length about 53 inches, wing 33, tail 2} inches. 

Hab.—Mexico? Spec. in Mus. Acad. Philada. 

Two specimens of this little species are in the Acad. Mus. from the Massena 
collection, but are unfortunately without labels indicating locality. They are, 
however, strictly of the same form and generic character as the birds above 
mentioned, and are probably from Mexico or Central America. This species is 
easily distinguished from all others of its intimate allies by its much smailer 
size as above described. It is not larger than Picus minor, Linn. 


3. Genus POLIPICUS, nobis. 
Belonging to the group Gecinine, G. R. Gray, and allied to the genus Geci- 


[July, 


"oe 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197 


nus, Boie, especially to a subgroup of which Gecinus puniceus (Horsf.) is the 
type. Small, bill nearly straight and rather wide at base, wing rather long, 
first quill very short, fourth, fifth and sixth longest, tail rather long and wide, 
feet short, outer hind toe longest, inner hind toe short. 

The present species is unusually small for a bird of the group to which I 
regard it as belonging. 


4. Poutpicus Exuiori, nobis. 

Wing rather long, first quill spurious, fifth slightly longest, tail long and 
wide. Female? Head above black, entire upper parts of body and wings of yel- 
lowish olive-green with a golden tinge on the exposed surface of shorter quills 
and with a reddish tinge on the upper tail coverts. Primaries brownish black, 
slightly edged with green on their outer webs and having large spots of yel- 
lowish white on their inner webs, shafts of quills on their under surface yel- 
lowish white. Tail brownish black, outer feathers with dull brownish white 
spots on their inner webs, under surface of tail tinged with pale greenish 
yellow. 

Superciliary line and cheeks dull bluff, throat and under parts of body 
greenish or yellowish white, paler and nearly pure white on the throat and 
darker on the breast, and the entire under parts with longitudinal stripes of 
brownish black, very narrow on the throat and wider on the breast. Flanks 
and under tail coverts with a few irregular bands, and sagittate spots of the 
same brownish black. Bill light brownish, lower mandible and tip of upper 
nearly white, feet probably light colored. Under wing coverts light yellowish 
white, with black spots. 

Total length, about 7 inches, wing 33, tail 3 inches. 

Hab.—River Muni, Western Africa. One specimen in Acad. Mus. from Mr. 
Duchaillu’s collection. 

This is a very curious little woodpecker, having the general form of and 
even a larger tail than usual in Gecinus, and in its group is quite remarkable 
for its small size. The present specimen is very probably a female, and I 
regret that no other of the species is in the collection of Mr. Duchaillu, from 
whom it was purchased. 

This bird is named in honor of my friend, Mr. Daniel Giraud Elliot, of New 
York, one of the most talented and enterprising of the young naturalists of 
the United States, who, in his ‘‘Monograph of the Pittide’’ has just com- 
pleted one of the most important as well as beautiful contributions to orni- 
thology ever made in this country. 


6. CAMPETHERA VESTITA, nobis. 

Allied to C. brachyrhyncha (Swains.) and C. nivosa (Swains.) and resembling 
the former, but larger, with the tail clear black, and the entire upper plumage 
darker golden green. 

Female? Head above brownish black, with numerous small spots of pale 
brownish white, entire upper parts of body and wings golden green, quills 
brownish black, with a few small spots of dull white on their outer webs. 
Tail black, with the middle feathers slightly edged with green, under surface 
with a greenish tinge, and with the shafts of the feathers yellow. Throat 
light reddish brown, with numerous small spots of black, entire under parts of 
body with transverse narrow bands of black and dull greenish yellow, paler on 
the abdomen, and with arufous tinge on the breast. Under wing coverts and 
inner edges of quills pale buff or fawn color (without spots) the latter having 
some irregular bands of the brownish black of the outer webs. Shafts of 
quills on their under surface yellow. Bill and feet bluish black. 

Total length about 74 inches, wing 4, tail 24 inches. 

Hab.—St. Paul’s River, Western Africa. One specimen in the Academy 
Museum from Dr. Robert MacDowall’s collection. 

The description is that very probably of a female specimen, of which I have 


1863.] 


198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


never seen a male, and which was received at the Academy in a very inte- 
resting collection from Dr. MacDowall, in 1841. This bird seems to be most 
nearly allied to C. brachyrhyncha (Swains.) also a West African species, of 
which several specimens are in the Acad. Mus., from Mr. Duchaillu’s collec- 
tion, but it differs not only in having the upper plumage a darker and golden 
green, and the tail clear lustrous black, but the under wing coverts are pale 
buff or fawn color, without spots, instead of nearly white and spotted with 
black, as in C. brachyrhyncha. It is also larger than that species. 

In colors and general appearance this bird bears a greater resemblance to 
the American woodpeckers, of the genus Chloronerpes, Swainson, especially to 


C. rubiginosus, Swain., than any other African species with which I am ac- 
quainted. 


7. CHRysopicus MALHERBEI, nobis. 

Resembling C. notatus (Licht.) and C. ethiopicus (Hemp. et Ehrenb.) but 
much smaller than the former and otherwise different from both. Head above 
from base of bill to occiput, scarlet, back and upper wing coverts and rump 
yellowish green, lighter on the back, with numerous, nearly circular and ob- 
long spots of greenish white, exposed surface of shorter quills yellowish olive 
green, tipped with yellowish white, (but without transverse bands, ) primaries 
dark brown, with small spots of yellowish white on their outer webs, and with 
large spots of the same color on theirinner webs. Sides of head and neck 
and entire under parts of body pale yellowish white, with nearly circular 
and oblong spots of black, larger on the breast and sides, smaller on the mid- 
dle of the abdomen and under tail coverts. Tail yellowish brown, with the 
shafts and tips of the feathers yellow, obscure transverse bands of a darker 
shade of brown on the outer feathers, under surface of tail greenish yellow. 
Under wing coverts pale yellowish white, with a few spots of black. Bill and 
feet dark plumbeous. Male? 

Total length about 6} inches, wing 33, tail 2} inches. 

Hab.—Zanzibar. Spec. in Mus. Acad., Philada. 

A single specimen of this species is from the Massena Collection, and is la- 
belled, ‘‘ Zanzibar’’ in the same hand-writing as some other specimens from 
the same locality. In general appearance this bird resembles the much 
larger C. notatus (Licht.) Malh. Mon., pl. 95, figs. 4, 5, 6. from which it differs, 
not only greatly in size, but in the color of the upper parts of the body, and in 
having the clearly-defined white circular spots of the back and coverts as de- 
scribed above. From C. nubicus (Gm.) Malh. Mon., pl. 93, figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 
this bird differs also in size and in the colors of the upper parts. It appears 
to be smaller also than C. wthiopicus (Hempr. & Ebrenb.) Malh. Mon., pl. 94, 
figs. 1, 2, 3, Ripp., Syst. Ueb., pl. 36, but differs in the color and circular spots 
of the upper parts, and has no transverse bands on the shorter quills nor tail 
as represented in the figures of that species. In the present and only speci- 
men, though the top of head and occiput are bright scarlet, there is no stripe 
from the base of the under mandible or moustache of that color. 

Although the specimen now described does bear a considerable resemblances 
to Picus notatus, Licht., which is expressly stated by Messrs. Hemprich and 
Ehrenberg, in their description of Picus ethiopicus, to be the case also in that 
species (Symbole Physice, Aves, pt. 1,) it is clearly not the bird described 
by them nor that figured by M. Riippell, Syst. Uebers, pl. 36. P. ethiopicus 
is regarded by M. Malherbe as identical with P. nubicus, Boddaert, very prob- 
ably correctly, to which the present bird bears some resemblance also, but not 
in so great a degree as to P. notatus. 


This species I have taken the liberty of dedicating to the distinguished 
author of the ‘‘ Monographie des Picidées.’’ 


8. PICUS SCINTILLICEPS, Swinhoe. 
Picus scintilliceps, Swinh., Sclater’s Ibis, 1863, p. 96. 


[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 


A very fine male specimen of this species in the Acad. Mus. has been la- 
belled in Europe, ‘‘ Picus trisulensis, Licht.,’’? in a hand-writing that I do not 
recognize. It seems to be the largest of the Asiatic group, characterized by 
the cinereous front and small lateral spots of scarlet, but ought to be very care- 
fully compared with P. Mitchellii, Malh., and P. auritus, Eyton, especially as 
it is brought forward by apparently a very youthful and inexperienced de- 
scriber, whose early training in both natural and civil history seems to have 
been unfinished. 


9. Picus LEUcOMELAS, Boddaert. 
Picus canadensis, Gmelin. 

I am not prepared, at present, to regard this bird as identical with, or as 
merely a larger race of Picus villosus, Linn., though given as such by Prof. 
Baird in B. of N. Am. i. p. 84,* but am disposed to consider it a distinct species. 
It is well figured in the folio edition of Audubon, (pl. 417, fig. 7), though the 
bill is rather large, but the figure in his octavo edition is not recognizable. 
Malherbe’s figure (pl. 21, fig. 4) is too small, and the spots on the wings are 
not sufficiently numerous. Picus Martine, Aud., and P. Phillipsii, Aud., are 
young birds of this species. 

Audubon says of this bird: ‘‘ Its notes alone suffice to distinguish it from 
every other species, being louder and much shriller than those of Picus vil- 
losus,’’ (Orn. Biog. v. p. 188). Nuttall adds, ‘‘it is also less active and petu- 
lant,’’ (Man. Orn. v. p. 684). 


10. Picus Parurresi, Audubon. 

This supposed species was described from a single specimen which now 
belongs to the collection of Professor Baird of the Smithsonian Institution. 
Mr. Audubon says, in his description, ‘‘This species is about the same size 
as P. canadensis, which it also resembles in color, but is distinguished by the 
yellow patch on the head and its thicker and more pointed bill.’’ It is un- 
doubtedly the young of P. canadensis, as stated by Prof. Baird in B. of N. Am. 
i. p. 86, and I quite coincide with him that the original specimen (now in my 
possession through his kindness) presents all the peculiarities of a young 
bird. M. Malherbe’s figure (pl. xxi. fig. 5) is copied from Audubon, on the 
authority of whom only he gives this bird as a species. 


11. Picus Martina, Audubon. 

This is also the young of Picus canadensis, and the original specimen is in 
the collection of Professor Baird. It is labelled ‘‘ Upper Canada,’’ and is in 
more advanced plumage than that of P. Phillipsii, alluded to in the preceding 
article, but is the same species, in my opinion. Mr. Audubon says, in his 
description, (Orn. Biog. v. p. 183), ‘‘This species is very nearly allied to 
Picus villosus, and is very similar in its colors, but differs in having the man- 
dibles pointed, in being larger, in having the top of the head red or yellowish 
red, and in having its fourth toe longer than the third.’’ This bird is also 
given by M. Malherbe as a species, on the authority of Mr. Audubon. 


12, Picus vittosus, Linnzus. 

In M. Malherbe’s figure of the male of this species (pl. xxi. fig. 1) the white 
space on the back is too large and the black edgings of the feathers denote im- 
maturity. In the adult bird the back is clear white, the central feathers having 
no black edges, and very nearly as represented by Audubon, (pl. 416, fig. 1, 2). 
For all that Ican see, Picus Cuvieri, Malh. (pl. xxii. fig. 3) is the young fe- 
male of this species, and Picus Auduboni, Trudeau, the young male. 


* The proper reference to this very important work is, “ Baird’s Birds of North America.” It 
was mainly written and entirely arranged by Professor Baird, comparatively small parts only 
having been contributed by Mr. ’Lawrence and myself, which are invariably designated as 
such in the text. Those contributions are as separate and distinct, and represent our individual 
views ae alae as if they were in different books. Professor Baird is the author of the article 
on the Picide. 


1863.] 


200 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The adult male of this species is characterized by a transverse stripe 0 
bright scarlet on the occiput, and so are all other species of typical Picus 
found in North America, which occipital stripe is rigidly defined and restricted. 

In younger stages of plumage all the species of this country present very 
considerable variations in this particular, and generally have more or less 
pale red, pale yellow, or yellowish red on the top of the head, sometimes ex- 
tended, but more frequently quite limited. The presence of either of those 
colors or shades of color in a specimen, is evidence of immature plumage. 
Similar stages of immature plumage with the head red above, in Picus major 
of Europe, are figured by Malherbe, pl. xvi. fig. 6, and by Naumann, B. of 
Germany, pl. 134, fig. 3. 

This bird very probably associates with Picus Harrisii in a region interme- 
diate between the proper ranges of the two species, and produces hybrids, 
which present difficulties to naturalists. This is undoubtedly the case with 
Colaptes auratus and C. mexicanus, as stated by Prof. Baird, in B. of Am. i. 
p. 122. The same considerations apply to the present species and P. Harrisii 
and others. 


13. Picus Cuvier, Malh., Mon. i. p. 85. 
As stated in the preceding article, this bird is, in my opinion, the young 
female of P. villosus. 


14. Picus Aupusonu, Swainson. 
Picus Audubonii, Swains., Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, p. 306, (1831). 
Picus Auduboni, Trudeau, Jour. Academy, Philad. vii. p. 404, (1837), 
Aud. B. of Am. pl. 417, oct. ed. iv. pl. 265 ; Malh. Mon. pl. xxii. fig. 4. 

The descriptions here cited seem, singularly enough, both to apply to the 
same supposed species, though Dr. Trudeau evidently was not aware of the 
description of Mr. Swainson. The two descriptions seem, in fact, to have 
been made quite independently of each other, yet each author gave the same 
name to the same bird, a coincidence certainly of rare occurrence. Both seem 
to apply to males of Picus villosus, Mr. Swainson having described an adult 
of unusually small size from the State of Georgia, and Dr. Trudeau, a young 
male from Louisiana. 

The fine blue color of Mr. Audubon’s figures, above cited, is entirely erro- 
neous and fanciful, but in his description the color is given fairly: ‘‘The 
upper parts are black, the tufts covering the nostrils white.’? M. Malherbe’s 
figure is a correct representation. A specimen, probably the original of Dr. 
Trudeau’s description, is in the collection of Professor Baird of the Smith- 


sonian Institution. 


15. Picus Harrisu, Audubon. 

This species resembles P. villosus, but in nearly all specimens is easily dis- 
tinguished by the clear black and unspotted wing coverts and shorter quills. 
In apparently adult specimens from northern localities especially, the under 
parts are generally more or less tinged with dull brown, generally not so dark 
as represented in Audubon’s plate (pl. 417, fig. 8, 9) and frequently very 
light. Occasionally, and I suspect in the perfect spring plumage, the back 
and under parts are pure white, as described and figured by Malherbe, (pl. 
xx. fig. 1.2). Dr. Gambel states that this is the case: ‘‘The young are 
brownish beneath, as represented by Audubon, but the adult is pure white,’’ 
(Jour. Acad. Philad. i. p. 55). 

Specimens occasionally occur in which white spots are present on the shorter 
quills and coverts, but generally small and not numerous. Young birds pre- 
sent colors analogous to those of the young of P. villosus and P. canadensis. 
Very fine specimens of adults and young of this species are in the Academy 
Museum, from collections made in California by Mr. John G. Bell and Dr. 


William Gambel. 
[July, 


\ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201 


Young %. Crown red, many of the f2athers having small spots of white, 
occiput with a few scarlet feathers. Upper parts of body black, tinged with 
brown, white spots on the primaries smaller than in adult. Back with a wide 
longitudinal stripe of white, many ofthe feathers having black spots on their 
edges. Upper tail coverts black. Under parts dull white. 

Younger <j. Crown coppery red, front black, with white spots. Wing 
almost clear brownish black, a few small spots only on the external webs of 
primaries. Under parts dull white. No red feathers on occiput. 

Specimens occur occasionally which can be assigned to either this species 
or P. villosus with equal propriety, and may be hybrids. 


1§. Picus Jarpinet, Malherbe. 

This bird much resembles P. Harrisi7, Aud., with which it is given as iden- 
tical by Dr. Cabanis, in Journ. Orn, 1862, p. 175. There are in the Academy 
Museum two specimens only, the better of which was brought by Mr. D’Oca 
from Jalapa, Mexico, and both are the species described by M. Malherbe and 
represented in his plate xxv. fig. 4, 5, though they appear to be in more ma- 
ture plumage. The scarlet of the head is restricted to the occiput in both 
specimens, and the two outer tail feathers are without black spots, though 
the second feather has a black space at the base of the inner web. In young 
birds it is unusual to find the clearly defined scarlet oeziput, as in the present 
specimens, for which reason, mainly, I dissent, though with some misgivings, 
from Dr. Cabanis’ conclusion. These specimens are much like the young of 
Picus Harrisii, described above, except in the matter of the scarlet occiput. 
They have the under parts of the body rather strongly tinged with ashy brown 
for southern specimens of P. Harrisii, and very nearly as figured by M. Mal- 
herbe, as above cited. 


17. Picus pubescens, Linneus. 

This httle species, which is of common occurrence in North America, pre- 
sents some variations in size, which fact I think has led to errors in descrip- 
tions of supposed species. Both Picus meridionalis, Swains., and Picus medi- 
anus, Swains., are very probably to be referred to this bird. Picus Lecontet, 
Jones, is very probably an accidental variety, and so also possibly is Picus 
leveurus, Prince Paul of Wurtemberg. 

This bird probably associates with P. Gairduveri in an intermediate region, 
and produces hybrids. 


18. Picus LeconTer, Jones. 
Picus Lecontet, Jones, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iv. p. 489, (1847).. 

Aun. Lyc. N. Y. pl. 17; Malh. Mon. pl. xl. fig. 7. 

The original and only specimen known of this species is in the Academy 
Museum, though it belongs to Dr. Jones of Georgia, who is its describer. This 
specimen is rather smaller than usual in specimens of Picus pubescens, in 
which respect, as suggested by Dr. Jones in his description, it is like P. me- 
ridionalis, Swains., but otherwise and in all other respects it is nothing more 
than Picus pubescens, with three toes instead of four ! 

This bird has attracted some attention from European Ornithologists. The 
Prince Bonaparte made it the type of his genus Tridactylia, and M. Malherbe 
is disposed to regard it as a true species. At present my opinion is that it is 
an accidental specimen only of Pieus pubescens, which opinion is subject, of 
course, to immediate correction on the production of other specimens, which, 
as Dr. Jones says, very candidly and properly, ‘‘ will be necessary to establish 
the species perfectly.’’ 

19. Prcus GarrpNneRI, Audubon. 
Picus Gairdneri, Aud., Orn. Biog. v. p. 317. 
Baird B. of N. A. pl. 85, fig. 2, 3. 
In nearly all specimens of this little species the under ports are tinged with 


1863.) 15 


202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


brownish ashy instead of being pure white, as in P. pubeseens, which it mach 
resembles. This color of the under parts varies in shade in different speci- 
mens, as in Picus Harrisii, and is probably correctly stated by Prof, Baird to 
be darker in the more northern specimens, though the supposition entertained 
by him, that such is always the case in this species and in P. Harrisit, is not 
without grave difficulties, especially in view of the migration southward of 
northern specimens, which takes place to an extent sufficient to interfere 
with such a theory, even in species stated to be ‘‘resident.”? I suspect that 
the dark color of the under parts in these species is acquired much as stated 
by Mr. Audubon to be the case in Picus pubescens: ‘‘I have observed,” he 
says, ‘‘ that during their stay in the Floridas, Georgia and the Carolinas, their 
breasts and bellies are so soiled by the carbonaceous matter adhering to the 
trees in consequence of the burning of the grass at that season, that one might 
be apt to take a specimen in that state as belonging to a different species.’’ 
(Orn. Biog. ii. p. 82). 

Specimens occasionally have been brought in collections which seem to 
combine the characters of this species and of P. pubescens, and suggest a pre- 
sumption of hybridity. Of this description apparently is Picus /urati, Mal- 
herbe. 

20. Picus Turatr, Malherbe. 
Picus Turati, Malh., Mon. i. p. 125, pl. xxix. fig. 5, 6. 

The figures of this bird in M. Malherbe’s plate much resemble small speci- 
mens of Picus pubescens except in the black stripes on the side of the head, 
which are more like those in P. Guirdneri. It may be a distinct and valid 
species, but I suspect that it is founded on intermediate specimens which are 
probably hybrids of the two species. The localities given by M. Malherbe are 
California and the Rocky Mountains. 


21. Picus ALBOLARVATUS, Cassin. 

At the time of the publication of Prof. Baird’s great work, ‘‘ The Birds of 
North Ameriva,’’ but few specimens of this species were known to be extant, 
which fact fully warranted him in stating it to be ‘‘an exceedingly rare spe- 
cies, not more than three or four skins being known to exist in collections.”’ 
Since that period, however, other specimens have been received from Capt. 
John Feilner, U. 8. Army, who obtained them in the vicinity of Fort Crook, 
California, in which district it is apparently of frequent occurrence. 

22. Picus Macer, Vieillot. 

This species varies in size very considerably, but three specimens in the 
Academy Museum are decidedly larger than all the others. Two of them were 
received in the fine Indian collection made by Capt. T. Boys, of the East In- 
dian Company’s service, and were labelled ‘‘P. nepalensis’’? in England. 
These specimens may be the Dendrocopus pyriceps, Hodgson, and are so much 
larger than the usual specimens of P. Macei, that their specifie distinction is 
quite possible. 


23. Picus puncricrers, D’Orbigny et Lafresnaye. 
D’Orb., Voy. Am. Mer. Ois. pl. 64, fig. 1. 

With original specimens from M. D’Orbigny’s collection before me, I am at 
present disposed to regard this bird as distinct from P. /ignarius, Molina, though 
given as synonymous by M. Malherbe. M. D’Orbigny’s figure, cited above, 
represents the female, which is rather smaller than the male of the same 
species in the Academy Museum, but both are so much smaller, lighter co- 
lored, and different in some other particulars, that I cannot regard them as 
identical with P. lignarius. The black stripes on the under parts in P. pune- 
ticeps are narrower and less numerous than in P. lignartus. The figure in 
M. D’Orbigny’s plate faithfully represents the size and other characters of the 
female, and the full figure given by M. Malherbe represents the male of P. 


[July, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 


lignarius with equal fidelity, but is rather small. In undoubted Chili speci- 
mens in the Academy Museum, the longitudinal stripes on the under parts 
are wider than as given by M. Malherbe, and confluent, forming apparently 
continued bands in the adult bird. 


24. Picus Lepovcr, Malherbe. 
Picus minor var. algeriensis. Label in Academy Museum. 

Of this species, or variety, there are four specimens in the Academy Mu- 
seum all labelled ‘‘ Algeria.”? Though not in adult plumage, they present 
some points of difference from P. minor, and I suspect that the species is 
abont as valid as some of the near allies of P. major, medius, and others which 
are held to be entirely respectable specifically. 


25. Picus BorEALIs, Vieillot. 

The Woodpecker described and figured by Vieillot (Ois. d’Arn. Sept. 11, 
p. 66, pl. 122,) is, in my opinion, a valid species, and quite as distinct from 
P. querulus, Wilson, as Picus Harrisii is from P. villosus, and the differences 
are as easily seen, with specimens of both under examination. In P. borealis 
the transverse bands on the back and shorter quills are much more numer- 
ous, especially on the latter, as so are also the spots on the outer webs of the 
primaries. So far as I can judge from rather badly prepared specimens of P. 
querulus, it has a wide transverse band of black on the neck behind, which is 
but narrow in P. borealis. The two species are very nearly the same size. 

Vieillot alone, so far as I know, figures this species ; and though his repre- 
sentation is by no means satisfactory, yet it is recognizable as the northern 
species. Wilson, Audubon, and Malherbe figure the bird of the Southern 
States, which is P. querulus, Wilson. Specimens of the present bird from 
Pennsylvania are in the Academy Museum. 


26. Picus quERuLUS, Wilson. 

Described by Wilson from specimens obtained in [North Carolina: but his 
figure (pl. 15, fig. 1,) is not satisfactory. This species is very handsomely 
given in the plates of both Malherbe and Audubon, but the latter seems only 
to have known this bird, like Wilson, as a southern species. As stated in 
the preceding article, this bird is distinct from the similar bird of Pennsylva- 
nia, and can readily be distinguished by the smaller number of the transverse 
bands on the back and shorter quills,—especially of the latter,—and by the 
much smaller number of spots on the wing coverts and outer webs of pri- 
maries. 

Specimens are in the Academy Museum from South Carolina and Georgia, 
in both of which States it appears to be a common species. 


27. PicompESs DORSALIS, Baird. 

Baird, B. of N. Am. ii. pl. 85, fig. 1. 

This bird is, I suspect, identical with P. americanus (Swainson). In the 
European P. tridactylus, the whole space on the back presents precisely the same 
styles of character in different specimens, as in both P. americanus and P. 
dorsalis, that is to say: in some specimens there is a plain wide longitudinal 
band of white, as in P. dorsalis, and in others this band is crossed by trans- 
verse bands of black, as in P. americanus. This difference is not held to be 
sufficient to indicate specific distinction. Several specimens of each descrip- 
tion are in the Academy Museum, undoubtedly the same species, and figures 
. face are so given by Malherbe, Mon. pl. 38, and Naumann, B. of Germ., 
pl. 137. 

One specimen only of this bird is in the Acad. Mus., which was brought in 
a collection from Pike’s Peak, Kansas, and is the second specimen known, 
In my opinion, this bird bears no intimate relation to P. crissoleucus, Brandt., 
which is also inthe Acad. Mus. The latter is an ally of P. tridactylus, but 
distinguished readily by the pure, nearly unspotted white of the under parts 
1863.] 7 


204 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and of the inferior wing coverts, and is very accurately represented by M. 
Malherbe, (pl. 40). 


28. CAMPEPHILUS ALBIROSTRIS, (Vieillot.) 

Amongst numerous specimens of this species in the Acad. Mus., there is 
one which presents some differences in color, and may not be quite identical. 
It is a female specimen, rather smaller than the females of C. albirostris, and 
has the black of the breast more extended downwards ; the under tail coverts 
are blacker, and the shafts of the tail feathers are clear lustrous black. This 
specimen is labelled ‘‘Columbia,’? and was obtained in Europe for the 
Academy by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson. 


29. CAMPEPHILUS TRACHELOPYRUS, (Malherbe.) 

This species is singularly nearly related to C. rubricollis (Boddaert), but 
does persistently retain one valid and reliable character. In C. rubricollis the 
inner webs of the longer primaries (only) are fine yellowish-brown or bay color, 
while in C. trachelopyrus that color in the same feathers extends to the outer 
web also. In the latter species there is, on this account, on the closed wing a 
longitudinal band of that color, perhaps not sufficiently conspicuous in M. 
Malherbe’s figures of the male (pl. 8, fig. 2). 


30. SPHYRAPICUS NUCHALIS, Baird. 
Sphyrapicus nuchalis, Baird, Rept. Surv. and Exp. Pac. R. R., ix., p. 103, 
921, (1858.) 

Baird. B. of N. A., pl. 35. 

Although in his description here cited, Professor Baird relies mainly on the 
fact that this species has a transverse stripe of red on the nape, I suspect 
that character to be not the most reliable, though the species I regard as en- 
tirely valid. One specimen in the Academy Museum, which was received in 
the Massena collection in 1847, is, I think, clearly this species, though the 
nape is merely dull white, as in S. varius. This bird is very handsomely 
figured in Professor Baird’s plate above cited, and the distinction between it 
and S. varius can be seen with the utmost readiness. 


31. SpHyYRAPICUS THYROIDEUS, (Cassin.) 
Picus thyroideus, Cass., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1851, p. 439. 

Malh. Mon., pl. 38, fig. 1. Cass., B. of Cal. and Tex., pl. 43. 

Formerly a very rare species, this bird has been found recently in more 
considerable numbers at Fort Crook, Northern California, by that true lover 
of Natural History and industrious collector, Capt. John Feilner, of the U.S. 
Army. The figures above cited seem to be either females or young males. 
The most mature of Capt. Feilner’s specimens are probably adult males, and 
only differ from the females in having a few red feathers on the throat, and 
the rather deeper yellow of the abdomen. 


32. SpuHyRAPICUS WILLIAMSOoNI, (Newberry.) 
Picus Williamsonii, Newb., Rep. Pac. R. R. Surv. and Exp., vi. p. 89. 
Malh. Mon., pl. 36, fig. 4. Baird, B. of N. A., pl. 34, fig. 1. 
This very handsome bird, also, has been obtained by Capt. Feilner at the 
locality mentioned in the preceding article, and it is probably of not uncom- 
mon occurrence in North-Eastern California. 


(To be continued.) 


August 4th. 
Dr. BripGes, Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Six members present. 


[Aug., 


- 


2, ge 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 


August 11th. 
Dr. Brings, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Seven members present. 


August 18th. 
Dr. Bringss, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Hight members present. 
The following paper was presented for publication : 
‘‘ Description of a new generic type of Ophidioids. By Theo. Gill.” 


August 25th. 
Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Seven members present. 
On report of the respective committees, the following papers were 
ordered to be published: 


Description of a new species of CHEROJULIS from North Carolina. 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


The discovery of a representative of the genus Cherojulis, so far north as 
the coast of North Carolina, appears to be worthy of special notice. It is 
therefore now described, and, as the genus is for the first time introduced into 
the Fauna of the United States, a diagnosis of it is likewise given. 


Genus CH@ROJULIS Gill. 


Halicheres Riippell, Neue Wirbelthiere zu der Fauna von Abyssinien gehdrig, 
Fische, p. 14, 1835. 
Halicheres Giinther, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 3, vol. viii. 
p. 386, 1861. 
Halicheres Bleeker, Proc. Zoological Society of London, 1861, p. 411. 
Cheerojulis Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1862, 
p- 142. 
Prochilus sp. Klein. 
Labrus sp. auct. vet. 
Julis sp. Cuv. et Val et al. 
Chlorichthys, Ichthycallus and Halicheeres, sp. Swainson. 
Platyglossus sp. Giinther, (Cat. Fish, iv. 143.) 
Body compressed, oblong, with the height generally equal to a fourth or 
fifth of the length, rarely more. 
Scales rather large, (1. l. 26-30) little smaller on the front of the back, the 
breast and base of caudal. 
Lateral line deflected under the posterior third of the soft dorsal, and 
generally branched on each scale. 
Head naked, compressed, conie in profile, with the preoperculum entire. 
Mouth scarcely protractile, with the cleft moderate and little oblique. 
Teeth in each jaw conspicuous; in front two or four curved canines, and be- 
hind, in the upper jaw, a canine tooth directed forwards on each side. 
Dorsal fin continuous, with nine pungent spines, and eleven to fourteen 


1863.] 


206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


rays; angulated or rarely obtuse behind. Anal with three graduated spines: 
neither with a scaly basal sheath. 

Caudal fin truncated or rounded behind and without produced angles. 

Ventral fins beneath or nearly beneath the pectoral, and generally produced 
at the outer ray. 

The genus Cherojulis is co-extensive with that for which Dr. Bleeker hag re- 
tained the name of Halicheres, adopted from Riippell, but as the latter name 
had been previously applied by Nilsson, under the very slightly modified form 
of Halicherus, but etymologically identical, to a valid genus of the mamma- 
lian family Phocide, another one is requisite, and that of Cherojulis has there- 
fore been proposed for the ichthyic genus. 

Swainson’s name Jchihycallus cannot be used, for, although the first and 
several other species were representatives of the present genus, ‘‘ Hadichores”’ 
itself was adopted with the limits assigned to it by Riippell and said to have 
the ‘general shape and structure of Ichthycailus, but there is a conspicuous 
canine tooth, as large as those in front, at the hind part of the upper jaw on 
each side, and which projects beyond the mouth.’ Swainson bad never seen 
any species referred to Ichthycallus, and consequently did not know that any 
had hinder canine teeth, but distinguished his group from “Chlorichthys,” which 
had the “teeth as Labrus, the two most anterior incisors in each jaw longest” 
by the smaller scales, ‘ often concealed by the skin’’(!) and the “ caudal fin, 
truncate or rounded.” This diagnosis is more applicable to the species of 
Coris than any other included under it, and Jchthyeallus may therefore prim- 
arily be referred as a synonym of that genus, as well as Swainson’s Julis, It 
may not be unnecessary toremark that Swainson did not intend the first 
species enumerated to be considered the type, but generally placed the type at 
or near the centre. The following enumeration will illustrate the character 
of Ichthycallus: 


L dimidiatus Spix, pl. 53. Cheerojulis internasalis ex C.et V. 
I. chloropterus Bloch, pl. 288. Cherojulis chloropterus. 

I. trimaculatus Griff, pl. 45, f. 2. 2 

I. decussatus Benn., pl. 14. Hemitautoga centiquadrus Llkr. 

I. auromaculatus J0., pl. 20. Coris cingulum Gthr. 

I. semidecorata Less. Atl., pl. 35, f. 2. Cheerojulis chloropterus (dis). 

I. Geoffroyii Prey. Atl., pl. 56, f. 3. Macropharyngodon Geoffroyii Blkr. 
I. umbrostygma Riipp. Atl. ii. pl. 3, f.2. Julis umbrostigma Répp. 

I. semipunctatus /6., pl. 3, f. 3. Coris cingulum Gthr. (bis). 

I. cyanocephalus Jd., pl. 286. ? 

I. Julis 26., pl. 287, f. 1. Coris Julis Gthr. 

I. bivittatus Jd., pl. 284, f. 1. Cheerojulis bivittatus. 

I. macrolepidotus Z0., f. 2. Novaculichthys macrolepidotus Blkr. 
I. ornatas Linn. 7r., xii. pl. 27. (Latiloid.) 


CHE@ROJULIS GRANDISQUAMIS Gill. 


f.The greatest height of the body scarcely exceeds a quarter of the total 
length, and is about twice as high as the caudal peduncle, that of the latter 
equalling an eighth. The head forms almost a fourth of the length, and its 
height is less than a fifth. Theeye hasa diameter equal to a sixth of the head’s 
length, and the interorbital area equals a fifth. The outline from the dorsal 
fin to the forehead is slightly convex, and thence rectilinear and deelining at 
an angle of 50° tothe axis. The snout equals a third of the head’s length. 
The preoperculum is rectangular, with its angle rounded, the lower or free 
half of its posterior margin Vertical and the inferior horizontal. The suboper- 
cular flap extends nearly to the vertical from the posterior margin of the third 
scale of the lateral line, and is decurved above and obtusely angulated behind. 
The interoperculum is broad, the upper margin being nearly parallel with 
the upper. The upper jaw extends nearly to the vertical from the front of the 


[Aug., 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA! 207 


orbit, and is continued about 3} times in the length of the head. The two 
front teeth of the upper jaw are slightly divergent: the two median of the 
lower convergent and smaller; the outer ones nearly equal and curved back- 
wards and outwards; the hiader canines normally developed. 

The dorsal fin increases backwards without interruption; the spinous por- 
tion considerably, the soft little; the last ray is contained 24 times in the head’s 
length. The caudal is subtruncated, and its angles are rounded. The pec- 
toral is contained 62 times in the length; its upper angle is obtusely rounded, 
the posterior margia slightly angulated between the sixth and seventh rays, 
below which the rays rapidly diminish. The ventral fins are inserted beneath 
the lower axillez of the pectorals and are of little equal or little greater length ; 
the first ray is moderately produced at its inner branches. 

The scales are delicately striated ; those on the breast are larger than those 
behind the nape. The lateral line is deflected beneath the penultimate to the 
last dorsal rays; each scale has generally three radiating branches, thicker to- 
wards the ends; more seldom two or four. 

DE Exe a Me tAM MT SL 2e CP Te Gn 6e 1 Ps Tes Tepe Vie lie 5 

2 

Scales 26— 

10 

The color in spirits is dark chestnut or brownish red. There appears to ba 
a slight indication of a temporal band. Qn the membrane behind the oper- 
culum and below the axil of the branchial aperture, is a very dark vertical 
spot bordered behind by steel blue. The dorsal is cloudy, but on the soft 
portion has a clear band with a submarginal dark line. The anal has indica- 
tion of three bands, tue basal being separated from the median by an undu- 
lated line and the marginal being clear. The caudal is marbled, and with a 
marginal dark band widening towards the angles. The pectorals ‘and ventrals 
are clear and without axillar spots. 

A single specimen of this species, six inches long, was obtained by Wm. 
Alexander, U. S. A., at Beaufort, North Carolina, on July 11, 1860, and was 
shortly afterwards forwarded to the Smithsonian collection (4318). 


On an unnamed generic type allied to SEBASTES. 
BY THEODGRE GILL. 


In examining the various species of Fishes in the collection of the Smith- 
souian Institution that have been referred by their several describers tu the 
genus Sebastes, attention was arrested by the characters afforded by the Se- 
bastes kuhlii of Lowe and Giinther, and the S. filifer of Valenciennes. These 
forms represent a group that apparently well merits a special generic denomi- 
nation which is therefore now conferred on it. The following synopsis will 
serve to exhibit the most noticeable distinctions of the genera hitherto con- 
founded under the name of Sebastes : 

I. Dorsal spines XIV+-I. (Vertebre 12+-19 pm.)... sees, Sebastes. 
II. Dorsal spines XI.—XII.+I. (Vertebrae 10- ical | 
A. Palatine teeth developed. 
a, Suborbital bone ecarinate. 
Scales moderate. Lower jaw little projecting...... Sebastichthys. 


Scales minute. Lower jaw protruded..... ...... --- Sebastodes. 
B. Suborbital carina serrated..... ..-..0-ssec0 sesseeeee eee SObastoplus. 
B. Palatine teeth obsolete ........ .sesceeeees Sacusssetetets Sebastopsis. 


The genus Sebastodes Gill, has been recently ‘unduly extended by the assem- 
blage under it of species more nearly allied to the type of Sebastichthys, and 
quite dissimilar to that of Sebastodes.* 


* See Ayres, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sci., vol. ii. 


1863.] 


208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Genus SEBASTOPLUS Gill. 
Sebastes sp. Awct. 

Body oblong, much compressed, and with the caudal peduncle rather low 
or narrow. 

Scales moderate (60-65), ctenoid, arranged in very oblique rows, and with 
no supernumerary ones. Lateral line simple, in scales like the others. 

Head scaly, oblong, with the profile uniformly declining, pointed at the 
snout, and with no coronal depression. Supraciliary aad coronal crests con- 
spicuous. Cheeks with a serrated horizontal carina continued from the pre- 
orbital beneath the eye to the hinder margin of the preoperculum above or on 
a line with the superior spine. Preorbital with two recurved teeth below. 

Preoperculum oblique behind, broadly rounded towards its angle, with a 
muciferous channel, and armed along its margin with four spines decreasing 
downwards. 

Operculum with two spines, continued forwards as converging keels, the 
lower more prominent. 

Filaments and barbels obsolete. 

Mouth narrow, but rather large, the supramaxillars extending behind the 
anterior half of the eye, andtruncated. Jaws nearly even; the upper not pro- 
tractile and separated at the symphysis ; the lower low in front, received with- 
in the upper and with a tubercle below its symphysis. 

Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer and palatine bones; a wide naked in- 
terval at the symphysis of the upper jaw is toothless. 

Dorsal fin with its spinous part convex above, depressed towards its soft por- 
tion, and with twelve (XI.+-L.) spines, the penultimate of which is smaller than 
the last. Anal fin short and deep and with its second spine longest. Caudal 
subtruncated. 

Pectoral fins with rather slender and generally entire articulated rays. 
Ventral inserted nearly below the pectoral and angulated externally. 

Type. Sebastoplus kuhlii. 

Syn. Sebastes kuhlii Lowe — Scorpena kuhlii Bowd. 

The genus is most nearly allied to Sebastodes and Sebastichthys, but is readily 
distinguished by the serrated infraorbital crest, the form of the lower jaw and 
the unarmed interval at the symphysis of the upper, as well as by the arma- 
ture of the preoperculum and the simplicity of the pectoral rays. 

Besides the type, the Sebastes jilifer of Valenciennes is the only species 
which is known to me to be certainly referrible to the genus. The latter 
species appears to be very closely related to S. Kuhlii, and itis not perhaps 
impossible that it may even be the same, although Valenciennes expressly says, 
that the ‘scales have smooth borders.”* It is very difficult to believe that 
there should be such a difference between two co evidently nearly related 
species, although Johnson, in his remarks on Setarches Giintheri!,t admits the 
species without hesitation, and refers to the cycloid scales; but he had pro- 
bably never seen the species. 


EBASTOPLUS Kuuuir Gill. 
Scorpena kuhlii Bowd., Exc. in Mad., p. 123. 
Sebastes kuhlii Lowe, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. ii. p. 176 ; Fishes of Madeira, p. 115, 
Giinther, Acanth. Fishes, ii. p. 102. 
SEBASTOPLUS FILIFER Giil. 
Sebastes filifer Val., Webb. et Berthelot, Hist. Nat. des Iles Canaries, ZJchthy- 


ologie. 
The figure (1) named Sebastes kuhlii on the plate illustrating also the S. 


* Les ecailles & bord lisse sont de moyenne grandeur. 
} Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1862. 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 


filifer has been referred to under the name of Scorpena scrofa in the text, where 
is is said that the name of Sed. kuhlii was on the former given ‘ par erreur.” 
The figure in question, however, reminds one rather of the Sebastes dactyloptera 
(S. imperialis C. et V.,) rather than either of the two cited, and exhibits none of 
the disiinctive generic characters mentioned in the diagnosis of Scorpzna given 
by Valenciennes, neither the “corpus lobulis cutaneis fimbriatum,” nor the 
“ genx: et maxille nude alepidote.” 


Description of a new generic type of OPHIDIOIDS: 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


In introducing a hitherto unknown type of Ophidiin to the notice of natur- 
alists, it becomes requisite to give a description of the genus Ophidion which 
shall contrast with that of the new type. 

The so-called ‘“barbels” of the Ophidioids are not the homologues of the 
barbels of the Mulloids and the Polymyxioids, although so similar in external, 
appearance, but as their connection and articulation indicate, modified ventral 
fins recognized as such by Poey, and, although under erroneous impressions, 
by Philippi. 

Genus OPHIDION Artedi. 
Synonymy. 


Ophidion Artedi, Genera Piscium, p. 25. 

Ophidium Linneeus, Systema Nature, vol. i. p. 431. 

Ophidium Cuvier, Regne Animal, ed. 2, tome ii. p. 359. 

Ophidion Girard, Report on the Survey and Explorations, &c., for a Pacific 
Railroad Route, vol. x. Fishes, p. 138. 

Ophidium Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. 
p. 376, 1862. 

Body much compressed, moderately elongated, with the height nearly uni- 
form as far as anus and thence decreasing backwards to theend, which is more 
or less obtusely angulated. 

Anus in the second-third of the total length. 

Scales small conspicuous, oblong, not imbricated, but obliquely arranged in 
opposite directions. 

Lateral line concurrent with and near the back, not continued to caudal 
fin. 

Head naked, much compressed, oblong-ovoid laterally, with the profile de- 
scending in a nearly straight line to the snout ; snout rather low and abruptly 
decurved or subtruncated. Hye moderate, with the pupils comparatively well 
developed. Opercula unarmed. 

Nostrils simple; the first near the front of the snout; the posterior a short 
distance in front of the eye. 

Mouth narrow, wit the cleft oblique, and rather large, the supramaxillars 
extending under the whole or nearly the entire eye; they are rather broad 
and only retractile near the upper margin under the suborbital chain. 

Teeth on the jaws villiform with an outer row of immoyveable and blant 
ones. Vomer prominent, and, as well as the palatine bones, armed with blunt 
teeth. 

Branchial apertures very ample, arched above by the membrane which is 
attached above the axilla of the pectoral fias. 

Branchiostegal rays seven. 

Dorsal fin commencing more or less behind the vertical from the base of the 
pectoral fins, low and with the rays simply articulated, blending behind, as 
well as the anal, with the caudal, whichis very short and terminates in an ob- 
tuse point. 

Pectoral fins moderate, obliquely rounded behind. 


1863.) 


210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Ventral fins bifid and articulated, moderately developed and nearly or quite 
as long as the head. 

Pyloric appendages none. 

Type. Ophidium barbatum Zinn. 


Genus LEPTOPHIDIUM Gill. 


Body much elongated, moderately compressed, and with the back and abdo- 
minal regions arched, more compressed and slowly decreasing in height back- 
wards to an abruptly-rounded point. 

Anus towards the end of the first third of the length. 

Scales regularly imbricated in quincuns, oval, with the nucleus in front of 
the centre, and with strie radiating backwards. 

Lateral line concurrent with and near the back for about half the length, 
obsolescent behind. 

Head with imbricated scales extending to forehead, opercula and cheeks, 
moderately compressed, oblong-ovate in profile, with the snout high, project- 
ing forwards, and obtusely rounded, armed above with a short, nearly con- 
cealed spine, directed forwards and somewhat downwards. Cheeks somewhat 
inflated. Eyes large, subcircular, with comparatively small pupils. Nostrils 
double; the anterivr aperture a short tube directed forwards and next to the 
groove separating the preorbital from the nostril region; the posterior a longi- 
tudinal fissure in front of the eyes below the preorbital groove. Opercula un- 
armed. 

Mouth broader, with the cleft little oblique and moderate ; the supermaxillar 
bones are slender, terminate under the hinder part of the eye, and are almost 
wholly retractile under the suborbitals. 

Teeth of the jaws villiform, immersed in a mucous membrane, separated by 
an interval from the longer ones in the outer row, which are pointed and 
moveable. 

Vomer not prominent, armed, as well as the palatine bones, with teeth. 

Branchial aperture ample, arched above by the membrane, which is at- 
tached in front of the axil of the pectoral fin. 

Branchiostegal rays seven, the internal two small. 

Dorsal fin commencing less than a head’s distance from the nape, rather low 
and with its rays simply articulated, blending behind, like the anal, with the 
caudal fin, whose rays are lonver than those of the dorsal and anal, and whose 
margin is produced. 

Pectoral fins small or moderate, obliquely rounded behind. 

Ventral fins bifid and articulated, and much abbreviated. 

This genus is exceedingly distinct from Ophidium, having very few characters 
in common, except such as would be found inthe genera of the same subfamily. 
Its form at once distinguishes it, its comparatively low and moderately com- 
pressed body and the smaller head contrasting strongly with the much com- 
pressed body and head of the true Ophidia; the imbrivated scales and pe- 
caliar dentition observed on closer examination corroborate the generic dis- 
tinction indicated by the difference of form. 

It is probable that the Ophidium brevibarbe, briefly indicated by Cuvier and 
Kaup, belongs to this genus; by Cuvier, it was simply alluded to in a foot-note 
of the Regne Animal, while by Kaup a short diagnosis was given in the ‘ Cat- 
alogue of the Apodal Fish.” As the notice of the species by Kaup, like most of 
the diagnoses by that gentleman, is only sufficient to distinguish it from 
species known to him, no clear idea can be obtained regarding its affimities. 
Bat, as it is said to have ‘‘on the point of the snout a short decurved spine,” 
“scaly occiput and gill-plate, and long, typering pointed caudal fin,” while 
“the remaining species are destitute of the rostral spine, and have fewer or no 
scales on the occiput and gill-covers,—they are also shorter,” it is likely that 
a Species somewhat related to the Leptophidium was in view. Before the 


[Aug. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 2i1 


species can, however, be considered congeneric with the latter, the character 
of the “strong teeth” must be better known. 


LEPTOPHIDIUM PROFUNDORUM Gill. 


The greatest height equals about a tenth of the extreme length, and is de- 
veloped at the pectoral region; it thence almost uniformly decreases to the 
end, and at the anus equals an eleventh of the same; the thickness behind the 
pectoral fins equals seven-tenths of the height, and almost uniformly decreases 
to the end like the height, The anus is at the end of the first third of the length. 

The head forms rather less thana sixth of the length, and is transversely 
convex above and moderately inflated on the sides; the greatest width equals 
half its-length. The eye is rather longer than the snout, subcircular, and its 
diameter slightly exceeds two-sevenths of the head’slength; its pupil is small, 
the diameter equalling only a third of that of the eye. The width of the inter- 
ocular region rather exceeds two-ninths of the head’s length. The supra- 
maxillary ends behind under the hinder margin of the pupil. 

The dorsal fins commence nearly over the middle of the pectoral fin, and 
with the second fitth of the length and is moderately high; the anal com- 
mences immediately behind the anus, and is about as high as the dorsal; the 
caudal rays of the fin are the longest. The pectoral fin little exceeds half the 
head’s length, and the longest branch of the ventral is less than a third of the 
head’s length, and three-fifths greater than the shorter. 

The color is a light rufous; the vertical fins margined with black. 

The following table shows the relative proportions : 

xtreme length, (7 io.) 100; Length to end of middle caudal rays. 

Body.—Greatest height 10; greatest width 7; height at anus 9; width 
at anus 7; height between anus and caudal 63. 

Head.—Greatest length ‘16; distance from snout to nape 11; greatest 
width 8; width of interocular area 34; height of preorbital 14; length of 
snout 4; length of supramaxillary 6. 


Eye.—diameter 43; diameter of pupil 13. 


Dorsal (spinous).—Distance from snout 21; height over anus 4; height near 
caudal 5. i 


Anal.—Distance from snout 33; height at middle 4}; height near caudal 4. 
Caudal.—Length of middle rays 53; length of external rays. 
Pectoral.—Length 8}. 

Ventral.—Lengtl®of longer branch 5; length of inner branch 3. 

A single specimen of this species, seven inches in length, was obtained by 
Commodore Rodgers, from the sounding line, at a depth of thirty fathoms 
in the Gulf stream, off the coast of Florida. It is in very fine condition. 

The species is distinguished from the brevibarbe, if that fish indeed belongs 


to this genus, at least by the more anterior anus, the smaller mouth and the 
more posterior origin of the dorsal fin. 


Sept. Ast. 
Mr. Cassin in the Chair. 


Seventeen members present. 

Mr. Kilvington exhibited a specimen of Arctic soil, brought home 
by Dr. Hayes in a box with Arctic plants. After repeated trial, Mr. 
K. had failed to induce anything to grow in the soil. 

The following papers were presented for publication : 

‘« Synopsis of the subfamilies and genera of Beryeoids ;” ‘‘ Synopsis 
1863.] 


* 


212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


of the North American Gadoids ;” Description of the genera of Gadoid 
and Brotuloid Fishes ;” “« Synopsis of the Lycodoide ;” and ‘“ a a 
of pee Lepturoids,” ete, By Theodore Gill. 

“On Strepomatide, etc.” By 8. S. Haldeman. 


Sept. 8th. 
Dr. McEven in the Chair. 


Sixteen members present. 
Prof. Porter made the following communication : 


During the month of August of the present year I devoted a day to the col- 
lection of fresh-water shells from the Juniata River, near Alexandria, Hun- 
tingdon County, Penna., and whilst engaged in the search, observed large 
numbers of Unio complanatus, Say, which had left the channel of the stream 
and crawled to its very margin, into little shallow pools, where the water was 
quiet and warm. They lay with the hinge down and the edge up, the valves 
slightly apart. This struck me as singular, and I touched several of them with 
my cane, when the valves were forcibly closed, and a greenish slime ejected 
upward for a considerable distance. The slime did not dissolve, but floated 
on the surface. I afterward noticed pools that were covered with it, no doubt 
from voluntary emissions. This mucus-like substance was probably the 
semen of the male. I had no microscope with me of sufficient power to re- 
veal the presence of spermatozoa, and have since regretted that I did not 
bring some of the material home for examination. Some of the individuals 
observed may have been females, in a similar position, in order to receive im- 
pregnation. 


The following were presented for publication : 
‘‘ Notes on the Labroids of Western North America,” and ‘‘ Synop- 
sis of the Pomacentroids,” ets. By Theo. Gill. 


Se pt. 15th. 
Dr. BripGEs, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Fourteen members present. 

Dr. Leidy exhibited a female Phalangopsis, which he had found in 
an active condition rolled in a leaf of a spice bush, Benzoin odoriferum, 
in the manner of the lepidopterous leaf rollers, for which he happened 
to be seeking at the time. This habit was new to him, nor had he 
observed any previous account of it. The insect he had always found 
beneath stones and logs. The edges of the cone enclosing the insect 
adhered apparently by a mucoid cement, and had every appearance of 
having been made by the Phalangopsis, which hopped away after it 
was released. 


Sept. 22d. 


Dr. Bringss, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Fifteen members present. 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 


The following were presented for publication : 

“ Descriptions of the Gobioid Genera of Western North America,” 
“ Note on the Genera Hemiramphine,’ and ‘ On the Genus Perioph- 
thalmus.” By Theo. Gill. 

“Description of a collection of Jasper Lance-heads, found near 
Trenton, N. J.” By Charles C. Abbott. 

‘Descriptions of new and little known species of Picidz, ete.” By 
Jobn Cassin. 


Sept. 29th. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Kighteen members present. 


On report of the Committee, Mr. Cassin’s paper, read Sept. 22d, 
was ordered to be published in the Journal. 

On leave granted, Dr. Bridges presented a paper entitled ‘“ Supple- 
ment to descriptions of soft parts and embryonic forms of Unionidzx.” 
By Isaae Lea. Which, on report of a Committee, was ordered to be 
published in the Journal. 


On report of the respective committees, the following were ordered 
to be published : 


Synopsis of the POMACENTRUIDS of the Western Coast of North and Cen- 
tral America. 


BY THEODORE GILL. 


As some of the species of the family of Pomacentroids inhabiting the Pa- 
cific waters of our continent have been involved in confusion, and very diverse 
species united, the present article is submitted in rectification of such errors 
and of others formerly committed by the author. ; 

The family of Pomacentroids is accepted with the types referred to it by 
Dr. Giinther ; that gentleman has, however, lately established a genus called 
Melambaphes* for a species supposed to be the Glyphisodon nigroris of Cuvier 
which he is uncertain whether to refer to the present family or the “ group 
Cantharina” of the Sparoids. His description does not enable us to positive- 
ly decide, as he does not describe the course of the lateral line, which would 
have probably enabled one to refer it to its proper family,—the lateral line 
being interrupted in the Pomacentroids, and continuous in the Sparoids and 
Pimelepteroids. As the new genus is, however, characterized by its “small 
ciliated scales ” (L. lat. 100), the presence in each jaw of “a series of trench- 
ant, tricuspid teeth, and with a broad band of villiform teeth behind,” and of 
“fourteen or thirteen spines in the dorsal fin, and three in the anal fin,” 
there can be little doubt that it belongs to Giinther’s “ group Cantharina,” 

The following artificial table will assist in the determination of the genera, 


Lepidozygus, Parma and Acanthochromis are genera unknown to me through 
autopsy: 


* Melambaphes Gthr., An. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.3, vol. xi. p. 115. Dr. Gunther is perhaps mis- 
taken in referring this species to the Glyphilodon nigroris, C. et V.; those naturalists were too keen 
and profound to have placed a species of Melambaphes in Glyphidodon after an examination which 
induced their surprise in discovering three anal spines, notwithstanding the resemblance to the 
Glyphidodon rahti and bengalensis. It is possible that the third spine was an ossified ray. The 
Melambaphes of Gunther having been then named from a misconception, it is better that if should 
obtain a new name that shall not perpetuate the error: it may therefore be called MM. Guentheri 


1363.] 


214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


I. Scales large or moderate (24—40); opercular bones scaly 
fl Oh BURG. 8 2) ko. ccs ok ely Seeeeaeeaed POMACENTRINZ. 
A. Dorsal spines 12—14. 
B. Scales in less than 30 oblique rows. 
C. Teeth compressed, uniserial. 
* Teeth fixed, entire. 


Is Breoperculum serrated in adil tece. ss. cwesp desserts Pomacentrus. 
2. Preoperculum entire ; scales in about 14 longi- 

UWOlt asl TO RSaanoed aeocoode boda LoSo baaoatGobesaqae Pomataprion. 
8. Preoperculum entire. Scales in about 20 

HOME T UCU Al! TO Wis) neccisesemansdecseisecscenenaeeerce: Hypsypops. 


** Teeth fixed, more or less notched in middle. 
1. Snout acute. Preorbital low. Teeth emar- 


SIMBIOS csedacecaccnneesoneeesoecasces essences Glyphidodon. 
2. Snout blunt and high. Preorbital high. 
Teeth deeply ORR eet: oe te ae Euschistodus. 
¥x* Teeth immovable, tricuspid. -........2.5..sesseces Dischistodus.* 
**x% Teeth in the upper jaw moveable.......-........ Microspathodon. 
CC. Teeth conical, in more than one row. 
7 APREOD CLC TMM CULM ccc scenes scecsienaue etn ohencneasens Chromis. 
Se EereOperculinmnSEnPaue Oeste. sentesoelss <smeciscbfsecenenes Dascyllus. 
BB. Scales in 35—40 oblique rows. : 
PMEOPENCWMUM SORLALEU cecausec tse peacsesnecsceaincenaecsaeeeaes Lepidozygus. 
Preoperculum EMULE weaee steiedmenceeecseacceesacee a ee em eee Parma. 
AA. Dorsal HUNG AD OM Conatseiesesataaclisc nists ose eiec eisai sa neee Acanthochromis} | 
I. Scales small (45 ). Operculum and suboperculum 5 
TVOraLe dys STPIMLCM  snapcasansannypeaneconbcek state Mga eee AMPHIPRIONIN Ai, 
* Operculum and suboperculum spinous.............. Amphiprion. 
** Operculum and suboperculum serrated. Pre- 
orbital with a long spine........ Rictieee sls siasebie se eee Premnas. 
Subfamily POMACENTRIN 4 Gill. 
X Genus POMACENTRUS Gill. 


This genus includes only two Californian species, the P. quadrigulia and sis 
Bairdii, formerly referred to it, belonging to another. The two species may 
be briefly distinguished as follows : 

Synopsis. if 
I. Lower limb of the preoperculum scaly ; height nearly 
equal to one-third of total length. Head above (in 
youth), with a blue line on each side continued uninter- 
ruptedly backwards to each side of the dorsal ridge; 
another parallel line is continued backwards from the 
upper angle of the eye. Back of caudal peduncle with 
ocellus. 

2. Color similar above and below, in youth diffused blue 

on the centres of the scales, and with a dorsal ocellus. 

In the adult uniform purplish brown, and with no 

GES ED CoyereU Abs] Mee RrmpsscdoneHocobac Scob salad aasabecudhceaeee- P. rectifrenum. 
4. Color above brownish, with blue « on the centres of the 

scales; below the lateral line and on tail brownish 

yellow ; and in front of latter, dottedwith blue on each 

scale. Dorsal ocellus very distinct in adult as well as 


YOUDL iecse leevieas see nes see ees ves coe tceceetrsscaceanonconsnnsennsnasssa Ds HAVILEMS: 


* Type. Pomacentrus fasciatus C.et V. 
+ Type. Dascyllus polyacanthus blir. 


“Sept. 


\ 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 


PoMACENTRUS RECTIFR£ZNUM Gill. 
Pomacentrus rectifrenum Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 
1862, p. 148. 
Pomacentrus rectifrenum Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British 
Museum, Vol. iv. p. 26. 
Pomacentrus rectifrenum Gill, in Giinther’s op. cit., vol iv. p. 27. 
Pomacentrus analigutta Gill, in Giinther’s op. cit., vol. iv. p. 27. 


This species undergoes great change with age, and on two suites of speci- 
mens two nominal species were formerly based, the author having been de- 
ceived by the comparatively long retention of the colors of the young in 
several individuals, and the early assumption of the adult state by others. 

The color in extreme youth, as represented in a specimen eight lines long, 
is reddish-brown, with blue lines obliquely crossing each scale, and forming 
as many subvertical, scarcely interrupted blue lines crossing the body as 
there are rows of scales. On the back and lower part of the anterior soft dorsal 
is a large ocellus, and behind the finis a smaller one. The head above has two 
very distinct blue lines continued from the snout over each eye, where they 
are most distant, and again approximating and continued, one on each side 
of the base of the dorsal fin, but under the fin rather broken into a linear row 
of spots; another line crosses the eye-ball above, and behind the upper angie 
of the orbit is a line which is continued to the row of scales above the lateral 
line ; a bar crosses the preorbital; a line runs along the suborbital chain ; 
another line extends backwards from the corner of the mouth, and under the 
suborbital one; and a blue line colors the upper lip. On each of the opercu- 
lar scales is a bluish blotch. The dorsal and anal fins are spotted with blue, 
a spot existing on each scale, and a blue bar crosses the base of the last 
anal rays. The caudal is brownish, as are also the pectorals. The ventralis 
dark, and the spine outside bluish, like the front of the anal. 

These colors are retained until the fish has attained a length of more than 
two inches, the chief change being effected by the slightly greater isolation of 
the spots onthe rows above the lateral line, so as to break their continuity as 
lines; and especially in the fading away of the blue ring and ocellus of the 
dorsal, which has then become very faint, and is the first to disappear. Fi- 
nally, in the very aged specimens, more than three inches long, the color of 
the body and scaly portion of the fins has become almost 2 uniform brownish- 
chesnut; and very indistinct traces of the lines on the upper surface and 
sides of the head are perceptible. The naked portions of the dorsal and anal, 
as wellas the ventral fins, are very dark, and the pectorals yellowish, 
The profile is also apparently steeper and more convex; and the body more 
obese. 

In studying the development of this species, I have had before me not less 
than thirty-two individuals, exhibiting every gradation, from the specimen eight 
lines long to one nearly three inches and a half long,—having discovered 
since my former studies several important specimens in a collection made at 
Panama by Capt. Dow. My opportunities for knowing the changes of this 
species, as well as the West Indian ones, have, therefore, been much greater 
than Dr. Giinther’s. 


POMACENTRUS FLAVILATUS Gill. 


Pomacentrus flavilatus Gill, Proc. A@ademy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 
1862, p. 148. (ill, in Giinther’s Catalogue of the Fishes in the British 
Museum, vol. iv. p. 27. 

Pomacentrus rectifrenum pt Ginther, (excl. desc.) 

This species, so far as known, undergoes little change during its progress 
to adult age. 

The color above the lateral line, and on the scaly portion of the dorsal fin 
before the middle of its soft part, is dark-brown, with blue on the centre of 


1863.] 


216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


each scale; while a large ocellus, very dark-blue, margined with light, adorns 
the back and the dorsal fin between the last spine and the sixth ray; and a 
small ocellus is on the back of the tail, behind the dorsal fin. Below the 
lateral line and behind the dorsal ocellus, the color is brownish-yellow, 
darker in front along the margins of the scales, and with an 
indistinct bluish dot. in the centre of each scale, except on the caudal 
peduncle, where they are absent. The head above has two blue lines; one on 
cach side, continued from the snout backwards on the nape; another line-is 
continued from the upper angle of the orbit to the row of scales above the 
lateral line. A bar crosses the preorbital, and a line interrupted passes along 
the suborbital chain; a bar is behind the ends of the maxillary. The scales 
on the cheeks and opercula are dotted with blue. The dorsal fin, behind its 
produced rays, as well as the anal, caudal, pectoral and ventral fins, are yel- 
lowish ; the former faintly marked with blue on its scales, and margined in 
front with dusky; the ventrals are likewise margined on their outer edges 
with dusky. 


Genus POMATAPRION Gill. 


This genus is very closely related to Hypsypops and Pomacentrus, but is dis- 
tinguished from the former by the much higher and more covered scales, ar- 
rayed in about fourteen longitudinal rows; the prolongation of the lobes of 
the caudal fin, and the scaly snout. From Pomacentrus it differs in the entire 
preoperculum in the extremely old as in the young, and the higher preorbital 
region. From Huschistoedus it is distinguished by the entire teeth; from Gly- 
phidodon by the entire teeth, elevated preorbital region, form of the head, &c.; 
and from Parma by the size of the scales. 

There are two Californian species of this genus, which may be distinguished 
as follows: 

I, Lower limb of the preoperculum naked; height of body con- 

tained about 22 times inthe total length. Headabovein youth, 

with two blue lines, one on each side, decurrent over or be- 

hind the eye, and two blue spots or lines on nape. Back of 

tail behind dorsal with a dark spot bordered in front by 
blue. 

2. Body uniformly colored, with two whitish blue spots above 

lateral line below fourth and last dorsal spines...... ......... P. dorsalis. 

8. Body below and tail yellowish, without distinct blue spots. 

Occiput with two parallel blue lines in youth.............. P. Bairdii. 


POMATAPRION DORSALIS Gill. 

Hypsypops dorsalis Gili, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, 
p. 147 (old). 

Pomacentrus quadrigutta Gill, op. cit., 1862, p. 149 (young). Gill, in Guin 
ther’s Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p. 27. 
Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p. 27. 

Glyphidodon dorsalis Giinther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 50. 


In the young, the color of the body is a purplish-brown, varied with blue 
on the centre of each scale, the blue diminishing on the scales of the tail 
towards the fin. On each side there is a blue spot on the first scale above 
the lateral line, on the scale above the seventh of the lateral line and below 
the fourth dorsal spine, and another on the one above the fifteenth scale and 
below the eleventh or twelfth spine; on thé tail, behind the dorsal fin, there 
is a transverse dark band, bordered in front by blue. The head above has 
two blue lines, one on each side, running from, and decurved over, the eye 
behind the orbit. The forehead is indistinctly marked with blue in the centre 
of each scale ; and on the nape there are two oblong blue spots, one on each 
side. A continuous blue line is continued from the side of the snout along 
the suborbital chain, and unites with the line decurrent behind the orbit. 


[Sept. 


Lee ee aes 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Day. 


Behind the end of the supramaxillary, there is a vertical blue bar. The scales 
of the cheeks and opercula are spotted with blue in the centre. Lips immacu- 
late brown. The dorsal fin on its scaly portion is similar to the back; the 
anal has a blue spot at the base of its last rays, and its front, like the outer 
edge of the ventral fin, is blue. The pectoral inside has also a blue line across 
the base of the upper rays. 

As the fish advances in age, the blue on the centres of the scales fades, and, 
finally, the color of the whole body, as well as the scaly portions of the fins, 
become a purplish-brown ; but the spots on the scales above the first, seventh 
and fifteenth (sixteenth) scales of the lateral line remain, as does also the one 
bordered before by blue in the rear of the dorsal fin. The coloration on the 
head simply becomes fainter, and the lines narrower and somewhat inter-- 
rupted. The fins are uniform and spotless, except the pectoral, which retains 
the transverse bar which was assumed in its youth. 

This species, in its young state, was formerly described as a Pomacentrus, 
the preoperculum having a scolloped appearance, produced by the muciferous 
ducts and their mouths, and thus simulating the serrature of young Pomacen-- 
tri, misleading Dr. Giinther as well as myself,—especially as it had the color-. 
ation and form of a Pomacentrus. The border in the old is not so much ex- 
posed, and is perfectly entire, while the preorbital has gained in elevation at 
the expense of the eye. The uniform color of the body is also in strong con-- 
trast to the variegated sides and fins of the young. 

The smallest specimen obtained by Mr. Xantus is nearly an inch and a half 
long ; and nine were obtained varying from that length to little more than 
two inches,—none offering any essential difference. A single adult, distorted, 
and presenting a peculiar appearance, having a length of little more than four 
inches, was also collected. 


PoOMATAPRION Barrpi Gill. 


Pomacentrus Bairdii Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, 
p- 149. Gill in Giinther’s Catalogue of the Fishes, &c., vol. iv. p. 27. 
Pomacentrus rectifrenum pt. Giinther, (excl. desc.) 

The color in extreme youth, as represented by a specimen ten lines long, is 
greenish-yellow, modified by blue above on thé middle of each scale, the 
margins alone being brownish; below a line drawn from the axil of the pec- 
toral to that of the dorsal fin, the blue has disappeared, and the brownish- 
yellow is conspicuous, sprinkled over with a few faint, darker dots, which 
themselves become obsolete on the abdomen and caudal peduncle; immedi- 
ately behind the dorsal fin there is a dark spot, margined in front by blue. 
The head above has two blue lines continued from snout and decurved over 
the eye-ball and behind the orbit; on the forehead there is a transverse blue 
bar, and on the nape two nearly parallel longitudinal blue lines. An oblique 
blue bar crosses the preorbital; a series of blue dots on the suborbital chain 
is continued to meet the deflected line behind the eye, and there is a blue bar 
behind the end of the maxillary. The lips and opercula are brown. The 
dorsal fin, on its scaly portion, including all the spinous portion, except a 
marginal band, and the lower half of the soft, is blue, the scales scarcely 
being margined by brown; the other fins are colorless, except the margin of 
the anal, which is dark. 

The species, with advancing age, loses the intensity of the blue above, but 
that color spreads downwards faintly, and is perceptible on all the scales ex- 
cept those of the abdomen and hinder portions of the caudal peduncle. The 
blue on the upper surface of the head and the preorbital finally becomes ob- 
literated, but the series on the infraorbital chain and the bar behind the 
maxillary remains, while the opercula assume blue dots. The fins also, es- 
pecially the ventral and anal, have become dusky. 

I have seen nine specimens of the Pomataprion Bairdi, from Cape St. Lucas 


1863.] 16 


218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and Panama, varying from ten lines to two inches and a half in length, and 
have been thus enabled to study the development of the coloration, which is 
quite peculiar in the gradual spreading of the blue, while it becomes fainter 
at the same time with age. The species is closely allied to the P. quadrigutta, 
having nearly the same height, the naked lower limb of the preoperculum, 
and the pattern of the upper surface of the head. It has high preorbital bones, 
and a wide convex forehead. 

The specimen mentioned under this name in Dr. Gunther’s Catalogue, can 
scarcely belong to it, as that author would otherwise not have confounded it 
with the P. rectifrenum, which belongs to a different genus. The name under 
which the P. Bairdii was sent has doubtless by some accident been shifted to 
the young of P. rectifrenum, and the specimen of the former lost. 


Genus HYPSYPOPS Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Hypsypops Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1861, p. 165. 
Hypsypops Gill, op. cit., 1862, p. 147. 
Glyphisodon sp. Girard. 
Parma sp. Giinther. 

Body oblong-oval, with the dorsal and inferior outlines correspondent, 
rapidly contracted under the soft dorsal and anal fins, constricted behind 
those fins, and with the caudal peduncle short and high. 

Scales little or no higher than long, subpentagonal, with a muricated bor- 

der behind; arranged in less than thirty oblique rows, and about twenty 
longitudinal ones. Smaller ones extend far on the vertical fins. Lateral line 
tubular, terminated under the posterior portion of the dorsal fin. 
- Head rather higher than long, constricted at the nape, with the forehead 
prominent, in front of which the profile is steep, but depressed, and the 
snout protuberant and jaws rounded. Infraorbital chain in front elevated, 
higher than the diameter of the eye, subangulated at the corner of the mouth, 
and thence trending very obliquely upwards and backwards, under and be- 
hind the eye. Eyesrathersmall. Preoperculum unarmed; operculum with 
a bony projection behind. Cheeks with rather small scales; operculum and 
suboperculum with large orfes. Preorbital, and region in front of forehead, 
naked. 

Mouth small, with its periphery semioval, and the supramaxillaries ceasing 
in front of the eyes; little retractile under preorbital ; surmounted by a strong 
ridge. Lips rather thick, continuous at angle with each other ; lower free all 
around. 

Teeth fixed, uniserial, contiguous, narrow, blunt and entire; in a short, 
semioval row, and behind deflected outwards and downwards on the upper 
jaw ; in the lower, in an oblong, semioval row. 

Branchiostegal rays five. 

Dorsal fin with twelve subequal spines, and the soft portion produced in 
front of the middle and emarginated behind. 

Anal fin armed with two stout spines, and with a soft portion like the dorsal. 

Caudal fin notched, with the lobes rounded. 

D. XI1.16. A.IL15. C— P.— YV.1.5. 

5 
Scales 28 — 
14 


HypPsyPoPs RUBICUNDUS Gill. 
Synonymy. 
‘Glyphisodon rubicundus Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 
vol. vii. p. 148, 1854. Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad 
Route, &c., vol. x. Fishes, p. 161, pl. xxiv. Girard, op. cit., vol. x. 
Whipple’s Report, Zoology, p. 51. 
[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 


Hypsypops rubicundus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 
vol. xiii. p. 165, 1861. 

Parma rubicunda Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, 
vol. iv. p. 58. 


This species, which has only twenty-eight transverse rows of scales, has 
been referred by Dr. Giinther to his genus Parma, characterized by having 
the scales “in more than thirty transverse series,” thus distinguished from 
Glyphidodon, which has the “scales in 30 or less transverse series.” It is, 
however, due to Dr. Giinther, to add that he was logically correct from the 
data in text in making such an approximation, thespecies having been truth- 
fully affirmed by Dr. Girard to have twenty longitudinal rows ; but no men- 
tion was made of the number of transverse ones. The species is, however, 
distinguished by the comparative longitudinal extension of the scales, which 
is accompanied by a less number compared with the longitudinal rows than 
might have been expected. On the other hand, Dr. Giinther was logically in 
error in giving the new name Parma to his genus, as he supposed the type 
and only species which originally served for Hypsypops was a true representa- 
tive of the former genus; and the latter name in such a case would, of 
course, have had to be retained. The characters on which Hypsypops was 
founded were certainly quite different from those serving for Parma; which 
were the most valuable is not for the reviewer to decide. As the two types, 
however, belong to different genera, Parma should be retained for the species 
having its characters. 

The figure accompanying Girard’s description is incorrect as to the form 
of the dorsal and anal fins and the size of the opercular scales. The fins are 
acutely produced in advance of the middle, and emarginated behind, while 
the scales of the operculum are rather smaller than those of the sides. The 
number of transverse rows of scales is correctly given. 


Genus EUSCHISTODUS Gill. 


This genus, as already remarked, has the physiognomy much like that of 
Hypsypops and Pomataprion, but is distinguished from them by the deeply 
grooved and notched teeth, and is, perhaps, really more nearly allied to 
Glyphidodon. Two species are found along the Western Coast of America, and 
a third species, closely related to one of the former, is found on the opposite 
side of the continent. 


EUSCHISTODUS CONCOLOR Gill. 


Euschistodus concolor Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 
1862, p. 145. 

Glyphidodon concolor Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Muse- 
um, vol. iv. p. 37. 


This species, which is very distinctly banded in youth, loses its bands in 
old age, and becomes of a uniform chocolate or purplish-brown, with a 
brown breast and abdomen. 

A species very nearly related to H#. concolor, having almost exactly the same 

4 
proportions, number of rays (D. XIII. 12. A. II. 10. P.18.), scales, (26 —), 
9 


&c., is found on the eastern coast of the isthmus, one specimen from As- 
pinwall having been sent to the Smithsonian Institution by the Rev. Mr. 
Rowell. The coloris purplish-brown, dotted with green on the centre of each 
scale, and with the throat and abdomen covered with a lake-colored coat. 
The teeth are smaller, there being twenty-one or -two on each side of the up- 
per jaw, seven of which are in the deflected portion behind; and inthe lower 
jaw there are about twenty-five on each side. The anal fin has its produced 
portion rounded, rather than angular, as in #. concolor; and in the specimen 


1863.] 


220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


collected, the lower lobe of the caudal fin is subtruncated behind, but perhaps 
is abnormally so. Tothis species are possibly referrible the specimens from the 
island of Cordova, enumerated under the head of Z. concolor by Giinther. The. 
Aspinwall type may be named Ewschistodus analogus. 


EUSCHISTODUS DECLIvirrRoNsS Gill. 


Euschistodus declivifrons Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 
1862, p. 37. 
Glyphidodon declivifrons Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Mu- 
seum, vol. iv. p. 38. 
This species extends from Cape St. Lucas to Panama, where a fine adult 
specimen was obtained by Capt. Dow. 


Genus GLYPHIDODON Lac. 
GLyPHIDODON TroscHELI Gill. 


Glyphidodon Troschelii Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 
1862, p. 150. Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, 
vol. iv. p 36. 
Hab.—Cape St. Lucas. . 


Genus CHROMIS Cuvier. 
Heliases Cuv. et Val. 
Furearia Poey. 
Heliastes Lowe, Gunther. 


The genus Chromis was especially established upon the Sporus chromis of 
Linnzus, by Cuvier, in the year 1815, in the “ Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire 
Naturelle ;” and therefore the name must be retained for that type, while the 
boltiof the Nile must assume the name Zrlapia, as M. Auguste Duméril and 
the author have shown. 

I am not yet able to perceive any generic distinction between Chromis and 
Furcaria, although Prof. Poey was quite correct in his statement that the 
latter has sometimes seven branchiostegal rays, as he has forwarded to me a 
preparation of the F. puncta, exhibiting that number. I have myself dissected 
out a membrane with six rays. 


CHROMIS ATRILOBATUS Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Chromis atrilobata Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, 
p. 149. 
Heliastes marginatus pt. Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Mu- 
seum, Vol. iy. p. 64. 

The color is dark-green, tinged with olive above, and lighter below, while 
there is a very distinct sulphur spot behind the dorsal fin. The head above 
is very dark, light-green on the sides, silvery on the preorbital region. The 
soft portion of the dorsal fin is blackish, except the hinder portion (four or 
five rays), which is yellowish. The anal fin is greenish, dotted with black, 
and with the spines green. The caudal fin is greenish yellow, dotted with 
black, with a black band along each lobe, and with the margins above and 
below bordered with greenish. The pectoral and ventral fins are greenish ; 
the former black at the base. 

- The snout is rather shorter than the eye. The teeth of the outer row are 
enlarged, and behind them is a narrow band of scattered ones. 

There are four longitudinal rows of scales between the median dorsal row 
and the lateral line 

This species is apparently as closely related to the Chromis puncta ex Poey 
as to the Brazilian C. marginata, or Heliastes marginata of Castelnau, with 
which it has been, on too slight grounds, identified by Dr. Giinther, and in 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221 


spite of the difference in the number of the scales, especially those between 
the back and lateral line.* The colors of the two species are also different, 
the present having a very distinct sulphur-yellow spot immediately behind 
the dorsal fin, and extending obliquely forwards and downwards, as in C. 
' puncta. This character was inadvertently omitted in the original description. 


Notes on the LABROIDS of the Western Coast of North America. 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


Within the short time that has elapsed since the publication of the descrip- 
tions of the Labroids of Lower California, two most important works relating 
wholly or in part to the Labroid alliance have been given to the world. Dr. 
Bleeker, after having published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society 
of London,; ard of those of the Royal Academy of Amsterdam,{ an analytical 
conspectus of the family of Labroids, in his great work on the Fishes of the 
Indo-Molluccan Archipelago, has with great precision described and figured 
the numerous species of those seas. Dr. Giinther has also issued the fourth 
volume of his Catalogue in which he has introduced some slight modifications 
in the generic arrangement formerly proposed by him, and has given diagnoses 
of all the determinable species. 

The family of Labroids as understood by the writer has the limits assigned 
to it by Bleeker, the families Scaroids and Siphonognathoids being apparently 
valid. Gtinther has embraced the three under one family, and has even re- 
ferred the genus Siphonognathus to a ‘* group,” including in addition Odaz, 
Coridodaz and Olistherops, considering the genera Odaz and Siphonognathus 
“as closely and naturally allied as Sus and Babirussa.” Siphonognathus, how- 
ever, disagrees with Giinther’s diagnosis of the Labridz in having no “ ventral 
fins thoracic, with one spine and five soft rays,’ and instead of the ‘ bran- 
chiostegals five or six,” only four. As I both believe that a genus should have 
the chief characters of the family in which it is introduced—views shared with 
most naturalists—and believe that those characters in which Siphonognathus 
differs from the Labroids are important in this group of families, especially 
when joined to such a modification of form as it presents, I eliminate from the 
Labroids that genus formerly recognized as the type of a peculiar family by 
myself and shortly afterwards by Bleeker. If two such dissimilar groups have 
any analogies, I should say that Siphonognathus and Odaz bear the same rela- 
tion to each other as Sus and Hippopotamus—types of distinct families. 

The generic distinctions of Dr. Bleeker seem to be in almost all cases happy, 
and the subfamilies Cheiliniformes, Pseudolabriformes Pseudodaciformes, 
(= Pseudocina Gthr.) Chelioniformes, Labriformes, (= Labrina Gthr.) Odaci- 
formes and Clepticiformes appear to be natural, although concerning the first 
and fifth there may be some uncertainty. The other subfamilies—Novacule- 
formes, Labrichthyiformes and Cossyphiformes—appear to require revision. 

Dr. Giinther has enunciated for the first time a most interesting and import- 
ant generalization for the Labroids which may also be extended to other 
families. ‘‘In those genera which are composed entirely or for the greater 
part of tropical species, the vertebral column is composed of twenty-four or 
nearly twenty-four vertebrz, whilst those which are chiefly confined to the 
temperate seas of the northern and southern hemisphere have that number in- 


* It is possible that the number of transverse rows of scales, and the longitudinal rows below 
the lateral line, given in my former description, may be too high, and is at least doubtful,—the 
scales having been mostly rubbed off, and only ascertainable through the scars left by them. 

7 Op. cit., 1862, pp. 408—418. 

t Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie yon Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, vol, 
xiii. pp. 94—109. 


1863.] 


222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


creased in the abdominal and caudal portions.”’ This generalization as ap- 
plicable to the representatives of Acanthopterygian families generally, can be 
considered in connection with the predominance of the true Malacoptery- 
gian fishes in northern waters—fishes in which the increase in the number of 
vertebre is a normal feature. 

In the following list, no revised decriptions of the species are offered, as all 
have been since admitted. The object is chiefly to sustain the generic nomen- 
clature formerly proposed. From this must be excepted the genera Oxychei- 
linus and Crassilabrus Swainson, which were based on false characters, the 
figures of the types having been defective. It is possible that those types are 
generically distinct, but their true characters require to be yet given. The 
name Malacocentrus must be also suppressed, Dr. Bleeker having slightly pre- 
viously given to the same genus the name Novaculichthys. The distribution of 
the genera among subfamilies is admitted with much hesitation. 


Subfamily CH@ROPINZ (Gthr.) 


Genus HARPE (Lacépéde) Gill. 


This genus was originally founded by Lacépéde for the reception of the 
species since generally known as the Cossyphus bodianus ©. V.; it was charac- 
terized by the dentition,—allusion being made to the presence of the enlarged 
teeth at the front of the jaws as well as behind, and the intervening small 
teeth erroneously described as compressed and triangular,—and by the falci- 
form production of the dorsal, anal and ventral fins, as well as the extension of 
the outer rays of the caudal. To it was also erroneously attributed a com- 
pressed and triangular barbel on each side near the commissure of the lips, a 
mistake probably due to some defect in the drawing which afforded Lacépéde 
his knowledge of the genus. It was only known through a design of the na- 
turalist Plumier. As the genus and species are recognizable from the descrip- 
tion of Lacépéde, the name should have been retained for that group of which 
his species is the type, even if Cuvier’s subsequent name Cossyphus had not 
been pre-occupied. 

The genus Cossyphus as finally limited by Bleeker and Giinther is scarcely 
natural as such, five according to the author’s views being embraced in it. Giin- 
ther, in his revised list, has admitted seventeen species, besides two as doubt- 
ful; these may be distributed among the genera, indicated in the analytical 
table given below. 

The genus Harpe contains five known species,—H. rufus (—=Oossyphus bodi- 
anus C. V.); H. pulchellus (C. p. Poey); H. eclancheri (G. ex Val.) and the two 
species of Lower California. 


I. Posterior canine tooth developed. Seales 1. 1. 30—34 
—36). 
a. Darul and anal fins never produced into falciform 
lobes (old world). 
1. Limbs of preoperculum scaly; head oblong, 
snout produced in front..........sssseeees .-... Lepidaplois.* 
2. Limbs of preoperculum scaly ; head high, snout 
decurved from forehead, and rather ab- 
ISROVASILEO ae ctsnecincesncsstis eee hciueass sosccseeeee HUHYPSOCAra.+ 
3. Limbs of preoperculum naked; snout convex.... Gymnopropoma.{ 
8. Dorsal and anal fins produced into very long falci- 


form lobes in adult, (new world)..............+++ Harpe. 
IJ. Posterior canine teeth obsolete. Scales of lateral line 
ADO Ub sO eeesasalesassshcrhee iaserepiecensanes See Acherodus.? 
* Type, Cossyphus axillaris C. V. 7 Cossyphus anthioides Gihr, 
+ Cossyphus bilunulatus C. V. § Cossyphus Gouldii Rich. 


[Sept. 


ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 


Harpe prpLotmnia Gill. 
Harpe diplotenia Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 140. 
Cossyphus diplotenia Gthr., Cat. iv. 110. 
Hab.—Cape St. Lucas. 


HARPE PECTORALIS Gill. 
Harpe pectoralis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, 1863, p. 141. 
Cossyphus pectoralis Gthr., Cat. iv. p. 110. 
Hab.—Cape St. Lucas. 


Subfamily JULIDINZ (Gthr.)* 


Genus JULIS (Cuv.) Giinther. 
JULIS LUCASANA Gill. 
Julis lucasana Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 142. 
(74 


“© Giinther, Cat. iv. p. 184. 
Hab.—Cape St. Lucas. 


Genus CHG@ROJULIS Gill. 


CHG@ROJULIS SEMICINCTUS Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Julis semicinctus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, pt. ii. 
p. 32. 
Cheerojulis sp. ? Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philada., 1862. 
Platyglossus semicinctus Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British 
Museum, vol. iv. p. 161. 

Hab.—Lower California. 

In implying that it was possible that Dr. Ayres might have committed an 
error in giving the number of dorsal spines of this species, I have done him 
injustice, since he assures me that he has found that number; although the 
dentition has not been noticed as to the presence of the angular tooth of the 
upper jaw, it is doubtless present, and the species probably belong to Chero- 
julis. The species is unknown to me through specimens. 


Subfamily YYRICHTHYIN Gill. 


This subfamily should, perhaps, be limited so as to retain only those types 
which have the lateral line interrupted. It would then embrace the following 
genera: 

I. Scales rather large, thirty or less along lateral line. 
A. Head with the upper edge trenchant. 
a. Dorsal spine nine, the first two remote from the others, 
on or close behind the occiput and forming a more 
or less distinct portion. 
1. Cheeks with small scales...... SeoeBeGstecace snosdtens scott Novacula. 
DCheeks naked fiiv...:sc.0s..Jscs.cocasecssSecsseessenendeeeas Iniistius. 
8. Dorsal spines nine, all connected in a fin whose 
origin is nearly above the bases of the pectorals. 


Cheek naked.......... Reseneneacnepeee meteeeaceeices SSAC TOSS Xyrichthys. 
B. Head above blunt. 
1. Dorsal spines conniected...........ceccsscecsseveree vor esses Novaculichthys. 
2. First two dorsal spines more or less detached........... Dimalacocentrus. 
If. Scales small (lateral line with about 80). Head blunt 
on its upper edge......... “Housecat Gonbeaconecsecsr dese Be sosthenecse Cymolutes. 


* The Julis modestus Grd. of Upper California is the type of a new genus, which may be named 
Oxyjulis. Girard was correct in giving nine dorsal spines; in the one formerly noticed by me and 
which I caused to be figured, there were, however, only eight. 

t Occasionally there are a few scales around the orbit. 


1863.] 


224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


The limits of those genera, it may not be unnecessary to remark, were in- 
tended to include the same species referred to Bleeker’s genera, founded on 
the same types. XiricuTuys embracing XY. novacula, Cuv., XY. argentimaculata 
Steind., (Nov.) Javanica Blkr., X. cyanifrons O. V., X. martinicensis C. V., X. 
uniocellata OC. V., X.lineata C. V. and X. mundiceps Gill. Inustrus includes only 
the I. pavo, I. (Nov.) tetrazona ex Blkr., I. mundicorpus Gill, I. (Xtr.) dea ex T.S. 
and J. (Nov.) aneitensisex Gthr. To Novacuta are referrible the WV. pentadactyla, 
N. punctulata, N. Twistii, N. melanopus and N. spilonotus, and probably N. bima- 
culata ex Riipp. The genus Jniistivs would not include the Movaculichthys 
callosoma of Bleeker, but at the same time I would not have included it in 
Novaculichthys as it differs not only in the notch between its two produced an- 
terior rays and the third, but also in the still more anterior insertion of the 
ventral fins; it may be called Dimalacocentrus callosoma. 


Genus XYRICHTHYS Cuvier, 1815. 


Novacula Bleeker, 1862, (nec C. V.) Cuv. R. A. ii. p. 265, 1817. 

The genus ‘ Yyrichthys” was especially established upon tke Coryphena 
novacula of Linnzus, by Cuvier, in his Memoir on the Fishes of the Mediter- 
anean.* The name must consequently be retained for the genus of which that 
is the type. ’ 

XYRICHTHYS MUNDICEPS Gill. 
Xirichthys mundiceps Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 143. 
Novacula mundiceps Giinther, Cat. iv. p. 172. 
Hab.—Cape St. Lucas, 
Genus INIISTIUS Gill. 
Xirichthys Bleeker (nec Cuv. 1815.) 

The genus was first recognized by Dr. Bleeker, as now limited, slightly before 
it was named by the present author, but that gentleman has given to ita name 
which was originally applied to an allied genus for which it should apparently 
be retained. 

INIISTIUS MUNDICORPUS Gill. 
Iniistius mundicorpus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 145. 
Novacula mundicorpus Gthr., Cat. iv. p. 176. 
Hab.—-Cape St. Lucas. 


Synopsis of the family of LEPTUROIDS, and Description of a remarkable new 
generic type. 


BY THEODORE GILL. 


My valued correspondent, M. Felipe Poey, of the University of Havana, in 
a recent transmission of specimens of natural history to the Smithsonian In- 
stitution, forwarded a most interesting fish belonging to the family of Leptu- 
roids, and evidently most closely related to the genus Lepidopus. That gen- 
tleman, in a previous letter, had drawn my attention to it, and desired me to 
describe it. This request, so much in accordance with my own inclinations, 
is now responded to, and, at the same time, in order to illustrate its affinities 
and differential characters, the diagnoses of the previously known genera of 
Lepturine and Lepidopodine are submitted. 


Family LEPTUROID Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Trichiurini Rajfinesque, Indice d’Ittiologia Siciliana, p. 37, 1810. 


* Memoires du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., i. pp. 824, 329, 1815. 


[Sept. 


~- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225 


Teniosomes Blainville, Journal de Physique, t. lxxxiii. p. 25, 1816. 

Trichiuride Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &e., vol. ii. 
p. 342. 

Lepturoide Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North Ame- 
rica, &c., p. 35. 

Peropteres pt. Dum. 

Elongated riband-shaped fishes, with the tail very slender, either filiform 
and finless, or with a forked caudal ; a naked skin; maxillars not protractile, 
more or less coalescent and hiding mostly under the suborbital bones, the 
post-anal region with numerous, almost concealed spines, and the ventral fins 
obsolete or represented by scale-like spines behind the pectoral region. 

The Lepturine and Lepidopodinz have the most anterior spines simple, but 
becoming gradually grooved on their posterior edges, and soon the spines 

‘themselves are split to their bases. 
The following genera belong to this family : 


Conspectus 
I. Dorsal fin undivided. 


Al Pailfiliformeand finlesste.. 2.2. 2.c..je55- och -saserebans bee. LEPTURINZ. 
a. Lateral line near the abdomen... «............+eeeceeees Lepturus. 
Gay Materallineymedian cccs..esnae-s-sm0n0)- caaececsiciacac cen Eupleurogrammus. 
B. Tail with a normally developed and forked fin......+. LEPIDOPODIN. 
a. Profile rectilinear and forehead depressed............ Lepidopus. 
8. Profile high, trenchant and boldly deelining......... Evoxymetopon. 
ee P orsal in COWD1O-c.-<cssqeceans ase otadcncea cncroercenoeriecaasancs APHANOPODINE. 
Teeth of the palate wanting........... ...csccsees csceee sence Aphanopus. 


Aphanopus Lowe is only known to me through the descriptions of Lowe and 
Giinther, which leave considerable to be desired. I am, therefore, precluded 
from giving a detailed diagnosis. It is to be hoped that some of the Madeiran 
ichthyologists will more fully illustrate that singular type. 


Subfamily LEPTURINZ Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Trichiuria Rajinesque, Analyse de la Nature, Xc., 1815. 
Trichiurini Bonaparte, Systema Vertebratorum, 1831. 
Trichiurinz Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, 
vol. ii. p. 254, 1839. 
Lepturine Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North Ame- 
rica, p. 35, 1860. 


Genus LEPTURUS Artedi. 
Synonymy. 
Lepturus Artedi, Descriptiones Specierum Piscium, p. 111, 1738. 
Enchelyopus aap Historie Piscium Naturalis promovende Missus quartus, 
p. 51, 1744. 
Gymnogaster Gronovius, Museum Ichthyologicum, i. p. 17, 1754. 
Trichiurus Linneus, Systema Nature, ed. 10, vol. i. p. 429. 
Trichiurus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol. ii. p. 
346, 1860. 
Enchelyopus Bleeker. 
Body naked, very long and thin, rather rapidly decreasing in its posterior 
half and terminating in the slender, compressed, finless caudal filament. 
Lateral line simple, strongly decurved behind the pectoral fin and continued 
near the line of the abdomen to its extremity. 
Head much compressed, oblong, conic, with the profile straight or incurved 
and the snout terminating acutely and more or less gibbous near its end. 
Forehead with an elongated linear depression, bounded on each side by a 


1863.] 


226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


ridge of the frontal bone. Eyes moderate, nearly in the middle of the head. 
Operculum oblong, striated and fringed behind, extending above the bases of 
the pectoral fins. Nostrils vertical, in front of eyes. 

Mouth rather large, the supramaxillars extending partially under the eyes ; 
intermaxillars and supramaxillars united; supramaxillars convex above at 
the middle, behind with a projection downwards truncated in front. Lower 
jaw narrow and produced at its chin. 

Teeth, one or two on each side of the intermaxillars elongated and barbed ; 
behind smaller, compressed and triangular; smaller in the lower jaw and 
minute on the palatine bones. 

Dorsal fin continuous from the nape and nearly above the preoperculum to 
the filamentous tail, nearly uniform or higher towards the middle. Anal 
spines very minute. 

Ventral fins entirely absent. 


D. CXII.—CXL. 


Vertebre 39 | 112 pm. 

Ceca pylorica 24 pm. 

This genus is represented in all the tropical seas, except perhaps the African 
ones, and some of its members wander into the temperate ones, species occur- 
ing along the Eastern American coast, as well as the Japanese and Chinese 
seas. The following five species are well determined : 

1. Leprurus ARGENTEUS = Trichiurus lepturus C. et V. viii. p. 237. 

Western Atlantic. 

2. LEPTURUS JAPoNIcUS = Trichiurus japonicus Blkr. 

Japan. 

3. LEPrurvs sAVALA=Trichurus savala C. et V. viii. p. 251, pl. 224. 

Hast Indian and Chinese seas. 

4, Lepturus HAUMELA = Trichiurus haumela C. et V. viii. p. 249. 

East Indian seas. 

5. Leprurvs Lagor = Trichiurus lajor Blkr. 
Manado. 


Genus EUPLEUROGRAMMUS Gill. 


Synonymy. 
Eupleurogrammus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862. 
Trichiurus sp. Gray, Giinther. 

Body naked, very long and thin, rather rapidly decreasing at its posterior 
half and terminating in the slender, compressed, finless caudal filament. 

Lateral line simple, scarcely decurved, and continued along the middle of 
the side to its termination. 

Head much compressed, oblong conic, with the profile nearly straight, the 
forehead transversely convex, the snout acute and scarcely gibbous near 
its end. Eyes rather large, situated nearly in the middle of the head. Oper- 
culum oblong and fringed behind, extending above the base of the pectoral 
fins. Nostrils vertical, in front of the eyes. 

Mouth as in Lepturus. 

Teeth as in Lepturus. 

Dorsal fin continuous from the nape nearly above the preoperculum to the 
extremity of the tail, where the spines are very minute. Anal spines very 
minute. 

Pectoral fins longest at the upper rays, obliquely subtruncated below. 

Ventral fins replaced by a pair of minute scale-like spines. 

D. CL. pm. 

Type. Eupleurogrammus muticus Gill ex Gray. 


This genus differs from Lepturus chiefly by the course of the lateral line 
along the middle of the body,—the feature indicated by the generic name, —and 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 22K 


also by the presence of scale-like spines in place of the ventrals. It thus shows 
a tendency towards Lepidopus, and perhaps further by a more perfect develop- 
ment of the tail than occurs in Lepturus. 

According to Giinther, the Trichiurus muticus and T. intermedius of Gray 
are not specifically distinct, and, if this opinion is correct, the typical species 
of the genus is the only one known. Both forms inhabit the East Indian and 
Chinese seas. 


Subfamily LEPIDOPODIN& Gill. 
Genus LEPIDOPUS Gouang 
Synonymy. 
Lepidopus Gouan, Historia Piscium, p. 185, 1770. 


Vandellius Shaw, General Zoology, vol. iv. p. 199, 1803. 
Searcina Rafinesque, Caratteri di alcuni Nuovi Generi, Xc., della Sicilia, p. 20, 
1 


Zipotheca Montagu, Memoirs of the Wernerian Society, vol. i. p. 81, (1809), 
1811 


Lepidopus Cuv., Giinther, et al. 

Body naked, very long and thin, gradually decreasing backwards till within 
a short distance of its extremity, when it rapidly tapers into a slender com- 
pressed caudal peduncle, on which is set a small, but completely developed, 
caudal fin. Anus subcentral. 

Lateral line simple, little decurved from the scapular region and continued 
along the middle of the side to its end. 

Head much compressed, oblong, conic, with the profile nearly straight or 
constricted behind the forehead, and with the snout gibbous near its end; 
forehead narrow, with an elongated triangular depression between two frontal 
ridges. Eyes moderate, situated nearly in the middle of the head. Opercu- 
lum oblong, not extending as far back as the bases of pectoral fins, fimbriated 
onits margin. Nostrils oblique, in front of the eyes. 

Mouth moderate, the supramaxillars extending to about the vertical from 
the front of the eye; intermaxillars and supramaxillars free, the former 
highest near the middle and arched above, again widened towards the ends, 
with a terminal expansion downwards truncated in front. Lower jaw narrowed 
to its extremity and bluntly produced at the chin. 

Teeth, two or three long, simple, (or barbed ?), compressed ones on each 
side of the intermaxillars in front,* and behind a row of small ones. Lower 
jaw with a similar row ; palatine teeth minute. 

Dorsal fin commencing above or behind the preoperculum, nearly uniformly 
high and continuous almost to the caudal fin. Anal spines numerous and 
minute ; behind enlarged and connected by a membrane to form a fin. 

Caudal fin small but normally developed, deeply forked, and with subacute 
lobes. 

Pectoral fins inserted almost horizontally, with the lower rays longest, and 
above emarginated. 

Ventral fins represented by scale-like spines inserted behind the pectoral fins. 

D. C—CV. A. XX—XXV. 

Vertebre 41 | 71 pm. 

Ceca pylorica 23 pm. 

Type. Lepidopus caudatus White ex Euphrasen. 

Only one species of this appears to be known. It has been only found in 
the Mediterranean Sea and the eastern parts of the Atlantic Ocean. 


Genus EVOXYMETOPON Poey. 


Body naked, very long and thin, very gradually decreasing backwards till 
within a short distance of the extremity, when it more rapidly tapers into a 


* IT see none with barbed points, like those represented by Cuvier, in the specimen before me. 


1863.] 


228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


slender compressed caudal peduncle, on which is inserted a completely de- 
veloped caudal fin. Anus submedian. 

Lateral line simple, scarcely decurved from the scapular region, and con- 
tinuous along the middle of the side to its end. 

Head much compressed, oblong, with the profile regularly decurved from 
the nape or supraocular region to the snout, the occiput and forehead being 
trenchant and elevated. Eyes moderate or rather large, subcircular, and 
situated chiefly in the anterior half of the head. Operculum oblong, trape- 
zoidal, not extending backwards as far as the pectoral fins, radiatedly striated 
on the surface, and givifl® a fringed margin to the bone above its angle. Nos- 
tril subcircular, in front of the eye. 

Mouth moderate, the supramaxillars extending only to about the vertical 
of the front of the eye; intermaxillars and supramaxillars free, the latter 
highest towards the middle, where they are arched above, thence constricted 
and little widened towards the ends, with a terminal extension downwards 
abruptly truncated in front. Lower jaw deeply narrowed towards the sym- 
physis, where it is moderately deep, and with the chin obtusely angulated. 

Teeth—two or three strong, simple, compressed, recurved ones on each of 
the intermaxillars in front, and behind a row of smallones. Lower jaw with 
a row of nearly similar but straighter teeth. The palatines have a minute 
row, and, finally, the tongue is armed also with minute ones on the lateral 
margins. 

Dorsal fin commencing nearly over the eye, slowly decreasing in a continu- 
ous line towards the caudal fin. Anal spines numerous, preceded by a dagger- 
shaped spine behind the anus; the spines mostly minute, free, posteriorly en- 
larged, connected by the membrane and forming a fin. 

Caudal fin small, but normally developed, deeply forked and with subacute 
lobes. 

Pectoral fins inserted almost horizontally, with the lowest rays longest and 
the border of the fins above them emarginated. 

Ventral fins represented by short broad scales behind the pectoral region. 

This genus is at once distinguished from Lepidopus by the form of the head, 
the origin of the dorsal fin, and the obtusely angular chin and the consequent 
ascent of the jaw forwards to the symphysis above. It is at present only cer- 
tainly known as a West Indian type, but it is probable that a representative 
of it has wandered to the British shores, and been noticed under the name of 
Trichiurus lepturus. 


EvoxXYMETOPON TZNIATUS Poey. 


The greatest height equals about a twelfth of the extreme length, while the 
head forms about an eighth of the same. The head is oblong, trenchant 
above, elevated above the eyes for a space considerably greater than the di- 
ameter of the eye, and decurved very obliquely downwards to the snout. 
The diameter of the orbit enters about six times in the head’s length. The 
first ten dorsal spines are undivided; the rest split. 

BS fet DSSile Akon Oren iey tet. 

The color is silvery, with about six narrow reddish bands most distinct 
behind, the first on the ridge of the back and the fifth along the lateral line. 

One specimen, nearly five feet long, was procured by Prof. Poey, and has 
been kindly presented to the Smithsonian Institution. Is not this at least 
closely related to the fish found on the beach of the ‘‘ Moray Frith, near the 
fishing village of Port Gordon,’’ about three miles east from the mouth of the 
river Spey, ‘‘on the 12th of November, 1812,’’ and noticed by Mr. James 
Hoy ?* The specimen was referred by Hoy to the Trichiurus lepturus, but it 


* For a notice of this fish, see the Transactions of the Linnean Society of Scotland, vol. xi. p. 210, 
and Yarrell’s History of British Fishcs, ed. 2, vol. i. p. 206. 
[Sept. 


~~ 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 


evidently did not belong to that species, as the body gradually diminished for 
the latter half ‘‘to the tail, which ended in a blunt point ;”’ the ‘‘dorsal fin 
extended from the head to the tail;’’ ‘‘ both sides of the fish were white, with 
four longitudinal bars of a darker delhi: the one immediately below the dorsal 
fin was about two inches broad, each of the other three about three-fourths of 
aninch. The side line- straight along the middle.’? ‘‘Its head had been 
broken off and quite gone.”’ 

In all the points thus enumerated, the Scotch fish decidedly differs from the 
species of the genus Lepturus, and it is equally distinguished from the Lepi- 
dopus caudatus by its bars of color, the latter, like Lepturus, having uniform 
silvery sides. It is true that Hoy denies ventral and anal fins, but it must be 
remembered that he was not a scientific ichthyologist; the ventral scales, as 
well as the anal fin, had also, perhaps, been lost, or, preoccupied with the 
idea that his fish was the Lepturus ; Hoy did not carefully look for them. But 
whether this hypothesis is right or wrong, it is evident that Hoy had neither a 
Lepturus nor Lepidopus before him, and another large species of tte sea remains 
to be confirmed by British naturalists as a visitant to their waters. The third 
edition of Yarrell’s work is unknown to me, but its rediscovery can scarcely 
be signalized in it, since no mention is made of it in the subsequent work of 
Giinther. 

The following table indicates the relative proportions of the Evoxrymetopon 
teeniatus. 

Extreme length 100. 

Body—Greatest height 8; Height at anus 64; height of tail between anus 
and caudal fin 5; least height of tail 3. 

Head—Greatest length 12; distance from snout to nape 7; length of snout 
41; length of operculum 44 ; length of lower jaw 5. 

Orbit—Diameter 2; distance from profile 2}. 

Dorsal— Height at first spine 3; height at second spine 33; height at ray 
above anus 13; height at ray between anus and caudal 11. 

Caudal—Length of external rays 3}. 

Pectoral—Distance from snout at upper axilla 14; length 6}. 

Ventral--Distance from snout 17} ; length 23. 


Synopsis of the North American GADOID FISHES, 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


In this paper I have corrected some errors that were copied in the ‘‘ Cata- 
logue of the Fishes of North America,’’ and an endeavor has been made to 
distribute the species, approximately at least, among their natural groups and 
genera. The whole family yet requires a careful revision, and the chief points 
to be cleared are rather referred to and indicated than elucidated. May those 
who are more fortunately situated carefully elaborate the subject ! 

I. Caudal fin distinct. Lateral line continuous. 
A. Anterior dorsal fin developed as a true and separate fin. 
B. Ventral fins normally developed, with (3—) five to 
seven rays. 
1. Posterior dorsal, as well as anal, sinuated or 
emarginated behind middle. Vertebrz with their 
neural spines developed, and wedged one into 


the other. Frontal bones double............ Labecalwe MERLUCIIN& 
* Teeth of inner row elongated, moveable............ Merlucius. 
2. Posterior dorsal and anal fins double. Vertebrz 
with moderate neural Spine .. .......sscseeeseeeeeres GaADINz. 
a. Lower jaw longer. Barbel absent or rudimen- 
WATY gfe ava seniece | deoscesietcevel-coscrseestrscs a necitwe sevig’ 
* Teeth of upper jaw of equal size.. SC OS eeCUOLIDO CIDE: - Pollachius. 


1863.] 


230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


** Teeth of upper jaw enlarged in the outer row. Boreogadus. 
G. Lower jaw shorter, received within the upper. 
* Head oblong conic and pointed ; the snout at 
least twice as long asthe eye. Chin barbel 
well developed. 
t Anterior dorsal little elevated. Mouth mode- 
rate, maxillary extending at least as far 
as front of orbit....... teelsbepieatigaswaccns/aseast Gadus. 
+t Anterior dorsal elevated at angle. Mouth 
small, the maxillary not extending as far 


SS IOR DUE, css ipouah RR bs uch ovis ca tae - Melanogrammus. 
** Head abbreviated ; the snout blunt and little 
or no longer than the OY Oct diadaahyasas-bnaszes Brachygadus. 


3. Posterior dorsal and anal fins entire and even..... LoTinz. 
* Anterior dorsal fin anterior, little behind the 
pectorals. Mandible and vomer with enlarged 
teeth........ pee asies ee eeee BAAN cL ee ede eecgondooude- Molva. 
BB. Ventral fins simple at their base, thence divided. Puycinz. 
*First dorsal fin produced at third ray. Caudal 


fin CONVEX behind, .........sceecesasecneeecascesecssceses Phycis. 
** First dorsal fin rounded and not elevated. 
Caudal emarginated..........cscsccscesccesccnecssenees Urophycis. 
AA. Anterior dorsal “fin composed of small fringes pre- 
Ceded by a Slender ray......sevesecececeserecer seeee sees eevee CILIATINE. 
* Head depressed behind. 
a. Snout without CIrrus.........ssscseeesceeees paeeeeiets seoee OOS. 
Ge Snout with Cirrussssceseenseesdodessdockssaet-oonsoce -e.. Rhinonemus. 
%X Head COMPpPLesseds.s..:.200ceveeserviacvese srosescersescovorses Ciliata. 
AAA. Dorsal fin single and extending on b ack.. seeoee DROSMINA. 
* Chin with a single barbel........-sseee-csrerenseeceee cones Brosmius. 


Subfamily MERLUCIIN Gill. 


Genus MERLUCIUS Raf. 
Onus Raf., 1810. 
Stomodon Mitchill, 1814. 
Hydronus Mindling, 1832. 
Merlus Gay. 
Homalopomus Girard. 
Epicopus Giinther. 


In North American waters are perhaps found two species of this genus occu- 
pying different areas: one, identified with the European species, inhabiting the 
seas of Greenland, and the Jerlucius bilinearis occurring in more Southern 
latitudes. 

MERLUCIUS VULGARIS Fleming. 
Gadus merluccius Linn. 
Merluccius borealis Swainson. 

Hab.—Greenland. 

I retain the name of Fleming for this species since there appears to be some 
doubt whether the one of the Mediterranean Sea and neighboring ocean is not 
different. I have never seen the Greenland species, and therefore am in no 
position to either confirm or contest its identification, which, however, is vouch- 
ed for by the able Reinhardt. 


MERLUCIUS BILINEARIS Gill. 


Stomodon bilinearis AMitchill, Rep., p. 7, 1814. 
Gadus merlucius Mit. 
Gadus albidus Mit., Journ. Acad. N. §. Pa., i. p. 409. 


[Sept- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231 


Merlucius vulgaris Storer, Rep., p. 132. 
Merlucius albidus Dekay, Rep., p. 280, pl. 46, f. 148. 
Merlucius bilinearis Gi//, Cat. 

Hab.—Eastern coast from Virginia northwards. 

This species appears to differ from the European hake by the more numer- 
ous rays ofthe first dorsal, the more depressed second dorsal and anal, and in 
its proportions. The number of rays given to the European species by some 
of the best zoologists is exhibited in comparison with that presented by the 
American species. 


M. vulgaris. 


D. 9—10 | 39—40 As SlS39i8. nie dela eks Linneus. 
D. 9 | 40 Brot BO wr MS. eto shite. se tele Pennant. 
D. 10—11 | 87—-39 = A. 37 —BB...... seccceeeeseee wees Sundevall. 
D5110)|:39 ANE hy yA IEROE «cat Cowal Parnell. 
D. 9-10 | 39-40 IN SO=SEAOLY, Joskth Bees bade Kroyer.: 
Ds jL08] ANSI ——AOrensecesenecocstosveses Nilsson. 
D. 10 | 36—37 AntBOLaADA sleachiats, <obegciss Giinther. 
M. bilinearis. 
D. 12 | 39 A. 39.....sececcorssesesereeeseeee Mitch. Rep. 
D. 12 | 38 DN AL oe iecnady npiciara toes telat upy s ‘‘.faverans. IN. Y. 
D. 12 | 38--41 A AD es «ian f oa seaseperieasaate sok Storer R. & Syn. 
D. 11] 39 GAD: ox caso cnespees ricaspvimen tends Dekay. 
D. 13 | 41 fle 440 c8ccspre agannacooc seeded Storer Mem. Ac. vi. 
D. 12 | 39 (d. 19) Ai OS seas etsnagshs cad opseeaiay be Gill. 
MPU AWC loradL'7 dunt. dosteey BOla-easonsnanaacaceassenayoes Gill 
D. 12 | 41 (d. 20) y RE ERNE een eee tees Gill 


From the above enumeration, it is evident that the difference in the num- 
ber of the rays of the first dorsal does not come within the limits of specific 
variation. The depression of the second dorsal occurs at the seventeenth to 
twentieth rays. The number of rays of the first dorsal has been verified in 
eight other individuals. 


Subfamily GADINE (Bon.) Gill. 
Genus POLLACHIUS (Nilsson.) 


This genus does not appear to include more than one American species, 
which one has been considered to be identical with the European Pollachius 
carbonarius by those who have compared the two. The Merlangus poutassou 
of Risso, referred to this genus by Nilsson and Bonaparte,is quite distinct from it 
and the type of one which, having received no special name, may now be desig- 
nated Micromesistius ; it is distinguished by its dentition, the very short abdo- 
men, very long first anal and short second dorsal, whichis widely separated 
from the first and third. 


POLLACHIUS CARBONARIUS Bon. 


Synonymy of American fish. 

Gadus purpureus Mitch. 
Gadus (Merlangus) carbonarius Rich., F.B. A., iii. p. 247. 
Merlangus carbonarius Storer, Rep., 129. 

‘ purpureus Storer, Rep., 130. 
Pollachius carbonarius Gill, Cat., p. 48. 
Merlangus purpureus Gill, Cat., p. 48. 
Gadus virens Giinther, iv. 339. 

Doubtful synonymy. 

Merlangus leptocephalus Dekay, Rep., p- 288, pl. 45, f. 146, (rectius 147 ) 


1863.] 


232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


I am acquainted with only one American species of this genus; it is un- 
doubtedly the same described and figured by Storer in his History of the Fishes 
of Massachusetts, and the same as that which has been referred to the Gadus 
virens, or Pollachius carbonarius, by Dr. Giinther. As that gentleman. has 
identified it with the European species after an actual comparison of speci- 
mens from Boston and Europe, and, as Dr. Reinhardt has enumerated the Euro- 
pean species among the Greenland Fishes, I am forced to follow them in faith 
until I shall be able to examine myself the fishes of the several countries. 

I am, however, disposed to believe that the New England and New York type 
is a distinct species ; in that case, it must receive the name Pollachius purpu- 
reus; the minute barbel is very often present. 

Dr. Storer, in 1839, believed that he could recognize two species of Merlan- 
gus of the M. carbonarius type, one of which was called by the last name 
and the other designated as M. purpureus, Mitchill. In his descriptions he 
has given each a special set of characters, some of which are not mentioned 
in the description of the allied species, but, as his notices are not comparative, 
it cannot be assumed that the characters attributed to one are wanting in the 
other when not mentioned. But even after the eliminations required by such 
considerations, some points of his descriptions may be contrasted, and if im- 
plicitly relied in, would result in the admission of two species. Of M. carbo- 
narius, he describes the ‘‘length of the head compared to that of the body, 
exclusive of the tail, as 1 to 2}; depth of the body over the base of the 
pectorals rather less than the length of the head,’’ while to MZ. pur- 
pureus is only attributed ‘‘a depth of the body across from the anus 
exclusive of the dorsal fin, as 1 to 4;” ‘‘length of the head about 
equal to the greatest depth of body ;” the first dorsal fin of M. carbonarius 
is ‘* longer than high ;” in MZ. purpureus, a ‘‘ third longer than high.”’ 

With regard to the proportions of the head and body of M. carbonarius, 
there can be no question that there has been error, for a length equal to two 
and a quarter times that of the head would nearly extend to the middle of 
the first anal,—proportions which the M. carbonarius of Europe certainly does 
not exhibit, and which, as subsequent evidence demonstrates, the M. carbona- 
rius of Storer equally fails to show. The length of the first dorsal is excep- 
tionally if ever a third longer than high. The other variations between J. 
carbonarius and M. purpureus are very slight, and no true specific characters 
are brought forward ; and, as Storer has only admitted a single species in his 
last work on the Fishes of Massachusetts, there can ‘‘ be little question that 
there is no specific difference between the two.”’ 

Dekay, subsequently, in his ‘‘ Zoology of New York’? admitted three 
species,—the M. carbonarius aud M. purpureus, as well as a new spe- 
cies, which he called M. leptocrphalus, di tinguished by having the 
“lower jaw shortest,’ and of which he further says, ‘‘the upper jaw 
receives the under jaw within it, although, when extended, the latter appears 
somewhat the longest;’ ‘‘the first dorsal pointed.’? His descriptions are, 
as usual, loose and vague, but, wth the exception of the portions quoted 
above, contain nothing which would decidedly be opposed to their reference to 
the WM. carbonarius, and if it is assumed, as from analogy would almost be justi- 
fied, that the M. leptocephalus was founded on a specimen in which the lower 
jaw had been retracted by dislocation, they may with little hesitation be re- 
ferred to one species. 

In my Catalogue of the Fishes of the Coast, failing to exercise sufficient 
criticism, I have admitted the three species of Dekay and Storer’s Synopsis, 
retaining the M@. purpureus and leptocephalus in Merlangus, the latter being 
expressly said to have the lower jaw shortest, and Dekay’s figure of WM. pur- 
pureus representing the lower jaw still shorter,* (although opposed to his de- 


* Have not Dekay’s figures of MM. purpureus and M. leptocephalus been reversed? 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 


scription), while with Bonaparte the genus Pollachius has been accepted for M. 
carbonarius. I shall not attempt any justification of this error, as it un- 
doubtedly is, for I myself entertain no doubt that all of the preceding names 
are referrible to one and the same species. Evidently the M. leptocephalus 
has no affinity to the true Merlangi. 

In a moderately large specimen, the height is contained about 5 times in the 
extreme length, and 42 times to the point of the caudal peduncle; the head 
4} times in the former, and 4 times in the latter. The first dorsal is about as 
high or higher than long and about two-thirds shorter than the second. The 
rays are indicated in the following formula: 

D. (12--) 13 | 18—21 | 19—21. A. (21) 24—27 | 18-20. 


Genus BOREOGADUS Giinther. 


BoREOGADUS POLARIS Gill. 


Gadus eglifinus Fab., Fauna Groenl., p. 142. 

Merlangus polaris Sabine, App. Parry’s Voyages, p. cexi. 1824. 
Gadus Fabricii Rich., F. B..A., p. 245; Gthr., iv. p. 336. 
Gadus polaris Aich., F. B. A., p. 247. 

Gadus agilis Reinh., Vid. Selks. Afh., vii. p. 126. 

Pollachius polaris Gill, Cat., p. 48. 

Hab.— Greenland and Polar seas. 

Dr. Giinther has placed this species in a section of his genus Gadus named 
Boreogadus, and characterized by having the lower jaw longest ; teeth in the 
outer series of the upper jaw stronger than the others. To it were referred 
the Gadus fabricii of Richardson (B. polaris), G. Esmarkii Nilsson, the Mer- 
langus productus of Ayres, which belongs to the subfamily of Merluciine, and 
has not the characters ofthe section ; and, lastly, the Gadus poutassou of Risso 
which is the type of the genus Brachymesistius. The Merlangus polaris, how- 
ever, is the type of a genus distinct from Pollachius and departs from that 
genus in its larger mouth, enlarged teeth of the outer row in the upper jaw, 
the extension forwards of the branchial aperture above, obsolescence of 
the lateral line behind and form of the pectoral fins. The single spe- 
cimen which I have seen has also the caudal fin unequally lobed, the 
upper lobe narrowed and rounded behind, the lower triangular and angu- 
lar; it is possible, however, that the peculiarity may not be normal, as no 
mention has been made of it by others. 


Genus GADUS (Artedi) Bon. 
Morrhua Cuv. 

This genus, as now restricted, excludes the common Haddock and the 
Gadus minutus of Linnezus, the former of which is taken as the type of the 
genus Melanogrammus and the latter as that of the genus Brachygadus. The 
American species of Gadus have been involved in considerable confusion. 
There are two very distinct species found along the Eastern coast northwards to 
Hudson’s Bay. One of these is at least nearly allied to the common cod of 
Europe, and has been known among modern American naturalists under the 
name of Morrhua americana; the second isthe ‘‘tom cod ”’ or ‘‘ frost fish ’”’ of 
the people, and is quite distinct from any European species. 

In addition to these, two other species have been attributed to America, 
both being inhabitants of the Greenland seas; one has been identified with 
the European cod, and the other has been named Gadus ojac and ovak by 
Richardson and Reinhardt, while by Giinther it has been considered as a 
variety of the common cod. 

Finally, Giinther, on the authority of Mitchill, identifying the Gadus mor- 
rhua of that author with its Linnean homonym, while referring the same 
author’s G. callarias to the synonymy of G. tomcodus, has stated the true 
G. morrhua to be found southwards to New York. 


1863.] 17 


234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Having never seen any of the Greenland Gadi, I am unprepared to form 
an opinion of their distinction from each other or from the common cad of the 
more Southern American coast. J am, however, disposed to believe that Rein- 
hardt has been able to find good characters for his G. ovak, while the cod of 
New Enzland, the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Hudson’s Bay appears to differ 
slightly from that of Europe by the proportions of the fins. 

The specific differences between three of the species herein provisionally 
admitted remain to be confirmed. 


Gapus MORRHUA Linn. - 


Gadus callarias Linn. (Young. ) 
Gadus callarias var. a. Fabr. 
Morrhua vulgaris lem. 
Morrhua callarias Cuv. { 
Gadus morchua Reinhardt. 
Hab.—Greenland fide Reinhardt. 


Gapus oyAc Richardson. 


Gadus barbatus Fabricius (nec. Linn.) 

Gadus ovak Reinhardt. 

Morrbua ojac Storer. 
Hab.—Greenland. 


GADUS ARENOSUS Mitchill. 


Gadus morrhua Mitchill, Am. Med. and Phil. Reg., vol. iv. 1814, p. 620. 
Gadus callarias Mitchill, op. cit., pp. 620, 621. 

b.Gadus arenosus ‘‘ ts af 

c.Gadus rupestris ‘‘ po pre 

Morrhua americana Storer, Rep., p. 120. 

Gadus americanus Gill, Cat., p. 48. 

Gadus morrhua pt. Giinther, iv. p. 328. 

The anus is under the first rays of the second dorsal fin, and is little nearer 
the snout than the point of the caudal peduncle. The first anal finis quite or 
nearly half as long again as the first dorsal, about as long as the second, and 
about a fifth or fourth longer than the second anal. The supramaxillar ceases 
nearly at the vertical of the front of the pupil. The posterior nostril has an 
elevated margin. There are numerous minute pores on the head, on each 
side, six above the supramaxillar bones, the first linear and very near the 
margin of the snout, and four or five below and behind the eye ; six or seven 
on each branch of the lower jaw, five along the margin of the preoperculum, 
five in the oculo-scapular groove, including the one abovethe angle of the 
branchial aperture, one between the anterior nostril and snout, one obliquely 
above the posterior nostril, and two on the nape above the second and third of 
the oculo-scapular groove. The caudal fin is slightly emarginated behind. 

The proportion of the fins to each other are as follows, the fractions indica- 
ting the number of hundredths of the total length; the proportions of the 
same fins in Gadus morrhua, the first dorsal considered as the unit, are taken 
from Giinther, and copied on the second line : 


ist. D: 2D. 3 OD. PA: 2 A. 
J1—12 16—18 15—14 16—18 11—13 
1 1.3 i bet 1.2 10.9. 


The radial formula is as follows: 

D. 13—15 | 19—22 | 19—22. A.’ 19—22 | 17—19. 

The structure of the rays, is indicated in the following formula, where the 
‘first and last numbers of each fin refer to the simple articulated rays and the 
others to the branched or bifurcated : 

D. 2. 7, 4] 2. 12. 3| 2. 14. 3. A. 2. 14. 3{|2, 14. 1. 
[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 


The rays of the specimens, whose measurements are given, are herewith 
indicated. 


N. Foundland D.13 | 22 | 22 A. 22 | 20 
Labrador 13 | 18) 19 19 } 19 
Hudson’s Bay m3 (eae es, 1) (aly 


The more detailed measurements of these specimens are given in the follow- 
ing table, and are taken from specimens of equal size, scarcely more than a 
foot long. The first one was obtained by the author at Newfoundland; the 
second at Labrador, by Dr. Elliott Coues, and exhibits the monstrosity of two 
barbels, one behind the other; the third was obtained at Hudson’s Bay by 
Mr. Drexler, and has unusually long pectoral and ventral fins. Notwithstand- 
ing these deviations of the last two, on account of which they were selected, 
they nearly agree in most of the measurements. 


Expremelongthy(—100)), .ccssenesysasccencsettaressses sets 123 12} 123 
Body— Greatest, helgVs ..s.<c005-.20sssscseenewecscretoseecssi LSS 18 ~ 15? 
Height of tail behind second dorsal fin......... 12 10 9 
Iheastheisht iofstailerterscsnccsepeas-asussesescetee se 5 6AR 4 
bene th of; Gallsacesscees susuissveds<ts esc tones deceus ? PA i 
Head —Greatestilengthy .<..Jc0ss) inessecsiesiscosqeeeiesesceessaba 26 26} 26 
Graptestiwidt Wyesceres oletocecs seins slsonceve dnescoacs 12, , Vd Te 
Width of interocular area............csccceceseeeee 63 6 63 
Height at nape........ eile ddspestectesasecietac sits sone 1h 15) 14 
Length of snout........ aber aececkncadpactncnstees ends 8 92 9 
Lencth of operculumlrist ste. ss-ddarep -osesclnto nace 5 5. 3 
Length of supramaxillar ..........ssceccsssceseeeee 93 103 113 
GED 1a Oboes cece vennnsacniesenVedcdescecesvcscees senosaaws 5} 5} 53 
Dorsal (First)— Distance from snout.............00 seers 29 30 = 31 
Length Of Wasess-2: ase cescnat’ -donecdanoateqedeaws ace 11} 11. 12 
Greatest Weighit.1.-.0.[-cunces-siosenerdacacsteiseaceeses 12 134 143 
(Second) —Length of base .........scesee-eeeer eee 18 165 16 
ELAR LOSh, NOUN Ge, aces gasa goana <n ten ioresaveccions tsp <i 10 10 113 
(Third)—Length of base .........seccesreseee coerce 14.13 . 13 
rea LGSt MOIS MG scscncesalertossine-aacEes <eetascpsereaes 9 10 103 
Anal (First)—Distance from snout..........cs2++ seseesees 453 47, 47 
Litera Piece) oll 0 Ra eee ees eS pe ae eee 18 153 1% 
Height at longest) PA. ec: sccnnsecisonsieidate- careennay 114 123 11 
Caudal—Length of middle rays ...........2seeseeesserseee 7 7 8 
cs STOXLOUUG WT Ay S aaa tes apse se see eg Dy Ally, lid 
CChOTAL—— UCD Ot onal tappanceses nanan dl anid tech qs cedeiavd nan deg 13. 13} 163 
Woaribiatl—— GTO t i so aga seen wp peane snirncnnrpod tuk caccarretemincas 42, odd. (bb 


Gapus Tomcopus Walbaum. 
Gadus tom-cod Wallbaum, Artedi, p. 133, 1792. 
Gadus pruinosus Mitchill, Rep. 
Gadus tomcodus Mitchill, Am. Med. and Phil. Reg., iv. 1814, pp. 621, 622. 
(6.) G. £2 Suscus oe tc 4c 4é 66 6é 


(c.) G. t. luteus s és se te ‘“ 6 
(d.) G. t. luteo-pallidus “ 66 4 “ ec ti 
(e.) G. t. mixtus <5 se 86 “c sc bs 
Gadus pruinosus es 6s “t &¢ «e 
Gadus polymorphus 66 “ “6 &“ & os 


Morrhua (tomcodus) Cuv., R. A. 
Morrhua tomcodus Storer, Rep. 
Morrhua prninosa Dekay. 


The anus is under the last rays of the first dorsal fin and is nearly midway 
between the snout and the axil of the anal fin. The first anal is about twice 
as long as the first dorsal, about a third longer than the second, and nearly or 


1863.] 


236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


quite twice as long as the second anal. The supramaxillary bone ceases at a 
vertical drawn nearly midways between the front of the eye and pupil. The 
pores of the head are obsolete. The caudal fin is convex behind. 

Hab.—New York to Newfoundland. 

The preceding diagnosis at once distinguishes the ‘‘ tom-eod’’ or *‘ frost 
fish’’ of the Americans from the common cod, and, although the distinctive 
characters may not have been very well indicated in the diagnoses or descrip- 
tions of American naturalists, there has been no confusion between them and 
there has never been difficulty in practically distinguishing them. Eu- 
ropean naturalists have been less fortunate: Dr. Kaup placing the name of the 
tom-cod among the synonyms of Gadus morrhua and also including under 
the latter the Morrhua americana, while Dr. Giinther, although well distin- 
guishing the Gadus tomcodus, has been unhappy in the distribution of the 
synonymy. The Gadus callarias of Mitchill is the same as his Gadus mor- 
rhua and both are identical with Morrhua americana of Storer and Dekay ; the 
former and latter names must therefore be withdrawn from the synonymy of 
G. tomcodus, to which they have been referred by Giinther, and with the @. 
callarias must be placed at least provisionally as the synonyms of a close 
analogue of the European cod. The figure of Dekay might have informed 
naturalists that the MM. americana was not the same as the ‘‘tom-cod.” A 
good figure of the American cod is also given by Dr. Storer in his ‘‘ History of 
the Fishes of Massachusetts ’’? in the ‘‘ Memoirs of the American Academy,’’ 
(2d ser.) vol. vi. (p. 343) pl. xxvii. fig. 4. 


Genus BRACHYGADUS Gill. 


Brachygadus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Pa., 1862. 
Type. Gadus minutus LZ. 


BRACHYGADUS MINUTUS Gill. 


Gadus minutus Linn. 

?Morrhua minuta Storer, Reports on the Ichthyology and Herpetology of 
Mass., p. 127, 1839. 

?? Morrhua minuta Dekay, Zoology of New York, Fishes, p. 277 (fig. 141 altered 
from Yarrell), 1842. 

This species, or evenan allied one, has not yet been permanently established 

as even a visitant of the North American waters. Dr. Storer, in his Report, 
mentions a single specimen ‘‘ which was taken in Boston harbor ; it has been 
preserved several years in spirits in the Boston Society of Natural History,’’ 
and ‘‘its colors have undoubtedly somewhat changed.”’ The specimen was 
‘eight inches in length ; length of the head two inches; depth of the body 
across the base of the pectorals rather less than the length of the head;’’ 
‘“snout obtuse ;’’ ‘fa cirrhus one-fourth of an inch long is suspended from 
the chin ;’”’ eye half an inch in diameter, being equal to one-fourth the length 
of the head; ‘‘the pectorals are an inch long.’’ D. 12—19—17. P.17. V. 6. 
A. 22—17. C. 20. 
* Such is the only notice of the existence of the Brachygadus minutus on our 
coast. The description is scarcely reconcilable with the European species ; 
and almost the only character which would indicate that it might not be the 
young of Gadus americanus is the ‘‘snout obtuse,’’ but when the ‘‘ Morrhua 
tomcodus.’’ is said to have the ‘‘ snout blunt,’’ it may be asked, what is meant 
by that term ? and if there is any difference between the two? 

Dekay also inserted the ‘‘ Morrhua minuta’’ among the fishes of New York, 
compiling his description from Yarrell and Storer, giving the radial formula of 
the latter and copying, with alterations, the figure of Yarrell. He finally 
stated : 


‘“‘This is @ rare species on our coast. I only know it through the descrip- - 


tion of Dr. Storer, although I think I saw it some years since in the market. 


[Sept. 


— 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 


At that time, I supposed it might be the M. pruinosa, var. fusca, of Dr. Mit- 
chill, but I have now little doubt but that it was the species just described.’’ 

Dr. Storer, in his ‘‘Synopsis,’? gave a diagnosis attributing a ‘‘ depth one- 
fifth of the length ; first dorsal entirely before the first anal;’’ copying the 
radial formule of Jenyns, Yarrell and himself, giving only ‘‘ Massachusetts ”’ 
as its habitat, but admitting Dekay’s notice in his synonymy. 

In his ‘‘ History of the Fishes of Massachusetts,’’ he takes no notice what- 
ever of the species, and does not quote his notice among the synonyms of 
“* Morrhua americana’? or ‘* M. pruinosa.”? 

Finally, in consideration of the uncertainty at least in which the existence 
of this species as an American fish is concerned, it must be eliminated from the 
Fauna of the coast until definitely established, and the name of Storer will 
probably be placed in the synonymy of Gadus americanus. 


Genus MELANOGRAMMUS Gill. 


Melanogrammus (ill, Proc. Ac. N. 8. Phila., 1862. 

The genus Melanogrammus is sufficiently distinguished from Gadus by its 
smaller mouth, the produced first dorsal fin, black lateral line and the devel- 
opment of the humerus. 

Nilsson* and Bonapartet have expressly appropriated the Artedian name 
Gadus for the G. morrhua and its allies, most judiciously treating the Cuvieran 
genus Morrhua as its synonym, since, as its name indicates, the latter was 
intended to embrace the common cod as its type; the G. eglifinus at the 
same time was removed from the genus and referred to the genus Merlangus, 
which was differently limited and otherwise defined than by Cuvier. Finally, per- 
ceiving that it was nota true Merlangus, and agreeing with Nilsson, Kroyer and 
Bonaparte in its separation from Gadus, Ihave, in an article published in the Pro- 
ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, for June, 1862, distinguished it 
under the generic name Melanogrammus, which must be, of course, retained by 
those who consider the genus a valid one. 


MELANOGRAMMUS ZGLIFINUS Gill. 


Gadus eglifinus Mitchill. 
Morrhua eglifinus Storer. : 

Hab.—Eastern coast from New York northwards. 

Ihave been unable to compare this American fish with the European species, 
and before considering the identification definite, a careful comparison is neces- 
Sary, especially since it has not been found in Greenland. 


Subfamily PHYCIN.E (Sw.) Gill. 


Genus PHYCIS Raf. 


There are specimens of two very distinct species of the restricted genus 
Phycis in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution, and to those two Iam 
inclined to refer all the names given by authors to the American specimens. 
Concerning the nomenclature of the two, there is as usual some confusion. 
This I shall endeavor at least in part to dissipate. 


Puycis cuuss Gill. 


Blennius (chuss in New York) Schepf, Ges. Nat. F. zu Berlin, viii. p. 143, 
1788. 

Blennius chuss Walbaum, p. 186, 1792. 

Enchelyopus americanus Schn., Bl., p. 53. 

Gadus longipes Mitch. op., cit., iv. 

Phycis (americanus) Cuv., R. A., 1817, ii. 217. 


> 


* Nilsson, Prodromus Ichthyologize Scandinavies, 1832, pp. 39, 41. 
{ Bonaparte, Catalogo Metodico dei Pesci Europei, 1846, p. 45. 


1863.] 


238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Phycis americanus Dekay, Rep., 291, f. 159. 
Phycis americanus pt. Storer, Sys., 221. 
Phycis tinca Kaup, Are. f, Nat., 1858, i. 89. 
Phycis filamentosus Storer. 

The height at the anus enters about 63 times in the extreme length and 6 
times exclusive of the caudal fin; the head more than 5 times in the former 
or 4) in the latter. The supramaxillar bones end under the posterior margin 
of the pupils. The snout is longer than the eye and forms a quarter of the 
head’s length. The width ofthe interorbital space exceeds the vertical diame- 

er of the orbit. 

The vent is nearly under the tenth ray of the second dorsal, generally inter- 
mediate between the snout and about the end of the fourth or fifth of the anal 
fin. The elongated third dorsal ray is generally shorter than the head. The pec- 
toral enters about 14 times in the head’s length. The ventral is more than a 
half larger than the head and extends behind the vent. 

The scales are very distinct, in about 110 oblique rows from the scapular 
region to the end of the caudal peduncle, and in nine rows between the first 
dorsal and the lateral line. 

D9) 57. VAS o0: 

The color of the body and fins is yellowish-brown, thickly punctulated with 
darker. The anai has its rays tipped with white, by which a whitish linear 
margin is produced. The roof of the mouth and most of the tongue is dark 
purple. 

The first notice of this species appears to have been given in Scheepf’s Descrip- 
tions of some North American Fishes, published in 1788. He there describes 
a fish under the generic name of Blennius, which, according to him, was call- 
ed §‘chuss’’ at New York. The color was reddish-brown on the head and 
back, white beneath ; in a specimen eighteen inches, the shorter branch of the 
ventral ray was 23, and the other 5 inches long ; the first dorsal had nine rays, 
of which the first (truly third) was filiform and four inches long; the second 
dorsal had 60 rays, and the anal 53; the scales were deciduous. 

This decription was paraphrased from the German, except in the important 
notice of the proportions of the ventral fins, by Walbaum in his edition of 
Artedi, and he was the first to confer a specific name—BSlennius chuss—on it. 

Mitchill, in 1814, under the name of Gadus longpipes, gave a recognizable 
description of it based on a specimen having the ‘* length about twenty inch- 
es; depth three and a half: the first (third) ray of the first dorsal almost six 
inches long.’ Allusion was made to the ‘‘sides of the tongue and inside of 
the throat smutty or dotted with black.’’ ‘*‘ The ventral fins (were) six inches 
long, bifid, tapering and reddish.’’ 

Storer, in his, ‘‘ Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts,’’ has confounded this 
species with another, for which he has retained the name of P. americanus. 
In his ‘‘Synopsis of the Fishes of North America,’’ he has repeated his error, 
citing the description and figure given by Dekay of the present ; but his de- 
scription in the latter work was so vague that I was not aware of it till the 
publication of his History. 

Finally, in his ‘‘ History of the Fishes of Massachusetts,’’ Storer has de- 
scribed and figured the present species under the new name of Phycis filmen- 
tosus, while the P. americanus proves to be quite different from that on which 
the latter name was originally conferred. 


Puycis tenuis Dekay. 


Phycis furcatus Storer, Boston Journ. N. H., i. 418 (excl. syn.) 
Phycis americanus Storer, Rep., p. 138 (excl. syn.) 


Doubtful synonymy. 
Gadus tenuis Mitch. 
Phycis tenuis Storer, Syn., 222. 
Phycis Dekayi Kaup, Archiv. f. Nat., 1858, i. p. 89. 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 239 


The height at the anus enters nearly six times in the extreme length, and 
five times to the rudimentary caudal rays ; the head about 4}—4? in the for- 
mer, and 4—4} without the caudal. The supramaxillar bones end under the 
posterior margin of orbit. The snout is longer than the eye, and forms a 
fourth of the head’s length. “The width of the interorbital space equals the 
a diameter of the eye. The snout is narrower and more pointed than in 

» chuss. 

The anus is under the ninth to the eleventh rays of the second dorsal fin, 
and is nearly intermediate between the snout and constricted portion of 
caudal peduncle. The elongated third dorsal spine about equals the dis- 
tance from the snout to the upper angle of preoperculum. The pectoral enters 
about 12 times in the head’s length. The ventral little exceeds the head, and 
rarely extends to the vent. 

The scales are small; there are 135 to 140 oblique rows extending from the 
scapular region to the end of the caudal peduncle ; there are twelve rows be- 
tween the origin of the first dorsal and the lateral line, and ten between its 
end and the line. 


D. 10} 54 A. 46. 
9 | 57 A. 47. 
10 | 58 A. 50. 


The color is brownish, lighter and suffused with yellowish below the lateral 
line, and with the belly almost yellow. The fins are very dark. The interior 
of the mouth is simply sparingly punctulated with blackish. 

The name of Phycis tenuis is connected with this species, as the latter agrees 
with its description in having ‘‘ brown back and sides,’* the fins ‘‘ dark 
brown, save the ventral,’’ the rays approximately. ‘*D. 11.54. A. 44..”? But 
it is necessary to recall that the Gadus tenuis is said to have the ‘‘ throat in- 
ternally streaked with red and purple. Vent nearer the head.”? The latter, how- 
ever, as will be seen from other descriptions by Mitchill, has been used at ran- 
dom, and, with the not unusual vagueness of Dr. Mitchill,in an absolute and not 
relative sense ; as to the other character, I have not noticed it in any speci- 
men of P. chuss, and itis quite possible that the dark purple dots of the 
present species may assume a ‘‘ streaked ”’ arrangement on the reddish ground 
of the throat. The color and radial formula militate against the idea of its 
identity with the Gadus longpipes (= Phycis chuss), immediately afterwads de. 
seribed by Mitchill, and we may also take into consideration, but without 
assigning to it undue value, the improbability of the description under two 
names at the same time of so characteristic a species asthe P. chuss. For 
the present, therefore, I venture to present the species in question under the 
name of Mitchill. It is true that the identification is not positive, but not less 
uncertainty would prevail in connection with the name of P. Dekayi hereafter 
noticed. 

In the ‘‘ Report on’the Fishes of Massachusetts,” Dr. Storer has given a 
description of the species under the name of Phycis americanus ; in his Synop- 
sis, a vague notice under the same name, nearly applicable to each, but with 
the synonymy of the true P. americanus; and, finally, in his ‘‘ History of the 
Fishes of Massachusetts,’’ he has again described and well figured the same 
species under the same name, giving a new one to the true P. americanus which 
had been then recently discovered on that coast. 

In the ‘‘ Archiv fir Naturgeschichte ’’ for 1858, Dr. Kaup has briefly noticed 
a species from North America, similar to the ‘‘ P. tinca’’ (P. chuss), but with 
alonger snout, higher body, and considerably smaller scales, D. 10. 54. A. 47; 
this portion of the description, so far as it goes, is applicable to the present spe- 
cies, and was, doubtless, based on representatives of it. He places the species, 
however, in a section distinguished by having the ventral fins, nearly or quite 
twice as long as the head, and, if this statement is literally applied, Kaup’s 


1863.] 


240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


species can scarcely be the same as the one in question, but it is probable that 
we should take his diagnosis with some latitude. 

A reference to the species recently described by Dr. Gtnther from two 
specimens in the British Museum, under the name Phycis rostratus, may be 
here appropriate. The habitat of the species is unknown; it was suggested 
that the specimens ought, perhaps, to be referred to P. americanus, (= P. chuss), 
‘‘but that species appears to have considerably longer ventral fins.” ‘‘P. 
Dekayi, briefly noticed by Kaup, is stated to have the body more elevated than 
P. americanus ; and the ventrals, nearly or quite twice as long as the head.’’* 
The lateral line of P. rostratus, has about 150 scales, and there are ‘‘ten 
series of scales between the anterior dorsal and the lateral line ;’’ ‘‘the ven- 
tral extends the origin of the anal,’’? but yet is ‘‘not much longer than the 
head.’’ The specimens are eight inches long, or about the same size as those 
of P. tenuis, here described. From this notice, P. rostratus appears to differ 
from either of the two here enumerated. It remains, however, to ascertain 
whether it is an American fish, and then whether it is not Mitchill’s Gadus 
tenuis. 


Genus UROPHYCIS Gill. 


Uropuycis REGIUS Gill. 


Blennius Schepf, Ges. N. F., viii. pt. 2, p. 142. 
Blennius regius Walbaum, Art., p. 186, 1792. 
Enchelyopus regalis Bl. Schn., p. 53, 1891. 
Gadus blennoides Mitch., Med. and P. Reg., iv. p. 1814. 
Gadus punctatus Mitch., op. cit., iv. 
Phycis punctatus Dekay, N. Y. F., p. 292, pl. 46, f. 149, 1842. 
Phycis regalis Kaup, Arch. f. Nat., 1858, i. p. 89. 

Hab.—New York. 


Subfamily LOTIN Gill. 


Genus MOLVA (Flem.) Nilsson. 
Motya vuLeGaAris Fleming. 


Gadus molva Fabr., Faun. Groenl., p. 148. 
Lota molva Storer, Syn. 

Hab.—Greenland. 

Greenland representatives of this genus have been identified by European 
naturalists with their Molva vulgaris. Iam not acquainted with the Amer- 
can type, except through such sources. 

Subfamily CIZLIATINA Gill. 
Genus ONOS Risso. 
Les Mustéles Cuv., R. A., 1817, ii. 215. 
Onos Risso, Eur. Merid., iii. 214, 1827. 
Mustela Stark, Hd. 1, p. 425, 1828. 
Gadus Fleming. 

Bonaparte quotesthe Gatdropsarus mustellaris, of Rafinesque, among the 
Synonyms of his Motella mediterranea, which is the M. tricirrata of authors. 
Rafinesque gave the following diagnosis of the genus and species in the ‘‘In- 
dice d Ittiologia Siciliana :”’ 

““Genere Gaidropsarus. Piv di un raggio all’ ale giugulari, due ale dorsali, 
la seconda delle quali @ reuniata coll’ ala caudale, e con l’anale ‘‘ Gatdropsarus 
mustellaris. Quattro barbette, due alla mascelia superiore, e due all’ inferiore, 
ale giugulari con due raggiinuguali.—Sinonimia, Mustella Rondelet, lib. 9, cap. 
16, fig.”’ 


* The statement of the length of the ventrals is in the diagnosis of a section (a) of the 


genus. 
[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 


As the Motella tricirrata has five-rayed ventral fins, the second dorsal not 
united with the caudal and anal, and only one barbel to the lower jaw, and 
thus has only one character of least importance mentioned by Rafinesque, I 
am not prepared to accept his name for the genus, although he quotes the 
figure of Rondelet. The French name of Cuvier cannot be retained, and 
Risso’s comes next in order. 

Two species are found in North America which represent European ones, 
and are very closely related to their respective analogues. 


Onos ReinHARDII Gill. 


Motella mustela Reinhardt, Kong. Dansk. Vid. Selks. Nat. og Math., vol. vii. 
pp. 115, 128. 
Motella Reinhardi Kroyer. 
Hab.—Greenland. 
Closely related to the O. musfela of Europe, and agreeing in having five 
barbels, one to each nostril and one at the chin. 


Onos ENsIs Gill. 


Motella ensis Reinh., op. cit., vol. vii. pp.115, 128. 

Hab.—Greenland. 

Very closely allied to the M. tricirrata Nils., and like it provided with three 
barbels, one at each anterior nostril and one at the chin. 


Genus RHINONEMUS Gill. 
RuHINONEMUS CAUDACUTA Gill. 


Motella caudacuta Storer, Proc. Boston, vol. 1848, p. 5 ; Mem. Am. Ac. 
Motella cimbria? Gell, Canadian Nat. and Geol., vol. iv. p. 209, 1859. 
Hab.—Massachusetts to Gulf of St. Lawrence. 
Very closely related to the Jiella cimbria of Europe, but has ‘‘ the poste- 
rior margin of the second dorsal and anal fins, as well as the edge of the 
caudal fin, of a dark slate color,’? and D. 53. A. 48. 


Genus CILIATA Couch. 
Couchia Thompson. 


CIMIATA ARGENTATA Gill. 


Motella argentata Reinhardt. 
Couchia argentata Giinther, ii. 363. 
Hab.—Greenland, (Reinhardt ;) and Nahant, Mass., (Dr. J. H. Slack.) 


Subfamily BROSMINZ Gill. 


Genus BROSMIUS Cuy. 


The American species of this genus are involved in some uncertainty. 
Although attributed to Greenland, it is at least nearly certain that the 
European Lrosmius brosme is not found in our southern waters, but it is not, 
perhaps, quite clear what name the American analogue shall bear. Lesueur 
has described and figured a species from Marblehead, to which he gives, both 
in his description and figures, a protuberant lower jaw and a double barbel; 
it has been named Brosmius flavesny, and is stated to be salted like the 
common cod, much esteemed as food, and to be rare on the banks of New- 
foundland. No specimens with the characters noticed have since been ob- 
tained, and, if only the double barbel had existed, it might not have been 
impossible that Lesueur had obtained a single specimen of the common cusk, 
which exhibited such abnormal characters, the duplication of the barbel 
having been noticed in a specimen of the Gadus arenosus already referred to. 
Such, however, appears to be highly improbable, for it is not simply a double 
barbel which characterizes it, but atleast, in addition thereto, a longer lower jaw 


1862.] 


242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and a more advanced dorsal fin. These will all have to be reconciled or ex- 
plained away, before Lesueur’s name can be adopted for the common cusk. 

By Dr. Storer, the Lesueurian name was first unequivocally appropriated 
for the common Brosmius, and this was done without any notice of the dis- 
crepancies between the characters mentioned by Lesueur and those exhibited 
by his specimens. Yet the latter were described, and one figured by Storer, 
with ‘‘a single barbel,’? ‘‘the upper jaw slightly longer than the lower,” and 
the dorsal commencing ‘‘on a line above the anterior half of the poctorals.” 
Until it is demonstrated, or rendered nearly certain, that no species exhibit- 
ing the characters ina normal condition mentioned by Lesueur exists on 
our coast, it is not allowable to so apply his name, and, consequently, a new 
one is required for the Brosmius flavescens of Storer. 


Brosmius BrosME White. 
Gadus brosme Fab., quasi Mill. 
Brosmius vulgaris Reinh., quasi Cuv. 
Brosmius brosme pt. Gill, Cat. 
Hab.—Greenland. 
I only know this species as a Greenland fish through the works of Fabricius 
and Reinhardt. 
BRosMIUS AMERICANUS Gill. 
Brosmius vulgaris Storer, Rep., 136. 
Brosmius vulgaris ? Dekay, p. 289, (not fig.) 
Brosmius flavescens. Storer, Syn., 221. 
Brosmius brosme pt. Gill, Cat., 49. 
Hab.—New England coast northwards to Newfoundland. 


BROSMIUS FLAVESCENS Les. 
Le Brosme jaune Zes., Mem. Mus., v. p. 158, pl. 16, (mid. fig.) 1819. 
Brosmius flavesny e Cy u Ci ee us 
Brosmius flavescens Giinther, iv. 369. 
Hab.—Massachusetts and banks of Newfoundland. 


Deecriptions of the Genora of GADOID and BROTULOID FISHES of Western 
North America. 


BY THEODORE GILL. 


The object of the present article is more especially to give the characters of 
the genus Gadus as recently restricted, to develope the characteristics and 
unravel the synonymy of the genus Merlucius, concerning which, and par- 
ticularly the Californian representatives, considerable confusion exists, and to 
elucidate the genus Brosmophycis. 

I am disposed to believe that Giinther is correct in separating from the 
family of Gadoids the group of genera which he has called Brotulina, but it 
is more than questionable whether he is right in referring to, and combining 
in, the same family his groups Ophiidina, Fitrasferina, Ammodytina and Con- 
grogadina. It is quite true that Dr. Giinther has been unable to find any one 
character to separate his families Gadide and Ophidiide, and that he has 
entirely based them on the different combinations of characters, but it is at 
the same time probable that they will be eventually found to be distinguish- 
able by true family characters, based on anatomical differences, such as the 
form of the cranium, maxillary bones, intestinal canal, &c. The distinctive 
characters which Giinther Las employed for his families are the following : 


Gap with ‘‘ ventral fins composed of several rays, or, if they are re- 
duced to a filament, the dorsal is divided into two. Hither the caudal free 


[Sept. 


; 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ' 243 


from the dorsal and anal, or, if the vertical fins are united with the dorsal, 
with aseparate anterior portion. Rays of the second dorsal well developed.’’ 


Opuipiip& with ‘* ventral fins rudimentary (reduced to a filament), or ab- 
sent, jugular.* No separate anterior dorsal. Caudal generally united with 
dorsal aud anal.”’ 

From the Gadoids I am disposed to separate the genera Raniceps of Cuvier 
and Bregmaceros of Thompson, the former of which has been already con- 
sidered by Dr. Parnellt as the type of an independent family,—and to similar 
rank, the latter is probably likewise entitled. 

The only diagnosis, then, which Iam at present prepared to give, is the 
following. I trust soon to be able to examine the skeletons of most of the 
types, when more definite characters can doubtless be given. Only part of 
the synonymy of the family is given. 


Family GADOIDZ (Cuv.) 


Synonymy. 

Gadini Rafinesque, Indice d’Ittiologia Siciliana, 1810. 
Gadinia Rafinesque, Analyse de la Nature, 1815. 
Metrosomes Blainville, Journal de Physique, t. 83, p. 255, 1816. 
Gadoides Cuvier, Régne Animal, ed. 2, tome 2, p. 330, 1829. 
Gadites McMuririe, Animal Kingdom Transl., vol. ii. p. 243, 1831. 
Gadoidexe Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, vol. iii. p. 241, 1836. 
Gadidze Bonaparte, Systema Vertebratorum, p. 52, 1840. 
Gadide Gunther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p. 

326, 1862. 
Blennidia and Gadinia pt. Raf. 


Elongated fishes behind more or less compressed and conoidal, tapering 
into the caudal fin, the peduncle convex at its end; anus in advance of the 
middle of the body ; the scales cycloid, smooth and small; very wide bran- 
chial apertures, extending far forwards; rays of all the fins articulated or 
branched, extending along most of the back and forming one, two, or three 
fins ; anal single or double, vertical fins rarely united, and the ventral fins 
more or less in advance of the pectoral, normally attached to the pubic 
bones, narrow, and with three to seven branched rays ; rarely represented by 
articulated bifid filaments. Pyloric ceca generally numerous. 

The Californian representatives of the family belong to two distinct sub- 
families and genera, which may be distinguished as follows: 


I, Ventral fins well developed, with five toseven rays. Py- 
loric ceca numerous. 
a. Dorsal fins two; the posterior sinuated, or emargi- 
nated behind the middle; anal similar to the 
second dorsal. Skull with the great frontal bone 
double, concave towards the middle and between 
the ridges on each bone diverging from the cor- 
responding branches of the fork of the occipital 
CLES eeae-i AAO SSGAS Se DOP SAI Se aR nnOSnOnA Sjanenoneeanidsaapsse MERLUCHINE. 
Merlucius. 
8. Dorsal fins three; anal two. Skull with the great 
frontal bone single, and with the occipital crest 
more or less continued forwards, and single or 
TULILOM- soe ser aicoivarnsiaass'ase Se nceaueaeemene Pisin aaaalscoe sma as GADINE. 


+ “Except in Brotulophis.”—Giinther. 
+ Magazine of Zoology and Botany, vol. i. 1837. 


1868.] 


244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Subfamily MERLUCIIN (Sw.) Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Merluccia Rajinesque, Analyse de la Nature, 1815. : 
Merluccine Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, 
vol. il. p. 300, 1839. 
Gadini pt. Bon. 
Gadinz pt. 


The present subfamily has only its type in common with those of Rafines- 
que and Swainson,—the former having included in his Merluccia the genera 
Gadus, Merluccius, Trisopterus, R., Strinsia, R. and Brosme, while Swainson 
referred to his Merluccine the genera Merluccius, Lota and Motella. 

Only one genus is yet positively known. Uraleptus and Physiculus appear, 
however, to be nearly related. 


MERLUCIUS Raf. 


Synonymy. 

Meluccius Rafinesque, Caratteri di Aleuni nuovi generi e nuovi specie di Ani- 
mali e Pianti della Sicilia, 1810. 

Onus Rafinesque, Indice d’Ittiologia Siciliana, p. 12, 1810. 

Merlangus Rafinesque, op. cit., p. 67, 1810. 

Stomodon Mitchill, Report in part on the Fishes of New York, p. 7, 1814. 

Hydronus Mindling, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte der Fische, p. 83, 1832. 

Homalopomus Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. viii. 
p. 132. 

Homalopomus Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &e, 
vol. x. p. 144, Fishes. 

Merlus Guichenot, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile, Zoologia, t. ii. p. 328, 
1848, 

Epicopus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol. ii. p. 
248, 1860. 

Gadus sp. Linn., &e. 

Merlangus sp. Ayres. 

Gadus (Boreogadus) sp. Giinther. ; 

Body elongated and slender, fusiform, highest under the first dorsal fin, 
tapering into the caudal peduncle, which is slender and compressed ; back 
transversely arched; abdomen not tumid. 

Scales small, perlaceous, regularly imbricated. 

Lateral line slightly declining from the scapular region, and thence rec- 
tilinear, in a groove covered by a membranous linear band. 

Head oblong conical in profile, above very gradually narrowed towards the 
front, rectilinear, flattened at the nape, with a well-defined, oblong triangu- 
lar excavation at the forehead, bounded by the ridges on the separated fron- 
tal bones, which converge backwards into the low occipital crest ; snout not 
extending as far forwards as the maxillars. Eyes rather large, chiefly in the 
auterior half of the head. Opercula distinct ; preoperculum with a channel 
behind its crest or inner margin, and with short, radiating bars crossing it. 

Mouth with its cleft moderately oblique and deep, the supramaxillars ex- 
tending entirely or under the greater portion of the eyes; their ends are 
obliquely extended backwards and downwards ina curve from the lower 
angles ; intermaxillars elongated and extending nearly as far back as the supra- 
maxillars. 

Lower jaw with no barbel, rounded in front, more or less projecting beyond 
the upper. 

Teeth nearly biserial in the upper as well as lower jaw; the teeth of 
the inner row moveable, longest, slender, bent or curved inwards, crystalline 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 


and rather abruptly pointed at the tips. Vomer with teeth like those of the 
jaws. 

Branchiostegal rays seven. 

Dorsal fins two, separated by a decided interval ; the first behind the vertical 
of the pectoral fins, pointed in front, triangular, and with nine to fifteen rays ; 
second divided into two portions by a deep sinus behind its middle, and with 
its posterior part highest. 

Anal opposite and similar to the second dorsal. 

Caudal fin emarginated, with numerous supplementary rays above and be- 
low the peduncle. 

Pectoral fins slender, rather long and obliquely rounded behind. 

Ventral fins inferior, little distant (about the width of their bases) and 
moderately in advance of the pectorals, rather long, and with seven rays, of 
which the fourth to sixth are longest. 


D. (9) 10—15 | 36—45. A. 35—51. P.14. V. 7. 


The skull greatly differs from that of Gadus, as is indicated by the frontal 
depression seen through the skin. The great single frontal bone of the cods 
is in the Merlucius represented by two; each is traversed by a crest, which 
extends towards the front of the orbit, and which is continued from the cor- 
responding branch of the fork of the supraoccipital crest; between the fron- 
tal crests thus placed, there exists a great depression of a triangular form, 
whose length is nearly twice as great as its anterior width ; the sides of this 
depression are steep and even scooped out. 


This genus is one of the most trenchant and strongly-marked among fishes, 
and contains among its representatives some of the most common and widely- 
distributed species,—all the seas of the Northern hemisphere being provided 
with them. Those species at the same time are themselves objects of con- 
siderable economical importance, and are also famed for the ravages which 
they commit on the other inhabitants of the sea. Yet this genus, so cha- 
racteristic and so peculiar, and concerning which less confusion might be 
supposed to exist than almost any other, has been singularly misunderstood 
and received, through the misapprehensions of authors, a number of names 
which require to be ranked among its synonyms. 

Rafinesque first proposed to take the Linnean specific name of its type as 
the generic designation, but soon afterwards, with accustomed fickleness, sub- 
stituted the name of Onus, and, finally, discovering that such after all was 
not the true name, corrected it to Merlangus ;* all this was the fruit of the 
year 1810! 

In the ‘‘ Report, in part, on the Fishes of New York,’ Dr. Mitchill gave a 
description of a‘‘ hard-featured fish bought in the New York market, November 
4, 1813,’’ conferring on it the new generic as well as specific name of Stomo- 
don bilinearis. This is quite a recognizable notice of the common hake of 
New York and the Eastern coast of the United States; Mitchill has, however, 
erroneously assigned only four ventral rays; he has hazarded no conjectures 
as to its affinities. In his subsequent memoirs no allusion is made to this 
name, but the species reappears in the ‘‘Memoir on the Fishes of New 
York,’’ under the name of Gadus merluccius, and again in the ‘‘ Journal of 
the Academy of Natural Sciences”’ as the new species Gadus albidus. 

For some time after, the genus remained in this condition, no one having 
erred very widely concerning its affinities, and only one author having referred 
toa new species. But in 1855, Dr. Ayres, in California, described a species 
of that coast as a Merlangus, and Dr. Girard in the East as a supposed 
new generic type of Trachinoids from the same waters, under the name of 
Homalopomus Trowbridgii; the latter gentleman afterwards discovered that 


* “Tn vece di Onus, sp. 30 [ Onus riali = Gadus merluccius, L.] leggete Merlangus.” 


1863.] 


246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


the species of Ayres and his own were at least ‘‘ very closely allied,’’ and evi- 
dently belonged ‘‘to the same genus, whether Merlangus, Merlucius, or Homa- 
lopomus :’’ he stated that ‘‘the natural affinities of the genus Homalopomus 
are intermediate between Merlangus and Merlucius, the dorsal and anal fins 
being constructed upon the pattern observed in Merlangus, whilst the ventral 
fins are identical in structure with those of Merlucius.’? Had he ‘‘not framed 
the genus under misapprehended affinities’ he ‘‘ would have placed the spe- 
cies in the genus Merlangus or Merlucius, it was immaterial where, and await 
further examination upon the Fishes of the North Pacific Ocean.’’ 

The reviewer® has referred the type of Girard positively to the genus Mer- 
lucius, believing that it was not ‘immaterial’? in what one it should be 
placed, and, after the requisite comparisons, thinking that a great difference 
existed in the ‘‘ pattern of the dorsal and anal fins’? between the Homalo- 
pomus and Merlangus, while there was none between the former and Mer- 
luctus. 

In the second volume of the ‘‘Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes 
in the Collection of the British Museum,’’ Dr. Giinther has proposed a 
genus of the group Trachinina of the family Trachinide, for a fish in ‘‘ bad 
state,’”’ identified by him with the Merlus Gayi of Guichenot. The new genus 
was designated Mpicopus, and to it were attributed ‘‘two dorsals, the first 
with nine or eleven feeble spines; ventrals jugular, with one spine and six 
soft rays;’’? ‘‘jaws, vomer and palatine bones with strong cardiform teeth ;”” 
‘‘pranchiostegal rays six.’? Dr. Giinther does not at all object to the figure 
of ‘‘ Merlus Giayi,”’ as he generally does, in referring to a poor figure; and, as 
that figure represents a fish with an undivided second dorsal and anal fins 
searcely decreasing backwards, almost produced behind, with well-branched 
rays, three slender anal spines, and the caudal peduncle little produced into 
the fin, it would have been naturally supposed that those characters existed 
in the specimen examined by Giinther ; that gentleman does not allude to any 
peculiarity of the upper surface of the head. He, finally, referring to Guiche- 
not’s reference of this species to Merlucius, remarked that he had, ‘‘ however, 
convinced (himself) that the first dorsal is composed of rays which are 
neither articulated nor branched.’’ At the same time, Giinther, in a note to 
the Trachinina, indicated his belief in the pertinence of Homalopomus to the 
Trachinina. Influenced by the positive statements of Giinther, the reviewer, 
in a ‘‘ Synopsis of the Notothenioids,’’ and an analysis of Gunther’s family 
of Trachinide, referred Epicopus to the family of Latiloida, a detachment 
from the Trachinide.} 

But, in the fourth volume of the Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Mu- 
seum, Dr. Giinther announced that his Epicopus Gayi proved to be the ‘‘young”’ 
of Merluccius vulgaris in ‘¢a very bad state of preservation, and withont any 
indication of the locality in which it has been procured, The simple struc- 
ture of the rays of the first dorsal appears to be peculiar to the young state. 
The roughness on the palatine bones were caused by calcareous deposits (the 
specimen was preserved in chloride of zinc), but there are no true teeth.’’§ 
The Merlus Gayi is then admitted as a species of Merluccius. To the same 
genus is also referred in a foot-note, as a doubtful species, Gadus jfimbria of 


* Gill, in ‘“‘ American Journal of Science and Arts,” ser. 2, vol. xxx. p. 279, 1860; and in “ Proo. 
Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1861, p. 514. 

+ In the p ‘per cited, there is the reference (*) to a foot-note after Latiloide, but the note itself 
was accidentally omitted. In this note, it was remarked that there were provisionally referred 
to the Latiloidw the genera Latilus, Pinguipes, (Latiline,) Malacanthus, (Malacanthini,) Perco- 
phis, Aphritis, (Apbritinz ) and Epicopus, but that each group probably represented a distinet 
family; and reierence was made to the equivocal character of the ventral fins of Hpicopus, and 
the very doubtful relations of the genus. 

t In the smallest specimen of Merlucius bilinearis examined, (about six inches long.) the rays 
of the first dorsal and the first ventral ray were found to be at least as much bifurcated and as 
decidedly articulated as in the adult. 

§ Giuther, op. cit., iv. p. 346. 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 


Pallas, a fish of the Northwestern coast of America. This species, however, 
as is at once evident from the description, has no relation with Merluccius 
more than a large proportion of other fishes, and evidently belongs to the 
genus Anoplopoma of Ayres ; it isatrue Acanthopterygian, apparently the 
type of a peculiar family allied to the Chiroids. In this reference, Giinther 
has committed the same error as Girard. On the other hand, Giinther has 
referred to the genus Gadus and his subgenus Boreogadus, the Merlangus 
producius of Ayres or Homalopomus Trowbridgii of Girard, which is without 
the slightest doubt a genuine Merluccius, very closely allied to the Eastern 
Species, as the figure of Girard and the reference to its true genus by the re- 
viewer might have satisfied him.* 

The genus Merlucius contains at least five species if the Merlus Gayi traly 
belongs to it. These species are distributed in the following manner : 


MERLUCIUS VULGARIS Fleming. 
Coasts of Europe and the Polar Seas. 


MERLUCIUS BILINEARIS Gill ex Mit. 
Coasts of Eastern North America from Virginia northwards. 


MERLUCIUS PRODUCTUS Gill ex Ayres. 


California. 
MERLUCIUS ARGENTATUS (Faber) Gthr. 
Iceland. 
Meruucivs Gayi Gthr. ex Gay. 
Chili. 


if the execrable figure given in Gay’s great work on Chili were at all reli- 
able, it would indicate that the Merlus Gayi could scarcely be a true Merlu- 
cius, but since Guichenot says that that species resembles the European type 
as to the prolonged, little-compressed body, scales, opercula, form of the fins 
and other characters, it must be at least provisionally retained here. No one 
would suppose from the figure alone that a Merlucius was intended, as the 
likeness is only a strong analogical one, such as may exist between members 
of entirely distinct groups. 


s 


MERLUCIUS PRODUCTUsS Gill. 
Synonymy. 

Merlangus productus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, 
vol. i. p. 64, 1855. 

Homalopomus Trowbridgii Girard, Proceed. Academy of Natural Sciences of 
Phila., vol. viii. p. 132, 1856. 

Homalopomus Trowbridgii Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad 
Route, &c., vol vi. Abbot’s Report, Zoology, p. 23. 

Homalopomus Trowbridgii Girard, op. cit., vol. x. Fishes, p. 144, pl. xla, 
figs. 1—4., 

Merlucius sp. Gill, American Journal of Science and Arts, ser. 2, vol. xxx. 
p- 279; Proc. Academy of Nat. Sci. of Phila., 1861, p. 514. 

Gadus productus Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, 
vol. iv. p. 338, 1862. 


* Guenther has also retained, in a foot-note, as a doubtful species of Merluccius, the M. ambiguus 
of Lowe, (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1840, p. 37),—a most ambiguous species, certainly, as to its systematic 
position. The only knowledge of the fish is confined to the facts of the “ production into a fila- 
ment of the second ray of the ventral fins and grooved nape,” wherefore supposed to resemble 
Motellaz, but wanting ‘‘the beards and having no trace of any fin within the nuchal groove.” 
‘““The upper jaw closes over the under.” ‘This notice enables us to decide that it decidedly does 
not apply toa Merlucius, but does not distinguish it from the Uraleptus maraldi. 


1863.] 


248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Subfamily GADIN (Bon.) Gill. 
Synonymy. 

Gadini Bonaparte, Saggio di una Distrubuzione Metodico degli Animali Verte- 
brati, 1831. 

Gadine Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol. 
ii. pp. 188, 299, 1839. 

Gadini Bonaparte, Systema Vertebratorum, p. 52, 1540, 

Gadine Kaup, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1858 b. i. p. 86. 

Gadiformes Blecker, Enumerato specierum Piscium hucusque in Archipelago 
Indico Observatorum, p. 26, 1859. 

Gadine Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast, &c., 1860. 


I. Vomerine teeth obsolete. 
eB ar bel One wa cecce... seeses ence -nbeeleinescaen viceaWeteesenenietessse Gadiculus. 
2. Barbel present (Gadus blennoides Pallas).......+.esseeeee Leptogadus. 
II, Vomerine teeth developed. 
A. Lower jaw longest and projecting beyond the upper. 
a Vent nearly below the interspace between the 
first and second dorsals. 
1. Teeth of the upper jaw not or scarcely en- 


Jarged) im the OutersrOWineseccocc--<--seeses-eseeeene Pollachius. 
2. Teeth of the upper jaw enlarged in the external 
HOWE ste eee abe teeehine weasels oct Cunssttaassaenmewas seaniee Boreogadus. 


8. Vent situated at or before the vertical of the ori- 
gin of the first dorsal; first anal fin very long ; 
Second dorsale smaller. -casesscknes. cares setecdeersereaeee Micromesistius. 
B. Lower jaw shorter than, and generally received 
within, the upper. 
a. Barbel of chin obsolete........ .....s.scessceene sscescees Merlangus. 
8. Barbel more or less developed and pendant from 
chin. 
* Mouth enlarged, the supramaxillars extending 
more or less under the eyes. 
+ Snout longer than the eye. 
1. Teeth of the outer row of upper jaw and 
inner of lower scarcely enlarged. Vomer 
with no elongated teeth.........cssseeseeeeeee Gadus. 
2. Teeth of the outer row of upper jaw and 
inner of lower on sides elongated and 
slender, the first of the upper largest. 
Vomer with its posterior teeth consider- 


ably elongated..............+0 rasa sucleesionienceiae Odontogadus.* 
tt Snout shorter than eye. Abdomen abbrevi- 
FIGS] 8 noe seas ocuaaoed conecenooecbbaoaabsobedsaaetoos sue Brachygadus. 
** Mouth rather small, the supramaxillars not 
extending as far as the €YeS...........seseeeeseeees Melanogrammus,. 
Genus GADUS Artedi. 
Synonymy. 


Gadus Artedi, Genera Piscium, p. 18, 1738. 


* Odontogadus Gill,—a genus established on the Gadus euxinus of Nordmann. ‘The teeth of 
the lower jaw are nearly biserial. The skull is much like that of Gadus, but the great frontal 
is wider in front, and the base of the cranium more flattened and bulging outwards, &c. Five 
specimens of this rare species, obtained by the Hon. Geo. P. Marsh at Constantinople, are in the 
Smithsonian Institution. They evidently belong to the species named Gadus euxinus by Giin- 
ther, on whose identification with Nordniann’s species I rely, being unacquainted with the memoir 
of the latter author, The species, although covered by the technical character of Morrhua of 
Cuvier, is apparently at least as nearly allied to Merlangus (vulgaris). S 

[Seps. 


ae 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 


Callarias Klein, Historie Piscium Naturalis promovende Missus quintus et 
ultimus, p. 5, 1749. 

Morrhua Cuvier, Regne Animal. 

Gadus Nilsson, Prodromus Ichthyologie Scandinavice, pp. 39, 41, 1832. Adopt 


Bon. 
eal Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol. 
Tissin ii. pp. 188, 299, 300, 1839. 


Gadus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862. 

Gadus Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. pp. 
326, 327, 1862. 

Morrhua Putnam, Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology of Cam- 
bridge, 1863. 

Body elongated, subfusiform in profile, but highest under the first dorsal 
fin, tapering into the moderately slender caudal peduncle, which is com- 
pressed ; back compressed and oblique, and abdomen prominent and rather 
tumid beneath the first dorsal. 

Scales minute and regularly imbricated. 

Lateral line slightly convex from the scapular region to the middle of the 
ey and thence rectilinear, in a groove covered by a membranous linear 

and. 

Head scaly, oblong conical in profile, above gradually narrowed towards 
the front, transversely arched at the nape, nearly flat at the forehead, and 
with the snout protuberant and longer than the eye. Eyes moderate, mostly 
or entirely in the anterior half of the head. Opercula almost concealed by 
the skin; operculum acute at the angle. Nostrils in front of eye; the an- 
terior with a posterior flap; the posterior patulous or subtubular. 

Mouth with the cleft moderately oblique and rather deep; the supramax- 
illars extending at least under the anterior half of the eyes, their ends pro- 
duced downwards and truncated behind; intermaxillars ceasing far in front 
of the ends of the supramaxillars. Lower jaw received within the upper, 
broadly rounded in front. 

Lower jaw with a moderate barbel persistent on the bone. 

Teeth pauciserial in each jaw; those of the outer row in the upper, and of 
the inner in the lower, enlarged. 

Branchiostegal rays seven. 

Dorsal fins three, separated by decided interspaces, invested in a naked 
skin; the first shortest, more or less behind the vertical of the pectoral fins, 
rounded or angular in front, and rapidly declining in a more or less convex 
line decurved backwards ; second oblong and longest. 

Anal fins two, opposed to the second and third dorsals and nearly equal in 
size and form. = 

Caudal fin moderate, subtruncated, concave or convex, with numerous 
supplementary rays above and below. 

Pectoral fins moderate, obliquely rounded behind. 

Ventral fins inferior, moderately approximated, inserted moderately in ad- 
vance of the pectorals, narrow and provided with seven rays, the second of 
which is more or less prolonged. 


Pe 12 14] 16—27 | 17— 22... ase sepa ee. 


Artedi, in his ‘‘ Genera Piscium,’’ establishing this genus in the manner of 
the moderns, gave the following diagnosis: 
‘* Membrana branchiostega utrinque septem ossicula subteretia continet. 
** Dorsum jam tripterygium, jam dipterygium. 
‘< Caput plerumque cathetoplateum, interdum plagioplateum.”’ 
To the genus were referred the following species : 
1. Merlangus vulgaris Flem. 


1363.] 18 


© 


250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


2. Pollachius carbonarius Bon. 

De ue typus Bon. 

4, Gadus morrhua L. 

5. Melanogrammus eglifinus Gill. 
6. Brachygadus luscus Gill. 

7. minutus Gill. 

8, Merlucius vulgaris Flem. 

9. Molva vulgaris Flem. 

10. Lota vulgaris Cuv. 

11. Onos mustela Gill. 

Klein, in his fifth and last ‘‘ Missus,’’ (1749,) substituted the name Calia- 
rias, and restricted the genus to species with three dorsal fins, the head tro- 
chiform, the tail coniform and girdled by the caudal. 

The species were distributed among two sections. 


CALLARIAS, barbatus, cirro unico, pendulo e mento. 


1. Gadus morrhua L. 

2. Melanogrammus eglifinus Gill. 
3. Brachygadus luscus Gill. 
4.*Gadus SE L. 


5e 

6.* 66 

tc ai tT: 

g. 6c cc Q 


9, cc zi 2 
10. Brachygadus minutus Gill. 


CALLARIAS, imberbis. 


1, Pollachius typus Bon. 
2. sf carbonarius Bon. 
3.*Merlangus vulgaris Cuv. 

4. Trachurops macarellus (ill ex C. et V.? 


This genus is surprisingly natural and well defined, compared with most 
of Klein’s genera, and is co-equal with Giinther’s Gadus or Cuvier’s Morrhue 
and Merlangus combined. The name cannot, however, be retained, as it is 
a synonym of Gadus. 

Cuvier accepted the name (‘adus in nearly its Artedian sense, distributed 
the species among smaller groups, called by him subgenera, and did not ap- 
ply the name itself to one of them, but conferring an independent one on 
each— called one of kis subgenera Morrhua, characterizing it by the three 
dorsals, two anals and a barbel at the chin. To it were referred the species 
of Gadus, Brachygadus and Melanogrammus. 

Nilsson, in his ‘‘ Prodromus Ichthyologie Scandinavice,’’ (1832,) modified 
the subgenus Morrhua, including under it only Gadus and Brachygadus, 
while Melanogrammus formed part of his Merlangus. He gave the following 
diagnosis : 

‘* Corpus forma elegantiore ; pinnis dorsi tribus ; ani duabus & cirro men- 
tali; rostro extra maxillas procedente; corpore maculis variegato; cauda 
subeequali.”’ 

Bonaparte has adopted Nilsson’s arrangement. 

Swainson, in 1839, proposed for the Cuvieran Morrhue three genera,— 
Gadus, really equivalent to Morrhua; Cephus for the Gadus macrocephalus of 
Tilesius and Tilesia for the Gadus gracilis of the same author. These genera 
are due to mistaken ideas, and the distinctions signalized do not exist. 

The reviewer has lately limited the genus as here adopted. 

Finally, Mr. Putnam, some time afterwards, being apparently unacquainted 
with the different applications of the name by Nilsson, Bonaparte and the 


[Sept. 


5 ee ae 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 


reviewer, restricted the name Gadus to the genus named Melanogrammus 
and retained Cuvier’s Morrhua for the present genus. 

The genus Gadus as here defined does not embrace a number of species re- 
ferred to it by previous authors, for from it, by the terms of the description, 
are excluded the Gadus cglifinus of Linneus, or the common baddock, which 
now is the type of the genus Mélanogrammus ; the Gadus minutus and G. 
luscus of Linnzus belonging to Grachygadus. 

The species, or at least the nominal species, of authors which appear to be 
really congeneric and members of the same genus—Gadus—are the follow- 
ing. Those whose claims to specific rank are most doubtful and require to 
be confirmed, are indicated by an asterisk placed after their respective names. 


§ I. 


Anus under the anterior portion of the second dorsal fin. 


Gapus moRRHUA Linn. 
Northern European and Polar Seas. 


GADUS ARENOSUS Mitchill.* 
Coast of Middle and Eastern United States northwards to Hudson’s Bay. 


Gapus ojac Richardson.* 
Greenland. 

Gapus NAVAGA Keelreuter. 
Coasts of Northern Russia. 


GabDuS GRACILIs Tilesius.(*) 
Kamtschatka. 
GADUS MACROCEPHALUS Tilesins. 
Kamtschatka. 
§ IL. 
Anus under the hinder portion of first dorsal. 


GaApDus Tomcopus Walbaum. 
Middle and Eastern States northwards to Newfoundland. 


GAbUS PROXIMUS Girard. 

California and Oregon. 

It is very doubtful, from the slight description, whether the Gadus pyg- 
meus of Pallas belongs to this genus: it is said to have five (?) branchi- 
ostegal rays, the lateral line obsolescent behind, and the following number of 
fin rays: D.16|16]19. A.18|15. C. 28, very much crowded. P. 17. 
V. 6. The specimen described, about seven inches long, was obtained by 
Dr. Merk at Cape Elias in Russian America. It is asked by Pallas whether 
it may not be the Gadus minutus of Linneus? Such cannot be the case. 


Gapbus GRAciLIs Tilesius. 
Synonymy. 
Gadus wachna Pallas, Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, vol, iii. p. 182, 1831. 
Gadus gracilis Tilesius, in Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, vol. iii. p. 182, 1831. 
ee A ‘¢ Mémoires de l’Academie Impériale des Sciences de St. 
Petersbourg, tome ii. p. 354, tab. 18. (1808) 1810. 
Tilesia gracilis Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, 
vol. ii. p. 300, 1839. 
Hob.—Kamtschatka and Kurile Islands (and Oregon ?) 


(*) The position of the anus in this species is doubtful, but it probably belongs to this section. 


1863.] 


252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Gapus PRoximus Girard. 
Synonymy. 


Gadus proximus Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. 
vii. p. 141, 1854. 
Gadus proximus Girard, op. cit., vol. vii. p. 151. 
Morrhua californica Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, 
vol. i. p. 9, 1854. 
Morrhua proxima Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &e., 
vol. vi. Abbot’s Report, Zoology, p. 22. 
Moarhua proxima Girard, op. cit., vol. x. Fishes, p. 142, pl. xl.a, figs. 5—8. 
Morrhua proxima Girard, op. cit., vol. x. Whipple’s Report, Zoology, p- 50. 
ae ee es op. cit., vol. x. Williamson’s Report, Zoology, p. 86. 
Gadus proximus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862. 
‘© ealifornicus Glinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, 
vol. iv. p. 332. 
Hab.—California and Oregon. 


Family BROTULOIDZ Blkr. 
Synonymy. 


Brotuloidei Bleeker, Enumeratio specierum Piscium hucusque in Archipelago 
Indico Observatorum, &c., p. xxv. 1859. 

Ophidiide (Brotulina) Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, 
vol. v. pp. 370, 371, 1862. 

Gadide pt. auct. 


Elongated fishes, compressed and regularly tapering behind, with tail 
generally more or less subtruncated, with the anus submedian ; scales either 
absent or cycloid and minute, imbedded in a lax skin, which more or less 
envelopes the fins ; very large branchial apertures ; vertical fins united, or 
contiguous, the dorsal commencing not far from the nape, the caudal narrow 
or pointed, the ventral fins replaced by simple or bifid filaments attached to 
the humeral arch and more or less in advance of the pectoral. Pyloric ceca 
few (1 or 2), rarely obsolete or in increased number (12). 

The supramaxillars are generally enlarged behind and produced towards 
their upper angle. 

The genera referred to the group Brotulina by Giinther may be provisionally 
retained in this family and distributed in the following manner. The sub- 
families, perhaps, do not follow in natural order. 

I. Ventral fins inserted considerably in advance of the pec- 
toral fins. 
Ia. Body scaly, moderately long. 
A. Pyloric ceca none, one or two. 
a. Lateral line continuous. 
1. Snout and lower jaw with barbels. Ceca 1 or2. BroruLina. 


* Ventral filaments Difid..........-.sessescereeecoes .---- Brotula. 
** Ventral filaments entire........ceecceeceecesceeeee ene Nematobrotula.* 
2. Head without barbels. Czeca 2........seece. coneee ee BRoSMOPHYCIN A, 
% Mag MBO sé 5555.:06005-'0 ¢8- pom save onavaniaes aac peaer: Brosmophycis. 
*% Head SCALY... 02.000 cccesscsaccecscsoecoees cosconene seen ye Dinematichthys. 
3. Head without barbels. Czeca none........0.eeeee eee Luciruc &. 
* Palatine bones without teeth...........seceeesereene Lucifuga. 
** Palatine bones with teeth...........cseceeeseseeeeee Stygicola.t 
8. Lateral line interrupted or double............+seesereee BytHITINZ. 


rt 


* Type. Brotula ensiformis Gunther. 
} Lucifuga dentatus Poey. 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 


* Lateral line interrupted. Vomerine and palatine 
PE ODN se octeccasizas deuce MMSE Me NR sis octlneasnnsnsive sess Bythites. 
** Lateral line double behind. Vomerine teeth... Pteridium. 
AA. Pyloric ceca in moderate number (about 12). Ven- 


tral fins inserted under or nearly under eyes......... SIREMBIN 2. 
* Preoperculum unarmed .......-. crecce-eescscsceoe seascare saves, SITEMDO. 
**% Preoperculum with three spineS...........ssesseeceeecsers Hoplobrotula.* 
"1d. Body naked, very long and compressed. Vertical 
Tins confment 2... <5. 9ieb sade ueneseneeteo daa yaaa sseoee KIPHASIIN A. 
Xiphasia. 
"II. Ventral fins under the pectoral.; Vertical fins confiuent, 
CRUD) 2« bocm se [5 -ptesbsbasapdw len og sowie ooeup'e viensecte SNE sicea BRorvuLoPHIN#. 
Brotulophis. 


BROSMOPHY CINE Gill. 


Synonymy. 
Brosmophycine Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862. 


Brotuloids with a moderately elongated, scaly body, a more or less distinct 
caudal fin, two closely-approximated ventral filaments, a continuous lateral 
line, no barbels and (typically) two pyloric cxca. 

- The typical genera are Brosmophycis, represented in the Californian waters, 
and Dinematichthys of Bleeker, whose single species is found in the seas of the 
East Indian Archipelago. The Lucifuge are, however, very closely related to 
those genera, and the difference in the posterior parts is rather one of degree 
than kind: they perhaps form a group of the subfamily. 


Genus BROSMOPHYCIS Gill.+ 
Synonymy. 
Brosmophycis Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil., 1861, p. 168. 
Halias Ayres, Proc. Californian Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. ii. p. 52, 
1861 
Brosmius sp. Ayres, 1854. 
Dinematichthys sp. Giinther, 1862. 


Body moderately elongated, thick and with the abdomen more or less di- 
lated, in front of the anus and behind compressed, and uniformly tapering to 
its truncated end. Anus rather behind the middle, with a scarcely raised 
margin and unarmed ; second aperture behind and also little raised. 

Scales minute, scarcely imbricated and imbedded in the skin, which is lax, 
and invests the dorsal and anal fins. 

Laterai line inconspicuous, slightly convex above the abdomen and rec- 
tilinear behind. 

Head naked, moderate, oblong conical in profile, moderately compressed 
and above nearly uniformly wide, with the snout longer than the eye, blunt 
and subtruncated, with deep pits in and near the margin of the skin above 
the maxillars. Eyes moderate, covered by the skin, situated nearly in the 
middle of the anterior half of the head. Nostrils nearly equidistant from 
the snout and eyes. Opercula covered by the skin; the operculum with a 
spine at its angle, terminating a bar on its inner surface, near the upper mar- 
gin. Chin with two deep pits, one on each side. 


* Type. Brotula armata T. Schlegel. 

+ A second species of this genus was discovered at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. Xantus. Its height is 
searcely less than a sixth of thelength. The head enters 444 times in the total; the jaw equals 
half of the head’s length; the snout equals nearly a fifth of the same. The dorsal fin commences 
with the second fourth of the length; the anal commences a third nearer the snout than the oppo- 
site end; the pectoral equals about half the length of the head; and the ventral filament is only 
eel fifth shorter than the head. The color is :eddish-brown. The species may be named B. 
ventralis. 


1863.] 


254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Branchiostegal rays six. 

Mouth with its cleft scarcely oblique, quite deep, the supramaxillars ex- 
tending behind the eyes, expanded towards their ends, especially at the upper 
angle. Teeth small, stout and rather blunt, in a band on each jaw, inter- 
rupted at the symphysis and narrowed on the sides behind. Vomer and front 
of palatines with similar teeth. 

Dorsal fin rather low, and nearly even, with its origin behind the vertical 
of the pectorals, and almost connected to the base of the caudal behind. 

Anal fin much shorter, but similar in form to the dorsal, and partly con- 
nected behind to the caudal. 

Pectoral fins moderate, obliquely and convex nearer the lower rays, in an 
adipose skin. 

Ventral filaments inserted under the preoperculum, compressed, closely 
annular, but not articulated like the rays of Phycis, &c. 

The branchial arches have transverse scabrous ridges on each side of their 
concave surfaces, except the middle portion of the first below the bend, where 
the ridges of the outer side are replaced on the margin by about three pro- 
duced, scabrous, subcylindrical processes. The cleft behind the fourth arch 
is moderate. There are no pseudo-branchie. 

The stomach is large and sacciform, and, at the pyloric extremity, there are 
two short czeca, one on each side. 

This genus is most nearly allied to Dinematichthys of Bleeker, but distin- 
guished by the scaleless head, dentition and the absence of claspers to the 
anal papilla, &c. 

BROSMOPHYCIS MARGINATUS Gill. 
Synonymy. 

Brosmius marginatus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, 
vol, i. p. 13, 1854. 

Brosmius marginatus Girard, Explorations and Surveys fora Railroad Route, 
&e., vol. x. Mishes, p. 141. 

Brosmophycis marginatus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.; 
vol. xiii. p. 168, 1861. 

Halias marginatus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, part 
2, p. 52, 1861. 

Brosmophycis marginatus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 
1862, p. 280. 

Dinematichthys marginatus Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British 
Museum, vol. iv. p. 375. 

Fob.—California. 


Synopsis of the Family of LYCODOIDZ. 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


In the present article, it is desired to draw the attention of American marine 
zoologists to the species of this family, to call forth the search for any species of 
two of the genera hitherto only known from Greenland, or high northern seas ; 
and also to embody the views regarding the affinities of the several genera, 
which have been widely scattered in the different ichthyological systems, and 
yet which appear to be connected by the closest ties. 

Only the different species of Enchelyopus and Gymnelis are known to the 
author ; acquaintance with Lycodes being confined to the descriptions and ex- 
cellent figures of Reinhardt, Kroyer and Richardson. 


Family L YCODOIDZ (Ginther). 
Synonymy. 


“Zoarchidee Swainson, Natural History and Classification of Fishes, Amphibians 
and Reptiles, vol. ii. pp. 184, 283, 1839. 
[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 


Lycodide Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. 
pp. 317, 319, 1862. 

Gadide and Ophidini pt. Reinhardt. 

Blennioidei and Ophidoidei pt. Bleeker. 

Blennioide pt. Gill, Kroyer. 

Lycodidz and Blenniide Giinther. 


Teleocephali with an elongated subanguilliform body, with the soft-rayed 
dorsal and anal fins confluent with the pointed caudal, invested like the body 
in a loose skin; the anus submedian or anterior, and with a raised margin ; 
branchial apertures more or less restricted to the sides ; minute jugular or 
obsolete ventral fins, and typically two rudimentary pyloric ceca. 

This diagnosis is believed to embody the peculiar external characters which 
mark the group as a family, and all the types here included in it are evident- 
ly closely related. Reinhardt, who first made known two of the genera,—Ly- 
codes and G'ymnelis,—widely scattered them, referring the former to the 
Gobiide next to ‘‘ Zoarceus,’’? between which and Anarrhicas it was said to 
be intermediate, while Gymnelis was placed in the family Ophidiini. Rich- 
ardson, with his usual cautiousness in differing from others, followed Rein- 
hardt, but expressed his opinion concerning the close affinity between Lycodes 
and Gymnelis. Kroyer approximated the three genera, referring them to the 
Blenniide next to Clinus. 

Swainson, in 1839, proposed a family—‘‘ Zoarchide ’’—for fishes of the first 
order—Acanthopteryges, having the body ‘‘anguilliform ; dorsal, caudal and 
anal fins united ; the rayssoft.’’? To the family so vaguely defined were referred 
the genera Zoarces and Anarrhicas. Zoarces has essentially the characters 
mentioned; but, as Anarhicas cannot be truly said to be either ‘‘ anguilliform,”’ 
or have the ‘‘dorsal, caudal and anal fins united,’ or ‘‘the rays soft,’’—if 
by the latter term is meant articulated or branched,—it is not quite evident 
why the genus should have been placed in the family. [ 

Gunther has referred Zoarces to the Blenniide, although it has neither the 
spinous portion as much developed as the soft, or the whole fin composed of 
spines, nor is it destitute of pyloric appendages,* as required by his diagnosis 
of the family. On the other hand, the same gentleman has proposed a family 
Lycodide for Lycodes (including Lycodes, Phycocetes and Ilyocetes),-—Gym- 
nelis and a new genus founded on a poor description of a species, called Ophi- 
dium Parrii by Ross. The family thus composed is said to bear ‘‘a strong 
resemblance to some of the Blennoid fishes, yet several of them show pyloric 
appendages; they have neither spines in the fins, nor a prominent anal pa- 
pilla.’? {n all such differential characters, Zoarces} agrees with the true 
Lycodide. But, while Zoarcesis approximated to Lycodes and Gymnelis, it 
appears to be somewhat doubtful whether J/yocetes and Phycocetes of Jenyns, 
as well as Giinther’s Uroncctes, belong to the same family with them, not- 
withstanding the reference of the first two genera to the genus Lycodes itself. 

The reviewer has heretofore suggested that ‘* Zoarces and Lycodes form a 
peculiar family,’’t but had previously, in the ‘‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of the 
Hastern Coast,’’ followed Reinhardt and Richardson in retaining them in the 
family of Blennioids. Gymnelis, which should have been approximated to 
them, was inadvertently omitted. 

The following synopsis shows the distinctive characters of the several groups 


and genera : 
4 


* Gunther, it is true, also refuses pyloric appendages in the diagnosis of Zoarces itself; but on 
examination of the European as well as American species, I find two developed, as in Lycodes 
and Gymvnelis, in which he admits their presence. 

+ Toe posterior short spines or atrophied rays or the dorsal fin are not truly analogous to the 
spines of the dorsal fin, as is evident from their position. 


$ Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, p. 501. 


1863.] 


256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


I. Ventral fins present in a rudimentary condition; pectoral with 
the axilla much nearer the back than the breast. 
a. Dorsal fin interrupted behind, and with its rays replaced by 


SHOVt SPinesnpeansc- «scien «(vanep enn eebacrlteomchaacaeslteelsecate Tees ZOARCEIN &. 
Zoarces. 
Bo VorsalidinicontinWOuss.-c---c-«coeceiinr sees copeeeeseeph Ghee ace aeeeiae Lycopin2&. 
Lycodes. 
Il. Ventral fins obsolete ; pectoral with its axil nearer the breast 
tham thie WaGle? cis sis oceacnacaise 209 codecleNoam swebeeo tes pemoce ie emeeateereeee GYMNELIN AR 
Gymnelis. 


Subfamily ZOARCEIN Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Zoarceine Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North 
America, &c., p. 45, 1860. 
Anarrhicine pt. Bon. 
Anarrhichadine pt. Bon. 
Anarrhicheformes pt. Blkr. 


Genus ENCHELYOPUS Gronovius. 
Synonymy. 

Enchelyopus Alein, Historie Piscium Naturalis promovende Missus quartus, 
p. 51, 1744. 

Enchelyopus Gronovius, Zoophylacie Gronoviani fasciculus primus, p. 77, 
1763. 

Les Zoarcus Cuvier, Regne Animal, ed. 2, tome ii. p. 240, 1829. 

Zoarcus McMurtrie, The Animal Kingdom of Cuvier, vol. ii. p. 176, 1831. 

Zoarceus Epstrom. 

Zoarceus Reinhardt, Wiegmann’s Archiv. fir Naturgeschichte, 1837, b. i. 
p. 235. 

Zoarchus Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol. 
ii. p. 283, 1839. 

Blennius sp. Linn. et Linneani. 


Body elongated, subcylindrical anteriorly, compressed towards the tail, 
into which it gradually tapers. Anus in the second third of the length, with 
a moderately elevated periphery. 

Scales minute, imbedded in the skin. 

Head oblong, moderate and decurved in front to the snout. yes mode- 
rate, entirely in the anterior half of the head. Nostrils simple. 

Mouth with the cleft little oblique and more or less deep; the supramaxil- 
lars extending mostly under or behind the eyes. Jaws nearly even. 

Teeth subcylindrical and conic, pauciserial on the jaws. Palate smooth. 

Branchial apertures rather large, oblique and extending forwards and 
downwards; separated by an isthmus little wider than the distance between 
the ventrals. 

Branchiostegal rays six. 

Dorsal fin commencing nearly above the pectoral fins, interrupted near its 
end for a short interval, where the rays are atrophied and replaced by very 
short, pungent spines ; the short portion behind, as well as the anal, confluent 
with the caudal. 

Pectoral fins moderate, inserted moderately high on the humeral arch, 
rounded behind. 

Ventral fins moderately approximated, in advance of the pectorals, provided 
with three or four branched rays. 


RN pL POEL OLE =F Ai 


aie 


_— 


The type of this genus was placed among the Blennii by Artedi and Lin- 
neus, and the naturalists of the true Linnezan school, as late as the early 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SOIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ZT 


years of the present century, although it was considered as the type of a pe- 
culiar genus by Gronovius as early as the year 1763. That erudite and 
sagacious ichthyologist accepted for it a name given by Klein to a heterogenous 
group, of which the species in question was one. It is therefore expedient to 
examine the group of Klein, more especially as his name has been employed 
for widely distinct genera. nul 

It was in his fourth ‘‘Missus,’”? and in the year 1744, that Klein intro- 
duced into the literature of the science the name Enchelyopus. He bestowed 
this name (277~Aee7riv) on fishes which he supposed to be analagous to, or 
‘‘collateral ’’ with, the true eels, but distinguished by their open or ample 
branchial apertures. To them were likewise attributed oblong, smooth oper- 
cula, of the consistency of more or less tough parchment, and readily com- 
pressible, and more or less elongated and cylindrical bodies. The species 
were distributed among two divisions,—those with an elongated dorsal, and 
those with a short one. The character of the genus Enchelyopus may be best 
learned by a knowledge of its contents. Those indicated by an asterisk (*) 
after the number of the species, are figured in Klein’s work. 


I. Excuetyorus pinna dorsali longa. 


1.*Lepturus argenteus Gill ex Shaw. 
2. Lepturus haumela Gill ex Forsk. 
3. Lepturus. 
4, Ophidion barbatum Z. 
5. Ammodytes tobianus L- 
6.*Hyperoplus lanceolatus Gill ex Les. 
7. Trachypterus iris C. et V. 
8. Trachypterus tenia. 
9. Trachypterus tenia B/., Schn. 
10. Cepola rubescens LZ. 
11.*Enchelyopus viviparus Gronov. 
12.*Lota vulgaris Cuv. 
13. “6 be 
14. Molva vulgaris Flem. 
15. Mastacembelus. 
16. Rhynchobdella aculeata Gthr. ex Bloch. 
17. Gempylus serpens Cuv. 


Il. Encaetyorus pinna dorsal brevi. 
1. Misgurnus fossilis Zac. 
Ova 66 6c 
3.*Nemachilus barbatula Blkr. 
4. Cobitis tenia LZ. 
5.*Gobio fluviatilis Aq. 


It is not necessary to remind the ichthyologist who analyzes this genus of 
Klein, that it would be almost impossible to combine together as many spe- 
cies which should offer more numerous points of difference than the fishes 
thus associated. Representatives of eleven families,* most of which have little 
affinity to each, are thrown together in one heterogenous mass; nor is the 
group confined even within the limits of the vague diagnosis, for, although 
none of its members have the branchial aperture as restricted as the eels, still 
there is quite a wide difference in their extent between some of the species, 
such as the Cobitoide contrasted with the Lepturoids. Although it may not 
be allowable to criticize the fathers of science as if they had enjoyed the bene- 
fits of that knowledge which is the slow result of a century of labor, it will 


* Lepturoide (1, 2,3.) Ophidioide (4.) Ammodytoide (5, 6.) Drachypteroide (7,8, 9.) Cepoloidx 
(10.) Lycodoid (11.) Gadoidz (12,13,14.) Mastacembeloidee (15, 16.) Scombroide(17), Cobitoidee 
¢11. 1, 2, 3,4). Cyprinoide (5). 


1863.] 


258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


not be denied that Cuvier and Valenciennes were right in utterly denying to 


Klein the genius of a naturalist. Happy had it been for Icthyology—more 


happy still for Conchology,—had he never lived ! 

The name of Klein was revived in 1763 by Gronovius, and by him applied 
to a restricted group, composed of the twelfth species of Klein, and one which 
was for the first time made known. He restricted the genus with much pre- 
cision, but did not include the posterior depression of the dorsal fin among 
the generic characters, mentioning that peculiarity of his first species as one 
of the specific distinctions. His second and only other species had an entire 


dorsal fin, the branchial apertures very ample, the ventral fins two-rayed, © 


teeth equal, acute, remote, biserial at the front of the lower jaw, elsewhere 
uniserial (‘‘solitarii’’), D. 80. A.60. P.16. V.2; it was said to inhabit the 


American sea. This is probably a Brotuloid related to Brotula, and has not’ 


been re-discovered. 
As Klein specified no type for his genus Enchelyopus, and as his diagnosis 


agrees as well with Zoarces as any other type noticed or figured, and, finally, © 


as he did not, more than the other zoologists of his time, regard the first spe- 
cies enumerated under his genera as types, Gronovius was justified in retain- 
ing Enchelyopus for the genus in question, since its first species was included 
by Klein in his own. The name of Klein and Gronovius must therefore, I 
think, be retained in place of Zoarces. 

Klein’s name was afterwards used by Schneider or Bloch and others, for 
different dismemberments of his genus; but, as all had been anticipated by 
Gronovius in its application, it cannot affect the question; and the objection 
made by Valenciennes to its employment for the genus called by him, after 
Cuvier, Zoarces, is therefore illogical. 

Cuvier, in the second edition of his Regne Animal, first established with 
exactness and characterized by the depression of the dorsal fin, the genus in 
question, and gave to it in its French form, (Les Zoarces,) the name which it 
has since, with more or less modification, borne. But, asthe genus had al- 
ready received a name, that of the great naturalist cannot be retained. 

The choice assortment of modifications of the word Zoarcesis doubtless due 
to the detestable plan adopted by Cuvier, in common with the other French 
zoologists of former years and still continued by a few, of giving only the 
French form of the name, instead of that belonging to the language of science. 
Naturalists will be precluded from adopting many genera first indicated by 
Cuvier on accoant of the preference thus evinced for giving them in the 
vernacular, for it is not the business of the savant to translate the popular, 
or even the pseudo-popular name which the author of any country chooses to 
employ, into its scientific equivalent. In the present case, however, the true 
form of the name happens to be the same as the French, as its etymology, 
(Gixpuic,) indicates, and is preferable to those terminating in -us. 

The genus Enchelyopus, as here adopted, has the same limits as the Cuvier- 
an Zoarces, but it is probable that two distinct genera are confounded under 
it,—the American species being distinguished from the European by the larger 
head, much larger mouth, greater extent of the spinous portion of the dorsal 
fin, and the much larger number of caudal vertebre. The name Macrozoarces, 
here used in a subgeneric sense, will doubtless have to be elevated to a gene- 
ric one, and the American species named MM. labrosus. 


Subgenus MACROZOARCES Gill. 
ENCHELYOPUS ANGUILLARIS Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Blennius anguillaris Peck, Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and 
Sciences, vol. ii, pt. 2, p. 48, fig. 3. 

Blennius labrosus Mitchell, Transactions of the Literary and Philosophical 

Society of New York, vol. i. p. 375, pl. 1, fig. 7. 
[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259 


Blennius ciliatus Mitchell, op. cit., p. 374, pl. 1, fig. 6. 

Zoarces labrosus Cuvier, Regne Animal, t. ii. 

Zoarces labrosus Cuv. et Val., Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, t. xi. p. 466, 
pl. 342. 

Zoarces fimbriatus Cuv. et Val., op. cit., t. xi. p. 468. 

Zoarces anguillaris S/orer, Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts, p. 66, 1839. 

Zoarces anguillaris Dekay, Natural History of New York; Fishes, p. 155, pl. 
16, fig. 45. 

Zoarces fimbriatus Deka y, op. cit., p. 156, pl. 16, fig. 44. 

Zoarces anguillaris Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, p. 123; ib. 
in Memoirs of the ‘American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. ii. p. 
375, 1846. 

Zoarces fimbriatus Storer, op. cit., p. 123. 

Zoarces labrosus Cuv., Regne Animal, (ed. ill,) Poissons, pl. 79, fig. 1. 

Zoarces anguillaris Storer, Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and 
Sciences, vol. ii. 

Zoarces anguillaris Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of North America, p. 45, 1860. 

Zoarces ciliatus Gill, op. cit. 

Zoarces anguillaris Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, 
vol. iv. p. 296. 


Hab.—New York and New England coast. 

The ‘‘ Zoarces anguillaris,” when allowed to remain some time in weak 
liquor, apparently represents the state called ‘‘ Z. fimbriatus.’’ Such change 
was apparent after a few weeks in a large specimen, received through the 
kindness of Mr. J. C. Brevoort, of Brooklyn. 


Subfamily LYCODIN Gill. 


Genus LYCODES Reinhardt. 
Synonymy. 

Lycodes Reinhardt, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Naturviden- 
skabelige og Mathematiske Afhandlingar, deel vii. p. 153, 1838. 
Lycodes Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p. 
319, 1862. 

Blennius sp. Sabine, 
Zoarces sp. Richardson. 

Body elongated, subcylindrical anteriorly, compressed towards the tail and 
gradually tapering. Anus subcentral, with a tumid border and a small pa- 
pilla behind. 

Scales minute or obsolete. 

Head oblong, moderate, decurved in front to the snout. Eyes moderate, 
mostly or entirely in the anterior half of the head. WNostrils near the snout 
and above the maxillars; the anterior simple; the posterior tubular. 

Mouth with the cleft scarcely oblique, little extending backwards, the su- 
pramaxillars ceasing under or before the front of the orbits. Lower jaw 
shorter and received within the upper. Lips large; the upper loose and 
continuous ; the lower lobular or slightly pendant on each side. 

Teeth in the jaws, vomer and palatine bones conical, mostly uniserial on 
the sides of the jaws and the palatines. 

Branchial apertures rather large, almost vertical, in front of the bases of 
the pectoral fins and further, extending slightly above and below. 

Branchiostegal rays five or six. 

Dorsal fin commencing behind the bases of the pectorals, and, like the anal, 
continuous with the caudal uninterruptedly. 

Pectoral fins moderate, obliquely rounded behind, inserted moderately high. 

Ventral fins minute, with three or four rays. 


1863.] 


260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Synopsis. 
A. Pectoral fins with 18—22 rays. 
I. Body wholly scaly. 
a. Vertical fins scaly. Brownish yellow, with six 
slightly oblique, blackish bands as wide as the in- 
tervals behind the head, tending downwards and 
forwards. Head dark. D.116—117. A. 91—95. 
POO WMEV ced er tere sccacacgecccc twee tncseertsere later Jancesee L. vahlii. 
8. Vertical fins naked. Brownish yellow, with anasto- 
mosing lines forming five reticulated bands behind 
the head. Head reticulated with similar lines. D. 
93 =—— Gore AGN Dae be 20s. Wiel anarcteecpeess ton. onenere L. reticulatus. ; 
Il. Body only partly scaly. 
1. Body scaly in front, naked behind; fins naked. Yel- 
lowish, with eight brown bands, broader than their 
interspaces, behind the head. Head banded above, 
and with two round yellow spots on the crown. D. 
CU eSB a TMG sIL SN fala )o- ccrontniccuqe: eaceaneoaLadiercot L. perspicillum. 
2. Body naked in front, scaly behind; fins naked. 
Color uniform. D. 91. A. 71. P. 21—22. V. (3?) L. seminudus. 
3. Body naked anteriorly; scaly on the posterior part 
of the dorsal fin, not or scarcely on the anal. 
Brown, with transverse yellow bands across the 
back, but small and indistinct. D. 87. A. 68. : 
PRPEG: rh. Vyatstanc toces ths actor PReriecec le cat <amniaeh ates seeecie L. nebulosus. j 
III. Body and fins wholly naked. Brownish black, with 
five narrow white bars across the back behind the 
head; the posterior largest, and spreading down- | 
wards. Abdomen and head below white. D. 90. | 
A TOs) We, £8. Vir Sicccosaiy Mgt eee eernien obs enaneemes L. mucosus. 
B. Pectoral fins ‘‘ having fifteen rays,’’ with the length ‘‘ ex- 
ceeding twice its breadth,’’ without any scales. Yel- 
lowish, ‘“‘with eleven large saddle-shape markings ; 
across the back, the middle of these markings being 
much lighter than their edges ; the whole back and the 
BIGOSPMUAN OLE. seceecitclaseleemis Kae doa cantaciseelens skies <atterniteats seplent L. polaris. 
Lycopes Vauuu Reinhardt. 
Synonymy. 

Lycodes Vahlii Reinhardt, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Natur- 
videnskabelige og Mathematiske Afhandlingar, deel vii. p. 153, tab. 5, 
1838. Guill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast, &., p. 46, 
1860. Guéinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. 
iv. p. 319, 1862. 

Hab.—Greenland. 
LycopEs RETICULATUS Reinhardt. 
Synonymy. 
Lycodes reticulatus Reinhardt, op. cit., deel vii. vp. 167, tab. vi. Gill, op. cit., 
p-.46. Giinther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 320. 
Hab.—Greenland. 
LYcoDES PERSPICILLUM Kroyer. 
Synonymy. 
Lycodes perspicillum Kroyer, Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Viden- 


skabernes Selskabs, &c., 1844, p. 140. Kroyer, Voyage en Sean- 
dinavie, en Laponie, au Spitzberg et aux Farée, &c., sur la corvette 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261 


‘‘la Recherche,’’ Poissons, tab. vii. Gill, op. cit., p. 46. Giinther, op. 
cit., vol. iv. p. 320. 
Hab.—Greenland. 
LycopEs sEMiINuDUS Reinhardt. 
Synonymy. 
Lycodes seminudus Reinhardt, op. cit., deel vii. p. 223. Gill, Cat,, p. 46. 
Giinther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 320. 
Hab.—Greenland. 
LycopEs NEBULOSUS Kroyer. 
Synonymy. 

Lycodes nebulosus Kroyer, Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnska- 
bernes Selskabs, &c., 1844, p. 140. Gill, Cat., p.46. Kroyer, Natur- 
historisk Tidsskrift stiftet af Henrik Kroyer, udgivet af Prof. J. C. 
Schiodte, naepes ili. hafte ii, p. 293, 1862. 

Hab.—Greenland. 
LycopEs mucosus Richardson. 
Synonomy. 


Lycodes mucosus Richardson, Last of the Arctic Voyages, p. 362, pl. 26, 1855. 
Gill, Cat., p. 46. Ginther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 320. 
Hab.—Northumberland Sound. 


LycopEs poLAris Richardson. 
Synonomy. 


Blennius polaris Sabine, in Parry’s Journal of a Voyage for the Discovery of 
a Northwest Passage, &c., performed in 1819-20, &c., Supplement to 
Appendix, p. cexii. 

Zoarces polaris Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, Fishes, p. 94. 

Lycodes polaris Richardson, Last of the Arctic Voyages, p. 362. Gull, Cat., p. 
46. Giinther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 321. 


Subfamily GYMNELIN Gill. 


Genus GYMNELIS Reinhardt. 
Synonomy. 


Gymnelis Reinhardt, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Nat. og 
Math. Afhandlingar, deel vii. p. 130, 1838. Seq. Richardson, Kaup, 
Gill, Kroyer, Giinther. 

Cepolophis Kaup, Wiegmann’s Archiv. fiir Naturgeschichte, 1856, band i, p. 

6 

Gymnelis Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. 
p- 323, 1862. 

Ophidium sp. Fabricius. 

Body naked, elongated and slender, compressed, especially behind the ab- 
domen, and with the anus situated little behind the anterior third of the 


length, and with a moderate papilla. 
Head oblong, rather small cones o seventh of total length), and de- 
clivous in front to the snout. Eyes moderate, entirely in the anterior half 
of the head. Nostrils single. 

Mouth with the cleft moderately oblique and quite deep, the supramaxillars 
generally extending wholly under or behind the eyes. Jaws equal in front ; 
lower oblong and rounded in front. 

Teeth small and acute, pluriserial at the front of jaws, uniserial on the 
sides, as well as on the vomer and palatine bones. 

Branchial apertures rather small, scarcely extending in front of the upper 
portion of the bases of the pectoral fins. 


1863.] 


262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Branchiostegal rays six. 

Dorsal and anal fins confluent with the caudal, and uninterrupted. 

Pectoral fins fan-shaped, rather small, and inserted rather low. 

Ventral fins obsolete. 

The Ophidium imberbe of Linn., as understood by recent authors, and the 
O. stigma of Lay and Bennett, do not belong to this genus. The latter is dis- 
tinguished by its scaly body. 

GyMNELIS viripis Reinhardt. 
Synonomy. 


Ophidium viride Fabricus, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 141. Bloch, Schneid., p. 
486. Ross, Reinhardt. . 

Ophidium unernak Lacépéde, Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tome ii. p. 286. 

Gymnelis viridis Reinhardt, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Nat. 
og Mat. Afhandlingar, deel vii. Kroyer, Voyage en Scandinavie, en 
Laponie, au Spitzberg et aux Farde, &c., sur la corvette ‘‘La Re- 
cherché,’’ Poissons, tab. 15. Richardson, Last of the Arctic Voyages, 
p. 371, pl. 30. Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift Stiftet af Henrik 
Kroyer, udgivet af Prof. J. C. Schiodte, naepes iii. hafte 2,1862. Giin- 
ther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p. 323. 

Cepolophis viridis Kaup, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 

Hab.—Greenland. 


Descriptions of the GOBIOID genera of the Western coast of Temperate North 
America. 


BY THEODORE GILL. 


In the present article, detailed descriptions are submitted of three genera 
represented on the coasts of the Pacific United States. Although more than 
usually detailed, it is believed that no characters except such as are strictly 
generic are included ; the brief references made to other genera will assist in 
obtaining an idea of the character of variation in the family. After having 
seen as numerous species as any of my predecessors, I am convinced that many 
natural genera are included under the name Gobius. A number of these have 
already been named, but others yet remain without designation. 

The subfamily Gobiinz is the only one so far known to be represented in the 
Californian and Oregon waters. Further south, the subfamilies Eleotrine, Si- 
cydiinz,* and Amblyopinz occur. 


Genus CORYPHOPTERUS Gill. 


Synonymy. 
Gobius sp. auct. 

Body robust, considerably compressed, especially towards the back and cau- 
dal fin, with the anus considerably in advance of the middle; caudal peduncle 
oblong, high, and not contracted. 

Scales regularly imbricated, large, more or less hexagonal, with the posterior 
margin pectinated, the nucleus at or near the posterior angle, and with striz 
radiating thence towards the anterior margin; the scales cease near the nape. 

Head scaleless, oblong, above nearly square and transversely arched behind 
the eyes ; the sides compressed downwards; cheek scarcely tumid; snout 
oblique ; eyes rather large, longitudinally elliptical, oblique, very closely ap- 
proximated, and situated chiefly or wholly in the anterior half of the head ; 


* The Sicydiinze are represented by four genera, Sicydium, (old world), Sicyopterus (new 
world), Sicyopus (without labial teeth, &c., and embracing Sicydium zosterophorum Bikr., and 
S. balinense Bikr.), and Sicyogoster Gill, (nec Barnevyille = Gobiesoz. 

[Sept. 


na 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 268 


opercula unarmed; operculum well developed, as long as or longer than the 
interval between it and the eye. ; : 

Mouth with the cleft oblique, longitudinal, the periphery of each jaw semi- 
elliptical, the sapramaxillars under or nearly under the pupil; lower jaw 
slightly projecting beyond the upper; intermaxillars slightly protractile 
downwards, with the posterior processes moderate, and the lateral branches 
thick and attenuated towards their ends, but with a thin crest above; supra- 
maxillars longer than the intermaxillars, behind the apophysis slightly twisted, 
nearly rectilinear, compressed and slightly expanded downwards behind, and 
produced towards the inferior angle. 

Tongue rather thin, oblong, truncated in front, and free. 

Teeth elongate, curved, acutely conic, pluriserial in front, continued to the 
angles of the mouth; enlarged and distant in front, in a row along the margin 
of each jaw ; again increasing and bent backwards in the posterior row. 

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, above bounded by a membrane 
attached in front of the axil of the pectoral; below continued forwards in a 
short slit between the fourth branchiostegal ray and breast. 

Branchiostegal rays five. 

Dorsal fins distinct ; the first with six spines, all flexible, the third generally 
longest, the sixth remote; second oblong, generally increasing backwards, and 
with most of its rays having an anterior simple and a posterior forked branch ; 
the last ray free. 

Anal opposite and similar to the dorsal, nearly coterminal with it. 

Caudal fin well developed, rounded behind. 

Pectoral fins rounded bebind, at the base subvertical and not continued to 
the plane of the breast, with its rays well defined, and, except one or two upper 
and lower ones, branched. 

Ventral fins inserted below the base of the pectoral, very obliquely infurdi- 
fuliform, the inner rays longest and well connected ; the interspinous membrane 
low. 

Type, Coryphopterus glaucofrenum. 

This genus is most nearly related among those hitherto named to Clenogobius 
Gill, but is distinguished from that type by the short, robust body, the less ab- 
tuptly decuryed snout, the dentition and want of bent canines in the lower jaw 
in the male,* and the structure of the dorsal and anal fins.; The genus proba- 
bly includes several species referred to Godius, such as the Mediterranean G. 
Lesueurti Risso. 

CoRYPHOPTERUS GLAUCOFRENUM Gill. 


The height of the body is contained about five times in the total length ; the 
head about 44, and the caudal nearly the same. The head is not far from 
twice as long as high; the diameter of the eye enters nearly 34 times in the 
head’s length, and is larger than the snout. The pectoral equals about a fourth , 
and the ventral about a fifth, of the total length; the dorsal and anal fins in- 
crease in height backwards, where they about equal the height of the body. 

DN lO.5 As’ E95 Peds 

There were apparently twenty-five vertical rows ofscales,and seven longitu- 
dinal ones, between the dorsal and anal fins. 

The body is tawny, with a faint blue spot in the centre of each scale, and with 


* The presence of canine teeth in Ctenogobius is a sexual character; butin the new genus, these 
teeth are probably absent in both sexes. 

{ Clenogobius fasciatus has six dorsal spines, although, by a typographical error, ‘‘ V” has been 
assigned to it in the original description. 

t In addition to Gobius, Coryphogobius, Aphya, and Brachyochirus, there are several other genera 
of European Gobies. G. minutus is the type of one (Pomatoschistus), distinguished by the small 
scales, extension of branchial aperture above, (a character hitherto unnoticed,) &c. G. quadrima- 
culatus, of another (Deltentosteus,) allied to Coryphogobius, but distinguished by the structure of the 
dorsal and anal fins and the triangular shape of the lower pharyngeal bones. Both have several 
species. 


1863.] 


264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


six spots formed by aggregations of dark dots on the ridge of the back, between 
the second dorsal spine and the axil of the soft dorsal fin; the first spot below 
the interval between the second and third spines; the second below that, be- 
tween the fifth and sixth; the third between the dorsals; the fourth below the 
fourth ray; the fifth below the seventh, and the sixth below or behind the 
tenth or last.. Another row of similar but fainter spots runs from the scapular 
region, and a third row along the middle of the sides on every third or fourth 
scale, while at the base of the caudal there is a spot above and another below 
the middle. The humeral region is bluish. The head is tawny, with three 
dark spots between the forehead and dorsal; a larger above the operculum, 
surmounted above by a blue dot; three blue dots below the oculo-scapular 
groove, the first two nearest and behind the eye, the third on the operculum. 
A straight blue line crosses the cheek above and slightly upwards, and is con- 
tinued, afier interruption, on the operculum ; above and below it are dark dots, 
especially closely aggregated below, behind the angle of the mouth. The dor- 
sal fins have a few faint blue spots. 

A single specimen of this species, one inch and seven-tenths long, was ob- 
tained by Dr. Kennedy, the naturalist of the northwest Boundary Commission, 
in Washington Territory. 


Genus EUCYCLOGOBIUS Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Eucyclogobius Gil/, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, p. 279. 
Gobius (Gd.) sp. Girard. 
Lepidogobius sp. Gil. 
Cyclogobius sp. Steindachner. 
Gobius (L.) sp. Gunther. 


Body robust, subfusiform, compressed towards the caudal fin, with the anus 
scarcely in advance of the middle; behind very slowly decreasing in height 
towards the caudal peduncle, which is oblong, and not, or scarcely, contracted 
atits middle. 

Scales regularly imbricated, small, cycloid, ovoid, with the nucleus behind 
the centre, with numerous radiating strie diverging towards the front and 
sides, and with concentric strie or wrinkles behind. The scales advance for= 
wards nearly or quite as far as the nape. 

Head scaleless, oblong, conoid, subquadrangular behind, and nearly as wide 
as high, above transversely convex in front of the nape and on the sides. 
Opercula compressed; cheeks scarcely tumid; snout oblique; eyes moderate, 
longitudinal elliptical, nearly lateral, rather distant from each other, and situ- 
ated nearly in the middle of the anterior half of the head. Opercula unarmed ; 
operculum well developed, nearly as long as the interval between it and the 
eye. 

Mouth with the cleft oblique, longitudinal, the periphery of each jaw ovoid, 
the supramaxillars extending beneath the eye. Lower jaw nearly even with 
or scarcely projecting beyond the upper. Intermaxillars slightly protractile 
downwards, with the posterior processes short and wide, and with the lateral 
branches thick and attenuated towards the ends, but with a thin crest above 
(behind), along the posterior half. Supramaxillars nearly twice as long 
as the intermaxillars, with a compound apophysis in front, thence nearly 
rectilinear, but twisted, narrow, and only slightly dilated below towards the 
ends. 

Tongue thick, emarginated in front, and free. 

Teeth curved conic, pluriserial; those of the outer row of the upper jaw 
enlarged. 

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, bounded above by a membrane 
attached in front of the axil of the pectoral fin; below continued forwards in 
a slit between the fourth ray and the breast. 

[Sept. 


ial. sei 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 


Branchiostegal rays five. 

Anal papilla moderate, oblong, and compressed. 

Dorsal fins entirely separated ; the anterior considerably behind the pecto- 
ral region, convex, and with seven or eight spines. The second oblong 
(1. 12), with its rays mostly simply bifurcated, and with the last free behind. 

Anal fin shorter than the second dorsal, but even with it behind, and with 
its structure similar. 

Caudal fin well developed, convex behind, and with numerous supplement- 
ary rays above and below its peduncle. 

Pectoral fins wide, produced and rounded behind, with the base nearly 
vertical, but slightly concave, not extending below to the plane of the breast. 
The upper rays, like the others, are well defined and branched. 

Ventral fins inserted below the bases of the pectoral, simply infundibuli- 
form, with the inner rays longest and connected, and with the interspinous 
membrane low. 

The genus Hucyclogobius is very distinct from Lepidogobius, differing espe- 
cially in the robust, subfusiform body, the size and position of the eyes, wider 
forehead, shape of jaws, and especially the position of the ventral fins. Only 
one species is yet known. 


Eucyctogozius NewBerri Gill. 
Synonymy. i 

Gobius Newberrii Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. 
Vill. p. 128, 1856. Girard, Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. vi. 
p. 539. Pl. xxv, figs. 5—8, 1857. Girard, Explorations and Surveys for 
a Railroad Route, vol. x. Fishes, p. 128. 

Lepidogobius (Newberrii) Gul/, Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of 
New York, vol. vii. p. 14, 1858. 

Gobius Newberrii Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian. Fishes, &c., 
vol. iii. p. 77, 1861. 

Eucyclogobius (Newberrii) Gil, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences. of Phila. ; 
1862, p. 279. 

Eucyclogobius Newberrii Gill, op. cit., 1862, p. 330. 


Genus LEPIDOGOBIUS Gill. 
Synonymy. 

Lepidogobius Gill, Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, 
vol. viii. p. 14, 1859. 

Cyclogobius Stemdachner, Beitrage zur Kentniss der Gobioiden in Sitzungsbe- 
richte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Math. Nat. 
Classe., Band xlii. p. 284, 1861. 

Lepidogobius Gill, Proc. Academy orf Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, p. 330. 

Gobius Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c., to the 
Pacific Ocean, vol. x., Fishes, p. 127. ; 

Grobius sp. Giinther. 

Body elongated, slender, compressed, with the anus in advance of the mid- 
die of the total length ; behind very slowly decreasing in height towards the 
eaudal peduncle, which is elongated, but scarcely narrowed at the middle. 

Scales regularly imbricated, small, cycloid, ovoid, subtruncated in front, 
with the nucleus in the anterior half, and with numerous radiating strie di- 
verging towards the front and with concentric strie behind; scales ad- 
vancing forward above as far as the eyes, and on the sides to the suborbital 
region. 

Head elongated, conoid, subquadrangular behind, and there about equally 
high and wide; above transversely convex, with the nape undefined, the scales 
advancing to the eyes; the opercula subvertical ; cheeks not tumid, sealy 


1863.] 19 


266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


like the preoperculum and operculum; snout oblique. Eyes large, lon gitudi- 
nal elliptical, oblique, and closely approximated, situated chiefly or entirely 
in the anterior half of the head. Opercula unarmed; operculum well de- 
veloped, as long as or longer than the region between it and the eye. } 

Mouth with the cleft oblique, longitudinal, the periphery of each jaw ovoid, 
the supramaxillars ending beneath the pupils. Lower jaw even or slightly 
projecting beyond the upper. Intermaxillars slightly protractile downwards, 
with the posterior processes short and wide, rounded at their ends; with the 
lateral branches thick and attenuated towards the ends, but with a thin 
crescentiform crest above, along the posterior half. Supramaxillars neariy 
twice as long as the intermaxillars, with a compound apophysis in front ; 
thence nearly rectilinear, compressed, highest at the middle, again slightly en- 
larged and convex at the ends. 

Tongue thick, emarginated in front, and free. f 

Teeth conic, curved, pluriserial; those of the upper jaw enlarged in the 
outerrow. Palate smooth; vomer projecting. 

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, bounded above by a membrane 
attached near the axil of the pectoral fin; below, continued forwards in a 
short slit between the fourth ray and the breast. 

Branchiostegal rays five. 

Anal papilla small. : 

Dorsal fins considerably separated ; the first considerably behind the ven- 
trals, oblong, convex at the middle, and with seven slender spines, between 
the last of which and the penultimate a wider interval exists. Second dorsal 
rather long (I. 19 pm.), with most of its rays with the anterior branch single 
and the posterior bifurcated. Last ray free behind. ions 

Anal fin shorter than the dorsal (I. 16 pm.), but coterminal behind with it. 
and of similar structure, 

Caudal fin well developed, convex behind, and with numerous supplement- 
ary rays above and below its peduncle. t 

Pectoral wide, produced and rounded behind, with the base little oblique, 
but extending nearly to the plane of the chest, with its superior as well as the 
other rays well defined and branched. its 

Ventral fins considerably behind the pectoral, very obliquely infundibuli- 
form, the inner rays longest and well connected ; the interspinous membrane 
low. 


The genus Lepidogobius is readily distinguished by its elongated body, small 
cycloid scales, form of head, development of the fins, and especially by the 
posterior insertion of the ventral fins. A single species has been discovered ; 
the Gobius Newberrii, formerly referred to it wnen known only through the de- 
scription of Girard and the comparison instituted between it and L. gracilis, 
belonging toa distinct genus. The type of Lepidogobius has been placed by Dr. 
Ginther in a section of Gobius characterized by having “ the anterior dorsal 
with seven to nine spines.” In this section, besides Lepidogobius, species of 
the genera Hucyclogobius, Acanthogobius, (nearly allied to Awaous, but having 
an increased number of spines and a scaly head), Chxturichthys R., and two 
Japanese genera have been placed. One of the latter genera, typified by 
Gobius virgo T.S., is distinguished by the long dorsal and anal fins (VIII. I. 
25—27. A.T. 26.), very small scales, and the form of the head; it may be 
called Pierogobius. Another resembles Gobionellus Gd., but is distinguished 
by the increased dorsal and anal fins (D. VIII.—IX. 20. A. 17.), &c. It is 
represented by Gobius hasta, which may be called Synechogobius hasta. 


LEPIDOGOBIUS GRACILIS Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Gobius gracilis Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. vii. 
p. 134, 1854. 
[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 


Not Gobius gracilis Jenyns. 
Gobius lepidus Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c., 
vol. vi., Abbot’s Report, Zoology, p. 21 (figured). Girard, op. cit., vol. 
x., Fishes, p. 127, pl. xxva, figs. 5-6. Girard, op. cit., vol. x. William- 
son’s Report, Zoology, p. 86. 
Lepidogobius gracilis Gill, Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New 
York, vol, vii. p. 14, 1859. 
Gobius lepidus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol. 
iii. p. 78, 1861. 
eile dotviiin gracilis Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 
1862, p. 330. 
DA VAT, 1 j19., AviT...16. P. 24. V.1.5+5. 1. 


The color is tawny or reddish-brown, (thickly dotted with blackish-purple 
when viewed under the magnifier); the snout, interorbital region and lips, 
purplish ; the branchiostegal membrane dark purple. The fins are also pur- 
ple, and thickly dotted with darker, especially between the rays. 


On the GOBIOIDS of the Eastern Coast of the United States. 
BY THEODORE GILL. 
Subfamily GOBIJN4 (Bon.) Gill. 
Genus GOBIUS Artedi. 
Synonymy. 
Gobius Artedi, Genera Piscium. 
Gobius Cuvier, Régne Animal ed, tome ii. 
Gobius Cuv. e¢ Val. Hist., Nat. des Poissons, tome xii. p. 1. 
Gobius Giinther, Cat. Acanthop. Fishes, vol. iii. p. 3. 

Body moderately elongated, subcylindrical anteriorly, slowly declining and 
compressed towards the caudal fin, with the anus little in advance of the mid- 
dle of the total length, and with the caudal peduncle oblong and not or scarcely 
contracted at its middle. 

Scales moderate, (in 35—55 transverse rows), more or less hexagonal, gen- 
erally higher than long, pectinated behind, with the nucleus at or next to 
the posterior angle, and with radiating strie diverging from it towards the 
anterior border; scales generally advancing forwards on the crown. 

Head oblong, depressed, wider than high, slowly declining to the snout, 
and with the snout itself, in front, boldly decurved; above conical, rather 
rapidly narrowed to the snout, whose periphery is convex. Cheeks behind 
more or less tumid. Eyes moderate, longitudinal elliptical, oblique and look- 
ing upwards, closely approximated and situated almost, or wholly, in the ante- 
rior half of the head. Opercula unarmed. Operculum moderate, shorter than 
or equal to the internal between it and the eyes. 

Mouth with the cleft longitudinal, ovoid, the supramaxillars under the pupils. 
Lower jaw even with, or rather shorter than the upper. Intermaxillars little 
protractile obliquely forwards, with the posterior processes short, the lateral 
branches thick, little attenuated backwards and above, with a thin elevated 
crest, generally truncated in front and decurved behind. Supramaxillars 
longer than the intermaxillars, slightly twisted, towards the ends compressed 
and decurved, and with a narrow expansion downwards. 

Tongue moderate, rather thin, truncated and free in front. 

Teeth fixed, acutely conic and curved, pluriserial, enlarged in the outer row. 
Palate smooth. 

Branchial apertures lateral, vertical, bounded above by a membrane 
attached in front of the upper pectoral rays, below continued in a short slit 
between the fourth branchiostegal ray and breast; isthmus very wide. 


1863.] 


268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Branchiostegal rays five; the fifth very thin and concealed in the mem- 
brane. 

Dorsal fins distinct; the first scarcely oblong, with six spines, the last of 
which is remote; the second rather long, (I. 9—16), with the soft rays 
generally having an anterior simple and posterior forked branch; last ray 
free. 

Anal fin shorter than the second dorsal, (I, 8—14), and ending under its 
last rays. 

Caudal fin broad, rounded behind. 

Pectoral fins well developed, produced and rounded behind, with the upper 
rays short, deeply branched and filamentous or silk-like ; the rest well defined and 
normally branched. 

Ventral fins inserted below the bases of the pectoral, obliquely infundifu- 
liform, with the inner rays largest and well connected; the interspinous mem- 
brane low. 

Type. Gobius niger LZ. 

The genus Gobius, restricted as it has now been, still contains a num- 
ber of species, two of which, are English—the G. niger L., and G. paga- 
nellus, LL. upon which the generic characters have been especially verified, 
they being the types of the genus. A considerable difference exists in the 
development of the dorsal and anal fins, in different species of the genus. 


GoBIvUS CAROLINIENSIS Gill. 


The height equals about a fifth of the total length; the caudal peduncle 
(from the vertical of the analand dorsal fin to its end) forms aboutasixth of the 
same, and its height equals a ninth. The head enters 4, 1-5 times in the 
length ; its width six times ; the diameter of the eye equals a quarter of the 
head’s length and the length of the snout. The caudal fin forms about a 
fifth of the total length; the pectoral nearly equals the caudal. 

1 


1 
D. VI. I. 8— A. L. 7— P. 18 
1 ] 

There are about thirty-eight transverse rows of scales and fourteen longi- 
tudinal ones between the front of the second dorsal and origin of anal fin. 

The color is blackish-brown, indistinctly bordered with darker, and with a 
darker spot at the base of the caudal fin. There are a few lighter spots on 
the operculum. The fins are purplish. 

A single specimen has been sent from Charleston, South Carolina, to the 
Smithsonian Institution. The species is most closely allied to G. soporator, 
but differs in some of the proportions, especially the narrower caudal pedun- 
cle, and in the number of scales. 


Genus GOBIOSOMA Girard. 


Synonymy. 
Gobiosoma Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia, 1858, 
p. 169. 
Gobiosoma Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c. vol. iii. p. 
85, 1861. 


Gobius sp. Lac., Mitch., Cuv. et Val. &c. 

Body scaleless, oblong, slowly declining and compressed towards the cau- 
dal fin, anus in advance of the middle, the peduncle oblong and not or scarcely 
contracted, with the back and abdomen trasversely rounded, and the sides 
subvertical. 

Head oblong, depressed, much wider than high, declining slowly to the 
eyes, and thence boldly decurved to the edge of the rather high subtruncated 
gnout; above subcordate, in front of the nape, (and preopercle), diminishing 


_ [Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 


in width to the snout, whose periphery is convex. Cheeks in front of preo- 
perculum tumid. 

Eyes rather small, longitudinal, oblique, distant from each other and situated 
nearer the middle of the anterior half of the head. Opercular unarmed; the 
preoperculum hidden in a fleshy mass; the operculum higher than long. 

Mouth scarcely longer than wide, and with the cleft scarcely oblique, the 
supramaxillars passing under most of the eye. Lower jaw rather shorter 
than the upper, intermaxillars little protractile downwards, with the posterior 
processes short and the lateral branches thick, little attenuated backwards, and 
without crests. Supramaxillars longer than the intermaxillars, slightly twisted 
and curved, compressed behind and surmounted by a longitudinal keel below 
which the expansion takes place, and at whose end the bone is convex. 

Tongue moderate, oblong, truncated and free in front. 

Teeth fixed, slender, curved and acute, pauciserial, enlarged in the outer 
row. Palate smooth. 

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, bounded above by a membrane 
attached in front of the upper pectoral rays, slightly curved forwards below : 
isthmus very wide. 

Branchiostegal rays five. 

Dorsal fins distinct; the anterior oblong, normally with seven slender spines, 
the last two remote from each other and the preceding. Second dorsal ob- 
long, (I. 10—12), with its rays generally having an anterior simple and pos- 
terior forked branch; the last ray free. 

Anal fin oblong, (I. 10—12), smaller than the second dorsal and extending 
less backwards, but of similar structure. 

Caudal fin convex behind. 

Pectoral fins well developed, convex behind, with the rays distinct and 
almost all branched. 

Ventral fins inserted below the bases of pectoral, rather small and obliquely 
infundifuliform, the inner rays longest and well connected, the interspinous 
membrane low. 

The genus Godiosoma is apparently peculiar to North America, and is rep- 
resented on both the Eastern and Western coasts. The foreign species re- 
ferred to it belong to several genera, the Gobius macrognathus Blkr. of Japan, 
differing in the form of the head, &c., may be named Gymnogobius; the G. ophi- 
ocephalus Jenyns, in form and development of fins, Ophiogobius; the 
G. Nilssonti D. & K., distinguished by the biradiate first dorsal, may take the 
name Crystallogobius, and G. stuvitzii D. & K., Boreogobius. 


GOBIOSOMA ALEPIDOTUM (Girard.) 


Gobius alepidotus, Lac. 
Gobius viridipallidus, Mitch. 
Gobius Boscii, Cuv. et Val. 
Gobius alepidotus — Gobiosoma sp. Girard. 
Gobiosoma alepidotum, Giinther. 
DELL 
Hab.—New York to South Carolina. 


Subfamily ZLEOTRINZ (Bon.) Gill. 


Genus DORMITATOR Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Dormitator Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Hastern coast of North Ame- 
rica, &c., p. 44 (named only.) 
Dormitator Gil/, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, p. 240. 
Eleotris Sp. auct. 
Prochilus Cuvier, Regne Animal ed. i. tome ii. p. 294 


1863.] 


270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Body moderately elongated, subfusiform, compressed, especially behind the 
anus, which is situated a little in advance of the middle of the length; caudal 
peduncle oblong and contracted towards the middle, but slightly narrowed 
towards the caudal fin. ‘ 

Scales regularly imbricated, moderate in size, hexagonal, but apparently 
rather pentagonal, generally higher than long, with the posterior margin pec- 
tinated, the nucleus at or next to the posterior angle, from which strie radi- 
ate towards the anterior border; the scales advance on the head. 

Head scaly, the scales advancing forwards above to the snout, and covering 
the cheeks and opercula, cycloid, and smaller above and on the cheeks; the 
head ig rather small, considerably compressed and much higher than wide, 
nearly uniform in width, declining downwards to the snout; the latter is 
convex, and its periphery arched; the whole upper surface is convex and 
fleshy; the cheeks scarcely tumid. Eyes rather small, subcircular, entirely 
lateral, widely separated, and situated in the anterior half of the head. 
Opercula unarmed ; operculum fully developed, its length being nearly twice 
as great as the interval between it and the eye. 

Mouth with the cleft oblique, transverse, the periphery of each jaw semicircu- 
lar, the supramaxillars ceasing nearly under the front of the orbit. Lower jaw 
nearly even with the upper. Intermaxillars, little protractile downwards, with the 
posterior processes short and wide, (connected), and the lateral branches thick 
and attenuated backwards, but near the ends with a thin, convex expansion 
above the posterior half. Supramaxillars longer than the intermaxillars, nar- 
row, twisted, little curved, and behind compressed, and with a slight expan- 
sion downwards. 

Tongue fleshy, moderate, subtruncated in front and free at its tip. 

Teeth slender, conic, in a narrow band in each jaw, moveable in the external 
row in the lower. Palate smooth. 

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, continued above in a short slit 
of the oculo-scapular groove, below curved slightly forwards between the 
membrane and throat; isthmus moderate. 

Branchiostegal rays five. 

Anal papilla long and compressed. 

Dorsal fins two, the first generally with seven (6-8) spines, the anterior 
nearly uniform; the second, short and high, (I. 8—9) ; the rays generally, with 
the anterior branch simple and the posterior forked; the last ray free be- 
hind. 

Anal fin nearly opposite and similar to dorsal. 

Caudal fin large, convex behind. 

Pectoral fins well developed, equally convex behind, with the rays well de- 
veloped, and only one or two upper and lower ones simple. 

Ventral fins inserted below the base of the pectoral, closely approximated 
but entirely free; each with five rays, the fourth of which is longest. 

This genus is well distinguished by the combination of characters above 
given, especially the large scales, compressed and nearly uniformly wide de- 
clivous head, and the extension forwards of the branchial apertures above. 

The genus Hleotris, from which the present is detached, as understood by 
Cuvier and his followers, appears to be rather entitled to the rank of a sub- 
family than to that of a genus. Valencinnes has distinguished the genus 
Philypnus. Bleeker recognizing the difference of many of the types referred 
to it, even after such restriction, has proposed to separate from it Culius, Butis, 
Valenciennea (= Eleotriodes) and Belobranchus; Poey has founded Hrotelis and 
the writer has established the genera Bostrichthys aud Dormitator. After all 
these dismemberments, there still remain, as types of distinct genera, the 
Eleotris ophiocephalus C. et, V. (genus Opniocara); H. Mogurnda Rich. (g. Mogurn- 
pa); E.gobioides (g. GosiomorPHus) ; G. cyprinoides (g. Hypsutzorris) ; E. mac- 
crodon Blkr. (g. ODONTELEOTRIS) ; L#. strigata C.et V. (g. CaLLELEOTRIS) and EZ. mt 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENOKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 


erolepis, Blkr. (g. PrerELEorRIs), and perhaps still others. These various genera 
are distinguished by the form of the body, length of the fins, the form of the 
caudal, that of the head, the dentition, extent of branchial apertures, num- 
ber, &., of branchiostegal rays and size of scales. 


DorMITATOR LINEATUS Gill. 


Dormitator somnulentus Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern coast of 
North America, p. 44. 

Not Dormitator somnulentus Gill, ex. Gd. 

The height enters about 4} times in the total length; the head about 4} 
times; the diameter of the eye about equals the snout and two-ninths of the 
head’s length. The caudal forms a fourth of the length; the pectoral equals 
a fifth; the ventral does not extend to the anus, and is rather shorter than the 
pectoral. 

|D Jor NV WLW TAIN ees A Wi epaged -et Ace 8S 

There were, apparently, thirty-one or two oblique rows of scales, and nine 
longitndinal ones between the origin of the second dorsal and the anal. 

The color is brownish-yellow, thickly punctulated with darker, with a dark 
line running along the middle of each row of scales, and with a dark vertical 
blotch on the scapular region. The head had, apparently, two dark longitu- 
dinal bands. The dorsal and anal fins have two rows of darker spots on the 
basal half, and a fainter one beyond ; they are also like the other fins, punc- 
tulated with minute darker dots. 

A single specimen, about threeinches long, is in the collection of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, and was sent from Savannah, Georgia. It was referred to 
as Dormitator somnulentus in the “Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern 
coast,” but it differs from that species in color, as well as slightly in pro- 
portions. ; 


On the genus PERIOPHTHALMUS of Schneider. 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


In examining the different species of the genera Periophthalmus and Boleoph- 
thalmus, attention was arrested by the very trenchant differences existing 
between the Periophthalmus Kelreuteri and P. Schlosseri, which indicated gene- 
ric distinction. It is therefore proposed to restrict the name Periophthalmus 
to the species having the characters indicated in the following diagnosis, 
while for the P. Kelreuteri the generic name Luchoristopus may be employed. 
The Periophthalmine may be distributed as follows : 

{. Teeth of jaws vertical, D. (IV —XV.) I. 11—12. A. I. 
10—12. 

». Scales on head and body well developed and conspicu- 

ous. Second dorsal and anal fins nearly equal. 


Ventral fins in adult nearly infundibuliform............. Periophthalmus. 
8. Scales on body and head minute. Anal fin contract- 

ed. . Ventral fins always distinct....... ......-.sc.scecseeens Euchoristopus. 

YL. Teeth of the lower jaw horizontal. D. V. I. 24—27. A. 

1395: 
2. Scales small but CONSPICUOUS... ....ccssscseeeseeererseceres . Boleophthalmus. 
8. Scales very minute, inconspicuous or obsolete in front. 

(Bol. aucupatorius Rich.)......... mppenaseneenas ines eeeaeeat .- Boleops. 


Genus PERIOPHTHALMUS (BI., Schneid.) 


Body much compressed, with the back rectilinear, gradually declining to 
the caudal fin, to which the rectilinear inferior outline converges still more 
slowly. Anus submedian, 


1863.] 


272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Scales minute, cycloid, regularly imbricated. 

Head little longer than high, ascending from the nape to the interorbital 
region, in front of which the profile is very steep; below plane. Eyes prom- 
inent, separated by a narrow furrow. Border of skin above mouth with a 
triangular flap on each side of the middle. Scales minute, like those of the 
body. 

Mouth moderate, with the periphery semioval, the supramaxillars termi- 
nating under the pupils. Lower jaw most advanced. Upper lip very wide, 
especially at the sides; lower free only near the angles of the mouth. 

Teeth erect in both jaws, uniserial, acutely conic; above a large median 
onein front, and one on each side, between which and the former small teeth 
like those of the sides intervene; in the lower jaw two large teeth in front, 
separated by a wide, smooth interval, and on the sides a row of small ones. 

Branchial apertures small, in front of the lower half of the arm. 

Branchiostegal rays five. 

Dorsal fins separated by a short interval; the spinous above the pectoral 
fin, higher than long, with ten to fifteen slender, divergent spines: the second 
oblong, and with about twelve rays. 

Anal fin short and low, under the middle of the second dorsal, with ten or 
eleven rays. 

(Caudal fin behind convex at the upper half, at the lower half very rapidly 
curved forwards. 

Pectoral fins inserted on large free arms narrowed- towards their bases, 
the fin nearly or quite scaleless, with the upper rays rapidly increasing in 
a curved line to the eighth, and the lower gradually shortened, their ends 
defining a moderate curve. 

Ventral fins thoracic, under the bases of the arms, separated by a narrow, 
triangular area, which ends between their inner rays in a point ; each has a 
spine and five rays increasing toward the inmer, their ends describing a 
curve. 

Type Periophthalmus Keelreuteri Bl., Schn. 

Distinguished for the size of the scales, form of the head, dentition, size of 
branchial apertures, form of anal fin, free arms, and persistent separation of 
the ventral fins. 


Note on the genera of HEMIRHAMPHINE. 
BY THEODORE GILL. . 


Valenciennes, in the nineteenth volume of the ‘“ Histoire Naturelle des Pois- 
sons,” has especially alluded in many cases to the dentition of the various 
species of the genus Hemirhamphus, describing the teeth as “very short, blunt 
and conic, or rather granulated,” (7. Brownii C. et V. lix., p. 16,) finer in some, 
coarser in others; in the observations on the genus, the following characters 
are given: ‘‘Les deux machoires sont garnies d’une bande étroite de petites 
dents courts, grenues et égales,”’ (C. et V. xix., p. 2.)‘Il faut aussi remarquer 
que les dents restent toujours petites et égales, tandis qu’elles s’allongent, 
comme ou le sait, dans les orphies.” Trusting in the correctness of Valen- 
ciennes, I formerly proposed a new generic designation for a species of the 
tribe, with tricuspid teeth, found at the island of Barbados. As subsequent 
examination of numerous specimens from the West Indies and elsewhere has, 
however, failed to discovera dentition among the typical Hemirhamphi like 
that described by Valenciennes, I am compelled to believe that he is in some 
cases, if not in all, incorrect; after the arrival at this conclusion, it is easy 
to believe that the Hyporhamphus tricuspidatus may perhaps be identical with 
the Hemirhamphus Richardi of Valenciennes, the teeth of which are, however, 
described as being finer and in a wider band than in any other, Again, as the 


[Sept. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 


H. Richardi is probably very nearly allied to, and perhaps even identical with 
the Hsox brasiliensis L., the type of the genus MHemirhamphus of Cuvier, the 
name Hyporhamphus should probably be suppressed. If this identification 
then is correct, a new name should be conferred on the species with conic 
teeth. This question, as well as that of the proper name of the genus, will 
be hereafter discussed. 

The genus Hemirhamphus of Cuvier is not a homogeneous one, but em- 
braces at least four distinct generic types distinguished as follows: 


A. Body with the back and abdomen parallel; lower jaw very long, uni- 
form and depressed. 

I. Caudal fin forked, and with the lower lobe longest. 
1. Teeth tricuspid above and below; bill moderate ; 
dorsal and anal pluriradiate; pectorals moder- 

Ate 5) VENUTALS|MOMETALC. so. occs -ovcecccclisecececs cassees Hemirhamphus. 
2. Teeth conic above, tricuspid below; bill very 
slender ; dorsal and anal pluriradiate; pectorals 


very long: ventrals! Small reece... ce ienccaeose cence Huleptorhamphus. 
If. Caudal fin convex behind. Anal fin of male with 
some thickened rayS.......0...0seceee Shoabuogabcoraneédoondtios Zenarchopterus. 
B. Body subfusiform; lower jaw acutely cuspidute.......... Oxyporhamphus. 


The typeof Hemirhamphus Cuy. is Hsox brasiliensis Linn.; of Huleptorhamphus 
Gill (1860,) #. Brevoortii ; of Zenarchopterus, Hemirhamphus dispar C. et V. (xix. 
p. 58, pl. 558) andof Oxyporhamphus, Hemirhamphus cuspidatus (C, et V. xix., p. 
56, pl. 557.) The last is only known to me through the description and figure 
given by Valenciennes. 


On STREPOMATIDZ as a name for a family of fluviatile Mollusca, usually con--- 
founded with Melania, 


BY 8S. S. HALDEMAN. 


In the American Journal of Science, vol. 41, 1841, in my monograph of Lep- 
toxis, 1845, and in the Iconographic Encyc., I pointed out the necessity of dis- 
tributing the heterogeneous Melanie of Lamarck into two separate families, 
according as the margin of the mantle is festooned, as in the species of the Pa- 
cific Islands, or simple, as in the North American species. Knowing the two 
forms to be distinct, I proposed, in accordance with the position assigned by La- 
marck to his family Mélaniens, to restrict the name Melania to the American 
group; but as the oriental species were best known in Europe when the genus 
was instituted in 1801, and as Deshayes (following Bruguiére, Férussac 1807, and 
Rang, Mag. de Conch., pl. 12,) described the animal of Melania, or Pirena, as 
having a festooned mantle, (in his edition of Lamarck 8,427; 1838,) followed 
_by others, as H. and A. Adams, who give “‘ mantle margin fringed” as a charac= 
ter, Huropean naturalists were averse to giving up the name for the oriental 
group; and as itis a matter of little scientific importance, if the families are 
properly recognised, I now reluctantly yield it to the oriental form, and conse- 
quently withdraw the American species from it. 

In thus giving up the name of Melania as applicable to American species, it 
must not be forgotten that Lamarck’s family of Mélaniens includes the three 
genera Meélania, Melanopsis, and Pirena, and that from its position in his sys- 
tem, and the structure of the European Melanopsides, he would not have in-- 
cluded the species (like the oriental Melania amarula, or the African Péirenu 
aurita,) with a festooned mantle, which have gradually become the representa 
tives of ‘‘ Melania,” from the accidental circumstance that the mollusc was first 
described from them. The fact that Lainarck commences his series with the 


1863.] 20 


274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


’ 


large oriental species, is of little value, as he commences the genus Planorbis 
with cornuarietis, a discoid Ampullaria. 

Conchologists of good repute, as H.-A. Adams, Brot, Carpenter, Deshayes, 
Gould, and Lea, continue to place the two groups under the same family name 
of Melanide (d’Orbigny) or its equivalent, which is much like uniting Patella, 
Lottia, and Ancylus, because they have analogous shells. The uncertain posi- 
tion which these groups hold is apparent in the paper of Mr. Gill, in the Proceed. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. for Feb., 1863. He there includes the Melaniide in his “ Synop- 
sis of the families of Pectinibranchiates represented in the fresh-water streams of 
North America,” although he admits (note under Amnicolidz) that they “ have 
not a fringed mantle, and consequently belong to a diferent group” from the 
‘true Melanians.” How then can they be Melaniide ? Of this group he 
forms “a peculiar subfamily,—Ceraphasiine.” From his heterogeneous Mela- 
niide he rejects certain forms, including Melanopsis and Pirena (probably P. 
atra (Linn.) and P. fluminea (Gmel.,) to form a family Melanopide (and also a 
subfamily Melanopine,) to which his Cera(Ceri- ?)phasiinz should belong, as 
Melanopsis seems to have a simple mantle ; apparently leaving Pirena aurita 
in his North American Melaniide. Mr. Carpenter (Smithsonian Report for 
1860,) not only unites the oriental and North American species, but he assigns 
a fringed mantle to the latter. 

In the Iconographic Encyc., I placed Melaniide (the American form) at the 
head of the Ctenobranchia, followed by Cerithiide# (including the oriental Me- 
lanie,) Vermetide, Trochide, &c. Melania proper, with a festooned mantle, 
seems to form a subfamily Melaniane of the family Cerithiida, and the follow- 
ing species are examples: 

M. celebensis Quoy, Astrolabe, p. 162, pl. 56, f. 28. 

M. costata Quoy, - ce pgloo: COT EPS a, 

M. cybele Gould, Am. Ex. Exp., p. 132, fig. 1540. 

Virginia is given as the locality of M. fuscata Born, (Helix) Desh. Lam. 
8.436, which is probably an error. Of Lamarck’s sixteen recent species, W. 
(Pleur.) carinifera is the only one from North America, and Say’s M. (Pleur.) 
depygis is the only one among the twenty added by Deshayes. 

Rafinesque proposed three genera of this fluviatile family,—Strepdma, Pleu- 
récera and Leptoxis. The last was subsequently described as Anculosa Say, 
the first as Ceriphasia Swainson, (adopted by H.-A. Adams,) and 7rypanostoma 
Lea, leaving Plewrocera for the varied forms constituting the remainder. But 
from this remainder I separated Zithasia for shells like Mel. nupera; and Angi- 
trema for the form including Mel. armigera, which leaves Pleurocera about 
equivalent to C'oniobasis Lea, and to several of the genera proposed by H.-A. 
Adams, as Melasma, Elimia, Juga. Thus Juga includes (Pleur.) Virginica Say, 
(inadvertently placed under Ceriphasia also,) whilst Rafinesque’s Pleurocera 
turricula is a slender shell, like ( Pl.) acuta Lea, or exilis Hald. 

I now propose that Strepoma and Pleurécera shall replace their synonyms, 
the former as a genus, the latter as a subgenus in the family Strepomatide. 


The groups of Messrs. H.-A. Adams often indicate merely sections; and sec-— 


tional names given as generic are scientifically erroneous, because they erect 
certain species into genera and subgenera only when they belong to extensive 
groups, requiring numerous specific names, whilst the same amount of charac- 
ter goes for nothing in groups which have but few species. 

All the species of Strepomatide which I have examined living (including Jo) 
have the mantle simple and the opercle subspiral. This is the case with Sire- 
poma canaliculata (Say,) the type of the first division of ‘‘ Melania”’ in Dr. Brov’s 
admirable Catalogue. . . . des Mélaniens, Genéve, 1862. In some species of 
Leptoxis the adult opercle seems to have a different structure, but this arises 
from erosion of the earlier subspiral portion, as may be ascertained by compa- 
ring the different ages. 


[Sept. 


an a 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 


Oct. 6th. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Twenty-two members present. 


Oct. 13th. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Twenty-six members present. 

Mr. Aubrey H. Smith stated that recently, in company with Dr. 
Leidy and Mr. Charles E. Smith, he had found in a grove, in New Jersey, 
about four miles out on the Camden and Atlantic Railroad, a well 
grown, and perfect specimen of Quercus heterophylla. He also re- 
marked that previously, in company with Dr. George Smith, he had 
noticed a tree of the same kind, though not quite so well marked, in 
Tinicum, Delaware Co., Pa. 

Mr. Durand made a communication, which was ordered to be pub- 
lished, as follows: 


When false views pertaining to one ot the branches of the natural sciences 
are spread before the public, either in good faith or with a view to speculation, 
I consider it to be the duty of an institution like ours to interfere, and bring 
the weight of its influence to counteract the diffusion of an error. 

A printed circular has been issued, emanating from a chartered company, 
entitled “‘ American Tea Company,” and purporting to be an announcement 
that the Chinese Tea-plant, or a variety of it, has been found growing indigenous 
in the mountainous districts of Pennsylvania. 

In this circular, which appears to be the programme of the originators of 
the American Tea Company, these gentlemen declare that, ‘“‘ upon a thorough 
investigation of the subject, they could not withhold their entire conviction 
that this discovery of the Tea-plant, growing indigenously upon our own soil, 
hardy, vigorous, and with a leaf of superior excellence, was not only a fact, 
but look upon it as one of the most surprising bestowments ever vouchsafed 
by Almighty God to the people of the United States !” 

This solemn assertion is countenanced by the following declaration of a 
gentleman who, for about six years, held the responsible position of superin- 
tendent and chief manager of the lands, in India, of the Assam Tea Company 
of London and Calcutta. The following are his words: 

‘( Having been engaged, for several years, in the culture and manufacture of 
tea, in the Valley of Assam, situated to the west of the province of Yunnau, 
one of the principal tea-growing districts of China, I wrote an article on the 
subject, which was published in the Agricultural Report of the U. S. Patent 
Office for the year 1860. Since that time, several enterprising gentlemen, dis- 
covering that the Tea-plant was indigenous to this country and growing in 
wild profusion in the mountainous regions of Pennsylvania, called my attention 
to the subject. At first I had some doubts as to the fact of its existence in this 
climate; but having been shown an excellent engraving of the plant and some 
specimens of the dried leaves, I became convinced of its truth, and, on pro- 
ceeding to the locality indicated, I found that my hopes and expectations were 
more than realized. The existence of the Tea-plant in Pennsylvania is a fact! It 
grows indigenously, in the greatest luxuriance and abundance, in the places 
that I have visited, limited, however, to those localities which afford the pe- 
culiar soil indispensable to it, as it is the case in China, Assam and Japan” 


1863.] 


276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


(The plate accompanying the circular is inscribed, ‘“‘The Tea-plant of North 
America—Chinese Chah, Assamese Phalop—Vhea viridis, Linn.’’) 

There is no equivocation whatever in the preceding paragraphs, nor in the 
inscription of the plate! The originators of the American Tea Company pro- 
claim to the people of the United States ‘“‘that they have discovered the Chi- 
nese Tea-plant,— Thea viridis,—growing indigenous, in the greatest luxuriance 
and abundance, in the mountainous districts of Pennsylvania.” 

This is a gross error, which, as a botanist and one acquainted with the 
mountainous districts of Pennsylvania, I now desire to correct. That the true 
Tea-plant, Thea viridis, or any of its varieties, have ever been detected growing in- 
digenously in the mountains of Pennsylvania, I deny most emphatically! and 
I challenge the gentlemen of the American Tea Company to prove the fact 
which they announce as one of the most surprising bestowments ever vouch- 
safed by Almighty God to the people of the United States. 

Could it be possible that a plant so well known under cultivation in our 
hot-houses should have escaped the sagacity and experience of such active 
and eminent botanists as Michaux, Pursh, Muhlenberg, Schweinitz, Nuttall, 
Pickering, Porter, and a host of excellent Pennsylvania botanists, who have 
explored every nook and corner of our mountain forests, without ever finding 
a single plant of the Thea viridis, which the originators of the American Tea 
Company boldly assert to have found growing indigenous, hardy, vigorous and 
abundant, almost at our doors? 

By this emphatic declaration of mine, I have no intention to impeach the 
good faith of these gentlemen; they have been mistaken, no doubt, and my 
object, as a botanist, is to correct a misrepresentation which might lead credu- 
lous persons into serious miscalculations. No botanist will ever look at the 
figures of the plate accompanying the circular, or take the trouble to steep in 
boiling water and unfold the leaves of the American tea, without easily recog- 
nizing those of a small shrub,—Ceanothus Americanus,—very common in our 
woods, and popularly known by the name of Jersey tea, under which it was 
used during the Revolutionary War,—not as genuine Chinese tea, however, but as 
a substitute for it, when the latter could not be easily procured. 

Had the figures of the plate of the American Tea Company been provided 
with flowers and fruit, as they ought to have been, in order to characterize the 
plant, the gross error of these gentlemen would have been more glaring. In- 
stead of the large, solitary, or geminate flowers of the Chinese tea-plant, they 
would have exhibited cymose fascicles of numerous very small flowers, sup- 
ported on a common peduncle much longer than the leaves. 

I now submit to. your inspection dry and green specimens of different forms 
of Thea viridis, with figures of the same plant, that they may be compared with 
specimens of Ceanothus Americanus, the plant which I have every reason to 
consider as that which is represented in the plate of the American Tea Com- 
pany. I wil! also show you leaves and fragments of leaves of both Chinese 
and American teas, that have been steeped in boiling water, and afterwards 
unfolded and pasted separately upon paper. You will here easily distinguish 
the peculiar and invariable characters of the leaves of each of these plants, so 
different from each other. 

The Chinese plant, as well as its varieties, is a shrub from three to six feet 
high, and sometimes higher, which belongs to the Camellia family. It is dis- 
tinguished by large polyandrous flowers, solitary or geminate in the axils of 
the leaves; sepals from five to six ; petals five, six, and rarely as many as nine, 
slightly united at the base; stamens numerous and monadelphous; three 
united styles ; capsule three-celled. The leaves are persistent, oval or narrow- 
lanceolate, feather-veined, strongly serrate, and attenuated at the base. 

The Jersey-Tea plant is an undershrub of the order Rhamnaceex, scarcely more 
than two feet high, with very small perigynous flowers in cymose fascicles ; 
sepals and petals five-parted; stamens five; one style and a three-lobed dry 


[Oct. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 277 


drupe. The leaves are ovate or oblong-ovate, broad and rounded at the base, some- 
times almost subcordate, finely serrate, and three-ribbed. 

Extracts from the essay on Tea Culture, by the author of the fifth para- 
graph above, have been introduced into the circular of the American Tea 
Company ; the first of which is worded in the following manner : 

‘The Tea-plant is thus described by botanists: 

“Thea viridis, Linn., Camellia theifera, Griff., Chinese Chah, Assamese 
Phalop. 

“The ordinary height of the cultivated plant is from three to six feet.” 

This concise and very curious botanical description was, it appears, just 
enough for the present purpose. Had the more detailed account of the plant, 
given three years ago in the essay on Tea-culture, been reproduced in full, 
mre information would perhaps have been given than was intended. 

The second extract runs thus: “ Botanically considered, the Tea-plant is a 
single species; the Green and the Black, with all the diversities of each, 
being mere varieties produced by a difference in culture, qualities of the soil, 
age of crops, &c.’”’ Evidently this extract is the corollary of one of the para- 
graphs of the circular, in which the same author insinuates that, “although 
the character of the American Tea-plant differs somewhat from the Chinese 
variety, it is not greater than might be expected from the difference of climate 
and soil of the two countries.” 

i will inform the gentleman that difference of climate and soil, and even 
difference of hemisphere, (although occasionally producing slight changes,) 
will never transform a plant of the Camellia tribe into one of the Buckthorn 
family. Referring to the leaf alone, ‘‘ which,” he says, ‘is the important part, 
and almost identical with some of the varieties from which the best Assam tea 
is made,” I will add that, far from being almost identical, they are very differ- 
ent; the leaf of our Ceanothus being deciduous, of a thin texture, more or less 
pubescent, strongly three-nerved, and rounded at the base; whilst in all the va- 
rieties of Thea viridis the leaf is thick, coriaceous, persistent, quite glabrous, with 
a single feather-veined rib, and attenuated at the base. I must confess that the 
remark of an almostidentity of the leaves of our plant with those of the Chi- 
nese Tea-plant, had induced me for a moment to suspect that the species Cea- 
nothus Asiaticus, a plant indigenous to south-eastern Asia, and very similar to 
our Ceanothus, was also used in Assam as an auxiliary, if not a substitute, to 
Thea viridis. 

I have now done with the subject. My purpose was merely to discuss the 
botanical value of the assertion of the originators of the American Tea Com- 
pany, viz.: that the tea which they intend to offer to the public, was derived 
from the ‘true Chinese Tea-plant, growing indigenously, luxuriantly, and 
abundantly in our mountains,” invisible, so far, to our numerous and active 
botanists. I trust that I have convinced you of the fallacy of this assertion. 

I leave it now to the chemist to test the identity of chemical composition of 
this American tea with the Chinese Chah, and ascertain whether the former 
contains tannin, gluten, and thein, three of the principles which characterize 
Thea viridis. 


Oct. 20th. 
Mr. VAvx, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Twenty members present. 

The following were presented for publication : 

“ Description of a new species of Pleurocera,” ‘“‘ Description of two 
new Mexican Land Shells,” and “ Description of a new Teredo.” By 
George W. Tryon, Jr. 


1863.] 


278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Oct. 27th. 
The President, Mr. Lua, in the Chair. 


Thirty-two members present. 
On report of the respective Committees, the following were or- 
dered to be published : 


Description of a Collection of JASPER ‘‘LANCE-HEADS”’ found near Trenton, 
New Jersey; and Remarks on the Locality, with reference to Indian Anti- 
quities. 

BY CHARLES C. ABBOTT. 


During the summer of 1861, a farmer, while engaged in plowing an arti- 
ficially drained piece of meadow, near Trenton, New Jersey, discovered a 
large collection of jasper ‘“‘lance-heads,” buried at a distance of about fifteen 
inches below the surface of the ground. The author visited the spot shortly 
afterwards, and has lately secured the collection ; a portion of which is now 
in the possession of the Academy. 

The collection numbers about one hundred and fifty specimens ; they having 
been all carefully gathered when exhumed. They are of such shape as ren- 
ders the term “lance-head” probably most appropriate, each haying a well- 
defined point, sharpened edges, and straight, blunt base. They measure 
from five and a half to seven inches in length, from two and a half to three 
inches in width, and from one-third to three-fourths of an inch in thickness. 

Some six or eight of the specimens have the maximum length and mini- 
mum width, and two or three are obtusely pointed at either end; otherwise, 
any one specimen is a fair representative of the whole number. The material 
from which these “lance-heads” were manufactured, is a dark yellow jasper, 
more or less veined, and occasionally enclosing a ribbon of shot-like, 
glassy particles. A mass of this mineral was found not far distant from 
the spot where the. “lance-heads” were discovered, and from ?t, evidently, 
they had been made, as the characteristics of the specimens were well marked 
in the unused mass. 

The collection, when discovered, was arranged in a series of circles, the 
specimens being placed upright on their bases; and each circle was closely 
fitted within the other. Two-thirds of the collection was so arranged, while 
the remaining third, lying on their sides, walled them around so closely, 
that had they been upon the surface, they would have maintained their po- 
sition. No jasper is found in the locality, otherwise than as small, irregu- 
larly shaped fragments, and as small-arrow heads of various outlines. 

The neighborhood of Trenton, or that portion of it extending from the 
southernmost limit of the city to Bordentown, bounded on the west by the 
river Delaware, and east by the Trenton and Crosswicks Turnpike, is here 
treated of. This includes a meadow, bluff and upland, six miles in length, by from 
two to four in width ; and in any section whatsoever of the locality isto be found, 
more or less abundantly, Indian antiquities. These, for the most part, con- 
sist of arrow-heads of yellow, green, black and olive colored jasper, also of 
white quartz. These arrow-heads are of various shapes, and average an 
inch anda half in length. Stone axes of two patterns are abundant; one 
having a well defined edge and back, with a deeply worn notch on each side, 
for fastening a handle thereto; the other having an as equally well marked 
edge, but with the back tapering toa point. These latter are generally 
made of serpentine. Pipes of three varietes are occasionally found ; one be- 


appearance of a wine-glass; another having a globular bowl, well hollowed 


[Oct. 


ing a cylindrical bowl of two inches in length, with a pedestal, giving it the. 


’ 
* 
A 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 


out, and a stem of an inch in length curving upward from the bottom, 
being similar in shape to most of the briar-root pipes of the present 
day; the third variety is a flattened tube of an inch and a half in width by 
three inches in length, with a bowl of an inch in diameter upon one end. Of 
this latter variety but two specimens have been found, so far as the author 
can ascertain. They were both well covered with deeply engraved de- 
signs, the principal one of which was evidently intended for the rising 
or setting sun. Fragments of pottery are also numerous, but not as pro- 
miscuously scattered in the locality as are the other articles mentioned. 
They are generally from two to four inches square, and always marked more 
or less with lines, dots, circles, &c., but never appear to have any particular 
design. 

The bluff fronting the Delaware, and varying from thirty to seventy feet 
in height, contains, throughout the greater portion of its extent, human 
skeletons in a moderate state of preservation, They are all buried in 
a recumbent position, with their feet pointing to the east invariably. The 
majority of them are encased in clay coffins, which latter have so far proved 
too fragile to bear exhuming entire. 

No skeletons have yet been discovered with these, that have been buried in a SITTING 
POSTURE, but below the southern limit of the locality treated of in this paper 
(Bordentown) the skeletons exhumed are found in such a position.* 

These clay coffins, as the fragments of pottery to be found, are always co- 
yered with fantastical markings, evidently intending to portray, in the cof- 
fins, however, some object or objects; but specimens have not yet been pro- 
cured of sufficient size to determine the exact character of the figuring. This 
pottery is generally a third of an inch in thickness. 

The following interesting account was communicated to me by Mr. T. A. 
Conrad of Trenton—member of the Academy: 

“Tn 1829, while taking earth from the bluffy bank of Watson’s creek, a smal! 
stream about a mile distant from the locale of the “‘lance-heads,” a fire-place 
or oven was discovered. The spot was walled about with large stones, all 
well blackened by fire, and the enclosure was covered with well preserved 
wood ashes. Fragments of pottery were also scattered about the enclo- 
sure, and pieces of larger size were inside, indicating the breakage there of a 
vessel. The ‘‘fire-place” or oven was about seven feet below the top of the 
creek bank, about two feet above high-water mark, and three below the level of 
the surrounding meadow.” 

The meadow surrounding the place is usually inundated once yearly, but 
at present the deposition is not appreciable; although Mr. Conrad states 
that the whole meadows were formed by such depositions. 

These are the points of interest connected with the locality, and with the 
discovery of the collection of “‘lance-heads,” which latter appears to be an 
unique phase in the discovery of Indian antiquities in this neighborhood. 
Many vague rumors prevail in the locality of the discovery now and then, 
and formerly, of copper bracelets, strings of sea-shells on copper-wire, &c., 
but no such specimens have been seen, as yet, by the author. 


Description of a New Species of PLEUROCERA. 
BY GEORGE W, TRYON. JR. 
PLEUROCERA PLICATUM, Tryon, t. 2, f. 6. 


Description.—Shell ovate-conical, spire attenuate, the upper whorls closely 
plicate, the lower ones smooth or obsoletely concentrically striate. Whorls 


* Catalogue of Crania in Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, by J. Aitken Meigs, M.D. Manta Indian 
crania. 


1863.] 


280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


but slightly convex, sutures well impressed. Color light green, with usually a 
lighter band below the sutures, and ornamented with narrow or broad brown 
bands. Aperture canaliculately produced ; outer lip thin; columella twisted. 

Dimensions. L. «7, diam. 35 inch. 

Hab, Nashville, Tenn. 

Remarks. lowe to Dr, Gould the opportunity of describing this beautiful 
little species. It differs from P. grossum, Anth., in being more slender, 
different in color, and in haying bands. The aperture is not nearly so large, 
proportionally, and the plice are finer. 


Description of a new species of TEREDO, from New Bedford, Mass. 
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 


TprEDO THomsont, Tryon, t. 2, f. 3, 4, 5. 

Description.—Valves convex, longer than wide; the body rather stout. 
Anterior auricle moderate, obliquely sub-triangular; the posterior auricle 
small, not very wide, short, somewhat reflected outwards. The dorsal margin 
‘does not rise above the beak, and the basal margin does not extend so far 
down the body, (which it joins almost at right angles,) as the anterior area. 

The transverse sculpture of the anterior area is sharply sculptured, and 
becoming much more crowded towards its basal margin. The body, which is 
surmounted by a narrow beak, and terminates below rather obtusely, has 
the usual depressed narrow radiating area much more depressed than in the 
other species, only obsoletely sculptured, and defined anteriorly by a quite 
prominent rib. 

The separation of the posterior auricle is determined by a rather strong 
sulcation. Internally, the shell is glossy and rather smooth; the posterior 
auricle overhangs, with a sharp, nearly straight projection. Immediately 
above this it is concave, then convex; and is marked by semicircular strong 
erowth lines. Beak with an oblique tubercle. Body with a well developed 
depression corresponding to the radiating area outside. The usual internal 
rib is scarcely developed, but the posterior tubercle is very prominent. 
Apophysis thin, blade-shaped, a little wider at its termination, situated 
obliquely to the direction of the body, with one edge turned slightly towards 
it. Pallets obliquely, or sometimes regularly, obovate. The style is short and 
directed backwards. The margins of the blade are convex, sometimes 
regularly rounded, and sometimes heart-shaped at the end. From tbe style 
an elevated ridge extends around a portion of each side of the blade, and is 
smooth, while the centre, extending to the end, is lunately striate. The style 
extends in the form of a lamina through the centre of the other side of the 
blade. Tube not concamerated, rather thick, and frequently much twisted. 

Hab.—Marine Railway and Cedar Buoys, Harbor of New Bedford, Mass.— 
J. H. Thomson. 

Station.—Three or four feet below low water mark. 

Observation.—This new species of Teredo differs from all the others in the 
very small proportionate size of the posterior auricle, and its not extending 
basally as low down as the anterior area, in the depressed obsoletely sculp- 
tured radiating area of the body, and the corresponding internal depression 
and in many other minor respects. The pallets are not unlike those of 7. 
dilatata, Stimpson, but the shell differs very much. 

I am much indebted to my valued correspondent, John H. Thomson, Esq., of 
New Bedford, for over a hundred specimens of this species, and take great 
pleasure in dedicating it to him as a slight recognition of the services which 
he has rendered to most of the Conchologists of the United States. 

Ina recent letter, referring to this species, he writes, ‘‘I am sorry to say 


[Oct. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 


that their name is legion, even the Cedar buoys in the Harbor only last one 
season. 

Teredo navalis, Linn. Accompanying the above were a few valves and 
tubes of this species. 

Aylotrya fimbriata, Jeffreys. J also found among the New Bedford Terede, 
two pallets, apparently belonging to this species. 

Xylotrya setacea,Tryon. Mr. Gabb writes to me that this Californian species, 
which I supposed was quite rare, when I described it, is committing great 
ravages in the harbor of San Francisco, and is unfortunately very numerous 
in individuals. 


Descriptions of two new species of Mexican Land Shells. 
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 


Hewix Rémonp1, Tryon, t. 2,f. 1. 

Description.—Shell narrowly umbilicated, thin, turbinately globose. Epi- 
dermis very thin, light corneus, with a single narrow chestnut band encir- 
cling the periphery and visible just above the sutures of the spire. Substance of 
shell thin and appearing smooth to the naked eye, but under a lens minutely 
punctate. Whorls four, slightly convex, the last rounded, scarcely descending. 
Base of the shell convex, but with a narrow angle around the umbilicus. 
Aperture rotundately semi-lunar; lip slightly expanded and reflected; the 
margins not approaching on the columella, which is entirely free from 
callus. 

Dimensions.—Diam. maj. 17. min, 15, alt, 12 mill. 

Habitat.—Cinaloa, near Mazatlan. Auguste Rémond. 

Observations.—This pretty species resembles, in some respects, H. Trypan- 
omphala Pfr. from “Sierra Maestra, Mexico,” but evidently differs somewhat in 
form, and particularly in that of the lip. ; 

Iname it after our Corresponding Member, M. Auguste Rémond, of the 
Calfornia Survey, who collected it and kindly sent it to me for description. 
The two specimens before me are almost precisely alike in form and size. 

Helix ventrosula, Pfr. Near Mazatlan; M. Remond. Not previously reported 
from the West Coast of Mexico. 

Glandina turris, Pfr. Near Mazatlan, M. Rémond. 


-Cyctotus Cooprri, Tryon, t. 2, f. 2. 

Description.— Shell widely umbilicate, globosely turbinate, rather thick, 
covered with a corneous epidermis, unmarked except by crowded and rather 
deeply cut growth lines. Spire conoidal, more or less depressed. Whorls 
4} to 5, convex. Lip simple, straight, acute; the junction of the margins 
scarcely angulated, and merely touching the body of the shell above. 
Aperture white and shining within. Operculum? 

Dimensions.—Diam. maj. 16, min. 14, alt. 12 mill. Long. apert. 7 mill. 

Habitat.—Cinaloa, near Mazatlan. Auguste Rémond. 

Observations.—This species is not unlike C. translucidum, Sby., in form, 
but has a wider umbilicus, is much thicker in texture, and the growth lines 
are strongly impressed. 

Named after Dr. J. G. Cooper, Zoologist of the California State Geological 
Survey. 


Nov. 3d. 
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. 


Twenty-four members present. 
Dr. Leidy exhibited specimens of Nostoe pruneiforme, brought by 
Mr. Scattergood from a fresh-water lake, in Maine. 


1863.] 


282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Mr. Abbott exhibited a number of jasper lance heads, similar to those re- 
cently described by him in a paper presented to the Academy. The additional 
specimens were obtained, together with a stone axe, from an Indian grave, in 
the vicinity of Trenton, N. J. 

Mr. Abbott further remarked, that he had recently witnessed extraordinary 
numbers of Belone truncata in the Delaware and Raritan Canal. He also 
stated that he had noticed that the flesh of the Lepidosteus appeared to pos- 
sess poisonous properties. 


Nov. 10th. 
The President, Mr. Lz, in the Chair. 


Twenty-seven members present. 

The following were presented for publication and referred to Com- 
mittees : 

“ Notes on the Birds of Jamaica. By W. T. March, with remarks 
by S. F. Baird.” Pt. ii. 

“ Addition to the Catalogue of Stars which have changed their 
colors.” By Jacob Ennis. 

“© The Causes of the changes which have occurred among the Stars.” 
By Jacob Ennis. 


Nov. 17th. 
The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 


Twenty-three members present. 

The following were presented for publication and referred to Com- 
mittees : 

“ Synopsis of the Species of Strepomatide. Pt.i.” By Geo. W. 
Tryon, Jr. 

‘Notes on some species of Rapacious Birds,” and ‘“ Notes on the 
Picide, continued.” By John Cassin. 

‘Notes on the species of Sebastes,” &c., “‘ Description of the genus 
Oxyjulis,” ‘“‘ Description of the genus Stereolepis,’ and “ Note on 
some recent additions to the Ichthyological Fauna of Massachusetts.” 
By Theo. Gill. 

Dr. Leconte called attention to specimens of fresh-water shrimps, 
from the Mississippi, opposite Vicksburg, presented by him this evening. 

The Committee on Proceedings, laid on the table the published num- 
ber for August and September. 


Nov. 24th. 
The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 


Twenty-four members present. 
On report of the respective Committees, the following were ordered 
to be published in the Proceedings : 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 


(Communicated by the Smithsonian Institution.) 
Notes on the BIRDS of Jamaica. 


BY W. T. MARCH. 
With remarks, 
BY S. F. BAIRD. 
(Continued from page 154.) 


II. 
CUCULID. 


85. SAUROTHERA VETULA.— We have met with several nests of the Old Man 
Bird in this district in the season of 1862, but all with young birds. According 
to a note I made of a nest taken in 1848, ‘‘The old man bird builds a loose 
nest of sticks in low bushes, though sometimes more elevated, and lays 3—4 
eggs, light green, clouded partially with a thinly dispersed chalky substance, 


measuring 1 ;’g by a little more than 1 inch,’’ and I find the accuracy of 
this note confirmed by eggs collected this season, 1863. 


86. PIAYA PLUVIALIS.—The nest of the Rainbird is sometimes found in the 
lowlands, but more frequently in the hills, it is a rough deep cup made of 
dried sticks loosely put together, and lined with leaves, &c., and generally 
contains 3—4 white eggs, ovai or oblong oval rounded at both ends, variable 

_ in size, measuring 13 to 13 by 12. 

Mr. Gosse’s informant must have been mistaken in the eggs he described 

as belonging to Saurothera. 


PSITTACIDA. 


I have had no opportunity ofseeing a perfect specimen of any of the Macaws 
said to have been found on the Island. On one of my professional visits to 
Montego Bay, in 1834, I saw in the possession ef a settler from the Mountains 
of St. James, near Accompong, the head, wings, and tail of a Macaw, which 
he said he had shot near Maroon Town. I did not at the time take sufficient 
interest in this branch of Natural History to note the particulars, but I have 
a perfect recollection that the head and neck were a bright green with red in 
the forehead and chin, the tail blue and red, and the wing blue and green. 
About two years after, Mr. Richard Elmas Breary, then residing in the Moun- 
tains of St. James, assured me that he had on one occasion, whilst traversing 
the Mountain road from St. James to St. Elizabeth, seen three blue and yel- 
low Macaws flying high overhead from one ridge to another. Whether the 
Macaws be permanent residents, or only occasional visitors, I have not heard of 
any being seen since 1849. Sir Hans Sloane, in his History of Jamaica, pub- 
lished in 1725, mentioned a blue and yellow parrot. The next notice of the 
Macaw as found in the Island is by Patrick Brown. In his History of Jamaica, 
page 472, he states that he has seen one or two in the woods of St. Ann’s, and 
he calls them the blue Macaw of Edwards, evidently the same species as that 
mentioned by Sloane; they both refer to a 2d species as introduced. The 
next is recorded by Robinson, (1765,) and was said to have been shot by Mr. 
Oéell, ten miles east of Lucea, in Hanover; this is supposed by Mr. Gosse to 
be either A. tricolor, or an undescribed species. Mr. Hill speaks of others 
found in the Mountain district, between St. Ann’s and Trelawny, which an- 
swer the description of A. militaris; and the Rev. Mr. Coward’s birds seen in 
flight in 1842, in St. Elizabeth, were blue and yellow. All the species of the 
smaller Psittacide of the Island breed in decayed hollows in the trunks of 
old trees, generally high up, laying three or four eggs on a slight bedding of 
trash feathers, and debris of rotten wood ; several pairs of the yellow bill have 
been known to build in one cavity when the space was sufficiently commo- 


1863.] 


284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


dious ; they sometimes make their nests in those tangled masses of trailing 
plants found enveloping the lofty trees in the dense highland forests. 1, once 
in the parish of St. John, saw a nest of the black bill taken from such a mass 
of Bignonia echinata, which had formed a natural bridge over a chasm between 
two precipitous rocks. The perroquets sometimes select the abandoned nests 
of the Duck and Termites. This appears, however, to be an exception to the 
general habit, and only when the nest embraces the trunk or a large branch 
ofthe tree. I have unfortunately mislaid my notes of the eggs of the Parrots 
and Woodpeckers, and have had no opportunity of procuring any for 
several years. During the breeding season, from March until August, the 
Parrots mostly retire to the deep woods on the highest mountain ridges, occa- 
sionally, however, returning to the lower ranges of hills and valleys, when, 
tempted by the berries or fruit of some forest tree, then in bearing, or by 
young maize or ripe bananas on the grounds, or corn fields of the mountain 
settler; but in these raids they never remain very long at one time, some- 
times descending in the morning and returning to the higher hills in the even- 
ing, at other times remaining for a few days only. 
The small species are 


82. Curysoris contarta, L. (Psittacus leucocephalus, Gosse.)—The yellow- 
billed parrot is more generally distributed in lower ranges than the others ; 
the iris is usually hazel, but in some is greyish yellow. I have often met 
with mature individuals of this species in summer livery, spotted all over, the 
upper plumage with blue and yellow spangles. We have a caged bird which 
puts on this change every summer. 


81. Curysoris Acris. (Psittacus agilis, Gosse.)—I have never seen more than 
a few stragglers of this species in the lower hills. It appears to be almost re- 
stricted to the higher ranges. | 


197. Convrus nanus. (.flaviventer,Gosse.)—From specimens I have at dif- 
ferent times collected, these appear to be distinct species. 


PICIDAL. 


83. Picus varius.—I have never met this species of Woodpecker, unless 
one I saw in possession of Mr. Hill, a few years back, belonged to it. Mr. Hill 
obtained in from Manchester. It was grayish white marked with reddish 
brown spots. 


82. CentuRUs RADIOLATUS, Wagler.—This is a very common species, found 
at all times in every part of the Island, from the sea coast to the highest moun- 
tain ridges. 

TROCHILIDA. 


23. Lampornis MANGO, L.—The ‘‘ Doctor bird’? is very common in the low- 
lands, as well as in the mountains. Their breeding season seems to extend 
from February to July; the nest is a neat cup, generally with a flat bottom 
worked on the branch, but it is sometimes in a fork with a conical bottom, 
varying in size, the largest about 2 inches across, and a little more than 1 
inch in depth on the outside, and 3 of an inch within. In the lowlands it is 
constructed of down of Eriodendron and some species of Asclepias; in the 
mountains, of these and of Ochroma lagopus and Tillandsia. It is always 
stuccoed on the outside with a whitish lichen. Theeggs are oblong, rounded 
at both ends, pure white, and measure 11-16ths by 7-16ths. The nest is easily 
detected, as the bird always hovers round the intruder on his approaching it, 
as if inclined to attack him. 


24. Airnurvs potyrmus. (Trochilus polytmus, Gosse.)—This species is not 


uncommon in the lowlands from April till September, but is met with on 
the hills at all times. It is found abundant in the vicinity of the groves of 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 


Jambosa vulgaris, (Rose Apple). The wall of the nest is rather thicker than 
that of the preceding, and is generally made altogether of down, covered, 
some thickly, others sparely, on the outside with spider’s webs, lichen or moss ; 
the eggs are pellucid white, and like the thin-shelled eggs of small birds, have 
a tawny stripe before they are blown; they are oblong, rounded at both ends, 
and measure 9-16ths by 6-16ths. The long feathers of the tail vary from 8 to 11 
inches. 


191. Arraurvs FuLicinosus, Hill.*—I have met with this second species of 
long-tailed Humming bird only inSt. Ann’s. The male is smoky-black, with 
the long tail feathers, the female brown, and without the tail feathers. I 
have mislaid my note of the dimensions, but the male is smaller than the A. 
polytmus. 


25. Metuisvea HumiLis.,—The length of this bird varies from 21 to 24 
inches. It appears to breed at all seasons, as I have found nests in every 
month of the year. The nest is made sometimes wholly of down, at other 
times thinly covered on the outside with lichen, moss, or spider’s webs; it is 
generally about an inch high and the same in diameter; the cup barely 4 an 
inch within, some being much smaller; the eggs are oblong, rounded at both 
ends, pellucid white, tawny before they are blown, and measure 15-32ds by 
11-32ds. 


79. MELLisvea MinIMA.—This diminutive species of Honey Sucker, though 
“not uncommon in the mountains, is rarely met with in the lowlands. About 
the Penns in the neighborhood of the Moneague they are abundant, building 
generally in the low shrubs about Walton and other pastures in the Moneague 
district. The nest is built of down and spider’s webs, and the largest I have 
met with was only ? of an inch in height, and less than } an inch in depth 
within the cup. The eggs are pellucid white, oblong, rounded at both ends, 
and are only 5-16ths by 3-16ths. The dimensions of this diminutive bird are, 


length 1 ;°3, expanse 2 ;x, flexure +2. 


78. There is another species of small humming bird, rather larger than I. 
humilis, with the plumage of a bright metallic or bronzed green. The nest and 
eggs are a little larger than those of M. humilis. 


192. Trocuinus MARIA, Hill.{—I have never met with this species, which is 
very rare, only three specimens having been recorded, according to my infor- 
mation. 

I have been told of another distinct humming bird found on the Dry Harbor 
Mountains, but have never seen it. 


CAPRIMULGIDZ. 


10. CHorDEILES PoPpETUE.§—The large night or Mosquito Hawk retains here 
all the habits, attributed to iton the Continent. This species I have only met 
with from April to October, but the Chordeiles minor is a permanent resident, as 
I have obtained specimens in nearly every month during the year. They are 
rather atwilight than a night bird, lying during the day on the ground or 
ledges of rocks, or on lateral branches of trees; taking wing only in heavy 
cloudy weather, or immediately after rain, in the dusk of the evening, at 
early dawn, or on bright moonlight nights. The eggs are deposited on any 
slight elevation, in the open pasture or savanna, free from any shade; they 
are often found on a spot where bush has been burnt off, and in the moun- 


*I do not know where this species is described ; it may be the T. stellatus of Gosse, referred to by 
Mr. Gould, (B.) 

t Mr. Gould considers this as identical with M. minima, (B.) 

{ This species is considered by Mr. Gould to be identical with Acthurus polytimus, 

2 This species is not distinguished from the next by Gosse. (B.) 


1863.] 


286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


tains on the ledges of rocks. The male does not appear to take any part in 
the work of incubation, as I have never seen more than one bird near a nest- 
ing place, and I am sure I have seen the nuptial contact performed on the 
wing. Two eggs are generally laid, yet seldom more than one is found at any 
spot. If the nest be disturbed, the bird will remove the egg in its mouth to 
another spot at a distance; this I have seen done several times on the Salina, 
at Great Salt Pond. The eggs are oblong oval, resembling dark colored 
pebbles, varying in size. I have noted several varying from 13 by Z, tol {7% 
by one inch ; they are grey stone color, dashed all over with Vandyke brown 
and grey slaty marbling, but they differ a great deal in the shades of color. 


214. CHORDEILES MINOR. (C. virginianus, Gosse.)— Wherever the C. popetue 
is found, there the small Piramidig will be seen in company. Their habits 
and nidification are alike, the only differences I have observed being in the 
size of the bird, the length of the wing, and the eggs ; these latter vary in 
form and coloring as much as those of the large night hawk; they measure 
1 3-16ths by a trifle over 7 of an inch, some rather more or less ; they are some- 
times grayish or bluish white, clouded all over or on the smaller half only 
with bistre-brown and slaty marbling. The egg mentioned by Mr. Gosse, 
(p- 40), probably belonged to this species. The dimensions of the bird are, 
length 8—83 inches ; expanse 19—19} inches; flexure 63 inches. 


190. SrpHONORNIS AMERICANUS, Sclater. (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, 77.)—The 
first I saw of this bird was a specimen from near Linstead, St. Thomas in the 
vale. It was one of a pair that were lying lengthwise on a lateral branch 
of a dead tree, crouched closely to the branch. One was shot, and the other 
flew into a thick foliaged Mango tree close by, where it concealed itself so 
effectually that it could not be detected though a strict search was made for 
it. Iam informed they are often met with in the Saint Catharine Hills. 


11. Nycrigius JAMAICENSIS.—The common Potoo is widely distributed 
throughout the Island, in the plains as well as in the highlands. It is said 
to lay on the ground two eggs, larger, but very like those of the Chordeiles. I 
have never met with either nest or eggs. 


12. Nycrisivs PaLuipus.—The white-headed Potoo is a mountain bird, and 
more rare than the preceding. 


189. Nycrisius .—The tawny brown Potoo is of frequent occar- 
rence in the cool glades and gullies of the lower hills ; it is rather smaller 
than the common Potoo —, possibly immature individuals of that 
species. The plumage is grayish white marked with reddish brown. I have 
never seen it far from the foot of the hills. It is sometimes found onthe banks 
of the Rio Cobre, above Spanish Town. 

The two American Antrostomi are said to be found in the Island, but Ihave - 
never seen or heard a specimen of either. 


CYPSELID:. 


13. CH&TURA COLLARIS. (Acanthylis collaris, Gosse.)—This species is abund- 
ant in some parts of the island, but they are seldom seen, except in overcast, 
cloudy weather, or immediately before or after rain, towards evening; when 
they leave their cavernous retreats, in the rocky ranges of hills in which they 
are domiciled, to feed on the insects brought out by the damp atmosphere. 
The localities in which I bave often seen these martins are in the neighbor- 
hood of the Ferry and Healthshire in St. Catharine, and on the line between 
St. Ann’s and St. Mary’s and St. Thomas’ in the Vale, and there they are 
seen, ona fine evening after the rain, with some other species of Hirundines, 
skimming over the adjacent plains and fields, attracted by the myriads of in- 
sects ; they are either wholly or in part resident during the entire year, and 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 


breed in the fissures of the rocks, in places in which, though I have often 
seen them enter, I was unable to follow from their narrowness. The eggs are 
pure white. 


14. TacHoRNIS PH@NICOBIA.—We have here, with the Palm Swift, an in- 
stance of a total change from natural habits induced by adventitious circeum- 
stances. Previous to 1854, the habitat of the Palm Swift was altogether 
confined to the palm-trees, in this district (St. Catharine), and to the cocoa- 
nut palms near the coast at Wreck Bay, Healthshire, Port Henderson and 
Dawkins Pen, at Passage Fort. In that year a colony of them established 
themselves on two cocoanut palms in Spanish Town, one near the centre of 
the town, the other at the northeast corner, and there they remained until, 
in 1857, the palm at the northeast was taken down and the other divested of 
the lower fronds, and the Swifts turned adrift. They were then for the first 
time observed flitting about the lower piazzas of the House of Assembly, the 
upper part of this building having been previously occupied by the H. fulva. 
In ashort time these prior occupants were driven out, and a considerable 
colony of Palm Swifts now occupy the lower colonade in front of the ground- 
story used as public offices, where they build on the tops of the end walls, 
or at the angles formed by the beams and joists. None resort to the upper 
piazza; but they pertinaciously drive away the H. fulva on every attempt 
they make to effect a lodgment. Small colonies of the Palm Swifts last 
year (1862) again returned to the palm in the centre of the town, but 
the large colony still retained its position in the buildings. The nests are here 
built in clusters, without the elaboration found on those in the palm spathes. 
Each nest contains two or three long-oval, pellucid white eggs 10-16ths to 
12-16ths by 7-16ths. Before the eggs are blown, the yolk gives them a pale 
amber tint. Two small colonies of the H. fulva have this year (1863) effected 
a lodgment in the upper piazza of the buildings, but they have an unquiet 
time of it—the Palm Swifts keeping up a continuous warfare with them. 


15. CypsELus niGER.—This, like the preceding species, is rarely seen, ex- 
cept in early dawn, or in dull, cloudy weather, or after rain in the afternoon. 
I have sometimes procured specimens from Healthshire and the St. Catharine 
Hills. The only place of their actual resort I know, is a cave on the lower 
St. Catharine’s Hills, near the Ferry, where they dwell in the narrow, deep 
galleries and fissures of the limestone rocks. 


TYRANNIDA. 


48. Tyrannus GrisEus. (JZ. Dominicensis, Gosse.)—The number of Petch- 
aries departing from, or remaining in, the island seems to depend in a great 
measure on the supply of insect-food consequent on a dry or wet summer. 
There is some confusion in Mr. Gosse’s first quotation from Mr. Hill’s notes, 
—the emigration of the Petchary occurring in October, and the immigration 
in early spring. The word migratory in the first paragraph of the quotation 
evidently refers to those birds forming the band of migrants preparing to de- 
part from, and not to their actual departure from or return to, the island. 
The facts as I have observed them are, that during the last few days in Au- 
gust or the first in September, the Petcharies quit their usual haunts and 
resort to the pastures, savannahs and adjacent hills and valleys along the 
coast, both on the north and south sides of the island. During the day they 
keep to the woodlands, but an hour or two before sunset they congregate on 
the tall trees around the ponds about the pastures and savannahs, and in the 
vicinity of river-courses and mangrove swamps, wherever their insect-food is 
most abundant, to take their evening meal before roosting for the night ; and - 
there, perched several in rows on the most elevated, dry branches, they dart 
about uttering their peculiar cry and capturing insects, always returning to 
their perch to devour their prey. Ina few days they become exceedingly fat, 


1863.] 


288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and are then shot in great numbers for the table. Early in October, gene- 


rally within the first three or four days, they depart, taking a southwesterly 
direction, leaving, however, many of their numbers, no doubt composed of 
the permanent residents or the late nestlings ; and many more, meeting with a 
plentiful supply of their favorite food in some localities, are tempted to re- 
main. Soon atter the departure of the migratory flocks, those remaining 
resume their accustomed haunts, both in the highlands and lowlands, where, 
in solitary pairs, they occupy, as their particular domain, some lofty tree, in 
the possession of which they remain till the following August, permitting no 
intruder to interfere with their occupation. The cocoanut palm is often 
selected by them from its being usually the most lofty. The migrants, on 
their return in the spring, usually the end of March, or early in April, (the 
period varying in different localities, ) gradually disperse, and, like the resident 
birds, occupy their selected tree in solitary pairs. They immediately commence 
the work of nidification. In St. Catharine’s, the first nest I have found was 
on the 14th of April, and the latest about the same date in July. They sel- 
dom build in their perch tree, selecting generally some lower tree near to it; 
some make their nests high, others low, usually at the extremity of a lateral 
branch of the cashaws, (Prosopis juliflora and Acacia tortuosa ;) the nest is 
a rather loose structure of twigs and stems of trailing plants, with the cup 
of fibre, grass, or horse-hair, frequently of all intermixed. They lay three, 
rarely four, long oval eggs, measuring from 1} by ? or 13-16ths of an inch, 
clayish white, or light cream-color, dashed principally round the large end, 
some thickly, others more sparingly, with blotches and spots of burnt sienna, 
and slaty or pale bistre cloudings beneath. 


49. TYRANNUS CAUDIFASCIATUS.—The Loggerhead is found, though not so 
abundant as the Petchary, in all parts of the island; when the latter congre- 
gate in September, previous to their leaving the island, they are joined by 
this species ; these, however, are permanent residents, and do not emigrate. 
The Loggerhead is never willingly shot by the sportsman, as it seldom puts 
on even a slight degree of fat, though it is sometimes mistaken for its con- 
gener and thus falls a victim by its unfortunate association. Their habits 
are in most respects those of the Petchary ; the nest is of the same size, 
formed of similar materials, and built in similar situations ; it usually lays 
three, rarely four, oval eggs, light drab or dark cream-color, dashed as those 
of the Petchary, with burnt ochre and slaty markings, and are more uni- 
formly 1 by # of an inch. 

I have specimens without the occipital crest. 


50. My1ARCHUS VALIDUS, Cab. (Tyrannus crinitus, Gosse.)—The Red Petch- 
ary of the South and the Red. Loggerhead of the mountains and Western 
districts agrees with the common Loggerhead in its general habits, except 
that of association ; itis always found solitary, or in pairs ; in its nidification 
it is totally different; the nest, like that of the other Myiarchi and smaller 
fly-catchers, is a slight matting of twigs and leaves, lined with cow’s or 
goat’s hair, placed in a fork or indentation or decayed hollow near the top 
of a tree, wherever a convenient lodgment for the materials is found, and 
sometimes on the decaying summit of the tree; never ina deep hollow. It 


lays three or four, sometimes five, longish oval eggs, 1 35 by ~ of an inch, 
clayish white, splashed with spots and scratches, and about the large end 
with blotches of Vandyke-brown, and pale sepia, and slaty spots. 


47. Myrarcuus stouipus.—Of the three species of fly-catchers known here 
as Tom Fools*—for I believe the three to be distinct—the black-cap Tom Fool 


* Mr. March has transmitted specimens of all his three supposed species of smaller Jamaican 
Myiarchi; but I am not at present prepared to pass judgment upon their claims to distinctive 


rank.—§. F. B. 
[Nov. 


ee ee 


ee 


——— 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 


appears to answer the description of Gosse’s Foolish Petchary: his dimen- 
sions are, ‘length 74 inches, expanse 1034, flexure 3}, tail 3, leg nearly 1, bill 
(not given by Gosse) } by 5-16ths at the base.’’ His description, ‘‘ Iris 
hazel, bill black, feet blackish grey, upper parts bistre brown, darker on the 
head, paler on the back, basal part of the outer edge of the primaries nar- 
rowly chestnut, greater and mid coverts, secondaries and tertiaries edged and 
tipped whitish. Tail even, feathers broadly edged inwardly with chestnut. 
Cheeks grey, mottled; chin, throat and forebreast greyish white; breast, 
belly, vent, under tail coverts, and interior of wing pale yellow. Head 
feathers erectile. The female has the primaries and tail feathers edged with 
whitish instead of chestnut,’’ (this is not constant.) This and the next spe- 
cies, if they be really distinct, build in hollow stumps, bamboos, and decayed 
hollows of low trees, a matting of leaves and down intermixed with soft hair; 
and sometimes pieces of snake’s and lizard’s skins are found in the nest of 
this as well as of the other smaller species of fly-catchers; they all seem to 
have a predilection for the hollow, decayed stumps of the upright Cerei. 
The nest of this is often found in a penguin plant; the eggs are usually three, 
oval or longish oval, cream or yellowish drab, splashed with umber and slaty 
spots. They measure 15-l6ths by 11-16ths of an inch. 


215. My1arcuus -—The common Tom, Fool is:like the preceding in 
general habits, but differs otherwise in many respects. The bill is } by nearly 
y an inch wide at the base; the length the same. The wings a little longer. 
The entire upper plumage bistre brown; the markings of the wing coverts 
imperfectly defined and rusty white ; the feathers of the head close and com- 
pact, and not darker than the rest of the upper plumage. The chin, throat, 
head and sides dappled grey, lighter on the breast, rest of the under. plumage 
and under wing coverts yellowish. This species often builds in the thatch or 
shingles under the eaves of houses and house gutters. I have one nest found 
in the shell of an old gourd, which had fallen into a forked branch of the 
tree, and remained there until the pulp decayed. The coloring of the eggs 
is lighter than that of the preceding. 


My1arcuus —— .—The greater Tom Fool approaches the Red Petchary 
(M. validus) in general habits and nidification, but the plumage is that of the 
black cap. The billis much stouter than either of the preceding ; the four cover- 
ing feathers of the tailedged with white at the tips ; the length over eight inches. 
It will sit perched for hours on a dry branch of some tall tree, from which it 
now and then makes a short flight after some passing insect, uttering a 
harsh, shrill note or cry, (somewhat like pip-pir-e-pir-ee,) captures its prey 
and immediately returns to its perch. It builds, like the MM. validus, a slight 
matting in the hollow at the top of a decaying tree or tall stump. The eggs 
are four, longish oval, about 1 by 3 of an inch, pale green, splashed with 
burnt sienna and slaty spots, partially confluent at the large end. 


212, Myiarcuus ——-——*.—This is the second specimen (both females) I 
have met with of this ‘‘ curiously-feathered bird.’’ This one was obtained, with 
the eggs, at Two-mile Wood Savannah, near Spanish Town. It appears to be an 
individual of the last species in adventitious plumage. The nest, a slight 
matting, was taken from the hollow top of a decaying tree. The eggs four, 
oval, pale green, splashed with burnt umber and slaty spots, partially con- 
fluent on the large end, measured 1 by 11-l6ths of an inch. The three 
species or varieties known as our Tom Fools are subject to albinism. 


194, Exa#ynia corta.—This species of fly-catcher was at one time supposed 
to be confined to the southwest parishes, but I have, within the last five or 
six years, found it abundant about the south mid-land districts during the 


* Probably a partial albino of M. stolidus (B.) 


1863.] 21 


290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


winter months. It does not, however, seem to breed there. During the 
breeding season, from April till September, it appears to retire to the hills. 
I have several nests and eggs sent to me as identified with the species, but I 
cannot rely on the authority. Some were evidently eggs of Blacicus and 
Contopus. The nests were the same. I last year obtained from St. John’s a 
nest and three eggs, which one of my sons, on whose information I can gene- 
rally rely, assured me belonged to this species. The nest is constructed of 
similar materials to that of the Tom Kelly, but rather smaller and not pen- 
dant; the eggs dull white, splashed all over with burnt umber dots, confluent 
about the large end, and measure 6-8ths by 3 of an inch. 

I have not yet met with Elenia fallax. May it not be the immature state 
of the preceding? In the yearling birds of both the Petchary and Logger- 
head the concealed crest is, for the first six months, entirely absent, then 
rudimentary white and gradually assumes the yellow or red color pertinent 
to the species. 


46. Buacicus tristis. (Myiobius tristis, Gosse.)—Both the flat bills are 
generally found sitting in solitary sadness on low branches of trees and 
shrubs in the mountain waysides ; but this species rarely in the lowlands. 
The nest is, like that of the Myiarchi, a matting of grass, bark and hair 
placed in hollow stumps or bamboos. The eggs are oval, usually three, 
measuring 13-16ths by 11-16ths of an inch; creamy or clayish white, splashed 
all over with burnt umber and pale bistre spots and scratches. 


45, Conropus pALLIpus. (Myiobius pallidus, Gosse.)—This, like the pre- 
ceding species, is found most abundant in the hills. It is, however, of more 
frequent occurrence in the lowlands. The eggs and nidification are the same. 
The coloring of the eggs lighter and the spots rather larger. 


COTINGIDA. 


51. Haprosromus NIGER, (Tityra leuconotus, Gosse. )-—The large mass sent in 
the first collection of nests is constructed by the Black Shrike; the nest is built 
generally in the centre, but sometimes at the bottom or on one side ; the nest 
itself is small; other small birds often occupy portions of the structure. The 
mass, when taken, measured three feet long, by two feet across, and about 
twelve inches thick, and was suspended from a lateral branch of a lofty Santa 
Maria tree. There were three small nests on it; the first at one side of the middle, 
apparently the nest of the preceding year; the two others were near the 
bottom ; the concealed nests had three rotten eggs of the Shrike, the other had 
two fresh eggs like those of Glossiptila. The eggs of the Shrike are usually 
three, oval, dull white, thickly splashed all over with pale bistre or slaty spots, 
principally about the large end, and measure one and one eighth to one and 
three-eighths by thirteen-sixteenths. The structure is sometimes an irregular 
roundish mass with a profusion of materials hanging loosely about it—like 
that sent in the second cluster of nests. The Grass Finches, Cotton Tree 
Sparrow, Soursop bird, and other small birds often build their nests in the 
mass formed by the Shrike. 


TURDIDA:. 


30. Mimus orpuHevs, Linn. (JZ. polyglottus, Gosse.)—The tropic Nightingale or 
Mocking bird is very social in its habits, and is found in every part of the 
Island. The nest is usually built in low trees or shrubs, often close to a 
dwelling or frequented path; it is a loose structure of twigs, generally 
thorny, with a shallow cup about two inches deep and four inches across, 
made of grass fibre, hair, wool, cotton, shreds of cloth, and many other kinds 
of material, the lining being generally hair or fibre. The eggs are oval or 
long oval, some more pointed than others, olive green splashed all over, but 
more thickly at the larger end, with umber dashes and splashes intermixed 


[Nov. 


Sa a ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 


With pale brown spots; they vary in size as well as form, one and three- 
sixteenths, by thirteen-sixteenths or fourteen-sixteenths, to one inch by six- 
eighths. The Mocking bird, when taken young, is easily domesticated, but does 
not live many years in confinement. Ifa nest of young birds be taken and 
placed in a cage near the nestling place, or within a mile of it, the parent 
birds will find them out and tend and feed them until they are able to care 
for themselves, but if they are not then removed, and the parents still have 
access to them, they will, on finding the young unable to escape, poison them, 
using the berries of a Cestrum or Solanum for the purpose. This I have often 
tested. This year I took a nest of young birds, and captured the female at the 
same time; at first the male brought them for food berries of Malpighia 
Guiacum, and Hamelia and insects, and after a few days, finding his mate 
still in confinement, brought the berries of Cestrum vespertinum. The young 
ones died first, aia during the next day the female also died; several of the 
berries were found in the cage. This may almost appear a fiction, but it is 
here an established fact to many persons. When young and in the nest, 
large maggots are generally found under the skin of the shoulders and head. 

The Mocking birds are very bold, and will fearlessly attack any one interfering 
with their nest, as exemplified by a curious fact which recently occurred. A 
pair has been for several years accustomed to build in an Auruaria, growing in 
the public square, but this year (1862,) early in the season, a pair of Logger- 
heads, Tyrannus caudifasciatus, appropriated the same tree to themselves, and 
commenced constructing their nest. The Mocking birds were seen constantly 
in the square, but never interrupted or interfered with them until they had 
nearly completed the nest; they then drove away the Loggerheads, took 
possession of it, adding afew sticks to the outwork, laid the eggs and hatched 
the young brood. The poor Loggerheads hovered about the place in great 
distress for a few days, but never attempted to regain possession of their 
property. The Grakle is the most determined enemy the Mocking bird has, 
destroying their eggs and young without mercy ; when the attack is made by 
a single pair of Grakles, the Nightingales keep them off with ease, but the 
marauders sometimes come in a body, and whilst the Mocking birds are 
engaged in driving away the first comers, the others fall on the nest, and 
seizing the young or eggs in their claws, fly away with their prey before the 
return of the Mocking birds. 


29. Mimus Hinun, March.* (MZ. orpheus of Hill.) —The Spanish Nightingale, or 
Mocking bird, has many habits of the Thrush. It is, I believe, the bird referred 
to by Mr. Gos: se as Turdus mustelinus. The dimensions are, length 11; expanse 
133; flexure 4}; tail 53. The nest is of similar materials and construction, and 
rather larger than that of the preceding species; the eggs are more uniform, 
the ground color a kind of drab green, thickly splashed all over with small 
spots of pale madder. This species was formerly thought to be entirely 
restricted to a short distance, not more than three miles, from the sea beach, 
from Vere to St. David; they are now found to be spreading more inland 
ante Clarendon. It is abundant about Passage Fort, Port Henderson, 
Green Bay, and Great Salt Pond. I have never met with it on the north 
side. I am informed, but I have had no opportunity of testing the information, 
that it is to be found about the hills of Rio Bueno, Dry Harbor and Oche 
Rios; it is, [dare say, ina more extended range than has come under my 
observation. At Great Salt Pond and Port Henderson I have often heard it 
display its remarkable faculty of imitating the notes of other birds, and even 
the yelping of the puppy, and the mewing of the kitten. I saw, a few years 
ago in Kingston, in the possession of the late Dr. McGrath, a lively individual 
of this species, which was perfect in its powers of mimicry. It was fed 


* This species is very closely related to, if not the same with M. bahamensis, Bryant, and it is 
quite possible that both may be identical with the Jf. gundlachi, Cab., from Cuba, although the 
description of the Cuban bird is insufficient to decide the question. 8. F. Bairp. 


1863.] 


992 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


principally on fruits and soaked biscuit. I have never observed in this 
species the maggots found on the young of the M. orpheus. 


27. Turpus AvRaANtivS, Gm. (Merula leucogenys, Gosse.)—The Hopping Dick 
is widely dispersed throughout the mountains as well as the lower limestone 
hills, and sometimes even to the’ lowlands; but never goes far from the foot of 
these hills. The nest is sometimes found in tall trees, but more frequently in 
low shrubs and bushgs; it is a rough mass, composed of roots, twigs, fibre, grass, 
leaves, stems of trailers, and pieces of trash with a cup formed of the softer 
materials in the centre, and the bottom of the mass generally cemented with 
mud. The eggs are oval, sometimes pointed at one end, glaucous white or 
pale raw sienna, splashed all over with small irregular splashes, and spots of 
burnt sienna, partially confluent; they measure one and three-eighths by 
fifteen-sixteenths of an inch; the typical eggs have no slaty marking. 
Individuals of this species are often found in gray mottled plumage. 


28. TuRDUS JAMAICENSIS, Gm.—The Glass Eye is a highland bird, and 
though often induced to descend to the lower hills in search of food, I have 
never met with it inthe lowlands. The nest is smaller and more compact than 
that of its congener, and made of similar materials. The eggs are long oval, 
tapering to one end, glaucous white, dashed all over with dashes and spots of 
burnt ochre, with slaty or pale bistre spots beneath, confluent at the large 
end; measuring one and seven-sixteenths by about one inch. Both the 
Thrushes are sweet songsters, with full clear and mellow notes; those of the 
Glass Eye are more varied. The-Hopping Dick eats insects, but the principal 
food of both is berries and fruit. They are both easily kept in cages and. 
soon become docile and entertaining in confinement. 


SYLVICOLIDA. 


38. DenpRoica Perecuia, L. (Sylvicola aestiva, Gosse.)—This species is a con- 
tant resident and known here as the Mangrove Canary, and is rarely seen far 
from the sea. The nest is often met with in the mangrove swamps along the 
coast, built in a fork or two more approximate upright branches, often ina 
lateral fork; it is a neat cup about three inches across, and as much in depth 
on the outside and two inches deep within; the bottom is conical, except 
when built on a large branch, then it is flat; some are constructed of grass, 
roots, fibre, leaves, feathers and debris of sea weeds; in others, down forms a 
considerable portion of the outer fabric, but the lining is generally of grass 
or fibre, sometimes of feathers; the eggs are three or four, oval, clayish 
white, splashed all over with umber brown, and pale slaty spots, principally 
around the large end, and measure three-fourths by half an inch. 


Stragglers of migratory warblers often remain here during the summer, 
but this.is not constant either as to species or numbers, guided possibly by 
the anticipation of an inclement or genial summer on the Continent. In1862 
we observed numbers of most of the species throughout the whole year. In 
1863 the only species we have met with (exclusive of No. 38 and 202) are a 
limited number of D. coronata and D. discolor near Spanish Town and 
D. tigrina at Healthshire. I think, as a general rule, the migratory 
Sylvicolide only arrive in the early part of September ; those observed earlier 
are such as have remained during the summer and their young of the year. 


36. DenpRoicaA coronaTA.—During the second week in May, 1862, I was 
informed by one of my sons, that several pairs of Yellow Creepers were building 
in the large trees of Inga Saman, at the riverside near Spanish Town, but the 
May rains set in and prevented any further investigation at the time, and 
when he returned to the place after the rains had ceased, the nests were 
destroyed. 

I have this year, 1863, secured one of the birds, which I send, (No. 258.) 


(Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 


-~ 


37. DenpRoIca suPERCILIOSA, (Sylvicola pensilis, Gosse.)—I have not myself 
met with this species during the summer months, but on the 8th of August, 
1862, an old bird, accompanied by two young ones, made their appearance in 
my garden in Spanish Town; the young birds were evidently too young and 
weak to have crossed the Sea; by the 11th of August they became abundant. 
On mentioning to one of my sons the early appearance of these birds, he 
told me he had seen them all through the summer flitting about the Cashaw 
trees in the vicinity of the Town, and called my attention to a specimen he 
procured at Great Salt Pond on the 4th of June, 1862. 


26. MniotinrA vAris.—I am surelI have often seen this species in the 
mountains during the summer months; but I have no note of it. I am 
informed by a gentleman residing on the line of Saint Ann and Saint 
Mary, that they were abundant in that district during the summer of 1862, but 
he did not find any nests. One of my sons saw a pair at Great Salt Pond in 
June, carrying materials into a Mangrove clump; he could not, however, 
detect the nest; neither of them could mistake the bird, as I had several 
specimens which were recognized by both—unless they were Dendroica 
pharetra, a species I have never met with. 


31. Greorutypis TRIcHAS. (TZrichas marilandica, Gosse.)—Stragglers of this 
species are sometimes met with during the summer. In the early part of May, 
1861, I was informed that a pair were building ina garden near Linstead, 
St. Thomas in the Vale, but the nest was removed by some intruder before it 
was completed. The birds after a few days disappeared. On the 10th of 
May, 1862, a fine specimen of this bird, sent in third collection, was obtained 
at the same place. 


40. Denproica piscotor. (Sylvicola discolor, Gosse.)—This species is found 
in numbers during the entire year, but not so abundant in the summer months. 
They are generally seen on the Cashaw trees and low bushes, widely 
distributed about the cattle pens. I find them always busy about the Mcl- 
pighia glabra in my garden, no doubt capturing small insects from the ripe 
fruit. My children tell me éhey have seen it often take up a fallen cherry 
and fiy away with it, Idare say on account of the small flies usually in- 
festing this fruit. 

A é ‘ ) These are regular annual winter visitors, 

32. VERMIVORA PENNSYLVANICA. | coming generally in considerable num- 
35. PARULA AMERICANA. + bers in autumn, and spreading widely, 

| the two first in mountains and plains ; 
J the last in the highlands. 


32. DENDROICA TIGRINA. (Certhiola maritima, Gosse.)—This species is al- 
ways found, inits various changes of plumage, about the Mangrove swamps and 
river banks. During the summer months it iscommon about Healthshire and 
Great Salt Pond, at other times generally distributed. Specimens of the nest 
and eggs have been sent to the Smithsonian Institution. 


41. DENDROICA CANADENSIS. 


44, SeropHaGA RuTICcILLA.—I have often, in my summer excursions, seen 
specimens of this species in the mountains, particularly of Port Royal, and I 
have been informed they are sometimes seen in St. George and Metcalfe dur- 
ing the summer. On the 16th of August, 1862, three of this species, one 
mature female and two young birds, came into my garden in Spanish Town ; 
one of the young birds was only able to fly short distances, from tree to tree, 
and the old bird had to return several times to induce it to follow ; they ap- 
peared the day after a heavy scud ofrain from the hills on the north. There 
are now several flitting about the Capparis and Eleretia trees, capturing a 
small moth which at this time infests the latier tree. Like the Fly-catchers, it 
always takes its prey on the wing, and when it finds an insect quiescent drives 
it off before seizing it. 


1863.] 


294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


DenproicA EOA, D. pHARETRA and D. pAtmaRum, I have never met with. 


33. SEIURUS AUROCAPILLUS. 34. SEIURUS NOVEBORACENSIS. —These two species 
are regular annual visitors. On the 5th of August, 1862, I found a pair of the 
last named species at the river side, near Spanish Town, but they generally 
arrive at the end of that month or inthe beginning of September and depart in — 
the early part of April. 

Mr. Hill has the drawing of a third species with the plumage of the S. 
aurécapillus, but without the fulvous crown. 


42. .—This is another of Mr. Hill’s beautiful drawings, a 
pair of Creepers, with a nest, takennear Spanish Town. The nest is a dome, 
like those of the Certhiola flaveola that are elaborately covered with down. 
I have never met with this species. 


VIREONID. 


53. Vireo ALTILOqQuUs. (Vireosylva olivacea, Gosse.)—From early in March 
till, October, the Tom Kelly abounds, but is rare during the winter months. - 
Nests are found from April till August. It is a neat cup suspended be- 
tween two twigs or a fork, 3 inches across, and rather more than 2 deep on 
the outside and 14 within ; constructed of grass intermixed with down, webs, 
tendrils, fibre, grass and leaves, but always lined with grass or fibre, generally 
that of the root of the trailing Cereus. The eggs are two or three, oval, 
pointed, some rather elongated, measuring 7 by 3 of an inch; porphyry-white 
with a few reddish dots and points sparely scattered about it, some have 
large dots about the larger end. Their song is of these notes: ‘‘tchew-tchew 
it,’? several times repeated; this is its matin hymn, at other times varied 
with ‘‘ tchew-it-tchew-ee-tchew-ee-tchew-it.”’ 


52. VirEomopEstus. (Vireo noveboracensis, Gosse.)—This, though a perma- 
nent resident, is not so common as the Tom Kelly. The nest is very frail and 
slightly made, suspended from a fork or two near twigs, composed of horse hair, 
fibre, fine grass, and the flower stalks of grass, the wall so thin that the eggs 
are easily seen through it. These are generally two, rarely three in number ; 
porphyry-white, splashed with fine reddish dots and points and measure 
13-16ths by 9-16ths of an inch. The note of this species is at times a wailing 
cry, resembling somewhat the mewing of a cat. 


193. We have another Vireo very similar to this, but with its irides 


reddish. 
Mr. Hill has recognized the Vireo gilvus on the railway line between 


Spanish Town and Kingston. 


AMPELIDZ. 


54, AMPELIS CEDRORUM. (A. carolinensis, Gosse.)—The Cedar bird is not a 
constant visitor, several years intervening between the periods of their advent ; 
they, however, when they do come, generally appear in considerable num- 
bers, remaining only for a few days. Ihave only met with them twice, but I 
have no note of the dates. 


55. MyIADESTES ARMILLATUS. (Ptiliogonys, Gosse.)—The Solitaire is entirely 
restricted to the dense highland woods ; it is at times very common about the 
woods, above New Castle, in Port Royal Mountains, and along the ridges be- 
tween that parish and St. George’s, as well as about Abbey Green, one of the 
approaches to the Blue Mountains. I have never seen the nest or eggs. A 
Maroon, from Moore Town, once told me he had met with a nest, and that it is 
like a small calabash, made of stems of bind weed, (trailing plants), and 
thatch fibre and trash, and that the eggs were greenish with brown spots. 


[Nov 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 


HIRUNDINID. 


16. Hirunporutva. (fH. peciloma, Gosse.)—These swallows are found in all 
the caves in the limestone ranges, generally domiciled with large colonies of 
bats ; formerly they occupied parts of all the public buildings and many de- 
lapidated houses about Spanish Town. The Progne has, however, driven them 
from the Secretary’s office, and another building now occupied by the Execu- 
tive Committee, and lately the Palm Swifts have forced them to abandon the 
House of Assembly ; from the other public buildings they are also excluded 
by the vigilance of the keepers, though they often attempt a lodgment. They 
are now congregated in large colonies at the railway stations. Small partis 
or solitary pairs still, however, hover about their old haunts in the town, 
during the breeding season. One pair built on the Bishop’s Registrar’s Office, 
and although the office was closed from 3 o’clock on Saturday until 7 o’clock 
on Monday morning, they built their nest and laid three eggs, which I took from 
them before they left. They have often attempted to return every season to 
the House of Assembly, and commence building, but their little neighbors, 
the Palm Swifts, allow them no rest until they have driven them away. This 
year, 1863, a few pairs have succeeded in making alodgment. The nest is a 
half of an oblong mass of mud and grass well worked together, with a flat top or 
platform, and a small cup filled with down. The flat side of the section is 
stuck against the wall or beam; the eggs are three, varying considerably in 
form, size, and markings, the type, 7 by 9-l16ths, long oval, white, splashed 
with dots of burnt ochre, thicker at the larger end. In some the marking is 
almost obsolete. 


HrrkunDo EUCHRYSEA.—I have not yet had an opportunity of noting this 
species, I have only met with two indifferent specimens ; they are, I am in- 
formed, to be found at Content, in Manchester, where they form a colony in an 
old building also occupied by the H. fulva. 


18. ProGNE DoMINICENSIS.—-Though sometimes met with domiciled in build- 
ings, the Progne still manifests its peculiar predilection for dark places. In 
the office of the Island Secretary, in Spanish Town, they resort to the ceiled 
roofs of the upper story, entering through holes found under the eaves, where 
they live and carry on the work of incubation in total darkness. At each end 
of the House of Assembly is a hole drilled through the brick wall for the in- 
sertion of a pipe for carrying off the surplus water from the drip and water 
jars ; in consequence of some alterations made in this respect, the pipes were 
removed and the holes stopped up from within, but left open outwardly ; in 
each of these holes the Progne builds every year. In the mountains, caves 
ahd hollow trees are chosen for the nestling places. The nest is composed of 
an odd mixture of shreds of cloth, silk, paper, leaves, grass, twigs, &c., all 
loosely put together with a lining of down and feathers. In Spanish Town 
the nest is composed principally of the soft, flexible portion of the seed pods of 
the Catalpa longissima. The eggs are round, oval, clear white, 15-16ths by 
11-16ths of an inch. The species ismusical. It is one of the phases of the Na- 
turalist’s barometer, as whenever, though the atmosphere be clear and dry, the 
Progne perches on the weathercock or lightning rod, on the highest points of 
the house top, or on the topmost twigs of some lofty tree, chaunting his incan- 
tation, cloudy weather and rain will surely follow within 24 hours. I be- 
lieve stragglers of this species remain during the winter months. Several 
species of the migratory Hirundines traverse the Island from north to south 
in the autumn, and from south to north in the spring. They pass in con- 
siderable numbers high overhead. Sometimes, in squally weather, their flight 
is lower, skimming rapidly along, rarely alighting, and then only for a few 
seconds. I have on several occasions had passing glimpses of some alighting 
fora moment at some water puddle in the road or street, but these oppor- 
tunities are rare. On one occasion I saw distinctly some large Martins with 


1363.) 


296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


ashy-blue backs, and others were black swallows. I observed and heard 


several flocks pass over in September of 1862, but they were too high to re- 
cognize. 


43. CoryLe r1iPARIA.—The Bank Swift has been obtained from&t. Elizabeth, 
and figured by Mr. Hill. 


CHREBIDA. 


21, CERTHIOLA FLAVEOLA.—The Banana Quit builds a domed nest in low 
trees or shrubs, seldom more than five or six feet from the ground, often se- 
lecting a branch close to a door or window, or frequented path, and their 
nests with eggs or young are found at all seasons. In the country they are 
composed of soft grass and down interwoven ; some are elaborately covered 
on the outside with down; in the towns and near homesteads, the exterior 
is often studded with scraps of rags and cotton; one taken from the low 
branches ofan Erythroxylon is ornamented on the outside with the dry flower- 
ing stems of a scandent Boerhaevia; the interior of each is, however, lined 
with grass and fibre only. They lay three, rarely four eggs, variable in size 
and coloring ; the dimensions are from 7-l16ths by 5-16ths, to 11-16ths by 
9-16ths of an inch ; the ground color varies from pure white to neutral tint, 
whilst others are reddish ; they are splashed with various shades of brown or 
reddish-brown spots, often confiuent in a circle or a ring round the larger end, 
with pale slaty spots beneath. This species, as well as the several grass 
Finches seem to have a predilection for nestling on the same bushes with the 
common wasp, and the nests are more often found iu the different species of 
Cereus and other thorny plants. 


65. GLOSSIPTILA RUFICOLLIS. ( Tanagrella of Gosse.)—The Orange Quit is 
altogether a mountain bird. It builds a deep, coarsely formed cup of grass 
and fibre intermixed, sometimes with the stems of small ferns and wiry 
moss. The eggsare 4; 11-l6ths by 9-16ths of an inch, white, speckled with 
dull-reddish spots, inclined to be confluent at thelargeend. I have this year, 
1863, obtained eggs of this species, identified with the bird, particularly one 
nest taken from a mass constructed by the black Shrike, and these answer to 
the description in my note, and show that the eggs in the first collection do 
not belong to the species. 


TANAGRIDA;. 


63. SPINDALIS NIGRICEPHALA. (Zanagra zena, Gosse. )—I have never, myself, 
taken the eggs of the Orange Bird or Mountain Goldfinch, but have had nests 
and eggs often brought to me as belonging to the species. They are very like 
those of the Banana bird; the nest is rather thicker and more coarsely con- 
structed, usually with the fibre from palms and tree ferns, and generally con- 
tain 3 eggs. These are long oval, tapering at one end, and measuring 13 by 3 
or 13-16ths ofan inch, greyish stone, marbled with irregular lines of sepia, and 
clouded with pale slaty blotches round the large end. 


64. PYRANGA RUBRA, is rarely met with in cool mountain glades; and 
appears to be only an occasional visitor. 


66. Eupnonia JAMAICA. The nest of the Blue Quit is a dome, composed of 
grass and down intermixed, thickened and covered on the outside with down 
or moss, according to the locality in which it is built. It contains 4 oval eggs, 
13-16ths by 9-16ths of an inch, clear white, splashed all over with dashes of red- 
dish-brown, more or less confluent, at the larger end. The nests of this species 
are always scarce in the low lands. The down used is generally that of Asclepias, 
sometimes of Hriodendron or Ochroma. 


I have been informed that there is a blue and white Creeper, common in 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 


the Port Royal Hills, but Ihave not seen it; possibly Dendroica pharetra 
or Mniotilta varia. 


FRINGILLID 22. 


71. Puontpara Marcuu, Baird.* (Spermophila bicolor, Gosse.)—The ‘ black 
faced’ is the most common of the Grass Finches. They are social, and, like the 
Certhiola, are found nesting at all seasons in low trees and bushes, and in the 
same situation. I have never met with the nests of the other three species of 
Grass Finches, except during the Spring and Summer months. The nests are 
domed, generally composed of grass and fibre, and lined with the same mate- 
rials, sometimes with horse hair. Near homesteads, shreds and scraps of 
cloth and lumps of cotton, feathers, and trash, are added to the exterior. The 
eggs are usually 3, sometimes 4, rarely 5 or 6, and vary in dimensions and 
coloring as much as those of the Certhiola ; some are rather larger and others 
sometimes elongated to a tapering point at one end. 


72. Poonrpara apoxa. (Spermophila, of Gosse.)—I have never met with 
the nest of this species near a domicil. In the country they build higher, 
and the nest, adome, is smaller than that of the last species, and always 
made of grass and fibre; never with the other materials found on the nests of 
the black face. They are lined with fibre or horse hair ; the eggs do not vary 
in size and color so much as those of the last species, and are rather larger; 
the markings are of burnt ochre, confluent about the large end, and they mea- 
sure often 3? by 9-16ths of an inch. 


70. PHONIPARA OLIVACEA. (Spermophila of Gosse.)—The yellow-faced grass 
Finch, constructs adomed nest of grass and fibre, always with a soft lining of 
down at the bottom. The eggs, 3 or 4in number, are more uniform than those of 
the two preceding species. They are usually oval or oblong-oval, pointed at 
one end, and are white, splashed with grey-brown or light umber mixed with 
pale slaty, sometimes reddish-brown spots, confluent round the larger end 
or middle. They measure ? by 9-16ths of an inch. 


69. LoxieinuA ANOxANTHA, Sclater. (Spermophila of Gosse.)—-The yellow- 
back is the largest of the birds known here as grass Finches, or Quits. The 
nest is adome, and is composed of grass fibre and down, intermixed ard 
interwoven. ‘The opening is oblong nearly the entire depth, leaving a very 
shallow bottom, in which 3 or 4 eggs are deposited. All the eggs I have found 
identified with this species are oval, pointed at one end or oblong oval, white, 
splashed with reddish-brown spots, (sometimes very pale, ) confluent in a circle 
or aring round the large end; sometimes round the small end or middle. 
The markings are sometimes a dull brown. This Finch has a curious fancy 
for continually, during incubation, adding materials to the exterior of the 
nest. I have found fresh grass thus added after the young have been hatched. 


73. Loxicitua vioLAcEA. (Pyrrhula violacea, Gosse.)—The Cotton-tree Spar- 
row, though a mountain bird, often breeds in the lowlands. It generally 
selects, though it does not confine itself to, a decayed hollow in a tree; the 
crutch of two or more upright branches, or a clump of Tillandsia or Cuscuta, or 
some trailing plant equally answers its purpose. The nest is coarsely made 
of grass, trash, twigs, stems of trailing plants and leaves, with a small cup 
of fibre and grass, closely interwoven, and contains 4 eggs. These are oval, 


* This is the Spexmophila bicolor, of Gosse, but not the true Fringilla bicolor of Linnaeus 
which is the Bahaman species, differing in the much greater extent of black beneath. It may be 
the Tiaris omissa of Jardine described from Tobago; but this author expressly states that his 
bird is distinct from the Jamaican. If, as I think most probable, the Jamaican species is thus 
without a name, to no one could it with more propriety be dedicated than to Mr. March, who has 
done = much towards extending our knowledge of the natural history of his island.—S. % 
Baird. 


1863.] 


298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


rather elongated at one end, measuring 1 by 3 of aninch; bluish or greyish- 
white, splashed with dashes and spots of umber mixed with pale brown, 
sometimes confluent into a blotch on and round the large end. 


67. CorurnicuLuS PAssERINUS. (C. tizicrus, Gosse.)—The grass pink is 
not an uncommon bird in the savannas and grass lands near Spanish Town. 
The nest is a small, rudely made cup, fixed very low, sometimes on the 
ground, in tufts of grass roots. The eggs are 4, oval-pointed at one end, and 
rather large for the size of the bird, measuring 13-16ths by 10-16ths of an inch, 
bluish-white, splashed sparsely with spots and irregular dashes of burnt 
sienna intermixed with pale-brown spots on the large end. The song of the 
grass pink is, chi-chi-cree, several times softly and rapidly repeated. The 
ery of tichichro-cro-cro, attributed to it, is no doubt the call of the Ortygo- 
metra jamaicensis, which, after the breeding season, resorts to the same 
coverts as the grass pinks. 


68. CRITHAGRA BRAZILIENSIS.—I have had no opportunity of noting the 
nidification of the ‘‘Canary.’? I am, however, informed that the nest and 
eggs are like those of the Goldfinch of Europe. The Crithagra was, untilthe 
last 3 or 4 years, almost confined to the neighborhood of Hodge’s Pen, in St. 
Elizabeth, to which it was first introduced ; but it is gradually extending its 
range, and is now found at Long Hill, inthe same parish, 30 miles from 
Hodge’s Pen. 


ICTERID. 


58. QuUISCALUS CRASSIROSTRIS.—-The Grakles select the tallest trees, clothed 
with the most dense foliage, in the neighborhood of their intended location, 
whether it be the lofty bamboo, genip-hog plum or black cherry, or the 
more lowly mango, lignum vitz, or capparis, and occupy it in companies of 
6 or more, often as many as 20 pairs, allowing no other bird to encroach upon 
their chosen domain. Each pair, however, builds a separate nest, which is 
about 8 inches across, coarsely constructed outwardly with the stems of 
trailing plants, (in this district generally that of Cassus Cissioides,) with a 
compact cup of 4 inches diameter and 3 inches depth, of dry stems of con- 
volvuli and other trailing plants, fibres and fibrous roots, on a bed of decay- 
ing leaves. The eggs are 3—4, variable in form and size, round, oval or elon- 
gated, measuring from 13 to 13 by ¢ of aninch. They are of adull metallic 
green, (rapidly discoloriug when blown,) marbled with irregular sinuated lines 
and scratches, with a few blotches and splashes of dark sepia, intermixed 
with pale slaty spots ; sometimes the lines and spots are nearly black. On 
all the breeding trees in the neighborhood of Spanish town, and there are 
many, the nests remain undisturbed from year to year, the birds at other 
times roosting elsewhere in large flocks, and only resorting to these trees in 
the breeding season; at this time they are usually so silent and cautious, that 
a person may pass and repass the trees many times before detecting the 
nests. The usual food of the Grakle is insects, worms, lizards, and the eggs 
and young of other birds; the larger prey he clutches with one foot and 
flies with it to his nestling or some tree near by, and standing on one leg, 
presses his prize with the other on the branch, and tears it to pieces, feeding 
his young with or devouring the portions, as he tears them away. The attack 
on the nests of the larger birds, is often made by parties, and so fiercely, that 
the nests are torn and the materials scattered away. I lately saw a young 
Grakle with a small, brown tree lizard in his beak, and presently the parent bird 
brought another which he also took, but for a long time he kept running, in 
great tribulation, backwards and forwards with the two dead lizards in his 
beak, not knowing what to do with them, until after the lapse of more than 
an hour the old bird returned and assisted in tearing them to pieces. 

When I first saw a Grakle rubbing himself with an over-ripe lime, I was 


[ Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 


certainly at a loss to account for the object of the operation, until afterwards, 
in preparing some specimens, I discovered that he is much infested with bird- 
lice ; his object, evidently, was to rid himself of this nuisance, A roasted 
lime is used in rubbing domestic poultry for the same purpose. The Grakle 
is very destructive to the crops of oranges, by puncturing with and inserting 
the beak in the ripening fruit once or twice, and the fruit so punctured, soon 
after falls. 

There is to be found in St. Ann and St. Mary a small Grakle with the 
habits of the preceding. 


59. IcrERUs LeEvcopreRyx. There is a variety of the Banana bird, known as 
the yellow tail, in contradistinction to the common kind or black tail,* a little 
duller in plumage, the yellow tail and dark ground color of the eggs constitu- 
ting the only differences I can find to distinguish them. The latter, or black 
tail, is found abundant everywhere, the former only in certain localities, but 
when they meet they appear quite familiar, and the two often mate, and I 
have sometimes found one or two black feathers in the yellow tail. There is 
no difference in the materials or construction of the nests, both building with 
similar materials, black or white horse hair or fibre, or both intermixed; the 
fibres generally used are those of the roots of the trailing Cerei or the fibre of 
different species of Cerecis. The nest is a small sack or purse 3 or 4 inches 
across and about the same depth, depending from a fork, or two approximate 
branches, and usually contains 3 or 4, rarely 5 oval or long oval eggs. 
These are more or less tapering at one end and variable in size; of those 
taken from one nest, one measures 1 inch by 6-8ths and another 7 by 3 of 
an inch; those of the black tail are creamy or clayish-white, and those of the 
yellow tail dark cream color or light drab, both marbled at the large end with 
irregular spots and lines of dark sepia or umber-brown, and cloudings of pale 
burnt umber and bluish-grey; sometimes a few spots and dashes are 
sparely scattered below. 


62. Dotycuonyx oryzivorus.—The Butter bird is an annual visitor. They 
come in large flocks and are very regular in their arrival in October, then 
being in winter plumage. After a few days resting in the commons and 
Guinea Grass fields, then in seed, they proceed on their southward route. 
They appear again in Spring on their return northward, but in smaller flocks, 
and the male is then in Summer plumage. The Butter bird is often caged as 
a song bird, but never survives the second winter of confinement. 


NESOPSAR NIGERRIMUS. (Sclater, Ibis, 1859, 456.)—The Black Banana bird, 
is not, I am informed, uncommon in the highlands, but I have never, to my 
recollection, met with a specimen of it. Some years back a black bird 
Sporting in a tree near New Castle, in the Port Royal Mountains, was shown 
to me as this species, but [had no gun. The nest is described as of a struc- 
ture like that of the Jcterus but smaller, and the eggs also smaller with simi- 
lar markings. f 


60. —. Ihave often met in St. Ann with another small 
black bird, known there as the black sparrow; it is apparently Icterine. I 
obtained, many years ago, some specimens of this, but they were destroyed 
by Dermestes. It may be the Black Banana bird. 


CORVIDA. 


CYANOCORAX PILEATUS. I have never heard of any other individual of this 
species found here, except the one mentioned by Mr. Gosse, and that was 
probably a caged bird escaped from confinement. 


* These appear to be merely different ages of the same species, requiring two years to attain 
the mature male plumage, as in the case of IJcterus spurius. (8. F. B.) 


1863.] 


300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


54. Corvus JAMAICENSIS.—Mr. Gosse has given a very full. and graphic his- 
tory of this bird. They build in company like rooks, on the loftiest forest 
trees, and are then very fierce. I have for several years endeavored to induce 
the settlers in the vicinity of their breeding trees to procure me eggs of this 


species, but they have always declined, fearing an encounter with the parent 
birds. 


COLUMBID 4s. 


98. GEoTRYGON MonTANA.—The Mountain Partridge is one of our ground 
pigeons, breeding and roosting, however, on trees. Its food is the same as 
that of the White Belly, and like that bird always feeds on the ground. In 
the autumn and winter months it feeds in company, and is then met with in 
the plains near the foot of the lower ranges of hills. It generally builds on low 
trees or bushes, but the nest is occasionally found near the summit of tall 
trees. I have never heard of its nest being found on the ground. The eggs 
are two, oval or round oval, rarely pointed at one end, measuring 13--16ths to 
1} by 7 of an inch, and vary -from reddish drab to cream color. The dark 
colored bird is the female, the rufous the male. 


97. GEOTRYGON CRISTATA. (G. sylvatica, Gosse.)—The Mountain Witch is often 
found abundant in the St John’s and St. Catharine’s Hills. I have not been able 
to discover the great affinity to the true Gallina, said to exist in the Mountain 
Witch, except in the formation of its legs, which are adapted to rapid motion 
on the ground ; the wings are not proportionately shorter than those of the other 
ground pigeons; the thigh is clothed to the knee. It is not gregarious, 
though, like many others of the tribe, several are usually found feeding in 
the same locality. It lives principally and feeds onthe ground, running with 
great quickness when disturbed. It roosts in low trees and shrubs, and breeds 
on the ground or in low bushes four or five feet high. Ihave never found 
more than two eggs or young in any nest; the eggs are roundish oval, stone 
color, measuring 13 by a little more than aninch. The squabs are like the 
rest of Columbide, at first very helpless and sparely covered with soft downy 
hair, and are fed in the nest by the old birds until they are able to follow 
them. The Mountain Witch never takes to a tree unless suddenly alarmed. 
The female takes the largest share of incubation, the male usually perching 
on some low bush near the nestling place, until required to take his turn ; 
he remains until the return of the female from feeding. Its food is the 
same as that of the White Belly. It is very tame and docile in confinement, 
but is never sufficiently domesticated to be left at liberty. It is said to feed 
on the white or duck ant. Ido not know this asa fact, nor have I met with 
any one who does ; it is, however, possible, as the egg of the Termiles is firm 
and resembles a semi-transparent berry. 

Mr. Gosse mentions the finding of small snails in the gizzard of the Geotry- 
gon; this may be accounted for by the fact that, in the early morning, at certain 
seasons, myriads of small-shelled snails are found crawling among the de- 
caying leaves and vegetable debris, in all the damp mountain glades and hill- 


sides. Many of these may be thus picked up with the seeds on which these 
doves feed. 


Wi .—The Blue Dove is another ground pigeon, with the form of the 
Pea Dove, and the habits of the White Belly. The body is blue, the neck and 
head grey. It buildsin low shrubs, generally in clumps of Tillandsia, or on the 
ground ; the egg is the form and size of that of the White Belly, and is a light 
brownish drab. 


There is a bar-tailed pigeon found sometimes in the highlands, on the line 
of St. Ann’s and Trelawny, the size of the Bald Pate, but without the white 
poll. It is ashy blue above, the tail has a broad discolored white band ; it is 


[Novy- 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 801 


known as the Ring-tail. It is probably only an occasional visitor, though it 
is sometimes seen in numbers. It may be Columba fasciata. 


90. CotumBA CARRIBEA.—The Ring-tail is strictly an arboreal pigeon. It 
is supposed to drink from the water collected in the wild pines, the large 
growing species of Tillandsia, Bilbergia, and others. Ihave, however, been 
informed by Maroons from Seott’s Hall and Moore Town, that they have often 
waited in ambush for these birds, as they came in the afternoon to drink at 
the mountain springs. This pigeon usually keeps to the deep woods of the 
highest ranges of hills, where, perched amid the dense foliage of some 
lofty tree, it remains securely screened from observation. In the autumn 
and winter months it sometimes descends to the lower ranges of limestone 
hills, but never to the low lands or plains, in quest of food. It is rarely seen 
in parties of more than six or eight, and then only whilst feeding on the fruit 
and berries of the several species of Ficus, Laurus, Bumelia, Puniata, Eugenia, 
and other fleshy and succulent fruit and berry-bearing forest trees. Grain 
does not appear to form an article of its food ina state of nature, as it is with 
difficulty led to feed on corn in captivity, and is consequently difficult to cage. 
In the breeding season, during the spring and summer months, the Ring-tail 
retires altogether to the dense woods on the high mountain ranges, inacces- 
sable to all but the Maroon or hardy mountain hunter. Many sportsmen inex- 
perienced in this kind of woodcraft, have lost their lives in attempting ring- 
tail shooting, without a competent guide, by falling over precipices or into 
sink-holes. The nest. a thick mat or platform of sticks bedded with leaves, 
twigs, and soft bark, is constructed near the summit of some lofty tree en- 
veloped in tangled masses of trailing plants; the eggs are ivory white, but I 
have no note of the measurement. 


91. CoLuMBA INoRNATA. (C. rufina, Gosse.)—The Blue Pigeon is also an 
arboreal and highland Pigeon, sometimes, however, and particularly during 
the Guinea corn season, it descends to the plains. Its food is fruits and ber- 
ries with the addition of grain. In January and February, in the early 
morning, it is seen in small companies of six or eight or as single pairs, passing 
from the hills to the fields of ripening Guinea corn, and again returning in the 
evening to the hills. It is more wary than the Ringtail. The nest is alsoa 
platform, but more massive than that of any other native pigeon ; it is more 
easily detected than that of the Ringtail, as it is often placed on some' lofty tree 
in the vicinity of clearings, and in the open glades and hillsides. The egg is 
ivory-white, and larger than that of the Bald-pate. 


92, CoLUMBA LEUCOCEPHALA.—There are two varieties of the Bald-pate 
pigeon, distinguished as the Mountain and Mangrove Bald-pate ; the irig is 
hazel, with dark chestnut pupil. I have not met with the latter in the moun- 
tains, but both kinds resort at all times to the lowlands and mangrove 
swamps along the coast, and to the neighboring islands and keys (Pigeon and 
the two Goat Islands in particular) where they breed in numbers, making 
their nests in trees, some at high elevations, others so low as to be within 
reach of a person standing, according to the convenience of the site. Large 
numbers of squabs are often taken from these places and brought into the towns 
for sale. They feed incompany in the morning and afternoon, andas they often 
feed at a distance from their roosting places, large flocks are sometimes seen 
in the early morning and evening passing and repassing overhead, sometimes 
in high, at other times in low flight, going to and returning from the feed- 
ing ground, or convenient watering place. Their food is grain, fruit and ber- 
ries, nuts and seeds, and they commit serious depredations on the Guinea 
corn fields, not only by the quantity they devour, but by breaking down the 
brittle corn stalks with the weight of their bodies. They are easily kept, and 
often breed in confinement, when they become quiet and contented, but take 
the earliest opportunity of emancipation. The nest is a platform of sticks 


1863.] 


302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


and twigs loosely put together, and bedded with softer materials, with a slight 
hollow in the centre ; the eggs are two, glarish white, varying in form and di- 
mensions, but usually long oval, 13 by 13 of an inch. 


93. MELOPELIA LEUCOPTERA.—The White Wing is more a lowland than a 
mountain dove. They are gregarious, usually keeping in flocks of ten to 
twenty, but in January and February, in the Guinea corn season and other 
times, when the Cere are in fruit, they congregate in large flocks, often of several 
hundreds. Their food is principally grain and seed, but they are equally fond 
of the ripe fruit of the different species of Cereus, abounding on the savannahs 
and salinas during thesummer. Inland, the White Wing, like the Bald-pate, 
breeds in solitary pairs; but in the mangrove swamps and islands along the 
coast they breed in company, many in the same tree. The nest is a frail 
platform of sticks with a slight hollow of leaves and bark, sometimes a few 
feathers ; the eggs are two, oblong oval, glarish white, 1 5-16ths by 15-16ths. 
The White Wing is kept and often breeds in confinement; it is at first wild, 
fluttering in alarm at the approach of any person, but afterwards becomes do- 
cile if attended with care. It crosses with the Jurtur risorius. Ihave now a 
male White Wing mated with a female Ring-dove. 


239. TuRTUR RisoRIus.—The Turtle or Ring Dove is an introduced caged 
species, but I add it to the Jamaica birds, as I have sometimes seen parties 
of six or eight feeding in company with the White Wing in the Guinea corn 
fields and salinas; but I have never met with a nest in the woods. There isa 
variety pure white, without the ring, though bred in captivity for many 
generations, and though so docile in disposition, this dove cannot be allowed 
at large, as it generally takes advantage of any opportunity of escaping. It 
breeds several times during the year. The eggs are similar to those of the 
White Wing, and measure from one and an eighth by seven-eighths to one 
and three-eighths by an inch. 


95. CHAM@PELIA PASSERINA.—-The Ground Dove sometimes perches andalways 
roosts on low trees; but is otherwise generally found in pairs feeding on 
small grain and seeds. Several pairs may be seen feeding together, but they 
do not associate. It is very tame and is commonly found about homesteads 
and in streets and roads. It breeds in low trees. The cashew and logwood 
appear to be preferred. It is rarely seen in cages, as the note is a plaintive, 
mournful coo, and a Creole superstition attaches misfortune to the person 
keeping them. The nest is slightly made of twigs and grass in a fork or 
nollow. The eggs are two, round oval, white, seven-eighths by eleven- 
gixteenths of an inch. 


94. ZENAIDA AMABILIS.—The Pea Dove is not gregarious, and although 
terrestrial, is often seen and heard on trees, and there it also roosts. It builds 
jndiscriminately, in trees or on the ground, a slight platform of sticks and 
twigs loosely put together. The eggs are two, oval or roundish oval white, 
measure 1 ;°; to 1 ;°s by 1 inch. It isa favorite cage bird, and though 
apparently very timid and restless, may become very tame and docile, and 
take grain from the hand or lips of its feeder. 


96. LepropTiLa JAMAICENSIS. (Peristera of Gosse.)—The White Belly is 
strictly a ground dove, never resorting to trees except to roost or for temporary 
shelter, when disturbed or alarmed, and then it always perches low. It prefers, 
but is not confined to the low ranges of limestone hills, particularly in those 
districts where the orange abounds, the pips or seeds of this fruit contribu- 
ting largely to its support. Its food is also grain, seeds and berries; and 
though several pairs may be seen feeding under the same tree, they never 
associate. The White Belly breeds in low bushes, often in clumps of Zillandsia. 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 


I have never seen the nest on the ground. The eggs dull white, generally 
round oval, measuring 1;%; by one inch. 


There is another rare species closely allied to this dove, known here as the 
Spanish Pea dove, (not the Starnoenas.) Some years back I obtained one of a 
pair shot at Gregory Park, near the railway station, half way between Spanish 
Town and Kingston, but it was unfortunately destroyed by rats whilst in 
preparation. It had the appearance of a cross between the Pea Dove and 
White Belly. 


GALLINACEA. 


235. Numipa mitrata?—The wild Guinea bird appears distinct from the 
tame one. It is in length twenty inches; expanse thirty; flexure nine. 
The eye is black, the beak and feet smoky black or dark brown, sometimes 
red above the knee ; the plumage dark indigo, spangled white. They lay in 
tall grass or shrubby thickets; each individual lays thirteen or more eggs. 
Many pairs, however, usually breed together, possibly the old birds and 
nestlings of the previous year. In 1838 I found at the foot of a large cashaw 
tree, in a wide belt of Penguins, a nest containing more than one hundred 
eggs, and in 1843 another in a Guinea grass piece, with forty eggs, and as 
many more shells, from which the chicks had emerged, lying about the nest ; 
I removed the eggs of the last nest and placed them under hens in the poultry 
yard. Many of them were hatched in batches of three or four at intervals of 
several days. When we first approached both nests, several old birds ran 
from the place and flew away; the eggs in both instances were deposited in 
layers with dry leaves and twigs intermixed, andI am told by many of the 
cattlemen, accustomed to range the woods and pastures in getting up cattle, 
that they have always found the nests with a large number of eggs in each 
nest, the Guinea birds always breeding in company and sitting together, and 
that, as a number of chicks are hatched and are able to quit, one of the hens 
leads them off to feed, the others remaining on the nest; and so in succession 
until the clutching be completed ; each successive hen joining the first, and 
returning at night until the whole are hatched, and the young are strong 
enough to take a wide range. This species is very difficult to domesticate, 
for, though clutched under a fowl, they will almost as soon as they are 
hatched, quit the nest and take to the grass and bushes, unless kept ina 
close place ; and even after they are full grown, will join the wild flock at the 
earliest opportunity. The domestic bird is often found in company with the 
wild flocks, and I have frequently shot a cross between the two. The eggs are 
generally one and eleven-sixteenths by one and seven-sixteenths, and are 
much darker than those of the domestic bird, usually a dark reddish drab. 
with, however, the same indented points. 


100. NumipA MELEAGRIS.—The domestic Guinea Fowl is much varied in 
plumage ; some are nearly black with little of the spotted plumage, some are 
dark blue, whilst others are of various shades, from ashy blue to pearly white. 
It breeds from March to December, and lays at each clutch from fifteen to 
twenty eggs or more. A single bird has been known to lay more than sixty 
eggs in a season, when the eggs have been from time to time removed without 
permitting the bird to sit. The eggs are round oval, abruptly pointed at one 
end, and generally measure two by one and five-eighths of an inch; they are 
from clayish white to dark reddish drab, thickly speckled all over with 
indented points of a darker hue. 


101. Orryx vircinianus.—The Quail abounds inall parts of the Island. 
They lay on the ground, generally in tufts of grass roots, or in penguin fences, 
or under heaps of bushes, with only the materials of grass or leaves found on 
the spot for a nest. This contains usually from twelve to twenty eggs, which 
are oval pointed, measuring one and one-fourth by one inch. During the period 


1863.] 


304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


of incubation the maleis continually found sitting on a low branch in the 
vicinity of the nest, but does not appear to take any part in the process of 
incubation. The Quail cannot be kept in cages for any time, as from its 
impatient habit of running to and fro before the bars or wires, it soon becomes 
totally blind. Ihave, however, kept them for several years in a room or 
large aviary closed for about three feet at the bottom, where they have laid, 
but never hatched. 

In 1826, or about that time, the late Mr. Laing turned out at Keith Hall, in 
the St. Catharine Hills, several of the French or Red Legged Partridges; none, 
however, have been since met with. 


APPENDIX. 


249. Fatco Anatum.—Several individuals of a Falcon have appeared about 
Salt Ponds this winter, 1862—1863, and also in the parish of St. Elizabeth, Ihave 
in my possession a living specimen taken at Goshen, near Port Henderson, 
in this parish, (not St. Ann’s). It swooped on a large Cochin-China hen in a 
cottage yard on that property, and got entangled with the hen, which was too 
heavy for the hawk to lift, and in the struggle it was captured by the owner 
of the fowl. It appears to be a male; the dimensions are, length 163 inches, 
expanse 40, flexure 133; iris dark-hazel with black pupil, core yellow. The bill 
is small and weak, and leaden-blue, with a broad stripe of yellow covering the 
nostrils, frontal band narrow, white ; head sepia brown spotted with black ; a 
patch of black on the cheek extending over the eye, the rest of the cheek and 
throat white with a few black dots; breast white, clouded with reddish 
blotches ; upper plumage reddish and slaty brown, each feather with greyish 
or rusty white edges; the entire under plumage white, with transverse and 
diagonal bands of slaty-black ; legs and feet slender and yellow, claws black. 
Inner webs of wing quills barred with white ; tail feathers barred with ashy 
and tipped with white; third wing quill longest.* 


Notes on the MIMIDZ of Jamaica. 
BY RICHARD HILL. 


(Communicated by the Smithsonian Institution.) 


Mrimus onPHEUS.—Linnzus, when he described in the list of his Thrushes 
the Turdus polyglottus, and the Turdus orpheus, and referred to Sloane’s 
Jamaica for one, under the name of the Mocking Bird, and to Brown’s 
Jamaica for the other, with no distinctive name, was noting the two re- 
markable Mimide of our late naturalists, —birds very different in song and very 
different in plumage, and yet commonly spoken of as very indistinctly dis- 
tinguishable by those who, satisfied by ‘‘ the bird in the bush,’’ have never 
troubled themselves to examine ‘‘ the bird in the hand,’’—Linnzus, with his 
peculiar descriptive brevity, marks their character. 

Turdus polyglottus. 7. T. obscure cinereus, snbtus pallide cinereus, macula 
alarum albida. Eximia voce cantillat et cantu instruitur. 

Turdus orpheus. 8. T. dorso fusco, pectore rectricibusque lateralibus al- 
bidis, alis fascia alba. Cauda longa rotundata. Rectrices extime albe. 
E terra elevatus cantilena spectatorem rapit in sui admirationem. 

I feel quite satisfied, therefore, that the common mocking bird of Jamaica 
should be called Mimus polyglottus, and not orpheus, as given by Sclater and 
others, and that the name of MV. orpheus belongs to the larger darker species 


* This specimen has lately been sent by Mr. March to the Smithsonian Institution. Though of 
smaller size than usual in the United States, it appears to be the same with our Duck Hawk, 
F. anatum, although the dark-cheek stripe is rather more distinctly defined than usual. (8. I’. 


Baird). 
[Nov 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 305 


referred to by Gosseas Turdus mustelinus, and which Mr. March, in his notes, 
has been so kind as to call Mimus Hillii.* 

It was not until I came to the south side of Jamaica, after years of experi- 
ence in the north, that I heard the orpheus sing, and saw the bird. It was 
said to be known only in a peculiar line of hills bordering the sea, and extend- 
ing from the Milk river in Vere to the Healthshire hills at Port Henderson, 
opposite Port Royal. It is commonly enough known in this line of 
country, but its clear-toned cantalena, as Linneus expresses it, may be 
heard from the topmost bough of copses and thickets away from the sea side, 
but not far into the plains. The bird will then be seen perched on the 
highest stem, pouring out in vehement extacy its oft repeated brilliant notes, 
not unlike those of the Song-thrush of Europe, (Z. musicus), or perhaps more 
like those of the Storm-thrush, (7’. viscivorus), for the song has much repeti- 
tion and little variety, and sounds like the words viechoo, viechoo, a vicho 
a-vicho vicho, with some graduated tones of the same few notes, piped out 
clear, and for a long continuance. The rhapsody is sure to arrest attention, 
for it will not be two or three singing together usually, but one bird alone, 
and all the other songsters will be silent and turned to admiring listeners. 

We understand things best by comparison. The Storm-thrush, known 
also as the Missel-thrush and the Holm-thrush in England, is the bird our 
orpheus most resembles in habit as in song. The fondness of the Missel- 
thrush for the outskirts of woods, and the habit of never entering pastures or 
open lands, unless they be dotted with copses, or wooded clumps, where it 
will be heard singing its high-toned song on the upper twig of the inmost 
tree is exactly the habit of our orpheus. In these more open places, after 
singing vehemently for a time unanswered by any other straggler of the 
species, it will be observed to fly away to some more distant clump to repeat 
there the same song in the same solitary mood. It seems to me never tempted 
from the sea-bord hills, where it alone nestles. Its favorite attractions are 
the karata-aloes, When these have blossomed and the honey is pouring 
from the seed vessels in perfect streams, some three or four birds will be seen 
on the same stem of clustered flowers, drinking at the running cups and sing- 
ing every now and then. They bring to my mind Teniers’ pictures of merry- 
topers at a road-side tavern. We never see the birds searching the thickets ; 
they seem to have gone where they may feed and sing, and sing and feed, 
without moving. We may set this down as certain that, inthe strolls these 
birds make away from their customary sea-side hills and savannas, they never 
go beyond the influence of the sea breeze. They limit themselves to its well- 
known marine freshness. At the time when the opuutias or torch-thistle 
cactuses are in fruit, among the arid scrubs at the sea side, the orpheus is 
common enough and plentiful, and the morning and evening song will remind 
one, inits full mellow tone, of the Black-bird in an English summer. 

The nest of the orpheus exactly resembles that of the polyglottus,—an outer 
frame work of sticks, spotted with moss and lichens, with an inner cup, very 
nicely rounded, composed of dry grass. It lays some four eggs of a greenish 
drab, speckled and spotted with umber. I never have seen the nestlings, nor 
have I even seen the bird caged. 

If by fascia alba Linneus means a white’ bar on the wing, the description 
would be inaccurate. The lesser wing coverts and the quills are edged with 
white. If by fascia he means a fillet or bordering, he is right. The plumage 
is a light umber, an ashy umber, slightly graduating into drab at the rump, 
with the shafts of the feathers of a ruddy hue, and the webs somewhat blue- 
brown. The two outer tail feathers have white inner webs as well as white 
outer, with a centre of black. The termination is white. The throat and 
breast are dashed with brown markings. The under plumage is not white, 
but ashy, with a faint hue of brown. The bill is ebony black, but the tarsus 
and toes blue-black. 


* See page 291. (B.) 


1863.] 22 


306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Synonymy of the species of STREPOMATID&, a Family of Fluviatile Mollusca, 
inhabiting North America. 


Part I. 
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. 


The following synonymy of the very numerous species of North American 
shells, heretofore considered Melanians, is offered as the result of a year’s 
study’ of the extensive collections of the Smithsonian Institution and of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences, as well as those of Messrs. Lea, Haldeman, 
Anthony, and Gould, together with my own, and several smaller collections. 

The present publication is preliminary to that of a complete illustrated 
Monograph of the Family, prepared at the request of the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution, (the MSS. of which is nearly completed) ; and is intended to invite 
criticism. 

Naturalists are requested to communicate to the author, without delay, any 
information they may possess regarding any of the species. 

As many of these species, being rare, have not been sufliciently studied to 
determine satisfactorily their true position with regard to allied forms, or in 
other words, their range of variation, it is particularly requested that Natur- 
alists residing near localities inhabited by the Strepomatide, would collect 
and transmit to the Smithsonian Institution, extensive suites of specimens, 
for which, if desired, a named suite will be returned. 


Family STREPOMATID&, Haldeman. 


Strepomatide, Hald., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Sept. 1863. 

Melaniana, Lam., Extr. d’ un Cours., 1812. Hist. Anim. Sans. Vert., vi. p. 
163, 1822. Edit. 2, viii. p. 425, 1838. Deshayes, Encyc. Meth., iii. p. 
431 and 553, 1832. Reeve, Zool. Proc., p. 76, 1841. Conch. Syst., ii. p. 
119, 1842. Sowerby, Conch. Man., Ed. 2, p. 187, 1842. Catlow, Conch. 
Nomene., p. 185, 1845. 

Melanida, (part) Latreille, Fam. Nat., 1825. Lea, Proc. Philos. Soc., iii. 
p. 164, 1843. 

Melaniane, (part) Swainson, Malacol, p. 198, 340, 1840. 

Melaniade, (part) Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus., 1840. Turton’s Manual, ed. 2, p. 
79, 85. Zool. Proc., part 15, p. 152, 1847. 

Melaniide, (part) Adams, Genera, p. 293, 1854. 

Ceriphasine, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 34. 35, Feb. 1863. 


Synopsis of Genera. 


A. Aperture produced into a more or less obvious canal in front. Trypanos- 
tomoid Section. 
1. Shell fusiform, inflated, spire and canal 
produced, columella without deposit 


of nacre........ Potioneetacdase, "acacsa6.osceinaes Genus Jo, Lea. 
Shell conical or oval, canal not so 
MuUCh Produced..... 02. sserereee . Subgenus Pleurocera, Raf. 


2. Shell oval, or turbiniform, « or fusiform, 
with a revolving row of nodules on 
the periphery, canal short. Colu- 
mella callously thickened above and 
helo wrestces: sassnasones acest eeueesin careers Genus Angitrema, Hald. 
Shell oval or oblong, smaller, either 
smooth or adorned with nodules 
around the upper portign ofthe © Bay. 
whorl.. ears esaceutncets . Subgenus Lithasia, Hald. 
Canal retrorse.. ae Meta un ical Sahl . Subgenus Strephobasis, Lea. 


[ Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 


B. Aperture merely angulated in front, with no canal, and the columella per- 
fectly plain, not twisted, frequently callously thickened above. Goniobasic 
Section. 

3. Shell heavy, oval, oblong, or turrited, 

aperture entire ADOVE........seceeree eee Genus Goniobasis, Lea. 
4. Aperture with asutural, pleurotomose 

Blt ONO m essa. «cleleoavadaceectennatieenice sists Genus Schizostoma, Lea. 


C. Aperture entire and rounded in front. 
5. Shell oval, heavy, columella callously 
thickened) abOviescsscca-staeeecsseshecvasss Genus Anculosa, Say. 


Genus IO, Lea. 


To, Lea, Trans. Phil. Soc., iv. p. 122, 1831. Sowerby, Conch. Man. 2d Kdit., 
p- 167, 1842. DeKay, Moll. New York, p. 103, 1843. Hermannson, 
Indicis Generum Malacozoorum, p. 562, 1846. 

Zo, Lea, (sp.) Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., pt. 15, p. 153, 1847. Jay, Catalogue, 
4th Edit., p. 277, 1852. H.and A. Adams, Genera i. p. 299. Chenu, 
Man. de Conchyl. i. p. 290, 1859. Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p, 69, 
1860. Reeve, Monog. Io, April, 1860. Binney, Check List, June, 186. 
Brot, Cat. Syst. des Mélaniens, p. 29, 1862. 

Melafusus, Swainson, Malacol. p. 201, 341, 1840. Woodward, Manual, p. 
131, 1851. 

Fusus, (sp.) Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ist series, v. pt. 1, p. 129, Nov., 1825. 

Melania, (sp.) Catlow and Reeve, Conch. Nomene., 1845. 


SPECIES. 


A. Shell smooth or only slightly tuberculate. 


be 


. I. fluvialis, Say. 

Fusus fluvialis, Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. p. 129, Nov. 1825. Conrad, 
New Fresh Water Shells, p. 12. : 

Io fluvialis, Say,-Binney, Check List, No. 400. 

Pleurocera fluvialis, Say, Haldeman, Iconog. Encyc., ii. p. 84. 

To fluviatilis, Say, Woodward, Manual, t. 8, f. 27. Hanley, Conch. Misc., t. 
6,f. 50. Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 1, f. 5. Brot, List, p. 29. 

Io fusiformis, Lea, Phil. Trans., iv. p. 122, t. 15, f. 37. a. b. Obs., i. p. 132. 
Ravenel. Cat., p. 11. Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 1, f. 6. DeKay, Moll. 
N.Y., p. 103, Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S., p.28. Jay, Cat. 4th Edit., 
p. 277. Troost, Cat. 

Io tenebrosa, Lea, Philos. Proc., ii. p. 34, April, 1841. Phil. Trans., ix. p. 
17. Obs. iv. p. 17. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 29. Binney, 
Check List, No. 404. 

Io verrucosa, Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 1, f. 2, April, 1860. Brot, List, p. 29. 


2. I. inermis, Anthony. 
Io inermis, Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Feb. 1860, p. 70. Binney, 
Check List, No, 401. Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 3, f. 21. 
Lo lurida, Anthony, Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 3, f. 20. 


B. Shell spinose. 


3. I. spinosa, Lea. 
Io spinosa, Lea, Philos. Trans., v. p. 112, t. 19, f. 79. Obs., i. p. 224, 
Troost, Cat. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S., p. 29. Jay, Cat. 4th Edit. 
p- 277. Binney, Check List, No. 402. Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 1. f. 7. 
Jo gibbosa, Anthony, Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 3, f. 17. 
Io recta, Anthony, Reeve. Monog. Io, t. 3, f. 21. 
Io rhombica, Anthony, Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 3, f. 16. 


1863.] 


308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


4 I. brevis, Anthony. i 
fo brevis, Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Feb. 1860, p.69. Binney, Check 
List, No. 399. Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 1. f. 4. 
To Spirostoma, Anthony, Proc. Acad. ‘Nat. a Feb. 1860, p. 70. Binney, 
Check List, No. 403. Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 1, f. 1. 


5. I. turrita, Anthony. 
Io turrita, Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Feb. 1860, p. 69. Binney, Check 
List, No. 405. Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 3, f. 19 


Spurious Species. 
Io nodosa, robusta, variabilis, Spillmanii, modesta, viridula, gracilis, nobilis, 
of Lea. 
These are species of Pleurocera. 


Subgenus PLEUROCERA, Rafinesque. 


Pleurocera, Rafinesque, Jour. de Phys. Bruxelles, tome 88, p. 423, 1819. 
Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat., xxxii. p. 236, 1824, xli. p. 376, 1826, Man. 
Malacologie, p. 441, 1825. Rang, Man. Conchyl. p. 374, 1829. Menke, 
Syn. Method, Edit. 2, p. 43, 1830. Ferussac, Bull. Zool., p. 93, 1835. - 
Sowerby, Conch. Man. Edit. 2, p. 231, 1842. Hermannson, Indicis 
Gen. Malacoz., i. p. 296. 1846. Haldeman, Iconog. Encyc., p. 84. 

Ceriphasia, Swainson, Malacol., p. 204, 342, 1840. Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus., 
1844. Hermannson, Indic. Gen. Mal., i. p. 208, 1846. Gray, Zool. 
Proc. pt. 15, p. 153, 1847. H. and A. Adams, Genera, Recent, Moll. i. 
p. 297, 1854. Chenu, Manuel de Conchyl. i. p. 288, 1859. 

Telescopella, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., pt. 15, p. 153, 1847. 

Elimia, (part) H. and A. Adams, Genera, i, p. 300, 1854. Chenu, Man. de 
Conchy] .i. p. 290, 1859. 

Megara, (part) H. and A. Adams, Genera, i. p. 306, 1854. Chenu, Man. de 
Conchyl.i. p. 293, 1859. 

Trypanostoma, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 169, April 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., 2d ser. v. pt. 3, p. 268, March, 1863. Obs., ix. p. 90, March, 
1863. 

Melania, (sp.) of authors. Binney, Check List. Reeve, Monog. Mel., Nov., 
1859, to June, 1861. Brot, Cat. Syst., p. 30, 1862. 


SPECIES. 


A. Tuberculate. 
1. P. alveare, Conrad. 

Melania alveare, Conrad, New Fresh Water Shells, p. 54, t. 4, f. 7, 1834. 
DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p. 94. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 24. Jay, 
Cat. 4th Edit., p. 272. Binney, Check List, No. 11. Brot, List, p. 30. 
Hanley, Conch. Misc., t. 8, f. 74. 

Megara alveare, Conrad, Chenu, Manual, i. f. 2022. 

Melania torquata, Lea, Philos. Proc., ii. p. 242, Dec., 1842. Philos. Trans. 
ix. p. 27. Obs., iv. p. 27. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 27. Bin- 
ney, Check List, No. 271. 

Melania pernodosa, Lea, Philos. Proc. iv. p. 105, Aug., 1845. Philos. Trans. 
x. p. 66, t. 9, f. 49. Obs., iv. p. 66, t. 9, f. 49. Binney, Check List, 
No. 202. 

Melania nupera, Say, (young) American Conchol. pt. 1, t. 8, middle figure. 

Melania producta,* Lea, Philos. Proc., ii. p. 243, Dec. | 1842. ’Philos. Trans. ey 
ix. p. 28. Obs., iv. p. 28. Wheatley, Cat. Shells, U.S., p. 26. Bin- 
ney, Check List, No. 217. Brot, List, p. 36. 

Melania grossa,* Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p.59, Feb., 1860. Brot, 
List, p. 40. Reeve, Monog. f. 411. 


* M. productum and grossa are the young of a large variety of alveare. 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 


2. P. Foremani,* Lea.» 
Melania Foremani, Lea, Philos. Proc., ii. p. 242. Philos, Trans., ix. p. 27. 
. Obs., iv. p. 27. Binney, Check List, No. 111. Brot. List, p. 30. 
Reeve, Monog., f. 432. 
Melania Foremanit, Lea, Wheatley, Cat. Shells, U. S., p. 25. 


3. P. undulatum,f Say. 

Melania undulata, Say, New Harmony Dissem., p. 261. Reprint, p. 17. 
Binney’s Edit., p. 142. Reeve, Monog., f. 307. Haldeman, Am. Jour. 
Sci., xlii. p. 216, Dec., 1841. Anthony’s List, lstand 2d Edit. DeKay, 
Moll. N. Y., p. 92. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S., p. 27. Jay, Cat., 
4th Edit., p. 275. Binney, Check List, No. 281. Brot. List, p. 31. 
Hanley, Conch. Misc., t. 1, f. 10. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 189. 

Megara undulata, Say, Chenu, Man. Conchyl. i. f. 2025, 


4. P. excuratum, Conrad. 

Melania excurata, Conrad, New Fresh Water Shells, p. 49, t. 4, f. 6, 1834. 
Anthony, List, lst and 2d Edit. Jay, Cat., 4th Edit., p. 273. DeKay, 
Moll. N. Y., p. 96. Binney, Check List, No. 103. 

Melania excurvata,t Conrad, Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 25. 

Melania rorata, Reeve, Monog. Mel., sp. 306. Brot. List., p. 31. 

Lo Spillmanii,§{Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 394, 1861. Jour. Acad. Nat. 
Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 348, t. 39, f. 215. Obs. ix. p. 170. 


5. P. moniliferum,|| Lea. 

Trypanostoma moniliferum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 172, 1862. Jour. 
ane Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 295, t. 36, f. 125, March, 1863. Obs., ix. 
po LET: 

Lo nodosa, Lea, Proc. Acad. Sci. p. 393, 1861. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 
3, p. 346, t. 39, f. 212, March, 1863. Obs., ix. p. 168. 

Lo variabilis,™ Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 393, 1861. Jour. Acad. Nat. 
Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 347, t. 39, f. 214, March, 1863. Obs., ix. p. 169. 


6. P. nobile, Lea. 
Melania nobilis, Lea, Philos. Proc., iv. p. 165, Aug., 1845. Philos. Trans. 
x. p. 65, t. 9, f. 48. Obs., iv. p. 65. Binney, Check List, No. 179. 


7. P. robustum,** Lea. 
Lo robusta, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 393, 1861. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 
v. pt. 3, p. 346, t. 39, f. 213, March, 1863. Obs. ix. p. 168. 


B. Sulcate.tt 
8 P. canaliculatum, Say. 
Melania canaliculata,Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., ii. p. 175, January, 1821. 


* = Prasinatum, Conrad? 

7 = Canaliculatum, Say? 

} The tpyical excuratum differs widely enough from uwndulatwm Say, but there exist intermedi- 
ate forms of a nature to perplex the naturalist. Among these may be mentioned ponderosum, 
Anth., (dux, Lea) with the tubercles and canal nearly obsolete, and the revolving striz vevy faint, 
so that the surface of the shell appears at first sight to be flat and smooth; also annuliferum, Con., 
in which the revolving lines are more strongly developed. These shells partake of one general 
type, and form a natural group of closely related species at the least. 

@ Juvenile shell. 

|| Not so narrow in its proportions as excwratwm, more frequently banded, and having the 
upper whorls of the spire smooth, whereas in excwratum they are striate. This difference is more 
apparent in comparing young specimens. 

{ Juvenile shell. 

** Not so much angled on the periphery as wndulatum, with the inferior portion of the hody 
whorl longer and more convex. It bears the same general relation to wndulatum as Troostii does 
, tocanaliculatum; and the four may be but one species. 

+t The deep sulcus which distinguishes Mr. Say’s Melania canaliculata in its typical form, shades 
off so gradually into a smooth flattened surface, that not only is it difficult to arrange the species 
of this group, but it is even doubtful whether many of the species which are placed in other groups 
are really distinct. 


1863.] 


310° PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Binney’s Reprint, p. 65. Binney, Check List, No. 45. DeKay, Moll. 
N. Y., p 94. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S., p. 24. Ravenel, Cat., p. 
11. Jay, Cat., 4th Edit., p. 273. Anthony, List, Ist and 2d Edit. 
Kirtland, Report Zool. Ohio, p.174. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc., p. 185. 
Brot, List, p. 30. Reeve, Monog. Mel., sp. 304. 

Ceriphasia canaliculata, Say, Chenu, Manuel, Conchyl. i. f. 1959. 

Melania conica,* Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., ii. p. 176, January, 1821. Bin- 
ney’s Reprint, p. 70. Binney, Check List, No. 65. Reeve, Monog. 
Mel., sp. 252. DeKay, Moll., N. Y., p. 95. Ravenel, Cat., p. 11. 
Haldeman, Monog. Limniades, No. 7, p.4 of Cover. Brot. List, p. 30. 
Kirtland, Rep. Zool. Ohio, p. 174. Anthony, List, 1st and 2d Edit. 
Jay, Cat., 4th Edit., p. 273. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S. + Pp» 24. 
Catlow, Conch. Nomenc., p. 186. 

Melania substricta, t Haldeman, Suppl. to Monog. of Limniades. 

Strombus Sayi, Wood, Index Testaceol. Suppl., t. 4, f. 24. 

Melania Sayi, Wood. Short and Eaton, Notices, p. 82. Anthony, List, Ist 
and 2d Edit. 

Melania Sayi, Ward. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 27. 

Melania Sayii, Ward. Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohio, p. 174. Jay, Cat., 4th 
Edit., p. 274. Higgins, Cat., p. 7. 

Melania Sayii, Deshayes, Catlow, Conch. Nomenc., p. 188. 

Melania exarata, Menke, Syn. Meth., p. 135, 1830. Binney, Check List, 
No. 100. 

Melanin ligata, Menke, Syn. Meth., p. 136, 1830. Binney, Check List, No. 
162. 

Melania auriscalpium, Menke, Syn. Meth., p. 136, 1830. Binney, Check 
List, No. 25. 


9 Be filam: Wes, 
Melania filum, Lea, Philos. Proc., iv. p. 165. Philos. Trans., x. p. 62, t. 9, 
f. 41. Obs., iv. p. 62. Binney, Check List, No. 109. Brot, List, p. 
30. Reeve, Monog. Mel., sp. 402? : 
Elimia filum, Lea, Chenu, Man. Conchyl. i. f. 1980. 


10. P. ponderosum,§ Anthony. 
Melania ponderosa, Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.. Feb., 1860, p. 59. Bin- 
ney, Check List, No. 213. Brot, List, p. 59. 
Trypanostoma dux, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 170, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 283, t. 36, f. 105. Obs., ix. p. 105. 


11. P. olivaceum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma olivaceum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 172, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 290, t. 36, f. 117. Obs., ix. p. 112. 


12. P. Tro ostii,|| Lea. 
Trypanostoma Troostii, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 171, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nai. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 285, t. 36, f. 107. Obs., ix. p. 107. 
Trypanostoma viride,™ Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 172. 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci.; v. pt.3, p. 291), t. 36,1. 119. Obs fix. p: 1135 
Trypanostoma ligatum,** Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 171, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 288, t. 36, f. 114. Obs., ix. p. 110. 


es 


* Juvenile shell, 

+ Proposed under the impression that conica was preoecupied. 

t Distinguished trom canaliculatum by its more elevated spire, more prominent carina, and flat- 
tened whorls. It almost entirely replaces canaliculatum in the waters of Tennessee, and if spe- 
cificially identical with that species, must at least be distinguished as a local variety. 

¢ Appears to be doubtfully distinct from canaliculatum, excuratum, &e. It is doubtful, indeed, 
whether the whole group contains more than one species. 

| More inflated and more convex than canaliculatum, with the inferior half of the body whorl 
longer and more convex. 

{ ** Young shells of Troostii in different stages of growth. 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3h} 


13. P. moriforme, Lea. 
Trypanostoma moriforme, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 172, 1862. Jour. 
Acad, Nat. Sci,, v. pt. 3, p. 290, t. 36, f. 118. Obs., ix. p. 112. 


14. P. Py basii, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Pybasii, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 172, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 289, t. 36, f. 115. Obs., ix. p. 111. 


15 ee Show altierii, Leas 
Trypanostoma Showalterii, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 172, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 293, t. 36, f. 122. Obs., ix. p. 115, 


C. Angulate, striate below the periphery. 


16. P. Thorntonii,* Lea. 
Trypanostoma Thorntonti, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 170, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 284, t. 36, f. 106. Obs., ix. p. 106. 


17. P. infrafasciatum, Anthony. 
Melania infrafasciata, Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 57, Feb., 1860. 
Binney, Check List, No. 148. Brot. List, p. 30. Reeve, Monog. 
Melania, sp. 301. 


18. P. Postellii,t Lea. 
Trypanostoma Postellii, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 171, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 286, t. 36, f.110. Obs., ix. p. 108. 


19. P. incurvum,f{ Lea. 
Trypanostoma incurvum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 171, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 286, t. 36, f. 109. Obs., ix. p. 108. 


20. P. Alabamense,§ Lea. 
Trypanostoma Alabamense, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 171, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 288, t. 36, f. 113. Obs., ix. p. 110. 


21. P. Florencense,|| Lea. 
Trypanostoma Florencense, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 171, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 287, t. 36, f. 112. Obs. ix. p. 109. 


22. P. canalitium, Lea, 
Trypanostoma canalitium, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 175, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci,, v. pt. 3, p. 292, t. 36, f. 121. Obs., ix. p. 114. 


23. P. Clarkii,™ Lea. 
Trypanostoma Clarkii, Lea, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 171, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 285, t. 36, f. 108. Obs., ix. p. 107. 


24. P. Anthonyi, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Anthonyi, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 172, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 293, t. 36, f. 123. Obs., ix. p. 115. 


25. P. prasinatum, Conrad. 
Melania prasinata,** Conrad, Am. Jour. Sci., Ist ser. xxv. p. 342, t. 1, f. 
14, January, 1834. Jay, Cat., 4th Edit., p, 274, Binney, Check List, 


* This species is shorter in the canal, has broader bands, and wants the tubercles of montliferum, 
which it otherwise much resembles. 
: + Distinguished from infrafasciatum by its whorls being more flattened, and by its narrow 
orm. 
Differs from Postellii by its singularly incurved edge of the outer lip. 
Very distinct from the preceding two species in the more developed spire and canal. 
|| Inhabits the waters of Indiana, also. No. 20, (Alabamense) may prove to be the young of 
this species. 
{ Doubtfully distinguished from canalitiwm by its broader proportions, better developed carina 
and recurved canal. 
*¢ The figure given by Mr. Conrad is not a good representation of this species, 


1863.] 


ihe PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


No. 216. Brot, List, p. 33. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc., p. 188. DeKay 
Moll. N. Y., p. ‘98. Reeve, Monog. Melania, sp. 403, 

Melania ingrassata, Anthony, Ann. Lyc. N. Y., vi. p. 99, t. 2. f. 17, March, 
1854. Binney, Check List, No. 144. Brot. List, p, 34. 

’ Trypanostoma Hartmanii, Lea, "Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 173, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 270, t. 36, f. 80. Obs. ix. p. 92. 

Trypanostoma Jay, "Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. ’Sei., p. 173. 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 270, t. 36, f. 81. Obs., ix. p. 92. 


26. P. tortum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma tortum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 174, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 275, t. 36, f. 89. Obs., ix. p- 97. 


27. P.dignum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma dignum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 273, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 350, t. 39, f° 219% Obs., ix. p. 172. 


D. Carinate, striate Pleurocere. 


28. P. bicostatum, Anthony. 

Melania bicostata, Authony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 56, February, 1860. 
Binney, Check List, No. 33. Brot. List, p.30. Reeve, Monog. Melania, 
sp. 246. ; 

Melania rigida,* Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 62, February, 1860. 
Binney, Check List, No. 229. Reeve, Monog. Melania, sp. 270. 


29. P. subulare, Lea. 
Melania subularis, Lea, Philos. Trans., iv. p. 100, t. 15, f. 30. Obs., i. p. 
110, t. 15, f. 30. Ravenel, Cat., p. 11. DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p. 92, t 
7, f. 138. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S., p. 27. Jay, Cat., 4th Eadit., 
p. 275. Binney, Check List, No. 257. Brot, List, p. 35. Reeve, 
Monog. Melania, sp. 428. Whiteaves, Canad. Naturalist, viii. p. 102, 
April, 1863. 


30. P. subuleforme, Lea. 
Trypanostoma subuleforme, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p174, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 289, t. 36, f. 116. Obs., ix. p. 111. 


31. P. Henryanum,* Lea, 
Trypanostoma Henryanum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 272, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 351, t. 39, f. 222. Obs., ix. p. 173. 


32. P. Lewisii,f{ Lea. 
Trypanostoma Lewisii, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 172, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 292, t. 36, f. 120. Obs., ix. p. 114. 


33. P. annuliferum, Conrad. 

Melania annulifera, Conrad, New Fresh Water Shells, p. 51, t. 8, f. 2, 1834. 
Jay, Cat., 4th Edit., p. 272. Binney, Check List, No. 17. DeKay, 
Moll. N. Y., p. 94. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 24. Brot. List, p. 
30. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc., p.185. Reeve,* Monog. Melania, sp. 308. 

Melania annulata, Conrad, Jay, Cat., 2d Edit., p. 455. 

Melania Ordiana, Lea, Philos. Proc., ii. p. 242, Dec., 1842. Philos. Trans. 
ix. p. 26. Obs., iv. p.26. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S., p. 26. Bin- 
ney, Check List, No. 191. Brot, List, p. 30. 


34. P. Brumbyi, Lea. 
Melania Brumby, Lea, Philos. Trans., x. p. 298, t. 30, f. 5. Obs., v. p. 


* Juvenile shell, 

+ Probably the young of swbuleforme. 

t This may only be a striate form of elevatum, Say. 

§ Mc. Reeve’s figure represents the yariety described by Mr. Lea as Mel. Ordiana. 


[Nov. 


SS ane eS ee 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 813 


54. Binney, Check List, No. 40. Brot. List, p. 30. Reeve, Monog. 
Melania, sp. 277. 


35. P. Currierianum, Lea. : 
Trypanostoma Currierianum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 155, May, 1863. 


E. Plicate Pleuroceras. 


36. P. Sycamorénse, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Scyamorénse, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 175, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 283, t. 36, f. 104. Obs., ix. p. 105. 


37. P. plicatum, Tryon. 
Pleurocera plicatum, Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Oct., 1863. 


F. Smooth, Angulate Pleurocere. 


38. P. elevatum,* Say. . 

Melania elevata, Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., ii. p. 176, Jan’y, 1821. Bin- 
ney, Reprint, p. 70. Binney, Check List, No. 97. Jay, Cat., 4th Edit., 
p. 273. Lapham, Cat. Moll. Wisconsin, p. 368. DeKay, Moll. N. Y., 
p. 96. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 25. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc., 
p- 186. Brot. List, p. 30. Reeve, Monog. Melania, sp. 442. 

Ceriphasia elevata, Say, Chenu, Manuel, i. f. 1961. : 

Melania elongata, Lea, Philos. Trans., iv. p. 121, t. 15, f. 29. Obs., i. p. 
130. Troost, Cat. Binney, Check List, No. 99. Wheatley, Cat. Shells 
U.5., p. 25. Brot, List, p. 30. 

Ceriphasia elongata, Lea, Chenu, Manuél, i. f. 1959. 


39. P. gradatum, Anthony. 

Melania gradata, Anthony, Ann. Lyc. N. Y., vi. p. 112, t. 3, f. 12, March, 
1854. Binney, Check List, No. 130. Brot. List,p. 30. Reeve, Monog. 
Melania, sp. 261. 

Melania eximia,t Anthony, Ann. Lye. N. Y., vi. p. 107, t. 3, f. 7, March, 
1854. Binney, Check List, No. 106. Brot. List, p. 58. Reeve, Monog. 
Melania, sp. 408. 

Trypanostoma curtatum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 155, May, 1863. 


40. P. aratum, Lea.t 
Melania aratum, Lea, Philos. Proc., ii. p. 242, Dec., 1842. Philos. Trans., 
ix. p. 24. Obs., iv. p. 24. DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p, 98. Brot, List, 
p. 30. 
Melania exarata, Lea, Philos. Proc. ii. p. 14, Feb., 1841. Philos. Trans., 
viii. p. 183, t. 6, f. 44. Obs., iii. p. 21. Troost, Cat. Binney, Check 
List, No. 101. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc., p. 186. 


4). P. lativittatum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma lativittatum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 273, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 352, t. 39, f. 223. Obs., ix. p. 174. 


4l1,a. P. strictum, Lea.§ 
Trypanostoma strictum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 272, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci:, v. pt. 3, p. 352, t. 39, f. 224. Obs., ix. p. 174. 


42. P. modestum, Lea. ; 
Io modesta, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 394, 1861. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 
v. pt. 3, p. 348, t. 39, f. 216. Obs., ix. p. 170. 


* Lewisit may prove to be a variety of this species. 

+ Juvenile shell, 

{ = Preceding? 

§ P. lativittatum has a line below the angle of the periphery, which this species has not. 


1863.] 


314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


43. P. Leaii, Tryon.* 
To viridula, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 394, 1861. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 
v. pt. 3, p. 349, t. 39, f. 218. Obs., ix. p. 171. 


44, P. fastigiatum, Anthony. 
Melania fastigiata, Anthony, Aun. N. Y. Lyc., vi. p. 113, t. 3, f. 13, March, 


1854. Binney, Check List, No. 108. Brot. List, p. 30. Reeve, Monog. 
Melania, sp. 302. 


45. P. Tuomeyi, Lea. § 


Trypanostoma Tuomeyi, Lea, Proc. -Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 171, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 287, t. 36, f. 111. Obs., ix. p. 109. 


46. P.gracile, Lea, : 
Io gracilis, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 394, 1861. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 
v. pt. 3, p. 349, t. 39, f. 217. Obs., ix. p, 171. 


47. P. Spillmanii, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Spillmanii, Lea, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 173, 1862. - Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 271, t. 36, f. 82. Obs., ix. p. 86. 


48. P. planogyrum, Anthony. 
Delania planogyra, Anthony, Ann. Lyc. N. Y., vi. p. 111, t. 3, f. 11, March, 


1854. Binney, Check List, No. 207. Brot, List, p. 30. Reeve, Monog. 
Melania, sp. 382. 


49. P. pyrenellum, Conrad. 
Melania pyrenella, Conrad, New Fresh Water Shells, p. 52, t. 8, f. 5, 1834. 
DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p. 99. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 26. Bin- 


ney, Check List, No. 226. Brot, List, p. 30, Reeve, Monog. Melania, 
sp. 303. : 


50. P. Conradi,+ Tryon. 


51. P. regulare, Lea. 

Melania regularis, Lea, Philos. Proc., ii. p. 12, Feb., 1841. Philos. Trans., 
viii. p. 170, t. 5, f. 16. Obs., iii. p. 8. DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p. 94. 
Higgins, Cat. Troost, Cat. Jay, Cat., 4th Edit., p. 274. Wheatley, 
Cat. Shells U. S., p. 26. Binney, Check List, No. 227. Catlow, Conch. 
Nomenc., p. 188, Brot, List, p. 30. 

Ceriphasia regularis, Lea, Chenu, Manuél, i. f. 1956. 

52. P. validum, Anthony. 

Melania valida, Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 59, Feb., 1860. Bin- 
ney, Check List, No. 282. Brot, List, p. 33. Reeve, Monog. Melania, 
sp. 317. 

G. Smooth species, not angulated, 
53. P. glandulum, Anthony. 
Melania glandula, Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 60, Feb., 1860. Bin- 


ney, Check List, No. 124. Brot, List, p. 39. Reeve, Monog. Melania, 
sp. 393. 


Melania glans, Anthony, Ann. N. Y. Lyc., vi. p. 123, t. 3, f. 23. March, 
1354. 


54. P. Christyi,t Lea. 


* The name viridula being preoccupied by Mr. Anthony, I gladly avail myself of the opportu- 
nity to dedicate this species to a gentleman who, by his immense labors pursued during a period 
of nearly forty years, with their splendid results, has done more for the science of Conchology, than 
any other American Naturalist. ° 

+ This name is proposed for a long slender species, with flattened whorls and brown color, which 
Mr. Anthony has extensively distributed as pyrenellum, Conrad. Mr. Lea has regarded it as 
doubtfully identical with his elongatum. 

{ Distinguished from labiatum principally by its more ponderous, flattened volutions. 


OY. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 


Trypanostoma Christyi, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 173, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, 272, t. 36, f. 83. Obs., ix. p. 94. 


55. P. labiatum,*% Lea. 
Trypanostoma labiatum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 173, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 272, t. 36, f. 84. Obs., ix. p. 94. 
Trypanostoma pallidum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 174, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 275, t. 36, f. 90. Obs., ix. p. 97. 


56. P. neglectum, Anthony. 
Melania neglecta, Anthony, Ann. Lye. N. Y., p. 128, t.3,f. 29, March, 1854. 
Binney, Check List, No. 173. Brot. List, p. 34. Currier, Shells of 
Grand River Valley, Mich., 1859. Reeve, Monog. Melania, sp. 247. 


57. P. vestitum, Conrad. 

Melania vestita, Conrad, New Fresh Water Shells, p. 57, t. 8, f. 12, 1834. 
DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p. 101. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S., p. 27. Bin- 
ney, Check List, No. 287. Brot. List, p. 31. Reeve, Monog. Melania, 
sp. 322. 

Melania mucronata,{ Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 119, 1861. 

Trypanostoma mucronatum, Lea, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 277, t. 36, 
P95. Ops, 1x. ps 99s 

58. P. strigosum, Lea. 

Melania strigosa, Lea, Philos. Proc., ii. p. 13, Feb., 1841. Philos. Trans., 
viii. p. 175, t. 5, f. 24. Obs., iii. p. 131. DeKay, Moll., N. Y., p. 95. 
Troost, Cat. Binney, Check List, No. 250. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. 
S., p. 27. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc., p. 188. Brot. List, p. 38. Reeve, 
Monog. Melania, sp. 320. 


59. P. tene brocinctum, Anthony. 
Melania tenebrocincta, Anthony, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 58, Feb., 1860. 
Binney, Check List, No. 266. Brot. List, p. 31. Reeve, Monog. Melania, 
sp. 271. 
Trypanostoma parvum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 174, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 276, t. 36, f. 91. Obs., ix. p. 98. 


60. P. Vanuxemii, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Vanuxemii, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat Sci., p. 175, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 280, t. 36, f. 98. Obs. ix. p. 102. 


61. P. Chakasahaense, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Chakasahaense, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. p. 175, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v., pt. 3, p. 280, t. 36, f. 99. March, 1863. Obs. ix. 
p- 102. 


62. P. Knoxense, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Knozense, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 175, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 281, t. 36, f. 101. Obs. ix., p. 103. 


63. P. altipetum, Anthony. 
Melania altipeta, Anthony, Aun. N. Y. Lyc., vi. p. 87, t. 2, f. 5. Binney, 
Check List, No. 442. Brot. List, p. 34. Reeve, Monog. Mel., sp. 280. 


64. P,.hastatum, Anthony. 
Melania hastata, Anthony, Ann. N. Y.’Lyc,, vi. p. 85, t. 2, f.3, March, 1854, 
Binney, Check List, No. 136. Brot. List, p. 31. Reeve, Monog. Mel., sp. 
394. 


* Larger than neglectum, Anth., also more convex, lighter in color and differing in the form of 
the canal. The typical pallidum in Mr. Lea’s collections appears distinct, but I have seen numer- 
ous specimens collected in different parts of Ohio which connect the two species. 

+ Having seen author’s types of vestitum, I have no doubt that mucronatum is the same species. 
Mr. Lea’s description refers to the shell when not fully grown; it is curious that in his description 
he mentions six whorls, and in his “ Remarks”’ he gives it eight, while his figure exhibits ten. 


1863.] 


316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


65. P. Lyonii, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Lyonii, Lea, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 155, May, 1863. 


66. P. viridulum, Anthony. p 
Melania viridula, Anthony, Ann. Lyc. N. Y., vi. p. 84, t. 2, f. 2, March, 
1854. Binney, Check List, No. 293. Brot. List, p. 31. Reeve, Monog. 
Mel., sp. 243. 


67. P. unciale, Haldeman. 
Melania uncialis, Hald., Monog. Limniades, No. 4, p. 3 of Cover, Oct. 5, 
1841. Jay, Cat. 4th Edit., p. 275. Binney, Check List, No. 279. Brot. 
List, p. 37. Reeve, Monog. Mel. sp. 435. 


68. P. sugillatum,* Reeve, 
Melania sugillata, Reeve, Monog. Mel., sp. 319, September, 1860, Brot. 
List, p. 31. 


69. P. striatum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma striatum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 173, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 294, t. 36, f. 124. Obs. ix., p. 116. 
Trypanostoma rostellatum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 272, 1862. Jour. + 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 353, t. 39, f. 225. Obs. ix., p. 175. 


70. P.Knoxvillense,} Lea. 
Trypanostoma Knoxvillense, Lea, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 173, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 274, t. 36, £87. Obs. ix., p. 96. 


71. P. Whitei, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Whitei, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 173, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 272, t. 36, f. 85. Obs. ix., p. 95. 


72. P.attenuatum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma attenuatum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 174, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 274, t. 36, f. 88. Obs. ix., p. 96. 


73. P. Est abrookii, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Estabrookii, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci., p. 173, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 273, t. 36, f. 86. Obs. ix., p. 95. 


74, P. modestum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma modestum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci., p. 174, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 276, t. 36, f. 92. Obs. ix., p. 98. 


75. P. luteum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma luteum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 273, 1863. Jour. Acad; 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3. p. 350, t. 39, f. 220. Obs. ix., p. 172. q 
Trypanostoma Carolinens¢, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 273, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt..3, p. 351, t. 39, f. 221. Obs. ix., p. 173. 


76. Ppcurvatum, Lea. 
Melania curvata, Lea, Philos. Proc. ii., p. 243. Philos. Trans. ix., p. 28. 
Obs, ix., p. 28. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 25. Brot, List, p. 
30. Binney, Check List, No. 81. 


77. P. simplex, Lea. q 
Trypanostoma simplex, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.. p. 174, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 277, t. 36, £. 94. Obs. ix., p. 99. : 


78 P. bivittatum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma bivittatum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 175, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. v. pt. 3, p. 279, t. 36, f.97. Obs. ix., p. 101. 


* This shell appears to be very closely allied to wnciale, judging from the figure. 
+ I doubt whether this is distinct from Sycamorense. 


! 
[Noyv. , 
¥ 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317 


79. P.trivittatum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma trivittatum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 175, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 282, t. 36, f. 102. Obs. ix., p. 104. 


80. P.turgidum, Lea. 
ite turgida, Lea, Philos. Proc. ii. p. 82, Oct. 1841. Philos. Trans. ix., 
alee Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.8., p. 27. Binney, Check List, No. 
B78. Brot. List, p. 33. 


81. P. minor, Lea. 
Trypanostoma minor, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 174, 1862. Jour. Acad. 
Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 278, t. 36, f.95. Obs. ix., p. 100. 


82. P. pumilum, Lea. 
Trypanostoma pumilum, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 174, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3,:p. 279, t. 36, f..96. Obs! ix., p. 101. 


83. P. Tennesseénse, Lea. 
Trypanostoma Tennesseénse, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 175, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. v. pt. 3, p. 281, t. 37, f. 100. Obs. ix., p. 103. 


84. P. trochulus, Lea. 
Trypanostoma trochulus, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 175, 1862. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 282, t. 37, f. 103. Obs. ix., p. 104. 


Genus ANGITREMA, Haldeman. 


Angitrema, Haldeman, Cover of No. 2, Monog. Limniades, Jan. 1841. 

Potadoma, Swainson, sp. H. & A. Adams, Generai., p. 299, 1854. 

Glotella, Gray, Zool. Proc., pt. 15, p. 154, 1847. 

Io, Lea, (sp. )H. & A. Adams, Genera, i. p. 299, 1854. Chenu, Man. Conchyl. 
He, jon CANOE acta Reeve, Monog. Io, April, 1860. Brot, Syst. Cat. 
Mel., p. 29, 1862. 

Lithasia, Haldeman, sp. H. & A. Adams, Genera of Recent Mollusca, i. p. 
308, 1854. 

Anculotus, Say, (sp.), Jay, Cat. Shells., 4th Edit., p. 276, 1850. 

Melania, (sp.) Authos. 


A. Body whorl with acoronal of tubercles. 


1. A.geniculata, Haldeman. 
Lithasia geniculata, Haldeman, suppl. to No. 1, Monog: of Limniades, Oct. 
1840. Binney, Check List, No. 299. 
Anculotus genicniatus, Haldeman, Jay, Cat. Shells, 4th Edit., p. 276. 
Hanley, Conch. Mise. t. 5, f. 41. Reeve, Monog. Anculotus t. 1, f. 7. 
Leptoxis geniculata, Haldeman, Brot, List, p. 24. 
Lithasia genicula, Lea, Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S., p. 28. 


2. A.Salebrosa, Conrad. 
Melania salebrosa, Conrad, New Fresh Water Shells, p. 51, t. 4, f. 5, 1834. 
Chenu, Reprint, p. 24. t. 4, f. 13. Dekay, Moll. N. Y., p. 100. Wheatley, 
Cat. Shells U. 8., p. 26, Jay, Cat. 4th Edit., p. 274. 
Anculotus salebrosus, Conrad, Reeve, Monog. Ane. t. 1, f. 6, (bad figure.) 
Leptoxis salebrosa, Conrad, Brot. List, p. 25. 
Lithasia salebrosa, Conrad, Binney, Check List, No. 303. 


3. A. subglobosa, Lea. 
Lithasia subglobosa, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 55, Feb. 1861. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, p. 261, t..35, f. 70. Obs, ix., p. 83. 
4, A. Tuomeyi, Lea. 
Lithasia Tuomeyt, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 55, Feb. 1861. Jour. 
Acad. Nat. Sci., v. pt. 3, t. 35, f. 68. Obs. ix., p. 81. 
Anculotus Florentianus, Lea, Reeve, Monog. Anc.-t. 1, f. 4. 


1863.] 


318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


A. Body whorl encircled above the aperture by two rows of tubercles, of which 
the inferior one is most prominent. 


5. A. Jayana, Lea. 

Melania Jayana, Philos. Proc. ii. p. 83. Philos. Trans. ix., p. 20. Obs. iv., 
p- 20. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S. p. 25. Jay, Cat. Shells, 4th Edit., 
p. 274. Binney, Check List, No. 154. 

Io Jayana, Lea, Brot. List, p. 29. 

Melania robulina, Anthony, Bost. Proc. iii., p. 363, Dec. 1850. Binney, 
Check List, No. 230. 

Jo robulina, Anthony, Reeve, Monog. Io, species 15. 


C. Body whorl with a central row of tubercles. 


6. A. rota, Reeve. 
Io rota, Reeve, Monog. Io, species 13, April, 1860. Brot, List, p. 29. 


7. A. armigera, Say. 
Melania armigera, Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1st ser., ii. p. 178, Jan. 1821. 
Binney’s Reprint, p.71. Binney, Check List No. 21. Dekay, Moll. 
N. Y., p. 93. Jay, Cat. 4th Edit., p. 272. Troost. Cat. Wheatley, Cat. 
Shells, U.S., p. 24. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 185. Hanley, Conch. 
Misc. Melania, t. 7, f, 60. 
Io armigera, Say, Reeve, Monog. Io, fig. 11. 


g. A. Duttoniana, Lea. 

Melania Duttoniana, Lea, Philos. Proce., ii. p.15. Philos. Trans., viii. p. 189, 
t.6, f. 54. Obs. iii., p. 26. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 156. Binney, 
Check List, No. 92. Jay, Cat. 4th Edit., p. 273. 

lo Duttoniana, Lea, Reeve, Monog. Io, fig. 9. Brot. List, p. 29. 

Io fasciolata, Reeve, Monog. Io, fig. 14. 


9. A. stygia, Say. 

Melania stygia, Say, New Harmony Dissem., p. 261, Aug. 28, 1829. Reprint, 
p- 17. Binney’s Reprint, p. 142. Binney, Check List, No. 251. 
Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 27. Jay, Cat. 4th Hdit., p. 275. Dekay, 
Moll. N. Y., p. 93, Reeve, Monog. Mel. sp. 400. Brot. List, p. 40. 

Melania tuberculata, Lea, Philos. Trans. iv., p.101t. 15, f. 31. Obs. i., p. 
111. Dekay, Moll. N.Y., p. 93. Wheatley, Cat. Shells. U. 5., p. 27. 
Binney, Check List, No. 277. Jay, Cat., 4th Edit., p. 275. Catlow, 
Conch. Nomene, p. 189. 

Juga tuberculata, Lea, Chenu, Man. Conchyl. i. f. 2017. 

Melania Spixiana, Lea, Philos. Trans. vi. p. 93. Obs., v. p. 93. 

Melania nodata, Reeve, Monog. Mel. fig. 422. 


10. A. funiculata, Reeve. 
Io funiculata, Reeve, Monog. Io, t. 2, f. 8. April, 1860. Brot, List, p. 29. 


11. A. lima, Conrad. 
Melania lima, Conrad, New Fresh Water Shells, p. 54, t. 8, f. 8, 1834, 
Chenu, Reprint. Dekay, Moll., N. Y. p. 97. Wheatley, Cat. Shells 
U. S., p. 26. Jay, Cat. 4th Edit., p. 274. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. 
p- 187. Brot, List, p. 33. 
Anculotus lima, Conrad, Reeve, Monog. Ane. t. 1, f. 1. 
Lithasia lima, Conrad, Binney, Check List, No. 300. 


12. A. verrucosa, Rafinesque. ; 

Pleurocera verrucosa, Rafinesque, Annals of Nature, p. 11, 1820, 

Melania nupera, Say, New Harmony Dissem. p. 260. Amer. Conch. Pt. 1. 
t. 8, f. 1, 2. Binney’s Reprint, p. 157, t. 8. Chenu’s Reprint p. 16. 
t.2,f.3. Dekay, Moll. N. Y. p. 97. Wheatley, Cat. Shells. U. S. p. 26. 
Brot. List, p. 40. Jay, Cat. Shells, 4th Edit. p. 274. 

[ Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 


Anculotus nuperus, Say, Reeve, Monog. Anc. t. 1, f. 5. “ 

Lithasia nupera, Say, Binney, Check List, No. 302. 

Melanopsis semigranulosa, Deshayes, Encyc. Meth. Vers. ii. p. 438. Lam- 
arck, Anim. Sans. Vert. 2d edit. vii. p. 491. 


Sub-genus LITHASIA, Haldeman. 


Lithasia, Haldeman, Supp. to Monog. Limniades, No.1, Oct. 1840. Binney, 
Check List, Feb. 1860. Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, p. 54, Feb., 
1861. Lea, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. v, p. 258 and 354, Mar. 1863. Observa- 
tions ix. p. 80 and 176. 

Lithasia, Haldeman, (part.), H. & A. Adams, Genera 1, p. 308, Feb, 1554. 

Lithasia, Lea, 1845, Chenu, Man. Conchyl. i. p. 296, 1859. 

Megara (part.) Adams, Genera, i. p. 306, Feb. 1854. 

Anculotus (part.) Say, Gray, Genera, Zool. Proc. pt. 15, p. 153, 1847. Reeve, 
Monog. Ancul., Apr., 1860. 

Anculosa and Melania (Sp.) Auct. 


SPECIES. 


A. Shell large, oval, inflated. 
1. L. fuliginosa, Lea. 
Melania fuliginosa, Lea, Philos. Proc. Philos. Trans. viii. p. 170, t. 5, f. 
17. Obs. iii. p. 8. DeKay Moll. N.Y.,p. 94. Troost, Cat. Wheatley, 
Cat. Shells, U. S. p. 25. Binney, Check List, No. 113. Catlow, Conch. 
Nomenc., p. 186. Brot. List, p. 40. Reeve, Monog. Melania, sp. 401. 


2. L. Florentiana, Lea. 
Melania Florentiana, Lea, Philos. Proc. Philos. Trans. viii. p. 188, t. 6, f. 
53. Obs. iii. p. 26. DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p. 99. Wheatley, Cat. Shells 
U.5., p. 25. Binney, Check List, No.110. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc., 
p. 186. Brot. List, p. 49. 


3. L. venusta, * Lea. 
Melania venusta, Lea, Philos. Proc. Philos. Trans. viii. p. 187, t. 6, f. 52. 
Obs., iii. p. 25. DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p. 99. Jay, Cat. 4th Edit. p. 
275. Troost, Cat. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 27. Binney, 
Check List, No. 285. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc.p. 189. Brot. List, p. 
40. Reeve, Monog. Mel., sp. 315. 


4. L. dilatata, Lea. 
Lithasia dilatata, Lea, Proc. A. N., 8. p. 55, 1861. Jour. A. N.S., v. pt. 3, 
p. 260, t. 35, f. 69. Obs. ix. p. 82. 


5. L. imperialis, Lea. 
Lithasia imperialis, Lea, Proc. A. N.§., p. 55, 1861. Jour. A. N.S, v. pt. 
3, p. 258, t. 35, f. 67. Obs. ix. p. 80. 


’ B, Shell small, compact oval-elliptical. 
6. L. vitatta, Lea. 
Lithasia vittata, Lea, Proc. A. N.&., p. 278, 1862. Jour. A. N. S., v. pt. 3, 
p. 354, t. 35, f. 67. Obs. ix. p. 176. 


7. L. Showalterii, f Lea. 
Lithasia Showalterii, Lea, Proc. A. N.S., p. 188, 1850. Jour. A. N.S., v. pt. 
3, p. 262, t. 35, f. 72. Obs. ix. p. 84. 
Melania Showalterii, Lea, Reeve, Monog. sp. 423. Brot, List. p. 33. 


© More cylindrical, lighter colored, and more ponderous, though not so large as ZL. Florentiana. 
} More cylindrical than vittata, with the aperture wider, lip more curved, and the spine shorter 
and more rapidly accuminate, 


1863.) 


320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


8. L. nuclea, Lea. 
Lithasia nuclea, Lea, Proc. A. N. S., p. 188, 1860. Jour. A. N. &., v. pt. 
3, p- 263, t. 35, f. 73. Obs. ix. p. 85. Binney, Check List, No. 
301. 
Melania nuclea, Lea, Reeve, Monog., sp. 423. Brot. List., p. 33. 


9. L. nucleola, Anthony. 
Melania nucleola, Anthony, Proc. Boston, Soc. N. H. iii. p. 360, Dec. 1850. 
Binney, Check List, No. 181. Brot, List, p. 40. Reeve, Monog. sp. 


348, 


10. L. undosa, Anthony, 
Melunia undosa, Anthony, Ann. N.Y. Lyc., vi. p. 124, t. 3, f. 25, Mar. 
1854. Binney, Check List, No. 280. Brot. List p. 39. Reeve, Monog. 
Mel. sp. 447. 
Melania varinodosa, Anthony, MSS. Reeve, Monog. sp. 268. Brot. List, p. 


39. 


11. L. obovata, Say. 

Melania obovata, Say, New Harmony Dissem. No. 18, p. 276, Sept. 9, 1829. 
Reprint, p. 18, 1840. Binney’s Reprint, p. 148. DeKay, Moll. N. Y. 
p- 98. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. 5., p. 26. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. 
p. 188. Jay, Cat., 2d Edit. p. 45. 

Anculotus obovatus, Say, Jay, Cat. 4th Edit., page 276. Reeve, Monog. Mel. 
fig. 21 

Leptoxis obovata, Say, Hald. Monog. Lept. p. 2, t. 1. f. 27—34, Binney, 
Check List, No. 374. Brot. List p. 25. 

Lithasia obovata, Say, Chenu, Manuel i. f. 2056—8. 

Anculosa obovata, Say, Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 26. 

Melania Hildrethiana,* Lea, Philos. Proc. Philos. Trans. viii. p. 164, t. 
5, f.1. Obs. iii. p. 2, t. 5, f. 1. DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p. 92. Wheat- 
ley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 25. Binney, Check List, No. 138. Catlow, 
Conch. Nomence. p. 157. 


12. L. consanguinea, Anthony. j 
Melania consanguinea, Anthony, Ann. N. Y. Lye. vi. p. 125, t. 3, f. 26, Mar. 
1854, Binney, Check List, No. 66. Brot. List, p. 39. 
Anculotus consanguineus, Anthony, Reeve, Monog. Ane. sp. 2. 


C. Shell obliquely flattened, 


Melania compacta, Anthony, Ann. N. Y. Lye., vi. p. 122, t. 3, f. 22, 
Mar. 1854. Binney, Check List, No. 62. Brot, List, p. 32. Reeve, 
Monog. sp. 343. 


14. L. obliqua, Anthony, MSS. 


D. Shell sub-cylindrical. 


15. L. brevis, Lea. 

Melania brevis, Lea, Philos. Proc. ii. p. 242. Philos. Trans. ix. p. 26. Obs. 
iv. p. 26. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S. p. 24. Binney, Check List, No. 
38. Brot, List, p. 32. Reeve, Monog. sp. 344. 

Anculosa solida, Lea, Phil. Proc. ii. p. 243. Philos. Trans. ix. p. 29, t. 9, f. 
29. Obs. iv. p. 29. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. 5S. p. 28. 

Leptoxis solida, Lea, Birney, Check List, No. 384. Brot, List, p. 25. 

Milania trivittata, Reeve, Monog. sp. 420. 


* Young Shell. 
[Nov, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. BA 


16. L. fusiformis, Lea. 
Lithasia fusiformis, Lea, Proc. A. N.S. p. 54, 1861. Jour. A. N.S., v. pt. 
3. p. 261, t. 35, f. 71. Obs: ix. 'p. 71. 


17. L. Downiei, Lea. 
Lithasia Downiei, Lea, Proc. A. N. S., p. 273, 1862. Jour. A. N.5., v. pt. 
3, p. 354, t. 39, f. 227. Obs. ix. p, 176. 


Sub-Genus STREPHOBASIS, Lea. 


Strephobasis, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. p. 96, Apr. 1861. Jour. A. N.S., 
v. pt. 3, p. 264 and 355. Obs. ix. p. 86, 177. 
Megara, (sp.) H. & A. Adams, Genera i. p. 306, Feb. 1854. 


A. Shell ovate-conical. 


1. Strephobasis curta, Haldeman, 

Melania curta, Haldeman, Monog. Limniades, No. 3, p. 3 of Cover. Bin- 
ney Check List, No. 80. Brot. List, p. 32. Reeve, Monog. sp. 345. 

Melania solida, Lea, Philos. Proc. iv. p. 9, f. 27. Obs. iv. p. 57. Binney, 
aris List, No. 245. Brot, List, p. 31. Reeve, Monog. Melania, f. 

54, 

Strepholasis solida, Lea, Jour. A. N. §., v. pt. 3, p. 266, t. 35, f. 77. Obs. 

ix. p. 88. 


2. Strephobasis, pumila, Lea. 
Melania pumila, Lea, Philos. Proc. iv. p. 166, Aug. 1845. Philos. Trans. 
x. p. 60, t. 9, f. 36. Obs. iv. p. 60. Binney, Check List, No. 223. Brot. 
List. p. 33. Reeve, Monog. sp. 446. 


3. Strepho. carinata, Lea. 
Strephobasis carinata, Lea, Proc. A. N.S. p. 273, 1862. Jour. A. N.S., y. 
pt. 3, p. 355, t. 39, f. 228.. Obs. ix. p. 177. 


B. Shell cylindrical. 


4. Strepho. olivaria, Lea. 
Strephobasis olivaria, Lea, Proc. A. N. S., p. 273, 1862. Jour. A.N.S., 
v. pt. 3, p. 356, t. 39, f. 229. Obs. ix. p. 178. 


5. Strepho. plena, Anthony. 

Melania plena, Anthony, Ann. Lyc. N. H. New York, vi. p. 121, t. 3, f. 21, 
Mar. 1854. Binney, Check List, No. 210. Brot, List, p.°33. Reeve, 
Monog. Mel. sp. 450. 

Strephobasis Spillmanii, Lea, Proc. A. N. S., p. 96,1861 Jour, A. N.S. v. 
pt. 3, p. 264, t. 35, f. 74. Obs. ix. p. 86. 


6. Strepho. cornea, Lea. 
Strephobasis cornea, Lea, Proc. A. N.S., p. 96, 1861. Jour. A. N.S., v. pt. 
3, p- 265, t. 35, f. 75 Obs. ix. p. 87. 


7. Strepho. corpulenta, Anthony. 
Melania corpulenta, Anthony, Ann. Lyc. N. H., vi. p. 127, t. 3, f. 28, Mar. 
1854, Binney, Check List, No. 70. Brot. Li-t, p. 32. 
8. Strepho. bite niata, Conr. 
Melania biteniata, Conrad, New Fresh Water Shells, p. 52, t. 8, f. 6, 1834. 
DeKay, Moll. N. Y., p. 94. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S., p. 24. Bin- 
ney, ae List, No. 34. Brot. List, p. 32. Hanley, Conch. Misc. t. 
8, f. 73. 
Anculotus biteniatus, Conrad, Reeve, Monog. Anculotus t. 3, f. 25. 
Strephobasis Clarkii, Lea, Proc. A. N.S., p. 66, 1861. Jour. A. N.S., y. 
pt. 3, p. 265, t. 35, f. 76. Obs. ix. p. 87. 


1863."] 23 


038 
LS 
bo 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Notes on the PICIDE. 
BY JOHN CASSIN. 


(Continued from page 204.) 


33. CampnpHILUsS Bairpu, Nobis. 

Much resembling C. principalis, but smaller and with the black anterior 
feathers of the crest, longer than those succeeding, which are scarlet. White 
longitudinal line on the neck reaching quite to the base of the bill. In 0. 
principalis the scarlet plumes of the crest are the longer, and the line on the 
neck does not extend to the base of the bill, both of which characters are 
very accurately shown in Audubon’s plates, B. of Am. pl. 66, and Oct. ed. 
iv. pl. 256. Colors of all other parts in the present bird are the same as those 
of C. principalis. 

Total length, about 18} inches, wing 94, tail 63 inches. é 

Hab.—Cuba. Spec. in Nat. Mus., Washington, from Mr. Charles Wright, 
and Mus. Acad., Philadelphia, from Mr. R. C. Taylor. 

Mr. Wright who is now making zoological and botanical collections in 
Cuba, under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution, has obtained two 
specimens only of this bird, both of which are labelled ‘Monte Verde, Cuba, 
—Iris yellow.” It appears to be one of the singular insular species which 
have become well known to naturalists, and is in all respects, except sizeand 
the other characters above designated, quite like C. prinetpalis. Specimens 
in the Acad. Mus. were presented by Mr. Richard C. Taylor, in a very inter- 
esting collection made in the Northern part of the Island, and are precisely 
similar to those of Mr. Wright in all particulars, showing unmistakeably the 
constancy of the characters and points of difference from C. principalis. 

I have much pleasure in dedicating this bird to Professor Baird, of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, who first directed my attention to it asa probably distinct 
species. 


34. CAMPEPHILUS ScxiaTeRt, (Malherbe.) 

Judging from a single specimen recently received from Mr. Fraser’s collec- 
tion, I much suspect that this bird is the young male of B. guatemalensis, 
(Hartlaub.) Five specimens of the latter are in the Acad. Mus., several of 
which have traces of the lead color at the base of the bill, which color is 
given as that of the bill in C. Selateri and they have, moreover, every other 
character-except the black throat. Two specimens have traces of the trans- 
verse bands on the back, as given in M. Malherbe’s plate of that species. 


35. DENDROPICUS AFRICANUS, (Gray.) 
Picus africanus, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 18, (1831.) 

Two specimens, which I regardas male and female, of the species described 
by Mr. Gray, as above cited, are in the Acad. Mus., and were received in Mr. 
Duchaillu’s collections from Cape Lopez and the River Camma, Western 
Africa. The female is in adult plumage, but the male has a few yellow feath- 
ers only on the crown and occiput, instead of the red occipital stripe de- 
scribed by Mr. Gray, which would denote maturity. This bird belongs to the 
same group as Picus biarmicus, Cuv., LeVaill. Ois. d’Afr. pl. 251.252 and bears a 
general resemblance, in colors, to that species, but the tail is clear brownish- 
black, and the back is plain dark olive without spots. 

Female, adult. Head above clear brownish-black, stripe through the eye 
and another from base of lower mandible and throat silky white. Upper 
parts of body and wings brownish-olive, with some obscure, transverse bars 
or spots of greenish-white on outer webs of shorter quills, and a few white 
spots on wing coverts. Quills brownish-black, with about four spots of white 
on their outer webs, and large white spots on their inner webs. Under parts 
dark olive, with numerous circular and transversely oblong spots of white, 
disposed to form bars on the flanks and under tail coverts. Tail brown- 


[ Nov. 


| 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 


ish-black. Billand feet lead or horn color; edge of upper and terminal half 

of under mandible very pale, nearly white. Total length (of skin,) about 

8} inches, wing 4}, tail 3} inches. iat 
Male, young? Very similar to the female, but rather larger and with a few 

feathers on the top of the head, yellow and with the rump strongly tinged with 

greenish yellow. Total length (of skin,) 8? inches, wing 43, tail 3} inches. 

Mi Hab.—Cape Lopez and River Camma, Western Africa. Spec.in Mus. Acad., 
hilada. é; 


36. CELEUS FLAVESCENS, (Gmelin.) 

This well known but apparently very variable species, it is quite discourag- 
ing to encounter with one’s perceptive ability somewhat sharpened by keep- 
ing a careful lookout for the nicely adjusted characters of the species, in 
some other groups. Here can be found, not only difference in size, but colors 
in an assortment of shades and variety. 

With about twenty-five specimens before me, I am not a little perplexed, 
and find it difficult to believe that they are really only one species, but even 
with that large number of specimens, I do not deem it expedient to attempt 
a separation. They seem to admit of division into three groups, as follows: 

1. The bird figured by M. Malherbe, (pl. 53, fig. 1, 2,) with clear black and 
pale yellowish-white plumage. Five specimens in the Academy Museum are 
from Guiana, and were presented by Dr. C. Hering, of this city, who obtained 
them in that country. This bird seems to be the true P. flavescens of Gmelin, 
who merely gives a name to the species figured in Brown’s Ill. pl. 12, and it 
is the largest variety. Dr. Hering’s specimens are fully 14 inches longer than 
M. Malherbe’s male, (fig. 1,) and the wing measures 6} inches. 

2. The yellowest variety, specimens of which, in the Academy Museum, 
were brought from the Island of Trinidad by Mr. A. F. Darley. This is about 
the size of M. Malherbe’s figures, and is very probably the same as fig. 3, 4. 
Specimens are mature, and clear black, but the head, crest, rump, under wing 
coverts and dorsal bands, deep ochre-yellow, brightest on the rump. Wing 
measures 5} inches. Other specimens from Southern Brazil most nearly re- 
semble this variety. 

3. The smallest variety, characterized by black and a much darker ochra- 
ceous or dull orange plumage, in some specimens with the orange color ap- 
proaching a bay or chestnut shade. The dorsal bands are narrower, and the 
bird is smaller than the preceding varieties, though the wing measures about 
5¢ inches. This variety I regard as possibly a distinct species. The locality 
is not givenin any specimen of this variety in the Academy Museum, nor 
have I other means of information in this particular. 


37. CELEUS LUGUBRIS, (Malherbe.) 

This is another variable species, of which specimens are in a very fine 
collection made by Capt. T. J. Page, U. S. Navy, during his expedition to the 
River La Plata, and which is nowin the National Museum. Specimens vary 
in the shade of the brownish-black of the upper parts, and also in the width 
of the transverse yellowish-white bands of the back; one specimen having 
only arrow-heads, and very narrow tips of that color. Apparently this spe- 
cies can be easily recognised by the chestnut-colored spots and transverse 
bands on the quills. 


38. CELEUS EXALBIDUS, (Gmelin.) 

Another of the same kind. Of this apparently abundant species, speci- 
mens vary in almost as great a degree as in domestic fowls. The species, how- 
ever, can be always recognized without hesitation, though one specimen may 
have the entire wing brownish-black, and another the same part light-chest- 
nut! These are about the extremes, but intermediate specimens of various 
varieties of color are of more common occurrence. 


1863.] 


324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


39. CELEUS CINNAMOMEUS, (Linnzus.) 

Beautiful and very accurate figures of the male and female of this species 
are given by M. Malherbe, (pl. 56.) Specimens of the young of both sexes 
are in the Academy Museum, and differ from the adult in the darker color of 
the crest. In that of the male the color may be said to be a lighter shade of 
the samie cinnamon color of the other plumage, though evidently changing to 
the dull, yellowish-white of the adult. Vieillot, pl. 111, Ois. d’Am. Sept., 
seems to represent the young male. 


40. CELEUS MENTALIS, Cassin. 
Celeus mentalis, Cass. Proc. Acad. Philada., 1860, p. 13. Jour. Acad. 
Philada., v. pl. 52. fig. 2, 3. 

This species, and my description of it above cited, were unknown to M. 
Malherbe. Specimens of both sexes are in a collection made during asurvey 
of the River Atrato in New Grenada, by Lieut. Michler, U. S. Top. Engineers, 
now in the National Museum, and are represented in the plate of the Journal 
of the Academy, above cited. 


41. Mesoricus GoERTAN, (Gmelin.) 

Picus goertan, Gmelin, is a name given to the bird figured in Buff. pl. Enl. 320. 
This bird is in nearly every collection from the Gambia or Senegal country, and 
is now a well known African species, presenting some variations of plumage, 
but is not difficult to distinguish. Generally, specimens have the middle of 
the abdomen yellow, of darker or lighter shade, but occasionally the same 
part is crimson, in which plumage it is Dendrobates poicephalus, Swainson, 
and may be the adult bird. 

Specimens from Fazogloa, Eastern Africa, do not differ materially from 
those from Gambia. It isan error to regard Dendrobates spodocephalus, Bona- 
parte, (D. poicephalus Riippel, nec Swainson,) as identical with this species. 


42. MESOPICUS SPODOCEPHALUS, (Bonaparte. ) 
“ Dendrobates poiccphalus, Swains,” Ripp. Syst. Uebers, p. 86, pl. 34. 

This is an entirely respectable species. Though of similar general appear- 
ance and distribution of colors, this bird is certainly different from the pre- 
ceding and resembles, in a greater degree, Mesopicus capensis, (Gmelin.) The 
head and under parts of the body are clear lead color, much darker than in 
M. goertan, the tail is clearer brownish-black, the scarlet space on the abdo- 
men larger, and in other respects it is clearly distinct and easily distinguished 
on comparison of specimens. 

This bird is accurately figured by M. Riippell, as above cited. One speci- 
men in the Acad. Mus. is stated to be from M. Riippell’s collection in Abys- 
sinia. 


43. MESOPICUS GRISEOCEPHALUS, (Boddaert.) 
Picus capensis, Gmelin. . 

Very accurate and handsome figures of the male and female of this species 
are given by M. Malherbe, (pl. 62, fig. 7, 8, 9,) and it presents much unifor- 
mity of colors in adult .plumage. The young female of this species is Den- 
drobates immaculatus, Swainson. The young male is as follows: 

Young 4. Crown andrump scarlet, with a cupreous tinge ; upper parts of 
body dull olive green, much less yellow than in the adult. Head (except 
crown) and under parts dull greenish cinereous, tinged with reddish-brown on 
the sides. The young birds of this species in the Acad. Mus. are from the 
collection of that excellent ornithologist, M. Jules Verreaux, of Paris. 


44, MuSOPICUS IMMACULATUS, (Swainson.) 
Dendrobates immaculatus, Swains., B. of W. Afr. 11, p. 152, (1837.) 
As stated above, this bird is the young female of the preceding, and in my 
opinion, can be recognised as such on comparison of the description of 
Swainson with a female specimen, or with a figure of the female. 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 


45. Denpropicus squamosvs. (Vieillot.) 
Picus adspersus, Natterer. 
Picus spilogaster, Wagler, Syst. Ad. No. 59, (1827.) 

Adults of both sexes are given in the beautiful plate of M. Malherbe, (pl. 
60.) The young male in the Acad. Mus. from the Massena collection, is la- 
belled “ Picus spilogaster, Wagler,” in a hand-writing that I do not recognize. 
It differs only from the adult male in having the top of the head clear cop- 
pery red, and the under parts of the body with the greenish-brown much 
predominating and somewhat disposed to form longitudinal stripes, the white 
spots and bands being less clearly defined. It seems to be the bird described 
by Wagler, as above. 


46. CHRYSOCOLAPTES SULTANEUS, (Hodgson.) 

Of this fine species there is not a sufficient number of specimens in the 
Acad. Mus. to warrant any conclusion on the specific differences between it 
and C. DeLessertii, (Malherbe.) There is, however, one very handsome male, 
which appears to be the latter, and my opinion, at present, is that the two 
names are synonymous. 


47. CHRYSOCOLAPTES PUNCTICOLLIS, Malherbe. 

Several specimens of this species are in the Acad. Mus., and generally are 
quite similar to M. Malherbe’s plate and description, but differ amongst them- 
selves in some particulars. Two specimens from Capt. Boys’ India collection 
have the spots on the breast triangular and cordate, while the female (of the 
same Specimens,) has the front and throat nearly pure black, with but few 
minute spots. Two other specimens, from the Massena collection, have the 
breast with spots tending to form longitudinal stripes, like C. bengalensis. 


48. Grcinus viTTaTvs, (Vieillot.) 
Picus dimidiatus, Temminck. 
Picus viridanus, Blyth ? 

Seven specimens in the Acad. Mus., all of which appear to be from the 
Malay Archipelago, are precisely as described by Malherbe and Temminck. 
In all of these the plumage of the under parts of the body is characterized 
by every feather having a narrow longitudinal stripe on each side (or sub- 
marginal), uniting at the tip, but with no medial line on the shaft of the 
feather, and adults and young are alike in this respect. 

Two specimens from Siam in the Acad. Mus. are like the preceding, but 
differ in having the under plumage with medial lines on every feather strongly 
defined, quite as much so asin G. striolatus (Blyth). These are the only speci- 
mens in the Museum which are certainly from continental Asia, and are exactly 
as in the description by Mr. Blyth of Picus viridanus in Jour. As. Soc. Ben- 
gal, xii. p. 1000. He states, as a character, a “narrow medial line upon the 
shaft,’”’ which, as above stated, does not appear in Javanese specimens. In 
addition, the black superciliary band and black moustache in Mr. Blyth’s spe- 
cies are much more clearly marked. Though nearly allied, my impression is 
that these two birds may be regarded properly as distinct species, as they are 
given by Messrs. Horsfield and Moore, in Catalogue of Birds in the Hast India 
Company’s Museum (ii. p. 660). 


49, GECINUS vIRIDANDS, Blyth. 

As stated in the preceding article, two specimens from Siam are precisely 
this species as described by Mr. Blyth, and are, very probably, distinct from 
G. vittatus. 


50. GECINUS XANTHODERDUS, (Malherbe.) 

This bird, though bearing some resemblance to the young of G. chlorolophus 
(Vieillot), is quite distinct, and, so far as I can see, a perfectly valid spe- 
cies. It is given as identical with that species by Messrs. Horsfield and 


1863.] 


326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Moore, in their Catalogue of Birds in the Museum of the Hast India Company, 
put, in my opinion, erroneously. Specimens are in the Academy Museum. 


51. GECINUS CHLOROLOPHUS, :(Vieillot.) 

Q young. Throat and neck before white, irregularly spotted with dull 
brown, the latter predominating on the neck; abdomen dull white with trans- 
verse bands: of greenish brown; under tail coverts greenish brown with 
large spots or imperfect bands of white. Upper parts green, quills and tail 
feathers brownish black, secondaries with a portion of their outer webs 
golden or orange yellow. In G. zanthoderus, this reddish orange color extends 
to all the secondary and tertiary quills and to the wing coverts, and the 
under parts are brownish green with large spots of white on the sides. Both 
G. chlorolophus and xanthedorus are very handsomely and accurately figured by 
M. Malherbe (pl. 74, 75). 


52. GHCINUS MINIATUS, (Forster.) 

Q young. Like the adult, but with the throat and breast in front darker 
and with numerous white points on the throat. Abdomen dull white with 
transverse dull brownish black bands, wider and more irregular than in adult. 
Back dull greenish brown with a few light green feathers. 

A specimen from Siam, which seems to be adult, has very minute white 
spots on the cheeks, and the brownish black transverse bands on the abdomen 
rather wider than in specimens from the Malay Archipelago. Siam seems 
to be an unusual locality, but is undoubtedly correct. 


53. CHRYSOPICUS CALLOPTERUS, (Lawrence.) 
Chloronerpes callopterus, Lawr., Annals, Lyc. N. Y. 

This curious little Woodpecker from Panama, recently described by Mr. 
Lawrence of New York, belongs to the same group as Picus chrysochlorus, 
Vieillot, P. erythropsis, Vieillot, P. chlorocephalus, Gmelin, P. aurulentus, 
Temminck, and others, all of which are included in his genus Chloropicus by 
M. Malherbe. It most nearly resembles C. lewcolemus, Malh., Mon. pl. 85, but 
is smaller, and otherwise apparently quite distinct. The type specimens 
now in my possession, through the kindness of Mr. Lawrence, seem to be 
scarcely adult; the male, very probably in adult plumage, has the head above 
scarlet, though in the specimen that color is nearly restricted to an occipital 
band. 

This species is not strictly included in the group Chloronerpes, as defined by 
Mr. Swainson. Of the relations of this bird to C. lewcolemus, Malh., I can 
only judge from Malherbe’s figure of the latter, having no specimen. 


54, CAMPETHERA GABONENSIS, (Verreaux.) 

This little bird in young plumage can scarcely be recognized as this spe- 
cies, and it is not surprising that it has been regarded as distinct from the 
adult. The under parts in some specimens are nearly uniform dark brown 
with a very slight tinge of green, the edges of the feathers only being dull 
white. One specimen in this plumage in the Acad. Mus. is a young male. 
Other young birds have the under parts with longitudinal wide bands of dark 
yellowish green, the margins of the feathers conspicuously edged with green- 
ish yellow. Adults of both sexes are very correctly given by M. Malherbe 


(pl. 91, fig. 1, 2). 


55. CAMPETHERA CAROLI, (Malherbe.) 

The adult male of this species is given by M. Malherbe with his usual ex- 
cellence. The young male is as follows: 

young. Similar to the adult, but with the rufous mark on the ear much 
larger, and with the throat and breast strongly tinged with rufous. White 
spots on the under parts and especially on the abdomen, larger than in the 
adult. The female is not in the Academy Museum. In his notes in my pos- 


(Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. oat 


session, Mr. Duchaillu states this species to have been rarely seen on the Muni 
and Moonda rivers, but he found it more abundant at Cape Lopez, and on the 
River Camma. 


56. CAMPETHERA CHRYSURA, var. lineata, nobis. 

Several specimens of C. chrysura (Swainson), from western and southern 
Africa are very nearly as given by M. Malherbe, but one specimen from Port 
Natal is different in having well defined longitudinal lines on the upper parts, 
instead of the irregular transverse bands usually seen. The black stripes on 
the under parts seem to be wider, but in other respects it presents no further 
difference. Other specimens seem to present intermediate characters between 
the Natal bird here alluded to and others from the same and other localities. 
My conjecture is that this specimen is the fully mature bird. If this specimen 
only was compared with a specimen as figured by M. Malherbe, it would scarcely 
be regarded as the same species by any naturalist. 


57. CAMPETHERA PUCTILIGERA, (Wagler.) 

There is quite considerable diversity in the markings of the upper parts in 
this species, but they are generally, however, as given by M. Malherbe, with the 
light spots not so large. There is in some specimens a tendency in these 
spots to form longitudinal lines, and one female specimen has on the back 
well-defined crescent-shaped bands on every feather. It may be that these 
are nearly allied species confounded. 

Young ('? Head above black without spots, occipital feathers light scarlet, 
under parts of body with black spots larger than in adult, and forming 
irregular transverse hands on the flanks. 


58. MELANERPES TORQUATUS, (Wilson.) 

Wilson’s figure of the male of this species remains the most correct. 
Audubon’s figure of the male, which is copied by M. Malherbe, is greatly 
exaggerated, no specimen having the light yellowish or fawn-colored breast 
with black spots as represented, except that it may be a faded, worn, or im- 
mature character, and all specimens have the ¢2bix lustrous black. The sexes 
are very nearly alike, but the male appears to present the red of the front and 
cheeks rather more extended, and generally including the eye. I have never 
seen a specimen like M. Malherbe’s figure, stated to be the female, (pl. 96, 
fig. 2), nor in fact entirely like fig. 4 of the same plate. Very fine specimens, 
with the sexes carefully stated, were sent from Fort Tejon, California, to the 
Smithsonian Institution by Mr. John Xantus, and numerous others have been 
collected and the sexes carefully ascertained. It appears to be one of the 
most common birds of Western North America. Twenty-four specimens are 
now before me, the greatér part of which are duplicates belonging to the 
Academy, and kept for exchange. This species is a very distinct subgeneric 
type. M. Malherbe’s plate of this species is one of the very few of his great 
work that I cannot understand. 


59. MELANERPES PORTORICENCIS, (Daudin,) Mal. Mon., pl. 97, fig. 5, 6. 

M. Malherbe’s figure does not represent the mature bird of this species, in 
which all the upper parts are clear black with a green lustre, and with very 
fine, but readily seen, transverse lines of deeper black. On the neck the 
black of the upper parts and the red of the under parts come together 
abruptly, without anv such intermediate brown or paler color, as represented 
in the plate. The white edge of the wing seems to be an immature character. 

Young 2. Under parts dull brown, darker on the throat and lighter on the 
flanks, scarlet feathers appearing on the breast and middle of the abdomen 
and at the base of the under mandible. Quills and tail brownish black. 
Forehead and rump white, other upper parts black with a bluish green lustre, 
shorter quills edged with white. 


1863.] 


328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


This species is singularly similar in form to the common Melanerpes erythro- 
cephalus of North America, and is, of course, strictly congeneric. 


60. MELANERPES FORMICIVORUS, (Swainson.) 

In my volume, published some years since, ‘Birds of California, Texas, 
&c.,” I expressed some suspicion of the identity of this species and M. flavigula, 
Malherbe. My opinion still is that the latter is the young or a seasonal 
plumage of the former, but as I can only express an opinion, without having 
the means of satisfactory conclusion, I shall give them as distinct in my cat- 
alogue of the Picide in the Academy Museum. 

With about twenty specimens before me from various localities, I cannot 
separate clearly, according to characters yet given, the two species or sup- 
posed species here mentioned; a few specimens from California and Oregon 
being, however, clearly M. formicivorus, and two specimens of unknown local- 
ity, but with the heads above black, without scarlet, being clearly females of 
M. flavigula, as defined by M. Malherbe. One of them has a few red feathers 
on the breast and the other has a fairly marked black transverse band on the 
game part, but much narrower than in specimens of M. formicivorus from Cali- 
fornia. The difficulty is with male specimens having the top of the head 
scarlet, exactly as in the male M. formicivorus, but otherwise much resembling 
the two female specimens alluded to, and also M. Malherbe’s plate of &M. 
flavigula (pl. 99, fig. 5,6). Of these there are several in the Acad. Mus. without 
indication of locality. They are apparently in adult plumage, and rather 
smaller than California specimens. Although, as I have said above, I suspect 
that M. flavigula is identical with M. formicivorus, yet I think it possible that a 
species might be established on the smaller specimens alluded to, much like 
M. formicivorus, but smaller, with the pectoral transverse band narrower, and 
different in some other minor particulars. I regard it as possible also that 
these smaller male specimens are really adult males of M. flavigula, and that 
in adult plumage both male and female of that species are more like M. for- 
micivorus than is stated at present, though smaller and possibly distinct 
specifically. 

M. formicivorus, g\ young, (in Mr. Bell’s collection from California, now in 
Acad. Mus.) Entire upper parts black, with a greenish lustre, except the 
rump, which is white. Head above black with a few scarlet feathers, front 
and throat black, a wide subfrontal band and large space on the neck before 
pale yellow. Breast without black band, but with numerous oblong and 
irregular white spots on a ground of brownish black, abdomen white, with 
longitudinal stripes of brownish black. Quills brownish black, several of the 
primaries having large spots of white on their inner webs; tail brownish 
black, all the shorter feathers tipped with white. Bill light brownish, the 
under mandible almost entirely yellowish white. 

Specimens from Lower California, in Mr. Xantus’ collection, have the yellow- 
ish white frontal band narrower than in those from other localities. 


61. MELANERPES RUBRIFRONS, (Spix.) 

Young ,j’. Like the adult, but with the throat having some white feathers 
with small black spots ; abdomen and under tail coverts dull white with small, 
obscure, somewhat saggitate spots of brownish black, and a narrow medial 
portion yellowish scarlet. Entire upper parts brownish black, the shortest 
quills with conspicuous white spots on their inner webs. Quills brownish 
black, narrowly edged with white on their outer webs. Tail black, the two 
outer feathers narrowly tipped with white. Head above with a few yellowish 


scarlet feathers. 
(To be continued.) 


[Nov. 


2 
| 
i 
’ 
a 


Plate Z. 


Proc.A.WN. S. Philada.1863. 


E.J. Nolan, del. 


1, Helia Réemondi_ 2, yeloties Coopert. 
3,4,5,Teredo Thomsoni.— 6. Pleurocera plicatium. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 


Description of the Genus STEREOLEPIS Ayres. 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


Genus STEREOLEPIS Ayres. 
Synonymy. 
= Stereolepis Ayres, Proc. California Acad. of Nat. Sci., vol.ii. p. 28, 1858. 
Centropristis sp. Owen. 
Oligorus sp. Giinther. 

Body oblong, highest at or behind the ventral fins, thence above rapidly 
declining to the caudal fin with the vent posterior and the caudal pe- 
duncle narrowed to the base of the fin. 

Scales rather small, mostly in very oblique rows, obliquely quadrangular 
and as high as or higher than long, with the nucleus more or less behind 
the centre, with concentric strie and folds, and radiating linear grooves 
diverging from the nucleus towards the middle third of the anterior margin ; 
the posterior margin unarmed and bordered by a membranous extension. 

Lateral line scarcely impressed, parallel with the back. 

Head nearly or quite as high as long, with the profile nearly straight and 
rapidly declining from the nape to the snout; the forehead broad and 
transversely convex. Scales on cheeks and opercula similar to those of the 
body; on the crown and middle of forehead between the eyes small and 
imbedded in the skin. Snout, preorbitals and jaws naked. Eyes entirely in 
the anterior half of the head, small and subcircular. Nostrils double, simple 
nearly central between the snout and eye, and closely approximated. 
Preoperculum rectangular, produced backwards towards its angle, which ie 
itself subangulated, slightly crenulated below its angle, entireabove. Operculum 
unarmed, neither spinous nor with a developed internal ridge. Suboperculum 
behind the operculum below the angle of the latter, rounded behind and 
above. 

Mouth rather large, with the cleft oblique, the supramaxillary con- 
tinued to or below the eye. Jaws nearly even in front, lower shortest; 
intermaxillaries nearly as long as supramaxillary, attenuated backwards; 
the supramaxillary widened backwards, obliquely truncated at the end and 
with a supplementary piece above near the end. 

Teeth on the jaws densely villiform, in abroad band interrupted at the 
symphysis and attenuated backwards. Vomer and palatine bones with 
villiform teeth. 

Branchiostegal rays seven. 

Dorsal fin nearly double; the spinous portion longer than the soft and 
longer than the head, with nine spines, very low, convex above, the third 
spine being longest; the posterior porton with two spines and the soft part 
nearly oblong, angulated before and behind, highest in front. Anal fin 
similar to the second dorsal, but inserted further behind, its anterior portion 
being under the posterior part of the latter. 

Caudal fin wide, subtruncated or emarginated behind. 

Pectoral fins angulated at its upper angle and with the posterior margiu 
obliquely convex. 

Ventral fins inserted below or behind the pectoral fins, of moderate siz, 
with the first ray longest. 

Type Steréolepis gigas, Ayres. 

Stereolepis is most closely related to the genus Oligorus of Giinther, and, 
indeed the differences between the two are not obvious from the data at 
hand. It is quite possible that the Oligorus gigas, at least, belongs to 
Stereolepis. The type of Stereolepis gigzs Ayres is in the museum of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, to which it was presented by 
Mr..Geo. Davidson. Its weight was originally 360 pounds. 


1863.] 24 


330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


STEREOLEPIS GIGas, Ayres. 
Hab. California. 
If the Oligorus gigas of Giinther, or Centropristis gigas of Owen truly belongs 
to this genus, the name of the Californian species must be replaced by 
another: that of S. Californicus will be appropriate. 


Description of the Genus OXYJULIS Gill. 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


In the present article, there is given a detailed description of the genus 
Oxyjulis recently named, not hitherto described. 

As the Semicossyphus pulcher (Giinther ex Ayres) is only known through the 
description of Ayres, made at a time when the classification of the Labroids 
was far less exact that now, its generic position remains to be confirmed, al- 
though there is little doubt that it really is a Semicossyphus. 


Genus SEMICOSSYPHUS Giinther. 
Synonymy. 
-—Semicossyphus Giinther, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. iii. 
vol. viii. p. 384; 2b. in Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, 
vol. iv.p. 99, 1861-2. Bleeker, Proc. Zoological Society of London, 1861, 


p. 415. 
SEMICOSSYPHUS PULCHER Gtinther. 
Synonymy. 

Labrus pulcher Ayres. Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. i. p. 
3, 1854. Ayres, Proc. Boston Society of Natural History, vol. v. p. 101, 
1854. 

Semicossypbus pulcher Ginther, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser 
iii. vol. viii. p. 384, 1861. Ginther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the 
British Museum, vol. iv. p. 99, 1862. 

Hab.—Coast of California, at San Diego, (Ayres). 

Genus OXYJULIS Gill. 
Synonymy. 

== Oxyjulis Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1863, 
p. 223. 

Julis sp., Girard, Gill. 

Halicheeres sp., Giinther. 

Pseudojulis ep., Giinther. 

Body elongated and slender, much compresssed and with the sides nearly 
flat, with the caudal peduncle oblong and not constricted ; anus little in ad- 
vance of the middle of the length. 

Scales moderate, less than thirty along lateral line, small and closely ap- 
pressed on the breast; each one is oblong, pentagonal, corrugated at the cen- 
tre, with numerous lines radiating towards the back and posterior sides, and 
with fainter ones extending forwards; exposed surface rhomboid. Lateral 
line continuous, simply tubular, mostly concurrent with and near the back, 
but deflected on the scales under the posterior portion of dorsal, and thence 
continued on the tail along the middle to the caudal fin. 

Head oblong, conic, and acute in front, slightly curved above and be- 
Jow, much compressed and gradually decreasing in width to the snout, trans- 


versely convex above. Snout longer than the eye. Eyes mostly or wholly in » 


the anterior half of the head. Cheeks and opercula naked and unarmed ; sub- 
operculum with an oblong membranous extension. Nostrils simple, in front of 


upper angle of eye. 
[Nov. 


~« 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 


Mouth scarcely protractile, with the cleft scarcely oblique; intermaxillary 
bones thin, wide, and their plane surface nearly horizontal, their posterior pro- 
eesses broad and short; supramaxillary extended downwards at angle, but 

‘almost entirely behind the intermaxillary. Dentary rapidly increasing ia 
height towards the angle. 

Lips rather thin, with several folds. 

Teeth on the crest of the jaw conic, curved uniserial, decreasing back- 
wards, two or three anterior ones of the upper jaw much enlarged, but none 
behind. 

Branchial membrane free below. 

Branchiostegal rays six. 

Dorsal fin with no scales at base, entire, commencing over or behind the 
base of pectorals, with nine spines, not produced beyond the membrane, but en- 
veloped behind in a skinay extension; soft portion nearly even aod subanga- 
lated behind. 

Anal fin with three spines like those of the dorsal, and with the soft portion 
rather low. 

Caudal fin subtruncated, covered at the base with small scales. 

Pectoral fins rather narrow, obliquely traacated behind. 

Ventral fins beneath or behind the pectoral, angulated at the end of the first 
ray. 
Pie. 1s. A. TE 3. 

2 
Scales 27-28 — 

12 
The lower pharyngeal bone is transverse and narrow, bow-shaped, and with 
much compressed narrow anterior process, regularly emarginated behind, in 
front gibbous on each side of the middle, and with the converging sides nearly 
straight ; the posterior surface is vertical and extended dowaward, and from 
thata ridge crosses thas bone towards its upper surface; the froat is beset with 
about three rows of conic tseth, of which those of the hinder row are enlarged, 
and one or two rows are advanced on the front anterior process. 

Oxyjulis is distinguished among all of its tribe by the produced acutely conic 
head ; it differs from Julis, besides, in the more compressed body, the form of 
the jaws, and the presence normally of nine dorsal spines ;* from Pseudojulis, 
it is separable on account of the form of the head, structure of the jaws, the 
brevity of the dorsal spines and their production in their cotaneous sheaths, as 
well as by the form of the lower pharyngeal bone. 

Only one species of the genus is known which had formerly been referred by 
Girard and the author to Julis, and by Giinther to Psex lojulis. 


OxyYJULIS MoDESTUS Gill. 
Synonymy. 

Julis modestus Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 
vol. vii. p. 151, 1854. Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad 
Route, &c., vol. x. Mishes, p. 163. 

Halicheeres californicus Giinther, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 
iii. vol. viii. p. 386. 

Jalis modestus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1862, 
p. 142. 

Pseudojulis modestus Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the Collection of the 
British Museum, vol. iv. p. 168. 

Hab.—Coast of California. 


* The number eight which was formerly assigned to the type of the genus is abnormal. Misled 
by its occurrence in the first specimen examined, and by its coincidence with the dentition of the 
typied Julis, I, too, hastily regarded it as a species of that genus ag restricted by Gunther, ami 
thus retained it in the same genus in which Girard had placed it, 


1863.] 


332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Note on some recent Additions to the ICHTHYOLUGICAL Fauna of 
Massachusetts. 


BY THEODORE GILL. 


During a short sojourn in the summer of the present year at Wood’s Holey 
Massachusetts, Prof. S. F. Baird paid especial attention to the Fishes of that 
locality, and obtained specimens of forty-seven distinct species. Among these, 
there are three that have not before been noticed as inhabitants of the shores 
of Massachusetts. The three species are all well known and common along the 
Southern coast, and one of them was extremely abundant at Wood’s Hole. 
Two belong to the family of Carangoids, and the genus Zrachynotus and one to 
the genus Cyprinodon, of the Cyprinodont family. The Zrachynoti were 7. caro- 
linus, of which many young specimens were secured, and 7’, ovatus, of which 
only two were obtained. The Cyprinodon was the C. variegatus Lac., and was 
found in very great numbers. 

Since the publication of the several parts of Dr. Storer’s illustrated ‘“ His- 
tory of the Fishes of Massachusetts,” ten marine species have been added. The 
following is a list: 


1. SEBASTES FASCIATUS Storer, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 31. 
Provincetown, Capt. Atwood. 
A doubtful species. 


2 CENTRISCUS SCOLOPAX Storer, op cit., v. 178. 

Dr. Storer has noticed “ a specimen of the Trumpet Fish (Centriseus scolopax) 
caught at Provincetown, the first known to have been taken on this coast.” 
The specific identity of the specimen with C. scolopax requires confirmation. 


3. ZeNoPsis OcELLATUS Gill, — Zeus ocELLATUS Storer, op cit. vi. 883. 
‘¢ Found at Provincetown, Mass.” 


4, PRIACANTHUS ALTUS Gill. 

I am indebted for my knowledge of this species as a visitor to the Massa- 
chusetts coast, to Mr. F. W. Putnam, of Cambridge. He has kindly informed 
me that, since the species was described, two specimens have been examined by 
himself,—one from Providence, Rhode Island, mentioned in the Annual Report 
of the Trustees and Directors of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, (Cam- 
bridge) for 1862, and a second taken at Marblehead, Mass., and preserved in 
the collection of the Essex Institute. 


5. AMMODYTES DUBIUS Reinhardt. 
One specimen has been recorded by Dr. Giinther (Cat. Fishes, iv. p. 387) as 
having been sent from Boston, by W. Winstone, Esq. 


6. CrLIATA ARGENTATA Gill, = Motella argentata Reinhardt. 

A single specimen of this species has been obtained by Dr. Slack, at 
Nahant. It had been previously known only as an inhabitant of Greenland, or 
the open sea of high latitudes. Its occurrence at Nahant has been noticed in 
the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, for 1863, 
(p. 241). 

7. TRACHYNOTUS CAROLINUS, Gill ex Linn. 
8g. TracHyNnoTus ovatus, Gthr. ex Linn. 
9. CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS, Lac. 


10. CrRYPTACANTHODES INORNATUS Gill. 

This species, first referred to under present name by Dr. Holmes, in his Report 
on the Fishes of Maine, has been found in the waters of Massachusetts, accord- 
ing to Mr. F. W. Putnam, who has kindly informed me that male and female. 
specimens are preserved in the Zoological Museum of Cambridge. The species: 
is extremely closely related to C. maculatus St.( = Fierasfer ? borealis Dekay 


[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 833 


St. ex Peck), but is entirely destitute of spots. The specimen which afforded 
the foundation on which it was inserted in the Catalogue of Maine Fishes was 
obtained by Dr. Stimpson several years ago. 

The subclass of Elasmobranchiates has not been yet treated of in Dr. 
Storer’s ‘‘ History.” Since the publication of his ‘ Report,” he has added 
several species of great interest. The species enumerated in the Report are 
the following: 

Carcharias vulpes — Alopias vulpes Bon. . 
Lamna punctata = Isuropsis Dekayi Gill, (not Sg. punctatus Mit.) 
Spinax acanthias — Acanthias americanus St, = Squalus americanus Gill. 
Somniosus brevipinna Les. 
Raia batis = Rara levi Mitchill. 
Carcharias obscurus* = Eulamia ccerulea Gill. 
To these were subsequently added: 


1. CrsTRacion zyG@na Gill = Zygena malleus St. Boston, Jour. Nat. Hist. Tuy 
185, = Zygena subarcuatus St. op. cit. iii. 71. 


2. TRYGON cenTROUKA (Storer, op. cit. iv. 186. 
3. MyYLioBaTIs BISPINOSUS Storer, op. cit. iv. 187. 


4, TETRONARCE OCCIDENTALIS Gill = Torpedo occidentalis Storer, Am. Jour. Sc. v. 
Arts, xlv. 165. 


5. MusTexos canis Storer, Syn. Fishes N. A.,p. 253 Mem. Am. Ac. ii. 505, 

6. EvGompnopts uirrorauis Gill, = Carcharias griseus St., Proc. Boston Soc. 
ii., 1846, p. 256, = Odontaspis? sp. Desor op. cit. ii., 1847, p. 264. 

7. GALEOcERDO? sp. = CarcHariAs ATWooDI St., op. cit. iii., 1848, p. 72. 


— 


Note on the species of SEBASTES of the Eastern coast of North America. 
BY THEODORE GILL. 


Cuvier and Valenciennes, fully describing and figuring the Sebastes norvegicus 
as the type of the genus Scbastes, attribute to it a height at the pectorals con- 
tained rather less than three times and a half in the length, a head forming a 
third of the length, and an eye equalling a quarter of the head’s length. The 
rays of the dorsal fin were XV. 15; of the anal, III. 8. The color was said to 
be uniform reddish, with a blackish spot towards the angle of the operculum. 
“This description was based on iadividuals from Norway and Newfoundland, 
which did not appear to differ in form.”+ Remembering how cautions those 
great naturalists were in identifying species from distant localities, there can 
scarcely remain any doubt that they had specimens of the true Sebastes nor- 
vegicus from Newfoundland. Since that period, its existence in Greenland, pre- 
viously signalized by Fabricius, has been confirmed by Reinbardt and Giinther. 
The Perca norvegica of Fabricius, and Sebastes norvegicus of Cuv. and Val, 
Richardson, Reinhardt, and Giinther, are therefore without doubt the same as 
the species of Norway. 

But in 1839, Dr. Storer, in his Report, described under the name of Sebastes 
norvegicus, a specimen whose head, ‘from tip of lower jaw when closed to pos- 
terior angle of operculum,” equalled a third of the length, and whose very large 
eye had a diameter ‘ equal to one-third the leagth of head.” 

Dekay evidently borrowed his description and figure of Sebastes norvegicus 
from the Histoire naturelle, and remarked that “this is a rare fish in our 
waters. It is called, by our fishermen, Red Sea Perch, and they say it is only 


* Teeth above “in the middle of the jaw, one inch and two lines high, and one inch wide at 
their base ;” “in the lower jaw, similar in their form.and number, but smaller than those in the 
upper jaw. » 

{ Hist. Nat. des Poissons, iv. p. 333. 


1863.] 


334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


found in deep water.” ‘‘The coast of New York is probably its extreme south- 
ern limit.” Such are the only remarks relating to the species as an inhabitant 
of the waters of New York. As Dekay’s knowledge of its characters embodied 
in bis work has been simply derived from Cuvier and Valenciennes, his testi- 
mony is useless in establishing the species as an American fish. 

Dr. Storer, in his illustrated ‘‘ History of the Fishes of Massachusetts,” has 
redescribed the species noticed in the Report, and given a figure of it. That 
figure confirms his description of the size of the eyes, and exhibits great differ- 
ence from that given by Cuvier of the true Sebastes norvegicus. Besides the 
larger eyes, itis evident that Storer’s fish has a higher and shorter body, 
longer pectoral and ventral fins, a more elevated spinous dorsal, better armed 
head, &c., than the typical S. norvegicus. It therefore undoubtedly belongs to 
a different species, and that one is probably the S. v’viparus of Kroyer. 

Dr. Kroyer, in the ‘‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift” for 1844, published an article 
on the northern species of Sebastes, and gave a description of a new species un- 
der the name of S. viviparus. As the periodical in which this description was 
published is in few American libraries, the fullowing abstract will be especially 
acceptable. The characters of S. norvegicus, taken from the same author, have 
been contrasted with those of S. viviparus. 


SEBASTES VIVIPARUS Kroyer.* 


Colort subaurantiacus, macula magna operculi nigricante (sepe maculis 
corporis fuscis, interdum totus fuscus vel nigricans). Caput tertiam ferme 
aquat longitudinis partem, altitudinemque parum euperat. Diameter oculi 
longitudinalis latitudinem frontis inter oculos multo [zm Vorv.parum] superat, 
equat vero rostri longitudinem [im Norv. multo est minor], tertiam [in Norv. 
guartam] ferme longitudinis capitis partem, 9 am—10 amve [in Norv. 12 mam 
—13 mam] totius longitudinis partem, et 3 [i Norv. dimidiam] longitudinis a 
margine orbite posteriori ad marginem operculi posteriorem. Pinne pecto- 
rales quartam ferme complent longitudinis partem [in Norv. breviores] et pone 
marginem ani posteriorem extenduntur [in Norv. haud attinguni] ; pinne ven- 
trales quintam fere [in Norv. sextam cerciter] longitudinis partem zquant. 
Longitudo piscis novem pollices raro superat [in Norv. sesquipedalis et ultra]. 
Numerus radiorum. 

P. D. XV. 13 (13-14). A. TI. 7 (6-8) C. 15. P. 18 (17-18). 

Pop XV 15. A. TIF Bo E16 9 OP. Fain Nord.) 

On comparison of the characters of the common Sebastes of Massachusetts, 
Maine and Nova Scotia with the preceding description, it is found that the 
latter is quite applicable to that species, as regards color, size of head, height, 
size of eye, &c., extent of pectoral and ventral fins, the size which the species 
attains, and finally the number of its rays. It is only necessary to add that, in 
addition to the opercular, there is found a Jarge spot between the posterior half 
of the dorsal fin and the lateral line, and frequently another, less distinct, on 
the side, which are doubtless the ones alluded to by Kroyer in the phrase, 
“« sepe maculis corporis fuscis.” The number of soft rays, as stated by Kroyer, 
ig most frequently thirteen in the dorsal and seven in the anal fins. The fol- 
lowing variation was found in thirty specimens selected from those preserved 
in the Smithsonian Institution. 

In one, DERG Yemen TAS Moni. 

‘* two, Diese Aires: 

thirteen, DV. 138.) (A. TIT 7, 

“ ten, Deve. ATI 

“<Tane, Deve Ta. AC TIT. 8: 

“ two, ID YOLEN fe Uy oN 8 ey 

“ one, 1B 5 35% \14) a Fie aa 
* Kroyer Naturhistorisk Vidsskrift, ser. ii, vol. i. (1844-6,) p. 28. 


¢ Color (in S. norvegicus) aurantiacus. nullis maculis distinctis; etiam lingua et fauces auran- 
tiacce ; membrana branchivstega intus colore matris perlarum. 
[Nov. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 


The presence of fifteen dorsal rays or eight anal rays is an exceptional 
character. 

As the Sebastes norvegicus of Storer thus agrees in all respects with the de- 
scription by Kroyer of his S. viviparus, there can be little doubt that it really 
belorgs to that species. At the same time, it must be remembered that the 
latter has not been recorded as an inhabitant of Greenland; and as the 
Ichthyology of that country is even better known than that of the United 
States, it will be at least desirable to confirm the identification of our species 
with S. viviparus through the comparison of typical specimens. 

Although it has been demonstrated that the species referred by the Ameri- 
can zoologists to S. zorvegicus does not belong to that species, it is nevertheless 
probable that the latter really does inhabit our coasts. I have been informed 
by Dr. Stimpson that the common species is found in comparatively shallow 
water, while another larger species of a fine red color, called Rose-fish, is found 
in deep water; but among the very numerous specimens of Sebastes seen by 
me, no exemple of such a form has been detected. 

Finally, Dr. Storer* has briefly noticed a fish under the name of Sebastes 
fasciatus, in the following terms: 

“ Body elongated, not convex in front of dorsal fin, as in the Sebastes norvegi- 
cus. Four distinct dark, brown, transverse bands upon the sides, the broadest 
at the posterior portion of the body. Length 33 inches. 

“Win rays as follows: D..13—14. P.20. V.I.5. <A.JIl.3—%. ©. 19.” 

The species was discovered by “ Captain N. E. Atwood, of Provincetown, and 
found in the harbor of that place.” 

This is the only information we have regarding that species. It has been 
stated to me by an able ichthyologist that it was only the young of S. norvegi- 
cus (i. e. S. viviparus), but on applying to Dr. Storer, he has written that the 
number of rays given in his description is correct. Such being the case, it 
is scarcely possible that the preceding statement can be correct; and it would 
rather indicate that the “new species” belonged to the genus Sebastichthys, 
but too little is known of it to admit it in the system as a valid species. 

It has thus been established: 

Ist. That the Sebastes norvegicus Cuv. et Val. has not yet been confirmed as 
an inhabitant of the New England coast. 

2d. That the species referred to under that name by American ichthyolo- 
gists, is the S. viviparus of Kroyer or an extremely closely related species. 

It may be hoped that some one of the numerous ichthyologists of Massachu- 
setts will confirm the right of S. norvegicus to be considered ag an American 
fish, and at the same time settle the relations of the S. fasciatus. 


Dee. 1st. 
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Nineteen members present. 

A letter was read from Mr. William Short, Louisville, Ky., Nov. 20th, 
placing at the disposal of the Academy the herbarium of the late dis- 
tinguished botanist, Professor Charles W. Short, of that city. 

The following resolutions were offered and unanimously adopted : 

Resolved, That the thanks of the Academy be tendered to the family of 
the late Dr. Charles W. Short, of Louisville, Ky., for the exceedingly 
valuable donation of his herbarium, announced this evening. 

Resolved, that the thanks of the Academy be tendered to Prof. Asa 


* Storer, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. v. p. 31, 1854. 


1863.] 


336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Gray for his exertions in securing for the Society the herbarium of 
the late Dr. Short, of Louisville, Ky. 


' Dec. 8th. 
Dr. Carson, in the chair. 


Twenty members present. 

The following paper was presented for publication : 

“Qn some new and singular intermediate forms of Diatomacez.’? 
By F. W. Lewis, M. D. 


Dr. Morris mentioned that a nest of owls, Strix pratincola, had been 
found in the turret of a church on Rittenhouse Square. 


Dec. 15th. 
The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair. 


Thirty-two members present. 
The following paper was presented for publication : 
«‘ Synopsis of the Species of Hosackia.” By Asa Gray. 


Dec. 22d. 
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. 


Sixteen members present. 

The following was presented for publication : 

‘¢ Synopsis of the Kchinoids collected by Dr. W. Stimpson.” By 
A. Agassiz. 


Dec. 29th. 
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. 


Twenty-nine members present. 
On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were 
ordered to be published in the Proceedings : 


On some New and Singular Intermediate forms of DIATOMACEE. 
BY F. W. LEWIS, M. D. 


About three years ago I made a gathering from the marsh bordering a 
shallow pond, situated in the Notch Valley, (White Mountains,) from the 
Southern end of which the Saco river takes its rise. This pond is fed by 
numerous mountain streams of small size, which nearly always dry up during 
the heats of summer. Its principal source of supply is in the springs which 
well up from beneath the morass, in the centre of which the pond lies. 

This gathering was principally composed of particles of the adjacent rocks, 
mixed with some vegetable debris. It contained both Diatomacez and Des- 


[ Dec. 


d 
- 
é 
hy 
b 
i) 
a 
“4 
: 
" 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 987 


midie in abundance. To the former of these alone I propose directing atten- 
tion, not only on account of the singularity of their departure from established 
generic types, but also because of certain points of great speculative interest 
illustrated by their peculiar grouping, and the unique and isolated nature of 
the deposit in which they occur. 

My friend, Prof. L. W. Bailey, of Frederick, N. B., who is at this time de- 
voting himself specially to the study of the interesting question of the geo- 
logical bearing of the Diatomacez in determining the relative antiquity of 
fossil beds in the State of Maine and the adjoining country, in a letter to me 
of some time back, alludes to the fact of the extreme rarity of the genera 
Synedra and Nitzschia in any of the sub-peat deposits of the northern section 
of the United States, although, as he adds, both are quite common in surface 
gatherings. 

His observations I understand to apply to sub-peat (fresh water) deposits 
alone, and not to the mixed class of alluvial deposits like the Hudson and 
Delaware river muds, or, in fact, to any foreign post tertiary deposits as those 
of Mull and Glenshira, which in many respects differ from cotemporaneous 
beds in this country. 

My own experience agreeing with Prof. Bailey’s so far, at least, as regards 
the rarity of these genera in the sub-peat of this country,* the discovery 
of the forms contained in the Saco pond was peculiarly interesting to me, as 
it seemed to foreshadow the abundant introduction of the Synedroid genera, 
by presenting a series of intermediate types between these and Surirella. 

In advancing my theory of the geological and structural position of these 
new species, I must premise, however, that it is, in a great measure, founded 
on a conjectural basis, and from the very nature of the points involved, in- 
susceptible of positive proof. I shall, therefore, in describing these species, 
confine myself to a brief notice of the principal facts which appear to me to 
sustain my views, reserving for a future occasion the consideration of such 
collateral evidence as I may have derived from other sources, but which the 
limits of the present paper forbid my here introducing, 

This gathering, as before stated, was derived from the margin of a pond 
supplied by the springs which feed the river Saco. The position of this pond 
and its surroundings I am particular in describing, for reasons which will be 
_ apparent hereafter. It lies on the eastern side of the Crawford intervale, and 

is surrounded by other and smaller ponds, which dry up during the summer. 
It is about 200 feet long, rather less in width and very shallow. At its 
southern extremity is the outlet of the small streamlet which forms the begin- 
ing of the Saco river. A few small mountain brooks empty into it laterally, 
but the main source of its supply appears to be certain springs welling up 
from underneath the alluvial detritus forming the pond bottom, which over- 
lies a thin stratum of clay, beneath which is the boulder drift. A sparce 
growth of grass fringes the northern margin of the pond, and on its southern 
and western aspect is a boggy patch with a good deal of moss, but this 
appears to be quite superficial, and at a few inches below the surface is the 
same alluvial till without much vegetable debris. Similar conditions of 
soil seem to hold at other points in the valley. It is in this fine and soft mud, 
at from one to four inches below the surface, beneath and immediately around 
the waters of the pond, that the silicious remains of the new species are most 
abundant. 

The gathering is principally remarkable for two points : 

Firstly. The striking analogy which exists between its species and those of 
the sub peat deposits of the northern section. 

Secondly. The occurrence of several forms belonging to a known genus— 
Surireila—so peculiar and variable in their characters as almost to merit the 


* Synedra ulna, S, radiaris, 8. lunaris, S. biceps and two or three species of Nitzschia occur 
£paringly in several sub-peat localities. 


1863. ] 


338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


title of transitionary, by which term I mean that these forms may be regarded 
as just such aberrant varieties of that genus as we might expect to find con- 
ducting to the Genera Nitzschia and Synedra, which, on this continent, appear 
to have followed the genus Swriredla at a long interval of time. They exhibit, 
moreover, such very unusual variation, both as to size, configuration and de- 
finition of distinctive character; such want of generic fixity, to so express 
it, as might be supposed likely to mark the incoming of new Genera. 

Although there may exist reasonable ground for doubt as to whether the 
lines which separate two of these genera (Surirella and Amphipleura,) or some 
of their species, are not founded on structural degradation, rather than on 
true and definite characteristics, the evidence I have to offer is, as yet, not 
sufficiently digested to make it in any respect conclusive of the matter. It 
will be briefly stated hereafter in the consideration of species. In the mean- 
time I prefer to consider these eccentric members of the Surirelle as illustra- 
tions of the “ Comprehensive” type of Dana, (Synthetic of Agassiz,) which he 
explains to be “one which embraces, along with the characteristics of the 
group to which it belongs, others of another group, and usually at its first ap- 
pearance this group is not in existence.” “It is in part” (he adds,) an “interme- 
diate type between two groups, although never occupying the middle point, 
as it always belongs fundamentally to one of the two, while partaking of some 
of the characteristics of the other. This comprehensive type, moreover, be- 
comes extinct with the progress of the system of life, while the types which 
it foreshadowed, or partly comprehended in itself, are long afterwards perpe- 
tuated,” and such, to all appearance, has been the fate of these curious in- 
termediate links between the genera in the present case.* 

In conformity with this definition of the comprehensive type, a careful 
comparison of these Nitzschoid and Synedroid varieties has convinced me 
that all of the doubtful and imperfectly defined species really belong to 
Surirella ; even the necessity of creating a Subgenus for their accommodation 
being obviated by the clearly marked progressive series of intermediate forms 
connecting the normal type of Surirelia with the most aberrant varieties in 
the Saco mud. 

The species first to be described I have named after the late Prof. Bailey. 


I. Suriretta Barueyi, n. sp. F. V. Oblong linear, with rounded extremities. 
V. linear lanceolate, slightly attenuated near the central portion, with the — 
rounded apices more or less produced. Alz conspicuous. Canaliculi well 
marked ; striae usually distinct up to the well defined central line. Owing to 
the great variation both in the number and fineness of the strie and canail- 
iculi, Ihave not attempted to estimate their average. Habitat: in the soft 
mud about and under the roots of the grass at the north end of the pond. 
The silicious valves occur, as is the case with nearly all the ‘succeeding spe- 
cies, in greatest abundance at from two to six inches below the surface.— 
Fig. 1, a, and b. 

This form is rare in the gathering. It is an exceedingly elegant little spe- 
cies. The smaller valves of what I believe to be the same form, bear a super- 
ficial resemblance, in outline and punctulation, to Nitzschia the ale and 
canaliculi becoming so much dwarfed as to be nearly invisible. A careful 
manipulation of the valve dispels this apparent similarity, reducing both lines 
of seeming puncta to the same plane, and also defining their structural 
value as ale. 

Although no doubt can exist as to the claims of this species to rank as 
Surirella, I have preferred to first describe it before proceeding to the forms 
hereafter to be noticed, which depart widely and eccentrically from the type 
of the genus in question, for the reason that some of its varieties serve as an 
introduction to these latter, whose anomalies they, in a measure, explain. 


* Manual of Geology, page 395. 
[ Deo. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 


Therefore, before leaving S. Baileyi, I desire to call attention to the Synedroid* 
character of the smaller varieties, together with their apparent degradation 
of generic character, as points which will be found intensified in the species 
next to be described. 


II. SuriRELLA INTERMEDIA, n. sp. Frustules free. Valve linear, strongly 
sigmoid with attenuate rounded apices. F. V. straight or slightly sigmoid, 
expanding at the subtruncate extremities. A/lx usually distinct, twisted 
near the ends of the valve, giving rise to aspathulate appearance. Canaliculi 
numerous, inconspicuous, reaching the narrow central blank line. Strie 
distinct, variable as to number and fineness, as in S. Baileyi. For the same 
reason I have not estimated their average. Fig. 2, a, and b. 

Var. @. With the same general outline, only much smaller. Ale and 
canaliculi rudimental. Occurs in groups of from two to five; probably spo- 
rangial. 

This remarkable species, more curious and anomalous in its character than 
the preceding, is quite abundant in the pond. For a good while I was dis- 
posed to regard it as an aberrant variety of Mitzschia or Amphipleura, but a 
more careful study of the structure of the valve led me to refer it to Surirella. 

The points of resemblance which seem to me to place it in that genus are: 
the presence of well-marked alx and of tolerably distinct canaliculi, structural 
appendages never found in Synedra, Nitzschia or Amphipleura, to which genera 
S. intermedia is allied by external configuration and curvilinear attenuate pro- 
portions. Ofa certain superficial resemblance to the punctulation of Mitz- 
schia, visible in the small frustules of what may be regarded as the sporangial 
brood of S. intermedia, it is hardly necessary to speak, as a careful study of 
the intermediate varieties of this diatom shows that these seeming puncta are, 
in reality, only miniature ale. 

Before going further, it may be as well, for convenient reference, to give 
the definitions of those genera most nearly allied to this species and its va- 
rieties. In order that the relative importance of their respective points of 
resemblance to the new species may be more readily apprehended, I have 
italicized those special characters of each genus represented in S. intermedia: 


Surirella. Synedra. WNitzschia. Amphipleura. 


(Says Prof. Smith,) is 
distinguished by the fol- 
lowing characters: 

“ Frustulus free, ovate 
or elliptical. Valves with | “ Frustules elongated| “Frustules free,elon-| “¥Frustules free, h- 
a longitudinal central | wand like,attached by | gated, compressed. near, with longitudinal 
line ang margins pro- | the lower end. Lateral| ‘‘Valves linear, keeled | ridges.”—(Vide Surirel- 
duced into ale. Canali- | surfaces equal to_or less | with one or two longi- | la anceps. na. sp.) 
euli distinct, usually | than the front view: | tudinallines of puncta. | Generic characters ad- 
parallel.” He further | traversed by a smooth “ Keel frequently ec- } mitted to be obscure by 
adds that, “It is well | line.” centric.” Prof. Smith. : 
distinguished from Try- (Last character omit- 
blionella by the promi: | ted by Prof. Smith.) 
nence of itsalz and the 
usual cuneate form of 
its frustules.— With no 
other form is it likely to 
be confounded.” 


It will be seen, by reference to the italicized portion of these definitions, 
that although the characters belonging to these genera, represented in S. inter- 
media are about equal in numéer, this is far from being the fact as regards 
their structural significance, which in the case of those noted in Surirella is 
much more considerable than in any of the others. 


ee A ks SE ES Ee NS FS YE errere Ree ees! 
* YI employ the term “Synedroid’ here and elsewhere in this notice, to designate these forma, 


as, although the apparent punctulation in some of them is more suggestive of Witzschia than of 
Synedra, they never present any trace of keel. 


1863. ] 


340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Considered as generic, these characters may be classed as essential and non- 
essential. The former of these divisions embraces such structural characters 
as median and terminal nodules, central lines, alx, costz or canaliculi. These appear 
to bear to their parent organism a relation somewhat similar to that held by the 
tracheez and stigmata of insects or the nutritive vessels of plants in their 
own sphere. Among them the susceptibility to variation is notably less than 
in the Jatter or non-essential class, in which may be placed such shifting and 
superficial characters as size, external configuration, striation, &¢. These ought 
more properly to be regarded as mere accidental phenomena, constantly mod- 
ified by agencies depending on climate, locality, soil, and the mineral consti- 
tution of the water which contains the diatomaceous growth. 

This tendency to extreme variation in these non-essential characters is for- 
cibly illustrated everywhere throughout this country by the strange modifica- 
tions of size, shape, striation, punctulation, and even condition of aggrega- 
tion, observable in such species as Nuvicula firma and N. rhomboides, under 
differing conditions of locality and reproductive agencies.* 

Assuming, then, that all these variations in size, shape, striation, &c., when 
observed in Diatomacee, are non-essential phenomena, let us review the facts 
relating to the species under consideration. We have here a form, which, by 
virtue of the possession of two of the most invariable and essential of generic 
characters, viz., alz and canaliculi is allied to Surirella, one of the most 
ancient and widely distributed of known genera, and to Witeschia, Synedra 
and Amphipleura, more modern and weaker genera, by the non-essential char- 
acter of external configuration, and in the case of Amphipleura by the occa- 
sional presence of submarginal ridges, a resemblance only observable, how- 
ever, in the smaller or sporangial brood ol S. intermedia and S. anceps, n. sp., 
hereafter to be described. To Nitzschia, the likeness ot these smaller frus- 
tules is more marked, and I am disposed to think that the form figured in 
Prof. Gregory’s paper on Fossil Diatomacee. (Trans. Mic. Soc. No. viii. 
Mic. Journal,) as Nitzschia sigmatella, may be an undeveloped speci- 
men of the present species. From WNitzschia, however, the absence of any 
trace of keel, together with the fact of the arrangement of the marginal 
puncta upon the same plane, sufficiently removes S. intermedia. From these 
facts it seems probable that this curious diatom is in reality a transitionary or 
comprehensive type species which, along with other forms in the gathering, 
themselves comprehensive, departing more or less widely from the typical 
Surirella and tending towards the Synedroid type, has resulted under certain 
peculiar and exceptional circumstances while the modern peat was being 
deposited. 

To explain the apparent anomaly of the presence and perpetuation of this 
assemblage of influences in this particular locality, will be my endeavor 
when proceeding with the description of the species, although I am fully 
aware that my premises, founded on the presumed geological relations of the 
Saco deposit to the sub-peat and to the surface soil are, as previously stated, 
not fairly proven. 

As a preliminary, I may state those conditions which appear to be essential 
to the developement and fixity of this and other intermediate forms constitu- 
ting so unique and eccentric a grouping in the Saco mud.t * These may be 
Assumed to be: 


* My friend Prof. H. L. Smith, of Ohio, informs me that he has found NV. rhomboides in the con- 
dition of a Colletonema. : 

j It may be urged that in the foregoing remarks on these species and their relations to the 
typical Snrirella, I have advanced the idea of gradual generic transmutation, rather than the 
true theory of the comprehensive type, which implies no such serial progression as is apparent in 
the present instance. To this objection I would observe that, while no such serial progression is 
implied, neither is it inconsistent with this theory ; for the intermediate type differs from a sub- 
genus, not only because it.does not transcend the essential characters of genus, but for the reason 
also, which makes it superior to ordinary species and varieties, viz., that it possesses pecu- 


[Dec. 


kre 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 


Firstly. ‘‘A low grade in the scale of organic life, implying great capacity 
for variation. 

Secondly. ‘‘A long period of time during which thesé exceptional forms 
could have been produced and perpetuated.” 

The first of these conditions will be readily admitted ; the second, however, 
which touches more directly on my hypothesis, requires some notice. Sey- 
eral considerations might be urged in proof, of which the most important 
seem to me to be the following : 

1. “The absence of these comprehensive forms in the sub-peat deposits, 
and also as recent species elsewhere.” 

2. “The general resemblance of most of the living species of the Saco 
pond to those found in the sub-peat, and the very partial representation of 
genera common in surface gatherings in the neighborhood and elsewhere.” 
This general resemblance must not be understood as implying that the Saco 
species, or many of them at least, are not to be found as living forms in 
other streams and ponds in this country, but that the proportion grouping 
and prevailing varieties of species common to both do not correspond; at 
the same time, as before stated, surface genera, such as Nitzschia, Tryblionella, 
Cymatopleura, Cocconema, Epithemia, Odontidium, Amphipleura, &c., are either 
absent or but feebly represented in the Saco. 

3. “The occurrence of irregular and eccentric forms having no analogues in 
either fossil or recent deposits. Such a one is Actinella, (new genus, here- 
after noticed,) and others of the new species, together with species not hither- 
to found living in this country or elsewhere, I believe, as Hunotia hemicyclus 
(Ebr.) Hunotia incisa (Gregory) and singular varieties of Himantidium. 

The presence of an abnormal or irregular type like Acétinella punctata, a 
form which seems to have nearly disappeared from other localities as a living 
species, is not perhaps so much a direct evidence of a long continued chain 
of modifying causes as it is of an intermediate, but no longer (elsewhere) ac- 
tive assemblage of influences. 

In this connection, and in view of the apparent contradiction involved in 
the continued operation of these influences in the present case, I now pro- 
ceed to state more distinctly the explanatory hypothesis founded on the prob- 
able geological relations of the Saco deposit to the subjacent formation. 

It is that these forms represent a series of intermediate species peculiar to 
the modern peat, and more specially to its earlier history, occurring only under 
exceptional circumstances, their continuance as living organisms in the Saco 
being accounted for by favorable influenccs derived from the thin stratum of 
boggy soil, till and clay, which overlies the valley drift, and through which 
well up the Saco springs, whose waters may thus in ¢ransitw acquire proper- 
ties by virtue of which, conjointly with other exceptional local causes, species 
and varieties, no longer existing elsewhere, may continue io flourish. 

I may be excused for citing one or two facts which lend plausibility to 
this somewhat fanciful hypothesis, viz., the isolated nature of the deposit 
on which the forms occur, and the comparative absence of the contained: 
species on the surface of the mud which paves the pond,.as well as upon 
the growth of grass and moss which lines its margin. Although several 
smaller ponds lie in the immediate neighborhood, one being separated by & 
few yards only from the Saco, in no case have I succeeded:im finding in any 
of them specimens of these new species, of Hunotia hemicyclus, EH. incisa, or 
even of 4. diadema, a common Saco form. This same remark holds good 
also with regard to several small mountain brooks which empty into the pond 


Se TE, FL STS. SIL Le ALE Cees SS Ses eer eee ae ee ee Ee," 
liar relatioas to another genus towards Which some subtle, natural force, some intrinsic bias, is 
impelling it. 

‘his bias, constituting the very essence of the intermediate typo, it would seem to matter but 
little, should the forms expressing it be single or several between a group, sub-group, family or 
genus ; or whether they represent a series more or less progressive, providing that the essentias 
mits of the natural division to which the type belongs be not overstepped. 


1863.] 


342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


fromthe west and north, the Diatomacez found in all these being principally 
such genera and species as are found in most northern localities. I may add 
that the Saco stream, at a short distance from its point of emergence from 
the marsh, contains none of the new species. From these facts it seems 
reasonable to infer that the local conditions which favor the development of 
these are confined to a circumscribed area. Further, that these conditions 
do not depend on any peculiarity in the vegetable growth which lines the 
margin and extends for a short distance into the pond, is highly probable, as 
this seems to be in all respects similar to that surrounding the streams aud 
ponds adjoining ; nor can it be said that there is any characteristic peculiar- 
ity of the surface soil serving to distinguish it from that elsewhere found in 
the valley bottom, in which Ihave vainly searched for the silicious remains of 
these organisms. 

These facts of exclusion, in my opinion, go far to prove that the causes 
which have perpetuated these varieties depend in no small degree on the 
mineral constitution of the springs up-flowing from under the valley “ muck” 
or till, of which I am assured only a superficial covering overlies the boulder 
drift at this point, and also, perhaps, to telluric impressions derived indi- 
rectly from other sources. 

In further corroboration of this view, I refer to the presence in the gather- 
ing of the living Hunotia hemicyclus, a species which has heretofore only oc- 
curred in fossil deposits, of Hunotia incisa, also a fossil form, and to the 
greater abundance and larger size of the siliceous valves of the new species 
at from two to five inches below the surface mud. This is particularly the 
case with regard to Surirella anceps, next to be described, the remains of 
which are rarely met with in any quantity at a less distance than two inches 
below the pond bottom. 

I shall reserve for future consideration whatever corroborative evidence of 
the long period of time required in the production of these forms is afforded 
by the tendency to extreme variation manifest in nearly all the species, and 
by the disposition shown by some of them to assume a punctate arrange- 
ment, such as characterizes Actinella punctata, and to a less marked degree Ja- 
bellaria in the deposit. 


III. SuriRELLA ANCEPS, n. sp. The species now to be noticed I have re- 
ferred to Surirelia, not without hesitation. Frustules free, linear, F. V., 
straight or very slightly sigmoid. V.Sigmoid, elongated with rounded sub- 
acute extremities (in outline singularly vermiform.) Ale very small (some- 
times nearly obsolete) or submarginal: canaliculi very inconspicuous, often 
wanting: sirix, very sharp and clear, extending to the wide and well de- 
fined central space which runs from end to end of the V. [Over the inner 
aspect (?) of the valve the strize appear to be continuous, or this phenomenon 
may be exceptional. I have frequently met with valves in which the strie were 
uninterrupted and have been unable to focus anything resembling a central line 
or even traces of alz, and this fact has induced me to think that the thick- 
ness of the substance of the valve may have prevented my doing so.] Color 
of dry frustule, rich chesnut-brown. 

This species is quite as common as the preceding, although not asa living 
organism. It occurs most abundantly in the mud which envelopes the roots 
of the grass and plants at the northern end of the pond, and appears to be 
an older species than S. intermedia, and I may add, a stronger one, as not- 
withstanding the remarkable subordination of generic character and the ev- 
idence of greater degradation from its type visible, it is less variable, both 
in size, outline, and striation than this latter. Fig. 3, a and b. 

The slight and imperfect development of the ale and canaliculi in this 
species requires a careful management of light to enable their being viewed 
satisfactorily. They are best seen by using a condenser of moderate angular 


aperture. 
[Dec. 


ee a 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 343 


The rudimental alz, which in the Fig. 3, a, are represented as marginal, oc- 
casionally assume a submarginal position, and when this occurs in the 
smaller valves, it would be difficult for any one not familiar with the larger 
varieties to distinguish them from Amphipleura sygmoidea, to which species the 
resemblance is very marked. The brackish habitat and much finer striation 
of this latter diatom, however, make it impossible that they can be identical. 

In Fig. 3, b, the peculiar arrangement of the ale is tolerably well shown, 
as rendered from the dry valve. These it will be seen are feebly defined, 
and, owing to their somewhat exceptional (for Surirelia) relations to the valyu- — 
lar surface, present an inverted appearance. Viewed from what I believe 
to be the inner aspect of the valve, they are hardly distinguishable from 
puncta, and occasionally seém to be obsolete. Owing to the brittleness of 
the connecting membrane, it is difficult to get a front view of the frustule, 
excepting in the recent specimen, and the valve is best studied by burning 
this upon a thin glass cover. 


IV. SuRIRELLA DELICATISSIMA, n. 8p. The next species is exceedingly minute 
and variable. Frustule straight. F. V. Linear slightly inflated with rounded 
ends. YV. linear lanceolate, sometimes centrally constricted, with produced, 
rounded, or subacute extremities. Ale marginal, inconspicuous; canaliculi 
obsolete ; striation very delicate. 

This very minute form is abundant both in the Saco and Wolfboro’ muds; 
but being feebly silicious and the valve highly refractive, it is apt to be over- 
looked in acid-boiled and balsamed specimens. It varies oreatly in outline 
and definition of ale. The Fig. 4, a, b, represents the most usual form. The 
marginal lace-like border is very elegantly displayed, in the larger frustules 
burnt on glass. 

This species is specially interesting, as approximating a step nearer the 
Synedroid type, in the absence of canaliculi, and the attenuated form of 
the valve. 

It may ,perhaps, turn out to be an early stage of S. Baileyi. The specimen 
figured is magnified 1000 diameters. 

I now pass on to consider a very curious and anomalous diatom nearly al- 
lied to Eunotia, and more remotely to Asterionella, but with points of differ- 
ence from either, so decided as, in my opinion, to require its isolation in a 
separate genus. This, from the radiant arrangement of the frustules, I pro- 
pose terming ‘ ACTINELLA,” nov. gen. ‘Frustules linear arcuate, with an une- 
qually notched inflation at one extremity, and terminal nodules, usually form- 
ing, by the adherence of the smaller ends, a stellar grouping.” 


V. ACTINELLA PUNCTATA, Nn. Sp., is the only species yet found. Frustules lin- 
ear, arcuate, commonly in radiating, symmetrical clusters of from six to 
twelve individuals. “F. V. straight, slightly cuneate, narrowing gradually 
from the extremities towards the centre; ends more or less truncate. V.ar- 
cuate with a well marked notched inflation at the free extremity, smaller 
(attached) end rounded, with terminal nodules and sharp convergent striz, and 
a row of marginal puncta.” Habitat on the surface mud. Fig. 5, a, b and ec. 

The idea first suggested by the singular irregularity of development in this 
diatom, is rather that of accidental deformity, than that of definitive and 
permanent character, and this view I was disposed to adopt, until after the 
discovery of specimens altogether identical, from another and distant local- 
ity. 

Thike most of the Saco species, A. punctata enjoys a very extended range of 
variation in size, length, proportion, definition of striation and punctulation; in 
no case, however, has the distinctive peculiarity (the unequally notched infla- 
tion) been found absent. Indeed, 80 invariable is it that a few worn 
valves, in the mud, dredged from Wolfboro’ inlet, (Lake Winnipisseogee), at 
least sixty miles distant from the Saco pond, present this same specia! char- 


1863.] 


o44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


acter; and recent gatherings, after a period of three years, show no differ- 
ence in this respect.* 

The peculiar notched inflation, which appears to be a fixed character of 
this diatom, equally with the tendency to punctate arrangement observable 
im several species in the gathering, possesses a certain significance, as show- 
ing how strongly a dominant Witzschoid (Synedroid) leaning exists throughout 
the group. I have before alluded to the disposition to marginal punctula- 
‘tion evident in A. punctata, Tabellaria flocculosa, and one or two doubtful 
smaller forms in the Saco mud, as affording probable illustration of a sympa- 
thetic intrinsic force, tending towards the Niizschoid type. In A. punctata 
there would seem be, as it were, a double exercise of this attractive force, 
conducting, not an allied form, but one only remotely connected with it, to- 
wards the same type. The antetype in the present case would appear to be 
Eunotia, between which and the Synedroid genera this anomalous form con- 
stitutes an intermediate or comprehensive link. 

Eunotia (monodon to polyodon) is the prevailing form in the gathering. It 
occurs with every peculiarity of dorsal prominence, from a faintly percepti- 
ble undulation to the sharpest and most serrate crenature, a fact singularly 
opposed to the experience of the late Prof. Gregory, who limited this ten- 
dency to vary to the two species, #. bigibba and triodon. Now this disposi- 
tion to extreme variation, even in non-essential characters like the above, in 
species not ordinarily variable, concurring with a comprehensive type like 
A. punciata, induces me to think that these varieties of Hunotia, illustrate a 
series of successive approaches to the Nitzschoid type, which has culminated 
in the case of #. polyodon in the abnormal and irregular genus I am de- 
scribing. This, had it not been for the peculiar mode of its growth and aggre- 
gation in stellar groupings, would have ranked as an aberrant Hunotia ; and, 
in fact, before meeting with the living form, I had distributed specimens un- 
der the name of Hunotia fibula. It has the arcuate form, terminal nodules 
and convergent striation, which usually characterizes that genus, and pre- 
sents some curious points of analogy to the prevailing species, HZ. polyodon, in 
respect to the resemblance between the notched inflation of A. punctata, and 
the two terminal undulations of the valve in the former diatom. The ventral 
of concave aspect of both is similar, or nearly so, and the terminal nodules 
and striation do not materially differ. By suppressing all the dorsal eleva- 
tions, excepting the terminal one at one end of £. polyodon, and attenuating 
the valve, a form in outline nearly identical with A. punctata is obtained. In 
suggesting this resemblance, I do not wish to imply that Actinella has re- 
sulted by progression or degradation from this or any other species of Huno- 
tia, but merely to infer the possibility that, in accordance with the laws 
which govern the comprehensive type, the non-essential character of dorsal 
crenulation common to the latter genus and its ally Himantidium, is becom- 
ing merged into the smooth lines of the Synedroid genera.} 

To Asterionella this form presents very few points of resemblance. The mode 
of growth is somewhat similar, but the frustules are essentially different. 
Both, it is true, are bacillar forms, and possess unequally developed ends; 
but the valve of Asterionella is straight and symmetrical, while that of Acti- 
nella is curved and unequally bifid at the larger end, which is free, and not, as 
in case of the former genus, attached to its fellows by the adjacent angles. 


*Jn this connection and in corroboration of the view before advanced, I may state that the 
Wolfboro’ mud was taken from a stream whose bottom has relations to the valley drift very 
similar to those of the'Saco deposit. Besides A. punctata I have been able to identify three 
of the Saco n. sp. in'this mud, viz., a degenerate variety of Surirella intermedia—sS. deli¢a- 
tissima, with generic characters still more repressed—and a third form too imperfectly charac- 
terized to admit of present classification. ; 

+ A further illustration ‘of this bias towards the Synedroid type is afforded in the case of Himan= 
tidtim gracile, in this gathering, whose frustules are in many cases so attenuated and dehiscent 
ae ¢o render it difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish them from those of Synedra. 

[Deo. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 


The group of frustules, moreover, is not always symmetrical, or arranged upon 
the'same plane. 


VI; . TRYBLIONELLA ? or DENTICULA? 0. sp. 

“The form figured at No. 6 of the plate occurs sparingly in this deposit, and. 
more abundantly in the Wolfboro’, but not in sufficient quantity to enable me 
satisfactorily to determine its true generic position. It seems to be solitary. 
Providing it be not a Denticula, its analogies to Tryblionel/a are stronger than 
to any other genus. The valvular surface is transversely and continuously 
striate, with no indication of a central line. The coste are marginal. 

This diatom is very minute. a 

Leaving a further consideration of this curious species, to which I hope to 
be able to return‘on a future occasion, f shall briefly conclude this some- 
what protracted notice, by calling attention to one or two points in connec- 
tion with the mode of growth and extreme variation of a few of the known 
species in the Saco mud. 

(1.) Eunotia hemicyclus | have sometimes found growing like Synedra luna- 
ris: several frustules attached to a fixed point. E. hemicyclus is not abun- 
dant in the gathering, and varies somewhat in the amount of its curve. The 
extremities are usually bevelled off into a subacute conical point. (2.) Su- 
rirella intermedia, in its smaller sporangial or embryonic form, commonly 
occurs in groups of from three to four parallel frustules. I have not found 
it. in bundles like Homeocladia or Colletonema, but the position of the frustules . 
is somewhat suggestive of those thalloid growths. Navicula rhoraboides is. 
similarly arranged. It presents a remarkable range of variation, as does N. 
firma. (3.) Eunotia incisa is very variable in outline and striation. It shows 
a tendency to unequal development at the extremities. These varieties or 
anomalies I propose figuring in a paper on the Diatomacew of the River 
Delaware blue clay, to be shortly presented to the notice of the Academy, and 
which was originally intended to be combined with the present communica- 
tion. 

I have, in noticing these species, purposely placed them in the order in 
which they occur, beginnirg with that most remote from the Synedroid type, 
and ending with those which approximate most nearly to Synedra. What- 
ever opinion may be entertained concerning the theory of the geological po- 
sition of these forms, will not, | think, materially invalidate the following . 
points, which are fairly deducible from the premises : 

1.) That the species and varieties in this deposit are singularly like, like 
those of the sub-peat. 

(2.) That there is a notable absence of surface genera— Mitaschia, Avosiitiat aes 
ra, Tryblionella, Cymatopleura, Fragillaria, Odontidium, &c., &c., all of which , 
occur in adjacent localities. 

(3.) That certain exceptional forms are present, which appear to represent 
types intermediate between the fossil Swrirella and Hunotia, and the more 
modern genus, Synedra (and Nitzschia?), Surirella Bailey? S. intermedia, S. an- 
céeps, S. delicatissima, illustrating the synthesis in the case of the former, 
and Actinella in the latter, (Eunotia. ) 

(4.) That these forms are exceedingly rare, and seem to be confined to locali- 
ties having peculiar conditions of soil, which, in all likelihood, depend on 
the mineral constitution of the water percolating through it. 

(5.) That there is an unusual tendency to variation in nearly all the spe- 
cies, and a strong disposition shown by some of them to become attenuate 
and elongated, and also to assume a marginal punctate arrangement, sugges-., 
tive of a Nitzschoid bias.* 


*I may add that this same tendency to extreme variation affects the Desmidize which 
abound in this locality. This is particularly the case with Triploceras vertictlidtum, (Bailey), ' 
which beautiful and showy Desmid presents eyery variety of outline and. proportion veconcileable: 
with &pecific identity. “The prevailing variety diifers from that fixed by Bailey, in the more un- 
guiculate character of the terminal horns, and the inclination of the Kaot-like prominences, 


1863.] 25 


346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


.(6.) ‘That there is reason to suppose that: these species are nearly extinct’ 
as living organisms; although to what extent they may have flourished in a 
previous epoch, and how universally have been diffused, can only be a mat- 
ter for speculation, until further and more thorough investigations in this, 
and other localities, shall have been made. 


References to Plate. 


) Surirella Baileyi, a, V. b, F. V. n. 5p. 

) Af intermedia, a, V. b, F. V. “ 

By a anceps, a, V. b, F, V. a 

) a delicatissima, a, V.b, F.V. ‘* 

) Actinella punctata, nov. gen. a, V. »b, F. V. c, group of frustules x” 
100 d. 

(6.) Denticula? or Tryblionella, n. sp. 

(7.) Amphora intermedia, n. sp. 

(8.) Navicula, n. sp. 

(9.) Mastogloia elegans, n. sp. 

(10.) Amphiprora pulchra, Var. B. = A. conspicua (Greville). 


These are all magnified about 500 d, excepting Surirella delicatissima, 
‘which is amplified to 1000 d. The Figs. from 7 to 10, inclusive, illus- 
trate a paper on the Diatomacee of the Delaware River and marine locali- 
ties adjacent thereto, which will be submitted to the Academy in a short 
time. 


Synopsis of the specios of HOSACKIA. 
BY ASA GRAY. 


°§1. SYRMATIUM, Vogel. (Drepanolobus, Nutt.) Legume small, subulate 
-or caudately attenuate, often torose, incurved or sickle-shaped, 1 —4-seeded. 
‘Keel of the corolla not attenuate upwards, mostly obtuse. Claws of the 
petals slightly exserted or included; that of thé vexillum somewhat distant 
fromthe others. Perennial herbs orsuffruticose plants, or one species annual. 
Leaves 3—7-foliolate, with a very short petivle and rhachis. Stipules in the 
form of small black glands. Flowers small, in sessile or short-peduncled 
umbels, yellow, or sometimes whitish, often changing to reddish. 


* Shrubby or suffruticose, with rigid slender branches, glabrous or glabrate, 
the young parts often silky puberulent, with (3—5, commonly 3) small and 
thick leaflets, somewhat sempervirent. 


1. H. suncea, Benth. in Linn. Trans. 17, p. 366. Shrubby, erect, bushy- 
‘branched, broom-like, with obovate, oval, or oblong leaflets, and very short 
peduncled few-flowered umbels ; the calyx-teeth extremely short and blunt !— 


California. The only specimens before me are an original one of Douglas’ | 


collection, and those of Dr. Brewer, recently collected in the mountains near 
San Luis Obispo, in the Geological Survey of California. 


2. H. scoparia, Nutt. (under Drepanolobus), in Torr. & Gray Fl. Syrma- 
tium glabrux, Vogel, in Linnea, 10 (1836), p. 591. Almost wholly glabrous, 
shrubby, erect, 2—8 feet high, very bushy-branched and broom-like ; with 
linear-oblong or barely oblong (obtuse or acute) leaflets, and strictly sessile 
umbels, which are usually crowded along the flowering branchlets, so as to 


form a virgate interrupted inflorescence. Teeth of the calyx subulate and © 


acute, varying from one quarter to nearly half the length of the narrow tube. 
‘California, common from San Francisco to San Diego. 


Var. pirrusus (H. crassifolia, or Drepanolobus crassifolius, Nutt., l.c.), is a. 


[Dee. 


. 


y 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347 


decumbent, suffruticose, apparently dwarfed, less smooth form of the above 
Species, which probably varies a good deal, according to situation and season. 


3. H. cyrisomes, Benth. 1. c.. (Drepanolobus cytisoides and D. rubescens, 
Nutt. l.c.) Suffruticose, minutely silky-pubescent on the young parts, or s00n 
glabrate, decumbent or sarmentose; with obovate, oblong, or linear-oblong 
obtuse leaflets, and many-flowered umbels, on a peduncle which often con- 
siderably exceeds the leaf, but is sometimes very short; the calyx-teeth 
about half the length of the tube, subulate aristiform and recurved! Califor- 
nia, near San Francisco and Monterey. 


* * Suffrutescent or nearly herbaceous, diffusely decumbent, silvery white 


with appressed silky pubescence or tomemtum, the branches somewhat 
virgate. 


4. H. sericea, Benth. Silky-canescent, much branched, ascending. Leaves 
mostly trifeliolate and subsessile; leaflets oblong-linear, or the larger ones 
spatulate-oblong. Umbels subsessile and few-flowered. Teeth of the calyx 
short or minute, in original specimens from Douglas about one-third the 
length of the turbinate-campanulate tube ; in those recently collected by .Dr. 
Brewer (Geol. Survey of California), very short. Flowers small, 3 linés 


long, yellow: the incurved apex of the keel somewhat acute. California; 
rare. 


5. H. arcopuyLua, Gray, Pi. Thurb. p. 316. H. argentea, Kellogg, in Pro- 
eeed. Calif. Acad. 7, p. 38, fig. 8? Densely silky-tomentose, the long and 
rather simple branches decumbent. Leaves 3—5-foliate; leaflets obovate, 
obtuse (3—6 lines long). Umbels 8—12-flowered and with a unifoliolate 
bract, capitate ; the peduncle short, sometimes very short, occasionally longer 
than the leaf. Teeth of the ca'yx slender, about half the length of the cylin- , 
draceous tube. Flowers 4 or 5 lines long, yellow, occasionally turning red- 
dish ; the broad incurved apex of the keel obtuse.—Southern and -interior 
part of California; Thurber, Bigelow, Wallace, Newberry, &c. The specimen 
from Mr. Wallace has peduncles of considerable length. 

Var.? Fremonti. Leaflets obovate-oblong and acute; the flowers 5 lines 
long; the teeth of the calyx setaceous and almost as long as the tube.— 
Kastern side of the Sierra Nevada. The length of the calyx-teeth varies con- 
siderably in species of Hosackia. 


ttt Herbaceous, or scarcely suffrutescent at the base, pubescent, tomentose, 
or glabrate, diffusely procumbent or prostrate. Leaflets 3-5, sometimes 6 or 
7, not thick, not silvery-white ; the petiole or rhachis not abbreviated. 


{ Teeth of the villous calyx slender. Plants silky or tomentose-puhescent, 
Seminiferous part of the legume short, little longer than the calyx, canescent. 


6. H. romenrosa, Hook & Arn. Bot. Beech., p. 137, and certainly of p 
332. Syrmatium tomentosum, Vogel, 1. c. Loosely tomentose-villous with 
whitish or fulvousspreading hairs. Leaflets obovate, 4—7 lineslong. Um- 
bels capitate, 6—12-Howered, and with a unifoliolate bract ; the peduncle some- 
times hardly any, sometimes nearly equalling the leaf. Teeth of the very 
villous calyx setaceous subulate, fully the length of the turbinate-campanu- 
late tube. Flowers 3 to 4 lines long, mostly turning reddish; the keel very 
obtuse.—California, San Francisco to Santa Barbara. 


7. H. pecumBens, Benth. Silky with appressed pubescence ; stems decam- 
bent from a lignescent root or caudex, rather rigid. Leaflets cuneate-obovate, 
rhombic-ovate or obovate-oblong, cinereous, 4 or 5 lines long. Umbels capi- 
tate, many-flowered, and with a 1—3 foliolate bract; the peduncle distinct, 
but seldom equalling the leaf. Teeth of the silky-downy calyx equalling or 
shorter than the campanulate tube. Flowers nearly 5 lines !ong, apparently 


1863.] 


348 ‘PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


unchanging yellow; the keel somewhat produced or narrowed at the incurved 
apex, acutish.—Oregon and Washington Territory. 


8. H. Heermannt, Durand & Hilgard, in Pacif. R. R. Surv. 5, part 3, p. 6, 
t. 4. Villons-pubescent, diffusely much branched (from a ‘‘ suffruticose’’ 
‘base ?) very leafy. Leaflets obovate, roundish, or oval-oblong, 2—5 lines 
long. Umbels 4—9-flowered and with a unifoliolate bract; the peduncle 
often equalling the leaf. Teeth of the loosely villous calyx considerably 
shorter than the campanulate tube. Flowers 2 lines long, yellow turning 
purplish ; the keel with a broad and very obtuse summit.—Southern part of 
California. Tejon Pass, Dr. Heermann. Near Los Angelos, Mr. Wallace. A 
very branchy and floribund species, the pubescence in kind nearly that of 
H. tomentosa, but far finer and less copious. ; 

Var.? orpicunaRis. H. orbicularis, Torr, ined. Villous-downy: the leaf- 
Jets almost orbicular, 1} to 2 lines long ; and the umbel only 3—5-flowered.— 
Sand hills near San Francisco, California, Rev. A. Fitch. Flowers small in 
proportion, scareely larger than in the next, and perhaps a form of that 
species, 


9. H. micrantHA, Nutt., ]. ¢., ander Drepanolobus. Diffusely procuambent 
from an apparently annual root, mimutely villous-pubescent, at length 
glabrate, slender. Leaflets mostly 5 or 6, obovate-oblong, 1} to nearly 3 
lines long. Umbels 3—5-flowered and without a bract, short-peduneled. Teeth 
.of the pubescent calyx not half the length of the tube. Flowers only a line 
and a half long; the short incurved apex of the keel obtusish. California. 
Here described, not from the original of Nuttal!, from near Monterey, but from 
a specimen in Mr. Durand’s herbarium, named by Nuttall, from ‘‘ Catalina,”’ 
probably therefore collected by Dr. Gambell. The root seems to be annual. 


19. H. prostrata, Nutt., 1. ¢., under Drepanolobus. H. decumbens, var. 
glabriuscula, Hook. and Arn. Bot. Beech. p. 137? ex. char. Glabrate, the 
nascent parts minutely silky-puberulent, diffusely procumbent; the branches 
slender. Leaflets 5 or 7, oblong-obovate, obtuse, about 3 lines long. Um- 
bels lax, 5—10-flowered and with a unifoliolate bract, on slender peduncles 
exceeding the leaves. Teeth of the campanulate calyx very short. Flowers 
3 lines long, yellow tinged with red. Said by Nuttall to be ‘‘ suffruticose,’’ 
but the specimen before me does not indicate it. Coast of the southern part 
of California, Nuttall. 


§ 2. EUHOSACKIA, Benth. Legume linear, straight or nearly so, not ros- 
trately attenuate. Keel of the corvlla not falvately attenuate upwards, most- 
ly very obtuse. 


* Subpalmatifolie. Petiole short or nearly wanting, bearing 3—6 crowded- . 
pinnate or quasi-palmate leaflets. Stipules reduced to blackish glands. 
Peduncles 1—2-(rarely 3—4-) flowered: bract unifoliolate, rarely 3-foliolate. 
Flowers yellow, turning purple. Vexillum tapering to the base, but hardly 
unguiculate, not distant from the other petals; keel very much shorter 
than the wings, straightish, narrowish ; claws not exserted out of the calyx. 
Stems branching, from a perennial root, rigid. 


¢ Peduncles elongated, all exceeding the leaves. 


11. H. ricipa, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 305. Silky or cinereous-pubes- 
cent, a span toa foot high. Leaflets 3—5, crowded on a very short petiole, 
cuneate oblong or obovate. Teeth of the calyx shorter than the tube. Mon- 
terey, California, Coulter. I have seen no Californian specimen of this. 
But I now refer to it some plants which I formerly took for varieties of the 
next species, especially Dr. Bigelow’s from Williams’ River, a tributary of 
the Colorado on the eastern or New Mexican side, (in Bot. Whipple’s Exped. 


: [Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349 


p. (79) 23,) one of Dr. Newberry’s collection from Sitgreaves’ Pass. also 
Thurber’s, 243 and 307, from New Mexico, and perhaps Wright’s, 1357; but 
the last is doubtful. 


12. H. Poseroza, Benth. |. c.; Gray, Pl. Wright, 1, p. 50; _ Torr. in Pacif. 
R. R. Surv. 7, t. 4 (bot.) Minutely appressed-puberulent. Leaflets 3—6, 
on a more developed petiole or rhachis, linear, lanceolate, or the lowest 
oblong. Teeth of the calyx attenuate, as long as the tube. Mexico, Arizona 
to S. W. Texas. 


tt Peduncles seldom as long as the leaf, often shorter than the solitary 
flower, some of them reduced to nothing; the short pedicel, with the pair of 
‘black glands at the articulation, arising directly from the axil. 


13. H. Wricutu, Gray, Pl. Wright, 2, p. 42. Cinereous-puberulent, 
bushy-branched, very leafy, Aspalathus-like ; the 3—5 leaflets (the lowest 
oblong, the rest filiform-linear) crowded upon the apex of a barely perceptible 
petiole, appearing therefore as if palmate and sessile. Teeth of the calyx 
setaceous-subulate, about the length of the tube. Flower pretty large. 
New Mexico. 


** Vere. Leaves obviously pinnate; the (5—21) leaflets distributed 
along a more or less elongated rhachis. Peduncles bearing a few many- 
flowered umbel, which is usually subtended by a 1—5-foliolate bract: this, 
however, is occasionally wanting or represented by a leaf low down on the 
peduncle. Vexillum ona slender claw, more or less distant from those of 
the other petals. Root perennial, except in one species. 


+ Peduncles (elongated) 2—4-flowered, occasionally 1-flowered : pedicels 
very short. Stipules scarious, but small or minute. Claws of the (yellow) 
petals a little exserted cut of the tube of the calyx: keel broadly dilated up- 
wards, very obtuse. 


14, H. naruyrowes, Durand & Hilgard, in Pacif. R. R. Surv. 5, part 3, p. 
6, t. 3. Low, cinereous-puberulent. Leaflets 5—7, not crowded, linear- 
lanceolate, acute at both ends. Bract unifoliolate or sometimes wanting. 
Teeth of the calyx broadly subulate, shorter than the tube. California: 
San Joaquin River, Heermann ; Los Angeles, Wallace. 


15. H. ancusrirouia, G. Don. ex Benth. H. Mexicana, Benth., in Linn. 
Trans. H. longipes, Nutt. ined. Slender. Leaflets 5—9, obovate or linear, 
short, often canescent beneath. Bract trifoliolate at the apex of the 1—2- 
flowered peduncle. Teeth of the calyx slender, nearly as long as the tube. 
Mexico. 


tt Peduncles umbellately many-flowered, mostly shorter than the leaf, 
bearing the bract below its apex, or a leaf lower down which represents the 
bract. Stipules scarious or in one species foliaceous. Flowers rather small, 
dull-colored, greenish-white or yellowish with purple, the keel slightly in- 
curved, very obtuse, moderately shorter than the wings. Calyx-teeth not 
half the length of the tube. Leaflets 9—21, oval or oblong. 


16, H. incana, Torr. in Bot. Whippl. Exped. Pacif. R. R. Surv., 4, p. 79, 
(23,)t. 4. Low, canescently very villous throughout; the bract near the 
apex of the peduncle, mostly 5-foliolate. Yuba, California, Dr. Bigelow. 


17. H. stiputaris, Benth. H. macrophylla, Kellogg, in Proc. Calif. Acad., 
2, p. 123 and 126, fig. 40. Rather tall and stout, the upper part of the stem, 
petioles, peduncles, &c. villous, the leaflets glabrate. Stipules large and 
foliaceous, or the upper sometimes smaller and almost scarious. Peduncle 
bearing a 3—9-foliolate leaf in place of a bract, much belowthe umbel. Cali- 


fornia. 


1863.] 


350 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


18. H. crasstrotia, Benth. in Linn. Trans. H. stolonifera, Lindl. Bot. 
Reg. t. 1977. HH. platycarpa, Nutt. in Torr. and Gray FI., in fruit only. 
Tall and stout; the stems nearly glabrous; the leaflets (9—15, thickish) 
minutely pubescent or soon glabrous. Bract or floral leaf mostly tri-foliolate 
and mostly above the middle of the peduncle. Calyx-teeth very short. A 
pubescent variety (H. stoloni,era, var. pubescens, Torr., 1. ¢.) not only retains 
considerable down on the leaves, &c., but even the calyx and pedicels are 
pubescent. Oregon and California. 


ttt Peduncles usually equalling or exceeding the leaves, bearing a 4—12- 
flowered umbel (or the lowest sometimes only 1—3-flowered), the bract at its 
apex, or wanting. Stipules scarious. Flowers yellow, and partly white or 
rose-purple, half an inch or more long; the keel abruptly inflexed at the 
apex, acutish, a little shorter than the wings. Calyx-teeth at least nearly 
half the length of the tube. Leaflets 5—-9, rarely 11. 


19. H. opnonerroniaA, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 305; Torr. 1. c., which is ap- 
pressed- pubescent, eee 9—11 narrowly oblong and acute leaflets, a unifoliolate 
bract, the calyx-teeth a little shorter than ‘the tube, I do not possess; but 
it is said to be otherwise much like the next species. California; Coulter, 
Parry. 


20. H. sicotor, Dougl. in Bot. Reg. t. 1257. Lotus pinnatus, Hook., Bot. 
Mag. t. 2913. Glabrous, rather tall, with 5—9 obovate or oblong leaflets 
and no bract, or rarely a small unifoliolate one ; the calyx-teeth about half the 
length of the tube. Corrolla yellow, the keel often white. The bract cer- 
tainly does now and then occur, as, for instance, even in my specimen of 
Hartweg’s, No. 1698. Oregon and California. 


21. H. eraciuts, Benth. ; Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound., t. 15. Equally glabrcus 
and more slender than the foregoing, a span to a foot high, weak and spread- 
ing, with large stipules, 5—T7-leaflet , those of the lower leaves often 3 and 
obovate-cuneate; the umbel subtended by a petioled 3-foliolate bract; the 
calyx-tube scarcely longer than the teeth. Corolla with the keel and wings 
purple or tinged with rose-color. California. 


“¥4ttt Peduncles several-flowered (or the lowest sometimes 1—3-flowered), 
the 1—3-foliolate bract at its apex, or sometimes wanting. Stipules reduced 
to blackish points or glands, often deciduous. Claws of the petals slightly, if 
at all, exserted from the tube of the calyx: keel straightish, dilated up- 
wards. Legumes glabrous. Leaflets not exceeding 7. 


’ {tf Flowers large , keel small, very much shorter than the ample wings. 


22. H. cranpiFLorA, Benth. 1. c. H ochroleuca, Nutt. in Torr. and Gray, 
Fl. Tall (1—5 teet high), softly, more or less pubescent. Leaflets 5—7, oval 
or oblong. Peduncles elongated. Flowers 7—11 lines long; teeth of the 
calyx subulate from a broadish base, shorter than or about as long as the 
tube ; corolla yellowish or greenish white often tinged with purple. Califor- 
nia.—Originals of Nuttall’s H. ochroleuca and Bentham’s H. grandiflora, now 
before me, are identical, both being of the less pubescent forms, with moderate- 
sized flowers, and the calyx-teeth about as long as the tube. The specimens 
which best exemplify the specific name have flowers almost an inch long, and 
a short and soft pubescence. 

Var. ? ANTHYLLOMES, Gray, in Proceed. Calif. Acad. ined. Low, a foot high 
or less, velvety-pubescent. Leaflets of the upper leaves acute or pointed. 
Peduncles scarcely exceeding the leaves. Calyx-teeth attenuate, about as 
long as the tube. Corolla (7 lines long) white and purplish-red. Island of 
Catalina, Mr. Wallace; an intermediate form. Sta. Lucia Mountains, Dr. 
Brewer. A remarkable form, but in which I cannot detect characters warrant- 
ing a specific distinction. F 

[Dece. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351 


ff Flowers rather small, 4 or 5 lines long : keel broad, about the length of the 
wings. Root annual: rhachis of the leaves somewhat dilated. (A transition 
to the next division. ) 


23. H. maritima, Nutt. in Torr. and Gray, Fl.  Diffusely spreading from an 
annual root, minutely strigose-puberulent or almost glabrous; stems from a 
span to nearly a foot long. Leaflets mostly 5, succulent, oval or obovate 
(4—6 lines long). Peduncles about equalling the leaves, 3—5-flowered, or 
the earliest 1—2-flowered. Bract, 1—3-foliolate, or sometimes none. Calyx- 
teeth linear-subulate, rather longer than the tube. Corolla bright yellow. 
Santa Barbara and Los Angeles, California.—Not having any original speci- 
mens, I have before taken specimens of H. strigosa, Nutt. for marituma. But 
the original of the latter proves to be identical with a plant which I have re- 
ceived from Mr. Wallace, and recently from Dr. Brewer, which is clearly of 
this rather than the succeeding section, having a 4—5-flowered umbel in well- 
developed specimens, and the vexillum on a slender claw, remote from the 
wings, as in typical Hosackia. 


*** Uniflore. Leaves obviously pinnate or pinnately trifoliolate; the 
rhachis more or less dilated. Stipules reduced to blackish glands. Peduncles 
1 flowered, (rarely 2-flowered). Claws of the petals not exserted, that of the 
vexillum short, and approximate to the others. Small and diffuse annuals ; 
the flowers small, yellow, often turning rose-purple or reddish. 


t Pubescent, 4—9-foliolate. Keel broad, and almost straight, very blunt 
much shorter than the wings. Vexillum tapering into a short claw. 


24. H. srricosa, Nutt. H. microphylla, nudiflora, strigosa, and rubella, 
Nutt. in Torr. and Gray, Fl. Diffusely spreading or ascending, strigosely, 
pubescent. Leaflets linear-oblong, or obovate (1—5 lines long). Peduncle; 
equalling or exceeding the leaves; the bract of the apex 1—5-foliolate or 
sometimes wanting. A very variable little annual, the forms of which I can 
divide into three sets; one with the flowers 4 or5 lines long and the peduncle 
bracteolate (H. strigosa, Nutt.); another with the flowers 3 or 4 lines long 
and the bract wanting or minute (H. nudiflora, Nutt.) ; and a third with the 
flowers (occasionally in pairs) two lines long, the bract 1—3-foliolate or often 
wanting (H. rubella and H. microphyl/a, Nutt., in herb. Durand, under the 
name of H. (Psychopsis) micrantha, Nutt.). Some forms have been mistaken 
for H. maritima. California, along and near the coast and rivers. 


tt Glabrous throughout, 3—6-foliolate. Keel somewhat narrowed at the 
inflexed apex, acutish, nearly equalling the wings. Vexillum subcordate. 


25. H. parvirLorA, Benth. in Bot. Reg. Lotus micranthus, Benth. in Linn. 
Trans. Pale, well marked by its perfect smoothness (or a slight pubescence 
on nascent parts), and the minute flowers (barely 2 lines long), scarcely sur- 
passing the 1—3-foliolate bract. Peduncle2 to 8 lines long. The form of the 
keel is nearly that of H. bicolor and H. gracilis. Oregon and California. 


§ MICROLOTUS, Benth., excl. sp. Legume of § 2, sometimes barely oblong. 
Keel of the corolla attenuated upwards, or as it were rostrate, falcate, mostly 
acute, equalling or exceeding the wings. Vexillum ona short claw, not dis- 
tant from those of the other petals, which, moreover, are not exserted. An- 
nmuals. Leaves 1—5-foliolate, the lower leaflets scattered on a more or less 
dilated rhachis. Stipules reduced to minute dark glands. Flowers small, 
(yellow, sometimes changing to orange or purple) not umbellate. 


Of these following species only it is a question whether they should not 
be referred to Lotus. 


t Peduncles longer than the leaves, bearing a single flower accompanied by 


1863.] 


352 ‘PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . 


a unifoliolate bract. Calyx-teeth much longer than the tube, almost equal- 
ling than the corolla. Leaves subsessile, pinnately trifoliolate or the upper 
sometimes unifoliolate. (Psychopsis, Nutt. in Torr. and Gray, Fl. , 


26. Hosacxia Pursniana, Benth. in Bot. Reg. Lotus serieeus, Pursh. 
Trigonella Americana, Nutt. Gen. Hosackia unifoliolata, Hook. H. elata, flo- 
ribunda, pilosa, and mollis, Nutt. in Torr. and Gray, Fl. A wide-spread and 
variable species, from a few inches to a foot or more high, smoothish, or even 
slabrous, pubescent, or soft-villous; the leaflets varying from ovate to lan- 
ceolate. North Carolina to Nebraska, Oregon, and California. 


tt Flowers subsessile and mostly solitary in the axils of the leaves, 
ebracteate. Corolla exceeding the calyx. Leaves 3—5-foliolate; the leaflets 
obovate or oblong, mostly attenuate or scattered on the wing-dilated rhachis. 
Small, procumbent or depressed annuals. 


27. H. suppinnata, Torr. and Gray, F]. Lotus subpinnatus, Lag.; Hook. 
and Arn. Pot. Beech. t. 8. L. Macrei, Benth., forma subglabra. ZL. Wran- 
gelianus, Fisch. and Mey. H. Wrangeliana, Torr. and Gray, 1. ¢., forma 
glabrata. Villous-hirsute or glabrate. Teeth of the calyx about the length ot 
the tube, or scarcely longer. Legume linear-oblong, 4—7-seeded, as in forego- 
ing species, very much exceeding the calyx. The smoothish variety, with a 
glabrous legume (Lotus Macrei, Benth.), appears different enough from the 
very hairy form, which is less common in California. But intermediate states 
abound. Anisolotus anthylloides, Bernh., of the gardens, appears to be a 
slender and procumbent form. Chili, California, and Oregon. 


28. H. pracnycarPA, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 306, No. 1073. Softly villous 
with long and whitish hairs, very much branched from the base, diffuse or 
procumbent ; the flowers rather larger than in the last ; the attenuated teeth 
of the calyx very much longer than its tube, and equalling or fully half the 
length of the oblong or linear-oblong very obtuse villous 2—4-seeded legume. 
California, on the Sacramento, and in that region. Dr. Brewer has collected 
greener and luxuriant specimens of this species, approaching H, subpinnata, 
having flattish pods which exceed the calyx ; but the species still appears to 
hold good. 


*,* Obscure Species. 


H. BALSAMIFERA, Kellogg, in Proceed. Calif. Acad. ii. p. 125, said to be very 


viscid and villous, and to have pedunculate umbels, is wholly unknown 
to me. 


Synopsis of the ECHINOIDS collected by Dr. W. Stimpson on the North Pacifie 
Exploring Expedition, under the command of Captains Ringgold and Rodgers. 


BY ALEX. AGASSIZ. 


The collection of Echinoids brought home by Dr. Stimpson was at first 
placed in the hands of Mr. James M. Barnard for identification. Other occu- 
pations having prevented him from finishing the task he had undertaken, the 
collection was sent to Cambridge, where it was arranged while I was engaged 
in cataloguing the Echinoids of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The 
specimens have thus been compared with the greater part of the originals of 
the Catalogue Raisonné of Prof. Agassiz, which are in the collection at Cam- 
bridge. Dr. Stimpson has collected so largely that the species which had 
not been described before, and which are here briefly noticed, form a large 
addition to the number of Echinoids previously known to science. He has 
visited several of the localities from which the French explorers had brought 
to the Jardin des Plantes many of the species mentioned in the Catalogue Rai- 


[Dee. 


So ao 


NATURAL SOIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353 


sonné of Agassiz. The collection made at the Bonin Islands was particularly 
valuable in a historical point of view, as it enabled me to obtain precise 
knowledge concerning the species of Echinoids which Mertens had collected 
there, and which, though described by Brandt in his Prodromus, had never 
been compared with the species described by Prof. Agassiz about the same 
time. The annexed list is intended simply as a catalogue to give an idea of 
the value of the collection, and the author hopes to return to this collection 
on another occasion, and to give more lengthy descriptions, and figures of the 
most interesting species. The notes of Dr. Stimpson, of the colors, and of the 
depth at which the Echinoids were found, have been added in quotation 
marks. These notes correspond to numbers attached to the specimens at the 
time they were collected. 


PHYLLACANTHUS Brandt, Prod. 
Syn. Letocidaris Des., Syn. Echin. Foss. 


PHYLLACANTHUS DUBIA Brandt, Prod. 

This species is, at first glance, so closely related to P. imperialis, that un- 
questionably many of the errors which have been made in referring to P. im- 
perialis this species, which is found in the Northern part of the Pacific Ocean, 
arose from this close resemblance. The spines of P. dubia are more slender 
than those of the zmperialis. The longitudinal furrows are deep, equally well 
marked along the whole length of the spine. It can at once be distinguished 
from its congener by the narrewness of the median ambulacral zone, which 
does not equal in width the poriferous zone; the latter is somewhat de- 
pressed. 

“Found among madrepores in one fathom, Port Lloyd, Bonin Islands. 
Secondary spines of a deep purple; primary spines ash color.”—(W. Stimp- 
son.) 


PHYLLACANTHUS FUSTIGERA Barn. MS. 

Small species, having one row of small tubercles round the scrobicular 
circle of the ambulacral plates. Furrow joining the ambulacral pores very 
deep. The spines are slightly plicated at the extremity ; the whole surface 
minutely granulated. They are of a dark violet color, with two yellowish 
rings placed about one-sixth of an inch apart, below the point where the pli- 
eations commence. 

Taken at Puloe Leat Island, Gaspar Straits, Capt. Stevens. 


GARELIA Gray. Proc. Lond. Soc., 1855. 


Garetia cincta A.Ag., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1863. Syn. Echinothriz Tur- 
, earum Pet?? 
. “Spinesof a purplish black color. Fine blue semicircular rays on the body, 
among the bases of the spines, may be often noticed.” 

“ Hilo Hawaii. Found in rock crevices and under flat corals in the 4th 
subregion of the littoral zone. Port Lloyd, Bonin Islands.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 


DIADEMA (Peters emend.) Seeig. v. Mossamb. 


Diapema paucispinuM A. Ag., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1863. 
“ Hilo Hawaii.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


D1ADEMA NuDUM A. Ag. 
Under the name of Diadema turcarum no less than three different species 


have been confounded. According to Peters, who had a specimen of what he 
calls D. turcarum, it is an Echinothriz, entirely different from the D. setosum 
ef Rumph., which he says is a true Diadema. Having examined in the ecol- 
lection of the Museum at Cambridge, a remarkable sea urchin, received from 
the Sandwich and Kingsmill Islands from Mr. Garrett, which agrees suffi- 


1863.] 


354 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


ciently with the figure of Rumphius of D. setosum, Pl. 14, fig. 5, to show that 
they belong to the same genus, I find that it is an entirely different genus, 
which have I named Echinostrephus, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1863. The 
figure of Leske, Pl. 37, figs. 1, 2, which is also always quoted as D. turca- 
rum, is a true Diudema, probably identical with the species which I have called 
D. nudum. The D. turcarum, or the chinothrix turcarum of Peters, is @ 
varelia, and not Hehinothrix, Peters having included in his genus Hehinothriz, 
several species which had already been separated by Gray as a distinct genus 
from Diadema, Garelia. The Echinothrix turcarum Pet. may prove identical 
with the Garelia cincta, mentioned above, but as I have no specimens, and only 
the figure of Rumphius, I am unable to decide this point. 

“Body everywhere, spines included, of a purplish black color. Soft parts 
bluish grey. Anus margined with light blue.” 

“ Hong Kong, China, in crevices of rocks, 1 fathom.” 

“Tsland of Ousima, below 1. w. m.”—(W, Stimpson.) 


THRICHODIADEMA A. Ag. 


Ambulacra of @ true Diadema ; pores arranged in irregular‘vertical ares of 
three pairs of pores; not spreading near the actinal region. Two rows of 
large tubercles in the ambulacral space. Interambulacral area with two 
vertical rows of large tubercles extending from the mouth to the abactinal 
region ; on each side of these rows tubercles smaller than the ambulacral, ar- 
ranged in vertical rows and not in oblique rows, as is usual in the Diadema- 
tide. Abactinal system almost circular, which distinguishes this genus 
at once from all other known genera of this family. Shell thick; tubercles 
crenulated ; spines resembling those of Echinothriz, but stouter and more taper- 
ing. 

THRICHODIADEMA RopeeErsii A. Ag. 

Tubercles of ambulacra crowded together with a double zig-zag row of small 
miliary tubercles. Tubercles of interambulacral area arranged in eight ver- 
tical rows. Anal membrane small, covered with minute elliptical plates. The 
verticillations of the spines very close; whorls arranged in such a way that 
the surface of the spines appear longitudinally striated. Outline seen from 
above perfectly circular, regularly arched when seen in profile. 

“Taken in clefts of rock at 1. w. m. in Port Jackson, N.S. W. Color of a 
deep reddish purple.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


HETEROCENTROTUS MAMMILLATUS Br., Prod. 

Dr. Stimpson had the good fortune to find at the Bonin Islands a number of 
specimens of a species of Heterocentrotus, which-are undoubtedly the H. Pos- 
telli of Brandt. After carefully comparing the specimens with the originals 
of Acrocladia hastifera Ag., A. mammillata Ag., I have satisfied myself that the 
different species which have been distinguished principally by means of the 
great differences in the spines, are simply individual differences. The pecu- 
liar mode of growth of the spines by concentric longitudinal layers, giving 
rise in different specimens to bat-shaped, triangular, cylindrica! or club- 
shaped spines.’ In specimens in which the spines have been broken and 
have grown out again afterwards, we find the best proof of the identity of 
these different modes of growth. 

“Bonin Islands and Hilo, Hawaii.’—(W. Stimpson. ) 


PopopHora Quoyi A. Ag., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 1863. 

“ Hilo, Hawaii.”—(W. Stimpson.) 

CotosocentrotTus Leske! Br. Prod. 

‘Black above, dark reddish brown below; a circle of bright red around 
the mouth. On surf-washed rocks in 4th 1., Port Lloyd, Bonin Islands.”— 
(W. Stimpson.) 

[Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. | 


When specimens have remained some time in alcohol the spines become 
ash colored. 

Colobocentrotus can readily be distinguished from Podophora by its peculiar 
ambulacra, the tubercles of which are arranged in four vertical rows, the 
median space raised above the poriferous zone ; there is a strong depression 
between the tubercles of consecutive plates. The interambulacral plates are 
separated by a well marked suture on the abactinal side. 


PARASALENIA GRATIOSA A. Ag., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1863. 

‘“* Body everywhere black; spines dark olive, with a ring of white at base 
of each. 

“Among madrepores in 1 f. Port Lloyd, Bonin Islands.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 


ECHINOMETRA BRUNEA A. Ag. 

Differs from #. lucunter by the great height of the polar diameter of the test, 
as well as the uniform size of the tubercles and spines. 

“ Among coral at 1. w. m., Bonin Islands.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


EcHINOMETRA LUCUNTER Lamk. 

“Hilo, Hawaii.” 

“On the coral reefs of Tahiti.” 

“Body always dark purple; spine greenish; mouthred. Bonin Islands, in 
crevices of rocks and coral in 4th 1.”’—(W. Stimpson. ) 

“Yoo Choo Islands. 

“ Ousima. imac Stimpson.) 

These specimens have been examined side by side with specimens compared 
to the originals of Lamarck sent to the Museum at Cambridge, through 
the kindness of Prof. Valenciennes. This species has been so often quoted by 
different explorers as occuring at localities as far apart as the West Indies, 
the Cape of Good Hope, Mauritius, Hast India Islands, in the Pacific Ocean, at 
the Low Isl., the Sandwich Isl., &c., that it became an interesting question 
carefully to compare specimens from these different localities. It became at 
once apparent that we had one species in the West India Islands, (#. Micheline 
Des.,) one species at Mauritius, Zanzibar, (H#. acufera,) associated with £. 
lucunter Lamk., so that the true H. lucunter of Lamarck is not confined to the 
Pacific Ocean, and seems to enjoy a very extensive range of distribution, 
Besides the localities here mentioned there are specimens in the Museum of 
Comparative Zoology at Cambridge from the Kingsmill Islands, the Society 
Islands and the Navigators Islands, and also from Tor in the Red Sea, which 
have been received from the Imperial Museum at Vienna. 

Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br., appears almost always associated with £. 
lucunter. These two Echinoids are particularly characteristic of the great Belt 
which extends on both sides ofsthe Equator from the east coast of Africa to the 
Sandwich Isls. Mipponoé sardica Gray, which is also quoted as occurring with 
these two species, may prove identical with Hipponoé violacea A. Ag., but the 
materials on hand at present are not sufficient to decide this point, as it is ex- 
tremely difficult to ascertain what are specific differences in this family of Hip- 
ponoide, owing to the great difference between the young and the adult. 
Young specimens of the common Tripneustes ventricosum, from Florida, having 
even been placed into a new genus, Heliechinus, by Girard, (Heliechinus Gouldit, 
Gir.) Supposing, formerly, that this species (. lucunter) had not been described, 
and many specimens having found their way into other Museums from the 
collection at Cambridge under the name of Hchinometra picta A. Ag., I take this 
opportunity to correct my mistake. 


ARBACIA AEQUITUBERCULATA Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1855. 
“ Madeira.” 


“Porto Praya, Cape de Verde Islands.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 
1863.] 


356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


GLYPTOCIDARIS A. Ag. 


Pores arranged as in /Heliocidaris, in narrow, irregular rows; do not spread 
near actinostome. Tubercles crenulated ; spines tapering, long. Two princi- 
pal rows of interambulacral and ambulacral tubercles; miliaries not numerous. 


GLYPTOCIDARIS CRENULARIS A. Ag. 

Median interambulacral space bare; tubercles increasing very gradually 
towards the lower edge, where they are large. Four short rows of small 
tubercles on lower surface. Spines long and stout, longitudinally striated, re- 
semble those of the genus Acrocidaris. 

“ Light brown or pale reddish brown. One specimen was greenish brown ; 
another cream colored.” 

“Tn 6 f. shelly bottom, comparatively rare. Hakodadi Bay, Isl. of Jesso.”— 
(W. Stimpson.) 


ToOXOCIDARIS DELALANDI A. Ag., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1863. 
“ Color reddish or purplish, sometimes brownish. Common about l. w. m. 
and in 4th 1., under stones. Port Jackson, N. S. W.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


ToXOcIDARIS NUDA A. Ag. 

Great size of the actinostome; cuts not as deep as in other species of this 
genus; pores arranged in arcs of 5-—7 pairs; tubercles of interambulacral 
space far apart; two rows very prominent, far exceeding in size the others; 
miliaries few and small; secondary tubercles small, equal in size to the am- 
bulacral tubercles, which are arranged in two rows; spines of dried specimens 
of a bluish color. : 

“ Hilo, Hawaii.”—(W. Stimpson.) 

“WN, E. end of Niphon.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


TOXOCIDARIS cRASSISPINA A. Ag. 

Miliaries few in number; ambulacral and interambulacral tubercles of 
equal size ; spines long, equalling in length the diameter of the test; coronal 
plates high ; pores arranged in regular arches from 9 to 10 pairs, diminish 
in number on lower surface. 

“Color entirely black, except alittle reddish below the mouth. Not uncom- 
mon under stones and in crevices of rocks in 4th ]., Ly-ee-moon. Passage, 
near Hong Kong, China.”—(W. Stimpson.) 

“Yellowish, spines dark olive. In 25 f., among clean stones and nulli- 
pores off the headland of Hakodadi, Isl. of Jesso, and N. E. end of Niphon.”— 
(W. Stimpson.) 


ToXOCIDARIS GLOBULOSA A. Ag. 

Primary and secondary tubercles of the same size ; outline globular; mili- 
aries numerous ; poriferous zone broad, increasing in breadth; pores arranged 
in ares of 8 or 9 pairs, near the mouth; spines of dried specimens dark violet, 
short and slender. 

“Keelung, Formosa.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


ToxXocIDARIS DEPRESSA A. Ag. 

Remarkable for its extreme flatness on the lower surface and the great de- 
pression of the polar diameter. Tubercles numerous, uniform in size; coro- 
nal plates long ; spines slender, rather short, scarcely equalling in length one 
quarter of the diameter. Poriferous zone broad, as broad as the median 
ambulacral space; pores arranged in very slightly arched ares of 6 to 7 pairs 
of pores. 

“N. E. end of Niphon.”’—(W. Stimpson.) 


PSAMMECHINUS SUBANGULOSUS Ag., Cat. Rais. 
“ Color reddish and brownish red of various shades. Very common in 4th 
1, and at 1. w. m. on rocks, chiefly in crevices. 'Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good 
Hope.” —(W. Stimpson. ) ; &e 
- [Dee. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357 


PSAMMECHINUS INTERMEDIUS Barn. MS. 

‘Coronal plates high; tubercles of interambulacral area of uniform size, 
arranged in ten vertical rows; in ambulacral space in four. Two vertical 
rows of small tubercles in poriferous zone. The third outside vertical row 
of pores very irregular, forming small arcs of two to three pairs of pores. Spines 
short and stout ; ovarian openings large. Outline somewhat depressed ; mouth 
opening smell. 

“ Hakodadi Bay.” 

“ Ousima.”’—(W. Stimpson.) 


PSAMMECHINUS PULCHERRIMUS Barn. MS. 

The tubercles are quite small, closely packed together, of uniform size, ar- 
ranged in slightly bent horizontal rows, four to eight in each interambulacral 
plate, according to the position ; large miliaries fill up the intermediate space. 
between the horizontal rows. In the ambulacra there are three small tu- 
bercles on each plate, making thus horizontal rows of sixteen tubercles in 
the interambulacra and six in the ambulacra. The spines are very minute,: 
slender and sharp. The test is thick ; pores are arranged in oblique lines of 
four, and the rows are separated by smalltubercles. Notches round the mouth 
very "marked and deep for this genus. 

“ Oolor light olive, greenish above, brownish below. Found among stones: 
and Laminarie in 3 f. Hakodadi Bay.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 


TOXOPNEUSTES DROBACHIENSIS Ag., Cat. Rais. 

“Very common in 10 fathoms, gravel and muddy gravel. Seniavine 
Straits, W. shore of Behring’s Straits.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 

Very common in 2 f. mud, offshingle beaches in Avatscha Bay, Kamtschat- 
ka.” —(W. Stimpson.) 

See my remarks about the geographical distribution of this species in: 
Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., vol. ix., p. 191. 


TOXOPNEUSTES CARNOSUS Barn. MS. 

This species is closely allied to 7. drobachiensis, from which it is easily dis-, 
tinguished by the flesh color of its test and pink color of its spines. The 
pairs of pores are placed very close together, so that each arc is narrow, 
containing from 5 to 6 pairs. Two principal rows of tubercles with miliaries 
not numerous, but prominent, arranged in a circle round the primary tubercle. 
The spines are short and slender; the notches of the actinostome scarcely 
perceptible. 

Dredged in Behring’s Straits. Capt. Rodgers. Gulf of Penginsk, Ochotsck 
Sea; Capt. Stevens. 


LoxEcHinus PuRPURATUS A. Ag., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1863. 
“Taken among rocks atl. w. m. near San Francisco, Cal., (Sir Francis 
Drake’s Bay;) occasionally brought to market.’””—(W. Stimpson.) 


SPHAERECHINUS BREVISPINOSUS Des. Syn., Echin. Foss. 
“ Taken by the natives by diving, in 2 f. rocks. Funchal Bay, Madeira.”— 
(W. Stimpson.) 
“ A young specimen, probably. In 20 f. among nullipores. Porto Praya, 
Cape de Verdes Ids.” —(W. Stimpson.) ; 


MICROCYPHUS ELEGANS A. Ag. 

Remarkable for the great number of small tubercles scattered irregularly: 
round the two principal vertical rows of interambulacral tubercles. Depres- 
sions at junctions of plates, with a tendency of running into one another, 
both in the ambulacral and interambulacral spaces. The space free from 
spines quite small, hardly more marked than in Goniocidaris in the interam-' 
bulacral region ; comparativ ely broad in the ambulacral region. 


“In 25 f,, coarse gravel and nullipores off the headland of Hakodadi, Isl- 
and, Jesso, ‘Japan. "—-(W. Stimpson.) 


1863.] 


358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


TorEUMATICA Concava Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1855. 

“Common ; found covering the bottom in some spots off the Coast of China, 
near Hong Kong, in 15—20f., mud. Also found sparingly in the inner bays 
in 4 to 6 f.” 

“Cream colored, with five broad rays of purplish above.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 


TemNOoPLEURUS Reeves A, Ag., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1863. 

“In 8 f., shelly ground, channel of Hong Kong harbor, China. Color pale 
yellowish or greenish yellow; spines annulated with dark violet.’”—(W. 
Stimpson.) 

ANTHECHINUS A. Ag. 


Small pentagonal sea-urchins, with prominent abactinal system and open- 
ings at angles of plates. The ambulacra convex, projecting beyond the level 
of interambulacral space, which is quite depressed. Median ambulacral and 
interambulacral space free from spines. The bare space follows the line of 
plates and is not sunken, as in Microcyphus and Temnopleurus, but slopes gradu- 
ally to the edge of the plate. Tubercles very minute, somewhat larger round 
the mouth, where they are arranged in diverging rows, extending about half 
way to the abactinal area, while they are scattered irregularly on the portion 
of the plates, which they cover partially. Pores arranged in single pairs in 
a vertical row. 


ANTHECHINUS RoSEUs A. Ag. 

Genital plates perfectly smooth, with a large opening, like a notch, in the 
edge of the plate. Anal plates numerous, covered with minute spines. The 
bare space is violet in dry specimens and the spines are greenish. The spines 
are exceedingly slender and sharp, resembling those of Sa/macis, though much 
smaller in proportion to the size of the sea-urchin. Polar diameter, as great ag 
the transverse. “ Japan.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


TEMNOTREMA A. Ag. 


Small sea-urchin, almost globular, with marked grooves at the sutures of 
the plates, as in Salmacis. Two principal vertical rows of tubercles; smaller 
tubercles crowded irregularly over the rest of the plate. Abactinal system 
pentagonal, with prominent angles, the anal system consisting of four plates 
as in Echinocidaris. Spines like those of Salmacis, though finer in proportion 
and more deeply grooved. Pairs of pores arranged in a single vertical row. 


TEMNOTREMA SCULPTA A. Ag. 
Test, mottled with white, violet and patche of brown, has a greenish tinge ; 

spines of lower surface, near the mouth, much larger than those of the abac- 

tinal part of the test. Actinal system smooth, with the exception of ten large 

plates round the opening of the mouth; spines ringed with white and violet. 
“Kagosima Bay, Japan.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 


Hipponok viotacea A. Ag., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1863. 
“Taken by the natives by diving at Hilo, Hawaii.”—(W. Stimpson.) 
Found under stones on gravelly bottom below 1. w. m., especially among 
sea-weeds. _ 
- “Katawaisima Straits, Island of Ousima. Body purplish red; spines 
white.” —(W. Stimpson.) 
“Loo Choo Islands.”—(W. Stimpson.) Fragments only. 


Merspitia GLopuLus Ag., Cat. Rais. 
“QOusima, Japan.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


Two species of Fibularia, one from Kagosima and the other from the China 
Seas, too imperfect for description. 


EcHINOCYAMUS TARENTINUS Ag., Cat. Rais. 
“Taken in 15 f. sand. Funchal Bay, Madeira.’»—(W. Stimpson.) 


[Dee. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359 


. Also a species of Echinocyamus ; ‘ taken in abundance in 5-f. sand. Kago- 
sima Bay, Japan. Color waxen white.”—W. Stimpson.) 
“Ousima.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


EcuinocyaMus Austratis Ag., Cat. Rais. 
“ Coral Sea of Australia, Groper Shoal.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


A species of Zaganum from the Loo Choo Islands, too imperfect for ae- 
curate description. 


Lacanum Putnam Barn. MS. 

Resembles Lag. depressum, Ag., in its general outline, but has, like Lag. 
Peroni, the genital opening far outside the rosette. The ambulacral rosettes 
are very pointed and slender. Anus nearer the edge than in other species of 


this genus ; lower surface deeply grooved by the straight ambulacral furrows ; 
mouth not sunken as in Peront. 


“ Ousima.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 


Rumpuia LesvEuri A. Ag., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1863. 

“Color pale red above, with five curves of paler color near edge of inter- 
ambulacral spaces. Below, pale yellowish green. Abundant in 6—10 f. 
sandy mud among the Islands near Hong Kong, China.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 


EcHINARACHNIUS ASIATICUS Mich , Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1859. 

“ Covers the coarse, black, sandy floor of the sea off the coast of Kamt- 
schatka, near Petropaulski. Found at various depths from 30 to 70 fathoms ; 
color reddish brown when alive.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


SCAPHECHINUS Barn. MS. 


This genus is closely allied to Echinarachnius. It has, however, remarkable 
points of difference in the small number and great thickness of the walls join- 
ing the two floors, as well as in the mode of branching of the grooves on the 
lower surface, which is exactly that of the fossil genus Sceutella. It has the 
ambulacral rosette of Hchinarachnius and the depression of the interambulac- 
ral space on the upper surface of Arachnoides. 


ScAPHECHINUS MIRABILIS Barn. MS. 

Test depressed in interambulacral spaces; outline somewhat scolloped ; 
genital openings outside of the pentagon of the centre of the rosette. 

“Seined on sandy shores. The sandy bottom of Hakodadi Bay, (north 
side,) from 1. w. m. to 1—2 f., is covered so closely with this species that no 
space of a square foot can be found free ofthem. In some places a boat-hook 
can not be thrust to the bottom without striking one. Color above deep 
purplish crimson, below light olive. The deep crimson pigment comes off 
easily and stains the hand. Hakodadi, Island of Jesso.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


Fragmeuts of a new species of Mellita from the China Seas, in lat. 23°. 
Lopopnora TExTa A. Ag. 

Resembles in outline the LZ. truncata, and would readily be referred to 
that genus from its general appearance. The position of the anus is also 
somewhat more marginal than in L. brfissa, being placed about opposite the 
middle of the lunule. On opening it we find that the lower floor is covered 
with a delicate grooved work, as in Lobephora, the grooves’ being mainly ar-’ 
ranged on both sides of the ambulacral tubes, forming a beautifully carved 
elongated rosette round the mouth. | We find nothing of this arrangement in 
ZL. bifissa. Wunules small, entirely closed, placed some distance from the 
margin. Teeth are much larger in proportion to the size of disk than-in Lo- 
bophora hifissa. 

“Dredged in 12 f. clean sand at Tanegasima, (Isl. south of Japan,) also 
in 10 f. sand off the east coast of Ousima, Color dark red, darkest below.”’— 
(W. Stimpson.) : 


1863.] 


360: ‘PROCEEDINGS’ OF THE ACADEMY OF 
’ A’young specimen? was dredged in the China Sea in lat. 23°, in 20 f. sand, 


Rotuta Roumpui Kl. 
A young specimen? ‘Taken in 20 f. nullipore bottom, Porto Praya, Cape 


de Verdes.” —(W. Stimpson.) ? 
A species of Echinoneus, not sufficiently well preserved to admit of determi- 
nation, was taken at the Loo Choo Islands. 


> 
Fragments of a large Spatangus allied to Sp. purpureus, taken in 50 f. in 
the Straits of Sangar, on the steamer Hancock, Capt. Stevens. 


Maremia ALTA A; Ag. ’ 
Differs from the M. planulata Gray, by the great convexity of the abactinal: 
region. The large spines are more slender and much less numerous on the’ 
abactinal portion of the test. The whole of this is covered with quite minute: 
silk like bristles, while in the If planulata many of the bristles are stout and 
nearly as:long as the diameter of the test. The large tubercles are all limited 
to the lower portion of the interambulacral space except one or two, while in 
M. planulata the whole interambulacral space is covered with large tubercles. 
‘Of a light buff color, above radiated with rows of flesh-colored patches. 
Taken commonly in 5 f., black sand, in Kagosima Bay.”—(W. Stimpson.) * 


LoVENIA-SUBCARINATA Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1855. 

“In 10 f. mud off Tamtu Island, Coast of China, near Hong Kong. Small, 
ones common in 5 f. mud in the inner bays; young of a pinkish and fawn, 
color ; adult clear dark brown.’’—(W. Stimpson.) 

It seems to me very doubtful whether this species is a true Lovenia. It 
has characters which place it close to Breynia, while the pouches at the base 
of the large spines are similar to those of Lovenia. The pouches are much; 


more limited in their position than in Lovenia hystrix. 


LOVENIA TRIANGULARIS A. Ag. ; 
This species is at once distinguished from either the hystrix or the Califor-— 
nia species of this same genus, by the great width of the anterior region and 
the position of the large tubercles crowded together close to the anterior am-i 
bulacra. The position of the mouth is more central than in other species of 
this genus. . 
‘Dark reddish above, sometimes purplish; longer spines annulated with 
white and red; below, color much lighter. Dredged in 5f., black sand,) 
Kagosima Bay.’—(W. Stimpson.) 
LESKIA MIRABILIS Gray. Cat. Brit. Mus. 
“A single broken specimen of this interesting species. The posterior part,’ 
containing the pentagonal pyramid covering the opening of the anus, quite’ 
well preserved. cr G4 
“Jn 20 f., mud near Gr. Lema, off Coast of China, near Hong Kong. Dead, 
specimens show that it grows to a length of three inches. Of a pale straw 
color ;-feet. blood-red, palish.”—(W. Stimpson.) F 
Evuninocarpium Srimpsoni A. Ag. : 
More elongated than E. cordatum, to which it is closely allied; easily re- 
cognized by the great slope of the anterior ambulacral region; tubercles of 
the oral surface distant, position of the genital openings nearer the centre: 
than.in the &. cordatum Gray; the posterior interambulacrum is not promi-> 


nent. ; 
“Taken in 20 f. sandy mud in Kagosima Bay, Japan. Color somewhat 


yellowish,—hay color.”—(W. Stimpson.) v3 \ 
‘Another species of this genus, resembling EZ. gibbosum, was brought from. 
the Cape of Good Hope ; the specimens were probably only young, D : 
\ [ ec.’ 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 


“ Of a small size ; not uncommon in 12 f. sand, Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good 
Hope. Color white, suckers red.”—(W. Stimpson.) 


Also a species of Brissus allied to the Brissus carinatus Lamk ,Gaspé Straits, 
collected by Capt. Rodgers, who states them to be very common on the beaches 
there. 


* 


The Reports of the Recording Secretary and of the Curators were 
read, as follow : 


REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY, 


For 1863. E 


During the year ending 30th November, 1863, there have been elected six- 
teen members and eight correspondents. 

The following members have died : Mark W. Collet, M. D., John McCanless, 
John Y. Clark, M. D.. Edward Harris. 

The death of the following Correspondents has been announced : 

Samuel R, Wetherill, of Burlington, N. J.; Rev. James H. McFarland, 
U.S. Army; Dr. William Darlington, West Chester, Pa.; Prof. C. G. C. 
Reinhardt, Leyden; Benj. D. Green, of Boston, Mass.; Asahel Clapp, New 
Albany, Indiana ; Charles W. Short, M. D., Louisville, Ky.; S. P. Hildreth, 
M. D., Marietta, Ohio ; Ebenezer Emmons, of North Carolina; Chevalier A. C. 
Bernardi, of Paris. 

One member has resigned. 

The number of papers contributed and ordered to be published during the 
same time, has been sixty-eight, as follows: 

By Theodore Gill, twenty-four; George W. Tryon, Jr., eight; Isaac Lea, 
LL.D., seven ; John Cassin, four ; Elliott Cones, M. D., U.S. A., three ; Messrs. 
T. A. Conrad, James Lewis, M. D., E. D. Cope, Jacob Ennis, W. T. March and 
S. F. Baird, each two; Charles C. Abbott, Alexander Winchell, E. Durand, 
Samuel Ashmead and Thomas P. James, Asa Gray, James A. Grant, M. D., 
George N. Lawrence, Horatio C. Wood, M. D., Wm. Stimpson, Thomas B. 
Wilson, M. D., and John Cassin, Robert Kennicott, Felipe Poey and J. C. 
Brevoort, J. C. Brevoort and §. S. Haldeman, each one. 

All of which is respectfully submitted. 


B. HOWARD RAND, M. D., 
Recording Secretary. 


BEPORT.OF CURATORS. 
For 1863. 


The Curators announce the following list of donations of objects of natural 
history to the Academy during the year just closing. 

Mammals.—Of these 6 species were presented by Drs. Jos. C. Martindale, 
and James A. Grant, Mr. Matson and Mr. Foulke. Dr. I. I. Hayes also 
presented a fine mounted specimen of the Esquimaux dog of pure breed. 

Birds.—Mr. B. F. Saurmann presented 80 mounted specimens of 52 species 
of American birds, and Dr. Jos. C. Martindale, mounted specimens of 22 spe- 
cies. Seven specimens were also presented by John Krider, T. Beesley, Gen. 
Pleasantson and others. 

Reptiles.—The Smithsonian Institution presented 150 specimens of 95 
species of North American serpents, many of them types of Baird and 
Girard. A collection of reptiles from Hilton Head, 8. C., was presented by 


1863.] 26 


362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Dr. J. J. Craven. Several others were presented by Dr. J. C. Fisher, C. 
Guillou and J. Warner. 

Fishes.—Small collections were presented by Dr. J. J. Craven and S. Powel, 
and 14 species by the Rev. James A. Mackay, S. Ashmead and E. D. 
Cope. 

Dollutks. te. Geo. W. Tryon, jr., presented 198 species of land and fresh 
water shells, Mr. I. Lea 52 species, and the Smithsonian Institution 39 spe- 
cies. Small collections of shells were presented by Dr. J. J. Craven, John 
Warner and the late Mrs. Hannah I. Davenport, and several species by Rev. 
E. R. Beadle, Dr. A. A. Gould, Prof. Haldeman and Prof. Porter. 

Articulates. Specimens of crustacea, insects, myriapods, scorpions, spiders 
and worms, were presented by Drs. J. J. Craven, J. C. Fisher, J. L. Le Conte, 
and J. C. Cleburne, Messrs. J. Hobbs, C. Guillou and Freeman, and the Smith- 
sonian Institution. 

Fossils. —Small collections were presented by Drs. J. C. Morris, H. C. Wood, 
Jr., W. F. Atlee and Mr. A. L. Gerhart. Twenty-two specimens were pre- 
sented by P. W. Sheafer, Dr. J. M. Corse, T. Beesley, W. 8S. Vaux, E. Nolan, 
H. S. Bender, G. J. Scattergood and J. E. Painter. A fine specimen of the 
great trilobite, Isoteles magistus, was also presented by E. 8. Wayne. 

Minerals.—A collection of 250 minerals, many of them valuable additions 
to our cabinet, were presented by the late J. P. W. Neff. Ninety others were 
presented by C. U. Shepard, J. F. Parker, E. H. Beebe, I. Lea, J. C. Fisher, 
Mrs. H. I. Davenport, T. D. Rand, J. E. Painter, J. C. Trautwine and R. 
Bridges. 

Miscellaneous. —Specimens of shells, plaster casts, bones, plants, Indian 
antiques, etc., were presented or obtaincd in exchange, 110 in number, from 
CG. A. Poulson, B. R. Ross, C. C. Abbott, Mrs. Jacob Green, Mrs. Hannah I. 
Davenport, E. J. De Haven, J. G. Eastlack, J. F. Parker, R. Bingham, Dr. R. 
Jennings, Dr. Le Conte, A. Fiot and Mr. Ward. 

Respectfully submitted by JOSEPH LEIDY, 
Chairman of the Curators. 


The Treasurer read his annual Report, which was referred to the 
Auditors. 

The Reports of the Librarian, Committees on Proceedings and Publica- 
tion Committee were deferred until the next meeting for business. 

The President, Mr. Lea, declined being a candidate for re-election 
to that office. 

The election of officers for the ensuing year was held, and the fol- 
lowing gentlemen were unanimously elected. ' 


PHESUACNE naaahaederottes%> eqane mae eRt eaan THomas B. Witson, M. D. 
Vice: EW CSMENUE. sivas vacensess cocdeescretes -Robert Bridges, M. D. 
Wm. 8S. Vaux. 

Corresponding OPT ELT YS os cos sncncpsaens Thomas Stewardson, M. D. 
Recording Sccretary.....ceveesevsceeeveres B. Howard Rand, M. D. 
Vighr dep e dace cs unane gos eeanansss vearecenee J. D. Sergeant. 
Tesh PY Aled laws obiic cee sueu wsvievoaddaue Wm. C. Henszey. 
OUTALOTS. cc seeevdeeeress Matacses seseeseeee dOSeph Leidy, M. D. 

i Wm.S. Vaux, 


John Cassin, 
J. D. Sergeant. 
' [ Dec. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363 


PA OMOVS. cvacanawns ssvsae ans cureneminennecas Wm. S. Vaux, 
Joseph Jeanes, 
Aubrey H. Smith. 


Publication Commvittee ......see....e0e0s-. Wim. S. Vaux, 
Isaac Lea, 
Robert Bridges, M. D. 
Joseph Leidy, M. D. 
Thomas Stewardson, M. D. 


Pa Orr POs Fr ORS fo. 


The following persons were elected Members,—viz : 
Jan. 27.—Andrew H. Smith, M.D., U.S.A., Jos. C. Martindale, M.D., 
Benj. F. Saurman. 
Feb. 24.—J. Hampden Porter, M. D., J. Dutton Steele, of Potts- 
town, Pa.; W. Lorenz, of Lebanon, Pa.; J. Frank Knight. 
March 31.—James Milliken. 
May 26.—Harry C. Yarrow, M. D. 
June 30.—W. Lehman Wells, M. D., Jas. Hepburn, of San Fran- 
co, Cal. 
July 23.—W.S. King, M. D., U.S. A., Edw. Curtis, U.S. A 
Aug. 25.—Geo. J. Scattergood. 
Oct. 27.—Wm. M. King, M. D., U. 8. N., Wm. Furness Jenks. 
Dec. 29.—Geo. T. Lewis, Wm. J. Horstmann. 


The following persons were elected Correspondents : 

Jan. 27.—Sidney 8. Lyon, Jeffersonville, Ind. 

March 31.—Hon. Henry Winter Davis, Baltimore, Md. 

April 28.—Hon. L. EH. Chittenden, Washington, D.C.; James 
A. Grant, M. D., Ottowa, Canada. 

May 26.—Hon. F. E. Spinner, Washington, D. C.; I. I. Cra- 
vous De DUS. vA. 

Aug. 25.—Auguste Rémond, of San Francisco, Cal. 

Oct. 27.—Edw. H. Beebe, Galena, Ill. 

Dec. 29.—Giovanni Capellini, Bologna. 
1863.] 


CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY. 


For 1863. 


Letters were received and read as follows: 


Feb. 3d. Prof. C. H. Hitchcock, Amherst, Mass., 15th Jan., 1863, desiring 
exchange ; 

Société de Biologie, of Paris, 10th Sept., 1862, transmitting its publications 
and noting deficiencies in those of the Academy ; 

Bernard R. Ross, Croaghmore House, Red River Settlement, 12th Dec., 1862, 
acknowledging his election as correspondent, and advising of donation. 

Provincial Society of Sciences, Utrecht, 1862 ; 

British Museum, 20th Nov., 1862 ; 

Royal Asiatic Soc., London, July, 1862 ; 

Imperial Society of Sciences, Cherbourg, Dec., 1861 ; 

Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid, 11th Dec., 1862; 

Lyceum of Natural History, New York, 5th Jan., 1862; 

Natural History Society of Dantzig, 10th June, 1862; 

Bergen Museum, 25th Feb., 1862 ; 

Royal Saxon Society of Sciences, Leipzig, 15th Aug., 1862 ; 

Natural History Society, Emden, 17th Feb., 1862; severally acknowledging 
the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 

Natural History Society of Gorlitz, 27th April, 1861; 

Jablonowsky Society, Leipzig, 25th September, 1862; 

Natural History Society, Dorpat, 30th May, 1862; 

Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, 15th Aug., 1862 ; 

Imperial Society of Naturalists of Moscow, 16th June, 1862; 

Royal Saxon Society of Sciences, Leipsig, 15th Aug., 1862; 

Mineralogical Society of St. Petersburg, 10th Sept., 1862; 

Royal Physico-Economical Society, Konigsburg, 3d May, 1861; 

Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Pesth, 15th Dec., 1862; 

Imperial Leopoldine-Carolinian Society, Jena, 18th May, 1861; severally 
transmitting their publications. 

Natural History Society, Dantzig, June 19, 1861. 

Natural History Society, Halle, Aug. 16, 1862; 

Natural History Society, Altenburg, April 25, 1861; 

Society of Natural Sciences, Meissen, Nov. 5th, 1862; severally transmit- 
ting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Acad- 
emy. 

Feb. 10th. Andrew H. Smith, M. D., Philadelphia, Feb. 6th, 1863; ac- 
knowledging his election to membership. 


March 3d. J. Hampden Porter, M. D., Philadelphia, Feb. 27, 1863; ac- 
knowledging his election to membership. 


March 10th. Wm. Lorenz, Lebanon, Pa., 28th Feb., 1863, acknowledging 
his election to membership. 

New York State Library, Albany, 6th Mar., 1863 ; 

Chicago Hist. Soc., 28th Feb., 1863 ; 

Liverpool Literary and Phil. Soc., Apr. 22, 1862; severally acknowledging 
the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 


Geological Survey of India, April and July, 1862; transmitting its publica- 
tions. 


March \7th. J. Dutton Steele, Pottstown, Pa., March 14th, 1863, acknowl- 
edging his election to membership. 


CORRESPONDENCE. 365 


The Literary and Philos. Soc. of Quebec, April 8th, 1863; 

California Acad. Nat. Sciences, Nov. Ist, 1862 ; 

Imperial Geol. Institute, Vienna, Sept. 29th, 1862; 

German Geol. Soc., Berlin, Nov. 6th, 1862; 

Royal Soc. of Edinburgh, Noy. Ist, 1862; 

Natural Hist. Soc. of Nuremburg, June 10th, 1862; severally acknowledg- 
ing the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 

Imperial Jablonowsky Soc., Leipzig, Jan. 6th, 1863; transmitting its pub- 
lications. 

Natural History Soc. of the Duchy of Nassau, Jan. 11th, 1863; 

Society of Physics and Natural History, Geneva, Nov. 1, 1862. 

Royal Soc. of Sciences of Upsal, Sept. 15th, 1862; 

Natural History Soc. of Wurtemburg, Oct. 18th, 1862; severally transmit- 
ting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Acad- 
emy. 


May 19th. Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Nov. 6th, 1862; 

Zoological Society, Frankfort A. M., Jan. 8th, 1863; 

Society of Arts and Sciences, Utrecht, Oct., 1862; 

Natural History Society of Dantzig, Dec. 2d, 1862; 

Academy of Sciences, Paris, Oct. 20th, 1862; 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, Nov. 10th, 1862 ; 

Imperial Leopoldine-Carolinian Academy, Jena, Oct. 18, 1862; 

Society of the Friends of Natural History, Mecklenburg, Oct. 2d, 1862; 

Natural History Society, Basel, Oct. 23d, 1862; 

Smithsonian Institution, May 27th, August 16th and Dee. Ist, 1862 ; 

Royal University Society of Gottingen, Dec. 18th, 1862; 

Atheneum, London, April 4th, 1863; 

Batavian Society of Sciences, Rotterdam, Jan. 21st, 1862; severally ac- 
knowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 


June 2d. Presbyterian General Assembly, May 2d, 1863; acknowledging 
an invitation to visit the Museum of the Academy. 

Sydney S. Lyon, May, 1863 ; acknowledging his election as correspondent. 

Smithsonian Institution, May 28th, 1863; accompanying a donation. 


June 9th. New York State Library, June 6th, 1863 ; acknowledging the re- 
ceipt of the publications of the Academy. 


June 16th. British Museum, May 21st, 1863 ; acknowledging the receipt of 
the publications of the Academy. 


July 7th. Dr.J. J. Craven, Hilton Head, S. C., June, 1863; acknowledging 
his election. 

Hydrographic Bureau of the Royal Marines, Trieste, April, 1863; transmit- 
ting a donation. 


Sept. 1st. Mr. Ralph Taylor, Executor of Mrs. Hannah Israel Davenport, 
Philad., Aug. 27th, 1863, accompanying a donation. 


Sept. 15th, Edward Curtis, Washington, D. C., Sept. 8th, 1863; acknowl- 
edging his election to membership. 

James S. Grant, M. D., Ottawa, Canada, Aug. 31st, 1863; acknowledging 
his election as correspondent. 


Sept. 22d. New York State Library, Albany, July 11th, 1863; 
Geological Society, London, April 22d, 1863 ; 

British Museum, July 23d, 1863 ; 

Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow, April 22d, 1863; 
Society Naturalists, Moscow, April 22, 1863; 

Society Naturalists, Neufchatel, Dec. 31st, 1862; 

Natural History Society, Hanover, May 1st, 1863 ; 


366 CORRESPONDENCE. 


Society of Natural History, Gérlitz, March 16th, 1863; severally acknowl- 
edging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 

The Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences, April 5th and 16th, 1863; trans- 
mitting its publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Acad- 
emy. 

Anthropological Society, London, June 29th, 1863; 

Natural History Society, Dublin, Aug. 5th, 1853; proposing exchange of 
publications ; 

Wm. H DeCamp, M. D., Elk River Bridge, Tenn.; acknowledging his elec- 
tion as’ correspondent. rf 


Oct. 13th. Linnean Society, London, July 29th, 1863; acknowledging the 
receipt of the Journal and Proceedings of the Academy. 


Nov. 10th. Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow, June 13th, 1863; 

Society of Natural Sciences, Riga, April 15th, 1863; both accompanying 
their publications. 

oyal Society, London, Aug. 13th, 1863; acknowledging the receipt of the 
publications of the Academy. 

Royal Danish Society, Copenhagen, Feb. Ist, 1863; acknowledging the re- 
ceipt of the publications of the Academy, and accompanying those of the 
Society. 

The Royal Society of Sciences of Liege, May 19th, 1863; acknowledging 
the receipt of the publication of the Academy, and requesting a supply of 
deficiencies. 

The Silesian Institution for the instruction of the blind, Breslau, Nov. Ist, 
1862; acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 


Dec. 8ih. The Catholic Society, Louvain, 18th Dec., 1862 ; 

Geological Society of India, 13th October, 1862 ; 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, Jan. 24, 1863; 

Medical Association, Frankfort A. M., 1863; 

Royal Society of Sciences, Amsterdam, Oct. 23, 1862; 

Natural History Society, Halle, 10th March, 1863; severally accompanying 
donations to the library. 

The Senckenberg Natural History Society, Frankfort A. M.,3d January, 1863. 

Natural History Society, Augsburg, 3d January, 1863; 

Royal Society of Sciences, Amsterdam, 25th Oct., 1862; 

Natural History Society of Prussian Rhineland and Westphalia, 17th Jan., 
1863 ; severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 

The Royal Society of Sciences of Gottingen, 7th May, 1863 ; 

Physico-Medical Society of Wurzburg, Jan. 6, 1862; 

Natural History Society of Altenburg, 19th March, 1863; severally trans- 


mitting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the 
Academy. 


Dec. 15th. A letter was read from J. H. Norris, addressed to the President, 
asking, at the request of the Austrian Consul General, a donation from the 
Academy of an Indian skull, for an Austrian savant. : 

Dec. 22d. Natural History Society of Altenburg, 16th June, 1863, acknowl- 
edging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. 


DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM. 
18638. 


Abbott, C.C. Sept. 8th. Numerous lance-heads of Yellow Jasper and a 
mass of the same. Indian Antiquities. Found in a meadow, 3 miles 
South of Trenton, N. J. 

Ashmead, Sam’l. Jan. Gih. Five species of Fishes. Beesley’s Point, N. J. 

Beadle, Rev. E.R. March 10th. Monocondyleea rhomboidea, Lea, and Unio 
Hueti, Bourquinat. From the river Tigris, near Bagdad, Assyria. 

Beebe, Edw. H. Sept. 8th. Thirty specimens of fibrous Galena, Blende, and 
iron Pyrites, from Galena, Ill. Specimens of Lingula, Wisconsin, and 
Carbonate of Zinc. 

Beesley, Thos. March 24th. Larus Bonapartei, young, from Cape May, N. J. 

Bender, H.S. Apr. 7th. Three Fossil Shells, from near Acquia Creek, Va. 

Bingham, R. Mar. 24th Fragment of Ship Timber pierced by Teredo. 

Cleborne, Dr. J.C. Oct. 6th. A large Marine Annelide, from Mobile Bay. 

Cope, E.D. March 31st. Large Lepidosteus, caught in the Delaware. Deposited. 

Craven, Dr. J.J. Nov. 3d. A collection of Fishes, Reptiles, Mollusks and 
Insects, from Hilton Head, S. C. 

Davenport, Mrs. H. I. Sept. 1st. A small collection of Marine Shells, Miner- 
als, polished specimens of fossil Antigua Wood, Sea Weeds and speci- 
mens of Indian Art. <A legacy to the Academy. 

DeHaven, E. S. July 14th. An Indian Stone Hoe. Found near Camden, 
Nee 

Destouet, J. EH. Oct. 13th. Aleatra cuspicauda. 

Hastlack, J. G. Sept. 8th. A Stone Axe, and a collection of Arrow-heads. 
From Mt. Ephraim, Camden Co., N. J. 

Fisher, Dr. J.C. Sept. 1st. Specimens of Rock Salt, from the mine of Petite 
Anse, New Iberia, La., presented by Dr. Fisher and S. Hotaling. Two 
bottles containing Reptiles and Crustaceans. From Springfield Landing, 
Louisiana. 

Freeman, Mr. June 16th. Elater noctilucus, Cuba. 

Gabb, Wm. M. March 3d. Four small Crustacea, from San Francisco Bay. 

Gould, Dr. A. A. Nov. 10th. Six species of Pleurocera. 

Grant. Dr. J. A. March 24th. Lagopus albus, & and Q, from Ottawa, Ca. 

Green, Prof. J. June 1st. Two volumes of the Herbarium of the late Prof. 
Green, presented by his widow through W. L. Mactier. 

Guillou, C. June 2d. A collection of Spiders, Myriapods and a Lizard, from 
‘Cuba. 

Hayes, Dr. I. I. Sept. lst. Mounted specimen of an Esquimaux Dog. 

Hobbs, J. Jan 6th. Four King-crabs, from New Hampshire. 

Jennings, Dr. R. March 24th. Portions of the coats of the Aorta, with spe- 
cimens of Sclerostomum armatum. 

Krider, J. Mar. 24th. Alca torda, winter plumage, from Rhode Island. 
Apr. 7th. Hight Fossil Shells, from Cape May Co., N. J. Apr. 14th. 
Mounted specimens of Harelda glacialis, adult, and Colymbus septentri- 
onalis, young. 

Lea, Isaac. Apr. 7th. Six species of Schizostoma, Coosa River, Alabama. 
May. Acicular tourmaline and green felspar. Anodonta Simpsoniana, 
Unio luteolus, and Trypanostoma canalitium, Massive Garnet and Asbes- 
tus, with Clinochlore. Twelve species of Melanidz, from Ohio, Alabama 
and Tennessee. June 2d. Beryl, Green Quartz and Black Actynolite, Del. 
Co., Pa. June 9th. Graphic Granite and Ilmenite. June 16th. Green 
Chlorite with dendritic marks, and Amianthur, Del. Co., Pa. Aug. 18th . 


368 DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 


Unio Osbeckii. Nov. 17th. Three crystalline Slags, from an iron fur- 
nace, 

Le Conte, Dr. J. L. Nov. 3d. A collection of Insects in copal, Skulls of 
Bats, Mice, &. Mov. 17th. A bottle of Shrimps, from the Mississippi 
River, opposite Vicksburg. 

Mackay, Rev. J. A. Mar. 10th. Eight species of Fishes, Island of Corisco, W. 
Africa, 

Martindale, Dr. J. C. Apr. 14th, Twenty-two species mounted Birds and 
two species Mammals. 

Matson, Mr. March 3d. An Albino Mole. 

Morris, Dr. G. J. May. A collection of Coal Fossils. 

Neff, J.P. W. Oct. 6th. A collection of two hundred and fifty Minerals, sev- 
eral Fossils and Shells. 

Nolan, HE. J. March 24th. Tooth of a Fossil Ray, from Acquia Creek, Va. 

Painter, J. HE. Dec. lst. Specimens of Allanite and a small collection of 
Fossils. 

Parker, J. F. May. Mica, Phrenite, Beryl, Garnet, Tourmaline, from near 
Middletown, Con. Also, the Sword of a large Sword-fish, Nantucket 
Shoals. 

Pleasantson, Gen. A. J. Jan. 6th. A Snow Owl, from the vicinity of Phila- 
delphia. 

Porter, Prof. Sept. 8th. Numerous specimens of Amnicola Nickliniana, Hun- 
tingdon Co., Pa. 

Poulson, Chas. A. feb. 10th. Two Hindu Skulls, one Peruvian and one un- 
known. 

Powel 8S. Nov. 10th. A collection of Fishes from Rhode Island. 

Rand, T.D. Sept. 8th. Uranite, Muscovite and Biotite, and Vermiculite. 
From Philad., and Chester Co. 

Ross, B. R. Apr. 14th. Two Tattit-Kootchin Skulls. 

Saurman, B. F. Jan. 20th. A collection consisting of 85 specimens of 51 
species of Mounted Birds. May. Mounted specimen of Bald Hagle, 
from near Philadelphia. 

Scattergood, G.J. Fossil vertebra of a Shark, from the Green Sand, near 
White Horse, N. J. 

Sheafer, P. W. Jar. 17th. A large and remarkably fine specimen of a Coal 
Plant, from the Mammoth Coal bed of the Swatara Co. Apr. 7th. Silex 
in Anthracite, and three species of Coal Plants. 

Shepard, Prof. C. U. Mar. 3d. Twenty specimens of Minerals. 

Smithsonian Inst. March 31st. 150 specimens, 95 species of Serpents, of 
North America, among which are types of Baird and Girard. ov. 
10th. 14 species of Pleurocera, 

Tryon, G. W.,Jr. May. Fifty species of Helix. June 9th. Seventy-five spe- 
cies of land and fresh-water Shells. Aug. 18th. Sixty species terrestrial 
mollusca, not previously in the Academy’s collection. Nov. 10th. Three 
species of Pleurocera. 

Vaux, Wm. 8. Fed. 17th. Three human bones, semi-fossilized, from Ohio. 
March 24th, Two vertebre of a Mastodon, and two of a Fossil Ox, from 
Ohio. 

Ward, Prof. Feb. 10th. <A collection of 18 casts in plaster, of vertebrate re- 
mains. .In exchange. 

Warner, J. Jan. 6th. Two Salamanders, 3 species of Terrestial Mollusks and 
several Limaces, from Germany. 

Wayne, H.S. Nov. 3d. Isoteles Magistus, Cincinnati, Ohio. 

Wood, Dr. H. C., Jr. June 2d. A collection of Fossils, consisting of Turtle 
and Cetacean Bones, from the Shiloh marl-pits, Cumberland Co., N. J. 


oes 


DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 
LG a 


JOURNALS AND PERIODICALS. 


SWEDEN. 


Upsala. Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis. Seriei Ter- 
tiz, vol. 4, Fasc. 1. From the Society. 


DENMARK. 


Copenhagen. Oversigt over det Kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskabs 
Forhandlinger og dets Medlemmers Arbeider i Aaret, 1861. From the 
Society. 

NORWAY. 


Christiana. Meteorologische Beobachtungen. Liefs.i. and ii. From the 
Royal University of Sweden. : 


RUSSIA. 


Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. An- 
née 1861, Nos. 2—4. 1862, Nos. 1—4. From the Society. 
Riga. Correspondenzblatt des Naturforschenden Vereins zu Riga, l3er Jahrg. 
From the Society. 
St. Petersburg. Bulletin de l’Academie Impériale des Sciences de St. Peters- 
burg. Tome 4. From the Academy. 
Mémoires of the same, tome 4, Nos. 1—9. From the Academy. 
Verhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Gesellschaft fiir die Gesamte Mineralo- 
gie zu St. Petersburg. Jahrgang, 1862. From the Society. 


HOLLAND. 


Amsterdam. Verslagen en Medeelingen der K. Akademie van Wetenschappen. 
Dertiende deel. From the Society. 
Verhandelingen der K. Akademie van Wetenschappen. Achtste deel, 
1862. From the Society. 
Jaarboek van de K. Akademie van Wetenschappen gevestizgd te Amster- 
dam voor 1861. From the Society. 
Leyden. Museum d’Histoire Naturelle des Pays-Bas. Livs, 1—4. From Dr. 
Wilson, on the usual conditions. 


GERMANY. 


Altenburg. Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. Fiinfzehnter Band, Erstes 
und Zweites Heft, 1860. From the Natural History Society of Alten- 
burg. 

Augsburg. Fdnfzehnter Bericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins in Augsburg. 
1863. From the Society. 


370 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Berlin. Mathematische Abhandlungen der Kéniglichen Akademie der Wis 

senschaften zu Berlin. 1861. From the Academy. 

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 27 Jahrg. 6es Heft to 29 Jahrg. les Heft. 
From the Editor. 

Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft. 13 Band 2es Heft 
to 15 Band les Heft. From the Society. 

Berlin Entomologischer Zeitschrift. Ger Jahrg. 1862. From the Ento- 
mological Society of Berlin. 

Wochenschrift des Vereines zur Beférderung des Gartenbaues. 1862, 
No. 17 to 1863, No. 30. From the Society. 

Monatsberichte der K P. Akad. der Wissen. 1862. From the Society. 


Bonn. Verhandlungen der Naturhistorischen Vereines der Preus. Rhein- 
lande und Westphalens. 19er Jahrg. le und 2e Hilfter. From the 
Society. 

Cassel. Malakozoologische Blatter. Bogen 12 to15. From the Maclure 
Fund. 

Danzig. Neueste Schriften der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Danzig. 
Sechsten Bandes, Zweites und Drittes Heft. From the Society. 


Darmstadt. Notizblatt des Vereins fiir Erdkunde und verwandte Wissen- 
schaften zu Darmstadt. 3 Folge, 1 Heft. 1—12. From the Society. 


Dorpat. Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-Ehst-und Kurlands. Herausgegeben 
von der Dorpater Naturforscher-Gesellschaft. Erste Serie, Zweiter 
Band, Zweite Serie, Vierter Band. From the Society. 

Dresden. Sitzungs-Berichte der Naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft Isis zu 
Dresden. Jahrg., 1861, From the Society. 

Emden. Siebenundvierzigster Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesell- 
schaft in Emden. 1861. From the Society. 

Frankfurt-am-Main. Der Zoologische Garten. 3es Jahrg., No. 7 to 4es Jahrg. 
No. 6. From the Editor. 

Abhandlungen ; herausgegeben von dem Senckenbergischen Naturfor- 

schenden Gesellschaft. Vierten Bandes, 2e Lief. From the Society. 


Jahresbericht ueber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens. 4 Jahrg., 1860. 
From the Society. 
Giessen. Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Thiere. Qer 
Band, Erstes Heft. From the Library Fund. 


‘' Gorlitz. Abhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Gorlitz. Ser 
und 9er Bandes. From the Society. 

Gottingen. Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitiit und der K. 
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. 1862. From the So- 
ciety. 

Halle. Abhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Halle. Sech- 
sten und Siebenten Bandes, les Heft. 

Hannover. Zwilfter Jahre:berichte der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu 
Hannover. 1863. From the Society. 

Jena. Novorum Actorum Academize Cesare Leopoldino-Caroline Germanic 
Nature Curiosorum. Tome 28, From the Society. 


Konigsberg. Schrifter der Kéniglichen Physikalisch-Oekonomischen Gesell- 
schaft zu Konigsberg. Erster Jahrg. 2e Abth., 3er Jahrg., le and 2e 
Abth. From the Society. 

Leipzig. Preisschriften Gekront und herausgegeben von der Furstlich Jablo- 
nowski ’schen Gesellschaft zu Leipzig. 1862 and 1863. From the So- 
ciety. 

Bericht ueber die Verhandlungen der K. Sachsischen Gesellschaft der 
Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. 1861, 1 and 2. From the Society. 


Archiv fiir Anatomie, Physiologie und Wissenschaftliche Medecin. Jahrg., 
1862. From the Maclure Fund. 


> 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 3871 


Mannheim. Achtundzwanzigster Jahresbericht des Mannheimer Vereins fiir 
Naturkunde. 1862. From the Society. 

Munich. Abhandlungen der Historischen Classe der K. B. Akademie der 
Wissenschaften. Neunten Bandes, les und 2es Heftes. From the 
Society. 

Verzeichniss der Mitglieder der K. B. Akademie der Wissenchaften. 1862. 
From the Society. 

Sitzungsberichte of the same. 1861, ii. Heft i. to 1862, ii. Hefti. From 
the Society. 

Annalen der K. Sternwarte bei Miinchen. Band 9. From the Society. 

Neubrandenburg. Archiv des Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in 
Meklenburg. 16 Jahrg. From the Society. 

Offenbach-am-Main. Dritter Bericht des Offenbacher Vereins fiir Naturkunde 
ueber seine Thitigkeit. 1862. From the Society. 

Prague. Sitzungsberichte der Konigl. Béhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissen- 
schaften in Prague. Jahrg. 1862. From the Society. 

Abhandlungen of the same. Fiinfter Folge. 12er Band. From the So- 
ciety. 

Regensburg. Correspondenz-Blatt des Zoologische-Mineralogische Vereins in 
Regensburg. I16er Jahrg., 1862. From the Society. 

Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung. Herausgegeben von dem Entomologische 
Zeitung zu Stettin. 23er Jahrg., 1862. From the Society. 

St. Gallen. Bericht ueber die Thitigkeit der St. Gallischen Naturwissenschaft- 
lichen Gesellschaft. 1861—62. From the Society. 

Stuttgart. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petre- 
faktenkunde. Jahrg. 1862, 3es to 7es Heftes and 1863, 3es Heft. From 
the Editors. 

Wurttembergische Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. 18er Jahrg., les 
Heft. From the Society. 

Vienna. Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Kéniglichen Zoologisch-botanischen 
Gesellschaft in Wien. Jahrg. 1861, Band 9. 1862, Band 12. From 
the Society. 

Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. 6 Band, No. 12, to 7 Band, No. 5. 
From the Editors. 

Jahrbuch der K, K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1861, 1862 and 1863. 
12 Band, No. 4. From the Society. 

General Register of the same, from No. 1, 1850 to No. 10, 1859. From 
the Society. 

Sitzungsberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Math-Natur- 
wissenschaftliche Classe. 45 Band, 5 Heft to 46 Band, 5 Heft. From 
the Society. 

Wiesbaden. Jahrbicher des Vereines fiir Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau. 
lées Heft. From the Society. 

Wurzburg. Wurzburger Naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift. 2er Band, les 
Heft. Dritter Band, 2es Heft. From the Physico-Medical Society of 
Wurzburg. 


SWITZERLAND. 


Basel. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. Dritter 
Theil. From the Society. “ 

Geneve. Bibliotheque Universelle. Archiv des Sciences Physiques et Natu- 
relles. Tome 15me, No 59 to Tome 18me, No. 69. From the Editors. 

Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Geneve. 

Tome 16. Seconde Partie. From the Society. 

Lausanne. Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Tome 
7, No. 49. From the Society. 

Neuchatel. Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. 
Tome 6. Premier Cahier, 1862, From the Society. 


372 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


BELGIUM. 


Bruxelles Annuaire de l’Academie Royale des Sciences, &c. 1863. 29me 
Année. From the Academy. 
Mémoires Couronnés et Autres Mémoires of the same. Col. in 8me. 
Tomes13 and 14. Bruxelles, 1862. From the Academy. 
Bulletin of the same. Tomes 13 and14. From the Academy. 
Liege. Mémoires de la Société Royale des Sciences de Liége. Tome 27. 
From the Society. 
Louvain. Annuaire de i’Université Catholique de Louvain. 1862. From 
the University. 


FRANCE. 


Bordeaux. Actes de l’Academie Impériale des Sciences, &c. de Bordeaux. 
3e Série. 23e Année. 1861—1862. From the Society. 

Caen. Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. 6me volume. From 
the Society. 

Mémoires de l’Academie Impériale des Sciences, &c. de Caen. 1862. 
From the Academy. E 

Dijon. Mémoires de l’Academie Impériale des Sciences, &c. de Dijon. 2me 
Série, Tome 9me. 

Luxembourg. Société des Sciences Naturelles de Grand-Duché de Luxem- 
bourg. Tome 5me. 1862. From the Society. 

Paris. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. 4e Série, 9e Année; Botanique, 
Tome 16, No. 5 to Tome 19, No. 4; and Zoologie, Tome 19, No. 2 to 
Tome 20, No. 3. From the Library Fund. 

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et Appliquée. 1862, No. 11 to 1863, 
No. 9. From the Library Fund. 

Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherburg. 
Tome 8. From the Society. 

Mémoires de la Société Linnéene de Normandie. 1860—61, vol. 12. From 
the Society. 

Bulletin Mensuel de la Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation. 
Tome 9, No. 9, to Tome 10, No. 10. From Dr. Wilson on the usual 
conditions. 

Annuaire of the same. 1863. From Dr. Wilson on the usual conditions. 

Comptes Rendus des Séances et Mémoires de la Société de Biologie. 
Tome 3me de la 3me Série. Année, 1861. From the Society. 

Journal de la Physiologie de l’Homme et des Animaux. Tome 5me, No. 
9 to Tome 6me, No. 22. From the Library Fund. 

Journal de Conchyliologie. 3me Série, Tome 2, Nos. 1—4. From the 
Editors. 

Annales des Mines. Sixitme Série. Tome 1, 3e liv. to Tome 3, 3e liv. 
1863. From the Minister of Public Works, France. 

Strasbourg. Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Strasbourg. 
Tome 5me, 2e and 3e livr. From the Society. 


ITALY. 


Naples. Annali dell’ Accademia degli Aspiranti Naturalisti. Terza Sarie. 
Vol. 2. From the Academy. 


GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 


Dublin. The Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy. Vol. 24, pt. 2. From 
the Society. 
Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin. Vol. 9, pt. 2. From the 
Society. 
Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. Nos. 26—28. From the Society. 
Poceedings of the Natural History Society of Dublin. Vol. 3, pts. 1 and 2. 
From the Society. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. oie 


Edinburgh. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. 1861—62. From 

the Society. 

Transactions of the same. Vol. 23, pt. 1. 

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New Series, No. 34. Vol. 17, No. 
2. From the Editors. 

Transactions of the Botanical Society. Vol. 7, part 3. From the So- 
ciety. 

Liverpool. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liver- 
pool. No. 16. From the Society. 

London. The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and 
Journal of Sciences. Fourth Series, Nos. 162to 175. From the Ma- 
clure Fund. 

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 49 to 71. From the 
Maclure Fund. 

Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society. From vol. 2, No. 4 to 
vol. 3, No. 7. From the Society. 

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Vol. 
19, part 3, to vol. 20, pt. 2. From the Society. 

The Atheneum. Parts 419 to 429. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual 
conditions. 

Proceedings of the Royal Society. Vol. 2, No. 10 to 57. From the So- 
ciety. 

The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. 18, pt. 4 to vol. 
19, pt. 3. From the Society. 

Charter, By-Laws, &c. of the Geological Society. From the Society. 

A Classified Index to the Transactions, Proceedings and Quarterly Jour- 
nal of the same. From the same. 

Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. Vol. 9, 
No. 506 to vol. 11, No. 571. From the Society. 

The British Journal of Photography, Vol. 9, No. 159. From the Li- 
brary Fund. 

The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London. Vol. 1, pts. 
1—4. Vol. 5, 1858—61. Third Series, pt. 7, 1863. From the Society. 

Journal of the Chemical Society. Vol. 15, No. 5 to vol. —, No. —. 
From the Society. 

Notices of the Proceedings at the Meetings of the Members of the Royal 
Institution of Great Britain. Part 2. From the Society. 

List of Members, &c. of the same. From the Society. 

The Anthropological Review and Journal of tlhe Anthropological Society. 
No. 1, 1863. From the Society. 

Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society. Zoology. Vol. 7, 
Nos. 24, 25 and 26. Botany. Vol. 7, Nos. 4—6. From the Society. 

List of Members, &c. of the same. From the Society. 

Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society for the 
years 1861 and ’62. From the Society. 

Transactions of the same. Vol. 4, pt. 7 and vol. 5, pts. land 2. From 
the Society. 

Publications of the Paleontological Society of London. 1856, 1858 and 
1861. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalist’s Field-Club. 
Vol. 5, pts. 3 and 4. 


UNITED STATES. 


Albany. Thirteenth, Fourteenth and Fifteenth Annual Reports of the Re- 
gents of the University of the State of New York. From James Hall. 
Anuual Reports of the Trustees of the New York State Library. From 
1857 to 1862. From the Trustees. 
Catalogues of the same. [From the Trustees. 


374 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Boston. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 9, p. 
129 to 224. From the Society. 
Boston Journal of Natural History. Vol. 7, Nos. 2 and 3. From the 
Society. : 
Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 
1862. From the Trustees. 
Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. 1863. From the So- 
ciety. 
Cambridge. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. 
Vol. 5 to p. 384 and vol. 6to p. 96. From the Academy. 
Memoires of the same. New Series. Vol. 8, pt. 2. From the Academy. 
New Haven. The American Journal of Science and Arts. Conducted by 
Profs. Silliman and Dana. Vol. 35, No. 103 to Vol. 36, No. 108. From 
the Editors. 
New York. American Medical Times. From vol. 5, No. 26 to vol. 7, No. 25, 
From the Editors. 
Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine. Vol. 2, Nos, 1—4. 
From the Academy. 
American Phrenological Journal. Vol. 38, Nos. 1 and 2. From the 
Publishers. 


Proceedings of the American Geographical and Statistical Society. Vol. 


1, Nos. 2and 3. From the Society. 
The Sanitary Commission Bulletin. Vol. 1, No.1. From the Commis- 
sion. 
Philadelphia. The Dental Cosmos. From vol. 4, No. 6 to vol. 5, No. 5. 
From the Editors. 
American Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. 35, No. 1 to vol. 11, Third Series, 
No. 6. From the Editor. 
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 9, Nos. 68 and 
69. From the Society. 
Transactions of the same. Vol. 12, New Series, pt. 5. From the So- 
ciety. 
Journal of the Franklin Institute. Nos. 445 to 455. From Dr. Wilson, 
on the usual conditions. 
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philada. Oct., Nov. and 
Dec., 1862. From the Society. 
The Gardener’s Monthly and Horticultural Magazine. Vol. 5, No. 3 to 
No. 10. From the Editor. 
Portland. Proceedings of the Portland Society of Natural History. Vol. 1, 
pt. 1. From the Society. 
San Francisco. California Farmer for 1863, From the Editor. 
St. Louis. The Transactions of the Academy of Sciences of St. Louis. Vol. 
2, No. 1. From the Academy. 


CANADA. 


Montreal. The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, and Proceedings of the 
Natural History Society of Montreal. Vol. 7, No. 6 to vol. 8, No. 5. 
From the Society. 
Toronto. The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New Series. 
No 43 to No. 48. From the Editors. 
The British-American. No.1, May, 1863. From the Editor. 
The Journal of the Board of Arts and Manufactures for Upper Canada. 
Vol. 3, Nos. 6—12. From the Editor. 
Quebec. Transactions of the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. Vol. 
5, pt. 1. From the Society. 


ASIA. 


Batavia. Naturkundig Tidjschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie. Deel 24, Vijfde 
Serie. Deel 4. From the Society. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 375 


Calcutta. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. 4, pt. 1. From 
the Survey. 
Annual Report of the same. 1861—62. From the Survey. 


OTHER SCIENTIFIC WORKS. 


Aeby. Eine neue Methode zur Bestimmung der Schiidelform von Menschen 
und Saugthiere von Dr. Ch. Aeby. Braunschweig, 1862. From Dr. 
Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Agassiz, A. On the Embryology of Asteracanthion berylinus, Ag. By A. 
Agassiz. From the Author. 

Banking Associations and Uniform Currency Bills. From the Secretary of 
the Treasury. 

Barnston. Remarks on the genus Lutra, and on the species inhabiting North 
America. By G. Barnston, Esq. From the Author. 

Bellardi. Saggio di Ditterologia Messicana di Luigi Bellardi. Parte 2a and 
Appendice. Sorino, 1862. From the Author. 

Bentham and Hooker. Genera Plantarum ad Exemplaria Imprimis in Herba- 
riis Kewensibus servata definita. Auctoribus G. Bentham et J. D. 
Hooker. Vol. Primi, pars 1. Londini, 1862. From the Library 
Fund. 

Bianconi. Del Calore Prodotto per l’Attrito fra Fluidi e Solidi in rapporto 
colle Sorgenti Termali e Cogli /Hroliti. Del Prof. G. G. Bianconi, Bo- 
logna, 1862. From the Author: 

Specimena Zoologica Mosambicana cura. J.J. Bianconi. Fasc. 15. Bono- 
nie, 1850. From the Maclure Fund. 

Binney. Bibliography of N. American Conchology previous to the year 1860. 

Prepared for the Smithsonian Inst., by W. G. Binney. Part1l. Ame- 

rican Authors. Washington. 1863. From the Smithsonian Inst. 


Blanchard. L/’Organisation du Régne Animal. Par Emile Blanchard. 35e 
et 36e liv. Mammiféres. Liv. 2e. Arach. Liv. 17e. Paris, 1863. 

A From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Bland. On the Family Proserpinacea ; with Description of a New Species of 

the Genus Proserpina. By Thos. Bland. From the Author. 

Bleeker. Enumeratio Speciarum Piscium hucusque in Archipelago Indico. 
Auctore P. Equite A. Bleeker. Batavia, 1859. From the Author. 

Bick. Vorliiufige Uebersicht der wihrend der Reise der K. K. Fregatte No- 
vara von den Herren Naturforschern Gesammelten Spinnen. Von Dr. 
G. Bréck. From the Author. 

Capellini. Carta Geologica dei dintorni del Golfo della Spezia e Val di Magra 
interiore di Giovanni Capellini. 1863. Fromthe Author. 

Studi Statigrafici Paleontologici sull’ Infralias nelle Montagne del Golfo 
della Spezia del Prof. Giovanni Capellini. Bologna, 1862. From the 
Author. 

Carpenter. Lectures on Mollusca. By P.P. Carpenter. Washington, 1861. 
From the Smithsonian Inst. 

Carus. Zur nihern Kentniss des Generationswechsels. Von J. V. Carus. 
Leipzig, 1849. From the Library Fund. 

Cassin. Annual Report of the Chief Engineer of the Water Department of 
Philadelphia. 1863. From the Author, Isaac Cassin. 

Catalogue of the Library of Congress. Washington, 1861. 

Catalogue of additions made to the Library of Congress, from Dec. 1, 1861, to 
Dec. 1, 1862. From J. P. Hale. 

Catalogue of the Army Medical Museum, Washington, D.C, 1863. From 
Dr. Hammond. 

Chevrier. Description des Chrysides du Bassan du Leman. Par Frédéric 
Chevrier. Genétve, 1862. From H, de Saussure. 


376 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Cornalia. Vertebratorum Synopsis in Museo Mediolanense extantium curante 
Amilio Cornalia. Modetiz, 1849. From the Library Fund. 

Costa. Studii Soprai terreni ad ittioliti del Regna di Napoli, &c. Pel Prof. 
0. G. Costa. Napoli, 1862. From the Author. 

Descrizione Alcuni Fossili dell Elba con illustrazioni e comenti. Pel Prof. 
O. G. Costa. From the Author. 

Sull’ Attuale Movimento Scientifico in Italia per le Sole Scienze Naturale 
Notizie. Pel Prof. 0. G. Costa. From the Author. 

Costa, A. Recherche Entomologiche Sopra i monti Partenii nel principato 
ulteriore. Per Achille Costa. Napoli, 1858. From the Author. 

Dana. On Cephalization and on Megasthenes and Microsthenes in Classifica- 
tion. By Jas. D. Dana. From the Author. 

On the Higher Subdivisions in the Classification of Mammals. By Jas. 
D. Dana, From the Author. 

On Parallel Relations of the Classes of Vertebrates, &c. From/the Au- 
thor. 

On the Existence of a Mohawk Valley Glacier in the Glacial Epoch. By 
J.D. Dana. From the Author. 

On Time-Boundaries in Geological History. On the Homologies of In- 
sects and Crustaceans. By James D. Dana. From the Author. 
Darlington. Memorial of Wm. Darlington, M.D. West Chester, 1863. From 

J. L. Darlington. 

David. Glossarium op Meerlants Rymbybel. Door J. David. Brussels, 1861. 
From the Author. 

Davidson. British Fossil Brachiopoda. By Thomas Davidson, Esq. Vol. ii. 
Paleontological Society. 1857—1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual 
conditions. 

Dawson. Air-Breathers of the Coal Period of Nova Scotia. By J. D. Dawson. 
Montreal, 1863. From the Author. 

On the Flora of the Devonian Period in Northeastern America. By J. Wa 
Dawson. From the Author, 

De Sepultura et Coemeteriis Lovanii; and fourteen Theses. From the Uni- 
versity of Louvain. 

Deshayes. Description des Animaux sans Vertébres Découverts dans le Bas- 
sin de Paris. Par G.P. Deshayes. 21le to 32e livs. Paris, 1858. From 
Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. ‘ 

Delesse. Etudes sur le Metamorphisme des Roches. Par M. Delesse. From 
the Author. 

Des Moulins. Note sur la Sisymbrium bursifolium de Laperouse. Discours 
d’Ouverture de la 28me Session du Congrés Scientifique de France. 
Notice Necrologique sur Antoine-Hippolyte Gachet. LEclaircissement 
sur une Question d’Orthographe. Courte Dissertation sur la Prononcia- 
tion de la Langue Grecque. Five pamphlets. By M. Chas. Des Moulins. 
From the Author. 

De la Connaissances des Fruits et des Graines. Par M. Chas. Des Mou- 
lins. Bordeaux, 1862. From the Author. 

Quatre Mémoires Savoir Automie Reelle du Genre Schufia, Spach. Notes 
sur une Publication Recente de M. D. Clos, &. Par M. Chas. Des Mou- 
lins. Bordeaux, 1862. From the Author. 

Dozy and Molkenboer. Bryologia Javanica. Auctoribus F. Dozy et J. H- 
Molkenboer. Fase. 33—36. Lugduni-Batavorum, 1862—63. From Dr: 
Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Dubois. Oiseaux de l’Europe. Par C.F. Dubois. Livs. 161 to 174. 1862 
and ’63. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 


Ecker. Crania Germanie Meridionalis Occidentalis. Herausgegeben von Dr. 
Alex. Ecker. Freiburg, 1863. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual con- 
ditions. 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 377 


Elliot. A Monograph of the Pittide. By D.G. Elliot. Part 6th and Supple- 
ment. New York, 1863. From Isaac Lea. 

Erhard. Fauna der Cykladen Von Dr. Erhard. Erster Theil. Leipzig, 
1858. From the Library Fund. 

Eulogies of Cornelius C. Felton and Steph. A. Douglas. Washington, 1862. 
From the Smithsonian Inst. 

Frauenfeld. Eight Entomological Tracts. By George Ritter v. Frauenfeld. 
From the Author. 

Fresenius. Beitrage zur Mykologie. Von Geo. Fresenius, M.D. 3es Heft. 
Frankfurt-am-Main. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 
Glocker. Zwei Karten Geognostischen Beschreibung der Preuss. Oberlau- 

sitz von E. F. Glocker. From the Author. 
Gould. The Birds of Asia. By John Gould. Parts 14, 15. London, 1262—63. 
From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

The Birds of Great Britain. By J. Gould. Parts 1—4. London, 1862—63. 
From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

The Mammals of Australia. By J. Gould. Part 13. London, 1863. From 
Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Graesse. Trésors de Livres rares et précieux. Par J.G. T.Graesse. Tome 
4, liv. 4 to tome 5, liv. 1. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Gray. Structure and use of the Spleen. By Henry Gray. London, 1854. 
From the Library Fund. 

Grisebach. Plante Wrightiane e Cuba Orientali. aA. Grisebach. Pars 2. 
Cambrigie, Nov. Angl., 1862. From Asa Gray. 

Hagen. Bibliotheca Entomologica. Von Dr. Hermann A. Hagen. ler und 
2er Band. Leipzig, 1863. From the Library Fund. 

Hall. Notice of some New Species of Fossils from a Locality of the Niagara 
Group in Indiana. By Prof. James Hall. From the Author. 

Observations on some of the Brachiopoda. By Jas. Hall. February, 1863. 
From the Author. 

Contributions to Paleontology. By Jas. Hall. From the Author. 

Hammond. Physiological Memoirs. By Wm.A. Hammond, M.D. Philada., 
1865. From the Author. 

Hankel. Messungen ueber die Absorption der Chemischen Strahlen des Son- 
nenlichtes. Von W.G. Hankel. Leipzig, 1862. From the Author. 

Hansen. Darlegung der Theoretischen Berechnung der in den Monda-tafeln 
Angewandten Storungen. Erste Abhandlung. Leipzig, 1862. From 
the Author. 

Haughton. Seven Miscellaneous Pamphlets. By the Rev. 8S. Haughton. 
From the Author. 

Heller. Neue Crustaceen gesammelt wihrend der Weltumseglund der K. K. 
Fregatte Novara. Von Dr. G. Heller. From the Author. 

Hewitson. Exotic Butterflies. By Wm. C. Hewitson. Parts 45 to 47. 1863. 
From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 
Hiortdahl. Geologiske Undersogelser i Bergens Omegn af T. Hiortdahl og 
M. Irgens. Christiania, 1862. From the University of Norway. 
Hitchcock. Ichnology of New England. 4to. Boston, 1858. From the Li- 
brary Fund. 

Home. Lectures on Comparative Anatomy. By Sir E. Home. 6 vols., 4to. 
London, 1814—1828. From the Library Fund. 

Hough. Proceedings of the Commissioners of Indian Affairs appointed by 
Law for the Extinguishment of Indian Titles inthe State of New York; 
with an Introduction and Notes. By F. B. Hough. Albany, 1861. 
From the Regents of the N. Y. University. 

Results of a series of Meteorological Observations made in the State of 
New York. Compiled by Franklin B. Hough, A.M. 1855. From the 
Trustees of the Library. 

27 


378 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


Huxley. Evidences as to Man’s Place in Nature. By Thos. Henry Huxley. 
London, 1863. From the Library Fund. 

Hyrtl. Lepidosiren Paradoxa. Monographie von Dr. Jos. Hyrtl. Prag., 1845- 
From the Library Fund. 

Index Seminum Horti Regii Botanici Panormitani. Ann. 1862. 

Jerdon. The Birds of India. By T. C.Jerdon. 2 vols., 8vo. Calcutta, 1862. 
From the Library Fund. 

Kalman. Erdély Madarainak Jegyz¢éke Kiadta Gr, Lazar Kalman. Enume- 
ratio avium Transsylvanicarum. From the Author. 

Karte zu von Mollendorffs Regenverhaltnisse Deutschlands. Gorlitz, 1862. 
From the Natural History Society of Gorlitz. 

Kenngott. Uebersicht der Resultate Mineralogischer Forschungen im Jahre, 
1860. Entworfen von Dr. A. Kenngott. Leipzig, 1862. From the 
Maclure Fund. 

Kloetzke. Dissertatio Anatomica de Rana Cornuta. Submittit C. G. Kloetzke. 
Berolini, 1816, From the Library Fund. 

Knox. The Races of Man. By Robt. Knox, M.D. Second ed., London, 1862. 
From the Library Fund. 

Kolliker. Manual of Human Histology. By A. Kdlliker. London, 1853. 
2 vols., 8vo. From the Library Fund. 

Kister. Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. Von 
H. C. Kiister. Neunter Band, Heft 19 to 183ste Lief. Niirnberg, 1862. 
From Dr, Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Lea. Observations on the Genus Unio. Vol.9. Philada. Fromthe Author. 
Lehman. Physiologischen Chemie. 2vols., 8vo. Leipzig, 1853. From the 
Library Fund. . 
Lesquereux. On California Mosses. By Leo Lesquereux. From the Author. 
Lesson. Oeuvres Complétes de Buffon avec un Complément. Par M. Lesson. 

10 volumes. Paris, 1847. From the Library Fund. 

Lyell. The Geological Evidences of the Antiquity of Man; with Remarks 
on the Theories of the Origin of Species by Variation. By Sir Charles 
Lyell, F. R. S. London, 1863. From the Library Fund, 

Malherbe. Monographie des Picidées. Par Alf. Malherbe. Planches vol. 3 
and 4. Metz, 1863. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Maps Illustrating ‘‘Der Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die 
Erde.’”’ From the Austrian Government. 

Marsh. Remarks on the Luminosity of Meteors as Affected by Latent Heat. 
By Benj. V. Marsh. From the Author. 

Martius. Zum Gedichtniss an Jean Baptiste Biot. Von C. F. P. v. Martius. 
1862. From the Royal Society, Munich. 

Mason. Burmah: its People and Natural Productions. By the Rev. F. Ma- 
son, D.D. Rangon, London and New York, 1860. From the Author. 

Meigen. Deutschlands Flora. Von J. W. Meigen. Essen, 1836. 3 vols. 
From the Library Fund. 

Metcalfe on Caloric. Philada., 1859. 2vols., 8vo. From the Library Fund. 

Meyer. Paleontographica. Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt. 
Herausgegeben von Hermann v. Meyer. Supplement Band, 2e Lief., 
1862, to Elfter Band, 2e Lief. Cassel, 1863. From Dr. Wilson, on the 
usual conditions. 

Morton. Report on Dr. Wm. T. &. Morton’s Discovery of Ether as 4n Anes- 
thetic, Feb., 1863. Senate. From P. A. Dar. 

Mueller. Walpers. Annales Botanices Systematice. Tomi Sexti, Fasc. 3 
et 4. Auctore Dr. €. Mueller. Lipsie, 1862. From the Maclure 
Fund. 

Miller, Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden. Von J. Miller. Berlin, 
1841. From the Library Fund. 

Ueber den Bau und die Grenzen der Ganoiden und ueber das Natiirliche 
System der Fische. Von J. Miiller. Berlin, 1846. From the Library 
Fund. 


“ps 


DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 379 


Muller. Delicie Nature Selecte. Door P.L.S. Muller. Te Dordrecht, 1771. 
From the Library Fund. 

Murchison. Siluria: History of the Oldest Known Rocks containing Organic 
Remains. By Sir R. I. Murchison. London, 1854. From the Library 
Fund. 

Neilreich. Nachtriige zu Maly’s Enumeratio Plantarum Phanerogamicarum 
Imperii Austriaci Universi. Von Aug. Neilreich. Wien, 1861. From 
the Royal Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna. , 

Nomenclator Reptilium et Amphibiorum Musei Zoologici Berolinensis. 1858. 
From the Library Fund. 

Novara. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde indem 
Jahren 1857, °58, 59. Nautisch-Physicalischer Theil. 2 Abtheilung. 
Wien, 1863. From the Hydrographic Bureau of the Royal Marine, 
Vienna. 

Oldham. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Palzontologia Indica. 
By Thos. Oldham. Nos. 2—5. From the Survey. 

Owen. Description of Specimens of Fossil Reptilia discovered in the Coal- 
Measures of the South Joggin, Nova Scotia, by Dr. J. W. Dawson. By 
Prof. Owen. London, 1862. From J. W. Dawson. 

Paleontologie Frangaise ou Description des Animaux Invertébrés Fossiles de 
la France. Terrain Crétacé. Tome 7, Liv. 8, to Tome 8, Liv. 12. 
Paris, 1862—3. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Perthes. Lithographic Portrait of Boucher de Berthes. From W. J. Kint- 
zing. 

Pfeiffer. Novitates Conchologice. Par Louis Pfeiffer, Dr. 17, 18, and 19 
Lieferungen. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Philippi. Reise durch die Wueste Atacama. Dr. R. A. Philippi. Halle, 1860. 
From the Library Fund. 

Prestel. Ergebnisse der Witterungs-Beobactungen zu Emden in den Jahre 
1860 and ’61. Von Dr. M. A. F. Prestel. From the Natural History 
Society of Emden. 

Prime. Descriptions of two New Species of Mollusca of the Genus Corbicula. 
By T. Prime. From the Author. 

Catalogue of the Species of Corbiculide contained in the Collection of 
Temple Prime. New York, 1863. From the Author. 

Reakirt. Notes on Central American Lepidoptera, No.1. By Tryon Reakirt. 
From the Author. 

Reeve. Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve, F. L. S. Parts 222 to 229. 
From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Regnault. Relation des Experiences des Machines 4 Feu. Par M. V. Reg- 
nault. Tome 2. Paris, 1862. From the Author. 

Reichenbach. Xenia Orchidacea. Von H. G. Reichenbach. 2er Band, 3es 
Heft. Leipzig, 1863. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Reinhardt. Bidrag til Kundskab om Brasiliens Padder og Krybdeyr af J. 
Reinhardt og Ch. Liitken. Fiirste Afdeling. From the Author. 

Reizenstein. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of New Orleans and its Vicinity. 
By L. von Reizenstein. New Orleans, 1863. From R. C. Kerr. 

Roulland. Rapport sur le concours ouvert le Fevrier 26, 1858, lu dans une 
Séance Extraordinaire de l’ Academie, le 4 Dec., 1861. Par M. Roulland. 
Caen, 1862. From the Academy. 

Prix le Sauvage. Rapport par M. Roulland. Caen, 1862. From the 
Academy at Caen. 

Saginaw Valley: its Salt, Lumber and other Resources. From 5S. S. Garri- 
ues. 

Saint-Hilaire. Histoire Naturelles Générale des Régnes Organiques. Par M. 
Is. Geoffroy Saint-Hillaire. Tome Troistme. Deuxieme Partie. Paris, 
1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Sandberger. Die Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiarbeckens von Dr. F, Sand- 


3880 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 


berger. Schlussheft. Text. Bogen 35—59. Wiesbaden, 1863. From 
Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 
Saussure. Coup d’Oeil sur l’Hydrologie du Mexique. Par Henri de Saussure. 
lme partie. Geneve, 1862. From the Author. 1 
Sur divers Vespides Asiatiques et Africains du Mus¢e de Leyden. Par 
Henri de Saussure. From the Author. 
Etudes sur quelques Orthoptéres du Musée de Geneve Nouveaux ou Im- 
parfaitement Connus. Par H. de Saussure. From the Author. 

Sars. Beskrivelse over Lophogaster Typicus. Af Dr. M. Sars. Christiana, 
1862. From the Royal University of Norway. 

Schaufuss. Dictator Schaum. Ein offner Brief an alle Entomologen von L. 
W. Schaufuss. Dresden, 1863. From the Author. 

Schlegel. De Dieren van Nederland Vogels door Prof. H. Schlegel. le and 
2e Deelen. Haarlem, 1860. From the Library Fund. 

Schiitbeler. Die Culturpflanzen Norwegens beobachtet von Dr. F. C. Schu- 
beler. Christiania, 1862. The same, translated by the Rev. M. R. 
Barnard. From the Royal University of Norway. 

Sclater. Catalogue of a Collection of American Birds in the possession of 
Philip L. Sclater. London, 1862. From the Library Fund. 

Scudder. A List of the Butterflies of New England. By S. H. Scudder. From 
the Author. 

Materials for a Monograph of the N. American Orthoptera. By Samuel 
H. Scudder. Cambridge, 1862. From the Author. 

Siebold. Ueber Parthenogenesis. Von Dr C.T. E. von Siebold. From the 
Author. 

Simon. Animal Chemistry. By Dr. Franz Simon. London, 1854, 8vo. From 
the Library Fund. 

Sowerby. Thesaurus Conchyliorum. Edited by G. B. Sowerby. Part 21, 
London, 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Speyer. Die Geographische Verbreitung der Schmetterlinge Deutschland und 
der Schweiz. Von Dr. A. Speyer und Aug. Speyer. 2er Theil. Leipzig, 
1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Standard Places of Fundamental Stars, U.S. Coast Survey. Washington, 
1862. From A. D. Bache. 

Steiner. Report of Lewis H. Steiner, M.D., Inspector of the Sanitary Commis- 
sion. 1862. From the Author. 

Stevens, Hill and Williams. Geological Map of the Trap Range of Keweenaw 
Point, Lake Superior. By W. H. Stevens, 8. W. Hill and C, P. Wil- 
liams. From R. L. Barnes. 

Stoppani. Paléontologie Lombarde. Par L’Abbé Stoppani. 24e—27e Liv. 
Troisitme Série. Milan. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 

Swinhoe. Catalogue of the Birds of China; with Remarks principally on 
their Geographical Distribution. By Robt. Swinhoe, F. Z.S. From the 
Author. 

Syntagma Doctrine Theologice Adriani Sexti, Pont. Max., &c. Louvain, 
1862. From the University of Louvain. 

Tryon. A Monograph of the Order Pholadacea, and other papers. By G.W. 
Tryon, Jr. Philada., 1862. From the Author. 

Walsh. Fire-Blight: two New Foes tothe Apple and Pear. By B. D. Walsh. 
From the Author. 

Whitney. Notice of the Progress of the Geological Survey of California. By 
J.D. Whitney. From the Author. 

Wied. Verzeichniss der auf seiner Reise in Nord-Amerika beobachteten Sau- 
gethiere von Maximilian, Prinzen zu Wied. Berlin, 1862. From the 
Author. 

Wolf. Zoological Sketches. By Joseph Wolf. Second Series. Parts 1—4. 
London, 1862, ’63. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 
Wright. A Monograph on the British Fossil Echinodermata from Oolitic 
Formations. By Thos. Wright, M.D. Vol. 2d. Paleontological So- 

ciety. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. 


INDEX OF GENERA. 


PRUSA ctvassecat ocessdasnd Birektones Sela -» 76’ Anodonta........ aeetiseet Guasuaned 190, 193 
PURBOMIT SAGE eS cahieestcis/cécalsecsaesegaeo se Oy) Amari y eas Uae) oiaseeeuteae stacesoaae 139 
CAC INNA sect «sensi ose seebeve/e-cdozee 78) Antonnarias vccs.ctsecceews3 66, 90, 176 
PAGO eeu ew ait sasedeeatc cus ads cetie data ee eet Uo | Antheohinms:ts:s4..4t/ab/csve. cee 358 
EACOMIMGUIMM so cctveldeeea tots hssese casey ecitse vi Aplopappusy civ... sos SE ROBCES 64, 66 
PAGIPOHSOR tec sr scscccautecletctsrorccens SOM Ato huy tl Oniak secs tinvauceeere tee asecee 71 
Jr) 50012) Ree are pee Pcpebe wadueacsaene GWA Usa Hash! St Sea sree Ree 140 
PAGAANU MIA Sb ensscosin nadadccsaestiascases'eler> PS) AUG righ: oc she otascase ie ag cases 57 
JAG OSE GABE SCORE OEE EEC OC EC ESHER CEE CCC An GO VAramid Geli ea ireczse ket ba tee een 107 
EICIOL NG oeecescsesesesseve res ahataseesens A AeA Ta e855 286 ceases sds Ana dageceasaeene 355 
PPBHITBICHtIySiicsces!coccess scnssasesevsieleee U2) CHARS. beatin ads alinnddeseaeneacnanes 15 
PAROS UIS tev cdessoaeld sceboseeuevesecoectaes (oi ARCOME MO IWM 5sc3dls scocbaladecaYoums ove 75 
MME tet ee tede-enatas acecos tested entaeates 78 Archangelica..............08. Sec) cies 63 
PATUUMICUS sctidtoscesoniscassdtensseseiscesse: | HC AT ODOM OTA oeeeaeh ce cee eee eeeden ssees 63 
PleUET Lutes secsnssactmasseecebeveome ters 96 Arenaria.......... Shad igeiansaeascs eee 58 
Jl 0G 018 | eae eeenes epee OPP een re 94! Arctostaphylos ysis. scaccvcaacessaezes’ 70 
PAG GUORI aeons ceecesaciaes oesdanweeciesasaes TOVAnrrlOgUGeowssase sare acess aaeee 83 
LALIT Brae mcindel paca san Ca ce nC aUEC Hn Ss ioc WO) AVISEE Bed iaerdsecda-nensvatetiaen saneeees 79 
ENTE aie AR oe Dee e ae Pee eerste MO) Apm@rint /.vsae. sloctvesasieceecetaedaee 95 
ALO PECUNUSssseceusscosktocsttnael aac TOR ED AMIR i i aeachtssassan ed .soenel bee eoeeee 68 
PaNisaree Sea es Leesa dyed dates Sob ane 94: Artomisia, .cvsvsstdessdsscudedaes ced ialaes 65 
JANUS: CRA SAS SEE E SAREE RES ae CEE Sa WO ASCO PASS uit ncl/casdeeromsecscascsetee 74 
UY LICE cecemeee) isaccsaedasass aosteniacee BL As pid veri 22 200iiavende oot sesencews abies 80 
Pm CN eceked see Ut a sok aes HOS (Asp lon 14.3 x06: 524. cetaseiteeiecs ate 80 
Ara Diy StOmm1d ts ted idclonsodesconscacees GA) Astartels. jemi iscscace ccsanseeeate osc vate 142 
PERRI ergot tive cena ethics ouaineae ge ceu sents GL Wasbranper linea iss 22.24 sacnaaaseces ee 60 
PU) 110) Dae RUE eRe mee eee AU ABBR ah pettctdas Snablen'cutnahledeute mak Roe 64 
AES LTS igi Aga ara os ane 204 AMORIAS4.t20i4s ess Satwastlnde dy redege 142 
PAELLA OB) sen cetwelseutesie'asseslciedies O- PATRAGHOPCLGAI-c.tfeveiocadec-tecisensenene sete 80 
PATGIN OGY LESssatsesdateaccettssebskccnsevere! Dare WATAGLOSLOUScossiccsssessceetoeee sere ree 172 
INTITHOLEY PANO) ence <csln levee se aineeewiene AZO MAW AOTC: = scdeacasss.ceccsesaseleoseeees 56 
PRPANIIGO lal eater ects cccvescee 1A ASS Oe Auilac omits. .tcsleceacieccoe depeeoeree 95 
PRPRUYITES MULLER) o's alaive clolswelew'ssc scioa se nazetss So VAMOS tO Mian. socess. aioe re siedsseeeeeieee 179 
Amphipleura......... Line chews Tae e DOO) PAC OM siateese ena s sb see accion des saade neeetnee 78 
MEN Coys TLE cesicts cfeiseiowiclenlsslos'caseesiousmenes VAD AvriGtlal sc stestacecitss\ a csteavetuorssedeoees 8 
L800 eh a eae enenneaeee Fs -ntoonerdascicas ace 9D PAVICUIO PEELED: caso wes ocssnnvte tooneers 9 
PAM ECOMUGE duce csseniaseaasats/cvcte caves 94 

PEMEG DOP OU cor caaletatesccs dace sneres TOWSON ea Acoust. scseleiesdasioaseasanederets 65 
J DT EOE gg648 Saboode sco RoABCaAacBtE od 107 Baindiellia -coccset i sechecssneeee sees 28, 164 
PANT ESTINOT Geeltechielacitdcaldceecen cas. = ese Hb) PalanEsearstcx50 sot caasonertidae noses 149 


PMP MuNa asses seasetnsceees sicidcies lenos- S17 FBalisteserosvwwascocs vexeds 177, 180, 181 


382 


PaPaleice weep e ceceenks PAC iedens 


95 
Bartramia......... Beisca eee Seceneec ens 96 
IBADESTa ett cama cesoescicarcacneuseccses = 94 
Batrachoides...s.0<+ssesenasnevessts se 170 
IbierGl cna aan oWe Ne Son pmor dipetoncoddcorbud aoc 79 
IBCVOTOP MOU tecsccens ates as Rektoerosonse 18 
BELONG sori. sevsiss vs aeces acces afaselyeseanieee 282 
PBONZOMI secs vaniesacasanccuepedeianescs seh 212 
POrbeviSicscc cass saspsetaseessscecaveeness 57 
BG UMEIA coec chan separa ee nae teen 76, 95 
BIACICUS 2. 255-205 -Sedes cece sicsase aco 290 
BG py TUS sr cenessise i Mtoimsesiseee sas coed LAO 
BOreogadus......0.sssseeeees Aenean 233 
Bowbeloumacecesssesciceseeeclssnnomcecenma 78 
IBLACIIOMIG OPV A iis seis aceem-sorieelemnnerte 90 
SEACH S ravines sas osaesieis sees sess asiostiaes 140 
ASE (Gloniez: Volts Cisonqecondasccnecodnicce oc oan § 236 
Brad a ancsenececoesspesoons arene catae seuss 140 
Brickelliiaics..ceoc.cess- Shalt pce aveoaashien 67 
BrIZOP YPM yas conan see sass conseaccsiee 78 
IBEOSMMNS se ecece sii once oeeeceneereeer 241 
Brosmophycin®...............00. nena en Op 
BROSMOPUVCIR. oo. sescaencaessoc tees 253 
MBrOuMla ccese-cceseaaiensccccceesnuseeceae 179 
IBROTWIOIGE.\.caccsseccxsatees secs scesatast 252 
TORO RHE) Rostinaadistensace copia oooancoce sc: 96 
Te FAD Drie ctiosdnacoe Dobdiscosceaancoosces 95 
PM COMMUN eile ceniciaccscissncesees cnlaeeseetets . 14] 
Hits Ga asase kc mcleniestiansicw aces apeiaeceeases 78 
NSO meaascretsccaiacoresacitenaclscacewameeines 50 
137i] o) DE VSWIS| Soo dodeeabeaceeooedacobe 124, 127 
BUCO Ms secneelacasasecssecuedsanestee cesaicers 151 
PUtHUSs eres cnsinssscete Se sarieteaasusiaet 107 
MalantaorOshisresccccsescsestcacsct HRY (S) 
WMlOCHOMEUBssesehssceccssaseene.cctece ees 76 
Caliliaz inci oses ceschocesncesecsesnaitereas 57 
(SY ROC ceRase sts tachattnceoreeseneeasee 76 
AD AMP ANU ace caciccensesneleseneiaereas 70, 94 
Campephilus......... esi slasissnen 204, 322 
Canmipetheran.cccs.ctsea-sesaen SHUG WA 9 
WaTrangOldeSmucccstencsesse-ieser aeedaeeee 166 
OC neayes DIS AAS scony hagscanca ibsbad nanhonde: 166 
Gara x MU ee sscscssasesetuccassescoudees 165 
Card amine sssescc.iskssies oes sbeeeuscseie 57 
Cardiomorpha......- os... «sen: paseaes 15 
AVA DEMQTOION Ste trinp.ceks cnt exp caseaie ata 17 
GAT OMIT te searacac sanencuasies see Rastanse 142 
Clabes) cinccus ste sen yebsice pees isda Wigs) co 
Cast eTanetetcese tee amteancecce seen aaei 72 
Cathiarieghioccsaussansscaticssiewessscatees 150 
Ce anothers tessstecssecer cesar 59, 276 
@eletis ime ecsenareesecceseccechsc 323 
Centriscus......... ar aweneaatee soe ciomase 332 
Centropomus.........- acess cee aoa 163 
Ofer oY) Ph aH IS AaNaeadnomdowoudadondochac Sere irae 
Centurus hee accncesccnicce coos ctenaeaaase re oe 
(OLE VSI) easnngabrinceoacocbooneiaccsoseaecs 59 | 


INDEX OF GENERA, 


@eratiasiicaseascassnseer gasseategapeeeeee 90 
Ceratophrydide.............. oueneanee . 50 
@erastimntcessssacissceeesee ey ore 94 
CercOCANPUSe::c-senncstnas ee josie taeen eee 
Certhiolascssis:ssoesecacnsckece eee 296 
CeStTACION aes scsc ceases ce avaans soeaeieee 333 
Cnemidophorus..csc..:ss sees 103 
Cheenactis. ..i.sc0scsnceceens sone eeeeeete 65 
Chetomorpha.«....ss5s2.ceeesns eee 96 
Cheeta. «sccagsovereciossceeseee Sener 286 
Chameepelia......... Be Abigoecp acre onaaas 302 
Chamerhod es wnue cc ccsccssseuceeee earns 61 
CHAPIN. ...5- 2 sieiseecnslass oman easeeeeraee 183 
Canim ax ops aachestestene acho a Genera 50 
Cheilanthes:.;:.<<ss + spcseneeeteeeeeneee 80 
ChenOpoOdinay sc... <cs ccece qtegeeeeeenene 75 
@henopodinm,.....0+-:-cs:<esaseseer eee 75 
CREO DS «cnsarehave nneeaai autem 205, 223 
Choeropine......... o ssign kegs aneanaeenaee 222 
Chetodonis...c.s: sccerssekteeee eee 176 
Ghionophils......:«ss0s-05ks) sseaaaae 71 
OITA Ob... snocsnschocsuanesns sce eae 142 
Chlorichth ys... ..<:scsecses>stass estes 205 
Ohonetes. os aces sacieseveceeeretee: eeeeeeee 5 
Ghordeiles ...soscs..cccascaccnenaoueeenen 285 
Chorinemus.......... cone sage kkoeaes Lad 
CRLOMIS.....0005000cccsescescemere eee 220 
Chrysocolaptes...,.......s+ssse0es ease O2D 
Chrysosplenium..........cscecs0e sees 62 
CRY SOPICUS.. 000 0000sn2.0s sonannim aaa 
OHV SOPSIS| 1c ie tecers sissgsiteieee see sete 65 
CH SObIS..<c5.5000.c0-cnnmceneneneeennae 284 
Ciliatar...esces. eon 6eesensanidsnieoe pele emmanenas 
CirravulUs..s..cecmse saceree ahaases pole 140 
GiPSIUM. << .05005:00008) vaseagapeereeeeeeee 68 
Glad Oni A..:.:.seseoscceceecccetemeeeeeeeetl 96 
Cladophora............ spsseaesteaneeneae 96 
ClavtOnia. cc -nes-snenececeaneee <nee cana nie 59 
Clematis cs .cc.0cccasceses eeeeeeee eee 56 
ClCOME 2s .e- Scssencecascesseeceeeeeeeem RTS) 
Gleomel]a..........00a0s.vasshesdeeaeeeeee 58 
Cle ptions...... ».sx-<s-ssscniemeeee eee 178 
GION. saasessseceeesteere sdedeatoe vives! 
COCCY.ZUS\..00-c(cascenciesacseaaneeeees eae 154 
Cochlearia: sac.cccecesces sos caeenmeeaemene 94 
Gollinsia:..c.:.ccseccacassasustiaeee aes 72 
GCollomiia).csnavedsioeescsaveceeueeeeeeene 74 
Colobocentrotus ..!.:c.+cceceesaseeeenene 354 
Gol Dace és: ccescsineconse sa teeneetieaaees 301 
COMANATA. cc sscnccee cee seaccemmenaner Pee 53 
@onioselinwmM 5. sec.cesseo=nd cee 63 
Conorhynchub..,.......cc.ssesessepen a See. 
CONOStOMMIM ... <<< cncascesesceemeronead Sueno 
COntOPU Bsn...) <0sesernesacnnsneeaeeee 290 
WONMULUSi-5¢.cceccscecssvonsaseenetaeaniaa” 284 
Corethrw ras case csecesneassensecenneeeeee 106 
WOLOLUNA «0.055 505s08% eects seems 140 
GOrnU Sic cescaesesnse senescent segue WER 


INDEX OF GENERA. 


Corvus........ ebcklauseesieisseecasaceanneee 300 
GORY Mish scivcadesies ste cose coussaseuena tenes 76 
Gomydaligneic.dccesss.dhbssced sisted oad Dil 
Wony PhO ptonus.:.si.0.css.u-<decemaneiers 262 
WOSMOCE PHA lave cssvecessdrecvecscensens 141 
RMIT eet os \aiiesissincaasacinnaasenee 176 
WOMUITIGUIUS ccs <sacscscsserensecancees 298 
OObY Ie. .ccdescceesss Sia viee aatansesiddeen aeeG 296 
AE NEE aeons Ses sess edaitmatsmisinas sree 139 
Wer Ala eae s-faisaiicsems sek cacnecloesdvceeei 142 
OMA DISe tobe saat valclscseaawsdesmeeses 69 
GTAGW AGT Asoo cad isis vas caisiasces doa geteaes 298 
CIRDIVO! 3230 sepecnonedareecracer racer cre ce 75 
WrOLO PNA Als. 5 ac cesclacsedestes ee peedco alls} 
Cry ptaconthodes,......c<censsns0seees 332 
G@nyptogTamiImes 2 5s-/<<0<<c-cesacee canes 80 
Ors GT baiee atte ce nis sapisotoasccaelsacnecatss 74 
Oye MOCOUER lee-peo-e-tenceeanere or sananee 299 
OiClOb as tes. cat2. Nastve sis setesend cseeece 281 
Gy Clay eee ere decsiec tle dove seicseecanees 105 
@yAMOPLCKUS eecere cease qnoceiderse> 62, 63 
GMOS TIOMM oociawe cide iso ccls'oeeeniniccree omiac 29 
PE RES See fic cside saan civaassmadseccaiase 77 
HEAT EICATOIAY ae os x ncle~csinois cesar acer 188 
Cyprinodon......-.2... see cciscnccuseecons 332 
Oy ripediMM.. 2.00). .2<casccsenacoenanes 76 
PREIS se caine ceicsjeaesn nando nant sake 287 
OVTLOCOEA Gh cones stniclcdaeessccaascciasadets 23 
MERA ADUO RIS sc dices cS scacqaconncanagenaonle 80 
VEN Ganseasldeaclsiaccsincsstasinavinogseceeane AN ae) 
AERA VORA eB eracteaelsintie-/ eats sio\ai-As's smashes 78 
Piet Willa LOTUS. csciceussiecciewsssnisionenps Wai 
To ACU AUTRES Goce ee OC SROU Coco coe SE CRONE OC: oc 96 
iSjeilfelsnharhoW enh rerpeacechecnenceeepogcccc oc: 57 
BSH NOl CAs cece sulicscos pasa snaeaceasecs 292 
DOwdMOpIGUSncesesesnnee-cecese 322, 325 
Dentalium.............++ aleanee gadaances 18 
WistmAatol eG pisses... <<--nc-cassesaeeeneleae ~ 80 
WWESIMAMESPIA ose cacecinascnseclearsecss 96 
WWEKIOMLA see ssccsccsdavosiasdecesepeaaseees 10 
Diadema ........ pepeonsinensacanattaneaceets 353 
PPA LET Ua caacslanavececsisissnisscistecsneeses 162 
DIOGO ONES. ccisascsassetessacnstecsneseunceds 179 
WuplodactylUsn. -ssceasnesc-cavessacesoe 102 
Th Niel ayayey ay aie Sirenecee ee ocerece posto scoues 64 
ip G Waid se sneer seriewseacie<eassrcanee 145 
TD eT G ono cematokee OSBDARC SE anCrGcCA ban 4 
OH GGAtHCOMsse.sacrcicscsschee seas ceode hed 
ID a Ry @ vt 54 neagospaceecignceareonad score 299 
GEM AOL cs kselsncscsaeaicnssecess 170, 269 
LDISVEIS) cose corpo ncécorbercesececebocsere 61, 94 
IBA ceateccicuccsepacisvestacinses'cese 57, 94 
Mracocephalwm..n.s044cncnccnceccewee 2 
IGHOWOUM OLA see sites cieseoscacisia see vanes 88 
PBC O TOL Sat nae soa tsedas Seetelcssidiaiss\sescisehecls 179 
PSCHINATSs ses cleiqasccsnias sielasidaslas gcebisls 69 
Echinarachnius ........ Bob eBurtcocnset - 359 


383 


Echinocardium........... ... Sareosoue 360 
Hchinocyamus ..........ssccccescee conse 358 
FICWIMOWMETHA: <6. -caeeransicuoesessielnesier 355 
Echinospermun. ........ 2 scceeeeee eee 72 
HICCOCATPUS nsec. cacanicsencn*seseedenos Ashe 
FRGMN ORE Per oacicis's'cainetinan seer caceeees 12 
1D) Gayot ES) AA aoeco crpaaancr pe ncrinaoenen\dooar 289 
IDJIERH OY Beane abRrebOnar ArBeEEe BOD ccqnod 58 
NGO pres cesrvcesisiacssicessisecastelenetesisen » 269 
SS MNS eas ata ci<cacalsc'ejedsnesesiantameneniess 79 
JD}aah ayeygeo Cn hoaecang perocdeee Ancenccad ce7 abeoe 
Bie hreliy-O PWS ew srersrccissieiaeie alae nee'esisisel= 256 
BME TOMON PNA cn ceteesuessmraseceeeices 96 
1D) LAV hiketsl6 SEP Ga oscdadcee Cosccdr sooneco 153 
1D) elo) osha bral apes ehenoonedcone mnapogoSnoesce 61 
Hipimephelys).-s-csesaenisseeeac secs 80, 163 
IBOELOS sestecassacsauescucneessodeanes Sees 176 
IO COMBMi sae eanesiacccssewsecaroeeceee 78 
PUSS OTs isis ses saccsacosilinesoenessnde 64 
ID] SI aEXONMERAN <coosecae O96 neccdencocaose a: 75 
BRO POG WIAs oes eeeecieclee sale eieleelstans 95 
LDidhiaitel apEH Tsou chee esocboonsaseeaodoce sor 72 
BMY SUMIIIN aa.eaentigr tonsscenecmaesacecs 57 
IRS tara vce < sjorensiweies sees isaiselenasiaicteete 188 
| Eucyclogobius.........ssssescssessereess 264 
Hugomphodus..............-s0e0seseeee 333 
BOOS AGIs aie se se sekcon cree aeeroseeenons 348 
1D ia] aR YADDA Sin cose bond aban ooo coBoret cuca 139 
IdTHTO NOPE oooeedoae sbebend.cobobIG cee at 296 
Jpn NG rd ane edonea cece eaoonec rece covet n saad: 75 
Bar pho SiN Ors cisc2s cacssansaesneneeeate 65 
HuplewrogrvamM Mus. .........ssseeneeeee 226 
BUS ChiStoOdomie nese scesseieseenien does 219 
ID; eas uyAUl aks oars cermorAnomaencoosacnaose 74 
BivOxyAN ELON OM. cescasscersoersreee ener 227 
GO CGRGUS ceaseuacescacuec er ceets MOU LU 7 
HAUG Os ssckvcsastresiescncaasestaceoens 152, 304 
OSGI CAiaxs'sccccncnces siecesanenteesss 19395 
Fimbristylis .-......... ‘sis sleueen toasts 77 
IArrT S GMaies sesena a ssiecie’acele seid ane ciseeiae stars 65 
BAS Gale oe sion a aoissscysieiseese veeemoneeees 74 
Broa li el dais coe aissisociesreisiasesesscmeseeits 75 
BNUGUISi sc wsissesseesseseosesse juaadoiteaaiaects 96 
GaGUe eevee sessecsnseseaatis 233, 244, 248 
Gaia rida pes coscassesoacmemassssiacedesacs 65 
Gialerclnt liys)sncacacsosene@eecasies omteanss 179 
(aU LA Mc ameceisciaccnioeeedcocaee aaron 63 
GiamMIM ANUS <5. ss .aeosvncdacmetenmaeste 139 
Garelia fcnc.\s: donb agesesenedemoacostet 353 
Gran SHOT a eo2- je) es. <05 sicesosanstemeetetae 70 
Cerrar ae ceca tacscate ~oijes sew eee nee 61 
Gayopliytum\...-.-...,.:.-mauseeeeesees 61 
GINO Aedes oss .sscssas ere caemaeeedee 325 
Gamblemiales Wccsasscstesoneckctcocteemeacens 74 
(eeceinlnl hyjortSypenpsRondaenssoccecsous 2cocu ce 293 
(GLE OAle Gonneareine ooo oroc ar ontisnsaoc 300 
Geranium ..... Sptinnse es sani siangaeeetass 59 


GO UMA rica wensaddes eatede (avn evele 61 
Gill aeepe ee aeeie the sbawaekaswncccvosenennees 74 
Ginglymostonig tisti.ievestecsaceeeee 179 
NRBRINGh ished dsieve dawiec adrea eget! Sateen 71 
GLOSS ba ie iilave vewsost vos eee 296 
Gy Cenda: sk as ct dancceadcthatere. 78, 79, 95 
GUVCYTENI Za)» dacaseerscoaesustoesneaesenke 61 
GLY DHIGOd OD cidsesinsectuntkasoates teseore 220 
Giiy PLOCidaris|s..ccccesevcseselacieaceens 356 
Guaphialimms sis. jaceeostatctldeeeceeen 67 
GODIOSOM Gai iassestiecacsewecoensesto eee 268 
GODTUS sccswssucsincecviccecunereeeeecosee 267 
Gonatodes' i ccirocadesetevec eee eee . 102 
Gomlobasis xcctesscsecuseens tose 26, 154 
GF ONIOPCLCA .cecwoceiosoeeerosieseeceuseenre 80 
Graphephorum............ cae OR 78 
Gyrismanalaiens saver asusceeenseee abies battle 95 
Grind Elia ccscsisesssdaea sua geeseanteeees 66 
GLOSS UILAVIACCR stes'sieis\cnis'elohaeviclel oeweree 61 
GUttlerez aie cecil oi2e25 siete seccreneenens 66 
Gimmie) 1128 2 ees ne esc vicceesionunceseeeeas 261 
GyMNElisasechec.aeheesteue sahioveeeeerere 261 
Had Comarca. .sscecseatsdevsecevestzcveccnee ete 
FTAANOSTOMMUS Ss Heseievesseeseettesteceine 290 
Hier oWaphes sts. ccotecsssssassosencestte 140 
HalatractuSicevccsseatecssdcusseetecsteee 84 
SW CHOGLES siacees scialsoavecctedsoeeeveecees 205 
FRO Utea 625 A vitenennke unas teseaseotenese 89 
Halientichthiys ..vet siescesssiexse se 89, 90 
Haploidonotinee.n.c..cccestscccseocesess 29 
EL aT p Oyrewairetmaldvcaisedcelssneceeeees clase see 222 
ES Crave h toleaese rer ener ror peer accocca ccs 65 
Helianthell ais sscstssisssecwsceeveceroete 65 
Helianthus. /cciisccscsece sdeeasoccetess 65 
IG OMIORIS jac ds csavtestiosdesne agoceseeeee 65 
Heligtropimmss.60..caeevescbeasssseness 72 
YG cs scaecu da dedeivac Maegan doeaeeaase 281 
Hemirhamphine.............. Scoot 272 
HIGSPeViS sosescssevsecners dosaaaods desea - 94 
Heterocentrotusc.wsosec.ccnseccectcseee 354 
Men cheraresccssasiiwetiensies SoaSC oR soScinceD 62 
HS racia MM sisi ese dats cesses deere 69 
HMierochloark smscnenseseseateceecess The!) 
Ha ppolyteesecovdecs tcccpewwnatarcnevaees 139 
HTP POMOSet havea wecceeese se eas ttasene o 308 
UP PME seerrcracteguncemsers sees secee seers 61 
FRM Go vinct cence ten wceoetsl savelite set aeee cece 295 
FITS PIO PNY Ok edeseecetss tes ssw akeeeeoe -/ 90 
Holacanthusteyccehuscsacseiee eee snenee 176 
HolopGa tesasteseunsvotsstecsrccstcecee west 21 
HOVOpellateieekecesces at icavenes even mete: 22 
HOlOCENtUM se... ceecorseeeueces 86, 177 
Hord emis. .ctvcsvasts .estcsesiiceeces (see 79 
HOSA Cia ewsssneecsseriocteptenceece 60, 346 
Hiya ttsccieaiva stews coi tao voeiperetoeinaee sere 47 
Hy laplesiia: i<cssispcesaten tees nsasacteesss 49 
EMV OM@S) rcs stiescieresimeen Se. obagsaaxccoc 48 
Hy MeNOPAP PU ssesecmcieseccslewciocenetees 65 


INDEX OF GENERA. 


Hypericum. ............0. acces's sevseuesa 
FEY DIGI wheceeipocss cacsiciausactaaw eee 
Hiv potriorehisi..\--/sc.secechesse seiner 152 
FEY PSY POPSs «pi oaseel ceca uomaeee «chat ae 
Teterus s.scatsccossecbae cacseescnceoo einem 299 
TenG tal. ciscessosce enc ek toe . =96 
Inti S tis. 05. 00s secede 224 
TOL. sii couch icdebucehincnseanrnes eee . 307 
TOnTGIIN . .0,:s'esocdvebies sesame eeeee meee 58 
Tris. sch. Sebo Sie eee 76 
Isocardia bed 17 
LViaestveccinccvacssasiovecscetaenaeeneemenn ae 6B 
JANESIA.. vi. beccessosssneseeeee ener 62 
JOMANN GLIA ss4 i. «ciesw'saauicnteeeeeaee .. 148 
Drag Ace rssmetoeveneees - 180, 205, 223 
JUMCUS. ssccs0eseeesedeedeceeaeeeienan net 
KalMiai'. cesses sat occeteeaeoen deere 70 
RODréSia.....csccvcescmevesuhe hone 77 
Rosleria ss: sisceeedtasecte auansegesee eee 79 
TabTOP GLa... sclacnsniocsaee)-|-2 2 see eee 80 
TA DEUS «026 iissastenis voeeceniie teeter emeeenees 205 
TLachnolaimus ss.ss.s0oceecsseneueeseee 176 
PAGAN UM. |... siceccecs -a/oees= nee e ence 359 
TAZOPUSs...20scccncetsloneesnaeeeeenmnemes 98 
Lamninaria....cv.cesciccscnecks caseeeeeee Ph: 
TAM PYOTMIS%.<s-) oocencsseeceense ese 284 
TATUM IN; a5ic0ise'ce/sisedecemactenese reer 29 
TLarimus.......... 29 
Ti@ aliases sosccceidece ses se eeee ac Seeeeee 188 
TiO CANOLA. «uic/sivsesesicenaesessisneecaeeeee mene 
LG C1GC 8 .csiciwicnwsisicddeceseiteocanaeeenemers 96 
TOGA chseccsne Saeed yocctasetseeNeeeee .. 16, 142 
Leontodons\ss..03scceeswecseenoeeeeeeee 94 
TGPACYS-i.-ceccusecsncen ease eeeeeeeee 65 
oN raps vessssovonasidaletetnenae . 265 
ThepidOnOte..00<.\:c00c--ci-coes dean eeneeeeetn 
Lepidopus........ dee cbnae ses ceee see eeemee 227 
Lepidosteus ..........-+se006 on aqsosenateneene 
LO ptanss..evacsssiasessvceoriemieeeeeee ieee 
TO Pta ri vans sosvesiiccossenpeeene eee 170 
Teptochloa.c.ceieis.c gent annecses eee - 
Keptopbidiwimi.c.. s.swecasese eaeeeeme 210 
Te PtOPOra wuss. eeses sess seeeeeeeeee ee 
Leptoptila.........+. Hon ese ele eens reas 302 
TO PtORi6 .rccsae.scconpeeeeseneeeeeeeeene 274 
Le pturtis sess ent «ieee cadoneson teceneinee 225 
Hern2opodal.es-ic.-emncccee-ssneseeapeee 149 
Leskia........ Seilleviewelsistaloneswaagneeetete 360 
TOStriSts foe s.hdbccds oss sstsercccsscnee neat eniene 
Liatris iiss i hisses eee 67 
TMM BAI is a sacccseseencss sesso eee 148 
TIMOR ars .cscessccsacececascssesseeeeeee 72 
LAR GUIS svc eenssseoces wonton 3 
TAMA escestsccisetscectugeaebee ue eae 63 
TUTGV ON WAUS mre telels ofr cviete'aleclee Seactaane aociGS 


INDEX OF 
Titi ss 52)s. Wilccdsicoamawe’ oanaaaeeunencs 59 
PADD oss ctepisacnacasnnsuaiareasaceaige 36 
MENA SUOTIAI NES: voce cass s cena sean eeetee 29 
MREON UOUUTES oh 25 visa wo dawcecia si cewetuneevers 29 
LONGO CTS Aaa a ee ge 319 
PROD OPER IGA: ..c<coecasessasscaunee ti 62 
Lithospermum........ ee 73 
PIE Sh itan vasttwnnern Sa ensinaien deat 77 
MMOH OU AR Heosincsmis cess dosouasasarts 359 
PIG DEM Parks cuts otl a ek ew dee 63 
SPH RENUS 03-503. «shee csesiculecoauness 72 
13 PLATTS ASS PA ane eerie eee ene REE Ee 89 
ENO TN ede oatserc ors feseccoids bietselociéle'n.c ysieanienees 360 
IEEE Se cectcinesicacenceeos cs ccioecses 357 
WPT Dye Sedo ods sec aesicaniss dessa calee 297 
WEONIOIN Ae css hioalocvae scene odaceeo oes 22 
PPROGORMARI A ise Jsltotedooviscaescdne les 142 
INOS secapes arose sere) Sec decatdansans 59 
Luzula Srey if oer 
ORAS a das Ja ota gutatinnn sn coeend OS OE 
MP BODES: succhy scien ceednas <tveideseude nave 259 
WASCOOIA GO cots os ccacesicessoesntacaneus 225 
BP COPOCIO Is. 05-4 sivenics sivas oncsesie 95 
DRUMS oc ovens ne'scvhiny soaniaswensids 69 
MV SUM AGHA wevacestecvaneseiivasdenccse as 71 
REC LA sade ess sadee Seaances seelecdedaens 141 
Macheranthera............0++ 66 
DR ORO CMG seawe cas aevsiosmoecccaewosegs 21 
BUC OU OM awer ceiswas eases seeacus eee Cacontens 16 
BESOLOED GDCH US s: 0565s 0is0anncessvein choice 69 
RIC ONEIN AS: 45 Gar casdeveneascasiweatn 66 
Ma Grazo ances ciiciassds <a svorceiceedotioeus 258 
Malacanithassctcccdessoucuses ssecsee coe 17} 
tL CIILING ke cae SSC RCRE EE RREET Ctcrie ee 89, 176 
ONES SS CBI coos de awe uetecieutauereapacess 59 
INPAES Uta sce ioc Sarcttinnne sina ccenesectees 360 
MEAT PANU id, oh acie decks eattansiatibadtards 141 
WAS ET etee oct soiesi de ok a cbse sine aban sense 96 
PUPAE POA oss os ca ijenninei rand encsis aeaohs 327 
DOTA psa seicski cop dn otawna saan 26, 146 
NES Henin ie ieee Sainccascasacecenareeees 33 
Melanogramm0né......00..0ssssseseeeess 237 
MEP PINAL Os 5 \sioreta eiSalos clase aero Salven abieneae’s 36 
Pe hiss isdn cncitnang en duaudincdveisiy 285 
PARTON eis con etanwesiescncuilssatasne SUM 
AVPO VGH abies ace Sse ovesecdcess eeedeed 72 
NEST UTS cc aiee acto wn's-ssinwonigatewas Geum rae 
IWGHEZOliAaccacevonewsstesscasscatessarens 61 
INVES PUTT CER Gio oo ac cg crea cce's'o,e sr endaatnwentats 230 
WMO TEOH SIA ssa case huss eve sane caaacdevevenpe 73 
MOR EMOTGM Ss Mada cacissinisddas'cmobcnisaascsnes 324 
MPO AU es ee GU te winsiashi/aisceccis suse siests 358 
MESO PUM OU ne nccsccsstcpceicwnesases 178, 185 
METETOOVA WS 2s e002 cspcecdasssciescne (ee 357 
WUTCTONOLMS sea spsiea was wocase vies aradaiee bees 351 
NIOTODOR ONG vaca cat doce. eswecteciens necks 28 
WMV NEES ee sce cacieicee te Pee aelsacuereccetiets 71 
Miran TiSbe eanecesenachcctacednee sdane 290, 304 


GENERA. 

Witol aaeeeeetsan.velsd ap anis wasicadsesosamasiean 62 
RTO TH Becca ccces siacsesesc enone resqen 293 
IVEY Sooo ee wecswisisnvsonseaseiccnsecsesace 96 
WO GIONSTIG «05. ccscecccomenee coe erusasen 142 
Moehringia..........seceseecseee screenees 59 
IMO via awssniccsssicav/isasavecuscesausvineiissss's 240 
Monacanthus.....-.....scesese«ss 178, 185 
Mon ard asic icedexsansurneeceasencahaie ta 72 
Monocondyloea........0.secseecersceees 190 
Miri G¥GpiG (oce 0. 0cécicevnsoeesncrs utah 75 
Morphnuus.....+.0.0000, 008 153 
Miri ios disees sanded nates sell ceemabacinas 169 
Miuthlenbergia......00 sisescceoecseaaueas 78 
Maul peditim..........0.000-scersecnaeenes 69 
Iter O Behe se iacan cacti wseewcesisoneaaeonee 78 
WWiore His omattis mnceeiens istseoneleeeees shade ug 
Mittra Onl aeyeesa/<weysl esau siastensiklannan andi 179 
MiIBGNUEectes ss pscncwensoncesaqnscduerns 63 
Mis fel tiScsned. sscesicen mm ventowtoccensrere 333 
Miya a schuise ne sscwesvos(shonscevelesssuanaeate 141 
My cteroperca........seseseererserer evecee 80 
Miy Tae Stes ..2-.)scenccnsncivseseieesnseicines 294 
IMivATanGhihs saseanitwncei essence aoa se awe 288 
MivItObatiStavacscnvssccesonesssepsiensiaance 333 
MORES cs -enceveisedsssacaaperrninsanten id 
WEY PIOPTIStiS.......s0ces) oseesnt=s01 erioas 87 
Myi0troGhus. «..:...0.0ceccsreresneseene 142 
IMiiyiSiB es oinleas sclotsitaneossenesessnenisetianncl 139 
Mir Gilt Siigcarensendavecsess eos sere ssint- 11, 142 
INH la Siseeas ceaiaatacsicwonsesecaswessicnsunen 69 
NATO OSM averssaccausceccuceesvesee onnewee Ge 
Nasturtinm, .i<:.s.<2. Lc sieaedten's dd esines 57 
Nati aise. cacesscocie os seseicleomunwenincenes 141 
NaticopSis.......cssecercerseereecnsseceecs 22 
Nauclerus............... unacendessadesunse 153 
NG Phthy Severe cn+~nevsnnsancenennriaassnve 140 
INGHEIS ote seence cose sacs sieeheenstcnarersqucas 140 
INGTIUbIGDicce selovesceace ces sesc-enencnts 34 
NO@SOPSAL..:....cesecresccsee esnssscensens 299 
NeULOPOgOD...........iecesecsenensnssntas 96 
INES GN Taiiccetsccwseucescnosnouh ane actenecl 339 
INOtH OGG s.va-concscavccscseacesscess 80 
INE Wa iss viarawexecicscesspusancereacaconcers 16 
Nara BR a ave 'cn oeticeiselen anos oaclnnats 303 
ING StU DUS oe iow <s essen oeivesdianeateee 286 
(bio TG sarseets dasa sins dleaixeie e'oinaeneetonies 75 
Mono thera sain ceweciraetencela caansele ants 61 
Oligoplites.........0cese seevceensescens 166 
ONOS Giceceadiecieesofusstivesas tua evesstan 240 
OMUP MISES: asseiies sstiasneteane vecetmceaae 140 
Ophidiords. 5... .\...000-. sla aha'sanedee Vso 209 
CO) stants livoy 1 Ws SAB MEM ere p mcr Seca osaneec ccs 209 
OPHIGEYPHAs..< 36d. vecoenwsceeae iv cong 142 
OPEIGKGI OU Si v.i5 6.4 sbi sgireis avenue ama eRe 
OPW ISUIBUS ie oo se!t «stieve ovleaipaclieie was ridabics 180 
PESUUTNNaceeaclrss sansae iste besenhiee saaaamee 61 
OFRGHOCETAS« + <acsnctesesenscoveievcdesnes ‘eg nL 


386 


OxthGUOtiasescescssssscacsese se vec: seenee 12 
Orthomichras.case+e mestcctsacscceees 95 
Onticccenescescsancse Oren ceee ete 303 
ORY ZODEIS reer rserc eon see cne ces meee ness 78 
DSERACIO ss star ee tere ee Aeneeerecesoness i, 
OOM G MMT ence eceeseconeres te eeeaer see 29 
( CES A CEN OLN Barpeerpasenanscosbdocoaetiouor 75 
(ORS hiullivig} psechiageoneueepuccocoosourvedabc 330 
(CORSE iene sbebHocesarbecpagadcnbe.choost 94 
ORS AO OFS) sactoncndsbaccedennosospcad ae POU 
BACHYStIM access scuestencetensaceesemas 59 
Parollites.. oh: cseresos RenerE AED ont ouk eae 
JE PH bd ara) ansaconnesouonoobuInddrecishe 66 
PaluUdinigesacwtekseceeee nb ete tesco: 156 
Pani Onvaccsc sees cscsusiescctetseesesccenee 152 
IPANtOGACHYLUSesscssseesee-teeenenceeer ts 102 
BaMaviericccsscstecevecesceters Le uaneoes 94 
analaWeame aes adtesececceeseescieeMert 80 
(Parasalenicats secces sencsceeenese sss 355 
Parvo linn sccese reece cee eiecceen seeceeee 96 
DENTE RI neasnesonabacacnoseconqsqoospoN003 58 
PALOWY.GUIa sere snels cesar cscs eenstetaes 58 
IParalaeeesccsicscscsessatcssst setarecectees: 293 
TARE LEWD edasarcceboognscoanaadqopaobbods 79 
JAHE TT IbHagosinbiatacarnn mon magcoucodadsoad 142 
1 ELC BeeBateseeuceeesecaehchs aks aouds sc 66 
IEDC Uae Wemettieckiton- ace ates acer o taces 141 
edioularis premecceecete cscs teense 72, 94 
enIGElliinee ssn teosssonee scessasctiemeres 146 
Rerntacharacctscessescene ses srcateesnersce 142 
PEMtSTeMLOls-sccnest eters Cestnsieeerenee 71 
Periophthalmus’.<..s.s.ssscecess-+- ee 271 
Petalostenton...c-sescseseeecs seeseness 60 
Pecedam tit eacceeerrssecedeeratnece teste 62 
TE DEVO paatadsancrencranadocpa I nORuOd G06 73 
IPATATIOUOUINUS noes daccnascseeesseoiee sss 21 
PUNO ws RC aeesescheicbedenenonagno tadoddococ 139 
Wasa litt yysTekeen ese connie tees cate Sen sea aeler 24 
(Phi ly PUES pases sees cetcetocmaceseettscastece 180 
PROS ae eet cceecaes oes Uateacectes aoe 74 
PHOUID ANE es. cs ss etcees seaseeeseemat ete 297 
Phragiwsoceriss:..<cvecsesneessensan eee 23 
(PLO MILES iaenceoosmaqnonoe iociadocoasanscbodec 111 
Piycis ces eens cesteehn sep naeeeenenen: 237 
Phyllacanthus....:...ccssessccssceseees 353 
by AlO babes tersssesse ses secmeimecesrienns 48 
Phy llodacoseeecsscnsecscsistecacee case 140 
Phyllodactylus.............2..2.0+-.006 102 
PHYS cores conatives scessuesesenascmelvenes 149 
Py salig’ 222.0 ccosscenecwesecosscersenmse 74 
Diy Saridecssecestesenenenraeentsceetec ast 58 
Pid Va. .0scn° sansavarevesessessiloeeces ose 283 
TEteOr Gt eS \qgacenaasegccooonéusnonnosoangageer 203 
IPACTISY  actenteccneness 195, 198, 201, 284 
Pinas oct cs cr esce ame eaeace attests 76 
Blatiy Sma sc sessssncessee eee serecsinerecmsss 96 
PignOroissscassessess ese eceeeee ee 146, 150 


Plantago. .....sccccsscccseccscovcvcersenss 70! 


INDEX OF GENERA. 


Platanthera..c-3:020.tsee veoesvcesseeess 76 
Platy COVagsc22-salccnsssseele~veesmsieteanen 18 
Platy SlossUS::.40. od0c..essaseeoeoeeeene 205 
Pleprocerass) ccvcavsevses 274, 279, 308 
Plourogy ne: i..:'siciteedonvwecnemeeuae 74 
Plocadinmas sss scs.wassose= dadvecdvarses . 96 
Pleurotomaria:...:..7isssscsncceseceesey 19 
OG -treseastecerssieeesenetsieateeeretnts 79, 95 
Podophoras....:t:cssescsnsesenveemneaees 354 
Pogonatums..2.2:.. sce. esto-seeslecmnas 95 
POSONTAS)< 25.5 -csaces cerns sooeseeee eee 29 
Polemonium:.si:s:0:.c0cssecusaseeosenen 73 
Polipieus:3.s22e<. ieiee'siee tole ects soaeteaetset 196 
POHACHIUS!.. 0.052... .cessees oscuecesaswer® 231 
Poly GOnUM vesseses ese sseaseanssenek 75, 95 
Poly podium. ......cscscererecesceseneas ce 80 
Polytrichum........0...ss0.-2ssecesserae 95 
Pomacanthodes ..........0cssecsesevers 162 
Pomacentrin®......0....csereseeserenees 214 
Pomacentrus'-:::2.secescecseesearececees 214 
Pomataprion:.::..0-.c.cressessseene ene 216 
Pomatio pais scccso-s cosseeeatee see 148 
Popultis i: siciccinsce'eseve sone lvedeeaene 76 
Poreel lias tsssc/cccecisceness seeleeweerese 18 
POSICONOMYA, ......eceeeecerees vooscenrs 10 
Potentillass..c:.steseoseeessmeeeters 61, 94 
Priacanthus :i...ssssasae0 177, 182, 332 
Priapulus(s:tsccceeestecscemeeecssesnenet 141 
Primulaj.<.2c/svcccceccess*estseuseensenn 70 
PTiOnOtthts.sss.tscecssedeneease meester -- 180 
Pristisi2sctsscv'e%sseceeceresoeeodeeeeee eee 179 
PrOCH US i~..2.25 05s caccieoeseesetmeenreed 205 
PrOodweta ‘ssissisisssccossedsaceneetaeremen 4 
Progne: ccc: scvccveesevevesecenmeeweleee 295 
Promicropterus: ....:c0..snevessbewvens 164 
PronotograMmMuUS .....eeseeeeeereeeceene 81 
PYUNUS+ 2-0 oe) dsevoantinwdesnee nea nateaene 61 
PSammechinusss<<.sscccowwiossscsereree 356 
Psoralea: :tisieschssaceseeemeceeeeseeceee 60. 
PterOphryne..........sececcsecesenesenes 90 
Plerospora..c.0wssccsssuieeerartveeeeee 70 
Pulsatilla..s<s.:cstsesdacsecoseanteeeeenees 56 
Pyranga: :.ssccssescdsveessdbonewesecpee 296 
Pryr0laissccsvis veces tebeneateeeene 70, 94 
PyxXicephalus:......0+. se-c-sseeres Rennes 51 
QUerCUSssi0 sc cases ceeseeeeetese sesame 76 
@Qiis cals vccec-/es new oneeby seeeeee seen 298 
Racomitrimices: cess siveiecoopseseeeerente 95 
Ranunculus.......seccccoveseesserss 56, 94 
ROM OV awacese\ceesesscwess staeweemseeeers . 88 
Rh we oe csasseteseseswcenc sesso ewes 49 
Whadimaseas...25.2ccesccensuoeeceecae 100 
RhamphoberyX.......scesescescoecncees 87 
RhinAnthUSss:..soscsatesrancnnemeeeeeeee 72 
MNINONEMNUS «2 0.00/oe0es.0sn coueeaeeerare 241 
Rhipidoglossa.......c..seccceee cossores 34 
Rhodymenia.......0.cseeve cvscoeee ovece 69 


INDEX OF 
EPP PUICTINIc. -.ctsdceeans sect eesens 163, 178 
OGEM ATID eccsessstaatcasseecesaneseniee 143 
J TTOLT Bae pboccu Su ASCLOB EEL Boee Basco OAOnE 61 
ETNA ae caveviececeteccdcesesenancees 359 
AUC ALI Natwasr acs cosecotes|sserce sept erne 90 
Reo lyawereaCalciascesnoccese cite oceccedtens 58 
PAreeo Neots ssn eStascscssessocaesons 76, 95 
RAMP ctaccon soecctcclcedeecesteeetrese 72 
Samguinolites..........sscsesseceeee 13. us 
BUUTILOUMORA Sc csccsccstscecnstrsrsstesaee 283 
SEIICA Visser ec ctentrereecesdcscxacsaeroes 141 
RISRUIEAE Leese asacccsascconcsccsessenes 62, 94 
MIGHPNECHINUSsscsccescececcosscsnceesses 359 
STD] DUAN) OU SAC cEMEA Rea Se BEERS A Meee 51 
GALS cesses cc oticatecseestessossse 178 179 
PIROODOLUS sc ssc seictelpescsessecccaneeste 105 
OIA ONwercescctnteretsenocsessoccsrastrase 171 
PAGIAEMUIM Dice ae dees eivacedevls ovsecacsieesmeee 28 
DICLAMOUStaaate 22 -sescse cues sce 50 secevons 28 
MEPIS Iai stants Sees caves od aedeat 77 
MelerOstGmuUIMs:tesesescessecc cisesccare 42 
SLD STS eaonctasceac ee cedoo UE ae con 140 
RICONP Bidies sve sseces--scetets steeeees dose 178 
MON AIT Stes cosiasamencapjadanccsassaaiteries® 107 
MICTULOU ALTA. tcsmaionossssecisigaanasasancniene 72 
ies HAUGH eae tnais ciien oeeaisine sees saa 207, 332 
MBUASLODIUS.!....0250022+4s0<qshasseter . 208 
MOUMIEMGS. -eves.sccsap taeenacsennacusacnenect 62 
SIETDITS Sl dopoe SOA ge a CECE DEL ECCUD ERC ODECOn 294 
DEWUCOSS PH USisesecnssnicewees o4s'esonlees 330 
IEE Gils as sa dstecadaasni-\s/eucawhe haeanone 67 
BO PO MM ACA. scsense occeesendesnssasedarinas 293 
DENTAHUS fp aecraseccesesssee 176, 178, 179 
DUPE AR aa esac on'asauecasetegalanweslen 75 
PUD Alisa cheriagagecsauisssoeeenekcnsas 61 
BIABICOO). scnsscscceaessiss occ esisissesstenicee 59 
“STUGING sdanee-Hnontasonn neces ocee sacse 58, 94 
SUP MON OCIS gotasee sd snnceeaoacliene anaes 286 
SIUPHONOSFOMIWIN «<5. .osee0e ae <ooenens 140 
SIA VAM PUM: ceseseesiaes tosses vecceveaser 57 
BUANIOMM Se. so ceeis cdinassacsdanveshec shen 79 
DEM ECUICT Sie. ve eis leisiadleas’ v cecaaasserenna 164 
SMElOWSKk1A.ss0sc.jccssese0sSesecceeevense 58 
PTA LACM asees sonst dea sa ovale ce sam<eldecsse 76 
POLAMMUIM 5055 clalscavsciocsaccelerescstonesak 74 
SOUT 64 cconecconcpeesccOcU Cheer er oor 64 
SOLON OSLOMUS:-...405 025050. s0njcensersas 179 
BGM erie veres, s sosven- ca ceiseossseosecsees 96 
RO PMLOUA cote ersiens oh ssaiicssese sesacersdees 61 
DIAL GIN Ves ssc o ns soda snjctorwarica'ee aisceceelbans 78 
PP EL EMO Sete tases ded acedeiseasscscestsaes 54 
PPORMOM AMG: s.scsc.sweesesssso.ec+scae 157 
SIRI eidcredeuew ache ccisdeanonspos'e 6 
PU CLOC MINIS. 5. sscnicesseccisisiascsanseace 357 
SPU YIN eres ceccaccessts's<ss 86, 179, 187 
SP MyEMaeceetsetocsedivsssssccseeesee 79 
REPLY EAPIOUR scar cca ted sces, sass cx'eaci na 204 


GENERA. 387 
Ppincalinvegssssarsccnchsctsen aes seca ees 296 
Py OUNeateseenteacistweesnanece stein scieuicis csee's 61 
BSD INATIGM OS asec wesredssonsseleacecs ses cen 76 
EPITOVDIS2.02.cccracecosecocsescerem>scasne 141 
PIPIACHUUIM sc aceceecesccaccstasiessrseesce 96 
BDOLopoliBesresssccstcesoneec see atans 78, 79 
PLANO Bic ccesiceesiscesasletdvcliaisdesseeeseiaes 58 
DUCUIMETALvossuceveones oad telastateenaate 59, 94 
Sv Weillihis) 40 Gece heeaneauboceoeoe sccocunnecnc 28 
Stercorarius.......-...0-.+. 124, 128, 135 
Stereocatlon:......2.22.ccccssoccsseseers 96 
SUICCOIK| OT bencgoCocorpepo: — cachacectiecr 329 
hipaa a cavaee tee vccss sa secaaaeeeseaae 78, 79 
Stephanomeria...........0.-2c0eeceeres 69 
“Syanay pari illitns pac sboaAerricepbenoccodmenaer 20 
DERG PHOPASINsecsse-tclaceasacerveciecatees 321 
ULE POM acess se cesttceeecemens:waeaee 274 
Sprepomatidee:neasccsssseosese-ts 273, 306 
SHH) 9) eno dogo T pee caer ceeposaaeosonosctocr 57 
SireptOopuss..cscdencscen-ceceacsencnmene 76 
Strophalosias...-.2.--s<<cce-s>--ce-se r= = 
SS fMidrniaseersi tee itaie eeeealnecien eleccteceeslecean 153 
Sele d sl se asta theme cencoucncencetenOnoo Io. ce 
Symphoricarpus..........+0sceeeceeeee j 
‘Sh G lI ec pbc le Sedoadcoce cocci aemeaDoUU-L 339 
IS PANTO( Wieser Seeneocbeceedoscodecoocn-conceer 178 
SAV ARUN PIN sb 2c oe eecedss seas aenceseacionane 72 
Syringothyris.:-:....2..ccsssorna- enor 6 
SIG) 1c WipnSeee sb nscaeeeNeecHticenenhinbeconcs 74 
TACHONMISG Sere erecescreescacd seebconsiees 287 
TeNLOPIOSSA<..0..0c0ccece cececesesarcors 33 
TANITA ce set eaec tee se sich inc caeednenat ed 59 
MRearitilleteecacssccisussssalasoaceansaceseses 100 
WATAK ACI Mseccesscesssscacitsees «nec eees 69 
MacturellAtessacmsccaecosdesdstvecers sade 140 
Temnopleurus........scsecceeeceeeeceees 358 
Memnotsermia a useccscccsesecesweraiass 358 
Motradontetteeeccectsvodescasiccdtetecsa 178 
WetvOnWarGess.cosecesseueeeecemaeecesernes 300 
MEvOVEaescsceac<ceecedslddencineeeseissees 141 
MGVEG Os secee-cees secs es tiesles clei weceteniaae 280 
AGES oni bstY ciccecejadneccodc eissncia tates} 63 
PHEav so. cctus. caccceaenseenedesecdesseneat 276 
The leS Perma ...00..c2.cscnccscvecrersencs 65 
THe y POC... cccer-ocsevsenan/sisareat 58 
(BH EMIstOverscsdecsesc cases tcces ch cnsticse 139 
MBERMMOPSIStrcscensclecesceusese-ceseteler 60 
ANTE S703) Shor pececogdnaneageceecdcoct cease ce 58 
Thrichodiadema............se-scecsears 354 
Minmntin else cass asst -sseceeceeseoneeste 152 
Mofieldiavssdeensescs2c) Styeacs =e deeceeestas 95 
MONCUIMALCArsd.cccetcsseseslevestacacdses 358 
MOWRSCUGIAL.c.scs0s.s-ccesesereeamacesna 66 
TOMOCIGATISec.soccs'sfocnctosdsercadel seve 356 
HGR PHOUSIGH -.<526 an-s,cascaresdeaceens 357 
Trachycephalus)....-..sts.ce--cecseseee 43 
' Trachynotus ......ssscessseseoseoes 84, 332 


388 


I oo sae oe tneria ns anaizcncnssccna beans 76 
WPOHIS TONE 05. J0h «so cosa censes 23 ape 3 
UTICUS NG sees ees seaccste cre ssecuecnesens 79 
AMTEOUEINS s Cc. co acs eu vacnac<seacctae 59 
pT PEC EAE ER a ee ne 76 
DISC HUIN coc cccndeensesestsesscue ceases 78 
REUICHNUN <n. 0s essere ssst bote eset teiscaes 79 
SUMEDIGHUING <22cttee see teeaee edocs seat stone 79 
PIPOCHINGS | 205+ seven ess toosaass ssi scenes 285 
FETTER DY ek OR 57 
PRODN GN, .o04.c2 oseoes cepeanas seer eneaeke 141 
Wropidodipsas.......s.sse1 cess sapiesmene 100 
ECORI ON? vessccecent oss cesseseset toate es 69 
Wroxampmis c..5cs-c-ssre ace etree ee 69 
SYD OWE sesenccses sc sate nen cost cee ane 333 
Trypanostoma...........0-.--+0. 20, L155 
MoalOUOWie sat. octecsuse teemaeees tosses 36 
MTGE pe one nore on soe cesea nant cueseuatts 292 
WUTTUDIN: .oonset corse ssnestespiamachacene’ 57 
PRUIY DUT 52. aesceststelsee<sonedene uateeeeee 302 
DY TANIA « cihceaccies ss tavws th taeea cee 287 
WWav is sct ect lisseaiacuceswacesssaassariee 96 
Wiamipulicariastc6 5; csverees asco eeee tae 96 
UNIO tuesstesssceotees 189, 190, 191, 212 
PPEN OMS 02h case osiohens ace cases case aasets 168 
TODD Y CIS 0. .0sc0-sciccnteccss sensebs aaah 240 
MIEDUTY POU testces.cahliosee<Sestens)aese-t > 173 
MGA rece cnc sien wedeaecapsaiiieverevcicties 104 
WiUricHlaniarssccscsesncaseceeesaetce ss 71 


INDEX OF GENERA. 


VSCOM. 0.00s0005<ss00renncramgnee 70, 94 
Waleriania:..i..22.:c8.cdenceeeeee see 63 
WValvatas..c.3 csscc deste 148 
Walvatidee:.ssocccscecsuesceneee eee 34 
VaS@ya.:.5..:.0..¢becscescsensneneeneeen ia 
Weronica:.2s.-ss.20ccceoenee Oeeeeeeeeee 72 
WeTMIV OLAS... >:.cccseseteesseeeeweeaeee 293 
VeGTrrlCAaTia......2.-ascceeseess@eneeeeeree 96 
Weslearia......2.;.sscesssonerecesenene 58, 94 
Vibprnum. ..23. 5.2 ch2-scen gee eee 63 
Wiela. ita. eee eee 60 
Walfacccc. sciscccst noses ee 78, 79 
VillanOvVa.ss ccc ccsececccesocaaene Caneel 65 
Viola c2hs. es savcessosveeeense eeeEe ean 58 
Vireo scaescadeete 294 
Vircosylva.:....2.i:2sssesceeveencer anaes 106 
Viviparida:.........<s.+-és)ecnsereeaaae 33 
VIVIPATUS-2.. 5s. -sscacnsses scene 36 
| Menichthys...... ssasasessaqssessmeneene 82 
Mylotrya..+.c0s-.sseessecrelssseaeeeiaam i44 
Myrichthyin®.........00c.ssseeeesieaee 223 
IR YTICHEN YS. 2. J.0cccscsssenclesteeeeeennm 224 
ZCDAUABs swesecencousnonnenaniceeeeeceeeeee 302 
| ONO PBIB... <<. niacin ienestacemen en tense 332 
) Zirphea....... os ocedusesmeasebaeh eee 144 
FOALCOINR oo... 200s snccecdes chee eeeeeee 256 
BY GAdSNUB. 000. cncnmen an enanegeeeee 77 


GENERAL INDEX. 


Abbott, Chas. C., description of a col- 
lection of Jasper Lance-heads, found 
near Trenton, N. J., 213, 278, 282. 
Remarks on Belone truncata, 282. 

Agassiz, A., Synopsis of the Echinoids 
collected by Dr. W. Stimpson, 336, 
352. 

Ashmead, Samuel, see Durand, 93. 


Brevoort, J. C., Enumeration of the 
Fishes described and figured by Par- 
ra, scientifically named by Felipe 
Poey. Translated and edited by J. C. 
Brevoort, 157, 174. 


Cassin, J., notes on the Picid#, with 
descriptions of new and little known 
species, 194; descriptions of new 
and little known Picide, 213; notes 
on some species of Rapacious Birds, 
282; notes on the Picide, 282, 
322. 

Clark, Dr. J. Y., announcement of the 
death of, 156. 

Collet, Col. M. W., announcement of 
the death of, 112. 

Cope, EH. D., Remarks on the tree- 
toads of the genus Trachycephalus, 
26; remarks on Hololepis simus, 42 ; 
on Trachycephalus, Scaphiopus, and 
other American Batrachia, 42, 43; 
desc. of New Squamata, 99, 100. 

Correspondence of the Academy, 1863, | 
364, 

Coues, Elliot, additional Remarks on 
the North American Aegiothi, 40; 
on Lestris Richardsoni of Swainson, 
with a critical review of the sub- 
family Lestridine, 112, 121. 


Durand, E., enumeration of the Arctic 
Plants, collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes, 
in his Exploration of Smith’s Sound, 
between parallels 78th and $2d, dur- 
ing the months of July, August, and 


beginning of September, 1861. By 
E. Durand, Thomas P. James and 
Samuel Ashmead, 93. 


Durand, E., remarks on the so-called 


American Tea Plant, Ceanothus 
Americanus, 275. 


Election of Standing Committees for 
1863, 25. 

Election of Officers for 1864, 362. 

Ennis, J., remarks on and Catalogue 
of Stars whose colors have changed, 
27; additions to the Catalogue of 
Stars which have changed their 
colors, 42, 96, 157, 159, 282: the 
causes of the change which have 
occurred among the stars, 282. 


Gill, Theodore, catalogue of the North 
American Scienoid Fishes, 28 ; sys- 
tematic arrangement of the Mollusks 
of the family Viviparide, and others 
inhabiting the United States, 33; 
catalogue of the Fishes of California, 
part 4, 42, 80; descriptions of a 
new species of Pediculati, and on 
the classification of the group, 
42, 88; Descriptive enumeration 
of a collection of Fishes from 
the western coast of Central Amer- 
ica, 157, 162; description of a new 
species of Cheerojulis from North 
Carolina, 189, 205; description of 
a new generic type of Ophidioids, 
205, 209; on an unnamed generie¢ 
type allied to Sebastes, 207; Synop- 
sis of the subfamilies and genera of 
Beryeoids, 211; Synopsis of the 
North American Gadoids, 212, 229; 
description of the genera of Gadoi@ 
and Brotuloid Fishes of Western 
North America, 212,242 ; Synopsis of 
the family of Lycodoidw, 212, 254. 
Synopsis ofthe family of Lepturoi ( 


390 


and descriptions of a remarkable 
new generic type, 212, 224; notes 
on the Labroids of Western North 
America, 212, 221; Synopsis of the 
Pomacentroids of the Western Coast 
of North America, 212, 213 ; descrip- 
tions of the Gobioid Genera of West- 
ern North America, 213, 262; note 
on the Genera Hemiramphine, 213, 
272; on the genus Periophthalmus 
of Schneider, 213, 271; on the Go- 
bioids of the Hastern Coast of the 
United States, 267; notes on the 
species of Sebastes of the Eastern 
Coast of North America, 282, 333 ; 
description of the genus Oxyjulis, 
282, 330; description of the genus 
Stereolepsis, 282, 329; noteon some 
recent additions to the Ichthyologi- 
cal Fauna of Massachusetts, 282, 
332. 

Grant, Dr. J. A., Communication from, 
relative to Lagopus albus, 98. 

Gray, Asa, enumeration of the plants 
collected by Dr. Parry, and Messrs. 
Hall and Harbour, in Colorado Ter- 
ritory, 41, 55. Synopsis of the spe- 
cies of Hosackia, 336, 346. 


Haldeman, S. 8., on Strepomatide as 
a name for a family of fluviatile 
Mollusca, usually confounded with 
Melania, 212, 273. 

Harris, Hdw., announcement of the 
death of, 156. 

Hill, R., notes on the Mimidz of Jama- 
ica, 304. 


James, Thomas P., see Durand, 93. 


Kennicott, Robert, descriptions of four 
new species of Spermophilus, in the 
collection of the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution, 157. 

Kilvington, Robert, remarks on Rhus 
Cestricus, Darl, 188; exhibition of 
Arctic Soil, 211. 


Lawrence, Geo. N., description of new 
species of Vireonide and Rallide, 
99, 106. 

Lea, Dr. Isaac, descriptions of the soft 
parts and embryonic forms of one 
hundred and forty-three species of 
Unionde of the United States, 112, 
133; new Exotic Unionide, 112, 
113; descriptions of fourteen new 
species of Melanide and one Palu- 
dina, 113, 154; descriptions of 


GENERAL INDEX. 


eleven new species of Exotic Union- 
ide, and descriptions of twenty-four 
species of Unionide of the United 
States, 156, 189; descriptions of a 
new species of Unio and a Monocon- 
dyloa, 190 

LeConte, Dr. J. L., remarks on Fresh- 
Water Shrimps, 282. 

Leidy, Dr Joseph, remarks on a fe- 
male Phalangopsis, 212; exhibition 
of Nostoc pruneiforme, 281. 

Lewis, F.W., remarks on Melania sub- 
ularis, Lea, and M. exilis, Hald., 26. 

Lewis, J. W., on some new and sin- 
gular intermediate forms of Diato- 
macex, 336. 


March, W. T. notes on .the Birds of 
Jamaica, with notes by 8S. F. Baird, 
113, 150, 283. 

McCanless, John, announcement of the 
death of, 156 

Morris, Dr. J. C., remarks on Strix pra- 
tinsola, 336. 


Poey, M. Felipe, descriptions des 
Poissons nouvelles ou peu connues, 
157, 180. 

Porter, Prof., remarks on the impreg- 
nation of Unio complanatus, Say. 


Reinhardt, Prof. C. G. C., announce- 
ment of the death of, 156. 

Report of the Recording Secretary, 
361; Report of the Curators, 361. 


Saurman, B. F., Vote of Thanks to, 
for a collection of mounted, native 
birds, presented by him to the 
Academy. 

Short, Wm., communication from, 
relative to the Herbarium of: the 
late Dr. Chas. W. Short, 335. 

Slack, Dr. J. H., exhibition of a living 
specimen of Capromys pilorides, 
from Cuba, 156. 

Smith, Aubrey H., remarks on Quer- 
cus heterophylla, 275. 

Stimpson, Wm., synopsis of the Marine 
Invertebrata, collected by the late 
Aretic Expedition uuder Dr. I, I. 
Hayes, 112, 138. 


Tryon, G. W., Jr., contributions to- 
wards a Monograph of the Phola- 
dacea, with descriptions of new 
species, No. 2, 112, 243; descrip- 
tions of new species of Fresh Water 
Mollusca, from Panama, 113, 146; 
description of a new Exotic Melania, 


i 
' 


ee ey 


GENERAL INDEX. 391 


113, 146, descriptions of a new 
Species of fresh water Mollusca be- 
longing to the families Amnicolide, 
Valvatide and Limneidz, inhabiting 
California, 113, 147; description of 
a new species of Pleurocera, 277, 
279; descriptions of two newMexican 
Land Shells, 277, 281; description 
of a new Teredo, 277, 280; synony- 
my of the species of Strepomatide, 
a family of Fluviatile Mollusca, in- 
habiting North America, part 1, 282, 
306. 


Wilcocks, Dr., remarks on colored 
Stars, 26. 

Wilson, Dr. T. B., on athird Kingdom 
of organized Bodies, by T, B. Wilson, 
M. D., and John Cassin, 113. 

Winchell, A., description of Fossils 
from the Yellow Sandstones lying 
beneath the ‘Burlington Lime- 
stone,’’ at Burlington, Iowa, 2. 

Wood, Dr. H. C., Jr., descriptions of 
new species of Pedipalpi, 99, 107. 


ib i ep ity | 
iin vc HOWE € bry, SES 9 ad re sets oe | 
eee ME ig ys Weak peu! Nolte: YN Varn 2 ee Reining 

wh 72% vee tice baal a, i pn bags 
hy hehe “if to arb es reg i i hia SNe Pann ‘ 
qiidye: amt voip WONT pil Rc tis sa Ml tte we 13 
: One tate , isidett aide, ts, nae 


- 


; ; 
Ruin ig’ ’* wots) erate eee 
ie chk «Ste Ri aan Oe rn ieee 
‘y ‘ \ ” stay 
MeN ya eric ae Wega i 50 Ny 
ge er 4 Ae 7 
; 5 pete GAA ea 
y 5 1” 
‘ * 
é : ; ; 
4 . 
—_ 
—s ¢ 
¢ } P stort 
, ~ ‘ 
e 
+ 
? ie? 
¥ 
ee 


\\ 


BINDING SECT. JAN 25 (971 


QH Academy of Natural Sciences 
1 of Philadelphia 
A2 Proceedings 


vel5 


Biological 
& Meclical 
Serials 


PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 


STORAGE 


Neto per 
yi he pet atin 


* 
high l hy 


Cree ee ie! ' 
Fvbenehahapete st at - 1 


Tem i 
Bites Menta 
rere terny 
UNM E Res, 


8 oan on dees i 


, eet faye te i - : eae 
het ee ieee he h i 


ne 


apa: 


id 
Aeyei 


Neue Remy ere ‘ : 5 
HAC SHE te wikee ; KS 
Seeley they i BE 
i maret fy ' i - 1 
hee Me at pa bbe dee te + . 
fete Seite alba Fr Hetero - + 
HA Gel eV ewe denkye ' Fy 
- ‘ 4 
© 4 
‘ 1 z : 
ot é 
met i” ced Fa 
¥ ‘ 7 > 
‘ ; 
tyeaigies cess ek ‘ 
oe of éi\ phiste ie et a . 
ahs 4 ’ + 
jie it an < 
. tos 
epochs hh aed ‘. ‘ : = 
ee a : 
ib aude bone ds ‘ 
. 
WEL : . 
a3 
i Poa ce 4 
: : 4 F . 
ay . : i mf 7 S 4 
rape ‘ : sep he b= 
Beant by Sete ee © : : ‘ ag a8 
wehret ye é ad ab ielad, . F; a > rss 
' 
i 3 
Ae igs Sieteteed ; : 
erg bat tate tatbteshenioe 
ken pais! eaaehy: - 5 aid 
: bs - e bd ‘ sot 
a " ‘s 
, 
Fue g 
=I * ‘ fi . .2 
\ : 
7 i q 
Fi f os 
‘ F < q 
; 
: ; k 
: 
n way 
' , 
se et J 
Eat , 
He \ : ; : 8 
‘ ; x ‘i 5: 
i ; P : , . 
Fe 
‘ 8) 7 hee " 
: ! 
LS y . # 
VR pl ert ye ae : 
sibryaere ages re ' . ae sie 
ee FBS as Sat bash le : i : 
' A : 
Nay tee tools a 7 ‘ 
Berane rer Thee: ‘ v 
attic é : 
Usstatotat He ye 1 
= Phy tn 1 . 
he itag ata) fyee ‘ . : 
Be) ie My ie réuel ; , 
Sys Fa Rescate 4 At : 
sey ARGS? 
eyesetey ‘ , 
date Publ, eth rt serebeia 4 a) , . ¥ 
Wl rae e bade A peas diearves totes ‘ ‘ 4 
Teterubuig tn reds 1H es ' ‘ Y 
Hetatves cud peo k 
VOR Fe % ‘ 7 y ‘ ‘ 
‘ s é 
ares wiEweN, » ‘ \ i 7 
Saas vr . ae - 
Frey hearae ies . i" 
saseewie ron 3 ‘ ‘ 
meter Surat gs < f \ 
ater tress: brits Sy : 
yeae ae ittabiars ad : . \ 
M ere ye! / . . 


rety 

ST SS, Iu es 
SStoetetat Nakane be 

hee hese a ath 


ee eee ee eee 


eee Re Perery 
Brack sue Furey wen 
saints geet ttn 


aie neta 
‘ ra 
ae 
Fobrssgt otk 


ty ceatateds } eerste * 
yp eesenen Pecepdeeeue spackss : 

porortey bavi aN th 

mea ae Gener . 

ee ii a se si pee ‘% 
SADC Cae 
eat ‘ 
a ry; 


a 


aa 


aa fa 


es hs 


-~, 
=} 


fiz 
whe 


b 
Nett 


_ 


if 
ue 
t 


dean is 
f 4 i pace “s 
Hace ws rh by 
he vith z 
ERE TNS by Wee ™ 7 
zat 8 urea neces er ubigeowe iis ren oe “i tral -eae oy 
*% ean £4 adn Sr eaatare piece ray a